[page i]

Charles Darwin's Notebooks, 1836-1844

[page ii]

Notebook pages B126e and D134e (see pp. 201, 374-75 for a transcription). B126e was originally written c. September 1837, while the note in the bottom corner—transcribed in bold—was added in grey ink between 29 July and 20 October 1838. The additions [in brown crayon] were made in December 1856, when pages were excised and distributed to topical portfolios: 11 was the divergence portfolio (see Table of Location of Excised Pages, pp. 643-52). D134e was written in September 1838, when grey ink was Darwin's standard writing medium. The page was crossed in pencil, presumably after the note was of no further use.

[page iii]

Charles Darwin's Notebooks, 1836-1844

Geology, Transmutation of Species, Metaphysical Enquiries

Transcribed and Edited by

Paul H. Barrett Michigan State University

Peter J. Gautrey Cambridge University Library

Sandra Herbert University of Maryland, Baltimore County

Sydney Smith St Catharine's College Cambridge

[page iv]

© 1987 by Paul H. Barrett, Peter J. Gautrey, Sandra Herbert, Sydney Smith

[page v]

Contents

Acknowledgements vii

Historical Preface Sydney Smith 1

[…]

RED NOTEBOOK [1836-1837] 17

Transcribed and edited by Sandra Herbert

Geology

Notebook A [1837-1839] 83

Transcribed and edited by Sandra Herbert
Glen Roy Notebook [1838] 141

Transcribed and edited by Sydney Smith, Paul H. Barrett, & Peter J. Gautrey

Transmutation of Species

[…]
Zoology Notes, Edinburgh Notebook [1837—1839] 475

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett
Questions & Experiments [1839—1844] 487

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

[page vi]

Metaphysical Enquiries

Notebook M [1838] 517

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Notebook N [1838-1839] 561

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Old & Useless Notes [1838-1840] 597

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Abstract of Macculloch [1838] 631

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Table of Location of Excised Pages 643

Bibliography 653

Biographical Index 693

Subject Index 701

Symbols used in the transcriptions of Darwin's notebooks

< >	Darwin's deletion
« »	Darwin's insertion
bold type	Darwin's later annotation
[ ]CD	Darwin's brackets
[ ]	Editors' brackets
e	Wholly or partly excised page

[page] vii

Acknowledgements

[...]

[page x]

Charles Darwin's Notebooks, 1836-1844

[page] 1

Historical Preface

Sydney Smith

The documents here newly transcribed with the benefit of contemporary insight sustained by computer technology, are survivors from Darwin's period of maximal diversification of interests which drove him to make abstracts of everything available in print. This was, moreover, about the last time when such an activity was within the capacity of a single man. The results accumulated in the family home, extended to house the growing family and essential staff, record forty years of writing and experimenting, mostly written on high-quality paper made from linen rags.

Down House, Downe, Kent is today the store of material covering Darwin's life up to the return from the Beagle voyage. Papers relating to domestic matters, Darwin's health and activities in the garden, poultry and pigeon houses and so on are also at Down. The major store and site for accumulation of most of Darwin's working papers and significantly important manuscripts, and of the contents of this book, is the Darwin Archive of Cambridge University Library. It is my concern to give in outline the occasionally chaotic history and to record and give thanks for the recent and continuing generosity of contemporary members of the Darwin family and others. The Archive at Cambridge is incomparable in richness and as yet incompletely exploited treasure.

This volume aims to cover the years 1836 to 1844 when the theory of transmutation was conceived and was drafted in pencil in 1842 (DAR 6) to the second version of 1844 (DAR 7). Following the death of Emma in 1896, the manuscripts of the original sketches of 1842 and 1844 were found in a cupboard under the staircase at Down House. Supplementing the manuscript versions Darwin, plagued by ill-health and fearing premature death, had a fair copy (DAR 113) made in 1844 by Mr Fletcher, the Downe schoolmaster, which was interleaved for additions and corrections. This copy was returned to Darwin in September, 1844 and corrected by him against the original manuscript. On the 21st of the month Mr Fletcher, for his 'Species theory copying' was paid the sum of £2.0.0. In the event of his death, Darwin's wife Emma was charged with revealing the contents with the help of individual friends.

Public knowledge of the extent and quality of manuscripts, furniture, photographs and portraits in the family became clear when the Linnean Society of London celebrated the fiftieth anniversary of the meeting on 1 July 1858, at which the Darwin-Wallace communications were read by the Secretary. In 1909, the centenary of Darwin's birth and the fiftieth year after the 'Origin' was published, was made an occasion for celebration in Cambridge 22 to 24 June. At the same time an exhibition was mounted in the Old Library of Christ's College. The catalogue and also the Easter Term issue of the College Magazine should not be neglected. Most of the material in the Cambridge exhibition was also exhibited with many items from the British Museum (Natural History) in a further display in London in July. The Director of the Museum, Sir Sidney F. Harmer and Dr W. G. Ridewood, published a document of great significance to scholars, as some of the loans from the Royal College of Surgeons' Museum in Lincoln's Inn were lost in air raids on London during the War of 1939—45. The catalogue Memorials of Charles Darwin, 1909, was re-issued in 1910 and might well be reprinted, but not I fear for sixpence a copy. As Harmer says in the Preface:

it seemed best to illustrate some of Darwin's arguments by means of specimens, using as far as possible the species to which he himself referred in his writings, and in some cases the material which actually passed through his hands.

[page] 2

At that time it is interesting to see that apart from notebooks of the Beagle period, only Notebook M, dealing chiefly with expression (item 42) was exhibited. Every delegate at the Cambridge celebrations had been given a printing of the pencil manuscript of the first (1842) version of the 'Origin'. Francis re-issued this and also the version of 1844 entitled 'The foundations of the Origin of Species'.

After the celebrations in 1909 Francis Darwin resided at 'Wychfield', his house in Cambridge with a few favourites from among his father's books. He also kept on his research room in the Botany School where his old assistant would set up plants for him to confirm or perhaps extend older measurements. He wrote an introduction to the Collected Works of his brother George, the Plumian Professor of Astronomy at Cambridge who died in 1913. He wrote on natural history and continued his lifelong practice at music—playing the bassoon in chamber works. He died in 1925 and left the residue of his father's library to the Botany School where they were distributed as reading copies on the open shelves and where, amongst other works by Herbert Spencer, Darwin's annotated numbers of his Principles of Biology were stumbled on. In 1925 Darwin himself was underrated. Francis left the great accumulation of documents assembled for Life and Letters, published in 1887, and with A. C. Seward, the two-volume More Letters, published in 1903 which weighted most essentially the scientific content of the published correspondence. Difficult subjects as Cirripedes and Pigeon breeding were still left on one side. Bernard, the inheritor of this accumulation, moved into 'Gorringes', a former dower house on the Lubbock estate in Downe village. Following the death of his wife in 1954 he moved to Kensington, where he died on 16 October 1963.

The more esteemed of the manuscripts belonged to Sir Charles Galton Darwin at the National Physical Laboratory: the Beagle Diary, and the manuscript 'Recollections of the Development of my Mind and Character', now called his 'Autobiography'. Owing to characteristic outspokenness in this work, complete publication was restricted during the lifetime of Leonard Darwin. He died in 1943.

On 4 September 1942, at one of the most troubled and difficult moments of World War II, Sir Alan Barlow, with his wife Nora at hand, wrote to the Librarian of Cambridge University as follows:

Dear Mr Scholfield,

The Pilgrim Trust have decided to buy certain MSS of Charles Darwin, with the intention that the main part should be given to the Cambridge University Library, and the rest to Down House. I am writing to ask whether the Library would be willing to accept the gift ...the greater number belong to Bernard Darwin & Mrs Cornford, and the rest to Sir Charles Darwin. I am co-executor with Bernard Darwin of the late Sir Francis Darwin, his and Mrs Cornford's father, and am writing on behalf of all three.

The proposal is to give to Down House, the diary of the 'Beagle' (the property of Sir Charles Darwin), which is at present deposited with you, the field notebooks from which it was compiled; certain smaller items relating particularly to Down; and Charles Darwin's personal account books; and to give the rest to Cambridge. The principle of the division is to let Down have a popular exhibit, & items specially relating to Down, but to keep together in the University Library the rest of the material, in order that it may be available for any future student of Darwin & his work. The material throws a good deal of light on his methods of work & the growth of his theory of Evolution & Natural Selection.

After specifying the location of Sir Charles (Galton) Darwin's MSS Sir Alan proceeds:

The rest of the material is in Sir Bernard Darwin's House-Gorringes, Downe, Kent. The Down

[page] 3

House Trustees have accepted the items offered to them, [they were transferred by October 1942] and Sir Charles Darwin will be writing to you to ask you to send the 'Beagle' Diary to them.

He concludes

We all feel the documents should be in a public library rather than in private ownership, & though sale in the U.S.A. would have produced more cash, we would like them to remain in this country. We should be glad that through the munificence of the Pilgrim Trust, they should find a home at Cambridge.

Yours very truly,

Alan Barlow.

On 14th October 1942 the University accepted the gift, but in spite of appeals from Bernard that the Library collect their property, the excuse of staff shortage to catalogue and process accessions, petrol rationing for carriage allowed the Librarian to remain inert and unresponsive. Somewhat exasperated, Bernard Darwin wrote 9 May 1946: May I remind you that yr Darwin documents are still here awaiting you, unblitzed and unburgled so far. Scholfield was invited for lunch. He replied that he could not commit himself and suggested carriage be undertaken by rail or by Pickfords. Bernard answered 22 May 1946: I am disinclined to send them off by rail or by Pickfords. Meanwhile a request to the Library from Sweden for permission to consult the Darwin material had been forwarded to Bernard by the staff for him to attend to. This produced this expostulation 31 August 1948:

I really do think it is time you sent for your property here ... I am most anxious to be quit of them and this sort of thing is not very encouraging to those who give. Do please take some step on this matter—I wish you would.

Mr Creswick, then Secretary of the Library, replied for Scholfield who was ill, and action to some purpose was at long last begun. Creswick was able to report to Sir Charles Darwin on 13 October 1948: Those MSS destined for Cambridge have been collected from Downe & Barclays Bank. There remained errors in assigning items between Down House and Cambridge to be set right, but there also remained items which were still missing. On 4 June 1949 when thanking Bernard for the gift of the 'Gorringes' 1932 catalogue, compiled by Miss Catherine Ritchie, Creswick concluded:

... all our efforts are being directed to completing the toll of known Darwin manuscripts and their present whereabouts in the interest of posterity and the fame of your great ancestor.

The 'Edinburgh Notebook' was missing. It was known to have been borrowed by the late Professor Ashworth who had Professed Zoology at Edinburgh University. Sir Charles Darwin as well as Bernard were approached, and the Librarian of the National Library of Scotland was asked to help sort things out. The widow of Professor Ashworth was able to supply the receipt of the registered parcel conveying the loan back to Bernard on 28 August, 1935. Moreover, she still had the note from him acknowledging its return. He accordingly searched at 'Gorringes' with more care, to reveal the notebook tucked away in a locked drawer where I ought to have looked before. (Letter 7 February 1949)

Meanwhile his wife's own search turned out the massive and important 'Diary of observations on Zoology of the places visited during the voyage'. Both items were sent to the

[page] 4

Library 7 February 1949. Reporting these events to Mrs Ashworth in a letter 8 February, Mr Creswick concluded:

... my enquiries about the Edinburgh notebook is complete success. This is to large extent due to your kindness in allowing me to see the papers relating to the use of the Notebook, and its return in 1935. My letter to Mr Darwin was so convincing, that he made a further search and found it together with a great bundle of other papers all in Charles Darwin's hand. We have therefore, as good reason to be grateful to you as if you had presented us with a valuable manuscript for the Library.

It seems fair to conclude that Bernard did not know where the items still required to complete the gift to Cambridge may be in his house. The list of undelivered material was sent to Bernard on two occasions, without any response. In preparation for the move to Kensington, miscellaneous treasures which were outside the 'Gorringes' catalogue were placed in Box 'B' and the Box put into store. These items included Erasmus Darwin's correspondence with his contemporary Richard Lovell Edgeworth, author and inventor, together with part of a letter from Benjamin Franklin while he was U.S. Ambassador in Paris, as well as a great treasure of family letters which have proved invaluable for giving continuity to the Correspondence. Some items missing from Boxes A, C, D and E, reappeared over a period, but there were a small number still missing and not traced. Box 'B' had labels tied to a handle; an old dirty one inscribed 'Box "B" CD', seemingly dating from the division of the manuscripts between the five Boxes A to E. The other label was newer, 'B. Darwin 26/9/56, John Barker & Co. Ltd. Depository. Cromwell Crescent. W.' It seems that Bernard had the Box in his flat for about two years.

Box 'B' reappeared when Barker's ceased trading as a separate store and merged with Derry & Toms. The Box was returned to Bernard's custody, but was housed in the basement of the Science Museum, close to the Royal College of Art where Sir Robin Darwin, Bernard's son, was Principal. There was already other Darwin material deposited there: notably the letters sent to Darwin from the 1860s when he had to assume responsibilities congruent with his public notoriety; and in addition, observations shared by both Charles and his son Francis which hovered on the edge of Charles' own work and continued by Francis after his father died. When arranging his father's manuscripts, Francis overlooked this joint work, so much of the material on the Power of Movement in Plants appeared.

The storage in the Science Museum seems to have been arranged while Sir Terence Morrison Scott was Director. When he became Director of the British Museum (Natural History) the boxes moved with him. Sir Robin Darwin, informed of this mislaid property now assembled for inspection, wrote to Lady Barlow suggesting she and I call for an appraisal. This we did on the morning of 22 March 1962, initially meeting with Miss Skramovsky, secretary to the former Director, Sir Gavin de Beer, who still retained working space in the library of the Museum. The black metal deed box, its lock burst open by force, was filled with a confusion of manuscripts, amongst which was a small sealed envelope inscribed by Francis Darwin: 'Box C. D5. Darwin's Journal'. This is the description in the 'Gorringes' list. 'C implies the Journal had been removed from Box 'C, and moreover Francis signed the sealed envelope before 1925. It seemed probable that the arrangement of the documents was done by Francis, possibly with his father. I handed the envelope to Lady Barlow saying you should open this. The long-lost, original Journal was inside and we were released from the tidied up, distorted travesty from which Sir Gavin de Beer produced the reprint. After lunch with Sir Robin, we adjourned to his office at the top of the Royal College of Art where we were shown the books from Box 'H'. These consisted of Darwin's copies of his works with corrections; and additions, together with copies formerly belonging to the family. These books were for sale

[page] 5

and our advice was sought as to their possible value. We told Robin of the high significance of the volumes and suggested an expert should be consulted about their value. In the end, all the books reached Cambridge University Library a few months later the gift of an anonymous donor.

The envelopes listed in the 'Gorringes' catalogue under C.40 were found to contain most of the excised pages from the notebooks transcribed on the pages that follow. Marked with the number of envelope in crayon, the pages were cut out by Darwin, 'B' notebook, 7 Dec. 1856; 'C, 13 Dec. 1856; 'D', 14 Dec. 1856, and finally 'E', 15 Dec. 1856. Some pages are to be found in other places in the Darwin Archive at Cambridge, but the majority have been located in the C.40 envelopes in Box 'B' and now mounted in volumes DAR 205.1-11.

Shortly after this great day in London, Sir Robin agreed to the deposit of Box 'B' with the University Library in Cambridge but, while access was possible, the contents of 'B' were so chaotic that it took a good time to decide which of the materials were still Robin's property. Things were not finally agreed upon when he died suddenly in January 1974. He bequeathed to his two sisters those manuscripts in the black Box 'B' which had been placed therein entirely independent of the 'Gorringes' list. This was an exacting task, but by agreement with Sir Robin's lawyers, funds already given to the Library together with a matching Government Grant aimed at safeguarding for the Nation manuscripts of great importance, money was made available to provide annuities for the two sisters. The greater part of the excised pages were later transcribed by de Beer, Rowlands and Skramovsky and published in Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Historical Series. Issued in 1967, this work was read by me in proof. There has been difficulty in studying the notebooks in scattered publications, which is why the present attempt to bring them together in a seemly fashion was an urgent task. During many years of my serious indisposition the colleagues whose labours complete the work have earned my warm gratitude and I am sure the respect of future readers.

NOTE: All correspondence relating to the original gift is to be found arranged in chronological order in DAR 156.

[page] 6

Fig. 1 Nine Darwin notebooks from 1836 to 1839. Solid lines represent the notebooks, dotted lines uncertainties in dating, and broken lines divisions of subject matter among members of the set.

[page] 7

Introduction

[…]

[page] 17

Red Notebook

Transcribed and edited by SANDRA HERBERT

The Red Notebook1 forms part of the collection of Darwin manuscripts at Down House in Kent, Darwin's home from 1842 to his death, and, since 1929, a museum in his honour. The notebook (164 100 mm) is bound in red leather, blind embossed on both sides, and has a metal clasp. The front and back covers bear the initials 'R.N.' on rectangular pieces of white paper, and on the back cover is written 'Range of Sharks', referring to an entry within the notebook. There is also written in large letters across the back of the notebook 'Nothing For any Purpose'. All the inscriptions are in brown ink in Darwin's hand, with the exception of a circled '16' in the hand of Nora Barlow on the inside front cover and the notation '1.2', made by an unknown cataloguer, on the inside back cover.

There are 90 leaves of a green-edged paper, chain lined, feintly ruled, and bearing a 'T WARREN 1830' watermark. Seventy-eight pages were wholly or partly excised from the notebook of which all but eight have been wholly or partly recovered. The notebook divides into two parts: the first to page 113 is written in pencil across the page parallel to the spine; the second is written in both ink and pencil across the page perpendicular to the spine. The only trace of grey ink occurs on the inside front cover.

The first part of the notebook yields a perfect progression of place-names corresponding to points visited by the Beagle from late May to the end of September 1836.2 The second part, from page 113 onwards, is more difficult to date, and, indeed was once thought to have been produced during the voyage, a significant dating given its transmutationist passages.3 However, scholars now agree that the second portion of the notebook postdates the voyage.4 While an exact date cannot be set, this second part opens with comments that suggest a January 1837 dating. On 2 January Darwin was in London dining with the geologist Charles Lyell; the next day work was being done at the Hunterian Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons on the fossil bones Darwin had collected in South America.5 Presumably Darwin assisted in this work, which would explain his query on page 113 regarding Richard Owen, comparative anatomist at the Hunterian Museum: 'Should Mr Owen consider bones washed about much at Coll. of. Surgeon's?' On the same page Darwin noted, 'With discussion of camel urge S. Africa productions.—' The 'camel' represents Owen's initial judgement of a fossil he would later name Macrauchenia patachonica6 Owen's earliest known written statement on the affinities of the fossil occurs in a letter to Lyell of 23 January 1837, and presumably Darwin knew of Owen's judgement before this time.7 Thus January 1837, and earlier rather than later in the month, would appear a likely date for the opening of the second part of the notebook.

1 For Darwin's use of the title 'Red Note Book' see DAR 29.3:9V.

2 S. Herbert 1980:6.

3 Barlow 1945:260-64; Barlow 1963:277 dates RN127-53 to before April 1836.

4 S. Herbert 1968:78,1974:246-49,1980:6-12; Kohn 1980:67 n. 3; Sulloway 1982:370-86.

5 Correspondence 1:532; also Sloan 1986:422 n. 98 citing two diary entries by William Clift at the RCS, the first noting a Darwin communication of 30 December 1836 asking the College not to open his parcels shipped to the College from Cambridge until his return to London and the second, on 3 January 1837, recording the commencement of the washing of Darwin's fossils at the College.

6 Darwin to Owen [28 December 1837], Correspondence 2:66.

7 Owen to Lyell, 23 January 1837 in L. G. Wilson 1972:436-37. Against the dating offered in Sulloway 1982:355 see Correspondence 2:4.

[page] 18

Darwin filled the notebook sometime from late May to mid-June 1837. His reference to petrified wood on page 178 is tied to its examination by Robert Brown reported in a letter of 18 May.8 On the same page the reference beginning 'Puncture one animal' also occurs in a letter written sometime between late May and mid June.9 The correlation between notebook references and the Journal of Researches also supports an early June dating.10

The year in which the Red Notebook was kept was one of transition. The notebook reflects that transition, and itself served partly as an instrument of adjustment, for Darwin used it to assist future publication. Scattered throughout the first part of the notebook are reminders to himself: 'Introduce part of the above in Patagonian paper' (p. 49), 'In Rio paper . . .' (p. 65), 'In my Cleavage paper . . . ' (p. 101), and so on. Entries in the Red Notebook were also directed to another publishing project, the work commonly known as the Journal of Researches. From about 7 March to 25 June 1837 Darwin converted his diary from the voyage into the draft of his Journal and used the Red Notebook as a storehouse for references.11

Most entries in the notebook are geological and of these the majority describe specific land formations and rock types. However, nearly as many entries pertain to the elevation and subsidence of the earth's crust, the attendant issue of the form of the earth, and such patterns of disturbance in the earth's crust as were indicated by the occurrence of earthquakes and the presence of volcanoes and mountain chains. Contemplating the prospects for geological theory in understanding the vertical motion of the earth's crust, Darwin speculated that the 'Geology of whole world will turn out simple.—' (p. 72) In addition to crustal motion, Darwin also made notes on such topics as the distribution of metallic veins, the preservation of fossils, erratic blocks, and life at the bottom of the sea.

However compelling the geology, it is Darwin's remarks on the species question that have drawn the greatest attention to the Red Notebook. The entries, on pages 127-133, form Darwin's first thoughts on transmutation, the notion, as he put it on page 130, that 'one species does change into another'. These entries record his adoption of the transmutationist hypothesis in 'about' March 1837, a date he set down later in his 'Journal'.12 This date coincides with Darwin's receipt of the views of London zoologists regarding key specimens from his collection.13 Particularly important was John Gould's description of the new species of Galapagos mockingbirds on 28 February 1837 at the Zoological Society of London; Darwin was impressed to learn the mockingbirds were not 'only varieties' as he had once thought, but, in Gould's opinion, good species. Only slightly less important—since Darwin had presumed it to be a new species on his own—was Gould's work on the smaller rhea, described at the

8 Correspondence 2:17-18.

9 Charles to Caroline Darwin, 19 May-17 June 1837, Correspondence 2:19-21. This letter has been redated from earlier treatments (Calendar:30) [#360], Sulloway 1982:384-85) on the basis of a newly discovered letter (Correspondence 2:23-24). Since the 'Thursday' referred to in the letter is probably 1 or 8 June, the date of the letter would then be a few days prior to either of these dates.

10 The last third of JR was written between 18 May and 25 June (note 11 and Correspondence 2:18). Compare JR:52\-22 with references towards the end of the notebook.

11 On 6 March 1837 Darwin departed Cambridge, where he had remained until he finished looking over his geological specimens, to reside in London. On 12 March he was already 'hard at work' on the book, and by 26 June he could allow himself a holiday and a trip to Shrewsbury 'as I had finished my journal'. (Correspondence 2:430, U, 29)

12 Correspondence 2:431; on dating RN: 127-33 see S. Herbert 1980:10-11 and Sulloway 1982:370-86. The entries beginning on RN127 were probably written in the second half of March, after Darwin had conferred with the London specialists. See also Sydney Smith 1960.

13 S. Herbert 1974:241-45, 1980:11-12, and Sulloway 1982:356-69. For current identifications of birds named in RN see David Snow's notes in S. Herbert 1980.

[page] 19

14 March 1837 meeting of the Zoological Society; the two rheas figure prominently in the entries on pages 127 and 130.14

Darwin's remarks on species in the notebook are directed towards three general questions: geographical distribution, the relation between the spatial and temporal distribution of species, and generation. The central theoretical notion to emerge with respect to geographical distribution is that of the 'representation' of species (p. 130), or what Darwin referred to in his autobiography as 'the manner in which closely allied animals replace one another in proceeding southwards over the [South American] Continent . . .'.15 From this notion Darwin drew the tentative conclusion that such representative species as the two South American rheas had descended from a common parent (p. 153). Darwin's second, and critical, point on species is the comparison he drew between the distribution of species through space and time. The passage, simplified by omission of one example, reads, 'The same kind of relation that common ostrich bears to (Petisse . . .): extinct Guanaco to recent: in former case position, in latter time' (p. 130). The first relation—the 'common ostrich' being the common rhea, the 'Petisse' the lesser or Darwin's rhea (note RN127-3)—was based on spatial succession, the geographical ranges of the two birds being contiguous. The second relation, between what Darwin termed the 'extinct Guanaco' (Macrauchenia) and 'recent' guanaco, involved temporal succession, though the exact nature of the succession is not specified in the text.16 The common element binding the two relations derives from the fact that both involved the replacement of one species by an allied species. Moreover, in context it is clear that replacement implied transmutation, for immediately upon asserting an analogy between spatial and temporal succession, Darwin referred to species changing. In doing so he also asserted that allied species do not grade into each other but 'inosculate' (p. 130).17

A third topic taken up in the notebook with general relevance for the species question was generation or reproduction. In the notebook Darwin dealt briefly with individuation in the zoophytes. The technical nature of zoophyte generation was not Darwin's primary concern; rather he wanted to see where zoophyte generation might fit in the general analogy he was drawing between the generation of species and the generation of individuals. Although the claim is not made explicitly in this notebook, Darwin presumed that the complementary relationship might also hold, that the birth of new species might be understood by analogy to the birth of individuals.18

14 Gould 1837f, Barlow 1963:262, and RN130-7; Gould 1837b, RN127-3. On Darwin's discussions with Gould see Sulloway 1982:362-69.

15 Barlow 1958:118.

16 Initially Richard Owen associated the fossil he named Macrauchenia with the order Ruminantia; before writing up the Zoology he placed it with the Pachydermata. (Presently it is in the order Litopterna.) Owen's association of the fossil with camels was based on the vertebrarterial canal in the neck being like that in camels while his later assignment of the fossil to the pachydermata depended in large part on the structure of the fossil's astragalus or ankle bone (Rachootin 1985). This analysis is borne out by evidence from Owen's research notebooks. Owen's notebook labelled '1836-1837' contains his description of the cervical vertebrae of the fossil while his notebook labelled '1838-1839' contains his description of its astragalus (Owen MSS, Notebooks 12 ['1836-1837'] and 13 ['1838-1839'], British Museum [Natural History] Archives). The dates on the covers of these notebooks are not in Owen's hand and are presumably approximate. Owen probably examined the fossil for the second time in the autumn of 1837, sometime before he named it in December (Correspondence 2:66). Darwin still thought of the fossil as primarily camelid in its affinities when he wrote A9 and JR:208-9, which he sent off to the publisher in August 1837 (Correspondence 2:33). For a photograph of Darwin's specimen of Macrauchenia see S. Herbert 1980.

17 MacLeay 1819-21; Sydney Smith 1968; Barlow 1967:62, n. 2; note B8-1. Also see A76 for an alternative reading.

18 On Darwin's invertebrate programme see Sloan 1985.

[page] 20

Once the Red Notebook was filled, Darwin reorganized his method of taking notes. Where the Red Notebook contained entries on all subjects of interest, subsequent notebooks were more restricted in content. On its own, however, the notebook provides a means not only for gauging the extent of Darwin's geological ambitions and for documenting his early belief in transmutation, but also for observing his passage from H.M.S. Beagle to the larger world of science.

[page 21]

RED NOTEBOOK FC-5e

FRONT

COVER R.N

inside up to 1° / July 1835. the excess of harbor = 180

cover See Daubisson both Volumes,1 and Molina Is' Vol2 & Lyell3

Sailed, 27th

(Friday, gale 29%

Friday

Thursday 29th gale

Lyell's Geology4

The living atoms having definite existence, those that have undergone the greatest

number of changes towards perfection (namely mammalia) must have a shorter

duration, than the more constant: This view supposes the simplest infusoria same

since commencement of world.—5

le-4e [not located]

5e La. billardiere mentions the floating marine confervae, is very common within E. Indian Archipelago, no minute description, calls it a Fucus. P «Vol I 287))1

P 379. Henslow Anglesea, nodules in Clay Slate, major axis 2.Vi ft.—singular structure of nodule, constitution «same as» of slate same.—longer axis in line of Cleavage, laminae fold round them;2 Quote this. Valparaiso Granitic nodules in Gneiss.

IFC 1°/] alternate reading T of.

up] feint '118' appears beneath, questionably Darwin's hand.

up . . . ISO] pencil, perpendicular to spine.

See . . . Vol] pencil, parallel to spine.

& Lyell] ink, parallel to spine.

Sailed . . . gale] pencil, parallel to spine.

27th] uncertain reading.

Lyell's Geology] ink, circled, written over 'Sailed, 27th', parallel to spine.

The living. . . world.—] ink, scored at left, perpendicular to spine, crossed ink. Crossing probably grey ink.
5 constitution . . . them;] scored left margin.

La.billardiere . . . 287] crossed ink.

IFC-1 Aubuisson de Voisins 1819.

IFC-2 Molina 1788-95,1.

IFC-3 Charles Lyell.

IFC-4 Lyell 1830-33 or, possibly, a later edition of the same work or Lyell 1838a. The dates preceding this entry probably pertain to the departure of H.M.S. Beagle from England. The Beagle sailed from England Tuesday 27 December 1831. The ship encountered heavy seas, caused by gales elsewhere, on Thursday 29 December 1831. For Darwin's description of the ship's departure see his letter to his father of 8 February-1 March 1832 in Correspondence 1:201 and his own Diary: 18-19.

IFC-5 The probable stimulus for this passage was Ehrenberg 1837c, 1:555-76.

5-1 Labillardiere 1800, 1:287, Je revis le fucus que j'avois auparavant rencontre tout pres de la Nouvelle-Guinee; il ressemble a de l'etoupe tres-fine coupee par petis morceaux longs d'environ trois centimetres: ce sont des filamens aussi fins que des cheveux. On les voyoit souvent reunis en faisceaux, et si nombreux qu'ils ternissoient l'eau de la rade.'

5-2 Henslow 1821-22:379,'The major axis of some of the larger nodules is two feet and a half, and the minor one foot and a half; and the conical structure extends to the depth of three or four inches. The direction of the longer axis is placed parallel to the schistose laminae, which pass round the nodules.'Darwin scored this passage.

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 6e-8e

6e Epidote seems commonly to occur where rocks have undergone action of heat, it is so found in Anglesea, amongst the varying & dubious granites.—Wide limits of this mineral in Australia. Fitton's appendix1

Would Slate. & unstratified rocks show any difference in facility of conducting Electricity? Would minute particles have a tendency to change their position?

7e Carbonate of Lime disseminated through the great Plas Newydd dike.—Mem tres Montes. ((Henslow Anglesea))1

great variety in nature of a dike.—Mem. at Chonos & Concepcion. P. 4172

Veins of quartz exceedingly rare Mem C. [Cape] Turn P. 434 & 4193

As Limestone passes into schist scales of chlorites—Mem. Maldonado P 3754 Much Chlorite in some of the dikes.—P 432.5 as in Andes.

8e In Dampier's voyage there is a mine of metereology with respect to the discussion of winds & storms:1—«in Volney's travels also»2

Dampier's last voyage to New Holland P 127.—Caught a shark 11 ft long.3 "Its maw was like a leathern sack, very thick & so tough that a sharp knife could not cut it: in which we found the Head & Boans of a Hippotomus; the hairy lips of which were still sound and not petrified, and the

6 Would ... position] crossed pencil.

8 page crossed.

6-1 Fitton in King 1827, 2:585, 'The Epidote of Port Warrender and Careening Bay, affords an additional proof of the general distribution of that mineral; which though perhaps it may not constitute large masses, seems to be of more frequent occurrence as a component of rocks than has hitherto been supposed.' 7-1 Henslow 1821-22:403, 'Carbonate of lime is very generally disseminated through every part [of the Plas-Newydd dike].'

7-2 Henslow 1821-22:417, 'The most interesting phenomena exhibited by this dyke, are the various changes which it assumes in its mineral character.' 7-3 Henslow 1821-22:434, 'Through this dyke there run several veins of quartz, which also abound in the surrounding rock, a fact which I do not recollect witnessing in any other dyke in Anglesea.' Also p. 419: 'At its [the dyke's] Northern termination the trap has been removed by the continued action of the sea, and its original walls, composed of quartz rock, form a small bay about eighty feet wide.' In his copy Darwin commented on p. 434 'At C. Turn Quartz broad vein traversed Slate & greenstone' and on p. 419 'just what occurs in the Magdalen Channel at C: Turn T del Fuego'.

7-4 Henslow 1821-22:375,'As the limestone passes into the schist [at Gwalchmai], it assumes a fissile character, and scales of chlorite are dispersed over the natural fractures.' Next to this passage in his copy Darwin reminded himself to 'Mem: Maldonado Limestone . . .'.

7-5 Henslow 1821-22:432, 'The whole [mass of trap] assumes a greenish tinge, but the colouring substance does not appear to be of a very crystalline nature, and is probably chlorite.' In his copy of the work Darwin scored this passage, adding a comment—now partly cropped— that ends 'of Chili'.

8-1 Dampier 1698-1703, 2, pt 3.

8-2 Volney 1787b, 1, chap. 20 the section entitled 'Des vents', and chap. 21 entitled 'Considerations sur les phenomenes des vents, des nuages, des pluies, des brouillards et du tonnerre'.

8-3 Dampier 1698-1703, 3:125. Exact edition unknown.

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 9-13e

9 jaw was also firm, out of which we pluckt a great many teeth, 2 of them, 8 inches long, & as big as a mans thumb, the rest not above half so long; The maw was full of jelly which stank extreamly."—This shark was caught in Shark's Bay. Lat 250.1 The nearest of the E. Indian Islands, namely Java is 1000 miles distant! Where are Hippotami found in that Archipelago? Such have never been observed in Australia

10 Dampier also repeatedly talks about the immense quantities of Cuttle fish bones floating on the surface of the ocean, before arriving at the Abrolhos shoals.-(^—l

N.B. The view of the Volcanos of the chain of the Cordilleras as arising from «the expulsion of fluid nucleus through» faults or fissures, produced by the elevations of those mountains on the continent of S. America is inadmissible «may have happened from incipient elevation.» The volcanos originated

11 in the bottom of the ocean. & the present Volcanos have been said to be
merely accidental apertures still open.—The fault like appearance «arising
from the manner of horizontal upheaval» of the shore of the Pacifick is

60 miles distant from the grand ancient volcanic axis «of the Andes».—«Has this fault determined side of volcanic activity.)) That axis was produced, from a fissure in a deep & therefore weak part of the ocean's bottom.

12 With respect to Sharks distributing fossil remains: Sharks followed Capt.
Henry's vessel from the Friendly Isles, to Sydney; know by having been seen
& from the contents of its maw, amongst which were things pitched over
board early in the passage!!—'

M. Labillardiere in Bay of Legrand, (SW part), describes a Small granite Isd capped by Calcareous rock;2 following

13e Curvature of hill; states could discover no shells: nothing said about K. Georges Sound

9 page crossed.

page crossed.

page crossed.

M. Labillardiere . . . following] crossed pencil.

. . .]3 to 5 letters Meg. Curvature . . . Sound] crossed. The . . . flowing] crossed, bottom halfunlocated.

9-1 Dampier 1698-1703, 3:125-26.

10-1 Dampier 1698-1703, 3:114.

12-1 Samuel P. Henry: personal communication, Darwin met Capt. Henry and his father, a missionary, at Tahiti. See FitzRoy 1839, 2:524, 546, 615; and Williams 1837:471.

12-2 Labillardiere 1800, 1:394, 'L'ilot sur lequel nous etions est compose d'un beau granit, ou le quartz, le feld-spath et le mica dominent; . . .' and, p. 395, 'La partie occidentale de cet ilot offre, dans un des points les plus eleves un plateau de pierre calcaire. . . .'

23

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 13e-16e

The idea of the water at Cauquenes. coming from the [. . .] Cordillera & flowing

14e The gradual shoaling of the water to more than 100 fathoms, proves the existence of some moving <point> power ? Submarine currents

15e Find instances; The whole coast of New Holland shoals much: Dampier remarks on great flats on the NW coast:—l

8 leagues, from Sydney 90 fathoms La Peyrouse.2

South of Mocha; 19 miles. 65 Fathoms

Vide facts in Beechey. on NW coast of America3

off Cape of Good Hope 70 fathoms 20 miles from the shore? Beagle

Coast of Brazil? where not rivers in my Coral paper

16e Parallel of St Catherine [27° 30' S.]1 Paranagua [25° 42' S.] St Sebastian [23° 52' S.] Joatingua SE [23° 22' S.] R. de Janeiro SE [23° 58' S.] C. Frio [23° S.]

leagues	Fathoms
18	— 70
21	— 40
12	50
5	35
18	77
60	60

Soundings about same as last to N. of C. Frio Except at Abrolhos. [18° S.]

Bahia [12° 57' S.] 8 200

bottom rule line cross hatched. The . . . currents] crossed, top half unlocated.

first rule line cross hatched. in my Coral paper] added ink.

16 18-20] added above ink.

60—80] '60' cancelled ink, cancellation '80' presumably intended.

15-1 Dampier 1698-1703, 3:151, 'The Land hereabouts was much like that part of New Holland that I formerly described. ... 'tis low, but seemingly barricado'd with a long Chain of Sand-hills to the Sea, that let's nothing be seen of what is farther within Land.'

15-2 LaPerouse 1798-99, 2:179, 'From Norfolk Island, till we got sight of Botany Bay, we sounded every evening with a line of two hundred fathoms, but we found no bottom till we were within eight leagues of the coast, when we had ninety fathoms of water.' 15-3 Beechey 1832. See note RN45-1

15-4 Eventually published as Darwin 1833-38a.

16-1 The sequence of points on this list runs from south to north along the Brazilian coastline. A bar with a dot over a number indicates that no bottom was found at that depth.

24

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 16e-19e

Morro S. Paulo [13° 22' S.] 9 120

9	124
9	200
20	190
10	50
9—10 =	30-40

Garcia de Avila [lighthouse] [12° 35' S.]

Itapicuru[R.][ll°46'S.]

R. Real [11° 31' S.] & [R.] Sergipe [11° 10' S.]

R. San Francisco [10° 32' S.]

Whole coast to Olinda [8° S.]

at twice or 18-20 <6o>—80 120 parallel of Olinda

Shoaler N. of Olinda.—a little WNW of C. Rock. [5° 29' S.]

still shoaler, coast composed of sand dunes. 15 — 15

Does not seem to consider this a very shoal coast.2

Beyond the 10 or 12 leagues sea deepens suddenly, coast of Brazil generally.—

17 Mrs Power at Port Louis talked of the extraordinary freshness of the streams of Lava in Ascencion known to be inactive 300 years?1

No Volcanic Earthquakes or Hot Springs in T. del Fuego=The Wager's Earthquake the most Southern one I have heard of2

18 In a preface, it might be well to urge, geologists to compare whole history of Europe, with America; I might add I have drawn all my illustrations from America, purposely to show what facts can be supported from that part of the globe: & when we see conclusions substantiated over S. America & Europe, we may believe them applicable to the world.—

19e My general opinion from the examination of soundings, from about

80 fathoms & upwards, that life is exceedingly rare, at the bottom of the sea.—«certainly data insufficient, yet good» «(I suspect fragments of shells will generally be found to be old & dead)» «(I have not kept a record)» In looking over the lists of organic remains in De la Beche, for the older

Mre . . . years?] crossed pencil. No ... of] crossed ink.

page crossed.

19] ink over pencil.

16-2 Probably Robert FitzRoy. recalculated the probable position of the ship as 47° 39'

17-1 Mrs Power: personal communication. 30" S., 75° 06' 30" W. See Bulkeley and Cummins

17-2 The shipwrecked crew of the H.M.S. Wager identi- 1743:48; FitzRoy 1839, appendix to vol. 2:78; and JR:287.

fied their position as 47° 00' S., 81 °40' W. Capt. FitzRoy 19-1 De la Beche 1831, sec. 5-10.

25

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 19e-23

formations I must believe they «the limestones» have been formed in shallow water: so have the Conglomerates: Yet this view is directly opposed to common opinion

20e The Tertiary formation South of the Maypo at one period of elevation must in its configuration have resembled Chiloe

In De La Beche, article "Erratic blocks" not sufficient distinction is given to angular & rounded.—'

Fox Philosoph. Transactions on metallic veins. 1830 P. 399.—2 Carne. Geolog. Trans: Cornwall «Vol II»3

21 It is a fact worth noticing that cryst of glassy felspar in Phono lite arrange

themselves in determinate planes .'. such action can take place in melted rocks

The frequent coincidence of line of veins & cleavage is importants; veins appearing a galvanic phenomenon, so probably will the Cleavage be

There is a resemblance at Hobart town between the older strata & the bottom of sea near T. del Fuego.—

22 Is there account of Baron Roussin's voyage.—l

In Europe proofs of many oscillations of level, which in the nature of strata & Organic remains does not appear to have taken place in the Cordillera of S. America.

Study Geolog: Map of Europe

Conybeare. Introduct XII P. silicified bones not common in Britain. Mem Concepcion Says Echinites. Encrinites. Asteriae, usually petrified into

23 a peculiar cream-coloured Limestone:1 the strange substitution of matter in

In ... II] crossed.

&] '&' over 'of. page crossed

page crossed

a... rocks] crossed.

P XV ... steps] crossed.

20-1 De la Beche 1831, sec. 3, 'Erratic Blocks and 22-1 Baron Albin-Reine Roussin did not write a general

Gravel'. In his treatment of the subject De la Beche did account of the hydrographical expedition he led in 1819-

not discuss the shapes of individual pieces of gravel. 1820 to South America; but see Roussin 1826.

20-2 Fox 1830:399-414. 23-1 Conybeare and W. Phillips 1822:xii, '. . . one

20-3 Carne 1822. instance of a bone penetrated by silex has occurred to the

26

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 23-28

shells, like Concretions & laminae, show what movements take place in semiconsolidated rocks

P xv. mentions in what formations Conglomerates are found.—'

The above oscillations remarkable because the formations are now seen in regular descending steps

24 Mem.; rapidity of germination in young corals.—vide L. Jackson's paper. Philosoph Transact:1 at R. de Janeiro. Coquimbo. Balanidas. at Concepcion.

Humb: Pers. N. vii P. 562 Serpentine form: of Cuba for comparison (?) with St Pauls

25e [not located] 26e [not located]

27 The frequency of shells in the Calc. Sandstone Concret, is connected with
frequency of shells in flints in Chalk

New Providence more hilly than others of the Bahama consists of rock & sand mixed with sea shells—about 500 Isd & great banks, effect of Elevation. United service Journal1

28 In the Iron sand formation <would> wood converted into siliceous pyritous &
coaly matter. Mem: Chiloe

In the endless cycle of revolutions, by actions of rivers currents. & sea

24 page crossed.

27 page crossed.

author, on the beach at Reculver. The calcareous substance of shells, echinites, encrinites, corals, &c. in its slightest change seems only to have lost its colouring matter and gelatine; next they become impregnated with the mineral matrix in which they lie, especially if that matrix be calcareous; hence they become much more compact; often at the same time their original calcareous matter undergoes a change of internal structure, assuming a crystalline form, and in some cases, viz. asteriae, encrinites, and echinites, a calcareous spar of very peculiar character results, of an opaque cream colour:. . .' 23-2 Conybeare and W. Phillips 1822:xv, 'These consolidated gravel beds are called conglomerates, breccias, or puddingstones; we find them among the transition rocks, in the old red sandstone, in the millstone-grit and coal-grits, in the lower members of the new red sandstone, in the sand strata beneath the chalk, and in the gravel beds associated with the plastic clay, and interposed

between the chalk and great London clay.' 24-1 Despite the faulty citation the reference is certainly to Lister 1834.

24-2 Humboldt and Bonpland 1819-29, 7:56, 'Farther south towards Regla and Guanabacoa [to the east of Havana], the syenite disappears, and the whole soil is covered with serpentine, rising in hills from 30 to 40 toises high, and running from east to west.' Darwin's copy of Humboldt's Personal Narrative is inscribed, 'J. S. Henslow to his friend C. Darwin on his departure from England upon a voyage round the World. 21 Sept 1831.' It consists of vols. 1—2, 3rd ed.; vol. 3, 2nd ed.; vols. 4, 5, 6, 7, 1st ed. (1819-1829).

27-1 'Proteus' 1834:215, '[New Providence] is more hilly than most of the islands, the surface being composed of rock and sand intermixed with sea shells.' See also pp. 216 and 226 for mention of the banks.

27

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 28—32

beaches. All mineral masses must have a tendency, to mingle; The sea would separate quartzose sand from the finer matter resulting from degradation of Feldspar & other minerals containing Alumen.—This matter

accumulating in deep seas forms slates: How is the Lime separated; is it washed from the solid rock by the actions of Springs or more probably by some unknown Volcanic process? How does it come that all Lime is not accumulated in the Tropical oceans detained by Organic powers. We know

the waters of the ocean all are mingled. These reflections might be introduced either in note in Coral Paper or hypothetical origin of some sandstones, as in Australia.—Have Limestones all been dissolved, if so sea would separate them from indissoluble rocks? Has Chalk

ever been dissolved?

Singularity of fresh water at Iquiqui. not from rain, because alluvium saline; Mem: on coast of Northern Chili as springs become rarer, so does the rain, therefore such «rain» is cause, hence at least no water is absorbed into the earth

<I did not see one dike in the whole Galapagos Arch; because no sections)

same cause as no colour

32 Sir J. Herschels idea of escape of Heat prevented by sedimentary rocks, & hence Volcanic action, contradicted by Cordillera, where that action commenced before any great accumulation of such matter.—x

In the endless . . . matter] crossed.

page crossed.

page crossed.

colour] uncertain reading. Singularity . . . colour] crossed.

page crossed.

32-1 John F. W. Herschel: presumably personal communication. Darwin met Herschel sometime between 8-15 June 1836 during the Beagle's call at the Cape of Good Hope. Months before, Herschel had described his new notion of the cause of volcanic action in a letter to Charles Lyell dated 20 February 1836. Probably he repeated the same explanation to Darwin in June. Herschel's letter to Lyell has been published (Cannon 1961). From it see, for example, Herschel's summary comment to Lyell on p. 310, 'I don't know whether I have made clear to you my notions about the effects of the removal of matter from . . . above to below the sea.— 1st it produces mechanical subversion of the equilibrium of pressure.—2 y it also, & by a different process (as above explained at large) produces a subversion of the equilibrium of temperature. The last is the most important. It must be an excessively slow process. & it will depend 1st on the depth of matter deposited.—2d on the quantity of water retained by it under the great squeeze it has got—3dly on the tenacity of the incumbent mass—whether the influx of caloric from below—which MUST TAKE PLACE acting on that water, shall either heave up the whole mass, as a new continent—or shall crack it & escape as a submarine volcano—or shall be suppressed until the mere weight of the continually accumulating mass breaks its lateral supports at or near the coast lines & opens there a chain of volcanoes.' This passage from Herschel's letter was read at the 17 May 1837 meeting of the Geological Society of London (Herschel 1833-38:550) and also appeared in Babbage 1838:235.

28

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 32-34e

Dr A. Smith says, that Boulders do not occur in the South African plains.—2 Sydney no

33e I believe the secondary? formations of Brazil, all originate from the decomposition of Granitic rocks Mem. Chanticleers voyage at <[. . .] Maranh> Pernambuco.1

EARTHQUAKE AT SEA.—Extract from the log-book of the James Cruikskank, Captain John Young, on her voyage from Demerara to London:— "Feb. 12, 1835. At lOh. 15m. a severe shock of earthquake shook the ship in a most violent manner. Although it lasted about a minute, there was no uncommon ripple on the water. It was quite calm at the time. Latitude 8 deg. 47 min. N: longitude 61 deg. 22 min. W. mid. calm and clear.2 Caermarthen Journal

34e I look at the cessation northwards of the Coal in Chili as clearly bearing a relation to present position of <Coal> Forests. These thick beds of Lignite stratified with substances so like the Coal measures in England (Excepting Conglomerates?) «& absence of limestone?» have been collected on the open

33 . . .] 1 letter illeg.

EARTHQUAKE AT . . . clear] passage is a newspaper clipping pasted on the page. I . . . Pernambuco.] crossed. EARTHQUAKE AT ... Journal] crossed.

34 <[.-•]>] 2 letters illeg.

32-2 Andrew Smith: personal communication. Darwin's Diary:409 records for 8-15 June 1836 while he was at the Cape of Good Hope, 'During these days I became acquainted with several very pleasant people. With Dr A. Smith who has lately returned from his most interesting expedition to beyond the Tropic, I took some long geological rambles.'

33-1 The meaning of this entry is obscure. The H.M.S. Chanticleer did not stop at Pernambuco [Recife] during its 1828-31 voyage, nor was Pernambuco on the Beagle's itinerary in June of 1836, when this entry was presumably made. In the narrative from the Chanticleer's voyage, however, there are passages which describe decomposing granitic rock at Rio de Janeiro, and refer to what seem to be related formations at Para [Belem] and Maranham [Sao Luis]. Given Darwin's apparent uncertainty in this entry about location, as indicated by his two cancellations, it may have been these passages which he had in mind. See W. H. B. Webster 1834, 1:52-53, 'The country about Rio in a geological point of view has large claims to attention. Granite and gneiss are the prevailing formation. . . . The rocks in some parts are decomposed into sand and petunse; the sand having been carried down into the plains, while the petunse remains, and forms extensive beds of porcelain clay admirably adapted for the use of the potter. The lower parts of the granite

hills were found chiefly in this condition; the granite having crumbled into micaceous sand and greasy unctuous clay.' Also 2:367, 'The geology of Para will detain us a very little while; as there is very little variety or novelty. Precisely the same materials are found here as at Maranham, so that it would be impossible to distinguish them. It is a rare and unusual circumstance to find such a striking coincidence, in two different places. The soil upon which the city stands is of clay and sand. The beds of clay are very extensive, and frequently thirty or forty feet deep. There is scarcely any rock, and that only in particular and isolated masses; it is a coarse dark iron sand-stone, with numerous particles of quartz in it ... . This dark iron sand-stone, with fragments of white quartz, is observable at Maranham, and is the predominant formation at St. Paul's, a little to the southward of Rio.' 33-2 The clipping, entitled 'Earthquake at Sea', is from the Carmarthen Journal, 3 April 1835. The story was reprinted verbatim from The Times (London), 28 March 1835, p. 5, with the unfortunate error of a lost digit in the quotation of the ship's latitude. The ship's coordinates as given in The Times were 18° 47' N., 61° 22' W., which would place the ship in the Atlantic Ocean to the northeast of the Leeward Islands, rather than, as in the incorrectly printed version, in Venezuela. See Anonymous 1835c, 1835d.

29

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 34e-37e

coast. Perhaps as at Concepcion. favoured by basin formed by outlying rocks; (such as between Mocha & main land). <[. . .]> At Carelmapu.—Within Chiloe:—

35e On open coast, near where Challenger was lost:1 I know no reason for

supposing these matters are not now collecting, in the bottom of an open & not deep sea.—(Character of coast regular & mot very> rather deep soundings, 60-100 fathoms 2 & 3 miles from shore. V. Chart) Every winter torrents must bring much vegetable matter from thickly wooded mountains, probably chiefly leaves.—This position agrees with character of. .

«in Basins from rivers. & natural position» 36e position at N.S. Wales & Van Diemen's land.—

Whole coast S. of Concepcion where there are Tertiary strata there is Coal—
? No shells in all cases. «.Mytilus.—»

«at Guacho» «onN. Chile? Washington.—»x Mem: Micaceous formation of Chonos. interesting from great quantity of altered Carbonaceous shales

Examine chart of Patagonian coast to see proportional cliff & low or sloping land

What are the "palatal Tritores" found in the coraliferous mountain Limestone

37e are they allied to the jaws of the Cocos fish

Rio Shells argument for rise

In Cordillera, the dikes do not generally appear to have fallen into lines of faults

36 Whole ... cases] double scored ink.
No] Boxed.

What. . . Limestone] crossed.

37 are ... fish] crossed.
Rio .. . rise] crossed.

In... faults] scored, crossed.

I... raised] crossed.

No . . . upheaval] crossed ink.

35-1 The H.M.S. Challenger ran aground on the Chilean shore at Punta Morguilla [Point Molguilla] (37° 46' S., 73° 40' W.) 19 May 1835. See FitzRoy 1839, 2:451-56 Capt. FitzRoy led the party which rescued the crew. 36-1 In this series of place names the locations of

Guacho and Washington are uncertain. There is presently a Quebrado del Guacho, a small stream, at 33° 58' S., 71° 09' W. in Chile, and a Cerro Guacho, a mountain, nearby. 'Washington' may refer to the Canal Washington at 55° 40' S., 67° 33' W. in Tierra del Fuego.

30

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 37e-38e

I do not think so many faults in Cordillera, as in English Coal field—because lowered & raised—so on—but gradually & simply raised

No Faults in Patagonia[,] enormous extent; if lowered again & covered no sign of upheaval

38e To Cleavage add other instances in old world of symetrical structure. East India Archipelago. «Aleutian Arch.—» V. Fitton. Australia:1 cases in Europe.—

Auvergne. very little Pumice, though Trachyte, same fact in Galapagos. Daubeny P 242

V. back of page 1 of New Zealand Geological Notes.3

at St. Helena. This structure was very clear at base of great lava cliffs4 [Fig. 1]

line of high tidal action

NB. patches of modern Conglomerates [Fig. 2]

38 V. back... Notes.] added ink. To ... P 24] crossed.

38-1 Fitton in King 1827, 2:604, 'The tendency of all this evidence is somewhat in favour of a general parallelism in the range of the strata,—and perhaps of the existence of primary ranges of mountains on the east of Australia in general, from the coast about Cape Weymouth to the shore between Spencer's Gulf and Cape Howe.' And on p. 605, 'If . . . future researches should confirm the indications above mentioned, a new case will be supplied in support of the principle long since advanced by Mr. Michell which appears (whatever theory be formed to explain it,) to be established by geological observation in so many other parts of the world,—that the outcrop of the inclined beds, throughout the stratified portion of the globe, is every where parallel to the longer ridges of mountains,—towards which, also, the elevation of the strata is directed.'

38-2 Daubeny 1826:24, 'It [a formation at the hill of Mouton] should be noticed, as one of the few localities in Auvergne where pumice is to be found, which seems the more remarkable, as this substance is a common product of that class of volcanos, which consists of trachyte.' 38-3 The back of page 1 of Darwin's geological notes on New Zealand is DAR 37.2:802. The page contains a sketch of the silhouette of an island in the Bay of Islands, New Zealand. Darwin noted that at high water the island had the figure of a hill and at low water the figure of a hill surrounded by a level ledge of naked rock. He associated the formation of the ledge with the action of the tides. This page in Darwin's geological notes also contains a cross-reference to 'R.N.' page 38. 38-4 See GSA: 25-26, for the published version of this description of the origin of the cliffs at St Helena.

31

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 39e-42

39e The action of sea A.B. will be to eat in the land in line of highest tidal action, this will at length be checked by increased vertical <height> thickness (DZ) of mass to be removed & from the resistance offered to the greater lateral extension of the waves, by the part beneath the band of greatest action not having been worn away.—If the level of the sea was to sink by very slow & gradual movements to line (2). The part (o) which was before beneath band, of greatest action, would now by degrees be exposed to it, & the result would [be] a uniform slope to base of cliff (Z). to which point the waves would not reach. If now the ocean should suddenly

40e fall, (3) the case would be as at first. & according to the greater or less time of rest, so would the size of the triangular mass removed vary.—The gradual rising continuing, a another sloping platform would be made, & so on.—This is grounded on the belief of constant rising with successive periods of greater activity & rest.—Such changes could be shown (as represented), along line of coast.—[Fig. 2] Mem San. Lorenzo; Valley of Copiapo & parts of coast of Chile.—

Must first explain «top of» tidal band of action.

41 This case differs. I think, from Patagonian steps, because the deposition & accumulation is brought into play

As in Ocean & Air; there are «likewise» differences of temperature «at equal distances from centre of rotation)) & a (circulation owing) rotation in fluid matter of globe, must there not be a circulation «however slow & weak.»; «(cause of not accumulation of Coral limestone in intertropical))) hence varieties of substances ejected from same point. & changes. «(changes in variation?))) as in Cordillera.—

From poles to Equator current downwards & to West.—From Equator to poles, nearer the surface & to the Eastward.—If matter proceeds from great depth, from axis to surface must gain a Westerly current:—If great changes of climate have happened, hurricane in bowels of earth cause:—<exp> does not explain cleavage lines./ possibly general symetry of world.—

42 I feel no doubt, respecting the brecciated white stone of Chiloe, after having examined the changes of pumice at Ascension

41 <exp>] uncertain reading.

As in ... world.—] crossed.

42 Have shs\\s]feint word possibly follows 'shells'.
Calcareous] 'areous' uncertain reading.

??]first'?'possibly '!'. I... Ascension] crossed. In ... instead] crossed.

32

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 42-43e

43e

In Calc: sandstone at Ascension, each particles coated by pellucid envelope of Lime.—form resembles the husks at Coquimbo: in that case, may not central and rather differently constituted lime have been removed?—As shell out of its cast which, although not very intelligble is a familiar case: If refiltered with other matter how very curious a structure: Have shells ever casts alone in Calcareous, rocks??—if so case precisely analogous: fragments instead

Peak of Teneriffe. also Cotopaxi has a <[. . .]> cylinder placed on the rim of conical crater: at Teneriffe Wall of Porph. Lava with base of Pitchstone; Mem Galapagos, chiefly red glassy scoriae.—could walk round base:—not universal: could not climb up many parts, in James Isd.—Mem St Helena— All Trachytic—Daubeny1 P. 171. Vol I. Humboldt2

There is long discussion on Pumice «& Obsidian:» in the I Vol. Humb:

There is rather good abstract of Humboldt. S. American Geolog. in Daubeny. P. 3494

Admirable little table showing long PERIODS of great violence volcanic, from Humboldt: Comparison P 361. Daubeny5

43 <[■■•] >] 3 letters uncertain, middle letter 'i'. Daubeny] added ink. page crossed. chiefly ... P 361. Daubeny] excised.

43-1 Humboldt and Bonpland 1819-29, 1:171,'The '1796.—September 27. Peak of Teneriffe, and Cotopaxi, on the contrary, are of very different construction. At their summit a circular

wall surrounds the crater; which wall, at a distance, has November . . .

the appearance of a small cylinder placed on a truncated

cone.' Also, with respect to the peak of Teneriffe, on p December 14.

176, 'The wall of compact lava which forms the enclosure

of the Caldera, is snow white at it's surface. . .. When we 1797.—February 4. . .

break these lavas, which might be taken at some distance

for calcareous stone, we find in them a blackish brown. 1811.—January 30. . .

nucleus. Porphyry with basis of pitch stone is whitened

externally by the slow action of the vapors of sulphurous

acid gas.' May

43-2 Reference uncertain, possibly to Daubeny's representation of Humboldt's 'unpublished' views. See

Daubeny 1826:345-351. December 16.

43-3 Humboldt and Bonpland 1819-29, 1:219-32. 43-4 Daubeny 1826:349. Not easily summarized, see

note43-2. December . . .

43-5 Daubeny 1826:361, 'Humboldt gives us the follow- 1812.—March 26. . . . ing series of phaenomena, which presented themselves on

the American Hemisphere between the years 1796and97, April 30

as well as between 1811 and 1812.

Eruption in the West India Islands; volcano of Guadaloupe in activity.

of Cumana by of Riobamba by

The volcano of Pasto begins to emit smoke. Destruction earthquake. Destruction earthquake. Appearance of Sabrina Island in the Azores. It increases particularly on the 15th of June. Beginning of the earthquakes in the Island of St. Vincent, which lasted till May, 1812. Beginning of the commotions in the valley of the Mississippi and Ohio, which lasted till 1813. Earthquake at Carracas.

Destruction of Caraccas; earthquakes which continued till 1813. Eruption of the volcano in St. Vincents'; and the same day subterranean noises at Caraccas, and on the banks of the Apure.'

33

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 44e-45e

44e Von Buch is very strong about Trachyte being the most inferior rocks1—The stream at Portillo Pass example of do? <Poor>

Daubeny good account of ejected granitic fragments. P. 3862

Mem. Lyell's fact about sulphuric vapours in East Indian Volcanos3

Gypsum Andes

45e Mem. Beechey. account of regular change in soundings, on approaching the coast of NW. America P. 209-13 P & 444 «(Yanky Edit)))1

44 <Poor> uncertain reading.

Mem. Lyell's ... Indian Volcanos] added ink with short rule line beneath. Von . . . Andes] excised.

45 At] 'A' over 'a'.

<...>] 1 or 2 letters Meg.

turn over] indicates passage continues on next page.

My results . . . over] scored ink.

<I think) . . . over] crossed.

44-1 Daubeny 1826:382-83, 'With regard to the noticed a change in the colour of the water, and on

mineralogical characters of lava, I shall appeal to the sounding found fifty-four fathoms, soft blue clay. From

authority of [Leopold] Von Buch. . . . Almost all lavas he that time until we took our final departure from this sea the

conceives to be a modification of trachyte, consisting bottom was always within reach of our common lines. The

essentially of felspar united with titaniferous iron, to which water shoaled so gradually that at midnight on the 16th,

they owe their colour and their power of attracting after having run a hundred and fifty miles, we had

iron.... This felspar is derived immediately from trachyte, thirty-one fathoms.' P. 211, 'We soon lost sight of every

that being the rock which directly surrounds the focus of distant object, and directed our course along the land [St

the volcanic action; for if we examine the strata that Lawrence Island], trying the depth of water occasionally,

successively present themselves on the sides of a crater, we The bottom was tolerably even; but we decreased the

are sure to find that the lowest in the series is trachyte, from soundings to nine fathoms, about four miles off the western

which is derived by fusion the obsidian, as is the case at point, and changed the ground from fine sand, to stones

Teneriffe.' and shingle. When we had passed the wedged-shaped cliff

44-2 Daubeny 1826:386, "... in the collection of Dr. at the north-western point of the island, the soundings

Thomson, now in the Museum of Edinburgh, there is said again deepened, and changed to sand, as at first.' P.

to be a fragment of lava enclosing a real granite, which is 212-13, 'In our passage from the St. Lawrence Island to

composed of reddish felspar with a pearly lustre like this situation, the depth of the sea increased a little, until to

adularia, of quartz, mica, hornblende, and lazulite. I have the northward of King's Island, after which it began to

likewise seen among the specimens from the Ponza Islands, decrease; but in the vicinity of the Diomede Islands, where

... a piece of granite, or perhaps rather of a syenitic the strait became narrowed, it again deepened, and

rock, . . . found in the midst of the trachyte from this continued between twenty-five and twenty-seven fathoms,

locality. But the most interesting fact perhaps of this The bottom, until close to the Diomedes, was composed of

description, is the presence of a mass of granite fine sand, but near them it changed to course stones and

containing tin-stone, enveloped in the midst of a stream of gravel, as at St. Lawrence Island. . . .' P. 213, 'Near the

lava from Mount iEtna. ... It may be remarked, that Asiatic coast we had a sandy bottom, but, in crossing over

these specimens of granitic rocks have, in general, a degree the [Beering's] strait, it changed to mud, until well over on

of brittleness, which accords very well with the notion of the American side, where we passed a tongue of sand and

their exposure to fire.' stones in twelve fathoms which, in all probability, was the

44-3 Lyell 1830-33, 1:318 refers to Java, 'where there extremity of a shoal, on which the ship was nearly lost the

are thirty-eight large'volcanic mountains, many of which succeeding year. After crossing it, the water deepened, and

continually discharge smoke and sulphureous vapours.' the bottom again changed to mud, and we had ten and a

34

45-1 Beechey 1832209, 'In latitude 6o° 47' N. we half fathoms within two and a half miles of the coast.'P.

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 45e-48

<I think> At Ascension, the laminae <. . .> changes in rocks, connected with & alternating with obsidian must clearly be chemical differences. & not those of rapid cooling &c &c

My results go to believe that much of all old strata of England, formed near surface: Mem Patagonian pebbles beds, most unfavourable to preservation of bones &c &c—Yet <silicified> turn over

46e silicified wood. Cordilleras, Chiloe. &c seems the organic structure most easily preserved.—

Mr Conybeare introduct to Geolog— "Between the height of same beds, deposited in different basins; little or no relation appears to <exist> be made out, but in those belonging to the same district there seems. I think, little ground for skepticism, as to the general truth of the proposition."—x If such can happen in troubled England; the more minute equalities

of elevation, may well be preserved at Patagonia. The English fact is astonishing consult book itself. P. xx: same fact is indeed shewn ? by the parallel bands of formations on any Geolog Map: Quoted from Daubeny P 402:1 likewise, mean height of tertiary, being less than secondary:—consider arguments for oscillation of level independent of mineralogical nature & dependent: & then how wonderful level «of same beds» should have been kept; it shows that throughout all England, whole surface oscillated equably.—

These facts become easy if we look at the action as a deep & extensive movement of viscid nucleus, which in any one country would produce equable effects.—«though so immense to short breathed traveller)) Mountains, which in size are grains of sand, in this view sink into their proper insignificance; as fractures, consequent on grand rise, & angular displacement, consequent of injection of fluid rock.—

Try on globe, with slip paper a gradually curved enlargement

page crossed pencil.

?] added ink, circled page crossed.

page crossed.

444, 'In this parallel [61° 58'N] the nearest point of land bearing N. 74° W. true, thirteen miles, the depth of water was 26 fathoms; and it increased gradually as we receded from the coast. . . . We made the land [St Lawrence Island] about the same place we had done the preceding year, stood along it to the northward, and passed its N.W. extreme, at two miles and a half distance, in 15 fathoms water, over a bottom of stones and shells, which soon changed again to sand and mud. ... On the after-noon of the 2d we . . . anchored off Point Rodney ... in seven fathoms, three miles from the land.

46-1 The quotation is from Daubeny 1826:402 which summarizes the argument presented in Conybeare and Phillips 1822:xx.

47-1 See note RN46-1.

35

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 49-52

49 see its increased length, which will represent the dilatation, which dilated cracks must be filled up by dikes & mountain chains.—

Introduce part of the above in Patagonian paper; & part in grand discussion1

Consult, reconsult Geolog. Map of Europe

50 Consult charts for distribution of pebbles.—Plains, off coast of Patagonia.— British channel &c &c.

There is a Hill, near Copiapo which is asserted to make a noise,—My impression, is not very distinct, from some of the lower orders; it was connected with movement of sand.—it is called "Bramidor"(?).—it was a strange story; I believe it was necessary to ascend the hill,—but my recollection is imperfect & was recalled by note in

51 Daubeny. P. 438., of similar fact near the Red Sea.—which occurred in a sandy place.—(the sound was long & prolonged).1 NB, Is it generally known, the acute chirping sound produced in walking over the sand: I am nearly sure, it is necessary to ascend the hill.—

The absence of Second form, except near submarine Vole: in harmony with the prevailing movement being one of elevation alone.—In England much subsidence: hence difference; action on land different

52 Volney, P 351. Vol I. woody bushes, «gazelles» hares, grasshoppers & Rats. characteristic of the deserts of Syria <chara> ditto for Patagonia, especially rocky parts of central Patagonia

Does Andes in Chili, separate geographical ranges of plants. V. Lyell. Chap XI Vol II.2

page crossed

Consult. . . &c &c] crossed. There ... in] crossed.

Daubeny. . . hill.—] crossed. The . . . different] crossed.

Volney... IT] crossed. Urge . . . Kelp.—] crossed.

49-1 While he did not publish a paper on the subject, Darwin did eventually treat the subject of elevation in Patagonia in GSA, chap. 1.

51-1 See Daubeny 1826:438 for the following note, 'Cet endroit [near the Red Sea] recouvert de sable, environne de rochers bas en forme d'amphitheatre, offre une pente rapide vers la mer dont il est eloigne d'un demi mille, et peur avoir trois cent pieds de hauteur sur quatre-vingts de largeur. On lui a donne la nom de Cloche, parcequ'il rend

des sons, non comme faisait autrefois la statue de Memnon, au lever du soleil, mais a toute heure du jour et de la nuit et dans toutes les saisons. La premiere fois qu'y alia M. Gray, il entendit au bout d'un quart d'heure un son doux et continu sous ses pieds, son, qui en augmentant ressembla a celui d'une clocha qu'on frappe, et qui devient si fort en cinq minutes, qu'il fit detacher du sable, et effraya les chamaux jusqu'a les mettre en fureur.' See also JR-.441. 52-1 Volney 1787b, 1:351 with reference to the deserts of

36

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 52-56e

Urge the entire absence of any rock situated beneath low water in the Southern ocean not being buoyed with Kelp.—

53e With respect to degradation of rocks—It may be a question, whether organic remains protect a rock, or that the rock not weathering allows such

54e

Compare the elevated estuary of the Plata, to the Bay of Bengal, dimensions?

55e Strong currents off the Galapagos.—strata must be accumulating which like the secondary strata of England, «besides ordinary marine remains» may contains <shells few corals Tortoise) «remains of Amphibia, exclusively.)) & Turtle bones. & the bones of <two graniniverous) a herbivorous lizard.—from the action of torrents. «marine» Tortoise & other species of large lizard.— There would probably be no other organic remains.—

56e On Pampas looked in vain for a pebble of any sort; not one was found.— Miers saw then near?1

Mem. La Condamaine on the Amazons.2 Consult

Insist on the frequency of dikes in Granitic countries, enumerate cases.—M. Video exception, but even there, hills of Basalt & other Volcanic rocks. Bahia, Rio de Jan: B. Oriental? level surface not disturbed.—Whole West coast. Chonos to Copiapo.—Sydney. K.G. Sound. C. of Good Hope.—Carnatic

53 or] uncertain reading.

of rocks... such] located, crossed; remainder page not located

Compare... dimensions?] located crossed remainder page not located

from] 'from' over 'the'.

Strong... remains.—] crossed, remainder page blank, excised

56 On Pampas ... near?]

excised.

Mem... Consult] crossed.

Insist... Hope.—] crossed.

Carnatic] added ink.

Syria, 'Presque toujours egalement nue, la terre n'offre que des plantes ligneuses clair-semees, et des buissons epars, dont la solitude n'est que rarement troublee par des gazelles, des lievres, des sauterelles et des rats.' 52-2 Lyell 1830-33,2, chap. 11 bears the following summary heading, 'Theory of the successive extinction of species consistent with their limited geographical distribution—The discordance in the opinions of botanists respecting the centres from which plants have been diffused may arise from changes in physical geography subsequent to the origin of living species—Whether there are grounds for inferring that the loss from time to time of certain animals and plants is compensated by the introduction of new species?—Whether any evidence of such new creations could be expected within the historical era, even if they had been as frequent as cases of extinction?— The question whether the existing species have been created in succession can only be decided by reference to

geological monuments.'

56-1 Miers 1826, 1:77, 'About two miles to the eastward of Barranquitos [32° 35' S., 64° 20' W.] I picked out of the sand a small fragment of quartz, about half the size of a hazel nut. This was the first pebble or stone of any sort I had seen since I left Buenos Ayres.'

56-2 La Condamine 1747:24, 'Below Borja, even for four or five hundred leagues, a stone, even a single flint, is as great a rarity as a diamond would be. The savages of those countries don't know what a stone is, and have not even any notion of it. It is diversion enough to see some of them, when they come to Borja, and first meet with stones, express their admiration of them by signs, and be eager to pick them up; loading themselves therewith, as with a valuable merchandize; and soon after despise and throw them away, when they perceive them to be so common.' See JR-.2S9.

11

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 57-59

57 It has been common practice of geologist.1

Lyell considers (P 84 Vol III.) whole of Etna series of coatings;2 hence it will be necessary to state all arguments for believing that there must be a central core of melted rock—I think the strongest is the consideration of the state at a grand eruption when whole summit of mountain is blown off; & again when in great crater, different little craters are all burning, surely there must be «somewhere» below a field of fluid rock.—In the discussion it will be better not to refer to Lyell. but merely to

58 state these reasons, & saying that they refer to CENTRAL nucleus & that
envelopes no doubt existed. These higher portions probably formed Islds from
which proceeded pebbles & on which trees grew.—? Are not the dikes in
upper strata, quite different from the Porphyries: certainly appearance leads me
to believe mere fissures filled up.—the appearance will here be the strongest
argument:— ? Consider causes for subaqueous crater being of diff: form
subaerial one?—In former not so much; or no rapilli;1 & from action of water
probably not so much aluminated.

59 As argument in favor of lines of anticlinal violence crossing lines of crater, <arg> state that all the great Volcanoes, have been elevated considerably, which shows an afflux of inferior melted rocks to those parts.

Are not the dikes generally vertical? if so posterior to elevations? & not sources of lava streams.—Urge not tilted strata.—

It has ... of geologist] added ink. page crossed.

These . . . grew.—?] scoring added ink, left margin; circled '?' added ink. bottom rule line marked through.

page crossed. 5 9 Urge not tilted strata.—] added ink. Cornwall] 'C over V. page crossed.

57-1 Despite the fragmentary nature of the entry, there exists a reference in Darwin's notes from the voyage, again by way of addition made in light brown ink, which identifies the use of 'Carnatic' in this context. See DAR 33:115v for citation of the following reference: Allardyce 1836:332-33, 'It has been remarked that granite in America is found at a much lower level than in Europe: this is also the case throughout the south of India, by granite—meaning always granitic rocks; for a regularly crystallized compound of quartz, felspar and mica, is not to be expected. The Carnatic, and several other similar tracts, occurring along both coasts, are, as granitic plains, surprisingly level: the slight tertiary diluvium with which they are covered, cannot be considered as a principal cause of this uniformity, for the rock itself is everywhere

found near the surface: every appearance here indicates the granitic formation has at one time been a great deal more flat than it is generally understood to have been.' 57-2 Lyell 1830-33, 3:84, 'It is clear, from what we before said of the gradual manner in which the principal cone [of Etna] increases, partly by streams of lava and showers of volcanic ashes ejected from the summit, partly by the throwing up of minor hills and the issuing of lava-currents on the flanks of the mountain, that the whole cone must consist of a series of cones enveloping others, the regularity of each being only interrupted by the interference of the lateral volcanos.' 58-1 'Rapilli' was equivalent in meaning to iapilli'. See, for example, the use of'rapilli' in Daubeny 1826:251.

38

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 59-61

It will be well to urge the case of St Helena, where dikes certainly have not been points of eruption.

Nobody supposes that all the dikes in Cornwall or in the coal measures have been conduits to volcanoes.—

60 Talking of the cricket valley «the most remarkable feature in the structure of Ascension))1 give as an example the great subsidence at the famous eruption of Rialeja, & the more true analogy from the Galapagos—

Mr Lyell. P. Ill & 113. «seems to» considers that successive terraces mark as many distinct elevations;2 hence it would appear he has not fully considered the subject.—

S. America in the form of the land decidedly

61 bears the stamp of recent elevation, which is different from what Mr Lyell supposes.1

Lyell P 116 Vol III, says that in N. Pliocene formation of Limestone, casts of shells, as in some older formations: Mem the envelopes at Coquimbo. the analogy is now perfect

<The grand propulsion of fluid rock, which elevates a continent)

We are more abound to take analogy of movements of W coast in explaining plains because such are found in perfection on that side.—

60 Talking . . . Galapagos—] crossed.
Mr. . . subject.—] crossed.

S. America . . . decidedly] crossed.

61 bears . . . supposes.] crossed.
Lyell P 116 ... perfect] crossed.
The grand . . . side.—] crossed.

60-1 An oval depression towards the eastern end of Ascension Island was described by the resident English marines as the cricket ground because 'the bottom is smooth and perfectly horizontal'. See DAR 38.2:941v. 60-2 Lyell 1830-33, 3:111 begins the section entitled,'Seacliffs—proofs of successive elevation' Lyell's point is stated most succinctly on page 113 where he cites the testimony of another author writing on the alterations produced by the sea on calcareous rocks on the shores of Greece 'that there are four or five distinct ranges of ancient sea cliffs, one above the other, at various elevations in the Morea, which attest as many successive elevations of the country.' 61-1 In this passage Darwin would seem to be address-

ing Lyell's argument (1830-33, 3:114) that, '. . .a country that has been raised at a very remote period to a considerable height above the level of the sea, may present nearly the same external configuration as one that has been more recently uplifted to the same height.' 61-2 Lyell 1830-33, 3:116, '. . . we have seen [for the newer Pliocene] that a stratified mass of solid limestone, attaining sometimes a thickness of eight hundred feet and upwards, has been gradually deposited at the bottom of the sea, the imbedded fossil shells and corallines being almost all of recent species. Yet these fossils are frequently in the state of mere casts, so that in appearance they correspond very closely to organic remains found in limestones of very ancient date.'

39

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 62-64

62 Add from M. Lesson. Character of Flora to New Zealand, which agrees with St Helena in being unique, yet no quadrupeds.—'

Is the white matter beneath pebbles, the degraded matter of such pebbles extending to seaward, the alternating with such matter at St Julians looks like such?—destructive to animal life.—Patagonia

63 In the Chonos Islds we must imagine bituminous shales have been metamorphised, as in Brazil feruginous sandy ones have undergone the same process.—

¹

Neither lakes or Avalanches (Glaciers very rare) to cause floods in valleys, which must aid in preserving the terraces <...> [Molina's Case]

At Vesuvius. Vol III P. 124. Lyell. dikes have a parting of pitchstone; which is described as very rare2 Mem. St Helena; probably more abundant in this case from intersecting a mass probably cold & not warm as sides of a crater as Vesuvius.—

64 There may have been oscillations in the upheaval of Andes.—but as long as all below water no evidence—The depth of shells (which being packed, in

Add . . . quadrupeds.—] crossed. Is ... Patagonia] crossed.

<... > Molina's Case] added ink, <. . . > Meg 3 letters. In ... process.—] crossed.

Neither . . . Case] crossed. At... as Vesuvius.—] crossed. 64 There . . . trees] crossed. Grand . . . came] crossed.

62-1 Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:14, '. . . mais il est a remarquer que cette ile vaste et composee de deux terres separees par un detroit, quoique rapprochee de la Nouvelle-Hollande et par la meme latitude, en differe si completement, qu'elles ne se ressemblent nullement dans leurs productions vegetales. Toutefois la Nouvelle-Zelande, si riche en genres particuliers a son sol et peu connus, en a cependant d'indiens, tels que des piper, des olea, et une fougere reniforme qui existe, a ce qu'on assure, a l'ile Maurice.' Also p. 22, 'II est a remarquer qu'on ne connait aucun quadrupede comme veritablement indigene de la Nouvelle-Zelande, excepte le rat, si abondamment repandu sur les iles de l'Oceanie, comme sur presque l'univers en tier.'

63-1 Molina 1788, 1:30, 'La erupcion mas famosa de que tenemos noticia, fue la del volcan del monte de Peteroa, que el dia tres de Diciembre del aflo 1762 se abrio una nueva boca 6 cratera, hendiendo en dos partes un monte contiguo por espacio de muchas millas. El estrepito fue tan horrible, que se sintio en una gran parte del Reyno, pero no causo vibracion alguna sensible. Las

cenizas y las lavas rellenaron todos los valles inmediatos, y aumentaron por dos dias las aguas del rio Tingiririca; y precipitandose un pedazo de monte sobre el gran rio Lontue, suspendio su corriente por espacio de diez dias, y estancadas las aguas, despues de haber formado una dilatada laguna que existe en el dia, se abrieron por ultimo con violencia un nuevo camino, e inundaron todos aquellos campos.' Darwin noted this passage in his own copy of the work with the remark, 'P 30—Piteron Earthquake caused lake & deluge—state of valleys'. 63-2 Lyell 1830-33, 3:124, 'Towards the centre [of the dikes at Somma, the ancient cone of Vesuvius]. . .the rock is coarser grained, the component elements being in a far more crystalline state, while at the edge the lava is sometimes vitreous and always finer grained. A thin parting band, approaching in its character to pitchstone, occasionally intervenes on the contact of the vertical dike and intersected beds. M. Necker mentions one of these at the place called Primo Monte, in the Atrio del Cavallo; I saw three or four others in different parts of the great escarpment.'

40

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 64-67e

beds) lived there, makes it very doubtful whether they could have lived in so deep a sea.—Perhaps agrees with formation of pebbles & vertical trees

Grand Seco at B. Ayres; mention about the deer approaching the wells.—the effect of Salt water of the Salado.—Mem. in Owens Africa it is mentioned that the Elephant came

65e towns driving by the want of water.—' I believe in all flat countries, years of drought are common.—Mr Lyell has mentioned the drifting of carcases putrid.2

In Rio paper, when discussing probable rise of land: Mention M. Gay's fact about shells:3 Hibernation of fresh water Shells, multitudes.—

The question of shell's concretions, living only in that spot & being cause of concretion; or being only preserved in that part, having lived over whole bottom is important; because in this latter case, we cannot judge whether such fossils, lived in groups or not.

66e Ferruginous veins of this figure \^J in sandstone: evidently depend on a concretionary contraction: the fact is in alliance with those balls at Chiloe, full of sand.—the <scale> «quantity of iron» being there in excess.—If veins (StL^ are secretionary, so are all those plates in Australia. New Red Sandstone, at

Bahia in modern sandstone, a circle..£l3 > nad hi its middle a short <fissure>

«vein» terminated each way, which little vein was like the rest of these thin veins which project outwards.—

67e In Patagonia, the blending of pebbles & the appearance of travelling may be owing to successive transportal from prevailing swell, (as Shingle travels on

65 towns] preceeding line at top of page cut out.

towns . . . putrid.] crossed.

In ... multitudes.—] crossed.

The . . . not.] crossed. 67 <me>] alternate reading '<ma>'.

When . . . distance?—] crossed.

65-1 W. F. Owen 1833, 2:274-75, '[at Benguela] . . . imbedded in subaqueous deposits, where their elements

the elephants were likewise common, but at present are are imprisoned in solid strata. . . .' Also p. 247, '. . . we

scarce. A number of these animals had some time since see the putrid carcasses of dogs and cats, even in rivers,

entered the town in a body, to possess themselves of the floating with considerable weights attached to them,

wells, not being able to procure any water in the country. 65-3 Gay 1833:371, 'Ces contrees [Rio de Janeiro,

The inhabitants mustered, when a desperate conflict Monte Video, Buenos Aires] m'offrirent aussi une assez

ensued, which terminated in the ultimate discomfiture of belle collection d'insectes et plusieurs coquilles fluviatiles

the invaders, but not until they had killed one man and et marines, telles que des Mytilus, des Solens, des

wounded several others.' Ampullaires, etc., qui offraient ce phenomene digne de

65-2 Lyell 1830-33,2:189, 'Thousands of carcasses of remarque, de vivre pele-mele dans les eaux simplement

terrestrial animals are floated down every century into the saumatres.' See JR.24
sea, and, together with forests of drift-timber, are

41

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 67e-69

the Chesil bank. V. De la Beche).1 Ask Capt. F.: R:2 how the swell, generally & during gales would tend to travel on a <me> central line of Patagonia. «NB. Mr Lyell P. 211 Vol III. talks of line of cliff marking a pause»3

When mentioning pumice of Bahia Blanca, mention black scoriaceous rocks of R Chupat. & fall of Ashes of Falkner, ?how far is the distance?—4

68e Fossil bones black as if from peat.—yet cetaceous bones so likewise «of miocene period».—Mem Bahia blanca P. 204 Vol III. Lyell1

Owing to «open» faults in mountains: to elevated strata in eocene lakes of France, & unequal action of Earthquakes. «on Chili & delta of Indus», my belief in submarine tilting alone, must be modified. «Moreover, the Volcanos from sea there burst out, after rise from sea: <As did> as did those aerial Volcanos in Germany))

In the Valle del Yeso it is probable that point of Porphyry has been upheaved in a dry form

It is clear the forces have acted with far more regularity

69 in S. America: in France we have freshwater lakes unequally elevated, which movements if present in the Andes, would have destroyed regularity of slope of valleys.—All my observations of period «& manner» of elevation Volcanic

68 modified.] original rule line beneath.

as did... Germany] marked connection with It is clear ...' Owing... regularity] crossed.

69 in S. America... country.] crossOed.
Read... latter).] crossed.

67-1 De la Beche 1831:73, 'The Chesil Bank, connecting the Isle of Portland with the main land, is about sixteen miles long, and . . . the pebbles increase in size from west to east. . . . The sea separates the Chesil Bank from the land for about half its length, so that, for about eight miles, it forms a shingle ridge in the sea. The effects of the waves, however, on either side are very unequal; on the western side the propelling and piling influence is considerable, while on the eastern, or that part between the bank and the main land, it is of trifling importance.' 67-2 Robert FitzRoy.

67-3 Lyell 1830-33, 3:210-11, 'The situation of this cliff [at Dax, France], is interesting, as marking one of the pauses which intervened between the successive movements of elevation whereby the marine tertiary strata of this country were upheaved to their present height, a pause which allowed time for the sea to advance and strip off the upper beds a,b, from the denuded clay c' 67-4 Falkner 1774:51, 'Being in the Vuulcan, below

Cape St. Anthony, I was witness to a vast cloud of ashes being carried by the winds, and darkening the whole sky. It spread over great part of the jurisdiction of Buenos-Ayres, passed the River of Plata, and scattered it's contents on both sides of the river, in so much that the grass was covered with ashes. This was caused by the eruption of a volcano near Mendoza; the winds carrying the light ashes to the incredible distance of three hundred leagues or more.'

68-1 Lyell 1830-33, 3:204, 'Some of these bones [in certain strata in the basin of the Loire] have precisely the same black colour as those found in the peaty shell-marl of Scotland; and we might imagine them to have been dyed black in Miocene peat which was swept down into the sea during the waste of cliffs, did we not find the remains of cetacea in the same strata, bones, for example, of the lamantine, morse, sea-calf, and dolphin, having precisely the same colour.'

42

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 69-71

action, must be more exclusively confined to that country.

Read description of channels or grooves in rocks at Costorphine hills, to compare with Galapagos.—Chiloe. M. Hermoso. & Coral reefs (imperfect in latter).

70 <At> Lyell. Vol I. P. 316. Earthquake of 1812 affected valley of Missisippi & New Madrid & Caraccas.—' Is this mentioned by Humboldt in his account of extensive areas.—2

P. 322 In any archipelago. & neigbouring Volcanos. eruption from «more than» one orifice <. . .> does not occur at same time: this is contrasted to contemporaneous action over larger spaces of the globes & "periods" of increased activity.—3 such as that of 1835.—

State the three «or 4» fields of Earthquakes in Chili:—

71 Chiloe. Concepcion. Valparaiso (Copiapo & Guasco). yet whole territory vibrates from any one shock—

In S. America—continuity of space in formations & durability of similar causes go together, add. <">" <from> "in the same line" to "from the epoch of Ammonite to the present day.

<...>] Meg 3 or 4 letters. <At> . . . areas.—] crossed. P. 322 .. . Chili:—] crossed.

In ... day.] crossed. at... in the] crossed.

70-1 Lyell 1830-33, 1:316, 'We have before mentioned the violent earthquakes which, in 1812, convulsed the valley of the Mississippi at New Madrid, for the space of three hundred miles in length. As this happened exactly at the same time as the great earthquake of Caraccas, it is probably that these two points are parts of one continuous volcanic region. . . .'

70-2 Humboldt and Bonpland. 1819-29, 4:11-12, 'The extraordinary commotions felt almost continually during two years on the borders of the Missisippi and the Ohio, and which coincided in 1812 with those of the valley of Caraccas, were preceded at Louisiana by a year almost exempt from thunder storms.'

70-3 Lyell 1830-33, 1:321-22, 'Syria and Palestine abound in volcanic appearances, and very extensive areas have been shaken, at different periods, with great destruction of cities and loss of lives. It has been remarked . . . that from the commencement of the

thirteenth to the latter half of the seventeenth century, there was an almost entire cessation of earthquakes in Syria and Judea; and, during this interval of quiescence, the Archipelago, together with part of the adjacent coast of Lesser Asia, as also Southern Italy and Sicily, suffered extraordinary convulsions; while volcanic eruptions in those parts were unusually frequent. A more extended comparison . . . seems to confirm the opinion, that a violent crisis of commotion never visits both at the same time. It is impossible for us to declare, as yet, whether this phenomenon is constant in this, or general in other regions, because we can rarely trace back a connected series of events farther than a few centuries; but it is well known that, where numerous vents are clustered together within a small area, as in the many archipelagos for instance, two of them are never in violent eruption at once.'

43

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 71-74

at Mauritius, (consult Bory1 «dip of strata on East») cannot believe in a great explosion, nor would sea remove more internally than externally—I did not see any number of dikes in the

72 cliffs.—wide valleys.—central peak small; yet great body of lavas have flowed from centre—

Pisolitic balls occur in the Ashes which fill up theatre of Pompeei (?).—Such have been seen to form in atmosphere.—Mem. Ascencion. concretions & Galapagos.—

«Humboldts. fragmens.S) Read geology of N. America. India.—remembering S. Africa. Australia.. Oceanic Isles. Geology of whole world will turn out simple.—

Fortunate for this science, that Europe was its birth place.—Some general reflections might be introduced on great size of ocean; especially Pacifick: insignificant islets—general movements of the earth;—Scarcity of Organic remains.—Unequal distribution of Volcanic action, Australia S. Africa—on one side. S. America on the other: The extreme frequency of soft materials being consolidated; one inclines to belief all strata of Europe formed near coast. Humboldts quotation of instability of ground at present, day.—applied by me geologically to vertical movements.

In Cord: after seeing small Bombs, without a vesicle, we may consider appearances of eruption at bottom.—solution under high pressure of gazes, especially the most abundant. Sulp. Hyd: Carb: A. Mur: A.= (& this effect of water thus holding matter in solution must be great: & in the fact of bombs in tufa there is proof of such gaz) steam condensed.—Perhaps these mighty

cliffs . . . Galapagos.—] crossed. Humboldts . . . simple.—] crossed.

page crossed

Mur: A.] 'A' over 'a', this] 'is' over 'ese'.

metallic veins ... other phenomena] added ink. page crossed.

71-1 Bory de Saint-Vincent 1804, 1, chap. 6 describes the physical geography of Mauritius but does not answer Darwin's question directly. While at Mauritius Darwin was unable to inspect the entire island himself and sought information from other sources. See F7:28-31 and pp. 118-120 of this notebook. 72-1 Humboldt 1831.

73-1 The exact quotation is uncertain, but the following sentence suggests Humboldt's views (1831, 1:5-6) 'La volcanicite, c'est-a-dire, l'influence qu'exerce l'interieur d'une planete sur son enveloppe exterieure dans les differens stades de son refroidissement, a cause de l'inegalite d'agregation (de fluidite et de solidite), dans

laquelle se trouvent les matieres qui la composent, cette action du dedans en dehors (si je puis m'exprimer ainsi) est aujourd'hui tres affaiblie, restreinte a un petit nombre de points, intermittente, moins souvent deplacee, tres simplifiee dans ses effets chimiques, ne produisant des roches qu'autour de petites ouvertures circulaires ou sur des crevasses longitudinales de peu d'etendue, ne mani-festant sa puissance, a de grandes distances, qui dynamiquement en ebranlant la croute de notre planete dans des directions lineaires, ou dans des etendues (cercles d'oscillations simultanees) qui restent les memes pendant un grand nombre de siecles.'

44

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 74-77

changes might go on. & not a bubbles on the surface bespeak the changes.— metallic veins solution of silex & many other phenomena

75 I do not believe that the extraordinary fissures of the ground at Calabria were present at the Concepcion earthquake.—expatiate on difficulty of evidence about eruptions of Volcanos. (where there are no country newspapers)—At the Calabrian earthquake things pitched off the ground. «Ulloa states that Volcanos!! were in eruption at time of great Lima earthquake1»

In the Chili earthquakes if rise was more <than> inland than on coast it would be invariably discovered; this may be mentioned with general slope of the country; (perhaps generally over whole world)

76 Yet eruptions <both> at sea (as wells as in the Cordillera), they may be considered as accidents (if <[. . .]> part of a regular system can be called accidental; the proportional force of crust of globe & injecting matter on the great rise).—

The great rains which attend severe Earthquakes «1822 * 1835?» alone, (& the general belief in N. Chili, where rains are so infrequent; so as to exclaim, «as I have heard» how lucky! when they hear of a place having a pretty severe shock), are much more curious

77 & perplexing, than those that attend Eruptions: Mr P. Scopes explanation of low Barometer?1

In a subsiding area, we may believe the fluid matter instead of afflux (always slightly oscillating as that of a spring) moves away.—Will geology ever succeed in showing a direct relation of a part of globe rising, when another falls.—When discussing connection of Pacifick & S. America.—

Ulloa . . . earthquake] over original medium rule line, page crossed.

<[. . .]>] 2 or 3 letters illeg.

Yet. . . rise.—] crossed. The . . . curious] crossed.

77 & perplexing .. . Barometer?] crossed.
In ... S. America.—] crossed.

75-1 Juan and Ulloa 1806, 2:84, 'According to an 77-1 Scrope 1825, chap. 2, sec. 41^42 including the

account sent to Lima after this accident, a volcano in statement on p. 60, 'It is obvious how the powerful

Lucanas burst forth the same night and ejected such ascending draught of air which constitutes a hurricane,

quantities of water, that the whole country was over- and which acts so strongly in depressing the barometer,

flowed; and in the mountain near Patas, called Con- will have an equal effect in setting loose the imprisoned

versiones de Caxamarquilla, three other volcanoes burst, winds of the earth.' Also see JR:431.
discharging frightful torrents of water. . . .'

45

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 78-80

Volcanos must be considered as chemical retorts.—neglecting the first production of Trachyte, look at Sulphur, salt. lime, are spread over «whole» surface; how comes it they do not flow out together? How are they eliminated.—«Sulphur last.—» Metallic veins likewise must separate ingredients if we look to a constant revolution.—Are we to consider that the dikes which so commonly (state facts) traverse granites, are granitic materials simply altered by circumstances; & not in chemical nature, or has a subterranean fluid mass itself changed.—No.—

Yet the fluid granitic mass under <[. . .]> less pressure might have its «proportional» particles altered.—

With respect to Volcanic theory. I want to ground, that the first phenomem. is an inward afflux of melted matter.—Volcanos perhaps may be admittance of water, through the rent strata: «Mr Lyell considers that Plutonic rocks are generated as often as Volcanic. I consider latter as accidental on the afflux of the former.—'

Ascension. Vegetation? Rats & Mices. At St Helena there is a native mouse

80 Did wave first retreat at Juan Fernandez: the first great movement was one of rise (any smaller prior ones might have been owing to absolute movement of ground). Michell (Philos: Transacts) «seems to» considers that fall first movement (as in Peru 1746).—1 At great Lisbon Earthquake Loch Lomond water oscillated between 2 & 3 ft. (as in Chili lake). Therefore motion of sea ought to be considered as a plain movement communicated to it as well as by the vertical as lateral movement.—At first one would think movement, owing to water keeping its level whilst land rose up & down.—But from above reasons, do not think so

ingredients] 'g' over 'd'. page crossed.

<[. . .]>] 2 letters Meg.

Mr Lyell . . . former.—] written half above, half below entry on Ascension. With . . . former.—] crossed.

80 Did . . . Lake).] crossed.

79-1 Lyell 1830-33, 3:364, 'If ... we conceive it probable that plutonic rocks have originated in the nether parts of the earth's crust, as often as the volcanic have been generated at the surface, we may imagine that no small quantity of the former class has been forming in the recent epoch, since we suppose that about 2000 volcanic eruptions may occur in the course of every century, either above the waters of the sea or beneath them.' 80-1 Michell 1760:617, 'The great earthquake that

destroyed Lima and Callao in 1746, seems also to have come from the sea; for several of the ports upon the coast were overwhelmed by a great wave, which did not arrive till four or five minutes after the earthquake began, and which was preceded by a retreat of the waters, as well as that at Lisbon.' Darwin's own copy of this article was a reprint which had been repaginated by the printer; this quotation appears on p. 54 of his copy.

46

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 81-83

81 also elevating Earthquake of Valparaiso. (1822) no great wave on record.—
«also neighbouring sea must partake in absolute movement» Moreover wave
«with same general character)) reaches far beyond coast, which has been
raised.—It must be considered as an oscillation, from violence. Is it not same
as swell travelling across Pacifick.—excepting in number of waves & in wind,
instead of sea's bottom being in motion what difference? In watching heavy
swell, sea retreats & then breaks: i e to form a wave in ocean, is not this
[Fig. 3] form present, i e a part below «mean)> level

before the higher part.— Does the

sea fall on banks as a Bore wave rushes up? (NB. Earthquake wave is an oscillation, body of water manifestly does not travel up.—) If these view are right the coincidental retreat at Portugal & Madeira (Lyell. vol I. P. 471) is explained.1 also the similar fact at Concepcion? Read the various accounts & see if fall is not the first very evident movement.—The swelling first on beach I cannot understand, without (cs <[. . .]) raised above as).—

In great Calabrian wave did not sea break first? I can imagine from local form of coast (as seen in swell) the undertow & overfall must vary proportionally Partial shrinking after elevation in perfect conformity with <Mr Lyell's) idea of an injected mass of fluid rock1

In Patagonia plains, long periods of rest & vice versa more likely to be coincidental than single elevations along whole line of coast

page crossed.

<[. . .]>] 2 letters illeg. page crossed.

more likely] 'more' over 'most'. In ... proportionally.] crossed. Partial . . . coast] crossed.

82-1 Lyell 1830-33, 1:471-72, 'Sometimes the rising of the coast must give rise to the retreat of the sea, and the subsequent wave may be occasioned by the subsiding of the shore to its former level; but this will not always account for the phenomena. During the Lisbon earthquake, for example, the retreat preceded the wave not only on the coast of Portugal, but also at the island of Madeira and several other places.' 83-1 Lyell did discuss 'partial shrinking after elevation', but, as Darwin's cancellation indicates, did not relate it to the existence of an underlying injected mass of fluid rock. See Lyell 1830-33, 1:477, 'It is to be expected, on mechanical principles, that the constant subtraction of matter from the interior will cause vacuities, so that the surface undermined will fall in during convulsions which shake the earth's crust even to great depths, and the

sinking down will be occasioned partly by the hollows left when portions of the solid crust are heaved up, and partly when they are undermined by the subtraction of lava and the ingredients of decomposed rocks.' In his own copy of this work Darwin commented: 'if there are hollows left what forces up the lava' and then crossed out his remark. A few pages previously (p. 468) he had challenged Lyell's association of the occurrence of submarine earthquakes with the percolation of sea water to underlying masses of incandescent lava with the remark, 'We may more easily imagine the fluid stone injected (as occurs in every mountain chain) amongst damp strata.' He also questioned whether water could percolate through strata already under great pressure. In short, it would seem that Darwin realized he was describing his own idea rather than Lyell's in the course of writing this entry.

47

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 84-87e

84 Darby mentions beds of marine shells on banks of Red River Louisiana. V.
Lyell. Vol I. P. 191'

State at St Helena, pebbles entirely coated with Tosca. which implies motion in the «loose» bed of pebbles. (On a sea beach under a cascade, one can understand pebbles thus coated.—The motion is most wonderful, from chemical attraction, as a blade of grass penetrating by action of Organic power a lump of hard clay.—

85 In the History of S America we cannot dive into the causes of the losses of the
«species of» Mastodons, which ranged from Equatorial plains to S. Patagonia.
To the Megatherium.—To the Horse. = One might fancy that it was so
arranged from the forseight of the works of man

Feeling surprise at Mastodon inhabiting plains of Patagonia is removed by reflecting on the nature of the country in which the Rhinoceros lives in S. Africa: the same caution is applicable to the Siberia case

86 We must not think alluvial plains «always» most favourable; In what part of
the globe are there such vast numbers of wild animals, both species &
individuals as in the half desert country of S. Africa. It would be well to quote
Burchell. V. where the Rhinoceros was killed.—'

In Patagonia, are all beds same age? is white substance triturated Porphyritic rock, s (mem white tufas with purple Claystones of P. Desire). = Where talking of such substances being worn into channels.

87e mention submarine channels, such as that in front of Sts. of Magellan

In Chiloe curvilinear strata subsidence.—The sudden increased dip is not

84 (On a] 'On' over 'in'.

understand] mark following, possibly an 'a'. Darby. . . 191] crossed. State . . . clay.—] crossed.

works] alternate reading \vork'. page crossed.

page crossed.

page crossed.

In Cordill:. . . dikes.] excised.

84-1 Lyell 1830-33, 1:191,'Darby mentions beds of marine shells on the banks of Red River, which seem to indicate that Lower Louisiana is of recent formation: its elevation, perhaps, above the sea, may have been due to the same series of earthquakes which continues to agitate equatorial America.' The work referred to is Darby 1816. 86-1 Burchell 1822-24, 2:71-79 describes the killing of two rhinoceroses south of the Hyena Mountains (30° 10' S., 24° 0' E.). In his own copy of the work Darwin

scored the passage on p. 78 where Burchell described his sensation of the heat on a day of the hunt, 'Although so chilling at sunrise, the weather had, by noon, changed to the opposite extreme. Exposed in the middle of a dry plain, where not a tree to afford shade was to be seen, I scarcely could endure the rays of the sun, which poured down, as it were, a shower of fire upon us.' See also JR: 101-102.

48

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 87e-89

parallel case to Isle of White, but rather to one out of a series of faults. [Fig. 4]

In Cordill: should basal lavas be called Volcanic or Plutonic

The cellular state of all the Porphyry specimens, must be well examined

At M. Video «facts of Passages marked by do.» discuss quartz veins, there contemp—yet similar ones in Clay. Slates contemporaneous others subsequent, as in dikes.

88e In Granite great crystals arranged on sides. V. Lyell P 355 Vol III.

constitution of veins, is there said granite in close contact varies in nature,1— Does not granite at C. Tres Montes become more siliceous in close contact?— «Cordillera???» Porphyry at Valparaiso; Epidote—

Must we look at regular greenstone cones at S. T. del Fuego as nucleus of a Volcano or as an injected mass.—From conical form I incline to <latter> former; & thus occurring in groups.—As these greenstone rocks are seen to graduate into granites

89 the <conta> passage from lava to Granite is much more perfect, than in

believing mere agency of dikes: & indeed when do these dikes lead to a conical mass, will this conical mass be granite? Why not more probably greenstone? What probable origin can be given to the numerous hills of greenstone?—

Daubeny. P 95. Glassy & Stony Pearlstones alternate together in contorted layers:1 Mem: Phillips Mineralogy some such fact stated to exist in Peru.2— Ascension

In ... Epidote—] crossed, excised.

page crossed.

88-1 Lyell 1830-33, 3:355, 'The main body of the granite here [in Cornwall] is of a porphyritic appearance with large crystals of felspar; but in the veins it is finegrained and without these large crystals. . . . The vein-granite of Cornwall very generally assumes a finer grain, and frequently undergoes a change in mineral composition, as is very commonly observed in other countries. Thus, according to Professor Sedgwick, the main body of the Cornish granite is an aggregate of mica, quartz, and felspar; but the veins are sometimes without mica, being a granular aggregate of quartz and felspar.' 89-1 Daubeny 1826:94-95, 'Trachytic porphyry also appears to pass by imperceptible gradations into the next species, pearlstone, which is characterized by the vitreous aspect generally belonging to its component parts. ... In its simplest form, this rock presents an assemblage of globules, varying from the size of a nut to that of a grain of

sand, which have usually a pearly lustre, and scaly aspect. ... In some varieties the globules are destitute of lustre, and exhibit at the same time sundry alterations in their size, structure, and mode of aggregation, till at length they entirely disappear, and the whole mass puts on a stony appearance, which retains none of the characters of pearlstone. . . . Various alternations occur between the glassy and stony varieties of the pearlstone, sometimes so frequent as to give a veined or ribboned appearance to the rock, at others curiously contorted as though they had been disturbed in the act of cooling.' 89-2 W. Phillips 1823 contains no reference to pearlstone in Peru, but on p. 112 there is the statement that, 'At Tokay in Hungary, [pearlstone] is found enclosing round masses of black vitreous obsidian, and is intermixed with the debris of granite, gneiss, and porphyry, and alternating in beds with the latter.'

49

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 90-93e

90 At Ischia there is a pumiceous conglomerate with small & large fragments, nature of which is doubtful. P. 180.1 I think my Ascension case very doubtful.—

In Iceland Bladders of Lava are described, & many minute craters as at Galapagos. < | > Sir George Mackenzie must be worth reading2

Some earthquakes of Sumatra no connection with a neighbouring Volcano of Priamang.—Marsden Sumatra.3

M. De. Jonnes seems to

91 think that Volcanic eruptions form foundations for Coral reefs.—' does he mean in contradistinction to sand??

B. Roussin states that generally in North part of Brazil, (gravel becomes) sand less & gravel more common, the shoaler the water & nearer the Banks2

Is there not a sudden deepening on E. coast of Africa, as at Brazil

92 [blank]

93e What is nature of strip of Mountain Limestone in N. Wales, was it reef.—I remember many Corals?? Breccia—Stratification?1

page crossed.

page crossed.

What. . . Stratification?] crossed. Anomalous . . . branching] crossed.

90-1 Daubeny 1826:180, '[The island of lschia] is composed for the most part of a rock which seems to consist of very finely comminuted pumice, reagglutinated so as to form a tuff, . . . Although the pumiceous conglomerate, as I shall venture to call this rock, is seen in every part of the island, yet at Monte Vico ... we observe intermixed with it huge blocks of trachyte. ...' 90-2 Daubeny 1826:221, 'In many places [in Iceland], [Sir G. Mackenzie] says, an extensive stratum of volcanic matter has been heaved up into large bubbles or blisters, varying from a few feet to forty or fifty in diameter.' The original reference is to Mackenzie 1811:389-90. 90-3 As quoted in Daubeny 1826:313, 'In Sumatra, Marsden has described four [volcanos] as existing, but the following are all the particulars known concerning them: Lava has been seen to flow from a considerable volcano near Priamang, but the only volcano this observer had an opportunity of visiting, opened on the side of a mountain about 20 miles inland of Bencoolen, one fourth way from the top, so far as he could judge. ... He never observed any connexion between the state of the mountain and the

earthquake, but it was stated to him, that a few years before his arrival it was remarked to send forth flame during an earthquake, which it does not usually do.' The original reference is to Marsden 1811:29-30. 91-1 Daubeny 1826:334, 'The process, by which these islands, according to Moreau de Jonnes, are in many instances formed, is sufficiently curious; first a submarine eruption raises from the bottom of the sea masses of volcanic products, which, as they do not rise above the surface of the water, but form a shoal a short way below its surface, serve as a foundation on which the Madre-porites and other marine animals can commence their superstructure.' The original reference is to Humboldt and Bonpland 1819-29,4:42^13; also Cortes and Moreau de Jonnes 1810:130-31.

91-2 Roussin 1826:47 states that on approaching the banks of Cape S. Roque, '. . . nous croyons avoir observe que le sable est d'autant plus rare et les graviers d'autant plus communs, que les sondes sont plus petites et plus voisines des bancs.' 93-1 Darwin's memory of the geology of Wales stemmed

50

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 93e-97e

Anomalous action of ocean.—at Ascension, (where occassionally most tremendous surf & loose sandy beach) deposits «calcareous» encrustations; At Bahia ferruginous.—At Pernambuco (great swell & turbid water) organic bodies protect like peat reef of sandstone.—Corals, & Corallina survive, in the most violent surfs: in both latter cases become petrified, & increase.—In Southern regions every rock is buoyed by Kelp, now Kelp sends forth branching

94e roots which must protect surface; On «hard» exposed rocks near Bahia, whole surface to where highest spray (there pale green confervae) coated with living beings; In smooth seas (& even turbulent as at St Helena) I have mentioned point of greatest action; I now having seen Pernambuco believe much is owing to protection of Organic productions. = Yet everywhere on coast (II Defonsos «Kelp») rocks show signs of degradation; (soft substances worn into bare cliffs evident); the action is anomalous; It is wonderful to see Coral reef—or confervae in the breakers or in waterfall: Excepting by removal of large fragments by mere force of waves: & action on upper tidal band, I do not

95e see how to account for oceans power.—excepting when pebbles are brought into play; most manifest example of degradation I ever saw on beach near Callao.—From Sir. H Davy experiment on the copper bottom, we see a trifling circumstance determines whether an animal will adhere to a certain part.1 Apropos to question does animal adhere to rock because it does not decompose, or vice versa. Clay slates unfavourable to attachment of many bodies

96e [blank]

97e Beechey.—changes in bottom in NW coast of America, from shingle to sand &c &c. <Vol II> P. 209. 211. 213. 444 «Yanky edition))1

Shores of Pacifick, as compared to whole E. America. <East> Africa. Australia, profoundly deep: a great fault or rather many faults.—

97 Beechey. . . faults.—] pencil. Necessary. . . matter.—] ink.

from his tour there in August 1831 in the company of Adam Sedgwick. Darwin's notes from the trip refer to deposits of limestone and to fossil madrepores. See DAR5(ser. 2):5-14[+15-16?], fols 5-14 published in Barrett 1974.

95-1 Davy 1824:151-58. After describing his experiments Davy concluded on p. 158, 'small quantities of zinc, or which is much cheaper, of malleable, or cast iron, placed in contact with the copper sheeting of ships, which is all in electrical connection, will entirely prevent its

corrosion. And as negative electricity cannot be supposed favourable to animal or vegetable life; and as it occasions the deposition of magnesia, a substance exceedingly noxious to land vegetables, upon the copper surface; and as it must assist in preserving its polish, there is considerable ground for hoping that the same application will keep the bottoms of ships clean, a circumstance of great importance both in trade and naval war.' 97-1 See note RN45-1.

51

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 97e-99e

Necessary form; as long as coast line fixed.—[Fig. 5]

*Slope necessary for seaward transportal of drift matter. 98e Give various cases. [Fig. 6]

A advancing coast to Seaward.

Retreating case in excess as first case.

When discussing Falkland soundings introduce this discussion.—Brazil bank: (& I believe SE coast of Madagascar, where a 40 line <shows> runs at equal distance?) 1st cases.—'

99e The terraces in Valleys of Chili may be with much truth compared to the step = formed streams of lava at St Jago. C. de Verds

Quartz pebbles in the Cordilleras look as if some peaks elevated.—

Greywacke. as a general fact absent in T. del Fuego, excepting in Port Famine

Mr Sorrell says that numerous icebergs are commonly stranded on shores of Georgia «Lat° ( )», he has rocks on surface, applicable to Patagonia.

<shows>] uncertain reading, page crossed pencil.

The .. . Verds] crossed. Quartz ... Famine] crossed.

Mr Sorrell... Patagonia.] crossed.

98-1 A bar and a dot over a number indicates that no 99-1 Thomas Sorrell personal communication.
See bottom was found at that depth. FitzRoy 1839, 2:21. Also see JR:282

52

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 100e-101

100e During a period of subsidence the shinglle of Patagonia would become more or less interstratified with sediment.—& escarpment worn away like english escarpment

The great conglomerate of the Amazons & Orinoco mentioned by Humboldt under name of Rothe-todte-liegende is perhaps same with that of Pernambuco?1

Quote Miers about shells at Quillota2

Lyell, states that contact of Granite & sedimentary rocks, in Alps becomes metalliferous. Vol III Latter Part3

101 Are there Earthquakes in the Radack & Ralix Isls?

In my Cleavage paper Dr Fittons Australia case must be quoted at length.1

The Lines of Mountain appear to me to be effect of expansions acting at great depths (mem: profound earthquakes), which would cause parallel lines, but the rectangular intersections are singular—

M. Lesson considers the Sandstone & Granite districts to be separated by profound valley[.] Sydney.—2

& escarpment. . . escarpment] added ink. page crossed.

Are ... singular—] crossed.

M. Lesson... Sydney.—] crossed.

100-1 Humboldt and Bonpland 1819-29, 4:384, 'We discover between Calabozo, Uritucu, and the Mesa de Pavones, wherever men have made excavations of some feet deep, the geological constitution of the Llanos. A formation of red sandstone [Rothes todtes liegende] (or ancient conglomerate) covers an extent of several thousand square leagues. We shall find it again hereafter in the vast plains of the Amazon, on the eastern boundary of the province of Jaen de Bracamoros. This prodigious extension of red sandstone, in the low grounds that stretch along the East of the Andes, is one of the most striking phenomena, with which the study of rocks in the equinoctial regions furnished me.'

100-2 Miers 1826, 1:394-95, 'All around Quintero [near Quillota] ... the fishermen had employed themselves digging shells for lime-making from a stratum four or five feet thick, in the recesses of the rocks, at the height of fifteen feet above the usual level of the sea, it being evident that at no very distant period this spot must have been buried in the sea, and uplifted probably by convulsions similar to the one now described.' Also p. 458, 'The recent shelly deposites mixed with loam [at Quintero]

I have traced to places three leagues from the coast, at a height of 500 feet above the level of the sea. . . .' See GSA35.

100-3 Lyell 1830-33, 3:371, '[According to M. Elie de Beaumont] . . . near Champoleon [in the Alps] . . . [it] is also an important circumstance, that near the point of contact both the granite and the secondary rocks become metalliferous, and contain nests and small veins of blende, galena, iron, and copper pyrites.'

101-1 Fitton 1827 as quoted in note RN38-1. Darwin did not publish a paper on cleavage but see his 36 page discussion of the subject in DAR 41. In these notes, possibly the 'paper' to which he referred, he mentioned Fitton's views twice.

101-2 Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:5, 'Toutes les cotes de la Nouvelle-Galles du Sud [New South Wales] sont, en effet, entierement composees d'un gres houiller a molecules peu adherentes; et ce que nous appelons le premier plan des montagnes Bleues est egalement compose de ce gres, qui cesse entierement au mont York. La, une vallee profonde isole ce premier plan du second, qui est compose en entier de granite.'

53

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 102-105e

102 Lesson Zoologie

Grand tertiary formation of Payta1: N. part of New Zeeland entirely volcanic!! New Zeeland rich in particular genera of plants2: All St. Catherine & coast Granite3: P. 199; Falkland account of cleavage differs wonderfully from mine: phyllade covered by quartzose sandstones: refers to broken hill described by Pernetty: account of streams of stones agrees with mine.—4At Conception, cleavage E & W! at Payta . talcose slates, do at latter place, sandy, sandstone with gypsum, covered by limestone with recent shells 200 ft, how exact agreement with Coquimbo;

103e [not located] 104e [not located]

105e Isld near coast of America not reached. Juan. Galapagos. Cocos—

Ulloas voyage

North of Callao, the country, to the distance of 3 or 4 leagues «from the coast» may be concluded to have been covered by the sea—judge from the pebbles such as those on the beach—"This is particularly observable in a bay about five leagues North of Callao, called Marques, where in all appearances not many years since, the sea covered above half a league of what is now Terra Firma & the extent of a league & a half a long the coast. <"> The rocks in the most inland part of this bay are perforated & smoothed like those washed by the waves, a

102 page crossed.

105 Ulloas . . . waves, a] crossed.

102-1 Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:260-61,'Le lambeau de sol tertiaire [at Payta] se compose de couches ou bancs alternatifs, dont voici 1'enumeration, en com-mencant par la formation de phyllade qui le supporte. 1° Roches talqueuses phylladiformes, terrain primordial. 2° Argiles plastiques.—Sable argileux, schisteux, traverse par des veines entrecroisees de gypse fibreux . . .3° Calcaire grossier . . .'

102-2 On volcanic formations in the north part of New Zealand, Lesson and Garnot 1828, 1, pt 2:410, 'De nombreux volcans, dont les traces des eruptions sont recentes, existent sur plusieurs points de ces iles [off the north shore of the North Island] . . . Aussi trouve-t-on communement des pierres ponces. . . .' With respect to richness of plant genera in New Zealand see note RN62-1. 102-3 Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:189,'Le granite forme entierement la croute minerale de l'ile de Sainte-Catherine et du continent voisin. . . .' 102-4 On the Falkland Islands see Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:198-99, 'Les couches se composent de feuillets fendilles dans tous les sens, dont la direction, au lieu d'etre horizontale, est presque verticale, et forme

particulierement sur le pourtour de la baie un angle de 45 degres: ceux de la grande terre se dirigent a l'Est, et ceux des Hots aux pingoins a l'Ouest. . . . Cette phyllade supporte un gres schisteux. . . .' Also on p. 200 reference is made to the discussion by 'Pernetty' of a 'montagne des Ruines' which looked man-made, and on p. 201, to what Darwin later quoting directly from Pernety called a 'stream of stones' and what Lesson referred to as 'blocs enormes du meme gres, entasses pele-mele . . .' See JR-.255 and Pernety 1769, 2:526.

102-5 On the region around Concepcion see Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1:231, 'La couche la plus inferieure est formee par une sorte de phyllade noire, compacte et terne; celle qui est moyenne se compose d'un mica-schiste a feuillets tres-brillants, dont la direction est de l'Ouest a l'Est.' The presence of talcose slates at Concepcion is mentioned on p. 232. 102-6 Lesson and Garnot 1826, 1, pt 1. Rock cleavage is described as running from east to west on p. 260. On p. 262 Lesson uses the figure 200 feet in describing the change in sea level which would have caused such configurations of strata as seen at Payta.

54

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 106e-108

106e sufficient proof, that the sea formed these large cavities", &c &c &c Vol II. Chapt VIII. p: 971

at Potosi the veins run from North (inclining) to South, inclining a little to the West: the veins which follow this direction are thought by the <oldest> «most intelligent)) miners to be the richest Vol II 1472

Shells at Concepecion 50 toises above the sea. = talks of them being packed clean, without earth.— Moreover that such do not occur on the beaches. Perhaps these facts attest a <more> decided elevation of sea's bottom, beds of shells. 2-3 toises thick.—Vol II. p. 2523

Urge cliff form of land, in St Helena. Ascension. Azores. («sandstone first gives» half demolished craters) .—worn into mud & dust.—connection with age, & agreement with number of craters. No cliffs at Ascension (or modern streams of St Jgo) yet no historical records of eruptions how immense the time!! How well agrees with number of Craters!—At S. Cruz, there is no occasion to wonder what has become of the Basalt. Gone into fine sediment Look at St Helena!!—

There are some arguments which strike the mind with force.—the exact yearly rise of the great rivers prove better than any meterological table the precise periods over immense areas. (& the counterbalancing variations) of rain. = The Bulk of sediment «daily» yearly brought down by every torrent proves the decay atmospheric of the most solid rocks.—The grand cliffs of a thousand feet in height, of the solid lavas.—proportionally high to age. (we do not wonder to see tertiary plains consumed) Where slope «plainly» indicates former boundary, (as in other unworn

sufficient ... 97] crossed. at Potosi ... 147] circled. Shells . . . 252] crossed.

page crossed.

page crossed.

[. . .]] 4 or 5 words Meg, possibly including 'has', 'out' or 'cut', and 'limits'. page crossed.

106-1 Juan andUlloa 1806, 2:97. 106-2 Juan and Ulloa 1806, 2:147, 'These are the principal mines of Potosi, but there are several smaller crossing the mountain on all sides. The situation of the former of these mines is on the north side of the mountain, their direction being to the south, a little inclining to the west; and it is the opinion of the most intelligent miners in this country, that those which run in these directions are the richest.'

106-3 Juan and Ulloa 1806, 2:252, 'The country round the bay, particularly that between Talcaguana and Conception ... is noted for ... a stratum of shells of

different kinds, two or three toises in thickness, and in some places even more, without any intermixture of earth, one large shell being joined together by smaller, and which also fill the cavities of the larger. . . .Quarries of the same kind of shells, are found on the tops of mountains in this country, fifty toises above the level of the sea.' Also, p. 254 'All these species of shellfish are found at the bottom of the sea in four, six, ten and twelve fathom water. They are caught by drags; and ... no shells, either the same, or that have any resemblance to them, are seen either on the shores continually washed by the sea, or on those tracks which have been overflowed by an extraordinary tide.'

55

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 109-112

islands) we take in at once the stupendous mass which has been corroded.— If man could raise such a bulwark to the ocean, who would ever suppose that its age was limited? Who could suppose such trifling means could efface & obliterate so grand a work?—In valleys one is not sure whether fissures may not have helped it, or diluvial waves, but when we see an entire island so encircled, the one slow cause is apparent. «I confess I never see such islands whose inclination natural [. . .] deepest astonishment.» Perhaps scarcely a pebble might remain to tell of these losses.—

Cause of chimney, to crater, as at Galapagos. St. Helena.—

[pls-7] $$k

effect of heat on inner wall, hence resists degradation

longer than outer parts.-

The common occurrence of a breccia of primitive rocks between that formation and the secondary (stated in Playfair to be the case p. 51).l presupposes an elevated country of granite, not <so> great«er» for all Europe, than from the Plata to Caraccas, which is all of granite:

111 In discussing circulation of fluid nucleus,—the similarity of Volcanic
products «over whole world» argument, as well as separating causes by
water.—Or rather begin & explain how water separates.—(intertropics at
present fix lime). <Also Volcanos separate.) Volcanos blend all substances
together; & products being similar over whole world, general circulation. But
Volcanic action separates some sulphur (perhaps lime) salt. & metallic

ores.—which mingling & separating is well adapted to

112 use of mankind.—<Hutton show)1 Earthquakes part of necessary process of
terrestrial renovation & so is Volcano a useful chemical instrument.—Yet

110 <so>] uncertain reading.

than from] 'than' over word, probably 'as'. Cause . . . parts.—] crossed. The . . . granite:] crossed.

volcanic products] 's' over 'es' page crossed.

page crossed.

110-1 Playfair 1802:51-52, 'Indeed, the interposition of a then, that the primary schistus, after attaining its erect

breccia between the primary and secondary strata, in position, had been raised up to the surface, where, this

which the fragments, whether round or angular, are gravel was formed; and from thence had been let down

always of the primary rock, is a fact so general, and the again to the depths of the ocean, where the secondary

quantity of this breccia is often so great, that it leads to a strata were deposited on it. Such alternate elevations and

conclusion more paradoxical than any of the preceding, depressions of the bottom of the sea, however extra-

but from which, nevertheless, it seems very difficult to ordinary they may seem, will appear to make a part of the

with-hold assent. Round gravel, when in great abundance, system of the mineral kingdom, from other phenomena

agreeably to a remark already made, must necessarily be hereafter to be described.'

considered as a production peculiar to the beds of rivers, 112-1 The principle expressed in this passage, that the

or the shores of continents, and as hardly ever formed at destruction of the earth's surface is required for its

great depths under the surface of the sea. It should seem, renovation, is consistent with the general content of the

56

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 112-115

neglecting these final causes.—What more awful scourges to mankind than the Volcano & Earthquake.—Earthquakes act as ploughs [,] Volcanos as Marl-pits:

113e Consider well age of Bones. = slowness of elevation proved at St Julian. = do not these bones differ as much nearly as the Eocene. = Should Mr Owen consider bones washed about much at Coll. of. Surgeon's?1 I really should think probably that B. Blanca & M. Hermoso contemp:.—Inculcate well that Horse at least has not perished because too cold:—With discussion of camel urge S. Africa productions.—

114e I think in Patagonia white beds having proceeded from gravel proved.— curious similarity of rocks of very diff ages, at Port Desire on plain. & interstratified.—

Urge fact of Boulders not in lower strata, only in upper, in accordance in Europe with ice theory.—

Capt Ross found in Possession Bay in 73° 39 N. living worms in the mud which he drew up from 1,000 f[athoms], & the temp of which was below freezing pointWV

115 Remember idea of frozen bottom or beach of sea to explain preserved animals.—Mem: stream of water in the country.—

Sir J. Herschel. says, precip. of Sulph. B. all the infinitesimal cryst. arrange

page crossed pencil.

Urge . . . point!!!] crossed pencil

or beach] added ink. At the first] uncertain reading. Remember ... country.—] pencil. Sir... this.—] ink. State... it] pencil, page crossed pencil.

bones,—the remaining ones, however, still occupying their proper relative position to each other.' (Fossil Mammalia: 10) Owen named the fossil quadruped Macrau-chenia, on which see note RN129-1. 114-1 John Ross 1819:178, 'Soundings were obtained correctly in one thousand fathoms [at Possession Bay], consisting of soft mud, in which there were worms. . . . The temperature of the water on the surface was 34!/2° [F.], and at eighty fathoms 32°; ... at two hundred and fifty fathoms [measurement taken aboard another ship], .... 29!/2° [F.].' In Appendix No. Ill, p. lxxxv this information is summarized and the coordinates of Possession Bay given as 73° 39' N., 77° 08' W.

work of James Hutton. However, as Darwin's, cancellation would seem to indicate, the application of the principle failed in this instance, for Hutton, speaking providentially, had chosen rather to characterize volcanos as instruments designed 'to prevent the unnecessary elevation of land, and the fatal effects of earthquakes', and his interpreter John Playfair, while not quoting Hutton's words, did not challenge his conclusion. See Hutton 1795, 1:146, and Playfair 1802:116-19.

113-1 Richard Owen, then at the Royal College of Surgeons. Darwin commented on the single fossil quadruped he had found at the port of San Julian that the 'skeleton probably was at first perfect, but the sea having washed away part of the cliff, has removed many of the

57

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 115-118

themselves in planes. «Mem silky lustre))1 ask Erasmus, whether electricity would affect this.—

State the circumstances of appearance at Concepcion [.] no sign of elevation. Effects of great waves to obliterate all land marks.—At the first it

116 would though be easy to see on beach successive lines of sea weed—

Histoire Naturelle des Indes

Acosta. p. 125. of French «?» Edition states that the same earthquake has run from Chili to Quito a distance of more than 500 leagues. A little time after a bad earthquake in Chili; Arequipa in 82 was overthrown, & 86. Lima, next year Quito, considers these earthquakes travel in order.—'

117 If we look at Elevations as constantly going on we shall see a cause for Volcanos part of same phenomena lasting so long.—

The great movements (not mere patches as in Italy proved by Coral hypoth. agree with great continents).

118 Voyage aux terres Australs Vol. I. p. 54. M. Bailly says."en effet toutes les montagnes de cette ile se developpent autour d'elle comme une ceinture d'irnmenses remparts; toutes affectent une pente plus ou moins inclinee vers le rivage de la mer, tandis, au contraire, que vers le centre de' 1 ile, elles presentent une coupe abrupte et souvent tailee a pic. Toutes ces montagnes

would ... weed.—]pencil. Histoire . . . order.—] ink page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

of soap in which insoluble margarates exist shew it beautifully [added: when mixed with water].' Lyell incorporated Herschel's observation into his next edition of the Principles. See Lyell 1837, 4:358. Possibly Lyell showed Darwin Herschel's letter, or discussed its contents with him, sometime in late 1836 or early 1837, or possibly Herschel had discussed this point with Darwin at the Cape in June 1836. See note RN32-1. 115-2 Erasmus Alvey Darwin.

116-1 Acosta 1600:125 refers to 'des tremblemens de terre qui ont couru depuis Chille, jusques a Quitto, qui sont plus de cinq cens lieues . . .' Acosta continued, 'En la coste de Chille (il ne me souvient quelle annee) fut un tremblement de terre si terrible. . . .A peu de temps dela, qui fut Fan, de quatre vingts deux, vint le tremblement d'Arequipa, qui abbatit & ruina presque toute cette ville la. Du depuis en l'an quatre vingts six ... aduint un autre tremblement en la cite des Roys [Lima]. . . .' And on p. I25v, 'En apres Fan enfuyuant, il y eut encor un autre tremblement de terre au Royaume & cite de Quitto, &

115-1 John Herschel wrote to Charles Lyell on 20 February 1836 as follows (Cannon 1961:310), 'Cleavages of Rocks.— If Rocks have been heated to a point admitting a commencement of crystallization, ie to the point where particles can begin to move inter se—or at least on their own axes—some general cause must determine the position these particles will rest in on cooling—probably position will have some relation to the direction in which the heat escapes.— Now when all—or a majority of particles of the same nature have a general tendency to one position that must of course determine a cleavage plane.— Did you never notice how the infinitesimal crystals of fresh precipitated sulphate of Baryta [barium sulphate] & some other such bodies—arrange themselves alike in the fluid in which they float so as, when stirred all to glance with one light & give the appearance of silky filaments. Ask Faraday to shew you this phenomenon if you have not seen it—it is very pretty. What occurs in our expt, on a minute scale may occur in nature on a great one, as in granites, gneisses, mica slates &c—some sorts

58

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 119—123

sont formees de couches paralleles et inclinees du centre d'lile, vers la mer; ces couches ont entre elles une correspondance exacte, et lorsquelles se trouvent interrompues par quelque vallees ou par quelque scissures profondes, on les voit se reproduire a des hauteurs communes sur le revers de chacune des montagnes qui forment les vallees ou les scissures.—M. B. thinks these parts incontestably formed the parts of one whole

burning mountain, & that the central part fell in.—Says posterior craters in centre:—1 Bailly talks of much granite on all East side of Van Diemen Land.2

All the Calcareous rocks which harden by themselves cannot be pure, for if so Chalk would

121 harden.—Climate.!? or small Proportion of Alum: matter.—all pale cream colour. —

The Brecciated structure of all the Pitchstone (which I have seen), is a kind of concretionary structure, for the interlineal spaces are of diff cont: & even in one case contained lime.—All bear close analogy to Obsidian, & all show chemical action as well as effects of cooling

[misnumbering, no page 122]

123 In Igneous rocks.—which have the cryst of glassy F. fractured, have been melted with little pressure. & perhaps cooled suddenly.—

As the rude symmetry of the globe shows powers have acted from great depths, so changes, acting in those lines, must now proceed from, great depths.—important.—

page crossed pencil.

burning . . . centre.—] ink: Bailly . . . would] pencil, page crossed pencil.

harden . . . colour.—] pencil. The . . . cooling] ink.

page crossed pencil. 123 page crossed pencil.

semble que tous ces notables tremblemens de terre en ceste coste, ayent succede les uns aux autres par ordre. . . .' 120-1 Joseph-Charles Bailly, mineralogist to the expedition, as quoted in Peron 1807-16, 1:54-55. Following the passage quoted, the text continues (p. 55), 'De ces observations, il resulte bien incontestablement que toutes ont la meme origine, qu'elles datent toutes de la meme epoque; que reunies jadis, elles n'ont pu etre separees depuis, que par quelque revolution violente et subite. Quelle peut avoir ete cette derniere revolution? . . . Tous les fait se reunissent pour prouver que l'ile toute entiere ne formoit jadis qu'une enorme montagne brulante; qu'epuisee, pour ainsi-dire, par ses eruptions, elle s'affaissa

sur elle-meme, engloutit dans ses abimes la plus grande partie de sa propre masse, et que de cette voute immense, il ne resta debout que les fondemens, dont les debris entr'ouverts sur differens points, forment les montagnes actuelles de l'ile. Quelques pitons de forme conique, qui s'elevant vers le centre du pays, notamment le Piton du centre, portent les caracteres d'une origine posterieure a l'eboulement du cratere. . . .' See also VI:29-3\. 120-2 Bailly (note RN120-1) as quoted in Peron 1807-16, 1:295, 'De hautes montagnes granitiques . . . dont les sommites etoient presque entierement nues, forment toute la cote orientale de cette partie de la terre de Diemen. ...' See also p. 304.

59

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 124-126

Decemb 10. 1802. Earthquake at Demerara. The earthquakes "seem to arise from some efforts in the land to lift itself higher & to grow upwards; for the land is constantly pushing the sea (which of course must retain same level) to a greater distance".—Afterwards speaks of this phenomena in connection with "the shooting upwards" of the <ground> land in the W Indies.—p. 200. Bollingbroke voyage to the Demerary

Earthquakes at St Helena. 1756. June 1780, Sept. 21st 1817.—p 371. Webster Antarctic veg:—'

Study Ulloa to see if Indian habitation above regions of vegetation.—«I can find nothing.»2 Mem Carolines quotation from Temple3

Urge the mineralogical difference of formations of S. America & Europe.—If great chain of Vole, had been in action during secondary period how diff. would the rocks have been. The red Sandstone of Andes fusible?

126 no. mad dogs. Azores, although kept in numbers, p. 124. Webster1

Consult W. Parish.2 & Azara3 about dry season[.] 1791. seen commonly bad

page crossed pencil.

Earthquakes . . . veg:—] ink. Study. . . Temple] pencil. Urge . . . fusible?] ink. page crossed pencil.

page crossed.

124-1 Bolingbroke 1807:200, contains the passage Darwin quotes and pp. 200-201 the additional comment, 'This constant shooting upwards of the land, which is so sensible in the West Indies, has been little heeded by European mineralogists.'

125-1 W. H. B. Webster 1834, 1:371, 'Instances of earthquakes occuring in the island [St Helena] are on record. One took place in 1756, and in June 1780. On the 21st September 1817, one occurred, which it is said was particularly noticed by Napoleon . . .' The reference to antarctic vegetation pertains to Webster's discussion of the natural history of Cape Horn, Staten Island, and Deception Island in 2:290-306.

125-2 Darwin apparently searched Juan and Ulloa 1806 for evidence connecting Indian habitation and climatic change, and could 'find nothing'. He was more successful in his reading of Ulloa 1792. He later quoted from that work (p. 302) to the effect that Indians of one arid region in the Andes had lost the art of making durable bricks from mud. This suggested to Darwin that the local climate had once been wetter, which fitted his notion that the South American continent had undergone elevation in geologically recent times. See JRA09-X1. 125-3 Temple 1830, 2:10, 'In the course of this day's journey were to be seen, in well-chosen spots, many

Indian villages and detached dwellings, for the most part in ruins. Up even to the very tops of the mountains, that line the valleys through which I have passed, I observed many ancient ruins, attesting a former population where now all is desolate.' See also pp. 4 and 5, and JRAX2. From his comment it would appear that this reference was given to Charles by his sister, Caroline Sarah Darwin. 126-1 J. W. Webster 1821:124, 'There is scarcely a man on the island, who has not a dog, and many have half a dozen. It is a remarkable fact that, although these animals are so numerous, no instance of hydrophobia was ever known among them.' See JR, p. 436. 126-2 See JR: 156, 'Sir Woodbine Parish informed me of another and very curious source of dispute [in the province of Buenos Ayres]; the ground being so long dry, such quantities of dust were blown about, that in this open country the landmarks become obliterated, and people could not tell the limits of their estates.' 126-3 Azara 1809, 1:374, 'On voit un exemple aussi etonnant de cette fougue dans les annees seches, ou l'eau est extremement rare au sud de Buenos-Ayres. En effet, ils partent comme fous, tous tant qu'ils sont, pour aller chercher quelque mare ou quelque lac: ils s'enfoncent dans la vase, et les premiers arrives sont foules et ecrases

60

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 126-128

over whole world. «(Was it so in Sydney, consult history? Phillips.»4

1826.27.28. grt. drought at Sydney, which caused Capt. Sturt expedition.—5

? Another one in 1816 (?).— 127 Mr Owen's curious fact about Crust Bra in Brine1 Springs. (Henslow)2

Speculate on neutral ground of 2. ostriches; bigger one encroaches on smaller.—3 change not progressive): produced at one blow, if one species altered: (altered) Mem: my idea of Vole: islands, elevated, then peculiar plants created, if for such mere points; then any mountain, one is falsely less surprised at new creation for large.—Australia's = if for vole. isld then for any spot of land. = Yet new creation affected by Halo of neighbouring continent: =^as if any

128 creation «taking place» over certain area must have peculiar character:

Contrast low limit of Palms, evergreen trees, arborescent grasses, parasitic

127 neighbouring] alternate reading 'neighboring'.
Mr Owen's . . . Brine] pencil.

Springs . . . any] ink.

Speculate . . . any] crossed pencil.

128 grasses, parasitic] alternate reading 'grasss, parasite'.
Contrast . . . Zorilla:] crossed pencil.

par ceux qui les suivent. II m'est arrive plus d'une fois de trouver plus de mille cadavres de chevaux sauvages morts de cette facon.' See JR: 156.

126-4 Hunter 1793:507, 508, 525, and 535 refer to the drought around Sydney in the first half of the year 1791. 'Phillip's Voyage' refers to Phillip 1789. 126-5 Sturt 1833, 1:1, 'The year 1826 was remarkable for the commencement of one of those fearful droughts to which we have reason to believe the climate at New South Wales is periodically subject. It continued during the two following years with unabated severity.' And p. 2; 'But, however severe for the colony the seasons had proved . . . it was borne in mind at this critical moment, that the wet and swampy state of the interior had alone prevented Mr. Oxley from penetrating further into it, in 1818.... Aslhad early taken a great interest in the geography of New South Wales, the Governor was pleased to appoint me to the command of this expedition.' See also JR: 157. 127-1 From this entry it would appear that it was probably Richard Owen who referred Darwin to the article by Rackett quoted in JR:11, In the Linnean [Society of London] Transactions, [1815], vol. xi, p. 205, a minute crustaceous animal is described, under the name of Cancer salirtus. It is said to occur in countless numbers in the brine pans at Lymington; but only in those in which the fluid has attained, from evaporation, considerable strength; namely about a quarter of a pound of salt to a

pint of water. This cancer is said, also, to inhabit the salt lakes of Siberia. Well may we affirm, that every part of the world is habitable!' The phrase 'Crust Bra' is probably an abbreviation for Crustacea Branchiopoda. 127-2 John Stevens Henslow did not publish on the subject of springs, but he may have been the source for two references which Darwin quoted on the subject in the JR:1%. Both works cited discuss plant life at the location of the springs, a subject which would have interested Henslow. The references were to J. E. Alexander 1830: 18-20, and Pallas 1802-3,1:129-34.

127-3 The two ostriches are the greater or common rhea. Rhea americana, found from north-eastern Brazil to the Rio Negro in central Argentina, and the lesser rhea or Darwin's rhea, Pterocnemia pennata, found in the Patagonian lowlands, where Darwin collected portions of a specimen, and in the high Andes of Peru, Bolivia, northern Chile, and northwestern Argentina. The ornithologist John Gould described it and named it Rhea Darwinii at a meeting of the Zoological Society of London on. 14 March 1837, since when it has been known as Darwin's rhea. However, the species had already been named Rhea pennata by Alcide Dessalines d'Orbigny. . (Anonymous 1837b; d'Orbigny 1835^17, 2:67, 194, 212, 303; on the dating of d'Orbigny see Sherborn and Woodward 1901.) See also Gould. 1837b:35-36; Birds: 120-25; and J7?:108-10.

61

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 128-130

plants, Cacti: & with limits of no vegetation at S. Shetland =1

Great contrast of two sides of Cordillera, where climate similar.—I do not know botanically = but picturesquely = Both N & S. great contrast, from nature of climate. =

Perpetual snow.—subterranean lakes, near Volcanoes, lakes of brine all inhabited:

Go steadily through, all the limits of birds & animals in S. America. Zorilla:2

129 wide limits of Waders: Ascension. Keeling: at sea so commonly seen, at long distances; generally first arrives:—

New Zealand rats offering in the history of rats, in the antipodes a parallel case.—

Should urge that extinct Llama owed its death not to change of circumstances; reversed argument, knowing it to be a desert.—l Tempted to believe animals created for a definite time:—not extinguished by change of circumstances:

130 The same kind of relation that common ostrich bears to (Petisse.1 & diff

kinds of Fourmillier)2: extinct Guanaco3 to recent: in former case position, in

New Zealand . . . circumstances:] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

128-1 One probable source for this passage was W. H. B. Webster 1834, 2:281-302. In the course of describing the 'exuberant fertility of Staten Island and Cape Horn' (p. 297), Webster mentioned evergreens and a 'parasitic shrub' (p. 292). See also note RN125-1. 128-2 Zorrilla is the Spanish word for skunk. The notes on species ranges of South American forms which Darwin suggested making in this entry are presumably those found in DAR 29.1. The 'Birds' list is numbered fol. 41; the 'Animals' list appears between fols.46-47. The zorrilla appears on the list for animals.

129-1 The 'extinct Llama' is the animal that Richard Owen would name Macrauchenia (long-necked) in December 1837 {Correspondence 2:66). Darwin collected the fossil specimens in January 1834 at the port of San Julian, having 'no idea at the time, to what kind of animal these remains belonged'. J/?:208. Owen's earliest known comment on the specimens occurs in a letter to Charles Lyell dated 23 January 1837. For the citation from Owen see L. G. Wilson 1972:437; also see J#:208. Sometime after his initial assessment of the fossil as a 'Gigantic Llama' Owen

restudied the fossil and came to a more complex conclusion, regarding its affinities, one emphasizing its non-camelid over its camelid (i.e. llama-like) features. See notes A9-1 and B231-1, and Fossil Mammalia: 10-11, 35-56, and plates VI-XV; for current views see Simpson 1980.

130-1 The 'Petisse' is the lesser rhea, or Darwin's rhea. (See note 127-3.) Darwin customarily referred to the two rheas in his field notes as ' Avestruz' and Avestruz Petise' from the Spanish avestruz (ostrich) and avestruz petiso (small ostrich). See also B153.

130-2 Fourmilier, ('antbird') so named for its falsely reported habit of living chiefly on ants {fourmis). Since Darwin does not seem to have used the term Fourmilier elsewhere in his notes, it is doubtful that it was the antbird, or at least primarily the antbirds, which he had in mind when he made this entry. More likely he was thinking of those birds which he described in his Ornithological Notes as Myothera, a term which was given as the equivalent of Fourmilier in the systematic work he had with him aboard ship (Bory de Saint-Vincent 1822-31,

62

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 130-133

latter time, (or changes consequent on lapse) being the relation.—As in first cases distinct species inosculate, so must we believe ancient ones: «.'.» not gradual change or degeneration, from circumstances: if one species does change into another it must be per saltum—or species may perish. = This <inosculation) «representation» of species important, each its own limit & represented.— Chiloe creeper: Furnarius.5 <Caracara> Calandria:7 inosculation alone shows not gradation;—

131 An argument for the Crust of globe being thin, may be drawn, from.

Cordillera, rocks.—When beneath water.—together with hypothetical case of Brazil.—

Propagation, whether ordinary, hermaphrodite, or by cutting an animal in two. (gemmiparous. by nature or accident), we see an individual divided either at one moment or through lapse of ages.—Therefore we are not so much surprised at seeing Zoophite producing distinct animals, still partly united. & eggs which become quite separate.—Considering all individuals of all species, as «each» one individual «divided» by different methods, associated life only adds one other method where the division is not perfect. —

Dogs. Cats. Horses. Cattle. Goat. Asses, have all run wild & bred, no doubt with perfect success.—showing non Creation does not bear upon solely adaptation of animals.—extinction in same manner may not depend.—There is no more wonder in extinction of species than of individual.—

Crust] 'C over 'f. page crossed pencil.

in] over letters, possibly 'on', eggs] alternate reading 'egg'. page crossed.

7:22-25). On Darwin's return to England the birds he

had collected from this group were classified by John

Gould Birds: 70-74. For Darwin's discussion of the group,

including Gould's classifications, see Ji?:329-30 and 351-

53. For Darwin's listing of these specimens by number, all

under the rubric Myothera, see Barlow 1963:250-60; and

for the location and current names of some of Darwin's

specimens see Herbert 1980:115.

130-3 'Extinct Guanaco' is identical in meaning to

'extinct Llama'. See RN129-1.

130-4 The Chiloe creeper is Aphrastura spinicauda, the

Thorn-tailed Rayadito. The Chiloe race is the distinctive

sub-species A. spinicauda fulva, being buff-coloured instead

of mainly white below; For further information on

Darwin's specimens see Barlow 1963:250; JR:30\ and

BirdsM.

130-5 Furnarius, the ovenbird, the genus which gives its

name to the family Furnariidae. Found from southern

Mexico to Patagonia the family shows the greatest measure

of diversity in the southern part of its range. Darwin collected a number of species belonging to the family. For further information see Barlow 1963:214, 217-18; JR:112-113, 353, and 477; Birds:64-65; and Herbert 1980:116. 130-6 Caracaras are large carrion-feeding birds belonging to the family Falconidae. They are very common in parts of South America, and Darwin collected a number of specimens. In his 'Ornithological Notes' Darwin also referred to the Galapagos hawk as a caracara (p. 238) though John Gould later corrected him. For more on these birds see Barlow 1963:233-39; J/?:63-69, 256, 461; Gould 1837a:9-ll; Birds:9-7>\ and S. Herbert 1980:116. 130-7 Calandria, the Chalk-browed Mockingbird which Darwin collected at Maldonado (specimen 1213). In this entry Darwin probably also had in mind other mockingbirds he collected in South America and the Galapagos Islands. For further discussion of the mockingbirds see Birds:60-64; Barlow 1963 JR:62-63,461; Gould 1837f:27 and Herbert 1980:116-17.

63

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 134e-137e

134e Mr Birchell says Elephant lives on very wretched cou[n]tries thinly covered by vegetation.1 Rhinoceros quite in deserts.'—Much struck with number of animal[s] at Cape of Good Hope

Says at Santos «M Birchels» at foot of range some miles from shore, rock of oysters quite above reach of tides.—thinks them same as recent species.—2

135e May I not generalize the fact glaciers most abundant in interior channels, there no outer coast.—important effect.—? Capt. FitzRoy.—'

Limited Volcanic action & limited earthquakes & great but local elevations of the land in Europe—

136e Urge difference of plutonic rocks & Volcanic metalliferous—

Urge enormous quantity of matter from CREVICE of Andes—therefore flowed towards it. a mass on each side 3000 ft thick & 150 broad, neglecting Cordillera itself now remaining—

I37e Lyell « <p 419> p 428» states that Von Buch has urged that Java volcanos differ from all others in quantity of Sulph. acid emitted:1 mem: Grand gypseous formation of Cordillera

In describing structure of Cordillera it must be said, that lines of elevation have connected <lines> «points» of eruption[.] give instance of Etna Stromboli & Vesuvius

quite] alternate reading 'quits'. Birchels] alternate reading 'Brrchel'. Mr Birchels . . . Hope] crossed pencil. quite in . . . species.—] crossed pencil.

May . . . FitzRoy.—] ink. Limited . . . Europe—] pencil, page crossed pencil.

page crossed.

Lyell . . . Cordillera] crossed. In . . . Vesuvius] crossed.

134-1 William J. Burchell: personal communication as indicated in JR: 101. Burchell 1822-24, 2:207 is quoted on the subject of the large size of South African animals compared to animals from other continents in JR: 101. 134-2 William J. Burchell: personal communication, See GSA.3. TVIr. Burchell informs me, that he collected at Santos (lat. 24° S.) oyster-shells, apparently recent, some miles from the shore, and quite above the tidal action.' 135-1 Robert FitzRoy: personal communication. See also JR.266-61, 'I have heard Captain FitzRoy remark, that on entering any of these channels [at Tierra del

Fuego] from the outer coast, it is always necessary to look out directly for anchorage; for further inland the depth soon becomes extremely great.'

137-1 Charles Lyell: personal communication. The reference is to von Buch 1836:428, 'Ces emanations sulfureuses paraissent donner aux volcans de Java un caractere tout particulier qui n'appartient certainement pas avec le meme degre d'intensite et de frequence a la plupart des autres volcans de la surface du globe.' See GSA.239 for Darwin's use of the citation.

64

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 138-140e

138 Investigate with greater care, vegetation & climate of Tristan D. Acuneha. Kerguelen Land. Prince Edwards Isld. Marion & Crozet. L. Auckland. Macqueries.—Sandwich Isd—

Specimens of rocks were brought home in Capt: Forster expedition from (Deception Isld> South Shetland Cape Possession. Syenite ? Andite?—I

139 Degrading of inland bays, like St. Julian & Port Desire applicable to Craters of Elevation. —The longer diameter of Deception Is1 is six Geographical miles and width 2 & Vi miles1

S. Shetland. Lat. 62° 55'. <only> one lichen, only production, a body which had long been buried, <see> from rotten state of coffin «buried in a mound» long consigned to the earth, yet body had scarcely undergone any decomposition: countenance so well preserved, that it was thought not to have belonged to an Englishman.—On 8th of March cove began to freeze, correspond to September2

140e ?Did I make any observations on springs at S. Cruz.???—

Form of land shows subsidence in T. del Fuego, and connection of quadrupeds.—although recent elevation, there may have been great subsidence previously. Mem. pebbles of Porphyry.—Falklands.—off East Coast.—Capt. Cook found soundings, (end of 2d voyage outside coast of T. del Fuego. off. Christmas sound.—x

in] 'in' over "by'. page crossed pencil.

<see>] uncertain reading. Degrading . . . miles] crossed pencil. S. Shetland. . . September] crossed.

?Did . . . sound.—] ink. «(Think . . . 24»] pencil, page crossed pencil.

138-1 See Kendal 1832:64, 'Possession Cape is situated in 63° 46' S., and 61° 45' W. We procured specimens of its rock. . . .' Also p. 63 where the land is described as being composed 'of a collection of needle-like pinnacles of sienite.' Henry Foster commanded the Chanticleer from 1828-1831, Darwin's misspelling of his name deriving from an identical misspelling in the title of the article cited. 139-1 Darwin's estimate of the dimensions of Deception Island is taken from the map facing p. 64 of Kendal 1832. 139-2 See Kendal 1832:65, 'There was nothing in the shape of vegetation except a small kind of lichen, whose efforts are almost ineffectual to maintain its existence amongst the scanty soil afforded by the penguins' dung.' P. 66, 'Having observed a mound on the hill immediately above this cove, and thinking that something of interest might be deposited there, I opened it; and found a rude

coffin, the rotten state of which bespoke its having been long consigned to the earth, but the body had undergone scarcely any decomposition. The legs were doubled up, and it was dressed in the jacket and cap of a sailor, but neither they nor the countenance were similar to those of an Englishman.' Also p. 66, 'We took the hint of the freezing over of the cove, and effected our retreat. . . . We quitted it on the 8th of March. ...' See 7^:613. 140-1 Cook 1777, 2. There is, facing p. 177, a full page map of Christmas Sound with numerous soundings included. On p. 200 Cook commented of the entire south-western coast of Tierra del Fuego, 'For to judge of the whole by the parts we have sounded, it is more than probable that there are soundings all along the coast, and for several leagues out to sea. Upon the whole, this is, by no means, the dangerous coast it has been represented.'

[page] 65

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 140e-142e

«(Think some 60 fathoms, none thicker than thumb» Sea weed said at Kerguelen Isd" to grow on shoals like Fucus giganteus! 24 fathoms deep 24»

141e under 50. Kerguelen Land, = the way it stands gales = very strong. Stones as bigger than a man's head.— Kerguelen 40 by 20 leagues, dimensions:1

Bynoe informs me that in Obstruction Sound, in the narrow parts which break through the N & South lines the tides form eddies with its extreme force.2 Yet, no outlet at head. Important in forming transverse valleys

Ice

142e Sir W. Parish says they have Earthquakes in Cordoba, one of which dried up <all> a lake in neigbourhood of town

Mr Murchison insisted strongly, that taking up a piece of Falkland Sandstone, he could not distinguish from stone Caradoc from lower of third Silurian division—Together with same general character of fossils deception completer2

141 under . . . head] pencil.
Kerguelen 40 . . . valleys] ink.
Ice] pencil.

under . . . dimensions] crossed pencil.

142 page crossed pencil.

141-1 Cook 1784, 1:78-79 records that at Kerguelen Land, 'A prodigious quantity of seaweed grows all over it, which seemed to be the same sort of weed that Mr. Banks distinguished by the name of fucus giganteus. Some of this weed is of a most enormous length, though the stem is not much thicker than a man's thumb. I have mentioned, that on some of the shoals upon which it grows, we did not strike ground with a line of twenty-four fathoms. The depth of water, therefore, must have been greater. And as this weed does not grow in a perpendicular direction, but makes a very acute angle with the bottom, and much of it afterwards spreads many fathoms on the surface of the sea, I am well warranted to say, that some of it grows to the length of sixty fathoms and upward.' See JR-.303-304. Darwin's notebook entry the expression |24' would seem to be a variant of r23'. See note RN16-1, 141-2 Benjamin Bynoe: personal communication. 142-1 Woodbine Parish: personal communication. Later published in Parish 1838:242, 'It is related that for many years after its foundation, the inhabitants [of Cordoba] were subjected to much inconvenience from the occasional overflowings of a lake in the neigbouring hills, until an

earthquake swallowed up its waters, and drained it apparently forever.'

142-2 Roderick Impey Murchison: personal communication. See Murchison 1839a, chap. 18:216-22 on 'Lower Silurian Rocks.—3rd Formation of "Caradoc Sandstone".' Also p. 583, 'the same forms of crustaceans, mollusks and corals, are said to be found in rocks of the same age, not only in England, Norway, Russia, and various parts of Europe, but also in Southern Africa, and even at the Falkland Islands, the very antipodes of Britain. This fact accords, indeed, with what has been ascertained concerning the wide range of animal remains in deposits equivalent to our oolite and lias; for in the Himalaya Mountains, at Fernando Po, in the region north of the Cape of Good Hope, and in the Run of Cutch and other parts of Hindostan, fossils have been discovered, which, as far as the English naturalists who have seen them can determine, are undistinguishable from certain oolite and lias fossils of Europe.' To this remark Murchison added in a footnote: 'The fossils from the Falkland Islands were discovered by Mr. C. Darwin, and they appear to me to belong to the Lower Silurian Rocks.' See also JR.253.

66

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 142e-144e

Silliman Journal, year 1835 excellent account of N. American geology. Conybeare3

143e Lava in Cordillera & on Eastern plains «by Antuco». Athenaeum April 1836 (P 302)'

Coleccion de obras. 2 Vols fol: Buenos Ayres 1836:2 W. Parish?? «by Pedro de Angelis. »3

This work is reviewed in present Edinburgh March 1835

Sir W. Parish says, that beds of shells are found on whole coast from P. Indio to Quilmes. & at least seven miles inland.5

144e The Cordoba earthquake a very remarkable phenomenon, showing line of disturbance inside Cordillera: It is not therefore so wonderful that

volcanic rocks at M. Video «Volcano in Pampas»

Pasto Earthquake. Happened on January 20 . 1834

Mr Sowerby. younger says that Falkland fossils decidedly belong to old

Silurian system.1

Apply degradation of landlocked harbors to Craters of elevation.—

Lava . . .(p 302)] crossed pencil. Coleccion . . . 1835] crossed pencil.

Volcano in Pampas] boxed. Apply . . . elevation.—] circled, page crossed pencil

143-3 Angelis 1836-37. Woodbine Parish would have been a likely owner, and thus a possible lender, of Angelis's work.

143-4 [Cooley] Review of Angelis 1836-37 in Edinburgh Review 65, 1837:87-109. The 'March 1835' notation in this entry is puzzling since the date is rather far removed from either the date of publication of Angelis's work or the date of the 'present Edinburgh'.

143-5 Woodbine Parish: personal communication. The distance between Quilmes and Punta Indio is approxi mately 70 miles (112.63 km). The two points are found along the coastline south of Buenos Aires. See also Parish 1838:168 and GSA.2-3.

144-1 James de Carle Sowerby: personal communica tion. See JR.253, 'Mr. Murchison, who has had the kindness to look at my specimens [of fossil shells from the Falkland Islands], says that they have a close general resemblance to those belonging to the lower division of his Silurian system; and Mr. James Sowerby is of [the] opinion that some of the species are identical.' See also Morris and Sharpe 1846.

142-3 In a report to the British Association (Conybeare 1833:396) William Daniel Conybeare expressed a high opinion of Silliman's Journal as a source for North American geology. This journal, formally entitled the American Journal of Science and the Arts, contained the following articles on North American geology for 1835: (vol. 27) Ducatel and J. H. Alexander, pp. 1-38; Chapin, pp. 104-12; Rogers, pp. 326-35; 'Notice of the Transactions of the Geological Society of Pennsylvania, Part I', pp. 347-55; Shepard, pp. 363-70; (vol. 28) Ball, pp. 1-16; Conrad, pp. 104-11, 280-82; Gebhard, pp. 172-77; S. G. Morton, pp. 276-78; and Totten, pp. 347-53.

143-1 From review of Angelis 1836-37 in Athenazum 1837:302, 'In many places the large stones which covered the ground were to be cleared away; but the chief obstacles were the cracked streams of lava to be crossed in the Andes, and the numerous banks of rough scorias or ashes occurring in the plains as well as the mountains.' Darwin misdated his reference to this review by a year. 143-2 Angelis 1836-37, 6 vols. Darwin's reference was to the first two volumes which were published in 1836.

67

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 145e-148

145e Lyell suggested to me that no metals in Polynesian Islds—.' Volcanic plenty in S.America!! Metamorphic

Volcanos only burst out where strata in act of dislocation (NB. dislocation connected with fluidity of rock .'. «in earliest stage» when covered up beneath ocean).—The first dislocations & eruptions can only happen during first movements, and therefore beneath ocean, for subsequently there is a coating of solidifying igneous rocks which would be too thick to be penetrated by the repeted trifeling injections.—Old vents would keep open long after emersion, but improbably so long, that to be surrounded by continent, change of volcanic focus.—

<it is certain, if strata can be>

Problem dislocate strata without ejection of the fluid propelling mass.

If one inch can be raised then all can, for fresh layers of igneous rock replace strata: & it is nothing odd to find them injected by veins & mass[es] [Fig. 8]

c

(A.B.C, now grown solid.) 148 Red Sea near Kosir, land appears elevated. Geograph. Journal p 202 Vol IV1

When recollecting Gulf of California. Beagle Channel.—One need never be afraid of speculating on the sea

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

mass[es]] reads 'massse'.

[Fig. 8]]figure and'(A, B, C . . . solid.)' appears on unnumbered page facing page 147. page crossed pencil.

148 Red ... IV] ink.
When . . . sea] pencil,
page crossed pencil.

145-1 Personal communication. but is now crossed by a bar of sand, that prevents the

148-1 J. Bird 1834:192-206. The passage from which ingress of the water into the former channel. . . .' The sea

Darwin inferred that the land in question had been appears to have gradually retired from the land, and left a

elevated is the following (p. 202), 'The town of old Kosir considerable beach between its present limits and the base

is situated on the north side of an inlet of the sea, which of the mountains westward.'
formerly extended westward into the land about a mile,

68

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 149-152

149 The 24 ft. elevation at Conception, from impossibility of such change having taken place unrecorded must be insensible.

Quantity of matter from Cordillera. HORIZONTAL movement of fluid matter not (for instance) expansion of solid matter by Heat

150 Consider profoundly the sandstone of the Portillo line.—connected with <gneiss>.— {Mica Slate) [Fig. 9]

((3) like Bell of Quillota.) (A) in this strata may be older than (B).— Most important view Urge curious fact felspar melted gneiss/// QUARTZ!!! Analogous to Von Buch. Basalt where Basalt, trachyte where trachyte.1

151 There must have been as much conglomerate on West of Peuquenes as on East.

Where gone to.?—

There must have been some conglomerate East of Portillo Where gone to? Intermediate space protected.— Oh the vast power of the ocean!

152 Make a grand analogy between Wealden & Bolivia

Transportal of conglomerate between two ranges mysterious !-Mem. SUBSIDENCE Uspallata of which no trace except by trees

149 Quantity. . . Heat] scored right margin,
page crossed pencil.

150 [Fig. 9]] labels read from left to right 'gneiss', 'Porphory', 'gneiss', Porph' with a '(3)' underneath
Torph'.

Most. . . view] circled.

Urge . . . QUARTZ!!!] circled, marked connection with 'Analogous . . . trachyte.'

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

150-1 Citing Leopold von Buch, among others, Darwin from its summit, and basaltic streams from its

wrote (VI:\2\), 'The separation of the ingredients of a base: this seems to have taken place at Teneriffe.' To this

mass of lava would, perhaps, sometimes take place within last point Darwin added a footnote: 'Consult von Buch's

the body of a volcanic mountain, if lofty and of great well-known and admirable Description Physique of this

dimensions, instead of within the underground focus; in island [Teneriffe], which might serve as a model of

which case, trachytic streams might be poured forth, descriptive geology.' See Buch 1836:153-228.
almost contemporaneously, or at short recurrent intervals,

69

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 153-155

153 The structure of ice in columns, show that granite when weathering into balls, must exhibit orbicular structure.—When we recollect connection of columnar & orbicular in basalt.—

When we see Avestruz two species, certainly different, not insensible change.—l Yet one is urged to look to common parent? why should two of the most closely allied species occur in same country? In botany instances diametrically opposite have been instanced: it is

154 Let it not be overlooked that except by trees, I could not see trace of
Subsidence at Uspallata.—

?If crust very thick would there be undulation? would it not be mere vibration? but walls & feeling shows undulation .'.crust thin.—Concepcion earthquake

155 Draw close Analogy Lake of Cordill: of Copiapo & Desaguadero.—three
ridges in Copiapo, as well as in latter.—

According to Mr Brown,1 a person (whom I met at S.W.P.) the Cordillera extend to near Salta. & not far from Tucama[n]. & at Chuquisaca. half across the continent.—He states plains of Mendoza smooth. Sir W.P. states that in Helm's travels accounts of travelled boulders, from the Cordovise range.2 Signor Rozales tells me at seven oclock Novem <5l > Concepcion most violently shaken, by earthquake, but no serious injury.—

The . . . basalt] crossed pencil. When . . . it is] crossed pencil.

age crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

153-1 The 'Avestruz' was the local name for the rhea. See notes RN 127-3 andRN 130-1. 155-1 'Mr Brown' was obviously a guest with Darwin at the house of Sir Woodbine Parish (S.W.P.). He may have been William Brown (1777-1857), an admiral in the navy of Buenos Aires, a native of Ireland, and the only Brown mentioned in Shuttleworth 1910. See also Mulhall 1878:166 for information which places Brown in Ireland in 1836 and therefore plausibly in London in 1837. 155-2 Woodbine Parish referring to Helms 1807: personal communication. Parish considered Tucuman to lie in the upper parts of the Sierra de Cordoba, a low range of pampean mountains (Parish 1838:254). On the subject of the travelled boulders, see Helms 1807:45, 'It in a particular manner excited my astonishment here, to find the highest snow-capt mountains within nine miles from Potosi, covered with a pretty thick stratum of granitic stones, rounded by the action of water. How could these

masses of granite be deposited here, as there is a continual descent to Tucuman, where the granitic ridge ends, and from Tucuman to Potosi it consists of simple argillaceous shistus? Have they been rolled hither by a general deluge, or some later partial revolution of nature?' Darwin quoted from this passage in the JR (p. 290), and added, 'He [Helms] supposes they [the boulders] must have come from Tucuman, which is several hundred miles distant: yet at p. 55 he says, at Iocalla (a few leagues only from Potosi), "a mass of granite many miles in length, rises in huge weatherbeaten rocks:" the whole account is to me quite unintelligible.'

155-3 'Signor Rozales' would also seem to have been a guest with Darwin at the house of Sir Woodbine Parish, Possibly he was Francisco Javier Rosales (d. 1875), Chilean charge d'affaires to Paris from 1836-1853. Another member of the family probably in Europe at the time was Vicente Perez Rosales (1807-1886).

70

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 156-158e

156 <Analysis of Atacama. Iron in Edinburgh. Phisoph. Transactions. = Mem: Olivine. Volcanic product.^1

<Did Peruvian Indians use arrows or Araucanians?—>

If wood now preserved over world Dicotyledones far preponderant, if so

coniferous must formerly have been most abundant tree—

Metamorphic action: <most> coming so near surface most important 157e There is map of Cordillera by Humboldt in Geolog. Society1

Sir Woodbine Parish informs me that town near Tucuman and Salta. towards the Vermejo was utterly overthrown by earthquake with great destruction of human life.—2 Temple mentions some earthquake at Cordova. — There the Cordova earthquake

158e in which lake was absorbed.—' Earthquakes felt, different case from shore of Pacific.—Isabelle's volcano, many amygdaloids.—2 Boussingualt «(Lyell)» cracks mountains falling in.—3 Earthquakes at Quito, tranquillity «at Mendoza» exception.—«formerly perhaps otherwise)) Mendoza never overthrown,—no mountains

If... important] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

156-1 Edward Turner as quoted in Allan 1831:226, 'Externally it [the specimen] has all the characters of meteoric iron. The metal in the specimen is tough, of a whiter colour than common iron, and is covered on most parts with a thin film of the oxide of iron. The interstices contain olivine.' The proportions of iron, nickel and cobalt in the specimen are given on p. 228. See also Parish 1838:257-63.

157-1 In a catalogue of its library, the Geological Society listed an 1831 contour map of the Cordillera of the Andes done by Humboldt. (Geological Society of London 1846:128) This would appear to be the same map as Plate 5 in Humboldt 1814-34.

157-2 Personal communication: the information was not repeated in Parish 1838.

158-1 Temple 1830, 1:116, '[January] 19th [1826], when about to rise with the sun, as was our custom, we suddenly felt ourselves shaken in our beds . . .' Temple's description of his route (p. 109) places him in the province of Santiago del Estero, just over the border of the province of Cordoba, at the time when the earthquake occurred. For the account of an earthquake in Cordoba causing the disappearance of a lake see note RN142-1. 158-2 Isabelle 1835:454-55, 'Au nord-est du passo, a distance de quatre a cinq lieues, est une montagne boisee, appelee Serra do Butucarahy . . . Je suis porte a croire que

cette montagne est volcanique, parce que les moradores du lieu m'ont assure avoir entendu des detonations tres fortes dans son interieur; ils pretendent encore qu'il y a un lac a la cime, dont les eaux, en filtrant ou en debordant produisent des eboulemens qui mettent a nu la roche qu'elle semble avoir pour noyau; aussi la partie superieure est-elle devenue inaccessible a cause de sa denudation. Apres les grandes pluies d'orage, et pendant les gelees, l'eau se trouvant dans les fissures du rocher en detache des fragmens qui tombent avec fracas; sa grande hauteur ou plutot son isolement attire le tonnerre, ce qui fait qu cette montagne est souvent foudroyee.' The hill described is probably Coxilha which lies to the northeast of the Rio Botucarai [30° 0' S., 52° 46' W.] in Brazil. It is not an active volcano, nor, are there any in the area. 158-3 Lyell 1835b, 2:96, 'M. Boussingault declares his belief, that if a full register had been kept of all the convulsions experienced here and in other populous districts of the Andes, it would be found that the trembling of the earth had been incessant. The frequency of the movement, he thinks, is not due to volcanic explosions, but to the continual falling in of masses of rock which have been fractured and upheaved in a solid form at a comparatively recent epoch.' See also Boussingault 1834-35:54-56).

71

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 159-160

159 Mackenzie has talked of lava flowing up Hill; ?what does he mean?)1 Consult Dr Holland about bubbles.—2

No Volcanic action on coast line of Old Greenland, close to W of Jan Meyen Isld.—Mr Barrow3 thinks N & S. line connects western isles of Scotland & Iceland.—Bosh nor on Norway, or Spitzbergen.— Spitzbergen animals (?).=/=

160 The Hollowness of <sep> Chiloe concretions somewhat analogous to septa.— would particle attracted towards space tend to form ring. [Fig. 10]

motion from within and without

H. Kingdom N. Spa. Vol III p. 113 "Nature exhibited to the Mexicans enormous masses of Iron and Nickel, & these masses which are scattered over the surface of the ground are fibrous, malleable & of so great tenacity, that it is with difficulty that a few fragments can be separated from them with steel instruments."1

Bosh] added pencil in left margin, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

159-1 Barrow, Jr. 1835:224. 'This supposition [of lava Holland, is rather to be found in Mackenzie 1811:396, blistering, see note 100] would appear to afford a better chapter entitled 'Mineralogy'. See also F7:95-96, and solution of the difficult problem of accounting for those 103.

blocks of lava that are perched on high ridges, than that 159-3 Barrow, Jr. 1835:276-77, 'Here, then, we have
given by Sir George Mackenzie, who imagines this lava to the plain and undeniable evidence of subterranean or
have flowed from the lower ground, and calls it the sub-marine fire, exerting its influence under the sea,
"ascending lava". He says—"It is caused by the forma almost in a direct line, to the extent of 16V4 degrees of
tion of a crust on the coating of the surface, and a case or latitude, or more than 1100 statute miles. If we are to
tube being thus produced, the lava runs in the same suppose that one and the same efficient cause has been
manner as water in a pipe.".' The quotation is from exerted in heaving up this extended line of igneous
Mackenzie 1811:108. formations, from Fairhead to Jan Meyen, we may form

159-2 Henry Holland. See Barrow, Jr. 1835:223, 'Dr. some vague notion how deep-seated the fiery focus must Holland, in his account of the Mineralogy of Iceland, be to impart its force, perhaps through numerous seems to countenance the opinion of these masses having apertures, in a line of so great an extent, and nearly in the been thrown up on the very spot they occupy, observing same direction. It may probably be considered the more there was one formation of lava which had every appear- remarkable, that no indication whatever is found of ance of not having flowed. Speaking of these masses of volcanic fire on the coast-line of Old Greenland, close to lava, he says:—"It was heaved up into large bubbles or the westward of the last-mentioned island, and also to blisters, some of which were round, and from a few feet to Iceland, nor on that of Norway on the opposite side, nor forty or fifty in diameter; others were long, some straight, on that of Spitzbergen; on these places all is granite, and some waved. A great many of these bubbles had burst porphyry, gneiss, mica-slate, clay-slate, lime, marble, and open, and displayed caverns of considerable depth:".' sandstone.' However, this description, which Barrow attributed to 160-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:113.

72

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 161-164e

161 In R. Brown (Collect: «of F. W. »)' where the stalactiform masses have layers been accumulated, round knobs, or pushed where soft, or redissolved soft.—/ is there any flexure <fr> in the fragmentary jasper.—do undulations (as Hutton says)2 always come from without.—

"True native iron that to which we cannot attribute a meteoric origin & which is constantly found mixed with lead & copper is infinitely rare in all parts of the globe", p. 1133

162 How utterly incomprehensible that if meteoric stones simply pitched from mo«o»n, that the metals should be those which have magnetic properties.

Study well products of Solfataras[.] some general laws, association of lead & silver. Sulp. of Barytes: Fluoric. Barytes:—

163e Humboldt. New Spain. Vol III. p. 1301

Metals in Mexico rarely in secondary alway in primitive & transition; the latter rarely appear in central Cordillera, particularly between 18° & 22° N. = formations of amph: porphyry. greenstone[,] amygdaloid, basalt & other trap cover it to great thickness. = Coast of Acapulco granitic rock.—in parts of table granits & gneiss with gold veins visible:—"Porphyries of Mexico may be considered for most parts as rock eminently rich in mines of gold & silver." «p. 131 »2

164e The above porphyries characterized by no quartz & amphibole frequently only vitreous felspar: = gold veins in a phonolitic porphyry. = several parts of N. Spain great analogy to Hungary. = Veins of Zimapan offer zeolite, stilbite. grammalite. pyenite. native sulphur., fluor spar, bayte. asbestos

161 redissolved] uncertain reading.

"True ... p. 113] continued from entry on previous page. In . . . without.—] crossed. "True ... p. 113] crossed pencil.

162 page crossed pencil.

161-1 Robert Brown who supervised the botanical

collections of the British Museum, assembled a valuable

collection of fossil woods ('F.W.') which he bequeathed to

the Museum.

161-2 Darwin was referring here to the opinion of

James Hutton respecting the formation of fossil wood. In

Hutton's view 'undulations' in silicified fossil wood would

be traced to the action of exterior heat and pressure. See

Playfair 1802:24-25.

161-3 Humboldt 1811, 3:113.

163-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:129-30, 'The Mexican veins are

to be found for the most part in primitive and transition

rocks . . . and rarely in the rocks of secondary formation ...

In the old continent granite, gneiss and micaceous slate (glimmer-schiefer) constitute the crest of high chains of mountains. But these rocks seldom appear outwardly on the ridge of the Cordilleras of America, particularly in the central part contained between the 18° and 22° of north latitude. Beds of amphibolic porphyry, greenstone, amygdaloid, basalt and other trap formations of an enormous thickness cover the granite and conceal it from the geologist. The coast of Acapulco is formed of granite rock. ... Farther to the east in the province of Oaxaca the granite and gneiss are visible in table lands of considerable extent traversed by veins of gold.' 163-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:131.

73

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 164e-165e

garnets.—carb & chrom. of lead, orpiment. chrysop[r]ase. opal:—

Veins in Limestone & Grauwacke: Silver appears far more abundant in the upper limestone, which H. calls by several secondary names2

165e «Study Hoffrnans account of steam acting on trachytes, also Azores. We here have case of such vapours washing a rock1)) Veins concretionary; concretions <dt> determined by fissures as in septaria. (& Chiloe case, at least corelation)—Galapagos vein, vein of secretion.—metallic veins follow mountain chain, there after NW <W).—

«same chemical laws as in concretions perhaps makes intersections richest— Humboldt has urged phenomena in veins, chemical affinities like in composed rock.2 granites syenite» «strangling &c of veins can only be accounted for by concretionary action, conjoined with other» «(state simplest case, concretions of clay iron stone; iron pyrite in a fossil)) Insist strongly on the grand fact of Volcanic & non Volcanic. Then Solfataras. «Mem: Micaceous iron ore.»

N.B. To show how metals may be transported by complicated chemical law
& steam of salts, quite curious case of oxided Iron by Mitterschlich. Vol. II.
Journal of Nat. & Geograph Siciences?—

165 same. . . syenite] over preceeding rule line.

Mem:... ore.] circled.

164-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:131-32, 'They [the Mexican annually exported from Vera Cruz, are Has primitive slate,

porphyries] are all characterized by the constant presence the grauwakke, and the alpine lime-stone, intersected by the

of amphibole and the absence of quartz . . . We frequently principal veins of Guanaxuato, Zacatecas and Catorce.'

discover only vitreous felspar in the porphyries of Spanish 165-1 Hoffmann 1838, the section 'Dampfe verandern die

America. The rock which is intersected by the rich gold vulkanischen Gesteine':480-81.

vein of Villalpando near Guanaxuato is a porphyry of 165-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:128, 'How can he [the

which the basis is somewhat a kin to klingstein (phonolite), naturalist] draw general results from the observation of a

and in which amphibole is extremely rare. Several of these multitude of small phenomena [regarding metalliferous

parts of New Spain bear a great analogy to the prob- deposits], modified by causes of a purely local nature, and

lematical rocks of Hungary . . . These veins of Zimapan appearing to be the effects of an action of chemical

offer to oryctognostic collections a great variety of affinities, circumscribed to a very narrow space?'

interesting minerals such as the fibrous zeolith, the stilbite, 165-3 Mitscherlich 1830:302, 'As to the oxide of iron,

the grammalite, the pyenite, native sulphur, spar fluor, its history will be best understood by an experiment or

baryte suberiform asbestos, green grenats, carbonate and two. If a mixture of salt, oxide of iron, and silica, be

chromate of lead, orpiment, chrysoprase, and a new heated to redness in a tube, and water in vapour be passed

species of opal...' over it, much muriatic acid is formed, but very little

164-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:133-34, 'The alpine lime- chloride of iron, and crystallized oxide of iron will be

stone and the jura lime-stone (jurakalkstein) contain the found in the mass: but if muriatic acid be brought in

celebrated silver mines of Tasco and Teuilotepec in the contact with ignited oxide of iron, water and chloride of

intendancy of Mexico; and it is in these calcareous rocks iron are formed, and sublime; if the chloride of iron come

that the numerous veins which in this country have been in contact with more water, muriatic acid is first devel-

very early wrought, display the greatest wealth. . . . The oped, then chloride of iron, and a residue of crystallized

result of this general view of the metalliferous depositories oxide or iron remains. The formation of chloride of iron

(erzfuhrende lagerstatte) is that the Cordilleras of Mexico by the action of muriatic acid upon oxide of iron appears,

contain veins in a great variety of rocks, and that those therefore, to depend upon the proportion of water present,

rocks which at present furnish almost the whole silver M. Mitscherlich applies these experiments and principles

74

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 166e-167e

166e H. says in Potosi the silver is contained in a primitive slate, covered by a clayey porphyry, containing grenats. In Peru, on other hand, mine of Gualgayoc or Chota & Pasco in "alpine limestone" = "The wealth of the veins in most part totally independent of the nature of the beds they intersect". = In the Guatemala part. (& Chiloe do) no veins discovered. Humboldt suggests covered up by volcanic rocks.1

167e //S4 Helena has been slightly broken up, & has there not been vein «of iron» discovered?—

Klaproth analysed silver ores from Peru consisted of native silver & brown oxide of Iron in Mexico, sulphuretted silver, arsenical grey copper, and antimony, horn silver, black silver & red silver, do not name native silver because not very abundant.—# muriated silver, which is so rare in Europe, common there accompanied by molybdated lead & «argentiferous lead»; sulfated Barytes very «un»common in Mexico. Fluor spar only in certain mines.1

166 166] ink over pencil

beds they intersect] 'they' over 'that', 'intersect' over 'intersects'.

167 argentiferous lead] circled.

in explanation of the manner in which volcanic crystallized so good as to analyse at my request, and which consist of a
oxide of iron is formed—all the conditions necessary, mixture of almost imperceptible parcels of native silver, with
according to the above view, being present in those cases, the brown oxyde of iron. In Mexico on the other
where heretofore it had been supposed the, oxide of iron, hand, the greatest quantity of silver annually brought into
as such, had been actually sublimed.' circulation, is derived from those ores which the Saxon

166-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:134, 'Thus it is in a primitive miner calls by the name of diirre erze especially from
slate {ur-thon schiefer) on which a clayey porphyry contain- sulfuretted silver, (or vitrous glaserz) from arsenical greycopper
ing grenats reposes, that the wealth of Potosi in the {fahlerz) and antimony, (grau or schwarzgiltigerz) from muriated
kingdom of Buenos-Ayres is contained. On the other silver, (hornerz) from prismatic black silver, (spodglaserz), and
hand, in Peru the mines of Gualgayoc or Chota and that from red silver (rothgiltigez). We do not name native silver
of Yauricocha or Pasco which together yield annually among these ores, because it is not found in sufficient
double the quantity of all the German mines, are found in abundance to admit of any very considerable part of the
an apline lime-stone. . . . The wealth of the veins is for the total produce of the mines of New Spain being attributed
most part totally independent of the nature of the beds to it.' Also p. 154, 'The muriated silver which is so seldom
which they intersect.' And pp. 142-43, 'The province of found in the veins of Europe, is very abundant in the
Quito, and the Eastern part of the kingdom of New mines of Catorce, Fresnillo, and the Cerro San Pedro,
Granada . . . the Isthmus of Panama, and the mountains near the town of San Luis Potosi. ... In the veins of
of Guatimala, contain for a length of 600 leagues, vast Catorce, the muriated silver is accompanied with moly-
extents of ground in which no vein has hitherto been bated lead, (gelb-blei-erz) and phosphated lead (griinblei-
wrought with any degree of success. It would not, erz).'And p. 155, 'The true mine of w/j/te ii/ver (weissgiltig-
however, be accurate to advance that these countries erz) is very rare in Mexico. Its variety greyish white, very
which have in a degree, been convulsed with volcanos are rich in lead, is to be found however in the intendaricy of
entirely destitute of gold and silver ore. Numerous metalli Sonora, in the veins of Cosala, where it is accompanied
ferous depositories may be concealed by the super with argentiferous galena, red-silver, brown blende, quartz
position of strata . . .' and sulfated barytes This last substance ... is very

167-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:152-53, 'In Peru, the greatest uncommon among the gangues of Mexico. . . Spar-fluor part of the silver extracted from the bowels of the earth is has been only found hitherto in the veins of Lomo del furnished by the pacos, a sort of ores of an earthy Toro, near Zimapan, at Bolanos and Guadalcazar, near appearance, which M. [Martin Heinrich] Klaproth was Catorce.'

75

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 168e-170e

168e «Vol. III» "In general it is observed both in Mexico & Peru, that those oxidated masses of iron, which contain silver are peculiar to that part of the veins, nearest to the surface of the earth."—p. 156.1 Mines of Batopilas in New Biscay, "Nature, exhibits the same minerals <as> there, that are found in the veins of Kongsberg in Norway.—namely dendritic silver intersecting carbonate of lime—2 native silver in Mexico

169e is always accompanied by Sulp. silver sometimes by selenite.—l in New

Spain, contrary to Europe, argentiferous lead not abundant. = 2 considerable quantity of silver procured from martial pyrites; great blocks of pure silver not common in <S.> America: In all climates distribution of silver «in veins» very unequal sometimes disseminated <[. . .]> sometimes concentrated: wonderful quantity of pure silver in S. America.3

170e Geology of Guanuaxuato.—Clay slate, passing into talcose & chloritic slate, with beds of syenite & <sep> serpentine dipping to SW at 45° to 50°— covered by conformable greenstone porphyrys & phonolites do. amphibole quartz & mica very rare.—l ancient freestone & breccia is the same with

<[■•■]> 4 or 5 letters Meg.

<sep>] uncertain reading.

168-1 Humboldt 1811,3:156.

168-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:157, 'Native Silver. . . has been found in considerable masses, sometimes weighing more than 200 killogrammes in the seams of Batopilas in New Biscay. ... Nature exhibits the same minerals there, that are found in the vein of Kongsberg in Norway. Those of Batopilas contain filiform dendritic and silver, which intersects with the carbonated lime.' 169-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:157-58, 'Native silver is constantly accompanied by glaserz [sulfuretted silver] in the seams of Mexico, as well as in those of the mountains of Europe. . . From time to time small branches, or cylindrical filaments of native silver, are also discovered in the celebrated vein of Guanaxuato; but these masses have never been so considerable as those which were formerly drawn from the mine del Encino near Pachuca and Tasco, where native silver is sometimes contained in folia of selenite.'

169-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:158, 'A great part of the silver annually produced in Europe, is derived from the argentiferous sulfuretted lead {silberhaltiger bleiglanz) which is sometimes found in the veins which intersect primitive and transition mountains, and sometimes on particular beds (erfloze) in rocks ofsecondary formation. In the kingdom of New Spain, the greatest part of the veins contain very little argentiferous galena; but there are very few mines in which lead ore is a particular object of their operations.' 169-3 Humboldt 1811, 3:159, 'A very considerable quantity of silver is produced from the smelting of the martial pyrites (gemeine schwefelkiese) of which New Spain sometimes exhibits varieties richer than the glaserz itself...

It is a very common prejudice in Europe, that great masses of native silver are extremely common in Mexico and Peru . . .' Also pp. 160-61, 'It appears that at the formation of veins in every climate, the distribution of silver has been very unequal; sometimes concentrated in one point, and at other times disseminated in the gangue, and allied with other metals.' And p. 162. 'Although the New Continent, however, has not hitherto exhibited native silver in such considerable blocks as the Old, this metal is found more abundantly in a state of perfect purity in Peru and Mexico, than in any other quarter of the globe.'

170-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:176, 'What is the position of the rock which crosses the veins of Guanaxuato? . . . The most ancient rock known in the district of Guanxuato, is the clay slate (thon schiefer). ... It is of an ash-grey or greyish-black frequently intersected by an infinity of small quartz veins, which frequently pass into talk-state [sic] (talk schiefer) and into schistous chlorite.'' Also, pp. 177-78, 'On digging the great pit (trio general) of Valenciana, they discovered banks of syenite of Hornblend slate (Hornblend schiefer) and true serpentine, altering with one another, and forming subordinate beds, in the clay slate. . . . These strata [of clay slate] are very regularly directed h. 8 to 9 of the miner's compass; they are inclined from 45 to 50 degrees to the south west. . . . Two very different formations repose on the clay slate: the one of porphyry . . . and the other, of old freestone in the ravins, and the table lands of small elevation.' And pp. 179-80. 'This porphery ... is generally of a greenish colour. . . . The most recent [beds] . . . contain vitreous felspar, inchased in a mass, which

76

[page] RED NOTEBOOK I70e-172e

that on surface of plains of Amazon, no relation—there is more modern breccia, chiefly owing to destruction of porphyries, whereas other to ancient rock.—this N° 2. superimposed on N° 1. even No. 2. might be mistaken for Porphyry

171e above ancient freestone, limestone & <many> «6ther secondary)) rocks.1

Vein traverses both Clay slate, Porphyry North 52 W, & is nearly the same with that of the veta grande of Zacatecas, & veins of Tasco & Moran—of Guanaxuato to SW. with respect to latter doubts whether bed or vein (very like that of Spital of Schemnitz in Hungary.) Humboldt says fragments from roof & penetrating overlying beds tells the secret.—2 p. 189. "The small ravins into which the valley of Marfil is divided, appear to have a decided influence on the richness of the veta madre of

170e [misnumbered page]

172e DrD. remarks, bad conductor of Heat do of Electricity1

Does not iron, combined with nickel & cobalt (meteoric) resist, oxidation?— Mem Sir W. P. stone2 It is clear to me, there are laws of solution & deposition under great pressure. (? heat!) unknown to us. # M. Chladni.—on meteoric Mexican stone. Journal des Mines 1809. No. 151.P.79.3

veta madre of] passage continued on page 175.

D'D ... Electricity]penc;7:'

Does ... p. 79.] ink, crossed pencil.

(?heat!)] uncertain reading.

Page number not in Darwin's handwriting.

sometimes passes into the petrosilex jadien, and sometimes into, the pholonite [sic] or klingstein of Werner. . . . All the porphyries of the district of Guanaxuato possess this in common, that amphibole is almost as rare in them as quartz and mica.'

171-1 On freestone and breccia at Guanaxuato see

Humboldt 1811. 3:180—83 including the passage on pp. 182-83, 'The most experienced mineralogist,.after examining the position of. the lozero [agglomeration] of Guanaxuato, would be tempted to take it at first view, for a porphyry with clayey base, or for a porphyritic brescia (trummer-porphyr). . . . These formations of old freestone of Guanaxuato, serve as bases to other secondary beds, which in their position, that is to say in the order of their superposition, exhibit the greatest analogy with the secondary rocks of central Europe. In the plains of Temascatio . . . there is a compact limestone ...'

171-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:185,. 'The vein (veta madre) [of Guanaxuato] traverses both clay slate and porphyry. In both of these rocks, very considerable wealth has been found. Its mean direction is . . . [N. 52° W.] and is nearly the same with that of the veta grande of Zacatecas, and of the veins of Tasco and Mpran, which are all western veins (spathgange). The inclination of the vein of Guanaxuato,

is 45 or 48 degrees to the south west.' Also pp. 186—87, 'The veta madre of Guanaxuato, bears a good deal of resemblance to the celebrated vein of Spital of Schemnitz, in Hungary. The European miners who have had occasion to examine both these depositories of minerals, have been in doubt whether to consider them as true veins, or as metalliferous beds (erzlager). . . . If the veta madre was really a bed, we should not find angular fragments of its roof contained its mass, as we generally observe on points where the roof is a slate charged with carbone, and the wall a talc slate. In a vein, the roof and the wall, are deemed anterior to the formation of the crevice, and to the minerals which have successfully filled it; but a bed has undoubtedly pre-existed to the strata of the rock which compose its roof [Hence] we may discover in a bed fragments of the wall, but never pieces detached from the roof 172-1 Erasmus Darwin 1791 (1790), 1:16, 'The air, like all other bad conductors of electricity, is known to be a bad conductor of heat 'See also p. 10 on the subject of shooting stars and fireballs and pp. 1-5 of 'Additional Notes' following p. 214 for a discussion of meteors. 172-2 See Parish 1834:53-54. 172-3 Chladni 1809:79-80.

77

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 174e-176e

[misnumbering, no page 173]

174e Under name of Sagitta Triptera D'Orbigny has figured animal with setae like my undescribed[.] p. 140. Fleche of Quoy et Gaimard.—D'Orbigny has described it with care to 3 species. I think I have much additional information1 #

175e Guanaxuato, which has yielded the most metal, where the direction of ravins, and the slope of the mountains (flaqueza del cerro) have been parallel to the direction & inclination of the vein". —'

at Zacatecas the veta grande has same direction as Guanax.—the other E& W.—veins richest not in ravins or along gentle slopes, but on the most elevated summits, where mountains most torn.—( Santiclinal line?).—2

Mines of Catorce «(Principal veins)» 25° to 30° to NE. vein of Moran 84° NE. of Real del Monte 85° to S. // Tasco 40° to NW (afterwards said to be mil with some exceptions directed NW & SE) ?

176e «Vol III» Mexican Cordillera "immense variety of Porphyries which are

destitute of quartz, & wh abound both in hornblend & vitreous felspar".— p. 2151

Same metal in Tasco vein in Mica Slate & overlying Limestone2

page crossed pencil.

Guanaxuato ... vein".—] passage continued from page 171.

174-1 A. D. d'Orbigny 1835-47, 5; Pt 3:140-44 and plate 10. According to a typewritten list compiled in 1933 by Charles Davies Sherborn of the British Museum (Natural History), the section which includes pp. 140—44 was. published in 1835 and plate 10 in 1834. The three species described by d'Orbigny were Sagitta triptera, Sagitta exaptera, and Sagitta diptera. In this entry, Darwin was noting the similarity of one of his unidentified specimens to Sagitta triptera. The genus Sagitta or 'Fleche' had been established by Quoy and Gaimard 1827:232-33. Presumably Darwin's 'additional information' on the genus appeared in Darwin 1844a. See also ZEd5' 175-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:189.

175-2 Humboldt 1811, 3:205, 'The veta grande, or principal vein [at Zacatecas], has the same direction as the veta madre of Guanaxuato; the others are generally in a direction, from east to west.' And p. 207, 'This wealth is displayed ... not in the ravins, and where the veins run along the gentle slope of the mountains, but most frequently on the most elevated summits, on points where the surface appears to have been tumultuously torn. . . .' 175-3 Humboldt 1811, 3:210, 'The greatest number of these veins [at Catorce] are western (spathgdnge); and their inclination is from 25° to 30° towards the north east.'P.

223, '. . . the vein of Moran . . . inclined 84° to the north east . . .'P. 226, 'The oldest, rock which appears at the surface in this district of mines [at Tasco], is the primitive slate. ... Its direction is hor 3-4; and its inclination 40° to the north-west. . . .' Also p 227, 'The district of mines of Tasco . . . contains a great number of veins ... all directed from the north-west to the south-east, hor. 7—9.' 176-1 Humboldt 1811, 3:215, 'What relation exists between these last beds [of porphyry], which several distinguished mineralogists consider as volcanic productions, and the porphyries of Pachuca, Real del Monte, and Moran, in which nature has deposited enormous masses of sulfuretted silver and argentiferous pyrites? This problem which is one of the most difficult in geology, will only be resolved when a great number of zealous and intelligent travellers, shall have gone over the Mexican Cordilleras, and carefully studied the immense variety of porphyries which are. destitute of quartz, and which abound both in hornblend and vitreous felspar.' 176-2 Humboldt-1811, 3:227, 'These veins [in. the mining districts of Tasco and the Real de Tehuilotepec], like those of Catorce, traverse both the limestone and the micaceous slate which serves for its base; and they exhibit the same metals in both rocks.'

78

[page]

REDNOTEBOOK 176e-177e

Balls of Silver ore occur in do veins. At Huantajaia. Humboldt says, mur of Silv.[,] Sulph. of do.[,]galena[,]quartz, Garb, of Lime, accompany.—Ulloa has said silver in the highest & gold in the lowest. Humboldt states that some of the richest gold mines on ridge of Cordillera near Pataz, also at Gualgayoc. where many petrified shells4

177e Bougainville says P 291.—

The Fuegians treat the "chefs d'oeuvre de l[']industrie humaine, comme ils traitent les loix de la nature & ses phenomenes."—'

Ulloa's Voyage, Shell fish purple die, marevellous statements on, Vol I, P. 168. on coast of Guayaquil, same as Galapagos.

no Hydrophobia at Quito. P 281. do do3

ds

Australia, C. of Good Hope.—Azores Is «nor at St Helena.—»

Humboldt. New Spain Vol. IV. <<p. 58» At Acapulco earthquakes are recognized as coming from three directions, from W; NW & S.—last to Seaward4

177 Bougainville ... Is ] pencil. nor . . . Seaward] ink. page crossed pencil.

176-3 Humboldt 1811, 3:230, 'This formation [of veins, one of. four types existing at Tasco and Tehuilotepec] which is the richest of all, displays the remarkable phenomenon, that the minerals the most abundant in silver, form spheroidal balls, from ten to twelve centimetres in diameter. . . .'

176-4. Humboldt 1811,. 3:347-48,. 'The mines of. Huaritajaya, surrounded with beds of rock salt are par ticularly celebrated on account of the great masses of native silver which they contain in a decomposed gangue; and they furnish annually between 70 and 80 thousand marcs of silver. The muriate of conchoidal silver, sul phuretted silver, galena with small, grains, quartz, car bonate of lime, accompany the native silver.' Also pp. 348—49 '[Antonio de] Ulloa after travelling over a great part of the Andes, affirms that silver is peculiar to the high table lands of the Cordilleras, called Punas or Paramos, and that gold on the other hand abounds in the lowest, and consequently warmest regions; but this learned traveller appears to have forgot that in Peru the richest provinces in gold are the partidos of Pataz and Huailas, which are on the ridge of the Cordilleras. ... It [gold] has also been extracted from the right bank of the Rio de Micuipampa, between the Cerro de San Jose, and the plain called by the natives, Choropampa or plain of shells, on account of an enormous quantity of ostracites, cardium and other petrifications of sea shells contained in the formation of

alpine limestone of Gualgayoc.'

177-1 Bougainville 1772, 1:291, 'Ces hommes bruts [the Fuegians] traitoient les chefs-d-oeuvre de l'industrie humaine, comme ils traitent les loix de la nature & ses phenomenes.' SeeJR.242.

177-2 Juan and Ulloa 1806, 1:168, 'On the coast [at Guayaquil] ... is found that exquisite purple, so highly esteemed among the ancients; but the fish from which it was taken, having been either unknown or forgotten, many moderns have imagined the species to be extinct. This colour, however, is found in. a species of shell-fish growing on rocks washed by. the sea. They are something larger than a nut, and are replete with a juice, probably the blood, which, when expressed, is the true purple; . . . Stuffs died with this purple are also highly valued.' See also ZEd 5.

177-3 Juan and Ulloa 1806, 1:281, 'As the pestilence, whose ravages among the human species in Europe, and other parts, are so dreadful, is unknown both at Quito and. throughout all America, so is also the madness in dogs.'

177-4 Humboldt 1811, 4:58, 'It is observed at Acapulco that the shakes take three different directions, sometimes coming from the west by the isthmus [which separates Acapulco from the Bay de la Langosta de la Abra de San Nicolas]. . . sometimes from the north west as if they were from the volcano de Colima, and sometimes coming from

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 178-181

178 partaking of the character of a Araucarian tribe, with point affin of yew & intermediate1

Puncture one animal with recent dead body of other. & see if same effects, as with man

Does Indian rubber & black lead unite chemically like grease & mercury

[blank]

NB. P. 73. General reflections on the geology of the world P. 14 J gradual shoaling of coasts

91 I

93 action of sea on coast.

27. Bahama Is'

181 De Lues travels1

Beauforts Karamama

Capt. Ross.3 & Scoresby4 deep soundings

178 partaking ... intermediate] pencil, crossed pencil.

Puncture . . . mercury] ink, crossed pencil, written upside down on page.

page crossed.

De Lues travels] crossed. Capt. Ross . . . Isd] crossed. Mawes . . . Brazil.—] crossed. Did . . . travels?] crossed. Bellinghausen . . . 1816] crossed.

the south. The earthquakes which are felt in the direction of the south are attributed to submarine volcanoes; for they see here that the sea becomes suddenly agitated in a most alarming manner in calm and serene weather when not a breath of wind is blowing.'

178-1 Of the petrified trees he found on the Uspallata range Darwin wrote (JRA06), TVlr. Robert Brown has been kind enough to examine the wood: he says it is coniferous, and that it partakes of the character of the Araucarian tribe (to which the common South Chilian pine belongs), but with some curious points of affinity with the yew.' Also see GSA.202 for repetition of the same information. From Darwin's correspondence it is clear that Brown described the specimens of silicified wood sometime during the period from the end of March to mid-May 1837. On 28 March Darwin wrote to J. S.

Henslow telling of Brown's general interests, in specimens from the Beagle voyage; on 10 April Darwin wrote to the English naturalist Leonard Jenyns, 'Tell Henslow, I think my silicified wood has unflintified Mr. Brown's heart'; and on 18 May Darwin wrote to Henslow with Brown's identification of the specimens. For the letters see Correspondence 2:13—19. 180-1 Pages refer to the Red Notebook, 181-1 Deluc 1810—11. 181-2 Beaufort 1817.

181-3 John Ross 1819, appendix No. 3, 'Table of Soundings obtained in Davis' Strait and Baffin's Bay', 181-4 Scoresby, Jr. 1820, 1:184—94, 'Temperature, Depth, and Pressure of the Greenland Sea, with a Description of an Apparatus for bringing up Water from great Depths, and an Account of Experiments made with it'.

80

[page] RED NOTEBOOK 181-BC

Gilbert Farquhar Mathison travels Brazil. Peru.

Sandwich Isd5 Mawes travels down the Brazil.—6

Did Melaspena publish his travels?7

Bellinghausen in 1819

1816y

Kotzebue

{£™p Constant log always additive to convert French Toise into cover English ft. 0.8058372

French metre into English ft. 0.5159929

		Toises	Pieds
	Myriametre =	= 5130.,	4.	5 inch
	Kilometre	513.,	0.	5
	Hectometre	51.	1.	10
	Metre		3.	0.	11 lig[nes]
	Decimetre Centimetre C. Darwin			3.	8 4.4
BACK COVER			R.N

Range of Sharks Nothing For any Purpose

IBC

BC

51.1.10] over '51.0.10'.

Constant . . . 4.4] pencil.

C.Darwin] ink, upside down from other entries on page.

Range of Sharks] added.

Nothing For any Purpose] added.

181-5 Mathison 1825.

181-6 Mawe 1825.

181-7 Imprisoned upon his return in 1794 from a 5-year circumnavigation of the globe, Alessandro Malaspina did

not publish a narrative of the voyage. After his death a

narrative of the voyage was published (Malaspina 1885). 181-8 Bellinsgauzen 1831. For an English translation see Debenham 1945. 181-9 Kotzebue 1821.

[page] 81

[page 82]

Geology

[page] 83

Notebook A

Transcribed and edited by SANDRA HERBERT

Notebook A (DAR 127, 165 X 100 mm) is bound in tan leather with the border blind embossed: the clasp is missing. The front of the notebook has a label of cream-coloured paper with an 'A.' written in ink, 'Geology' in pencil, and 'Note on Woolwich' in ink. Across the cover is the phrase 'Nothing on any Subject' in ink, and the notation by Francis Darwin, 'Geol most O/— FD'. The back cover also has a cream-coloured label on which 'A.' is written in ink. The paper is green edged, feintly ruled, and chain lined. Page 114 bears part of a watermark 'T WA . . .' and page 121 '18. . .'. There are 90 leaves, or 180 pages, which Darwin numbered consecutively in brown ink. Darwin wholly or partly excised 78 pages, of which all but a portion of one have been recovered. Entries in the notebook are in ink and pencil, grey ink entries running from mid-page 103 to page 127, with an entry on the top of page 131 also in grey ink. A circled '49' in an unknown hand occurs on the inside front cover.

The notebook was begun in mid-1837 and finished towards the end of 1839. The first datable entry, on page 15, is to the August 1837 issue of L'Institut. However, Notebook A was probably begun earlier, possibly in June 1837, for the notebook appears to have succeeded the Red Notebook, which it physically resembled and which — like the opening pages of Notebook A — mixed entries on species and geology. It appears to have preceded Notebook B, opened in July, which is on a more specialized topic. Page 41 of the notebook refers to papers published in November and December 1837. Darwin began dating pages of the notebook in August 1838 (see pages 112, 115, 116). A closing date is difficult to determine. Page 140 is dated 25 February [1839], page 141 contains notes to a work probably read about 1 June 1839 (compare A141 to C269 and E166), and page 146 refers to a letter dated July 1839 that had been in Darwin's possession for some time. The important entries on species, A180, were almost certainly made out of sequence and towards the beginning of the period in which the notebook was kept. Annotations in the notebook are of varying dates, one entry on page 33 bearing a date as late as 1877.

As its cover states, Notebook A is devoted to geology. On a first reading one is struck with what is not in the notebook. There is little on coral reefs, the geological subject most closely associated with Darwin's name, and while there are some references to fossils, neither paleontology nor the geological record are the leading themes in the notebook. Darwin had presented the outline of his theory on coral reef formation to the Geological Society of London on 31 May 1837, shortly before he opened Notebook A. According to his 'Journal', he did not return to the subject until 5 October 1838, so that for much of the period covered by the notebook he was not actively engaged with the subject. On fossils Darwin was an interested but not obsessed reader. Convinced by Charles Lyell of the imperfection of the geological record — 'each formation being merely a page, torn out of a history' (D60), he did not expect to be able to reconstruct the full history of life from the fossil record and so did not train his interests narrowly on its literature. After initially mixing entries in Notebook A, he eventually came to place paleontological entries in the transmutation notebook series rather than in A.

What one does find in Notebook A is a collection of entries of great diversity and richness. Outside remarks on purely local phenomena, approximately thirty topics are treated in Notebook A. The twelve most frequently discussed listed in order of declining prominence are: the internal structure of the earth including questions of the thickness and heat-conducting capacity of the earth's crust; the elevation and subsidence of the earth's crust; processes

[page] 84

involved in rock formation; drift and erratic boulders including the topic of the 'parallel roads' of Glen Roy; geology in relation to species including the question of transmutation; volcanos and their action; dikes; metamorphism; mountains and their formation; rivers and valleys; cleavage; and salt deposits. The notebook contains a series of short reading notes and speculative remarks punctuated by several passages of greater length. The latter include pages 22−4 on meteoric stones, pages 49−53 on the arrangement of particles in rocks, pages 72−5 on the widening of vallies, pages 90−1 on the conduction of heat in the earth's crust, pages 113−14 on the figure of the earth, and pages 121−4 and 137−40 again on the conduction of heat in the earth's crust. These passages show Darwin engaged with the current literature in the physical sciences and, unlike Lyell, ready to speculate on the original state of the earth (A121) and on such astronomical causes as might bring 'planets to an end' (A24). Such topics bore on the age of the earth, though that question was not raised directly. Darwin also declared himself in favour of a thin crust model of the earth's structure (A133).

Notebook A bears a different relationship to Darwin's published work than do the other alphabetically lettered notebooks. Whereas Darwin was writing 'for the drawer' in the other notebooks, awaiting the appropriate audience, in Notebook A he was developing themes freely discussed among geologists. Indeed Darwin himself was a major contributor to contemporary geological discussion: five papers presented to the Geological Society of London from 1837−1839; work from October 1837−June 1838 on what was to become his 1844 book on volcanic islands; a paper on Glen Roy researched and written from the end of June to September 1838; work from October 1838 into 1839 on what was to become the 1842 book on coral reefs; and service from 16 February 1838 until 19 February 1841 as one of the two Secretaries of the Geological Society.1 Hence Notebook A represented but a small fraction of Darwin's activity in geology during the years it was kept. It served as a counterpoint to his other reading and writing, at times a locus for developing themes that had no other home and at times as a storehouse for references. The latter use is obviously the case in his references to Scotland and to Glen Roy (pp. 110, 115, 133), but references stemming from his other geological writing appear at the appropriate points in the notebook as well. The utility of the notebook for Darwin's publications is indicated by his note to himself on the inside of the front cover of the notebook: 'Feb 24th 1839 As far as p 140— abstracted as far as concerns "Geolog Observat on Volcanic islands & Coral Formation'.2

Darwin's later use of the notebook is evident from the 'Location of Excised Pages' and most of the excised pages from Notebook A were placed into three folders: 'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'; 'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'; and 'Scraps Cleavage'. Many of the entries thus excised found their way into later geological writing, particularly the Geological Observations on South America (1846). Equally interesting are the passages from the notebook that were not incorporated into later writings. Had Darwin pursued the study of geology in later life with the same zeal that he had earlier, more of the questions raised in Notebook A would have been addressed in print. As it was, after 1846, further researches on a number of geological topics were put aside in favour of other pursuits.3

1 For the sequence of Darwin's activities see de Beer 1959:7−9 expanded in Correspondence 2:430−34; for Darwin's papers see CP 1.

2 Correspondence 2:70 n. 3, 'Early in 1838, Smith, Elder & Co., the publishers, advertised a single octavo volume for that year, entitled Geological observations on volcanic islands and coral formations.' On 21 January 1838 Darwin was already contemplating dividing that work into two (Correspondence 2:69). Eventually, much delayed, the geology from the Beagle voyage appeared in three parts: CR (1842), VI (1844), and GSA (1846).

3 For an introduction to the themes of Darwin's geology see Rudwick 1974−75 and Herbert 1985; on nineteenth century debates concerning the interior of the earth see Brush 1979.

[page] NOTEBOOK A FC-2e

FRONT COVER

A.

Geology

Note on Woolwich

Nothing on any Subject

inside As far as p. 33. distributed to several subjects.

FRONT I C

Feb 24th 1839 (As far as p 140— abstracted as far as concerns "Geolog Observat on

Volcanic islands & Coral Formation

Lyell's Salband p. 861

Shells near Woollich p. 1122

le Speculate on the extension of Patagonia seaward, at mouth of S. Cruz, from ascertained inclination, of plains: Lias in Shropshire, or some other wonderful outlyer.—

Linn: Transact. Vol. 8. p. 288. Salt deposited on windows of houses. & trees all injured on Eastern side, far inland.— even 70 miles from salt water.1

2e Mr. Arrowsmith1 tells me, that Himalayas penetrated like Bolivian Chain. Volcanic islands, from number of craters very ancient, which agrees, with peculiar character of Vegetation.—

FC

IFC

A.] ink.

Geology] added pencil.

Note on Woolwich] boxed, added ink; 'Woolwich' underlined.

Nothing on any Subject] added ink, underlined.

'Geol most O/- FD' added by Francis Darwin, pencil.

As far as p. 33 ... Formation] pencil, crossed, perpendicular to spine.

Lyell's . . . 86] pencil, parallel to spine.

Shells ... p. 112] ink, parallel to spine.

plains:] ':' over '.—'.

Linn:. . . water.] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

IFC-1 See 86-1. IFC-2 See All2.

1-1 Salisbury 1807:286, 'On the 14th of January, 1803,1 observed an east window of my house, which had been cleaned a few days before, covered on the outside with an apparent hoar frost. When the servant who was sent to remove it, came and told me it was salt, I was astonished.' Pp. 287-88 describes the injuries caused by the spray to

the eastern sides of trees. On p. 288 the author also notes, 'The farthest place to the westward that I visited the following summer was Bulstrode, where many of the trees had suffered severely: from thence to the mouth of the Thames, the last place where this wind could have taken up any salt spray, cannot be a less distance than seventy miles.' 2-1 John Arrowsmith.

85

[page] NOTEBOOK A 3-7

3 So accustomed to utter confusion in Europe, that the simplicity of Ventana's «Quartz.» unmixed is very pleasing; owing to the movements being of one order.—'

There should not be surprise at Horse being found in America, when Mammoth & narrow toothed Mastodon.—

4 argue against the prejudice of not believing recent elevation, yet sea shells at
tops of mountains we ought to sympathize with, old doubters of what are fossil
shells.— accustomed to such terms "fixed as the land, stable as the

water"—

5 It may be worth noticing edentates & camels in deserts & rodentia
In Plata Mastodon Toxodon1

Is the general saline tendency of America connected with its elevation, vapour from below—

6 Malte Brun «Salt Lakes» Siberia1 must be read as well as Pallas1 before Geology is written

Cuvier. Europe possessed a great edentata.—3

7 How much is temperature of world regulated by atmospheric currents?— chiefly clearly by sun's position= If equatorial streams of warm pole; in name of Heaven why are tops of Equatorial mountains so cold.—

There should . . . Mastodon. —] crossed ink. page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

3-1 GSAAA1. 'The Sierra Ventana . . . consists, up to its

summit, of quartz, . . .'

5-1 The Toxodon was first described by Richard Owen at a

meeting of the Geological Society of London on 19 April

1837 (R. Owen 1833-38). The specimen had been collected

by Darwin.

6-1 Malte Brun 1822-33, 2:393-94 and 399-400

describe salt lakes in Siberia.

6-2 GSA:73, 'The salt lakes of Siberia appear ... to

occur in very similar depressions to those of Patagonia.'

The reference is to Pallas 1802-3, 1:283-84, 'Those saline

lakes, from their adjacency to the Caspian Sea, and their

natural formation, appear to have originally been gulphs,

which are indebted for the salt they contain, to the

sea-water confined in them, and diminished by evaporation. They seem to have lost their former communication with the sea, either by having been filled up with mire, or by the gradual retreat of its waters. Most of these lakes are found in very extensive cavities of the steppe, . . .' 6-3 G. Cuvier 1821-24, 5 (1): 193-95, the section entitled, 'Sur une phalange ongueale fossile qui annonce a elle seule un Edente inconnu, probablement du genre des Pangolins, et de taille gigantesque.' The bone was found (p. 193) 'pres de Eppelsheim, canton d'Alzey, dans la partie de l'ancien Palatinat. . .'. The animal in question is no longer regarded as an edentate but as a perissodactyl, Chalicotherium goldfussi of Miocene age.

86

[page] NOTEBOOK A 7-12

Siberia no plants to it, lately raised above level of the Sea. Lyells Encyclopaedia1— Lately elevated

When Siberia went up. Arctic land went down.— Probably more Arctic land would be required to produce climate resembling S. America in Europaean latitudes.—

Will it be supposed that the armadilloes have eaten out the Megatherium.—' The Guanaco the Camel.?2

10 Make note about N. American bone not probably in salt marshes
Efflorescence nothing — Study account.— Alluvial plains of
Mississippi — No

Vol. I. p 212. Cuvier Oss Foss1

Wide range of Mammalia really very important, harmonizes well with Lyells idea of intertropical land.— Siberia rises, therefore to the South sinks.— —Meditteranean continent corresponding to European risings. Pacific great land.—1

Will use argument of proof of slow corrosion of valley of <Patagonia.> S Cruz — from terrace like structure—

8 page crossed pencil.

9 page crossed.

10 No] circled, added pencil.

p 212] last digit uncertain, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

7-1 Presumably Darwin was citing an article in an encyclopedia owned by Charles Lyell. Possibly it was the entry on Siberia in Encyclopaedia Londinensis (Anonymous 1810-29, 23:179), 'Siberia has hitherto been found to possess scarcely any genera of plants; and even all the species of any considerable importance, are those trees which are common to it with the north of Europe.' This exact sentence also appears in Rees 1819, 32: n.p. If either of these entries were the relevant ones, the observation on elevation would have been Darwin's own. Also see Lyell 1837, 1: chap. 7.

9-1 See B54, 69-70. It should also be noted that in mid-1837 the Megatherium had not yet been ruled out as a possible bearer of tessellated bony armour like that of the armadillo {Correspondence 1:276, 280, 301, 312, 331; Wilson 1972:437; JR: 181-82; then see Owen 1838-42: 112-13). 9-2 See RN129-1.

10-1 As the emphatic 'No' added to this passage would seem to indicate, the notes on this page do not adequately reflect Cuvier's text, which has to do with mastodon remains in North America (G. Cuvier 1821-24, 1:205-

24). In particular Darwin's first entry contradicts Cuvier's explicit claim that mastodon bones are to be found in salt marshes. Thus Cuvier (1821-24, 1:215), 'D'apres tout ce que nous racontent les observateurs, les depots d'os de mastodontes, ainsi que d'autres especes fossiles qui les accompagnent d'ordinaire, sont plus generalement dans des endroits marecageux, ou il sourd de l'eau salee, qui attire les animaux sauvages, et surtout les differentes especes de cerfs, et qui, par cette raison, on ete designes par le nom anglois de Lick.' Darwin's next phrase probably refers to the fact that Cuvier did not mention anything in regard to saline efflorescence in his discussion of marshes. For an indication of Darwin's interest in the phenomenon of efflorescence see JR.9\-92. With respect to the plains of the Mississippi see Cuvier's reference (p. 217) to the ' Great-bone-lick' found 'pres de la riviere des Grands Osages qui se jette dans le Missouri, peu au-dessus de son confluent avec le Mississipi [sic].'

11-1 For Lyell's views on the distribution of continents and oceans see Lyell 1837:1, chaps. 6-8 or, in an earlier version, Lyell 1830-33:1, chaps. 6-8.

87

[page] NOTEBOOK A 13e-16e

13e Intersection of veins prove, that there are at least several attempts at elevation

From the lost & turned about position of strata, prooff thickness not very great; where piece turned over axis or hinge no doubt fluid.—

analogy as continental elevations slow, so would line of mountain chain be

14e Mr (Lyelh1 «Waterhouse» has frequently heard that Herons bring eels alive
to their nests; & then they may picked up beneath the trees 2

Are any Fish seed-eaters. This important in transport of Fish Let a Hawk fly at Heron.—

15e Ceratophytes common in Northern seas p. 312. Chamisso in Kotzebue.1

Study Humboldt. Fragmens Asiatiques account of American Volcanic actioa—2

Fragments of slate converted into crystals of Hornblende p. 248. L.Institut 1837.—3

16e Helms remark on common salt being found on low hills East of Cordillera very important1 V. Malte brun2 — Main character of Andes Metamorphic action — Mem: red sand of Europe no fossil shells — ? action of Heat

page crossed pencil.

Mr. . . trees ] ink.

Are . . . Heron.—] pencil. fly] uncertain reading.

Ceratophytes . . . action.—] crossed pencil. Fragments . . . 1837.—] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

14-1 Charles Lyell.

14-2 George Robert Waterhouse: personal communication.

15-1 Darwin's inference derived from Chamisso 1821, 3:311, in the chapter entitled 'Kamtschatka, the Aleutian Islands, and Beering's Straits', 'The place of the southern Lithophytes is occuped by the Ceratophytes; and the north coast of Umnack, in particular, produces several very distinguished species.'

15-2 Humboldt 1831:144-62, the section entitled 'Sur une nouvelle eruption volcanique dans les Andes de Cundinamarca' records eruptions at Tolima (Nevado del Tolima) in 1595 and 1826. In addition there are scattered references elsewhere in the volume {e.g. pp. 111-13) comparing South American and Asian topography and volcanic activity. See also ZEd6.

15-3 Fournet 1837:248, 'Dans un quatrieme cas (celui du pont de Gassie sur la route de Chessy, a l'Etrat), des

fragmens de schiste argileux gris, qui se sont trouves en contact avec les porphyres quarziferes, apres avoir eprouve-diverses alterations, se sont convertis definitive-ment en beaux cristaux d'amphibole vert fonce.' Darwin double scored this passage in his copy. 16-1 Helms 1807:12-13, 'Cordova [Argentina] ... is very pleasantly situated near a wood at the foot of a branch of the Andes. ... at Remanso, 60 miles from Cordova, [the mountains] again branch out so far from one another, that from that place to Tucunum [sic] the traveller passes through a saline plain 210 miles in length,. . . The whole ground is covered with a white incrustation of salt, . . .' Also see p. 16 for mention of a salt encrusted river bank near Tala, on the way to Salta. 16-2 Malte Brun 1822-33, 5. See P. 454 for reference to salt marshes near San Juan, Argentina, and pp. 454-55 for reference to fossil salt in the Argentinian province of Tucuman.

88

[page] NOTEBOOK A 17-20

bubbles volatilized at bottom, condensed before rising?— Mem. granite heated.— Metamorphic action in red sandstone.— Certainly Volcanic— CD[Might not bottom of ocean boil; yet heat never reach surface.—

Journal de Physique, et D Histoire Naturelle, C«o»urrejolles. 11th Observ.— Les grands tremblemens de terre sont presque toujours precedes et suivis, queque temps avant et apres, par de petites secousses."— Tom 54. p. 1061 do— p. 110. Mountains on west side of Domingo formed of coral limestone, with interstices yet emptty.— In all the mountains of Saint Marc et des Gonai'ves, it is difficult

to find stone not thus composed on the NE part more like marble requires polish to see structure,— «He» Thought of erecting machine to see if water fell.—1

<Keys off extreme point of Flori[da]>

20 Excellent paper on Erratic blocks in Alps. Memoires de la Soc. «de Geneva» Vol 3' P. II.—1

Bed, of elevated shells on the Senegal. L Institut p. 192.— (1837. Peninsula of Cape Verd. volcanic.— Isle of Gory, rocks encrusted with serpula— Isle of Cayenne. Syenite & diorite, covered with iron clay common to Guyana said to extend to Cordillera2

page crossed pencil.

Journal . . . secousses."—] crossed pencil. Tom 54 . . . difficult] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

18-1 Courrejolles 1802:106, as quoted with minor spelling variation.

19-1 Courrejolles 1802:110-11, 'Les pierres calcaires que Ton trouve sur les montagnes de la partie de l'ouest de Saint-Domingue, laissent appercevoir les pertuis encore vides des polypes marins qui les ont formees. II y a de ces fossiles dans toutes les montagnes de Saint-Marc et des Gonai'ves en si grande quantite, que quand on les rompt a coups de masse, il est plus difficile d'en trouver qui ne portent l'empreinte d'un madrepore, que de celles ou elle est effacee. . . . On observe dans la partie du nord-est de Saint-Domingue, que les pierres calcaires des montagnes y sont tres-dures, et ne laissent plus appercevoir aucune trace de leur origine; il faut les polir pour y distinguer, comme dans les autres marbres de meme espece, les coraux, les polipiers des madrepores, et les autres marques distinctives des pierres calcaires.' Footnote 1 on p. Ill describes Courrejolles' incompleted attempt to measure the rise and fall of sea level using a machine of his own design.

20-1 Deluc 1826.

20-2 Robert 1837:192. 'En remontant le fleuve du Senegal, a 5 ou 6 lieues de Saint-Louis, on trouve un vaste terrain forme par une espece d'Huitre. . . . Autant que les sables qui recouvrent toute la presqu'ile du cap Vert permettent de voir, M. Robert pense qu'elle est entiere-ment volcanique, et que les deux mamelles qui forment les deux points les plus eleves du cap, appartiennent aux restes d'un ancien cratere. He de Goree . . . Cette roche, qu'au premier aspect on pourrait prendre, dit M. Robert, pour une coulee, est cependant, bien qu'a 200 pieds environ au-dessus du niveau de la mer, d'origine evidem-ment aqueuse; elle est incrustee de Serpules. La syenite et la diorite paraissent constituer la base de l'ile de Cayenne. ... le second [diorite], qui offre plus d'etendue. recouvre les pentes des collines et remplit le fond des vallees, parait presque entierement forme d'un fer limoneux, roche a ravets des colons, qui, suivant eux, regne aussi dans toute la Guyane, et meme jusqu'au pied des Andes.'

89

[page] NOTEBOOK A 21-25e

I see Brewster speculates from believing meteorolite but old Planet, that inside our globe melted magnetic metals.1 .'. earthy crust compared to those of falling stones.— ? does this bear upon the sorting of matter, in making trachyte come out before.—

What must be the effect of all the meteoric stone which must have fallen on the globe since the Cambrian system In Ures dictionary between 1768 & 1818. that is fifty years— 90 <showers of> stones are recorded as falling; many of these were not single, but are described as many, (one even 3000) This ninety includes all actually counted.— The weight «or size» is given of 25 stones.— The total weight

recorded is 473. pounds (taking about average when several are given), this will give nearly 19 pounds average for each stone, that fell, that was weighed,; <but> carrying on this ratio I can count 90 stones which have fallen in the 50 years. .\ 90 X 19 = 1710 ■*• 50 = 34 pounds each year.— but instead of 90 stones in many cases there were flights of stones of large numbers (& how few cases recorded if we say «100» <5>0 lbs a year too little.— How comes it

none in fossil state? suppose «100» <5>0£ X 50,000 X <50 = 250 0000> X 100

= 50, 0,0,000

= 2500 = tons in fifty thousand yearsJCD1

If world increased a tenth; would the perturbation be serious? if so other cause

besides thin vapour bringing planets to an end?

25e Fragmentary granite showing schistose structure (& veins appearing): mem.

but] uncertain reading, page crossed pencil.

this] 'i' over 't'. page crossed pencil.

<5> 0 '< 50>' intended, page crossed pencil.

<5>0] '<50>' intended, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

21-1 Where exactly Darwin encountered David Brewster's speculations is uncertain. However, the section of his enclyclopedia article on magnetism entitled 'On the nature and causes of the earth's magnetism' contains the following passage that relates, albeit indirectly, to the subject of Darwin's comment (Brewster 1837:280; 1842, 13:754):, 'According to our views, terrestrial magnetism resides wholly in the earth's atmosphere, which contains throughout its whole extent ferruginous and other metallic matter, and sulphureous exhalations, all of which are carried up from the earth by evaporation, by ejection from volcanoes, and by the returning strokes of electricity from the earth to the air. The actual existence of such materials in the atmosphere, particularly sulphureous and ferruginous matter, is proved by the observations of Fusinieri, and by the existence of meteoric stones and other solid substances which fall on the earth.' 24-1 SeeUre 1823:587-88 for his chronological list of meteoric stones from which Darwin did his estimates. In his own copy of the work Darwin noted in the margin the weights of stones for cases where Ure had provided that information.

90

[page] NOTEBOOK A 25e-27e

Henslows Anglesea solution of silex also shewn.1 No 3d of Ed. N. Phil. J. p 194.2

Fact of dust blown far out to sea valuable; because transportal of Minute seeds—

26e L. Institut. p. 209. May. 1837 Paper by Humboldt on Quito Volcanoes & another on Mexican Trachyte <roc> lava called Andesite.:

Red Coral in the Mediterranean 700 feet deep in some of. the twopenny periodical said so. «Campbell the Poet»2

27e Accra. Coast of Africa. Clay Slate & Quartz, strike SSW & NNE dip 30°-80° Ed. N. Phil Journ. P.410. 18281

Ed. N. P. J. p. 105. Oct. 1828. gneiss in India (falls of Garsipa) dip 30°. <strike> «direction<?>»ESE—

CD [In the Darwar. transition Hills & strata SE. direction of transitions clay slate &c nearly vertical2

26 Coral] 'a' under or over an '1'

Red . . . Poet] fancifully scored margin, crossed pencil. 26 page crossed pencil.

25-1 Henslow 1821-22:408 describes crystals, taken from a bed of shale, which chemical analysis showed to be 49 per cent silex.

25-2 Turnbull 1827:194, 'This consolidated debris [composed of fragments of the original granite found in the country around Darwar] is almost every where intersected by small veins of quartz, or of quartz and felspar mixed. Nor have these veins originated from subsequent eruption; for they intersect one another in all directions, and often terminate in two ends, in a small portion of rock. Moreover, this rock often displays, in a slight degree, a schistose structure, especially when acted on by the weather. . . . These facts appear to prove, that a new arrangement of particles may take place in solid bodies, giving rise to crystallization, and to different kinds of structure in rocks.'

26-1 Humboldt 1837. The author's comments on volcanos in the mountains around Quito, on South American trachyte, and on andesite 'au volcan mexicain de Tolucca' (p. 136) are treated together in the Institut article. Darwin scored the relevant remarks in his copy. 26-2 Presumably Thomas Campbell provided Darwin with the following reference to an article from the 4 June 1836 issue of Chambers' Edinburgh Journal, a low-priced mass circulation weekly selling for one and one half pence (Anonymous 1836:151), 'The coral fisheries form a very considerable trade in several parts of the Mediterranean. . . . The greatest portion [of coral] is procured

from a depth of from sixty to a hundred and twenty-five feet; but some fisheries are carried on to the depth of nine hundred feet. . . . The vermilion coloured coral, being the rarest, is the most expensive. The common red, however, brings a high price also, when the quality is good.'

27-1 T. Park 1828:410, 'The mountains bounding the sides of this long valley [of Accra] . . . appear composed of quartz-rock and clay-slate alternating with each other, and disposed in strata ranging SSW. and NNE., the dip

from 30° to 80° '

27-2 Christie 1828-29:105, 'All these varieties [of rock], with the gneiss and granite, pass insensibly into each other. They are distinctly stratified; have a dip of about 30°; and their direction is nearly ESE. They form the sides of the chasm, over which the river is precipitated at the Falls of Garsipa. . . . This is the only place in India where I have met with primitive gneiss; but it is not improbable that it occurs in many other parts of the country.' Also, p. 108, 'Transition Rocks. These rocks occupy a very large part of the Darwar and Canara districts, and of the territory of Goa. . . . The principal rocks of this series are clay-slate, chlorite-slate, talc-slate, limestone, greywacke, gneiss, and quartz rock. The strata appear to have a general direction of north-west and south-east. They are generally highly inclined, and, in many, instances, quite vertical.'

91

[page] NOTEBOOK A 28e-31

28e Linear earthquake 500 by 90.— in Syria Geolog. Proc. p. 541. year 18371

In Upper Assam. Geolog Proc p. 566 1837.— Tertiary <bea> formation twenty species same as Paris. 1500 ft high2

Mr Bird in paper to Brit. Assoc: has shewn how electrical currents tend to deposit metals, if in solution. My view of metamorphic in contradistinct to Volcanic will explain their solution. Athenaeum M. 516 18371

High up the Essequibo, granite & quartz, after passing sandstone Vol II. p. 69.— Geograp Journal1

Earthquake at Melville Isl New Holland Augus 1 to 3 & 19 1827 Geograp Journ2

31 There are some ideas about order of injected rock being determined by

1500] '15' over a stroke. Linear ... 1837] crossed.

1837] boxed, page crossed pencil.

High ... p. 69.— Geograp Journal] ink. Earthquake . . . Journ] pencil, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

to be identical in the two collections.'

29-1 G. Bird 1837:670, 'From [Bird's experiment] it appeared, that the mere passage of an electric current, independent of the presence of poles, was sufficient to effect metallic reductions, supporting, in a satisfactory manner, the experiments of Dr. Faraday on this subject. The metallic crystals thus obtained were very hard and brilliant, resembling in a striking manner those produced in the vast theatre of nature. . . .'

30-1 J. E. Alexander 1832:68-69, 'After passing up the Essequibo, they got into the Mazaroony river, which makes a considerable sweep to the north-west, and then returns, so as to form a large peninsula, inclosing lofty mountains and considerable creeks; across the narrow isthmus is a journey of only three days, so that the sweep may easily be avoided. The travellers passed several creeks, and saw on the left mountain-ranges of white quartz several thousand feet in height. A magnificent waterfall, seen at a great distance, fell over the face of a rock apparently eleven hundred feet high; white sandstone rocks were succeeded by felspar on the river's banks; then granite and quartz formed the highest ridges.' 30-2 Campbell 1834:151, '. . . [I] may also remark that we experienced successive shocks of an earthquake on the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 19th of August, 1827;

28-1 Moore 1833-38:540-41, 'The dispatch contains a list of thirty-nine villages which had been totally destroyed, and six partially; ... it had been ascertained that the earthquake [on 1 January 1837, Syria] was felt on a line of five hundred miles in length by ninety in breadth.' 28-2 McCleland 1833-38:566-67, 'At the top of the first stage [of ascent of mountain in Upper Assam], or at about fifteen hundred feet above the sea level, the author discovered a well-defined marine beach, containing shells and other marine exuviae about two feet deep, and reposing upon sandstone and covered with soil. The shells consist of Pectens, Cardia, Ostreae, Terebratulae, and Melaniae, mineralized by a fine yellow sandy matter, and united together by a brown indurated clay. . . . These shells were compared with a collection of about one hundred and fifty species from the Bay of Bengal and the estuaries of the great rivers, but not one was found to correspond; nor with those found by the late Dr. Gerrard in the secondary strata on the north of the Himalaya; but a small collection of about one hundred species from the Paris basin were at once recognised by the author as familiar objects, from his acquaintance with those from Kossia and Cherraponji: these consisted of about an equal number of species, and on being submitted to systematic comparison about twenty species were found

92

[page] NOTEBOOK A 31-34e

fusibility in. L Institut p 247. 1837.— The most infusible first injected.— Basalt: last because it could reach the surface, before being cooled.—

Berzelius. L'Institut. [1837 P. 297]CD thinks Olivine a preexisting mineral.—Mem. Galapagos .". Basalt deepest??1

Marcel Serres L'Institut. 1837. p 331 Considers that Mercury & Sulpuret of Iron has been sublimed into the tertiary limestones of Vendarques. Mem sublimation of sulphur to form salts of America.—2

33e The number of minute turbos in red earth with volutas. prove regular mud bank at Bahia Blanca. <fl> Flustra identical, recent & bone bed.— November 8th 1877 (Memoranda so far distributed to various subjects)

34e Dr. A. Smith informs me that in the year a Rhinoceros was found <emb> in the mud, of the Salt river.— in reference to fossil guanaco of P. St. Julian.—

Mr Scrope seems to consider that elevation & eruptions are antagonist forces, but they are parts of one force, one locally relieving the other.—2

page crossed pencil.

November ... subjects)] added pencil, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

31-1 Fournet 1837:247, 'Ainsi . . . les roches qui ont paru les premieres en soulevant et disloquant le sol, sont les granites communs; roches qui, etant les plus infusibles a raison de la silice, element negatif qu'elles contiennent en exces, avaient besoin pour etre fondues d'etre plus immediatement appliquees sur la source de la chaleur. Viennent ensuite, et dans l'ordre proportionnel de diminution de la silice et de 1'augmentation de la fusibilite, les granites porphyroi'des ou a grands cristaux de felds-path. et les porphyres, quarziferes, puis les eurites micaces. roche presque entierement feldspathique, et enfin la minette, roche pyroxenique et amphibolique tres-fusible. et pouvant traverser, sans etre solidifiee, toutes les roches precedentes.' Darwin scored this passage. 32-1 Hoff 1837:297. In the course of describing J. J. Berzelius' view that meteorites originate as the products of lunar volcanos, Hoff wrote, 'M. Berzelius ne pense pas que l'olivine soit un produit volcanique a cause de son etat refractaire: mais il la regarde comme un mineral preexistant, qui a seulement ete enveloppe dans la lave liquide.' Darwin scored this passage in his copy. 32-2 M. Serres 1837:331, 'Or, de pareilles sublimations de fer sulfure n'ont pui s'operer que par suite de la chaleur centrale ou de la temperature propre du globe. Du reste, elles font concevoir facilement comment Ton decouvre dans le sol tertiaire des environs de Montpellier [including Vendargues] les goutelettes de mercure natif que Ton y observe en si grand nombre.'

34-1 Andrew Smith: personal communication. There is a 'Salt River' ('Soutrivier') at 33° 03' S. 23° 29' E. in the Great Karroo, though other streams in the Cape region in South Africa also bear the name.

34-2 The thought is expressed variously in Scrope's book on volcanos but see the representative passage on p. 192 (Scrope 1825), 'But since we have no reason to doubt the influence of subterranean expansion in the phenomena of volcanos, earthquakes, and elevations of the superficial strata, to have taken place for ages past, indeed to have been co-eval with the existence of our planet, under its actual laws, if it be true that the development of the one class of these phenomena, viz. volcanic eruptions, proportionately obviates that of the other, or the absolute elevation, en masse, of extensive superficial portions of the earth's crust; and therefore in the same locality, and at the same period, the one class of effects must always have varied inversely with the other; we should expect to find proofs of the operation of this law in the visible traces left by these phenomena on the globe, and, consequently, that, wherever volcanos have existed in the greatest number, and in the most prolonged and energetic activity, there will have happened the least absolute elevation, en masse, of the superficial strata; and, vice versa, that wherever the most remarkable elevations of the solid crust of the globe have taken place, there should seem to have been little or no absolute escape of subterranean caloric through the spiracles of habitual volcanos.'

93

[page] NOTEBOOK A 35-36

35 Is the felspar glassy in greenstone dikes which rise through granite.— a most important question with respect to my theory of changes, of granites into Trachytes.—

Mention Osorno in lake, few Volcanos now in lakes.-

36 Mr Murchison. M.S. Chapter on drift.— Beyond region of great boulders, pebbles of granite clearly effect of remodelling same manner, as bits of Patagonian boulders might be transported.—

On grooved rocks. Specimen of rock from Costorphine at Geolog. Soc:
Colonel Imrie Transact Wern. Soc. Vol. 2. p. 35

Sir J Hall Trans. Phils Royal Ed. Vol 74

Dr Buckland Reliquias Diluviana; p. 201. & seq5

Mure Trans Geolog Soc Vol 2. p 257

page crossed pencil.

specimen of... Geolog. Soc:] added pencil, page crossed pencil.

36-1 The manuscript would be that which became chapters 38 and 39, entitled 'The Northern Drift', in The Silurian System (Murchison 1839a). The manuscript does not seem to have survived. In the published text (p. 532) Murchison referred to a locality south of Worcester above the Severn where there were 'rounded pebbles of several varieties of granite, similar to those traced from the north through Shropshire and Staffordshire. The granite pebbles, however, are much the least abundant and never equal the size of the fragments of rocks derived from the neighbourhood, some of which have the dimensions of a man's head, though the mass of the accumulation is simply what would be termed coarse gravel. Here, therefore, the smaller and finer portions of the northern detritus are commingled with various rocks of the country through which the prevailing current has passed. . . . there can be no doubt, that when this tract was submarine, the lower part of the country, extending south of Gloucester, was also under the sea.' On p. 533 Murchison noted that Darwin 'has investigated the heaps of gravel and shingle around his native town (Shrewsbury), and he assures me, that they are in no way to be distinguished from many shore deposits of the southern hemisphere.' The list of references on the subject of grooved rocks was taken from a portion of Murchison's text that now appears as a footnote on p. 537. Darwin copied the incorrect page citation ('257' rather than '357') in the last entry from Murchison. See Imrie 1818, Hall 1815, Buckland 1823, and Murchison 1829. 36—2 From Corstorphine at Geological Society of London. 36-3 Imrie 1818:35-36, 'I have here mentioned above, that the disappearance of the trap in some of the glens and narrow vales [in the Campsie Hills], seems to have been produced by the effects of the attrition of heavy bodies set

in motion by a great force of water in rapid movement. . . . In some of the glens and narrow vales, where the trap had not entirely disappeared, I perceived upon its surface strong indications and marks of attrition. In some places the surface of the trap was smooth, and had evidently received a considerable degree of polish; and this polish is almost always seen marked by long lineal scratches. In other places, there appeared narrow grooves, apparently formed by the rapid movement of large masses of rock having been swept along its surface; and I remarked, that these stria; or scratches, were very generally, in a direction from west to east, excepting where inequalities of the surface, and sudden turns in vales had partially influenced the course of the current.' See JR.622. 36-4 James Hall (1815) invoked 'diluvian inundations' (p. 207), caused by the sudden elevation of land, to account for the presence of granite boulders on Mount Jura and for various 'diluvian facts in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh' (p. 169). In this latter category Hall listed (p. 209), ' 1. The distribution of loose matters in tails and ridges, on this side of the Island, and in knolls on the West. 2. The grooves and scoopings, and obtuse-angled ridges, occurring on the surface of rocks of every description; and, lastly, the scratches and other minute features of abrasion, which are found to accompany the large features, where the rock has been protected from injury.' For Darwin's reaction to Hall's non-gradualist but Huttonian hypothesis see JR.621-25. Buckland 1823: 203-5 had also referred to Hall's paper, as did Darwin's St. Helena Model Notebook. 36-5 Buckland 1823:202-5, 'Proofs of Diluvial Action in Scotland' describes and quotes from the work of Imrie (1818) and Hall (1815). SeeJR:622. 36-6 Murchison 1829:357, '. . . these hills [of the Brora

94

[page] NOTEBOOK A 37e-39e

37e The Pota: labiata certainly is found with the Mactra. at Buenos Ayres

at the Zoolog: Soc: Terebratula from Hudson's Bay. 2. species1

Vol VI. Geograph. Journ. Analysis of Poenig Voyage Valparaiso2

38e Dr. Gillies in MS. letter in Sir. W. Parish Possession, talks of <hill> «cerro» of Diamante near stream of same name, with imperfect crater <—> near summit,— much pumice —. appears to be outside of the Cordillera— Near the Planchon talks of very much of Gypsum.—

39e The officers of the Bonite. French discovery ship, found clear proofs of shells & waterworn rocks «at Cobija.» At Iquique of elevation to amount of 30 ft.—'

37 species] line following extended in pencil
The . . . species] crossed pencil.

Vol. . . Valparaiso] crossed pencil.

Planchon] n addedpencil, 'Planchon' underlined pencil, page crossed pencil.

At] 'A' over 'a'. <Ceylon>] '1' crossed like a 't'.

talks of quantities ... at Iquique] crossed pencil. The ... at Iquique.] crossed pencil. Band . . . Heckla—] crossed pencil.

district] probably owe their present form to denudation: which supposition is now confirmed by the exposure on their surface of innumerable parallel small furrows and irregular scratches, both deep and shallow,—such, in short, as can scarcely have been produced by any other operation than the rush of rock-fragments transported by some powerful current .... the furrows and scratches preserve an uniform direction from N.W. to S.E.; thus indicating the great force of a current, unaltered in its course by any inequalities of the surface over which it rolled.' See JR.622. 37-1 At the Zoological Society of London. 37-2 Poeppig 1836:381-85.

38-1 John Gillies's letter, which Darwin recorded as having seen in manuscript, eventually found its way into Woodbine Parish's own book. Gillies wrote (Parish 1838:323-24), 'After reaching the river Diamante, the southern boundary of the province of Mendoza, I crossed that river and ascended the Cerro del Diamante, and at every step found ample evidence of its volcanic origin: the ascent was covered with masses of lava, and near the summit with loose pumice. The upper part of the mountain consists of a ridge elevated a little at each of the extremities into a rounded form, on the north side of which, a little below the summit, is a plateau about 400 yards in diameter, which undoubtedly has been formerly the crater of a volcano. The whole mountain appears to rest on an immense bed of pumice-stone. On the steep banks of the Diamante opposite to it such strata are laid

open on both sides:—at one place on the south bank I traced one great mass of pumice-rock, 100 feet long and 145 wide, the whole forming distinct basaltic pillars.' Also p. 325, 'We proceeded from thence [the banks of the Atuel river] towards the Planchon, along a succession of valleys rich in pasturage, but very bare of shrubbery: in several places we saw immense masses of gypsum,. . .' 39-1 The French naval ship Bonite circumnavigated the globe from 6 February 1836 to 6 November 1837 under the command of Auguste-Nicolas Vaillant. The source for Darwin's reference would seem to have been a letter written by Yves Eugene Chevalier, an officer on the Bonite, from which extracts were read at the 20 November 1837 meeting of the Academie des Sciences in Paris. The relevant passage from the letter reads as follows (Chevalier 1837a:721), 'Apres avoir quitte Valparaiso, nous avons relache successivement a Cobija, Callao, Payta et File de Puna, sur la cote d'Amerique. Dans la premiere de ces relaches, l'examen de la nature des rivages, du terrain qui le borde m'a fourni des preuves que je regarde comme positives de l'exhaussement du sol sur ce point: a 30 pieds environ au-dessus du niveau actuel des eaux, et sur des amas de coquilles de meme nature que celles qui vivent sur les lieux, sont des roches qui semblent battues et decoupees par les vagues et recouvertes encore du Guano, qui, partout ailleurs, ne s'observe que sur les rochers du rivage.' No mention in the extract was made of Iquique which lies to the north of Cobija along the South American coastline. Chevalier's report was also picked up

95

[page] NOTEBOOK A 39e-41e

Mr Bollaert (at Roy. Institut) talks of quantities of shells at Iquique. <Ceyfon>.

Band of Volcanic action in Iceland parellel to Greenland: Mem. ? Greenland subsiding.) Von Buch Canary Is p. 351 ..3 NB. Mackenzie talks of gravel on basalt of Heckla—4 40e All the Azores Isld. Von Buch p 359 stretched out NE & SW.—1 Von Buch. Can. lie p. 406. List of Volcanos Salomon Isld,— New Britain— &c &c2 In Ascension for centuries afterwards it might be percieved on which side craters were low — ? applicable to Auvergne???

41e The fact of Galapagos Isld steep side to windward in allusion to St. Helena discussion.

Mr Brayley says he can give me facts respecting lime <n> being heated without parting with Carb. Acid.—'

Mr Malcolmson in Paper on India gives reason for knowing that Mur. Soda, and Carb of lime decompose each other.—2

stretched] 'tch' written as 'ch' with 'h' crossed, page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

The fact. . . discussion.] excised. Mr Brayley. . . other.—] excised

in L 'Institut but here the port cited was Callao. (Chevalier 1837b:405) Neither Chevalier's later report on the geology of the voyage (Chevalier 1844) nor the relevant portion of the narrative of the voyage (La Salle 1851) referred to Iquique.

39-2 William Bollaert: personal communication. On a related point see G&4:233.

39-3 Buch 1836:351, 'Cette bande volcanique [in Iceland] est dirigee parallelement a la cote du Groenland qui se trouve vis-a-vis. Cette disposition montre done encore dans ce cas que les volcans sont generalement en relation avec les continents ou les chaines de montagnes qui les forment.'

39-4 The exact reference is uncertain. In writing on Iceland, Mackenzie noted (1811:365) that the lava of Mount Hekla cannot be distinguished from some varieties of basalt and (pp. 391-2), 'The circumstance of alluvial sand covering [cavernous lava] to a considerable thickness in many places, particularly near Mount Hekla, and the appearance of a tract of gravel upon it in the Guldbringe Syssel [near Hekla], seem to be sufficient evidence of the sea having once been above it.' Darwin probably took the spelling 'Heckla' from Buch 1836:350.

40-1 Buch 1836:358-59,'L'ile de Pico est allongee du

sud-est au nord-ouest, et il en est de meme de toutes les autre lies, Saint-Georges, Saint-Michael, Terceira, et ce qu'il y a de plus remarquable, e'est que toutes ces iles jusqu'a Flores et Corvo sont situees Tune derriere l'autre, exactement dans cette meme direction.' Darwin wrote 'NE & SW rather than 'SE & NW presumably inadvertently. See also VI: 127.

40-2 Buch 1836:406-7 lists, '4° Sesarga, au-dessous de iles Salomon, aupres de Guadalcanar. . . . [existence of volcano not established] 5° Volcan de la Nouvelle-Bretagne, a l'entree du canal Saint-George, sur le cote occidental de ce canal. ... 6° Volcan situe sur la cote orientale de la Nouvelle-Bretagne, a peu de distance du cap Gloster.' 41-1 Edward Brayley: personal communication. 41-2 Malcolmson 1833-38:2, 583-84, 'In accounting for the production of the natron [a hydrous sodium carbonate], [Malcolmson] adopts the theory of Berthollet for the formation of that salt in the lakes of Egypt, viz., a mutual decomposition of the muriate of soda and carbonate of lime, when in a pasty state; but as the natron of Fezzan and the Lonar lake contains half an equivalent more of carbonic acid than can be furnished by carbonate of lime, he proposes a modification of that theory, and suggests that the carbonic acid by which the lime is held

96

[page] NOTEBOOK A 42e-44e

42e on Direction of mountains in Brazil L.'Institut No° 221

Lamellar dikes like Mica Slate Von. Buch. Canary Isd. p 170.—2 Mem. Cordillera

Can Greenstone dikes, be residue of quartzose vein in higher parts? & felspathic veins?—

43e Mr Poulett Scrope. talks of Trachyte, "superficially coated by a thin pellicle of a blackish colour like a dull & poor varnish, which I conceive to be analogous to the black glazing observed by Humboldt on the granitic rocks of the Orinoco".— <but> on one of the Ponza isles, but no minute description is given.— Vol II. 2d Series, p. 221.—'

44e Mr Bollaert tells me, that the upper strata alone at Guantajaya contains salt.1 see Geolog. Proceedings

42 felspathic] 'h' over an 'i'.

Lamellar . . . Cordillera] crossed pencil. Can . . . veins?.—] crossed pencil. on . . .221] excised. Lamellar . . . veins?.—] excised.

page crossed pencil.

see Geolog. Proceedings] addedpencil. Proceedings] linefollowing extended in pencil. Mr. . . salt.] crossed pencil.

Lake . . . Phozgonea] crossed pencil.

in solution in the mud, furnishes the acid, and perhaps indicates the existence of an unstable sesquicarbonate of that substance.' Malcolmson's paper was read at the 15 November and 16 December 1837 meetings of the Geological Society of London.

42-1 Clemencon 1837:567, 'Ces couches . . . s'etendent en longueur du nord au midi: c'est non seulement la direction des couches du district, mais aussi celle de la chaine des montagnes qui, dans le Bresil, sont de la meme nature. Cet accord dans la direction des couches et dans celle des chaines de montagnes, avait ete deja signale dans les Pyrenees, c'est aussi la direction des hautes Cordilieres de l'Amerique meridionale. II servirait, s'il en etait besoin, a confirmer la justesse des observations de M. de Humbold[sic], qui a fait observer que la direction des couches d'un terrain est determinee par celle des chaines de montagnes plus elevees, quoique tres-distantes.' Darwin scored this passage in his copy. 42-2 Buch 1836:170, 'A peu de distance d'Angostura [at Tenerife], les couches sont traversees par un filon d'une grande puissance. ... II se divise en tables peu epaisses, et la masse de ce filon est composee de lamelles de feldspath tellement minces, qu'on ne peut presque point observer de cassure que dans la direction de ce clivage. Cette circonstance donne a toute la roche un aspect feuillete, et 1'eclat perle du feldspath lui donne beaucoup d'analogie avec une roche de micaschiste blanc. C'est ce qui fait que plusieurs fois cette roche a ete considered comme une roche micacee.' Darwin scored the second and third sentences of this passage in his copy. 43-1 Scrope 1829:221 as quoted except that the sentence ends 'granitic rocks of the cataracts of the Orinoco, and apparently produced by long exposure to sun and moisture.' The land referred to is the insular rock Scoglio della Botte belonging to the Ponza or Pontine Islands. Scrope referred to the rock composing the island as gray-stone, rather than trachyte, though he described graystone as being 'closely related to trachyte' (p.214) and left open the question as to whether graystone should be considered as belonging to the family of trachytes (p. 224).

44-1 William Bollaert: personal communication. Bollaert's observations were communicated by Darwin to the Geological Society of London on 31 January 1838. See Bollaert 1833-38:598-99, 'The following section of the principal shaft will illustrate the nature of the Panizo deposit [of the mine]. 1. Caliche. This bed contains

97

[page] NOTEBOOK A 44e-48e

Lake let out by steps in Central France not very conclusive proofs, but certainly probable. Bulletin de la Soc. Geolog: 1833-34. P. 35.—Ancient Lake Lemagne in Auvergne

Proofs from Phryganea2 45e NB. Sedgwick talks of LAMINATED structure (.\ separation of ingredients) as uniting with cretionary.— it may <of>come of use in discussion on Cleavage &c Geolog Transacts. Vol III. pl.p. 86. et p 95.— l

46e It is easy to prove, (pyrites, agates, calcareous balls) that concretions are connected with a crystalline process.— now cleavage as suggested by Sir J. Hershel is all crystals obeying one law of crystallization, therefore concretions in this case laminar, hence the thick wedges of feldspar in gneiss.—

47e Veins in septaria. a kind of concretionary process (analogous to layers of quartz & feldspar) within other concretion.—

state last page thus, point of attempted crystallization, & therefore as a consequence aggregated (I assume the same force which draws together two particles of Carb. of Lime, tends to crystallize them as seen in stalactite).— some force crystallizes minerals in layer, therefore aggregates them in layer.—

48e So that layer of feldspar in gneiss is identical with layer of flint on calc:

sandstone. (& as I believe most strata) (Hence endless passages from gneiss to granite): Why not horizontal? Why have particles in such cases moved more

45 page crossed pencil. 48 depth] uncertain reading.

near the surface a large quantity of common salt, and abaissemens et des elevations successifs dans la surface

occasionally a few small papas [nodules of ore] are found du lac, . . .

in it. . . .' Also see G&4:233~35. M. Lecoq repond que Ton peut admettre des abaisse-

44-2 Lecoq 1833-34:34-35, 'Outre les donnees que mens successifs, mais que Ton ne peut affirmer qu'il y ait

Crouelle presente, pour trouver le niveau des eaux de eu des cours d'eau assez forts et assez prolonges pour

l'ancien lac, on en trouve de nouvelles dans le depot des elever la surface de l'eau de maniere a ce qu'elle soit

arkoses immediatement superposees au granite, et for- indiquee par une formation quelconque.'

mant, presqu'a la meme hauteur, des couches inclinees 45-1 Sedgwick 1835:86-87. Also see the section from

sans avoir ete soulevees, et indiquant aussi toute la limite pp. 94-98 on the relation of laminae and concretions.

ouest des eaux du lac; mais ce sont surtout les calcaires a 46-1 John Herschel's comments on cleavage in relation

phryganes qui presentent sous ce rapport les faits les plus to the process of crystallisation were contained in his

curieux. On les rencontre dans un grand nombre de letter of 20 February 1836 to Charles Lyell. For citation

localites, et a des hauteurs tres differentes qui indi- of the relevant passage from the letter see note RN32- 1.

queraient que le Leman d'Auvergne aurait eprouve des Portions of the letter, though not those on cleavage, had

changemens notables dans la hauteur de ses eaux. been read at the 17 May 1837 meeting of the Geological

M.C. Prevost demande si Ton peut conclure de la Society of London. See Herschel 1833-38:548-50. Bythat

presence des phryganes a des hauteurs variees, des time Darwin was familiar with the content of the letter.

98

[page] NOTEBOOK A 48e-51e

. ii

laterally than vertically, in concretions more vertically than laterally.
— <In Area of this> tf*~ f— " ""

If surface covered with oil should shrink, film parallel to longer axis.

But if great depth

49e NB. Prof (Henslow)1 Sedgwicks lamination parallel to stratification evidently small scale of concretionary action2

all fluid at once, the films vertical.

Ascertain law of attraction of particles of same nature: then get mathematician
to when two particles <would> are aggregated, would they not attract

strong, a third.— & this would make layers.— (Gravity can have no effect, on particles of equal weight.—) ? cleavage not vertical'.' combined with gravity.—

50e hence changes in dip of no sort of consequence.— Therefore <s of inclination «varies with chemical attraction &c.» becomes measure offeree. < .\ where little inclination, little force & varying direction.—> Therefore in PILE of mud from Trapiches. inclined

51 e layer!!!.— The separation in the Ponza case of Scrope parallel to walls of dykes—l Mem. laminated dikes in Cordillera.!!!—

In stratum OP. let force drag particls to line

AB, & likewise gravity MN. Then every

particle would tend to meet at <B. but if y*/ f Wf -*' Af"

particls attract each other in some increasing * "*

ratio in proportion to proximity would they

not unite in B.K.>

49 all fluid at once.] follows last line on page 48.

(Gravity can ... equal weight.—)] added pencil.

49-1 John Stevens Henslow. exists every indication of the zones [of prismatic trachyte

49-2 See note 45-1 and Sedgwick 1835:94. 'These of different shades of white, yellow, blue and brown]

various modifications of small concretionary structure derive a having been drawn out in their direction while in a

great interest from the consideration, that in them are half-liquid state, after a partial separation had taken place

exhibited, on a minute scale, the same peculiarities of of the pure feldspathose part from the mixed siliceous

aggregation, which, on a great scale, form the most base; ... The direction of the zones ... seems usually to

extraordinary features of the deposit I am describing.' coincide with that of the bed or dyke itself. . . .'
51-1 Scrope 1829:216-17, 'Here also, as in Ponza, there

99

[page] NOTEBOOK A 52e-55

52e on the diagonal of BK.— "H-This is not applicable, it does not explain

CLEAVAGE of rock— nor the Falkland case, nor. the arrangement of particles of granite in Henslow's Grit1, yet it is worth consideration, especially effect of gravity, versus some fault explaining vary dip & inclination.—

53e which last is strong character.— A discussion on concretions and cleavage conjoined very good.— It is the Key to the story.— consider stalactites.— agate rings, crystallization transverse.— or rather radiating to central point, can cleavage be radiation from some grand centre.—

A Stalactite of Gypsum, is the best case of cleavage.—

54e Phillips (113) «Lardner Encyclop.—» absolutely considers gneiss an aqueo deposit resulting from disintegrated granite!!!1 Look at gneiss of Rio

Concretions in Pumice bed at Ascension instance of hollow concretions & concretion filled with unconsolidated matter—

55 Phillips Lardner p. 197. refers to salt as being produced by local heat,1 Ask Capt. Beaufort, whether, water flashing into steam, would Babbage.— Webster

Phillips insists of analogy between Australia & Oolitic period.— comparison rather loose.— perhaps worth3 Says from Lardner's (p. 213) form of escarpment relation kept to sea coast .'. curious exception in Wealden.—

53 centre.—] short rule line added pencil.

A Stalactite... of cleavage.—] added pencil.
55 Ask Capt... Webster] added pencil.

Phillips insists . . . worth] crossed ink. page crossed pencil.

52-1 Henslow 1821-22 does not refer to granite in grit but see plate 16, fig. 8 illustrating the 'Arrangement of particles in the stratified grit at Bodorgan' and also p. 395. In his own copy of this work Darwin has triple scored the bottom paragraph on p. 395 and placed quotation marks around the following sentence, 'The particles of the quartzose fragments appear likewise to have undergone a partial re-arrangement; for several contiguous fragments possess a common cleavage'. 54-1 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:113-14 'Now it is impossible to doubt that clay slates and grauwacke slates have been deposited in water: it is equally certain that the gneiss and other felspathic or quartzose rocks, which are associated with it, and occasionally with clay slate, are also of aqueous production; and the composition of gneiss, &c, completes the evidence wanted to prove that the primary strata analogous to sandstones and clays were formed from the waste of granitic rocks.' 55-1 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:197, 'It is very important to remark that the salt lies always in small narrow patches; therefore, most evidently it was not produced by a general

extrication from the marine water, and most probably is to be referred to local heat, or some other cause at great depths, or else to evaporation from a limited area, filled at intervals by the sea.'

55-2 The three men whose opinions Darwin reminded himself to seek on the subject of water flashing into steam were Francis Beaufort, Charles Babbage, and Thomas Webster. All were known for their knowledge of the physical sciences. Beaufort, the hydrographer, was expert in meteorology; Babbage, the mathematician, was known for his attempts to mechanise computation; and Webster, Secretary of the Institution of Civil Engineers (1837-39), had only recently published on steam (T. Webster 1836). Like Darwin all three men were active in London scientific circles during the late 1830s. It should also be noted that Thomas Webster the authority on steam was a different man from Thomas Webster the geologist, though both were Fellows of the Geological Society of London. 55-3 J. Phillips 1837-39:1. See the section entitled 'Organic Remains,' pp. 207-11, which includes the statement on p. 208 that '. . . it is interesting to know that the

100

[page] NOTEBOOK A 56-58

56 Would crystals arrange themselves in that direction, in which most substance lies <.—>?

Phillips. Lardner's p. 270-4, good discussion showing present form of land in Northern England influence dispersion of Boulders.—' See Rogers for Southern limits

57 of Boulders inN. America

do/p. 280. the gravel beds in England different from Boulder beds—

What is Osteopora platycephalus (Harlan) found on the Delaware, is it Edentate? Phillips p 289.—3

58 Alludes to big bones in interior at Falkland Isd.— Peron does as if well attested.—'

There is no difference between dike & mountain axis, except in relative

< strata) size with superincumbent strata, where they have yielded conical axis

of mountain.—

270] '0' over '4'. page crossed pencil.

What is ... p 289.—] crossed ink. page crossed pencil.

axis of]'f over 'n'. page crossed pencil.

earliest mammalia, of which we have yet any trace, were of the marsupial divison, now almost characteristic of Australia, the country where yet remain the trigonia, cerithium, isocardia, zamia, tree fern, and other forms of life so analogous to those of the oolitic periods.' 55-4 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1213, 'The minute flexures, irregularities, and breaks in the ranges of these [lias and oolitic] formations, can only be understood by consulting a good geological map; but the preceding notices will suffice to show how remarkable is the effect, in the geology of England, of their parallel courses from sea to sea—from Yorkshire to Dorsetshire. In this respect their ranges are of great importance, offering to the inquiring mind a proof of the long succession of quiet processes by which the bed of the sea was gradually filled with a regular series of varying deposits. . . . The Wealden formation, in this, as in all else, contrasts very strongly with the truly marine deposits. It makes no part of this parallel series, but lies principally in Kent and Sussex, . . .' 56-1 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:270-74, including p. 274, 'The most prevalent direction in which the blocks have

been transported in the British isles, is from north to south; but . . . the natural configuration of the ground appears to have had considerable influence in determining many minor currents.'

57-1 Rogers 1835b as cited in J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:277. In Darwin's own copy of Phillips the reference to Rogers is scored. See also JR.614. 57-2 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:280, 'Many parts of England are almost totally free from the accumulation of proper diluvium,— as the Yorkshire coal field, the Wealden denudation, large tracts in North Wales, the vicinity of Bath, &c. But these districts contain abundance of local gravel deposits, which sometimes appear to be quite as ancient as the diluvium,' and mayjustly be styled "Ancient Alluvium;" . . .'

57-3 J. Phillips 1837-39, 1:289 lists the fossil as being found in a diluvial formation in Delaware. 58-1 In discussing the formation of coral mountains Peron 1804:476 referred in passing to 'd'ossemens enormes qu'on observe aux Malouines [Falklands], bien avant dans 1 interieur, . . .'

101

[page] NOTEBOOK A 59-62

59 only when dikes reach near the surface, that strata yield.—

In Undulation in open ocean, as pebbles would be lifted up & down, on coast itself, undertow would draw it outwards.— form of breaker affected some way out to sea.— ? effects on bottom a thing floating some way from coast is driven on to it.— rollers at Tristan d' .Acunha.— silting up. channels on coast of England—

60 Any one. who has studied rocks in detail as amygdaloid, calcareous rocks of
Ascension, each particle coated. &c will be aware how little common Gravity
has to do with arrangement of particles in rock. This applies to cleavage &
concretions.—

Septaria in concretion arranged in planes, case of separation.— the branching cracks— only bear relations to VEINS in primitive rocks—

61 Are substances soluble under great pressure? equally with little pressure? An
important question! If water yields substances from impact, «it» would look
like it.

Are greenstone dike in Granite residual matter of upper quartzose ones & felspar.??

Are the great crystalls, & the layers first of felspar & then quartz &c, owing to separation having taken place most gradually, first the more fusible substance, & then the next being sucked out.

62 In Cleavage discussion, state broadly indication of new law acting in certain directions predominantly, connection with magnetism &c counteracting gravity.—

As volcanic eruptions are accompanied by horizontal elevations, so are injection of mountain chains, accompanied by do.— Give this after supposition

Silting up .. . England—] added pencil, page crossed pencil.

VEINS] double underlined pencil added, page crossed pencil.

question! If] alternate readings 'question V If or 'question: If. Are . . . it.] ink.

Are greenstone . . . sucked out.] pencil, page crossed pencil.

62 In Cleavage . . . gravity.—] pencil.

As volcanic . . . supposition] ink, brace in left margin, page crossed pencil.

102

[page] NOTEBOOK A 63-65

63 p. 461 «of Proceedings)) List of collections in Geological Society.

Pumice at South Shetland. Geological Society—

Dikes have not been the moving agents, because not wedge-formed.— Hence fill up fissures— If dikes effect of horizontal elevation excepting fissures from above unite with those from below, would always thin out above which explains a difficulty.—

64 All De la Beche's reasoning of mountains being formed by crust being too large & pitching against each other, is, I suspect much weakened by <vi> considering how close the dislocations occur & therefore that the crust might be considered a level.—'

65 Dikes being last action, (effect of horizontal movement) hence generally intersect metallic dikes: It is an important view being subsequent to

dislocation of strata.

A capital discussion might be made between dikes & «axis of» mountain-chain in proportion to weight of super [. . .] mass.—

Absence of Caverns, in Plutonic rocks argument against great bodies of vapour, according to Hopkins theory.—' general presence of dikes, argues in favour of pressure of liquid rock. Andes discussion—

p. 461 ... in Geological Society.] crossed ink. page crossed pencil.

<vi>] 'i' uncertain, page crossed pencil.

super [. . .]] half a word Meg, plausibly 'superincumbent'. Andes discussion—] added pencil, left margin.

page crossed pencil.

63-1 At the annual meeting of the Geological Society of London on 17 February 1837 the committee appointed to report on the state of the society's museums and libraries presented a 'Summary of the Foreign Collection' listing the number of drawers of specimens held for various localities. See Anonymous 1833-38: 461-62. 64-1 De la Beche 1834:118-32, including the statement on p. 121, 'If we suppose with M. Elie de Beaumont that the state of our globe is such that, in a given time, the temperature of the interior is lowered by a much greater quantity than that on its surface, the solid crust would break up to accommodate itself to the internal mass; . . . We should also be led to anticipate . . . that under favourable circumstances, broken and tilted masses would

be thrust up into ridges or mountain chains.' On the
inside back cover of his copy of the book Darwin wrote,
'Every mountain chain may be considered as the ruin of
an earthquake, aided or obliterated by time! It is vain to
bring first & other causes to bear they are

comparatively] insignificant.'

65-1 Hopkins 1836:7, 'It is 1 easy ... to conceive such a[n] [elevatory] force to act as above supposed, if we assume the existence of a cavity beneath the elevated mass, . . . Any vapour or matter in a state of fluidity from heat, forced into this cavity, or expanded there, will produce the elevatory force which I assume to have acted.'

103

[page] NOTEBOOK A 66-69e

66 Albite certainly contains 6 per cent more silica than common felspar therefore on axis of Cordillera, in Andite - containing 80 per cent of Albite

8o v _6_ _ „ ioo * ioo ~ 400

In Falkland islands. & generally where rock metamorphic & thickness of <strata> not great, one can conceive anticlinal lines near, (lateral pressure would always produce it) but where great thickness is affected, they would be far off

67e In Discussion on dikes argue impossibility on fissure going right through superincumbent mass (varying hardness,— takes time to trace) from few dikes which have given rise to eruptions.— We must suppose everywhere—, in granitic areas &c &c

volcanos

fissure

dike.—

thus dikes terminated

68e Solubility of fluids varies with temperature <■ with pressure?

Salt on surface of plains due to whole moisture being lost by evaporation therefore capillary attraction would bring water with salt to surface

Lyell remarked to me that Kylow(?) was astonished with him that <th>
gneiss, mica-slate of whole kingdom of Norway was contorted yet no mountain
chain case parallel to Banda Orientel. ask Lyell for sentence.— '

69e Origin of Breccia, introduce in Cordillera discussion, deep sea, fragments fall off cliffs, but then how spread abroad?—

66 x] uncertain reading of symbol.
is] added pencil.

, they would be] added pencil.

Albite certainly . . . 480] pencil, crossed.

In Falkland ... far off] ink, crossed pencil.

everywhere—,] ',' over '—'. fissure ... terminated] added pencil, page crossed pencil.

Solubility ... to surface] crossed pencil.

bay] alternate reading 'being'. Origin . . . abroad?—] crossed pencil. There is . . . turbulence.] crossed pencil.

68-1 In July 1837 Charles Lyell geologized in Norway 1838b) Presumably Darwin intended to ask Lyell for in the company of Baltazar Mathias Keilhau. (Lyell a reference. On Banda Oriental see GSA: 165.

104

[page] NOTEBOOK A 69e-73e

There is thus wide difference between erosive power of river & sea.; the former as its channel becomes wider looses its cutting power, (as does it when the inclination becomes less & .". tends to finite power) whereas sea. on coast, as long as exposed to waves of sea, cutting power increased with width, for besides more surface exposed, bay more open to turbulence.

70e Bull. Soc. Geolog «1837» P. 320. paper on shrinking of Clay, applicable to Cleavage. C. Prevost.—l

In Cordillera, a rush of water will account for filling up of valleys— subsequent opening a medial gorge by slow erosion, but we have evidence in distribution of blocks, that there has been no tumultuous rush.— besides general improbability, stratification, If chain of lake. <a>

71e the alluvium would form a succession of flights of steps; if one lake then we must suppose barrier in the very part, where barrier least probable.— The sea harmonizes well with character of mouth of valleys &c; Pampas.— If blocks above their parent rocks, would be prove of subsidence.— removal downwards by successive torrent spread out. by sea— beach action — no one will dispute, sea. once came to Mendoza— Will they introduce other causes to explain «alluvi» in valleys

72e Lowe in his paper says land shells found with calcareous matter & concretions
on coast of Madeira.?1 How came it if this powder results from «decomposed
sea» shells, that land shells should be preserved in it— some error?
(because more recent) Coquimbo on. other hand?—

The widening a valley depends on serpentine course.— the latter (it is generally said) is consequence of <rapid> slow course, &

73e with slow course small erosive power, therefore tendency of ixinning water to deepen not to widen valley.— Why is serpentine course result of little

inclination?? It is simply as the inclination is little the force required to

move <it> «stream» aside is not great.— Is there more degradation at first

70 a rush] 'r' emended in pencil,
page crossed pencil.

71 &c;] alternate reading 'on;'.

no one ... in valleys] added pencil, bottom page and right margin.

(because more recent)] added pencil. Lowe . . . hand?—] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

70-1 C. Prevost 1836-37. one variety (irrasa) is listed as found in tufa, another

72-1 Lowe 1833b describes land molluscs in Madeira, {arenicola, sub-variety 2) as found in sandy chalk. See also

those on the coast being the species numbered 13, 19, 27, the footnote in Lowe 1833b:64.
31-33, 36, 46, and 48. For number 46, Helixpolymorpha,

105

[page] NOTEBOOK A 73e-76e

angle owing to momentum, which the water has obtained.— If inclination be great where arrow stands the force immediately deflected from (B) which would not have been case, if inclination small.—

74e The power of widening channel depends on power of deflection with stream retaining its force, now it will be evident that deflected stream cannot retain its force if inclination be great. There could «not» be great deflection in a "rapid".— is a familiar illustration.— Therefore stream has no tendency to widen course until inclination is become comparatively small, & when that is case force is lessened, therefore rivers very ineffectual in widening valley.— it is essentially a deepening agent

75e

\ ■.. ^ j^jx ~ "." ~ Therefore when we have

valleys of this structure, as the inclination in all probability would be greater when flowing over (B) than when at (C) its tendency would <cut> be to cut a narrower channel instead of wider.— This applies to all vallies (except mere talus «over cliffs edge» of which limit cannot be great over) with very gently sloping sides This argument is partly taken from Delabechs Theoretical Researches1.—

76e Athenaeum. 1838— p. 137. Three inosculating rivers in Southern America ^effect of subsidence—'

<Is there same.> Institute. 1838 p. 40 or Phil Mag. Dec 1837. p. 520 Mr Fox on increase of temperature at great depths.2

All Earthquake unaccompanied by Volcanos must be sought after proofs of sinking.— No Sweden!! swelling of rock from Heat.

76 page crossed pencil.

75-1 In this passage Darwin drew on De la Beche 1834:184-205. In his own copy of the book Darwin wrote atop p. 198, 'as long as stream rapid forms gorge straight (why?) then zazgy [uncertain reading], widen it, but could not produce sloping side/?' Alongside Fig. 37 (p. 198), Darwin also referred to p. 200 on which he double scored the passage, 'Undoubtedly the flatter the surface the more streams flowing in opposite directions.' irregular the windings of a river, all other things being equal.' 76-1 Humboldt 1838b: 137, 'The great rivers of Guyana; the Orinoco, with its tributaries, the Paragua and Caroni; and the Rios Negro and Branco flowing into the Amazons,

form so many sytems really distinct; yet the basins of those systems are still so imperfectly developed that in some places it is hard to draw the line of separation between them. In the rainy seasons the high plains between them, or round their sources, are inundated, and great lakes or canals are formed, which unite for a time

76-2 Fox 1837:520-23 and Fox 1838:39-40. The article, with its tables, reports on Fox's observations on the increase of temperature in mines as one descends from 100 to 300 feet beneath the surface of the earth.

106

[page] NOTEBOOK A 77-79

77 Specific gravities of many artificial limestones produced by Sir J. Hal. End of pages, p. 157. Vol VI Edinburgh. Phil: Transacts.—'

Does the isothermal subterranean line moves upward from effects of Elevation if not crust much thinner beneath ocean than above it

no because heat proceeds from great body of mass.—

78 The last speculation becomes important with respect to thickness of crust
broken up. My view of Volcanos &c &c

This view will bear much reflection on method of cooling — Very difficult subject. PP—

I think from dislocation taking place chiefly beneath water & volcanos. crust must be thinner «under water» but cause most difficult (better conductor)

79 Fitz Roy's Case of S. Maria & Tubul applicable to Andes & Patagonia—'

On Lyells idea of whole centre of earth same heat, then change in form of fluid

Specific . . . Transacts.—] crossed pencil. Does . . . mass.—] crossed.

This view . . . cooling—] marked connection with sentence 'The last speculation . . . broken up.—'.

Very difficult subject. PP—] marked connection ('PP—') with 'On Lyells . . . would be thicker.—' on

next page.

page crossed pencil

79 On Lyells . . . thicker.— PP] marked connection ('PP' in left margin) with 'Very difficult subject.' on
previous page.

page crossed pencil.

11—\ Hall 1812:156-57, begins the section where Hall showed how his fusing of limestone under pressure in the laboratory supported the geological theory of James Hutton. Page 180 contains a table of specific gravities for artificial limestones and marbles produced in Hall's experiments; the general discussion of procedures and results is on pp. 177-83.

79-1 FitzRoy 1836:327-8, Darwin applied the information in a paper delivered to the Geological Society of London on 7 March 1838 (Darwin 1833-38b:659), '. . . he [Darwin] also stated his belief, that the earthquake of

Concepcion marked one step in the elevation of a mountain chain; and he adduced, in support of this opinion, the fact observed by Capt. FitzRoy, that the island of Santa Maria, situated 35 miles to the south-west of that city, was elevated to three times the height of the upraised coast near Concepcion; or at the southern extremity of the island, eight feet, in the middle, nine feet; and at the northern extremity, upwards often feet; and that at Tubal [Tubul], to the south east of Santa Maria, the land was raised six feet; . . .'

107

[page] NOTEBOOK A 79-82e

centre would lift with it isothermal line, but if heat from centre, then crust of

solid earth would be thicker.—2

PP

Andes mark the line between sinking & rising areas.—

80 In Earthquake if Subsidence we should not expect volcanos.— not so much horizontal oscillation, or so many shocks directly after great shock —

It appears to me unphilosophical to think calcareous springs near coral reefs.— Where vegetation luxuriant it might be almost as well said probably much Carbonic Acid gaz here.—

81e [top portion page excised, not located]

Bull:. Soc: Geolog. Tome IX 1837—8. p. 24. rocks of Chimborazo., & Pichincha. Melaphyre.1 = Andesite—Albite & amphibole =

Cook found Granite at Christmas Sound Vol XIV. (My Edition) p 500. Well described2

82e [top portion page excised, not located] -do-[. ..]

page crossed pencil.

Well described] circled.

= Andesite ... & amphibole =] added pencil. Bull: ...Melaphyre.] crossed pencil, excised. Cook ... described] excised.

82 [. . .]] 2 strokes illeg.

Subaqueous . . . same] crossed pencil.

Subaqueous . . . way.—] excised, cut through line 'Sea . . . way.—'

Sea . . . same] excised, cut through line ' Sea . . . way.—'

83 The preservation . . . lessened.—]'?' and bracket left margin,
page crossed pencil.

79-2 Lyell 1837,2:317, 'If, then, the heat of the earth's centre amount to 450,000° F., as M. Cordier deems highly probable, ... it is clear that the upper parts of the fluid mass could not long have a temperature only just sufficient to melt rocks. There must be a continual tendency towards a uniform heat; and until this were accomplished, by the interchange of portions of fluid of different densities, the surface could not begin to consolidate.'

81-1 Humboldt 1838a:24, 'Les decouvertes geognos-tiques recentes ont montre que ces masses intercalees qui tantot ont la forme de domes arrondis, tantot celle de vastes crateres, n'ont point la meme composition mineral-ogique dans tous les pays. Ainsi, aux Canaries et dans les Sept-Montagnes, la roche est un veritable trachyte felds-

pathique; a l'Etna et a Stromboli, au Chimborazo et au Pichincha, on a un melaphyre approchant du basalte; dans les yolcans du Chili, au Purace, au Tolucca, c'est Vandesite (roche composee d'amphibole et d'albite), qui joue ce role; enfin la Somma, qui forme les parois du cratere de soulevement du Vesuve, est composee de leucitophyre (melange d'amphigene et de pyroxene augite).' 81-2 A note by Georg Forster in an edition of James Cook's second voyage (Kerr 1811-17, 14:500) reads, 'The rock [forming an island in the vicinity of Christmas Sound] ... is a coarse granite, composed of feld-spath, quartz, and black mica or glimmer. This rock is in most places entirely naked, without the smallest vegetable particle ; . . .' Darwin's copy has not been located.

108

[page] NOTEBOOK A 83e-84e

Subaqueous, removal, shown by the number of bones lying at the bottom of sea. off coast of England.—

Sea must always on actual beach act same way.— a little further from beach action probably modified by form of waves & currents.— but this must be continued, no currents & elevation have same

83e effect, a tendency direct (or oblique) outwards may be granted, independent of currents.— mud going out can actually be seen.—

? The preservation of dikes & ledges of first-rate importance in showing not subaqueous removal—??? the difficulty of such preservation certainly is lessened.— Coral flats, argument for Heaping up.— very good

this will show effects.— analogous to broad flat sand

beach.— De la Beches argument of low \ • _-—... —""*rJ*~~

coast gaining & high loosing answered by this1 ! ' r "

— No one can doubt. A-B once formed low coast.— '- ;

84e Annales des Mines, a translation of paper by rose on Greenstone, diorite, &c most important.:— must be studied.—l

Scientific Memoirs Edited by Taylor Ehrenbergh on flints in chalk must be studied— though I do not think good p. 4112 When discussing concretions

Carbonate soda, formed by Ca. of L. & Mur. of Soda mixed.— Turner's Chemistry p. 2063

Annales . . . studied.—] crossed pencil. Scientific . . . concretions] crossed pencil. Carbonate . . . 206] crossed pencil.

elevation &] '&' over '—'. page crossed pencil.

83-1 De la Beche 1834:58, 'When land rises above the level of the sea, the action of breakers tends constantly to destroy and remove it: when land is low and only rises to the same level, the same action tends constantly to throw detrital matter upon it.' In his copy of the work Darwin wrote 'No' in the margin against this passage and reminded himself to 'Study Mr Palmers Papers in Royal Transactions' (Palmer 1834). 84-1 Rose 1835.

84-2 Ehrenberg 1837b:411, 'It was natural for me now to test again the flint of the chalk, which I had before often examined: . . . The black flint, which broken into small pieces is transparent, showed no evident traces of an inclosure of microscopic organic bodies, but such are easily perceptible in the whitish and yellowish opake

pieces. . . . The chalk-like envelope, and white covering of the flint does not effervesce with acids, and is therefore not chalk, but silica . . . ; it does not appear to originate in decomposition, but is like the meally covering of a lump of dough; that is to say, it is that layer of siliceous meal (of evident organisms) which at the formation of the flint has only been touched by the dissolving or metamorphosing matter, but not completely penetrated by it. . . .' 84-3 E. Turner 1837:206, 'But if carbonate of lime and sea-salt are mixed in the solid state, and a certain degree of moisture is present, carbonate of soda and chloride of calcium are slowly generated;. . . The efflorescence of carbonate of soda ... which in some countries is found on the soil, appears to have originated in this manner.' Mur[iate] of soda is an old term for common salt.

109

[page] NOTEBOOK A 85-87e

85 Both Beck & Deshayes saw fossil shells from West Indies & declare them to be recent species— Lyell—

Some internal changes are in process, connected with variation of compass & these may cause «or be effect of» elevation & subsidence, examine these «lines»

86 Description of rocks in Lyells'. Capital Norway case.— The fragment, consisted of hornblende (?) & felspar, (some crystals being red) «with» cleavage, veins of pyrites, few curious fissures; base in part, block not crystallized1

Salband like basalt, full of circular cryst of glassy felspar different from either fragment or dike, blackish grey base, crystals from fragment disseminated on that side of salband. gradually becoming finer grained & more compact on that side— separation DISTINCT from dike junction mechanical: DIKE base reddish feldspathes with grenish. black specks of hornblende, large irregular cryst of reddish felspar. & scales, of mica.— large cryst of Hornblende blending into base— Salband might have oozed out of cleavage plates: the crystals

87e must have recrystallized, as such do not occur in either dike or fragment, junction certainly most distinct on dike side.— oozed from one of the true rocks, most probably from the gneiss beds in the mica slate.—'

Geograph. Journal. Vol IV (p 321) Mr Hillhouse describes central granitic ridge of Guayana as NW / SE.2 Vol VI. p. 247. Mr. Schomburgk NW. numerous boulders of GRANITE"3

feldspathes] 'feldspathes' over felsdspathes'. 'feldspathes' alternate reading 'feldspathic'.

Geograph. Journal. Vol IV ... p. 316 &328] crossed pencil. VI. p. 365 . . . Journal] crossed pencil, excised.

85-1 Charles Lyell: presumably personal communication. Gerard Paul Deshayes and Henrick Beck aided Lyell in his work on Tertiary strata by judging the dates of fossil shells from various localities. See also Lyell 1837, 4:23, 'Of thirty species [of fossil shells from the West Indies] examined by M. Deshayes from this rock, twenty-eight were decidedly recent.'

86-1 Charles Lyell: presumably personal communication since the details Darwin cites differ slightly from those offered in Lyell 1838a: 173-74. The fragment in question would, however, seem to be that labelled 'b' in Fig. 94 (p. 173). In his copy of this work Darwin queried whether Lyell had faithfully represented the cleavage in the fragment labelled 'b', and also the relative position of fragment 'b' and the clear salband. 87-1 Compare this paragraph with Lyell 1838a: 172-74

for discussion of a salband, or selvage, between a dike and its surrounding country rock.

87-2 Hilhouse 1834b:321, 'Extending south-east and north-west [in Guyana], is a central granitic ridge, unbroken except by the river Massarony, which circumscribes one of its western forks;

87-3 Schomburgk 1836:246-47, 'Our journey to the southward across the savannahs, on the eastern bank of the river, was to commence next morning (the 19th December): ... The chain of mountains [Sierra Conocon] is here a short distance from the house. One of the Indian boys brought me a beautiful piece of crystallized quartz, with laminae of mica. On my return from the Corona, I examined the mountains, and found the crystals were partly embedded in gypsum. Direction of strata northwest, and the place surrounded by numerous boulders of

110

[page] NOTEBOOK A 87e-88e

"direction of strata on the Berbice N. 35°. E. dip to NW to 8oc faults with red wacke contorted evidently dike. V. VII. p. 316 & 328

VI. p. 365. Meyen on Chile must be studied Analysis of Voyage: many observations on heights of valleys in Chile Geograph. Journal5

88e Vol. VII p. 216.— Guava trees, introduced about twenty years since (1835) from Norfolk Isd into1

Geograph Journal Vol VII p. 279. Carcases of birds drifting out to sea

Geograph Journal] added pencil left margin.

Vol. VII p. 216 . . . into] crossed ink.

Vol. VEp. 279 . . . of facts] crossed pencil.

See page 101 .. . rock ] excised, crossed pencil.

granite.' Darwin scored the sentence following the ellipsis points in his copy.

87-4 Schomburgk 1837:316, '. . . these [rocks] on the Berbice are more of trappean origin: the direction of their strata is N. 35° E.: they dip to the west by north, and the strata have evidently been disturbed since their deposition: various examples of cross currents are evident, and the beds are sometimes contorted and cut off by faults, which are filled with a species of wacke of a red colour: the angle of the regular beds amounts to upwards of 80°. . . . Where the current, during inundations, has excavated channels in the soil, I observed numerous boulders of about four feet in diameter, decidedly of the same formation, but much more covered with the black coating before mentioned, and exhibiting ripple marks.' Page 328 again refers to boulders: 'We observed some granitic boulders in the river. The latitude observed at noon was 3° 58'N.; . . .' Darwin scored the first sentence of this passage in his copy.

87-5 Meyen 1836. On the heights of valleys see p. 367, 'From hence Dr. Meyen undertook an excursion into the Andes, along the Rio Tinguiririca, towards the pass of Las Damas. The plain rises suddenly fifty or sixty feet, and continues at that elevation on a level to the very foot of the range. The mountains rise here with great steepness, forming in some places almost perpendicular walls of sienite, rising upwards of 1000 feet.' Also, pp. 367-68, 'About five leagues from Tollo, the narrow glen, through which the river runs, widens to a pretty valley, which is covered with the fruit-trees of Europe, its elevation being so high that heavy snow-falls are frequent; and the snow remains for a considerable time on the ground. At thejunction of the Rio del Yeso with the Rio Maipu, Dr. Meyen quitted the road conducting to Mendoza, and entered the mountain-passes. About two miles farther up, the Rio Maipu is joined by the Rio del Valian, which, as well as the Rio del Yeso, comes down from the north-east; but the Rio del Valian is much larger, nearly as wide as the Rio Maipu at their confluence. Here Dr. Meyen estimates the elevation of the valley at 4500 or 5000 feet above the sea. The whole course of the Rio del Valian . . . lies in a very narrow glen, . . . The sides of the mountains are mostly bare; where the valley is rather wider, are excellent pasture grounds for cattle and goats, at an elevation of about 9000 feet.' Darwin scored the first two sentences of this passage and underscored 'suddenly fifty or sixty'.

88-1 F. D. Bennett 1837:216, 'The aspect of the lowlands of Tahiti has latterly undergone a considerable change, from the extent to which the guava shrub flourishes on the soil. Scarce twenty years have elapsed since this fruit tree was introduced from Norfolk Island, and it now claims all the moist and fertile land of Tahiti, in spite of every attempt to check its increase.' Darwin scored this last sentence.

88-2 F. D. Bennett 1837:229, 'In 2° 53'S., long. 174° 55' E.; observed a remarkable line of froth on the sea, some yards in width and of great extent, and accompanied by a mass of dead birds, fish, shells, drift wood, &c, which seemed to indicate the limits of a current, and in fact we found that after entering it we lost the strong N.W. current that had hitherto accompanied us.' Darwin double scored this passage.

Ill

[page] NOTEBOOK A 88e-90

do p. 358. changed soundings in Mouth of S. Cruz in connection with Fitz Roys fact of elevated block of stone.— & Caldcleughs collection of facts

See page 101. in Note Book (C) for some speculats on conducting powers of
rock

89 Geograph Journal Vol IV p. 36. on subsidence of the land in Guiana, worthy of consideration.1

When discussing nucleuse's of old volcanos within Cordillera— allude to Lyell's view of not discovering dike one end granite & other trap.— It is in the mountain masses we must look for that.— how few isolated volcanos there are. where one alone has been formed — Look at the now active volcanos & see what high they are

90 «See Athenaeum. 1838. p 274. probably will be published in the Geograph. Journal.—»

A meeting of the Geograph Soc, April 9 1838. Letter from M. Erhman stating that the mean temp at Yakous in Siberia being —8 Reaumur.— there ought to

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

88-3 Angelis 1837b:358, 'Off the river of Santa Cruz [in 1745] they [the Jesuit Fathers Quiroga and Cardiel] were nearly lost, which leads them to remark upon the great alteration which must have taken place in the depth of water in that river since it was first discovered, and they quote authorities to show, that in former times large ships could safely enter it, whereas when they were there it was blocked up by dangerous sand-banks, upon which they narrowly escaped shipwreck.' Darwin scored this passage. The FitzRoy reference is uncertain, but see FitzRoy 1837:121-22; J/?:216-18, 224, and 284; and Darwin 1842:415-17. Caldcleugh's facts are probably those in the section 'Evidences of vertical movements' in Caldcleugh 1833-38:445-46, but also see Darwin 1842:427. 89-1 Hilhouse 1834a:36, 'In the centre of George Town, Demerara, Major Staples . . . succeeded in penetrating the depth of the alluvium; and on arriving at the micaceous substratum, which is the indication of the primary formation, a clear spring of water burst out, ... It was well known, that at ten or twelve feet below the surface, an irregular stratum of fallen trees, of the kind called courida, common on the coast, existed in a semi-carbonized state; but Major Staples discovered, at fifty feet below the surface, another immense fallen forest of the same kind of wood, twelve feet thick; the superstratum being blue alluvium, and the substratum reddish ochre, diminishing in shades to yellow, light straw, and again merging into slate-coloured clay. The remainder, to a depth of one hundred and twenty feet from the surface is argil, the lower part of which is of that smooth soapy surface which indicates the purest Wedgwood clay, and would no doubt be of great use in the potteries. It is evident from this, that some few ages ago this continent was habitable fifty feet below the present surface; that it was then covered with an immense forest of couridas, which was destroyed by conflagration, as appears by the ochrous substratum. The sea must, at that time, have been confined to the blue water, where there is now eight or nine fathoms; and whatever may have been the comparative levels then between the Pacific and Atlantic, the level of the water on this side of the isthmus of Darien is now fifty feet higher than it was once—whether before or after Columbus's time is uncertain.'

89-2 Lyell 1838a:217, 'It has . . . been objected, that if the granitic and volcanic rocks were simply different parts of one great series, we ought to find in mountain chains volcanic dikes passing upwards into lava, and downwards into granite. But we may answer, that our vertical sections are usually of small extent; and if we find in certain places a transition from trap to porous lava, and in others a passage from granite to trap, it is as much as could be expected of this evidence.' In his own copy of this work Darwin has scored this passage in the margin and added the remark 'poor'.

112

[page] NOTEBOOK A 90-92

be 32° Fah. at a greater depth than 400. & the limit being 400 ft. shows that the strata have very unusual conducting power of heat from

centre.—l But is this not wrong? we know mean of surface formerly much higher, «so» that we must look at the upper four hundred feet of strata having conducted away the heat of surface. & if conducting powers had been better

91 32° would have been found lower.— We have no right to consider the

conducting powers either better or worse & the depth of 320. being little we may confidently infer that time has not been allowed for lower beds to cool down. & then in 50000 years the depth will be greater than <5000.> 400.— These facts of SLOW but successive transmission of temperature clearly prove possibility of metamorphic theory

92 On idea of statical equilibrium, the height of lava (habitually) becomes measure of force in that part.— Important as explaining want of levelness

Major Mitchell showed me a river <near> W. of Port Philip, which had bar at mouth excavated in solid rock.— 4 & 5 fathoms deep, perfectly still water. Major Mitchell inferred subsidence; Mem my remarks on coast of Australia.—l

Great NW. dip in SE part of Australia.— Probably a case of rivers turning round & penetrating

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

92-1 Thomas Livingstone Mitchell: personal communication. In 1838 Mitchell was on leave in England. Upon publication of his book at the end of August 1838, the information appeared in Mitchell 2:366. 'That changes have taken place in the relative level of land and sea, is evident from the channel of the Glenelg, which is worn in the rock to a depth of five fathoms below the sea level. The sea must have either risen or the earth must have subsided since that channel was worn by any current of water, for it is now as still as a canal, . . .' For Darwin's remarks on Australia see DAR 38.1:812-36. Darwin's St. Helena Model Notebook also records his conversations with Mitchell and includes the entry 'Depth of rivers near mouths'.

90-1 Erman 1838b:274. 'I enclose the observations taken three times a day for the year 1827, wherein it results that the mean temperature of the atmosphere at Yakuzk is -5°9' of Reaumur, which agrees very well with the temperature which I had found near the surface of the ground. . . . The data which we hitherto possessed on the increase of the internal heat of the globe . . . indicated from 90 to 100 French feet for an increase of 1° of Reaumur. I did not therefore expect to find the ground thawed at Yakuzk until at a depth of from 500 to 600 French feet . . . and if the actual fact of a thaw at the depth of 400 feet has surprised me, it is only because it has occurred too soon; and that it thereby indicates for the strata that compose the ground at Yakuzk a more rapid faculty of conducting heat than is possessed by the strata hitherto examined in Europe.' See notes Al 17-2, 135-3.

113

[page] NOTEBOOK A 93-95

93 their own range in Australian Alps.—

Taylors Scientific Memoir, Part IV. p. 403

Ehrenberg on ferrugineous Gallionella

Examine Iron stone of C. of Good Hope & Australia/ and mud of salt-lakes of

Rio Negro—Mr Bowerbank—2

94 Dr. A. Smith's curious specimens of «transversely fibrous» quartz. & iron stone alternating, bear on subject of cleavage1

Clay slate, a distinct formation deep «& therefore extensive)) water .\ not formed in modern formation & not ever in Secondary in Europe, gneiss—

metamorphosed clay slate. shale in shall sea. Lyell confounds these

introduce discussion—2

I see Lyell talks of different composition using difference in metamorphic action which I give at C. of Good Hope.—3

95 A bare hill of greenstone, if we know origin of greenstone tells subsidence as plainly as Temple of Serapis.1 (now we have banished diluvial waves). & likewise <tells,> «offers a presumption)) it has been excessively slow because beach line chief cause of denudation, but does not tell period.—

I cannot help suspecting that clay-slates have been more frequently metamorphosed than other deposits.— NB. because lowest, first accumulated in bed of ocean

—Mr Bowerbank—] added pencil, page crossed pencil.

transversely] uncertain reading. shall] 'shell' alternate reading. Clay . . . Hope.—] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

93-1 Ehrenberg 1837a:402, 'I had been inclined ... to assign a great influence in the origin of Raseneisen (bog-iron-ore) to an infusorium discovered by me in 1834, and of which I have . . . given an engraving . . . under the name of Gaillonellaferruginea. . . .' Ehrenberg continues, on pp. 402-3, to discuss the association of iron ore with Gaillonella ferruginea. 93-2 James Scott Bowerbank.

94-1 The specimens referred to here were presumably collected by Andrew Smith during his sixteen year residence in Africa at the Cape, possibly during the 1834-36 expedition he led from the Cape to central Africa from which he returned with 799 geological specimens (Andrew Smith 1836b:412). See also note RN 32-2.

94-2 See Lyell 1838a:223 and 521-23 for discussions of clay slate, including observations that the rock 'resembles an indurated clay or shale' (p. 223); that it can be 'variable in composition . . . and be said to belong almost equally to the sedimentary and metamorphic order of rocks' (p. 522); and that had it been subject to more intense plutonic action it might have been transformed into 'more perfectly crystalline rocks, such as are usually associated with gneiss' (p. 523). 94-3 See GSA: 165, VI: 148-50; and DAR 38.2:904-9. 95-1 A monument of antiquity celebrated by Lyell as showing signs of having undergone elevation and subsidence since its construction. See Lyell 1830-33,^frontispiece, 449-59.

114

[page] NOTEBOOK A 96-98e

96 With the exception of sandstone rare to have any horizontal non cleaving beds, metamorphosed.

The chemical action which gives polarity to atoms in slates that cleave, & which unite the homogenious crystals., must aid in adding effects to common heat.—

Where there are cliffs there ought to be creeks & mouths of rivers ought to be deep.—

97e Henslow has deposited specimens from Anglesea in Geolog. Soc. if numbered compare them with my rocks, when writing on Falkland Isls

p. 94. Von Buch's Travels account of Norway chain being broken through like that near— Obstruction Sound in S. America2

The very general absence of fragments «& pebbles» in mica slate & gneiss, can only (see «supra» p 94) be accounted for by great molecular attraction of every atom in rock3

98e On a coast, the shallower the water, the greater power of oscillations &

currents.— if matter was «successively» given of every degree of fineness, then most regular slope—

if not course enough flat top. ended by abrupt slope »—«==5a,^_

each stratum would thin out, both inland & seaward: if matter too coarse, then C'"*^v / | that form.— All this depending not on absolute <force> «size of» of <currents> «fragments» but relative to currents. Small lakes have power of levelling their shores

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

that form.—] second 't' over 'n\ On . . . form.—] crossed pencil.

97-1 On Henslow's donation see Anonymous 1824:436. Darwin apparently did make the comparison for in a later paper he noted (1846:274), 'It is singular in how many points the old quartz-rock of Anglesea, as described by Professor Henslow . . . , agrees with that of the Falkland Islands.' The Geological Society's British material is now deposited in the Geological Museum, Exhibition Road, London.

97-2 Buch 1813:94, 'Lessoe is the only valley in all Norway which descends from the east side to the Western Ocean without our being under the necessity of previously

ascending high mountains. This is a singular phenomenon. The chains of mountains which run through the whole length of Norway are here intersected by a great valley, and completely separated from one another.' 97-3 Buch 1813:94-95 describes a section of rock in the valley of Lessoe where mica is found embedded in gneiss. A note added by Robert Jameson reads, 'The conglomerated appearance of the gneiss and mica-slate mentioned in the text is probably an original formation, not an instance of gneiss and mica-slate containing fragments.'

115

[page] NOTEBOOK A 99e-100e

99e where currents very weak??— too great an abundance of matter would have same effect as too coarse.

Read Kylau on Granite Edinburgh Philosophical Journal1

Rapport on D'Orbigny's Voyage, good section of Rio Negro beds. refers

to species non decrite de petites corbules analogue living in mouth of Plate, p. 26.

Geology of Arica2

lOOe <Schit> Schmidtmeyer travels into Chile p 29. gold is not sought for in Chile in beds of river, but in shelving «successive» banks <above> 30 ft or so above bed of river, formed of rounded pebbles— it is clear gold occurs in submarine alluvium, or sublittoral formations.1

p. 150. at Portezuelo, extremity of mountains of Cordova project on plain, like <re> a reef on a sea beach;— «p. 151» first discovered «very small» bits of red granite between 40 & 50 from Portezuelo.2

99 where . . . coarse] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil. 100 p. 150 . . . from Portezuelo] crossed pencil.

<Schit> . . . formations.] crossed pencil.

99-1 Keilhau 1838.

99-2 Cordier 1834:109 lists tertiary beds of the Pampas reported by d'Orbigny without mentioning the Rio Negro specifically and refers to banks of shells in the vicinity of Buenos Aires 'qui sont composes d'une espece non decrite de petites corbules, dont 1'analogue est vivante a l'embouchure du fleuve de la Plata; . . .' The geology of Arica is discussed on p. 112. From the page number he cited Darwin seems to have read a repaginated offprint of the original report. Cordier's geological report was reprinted verbatim in d'Orbigny 1835-47, 3. 100-1 Schmidtmeyer 1824:28-29, 'In Chile, from Santiago to Copiapo, there are some vallies which are very remarkable, and form a singular feature in that country. These extend from the Andes to the sea, are from one to two miles wide, and although now only watered by very small rivers, shew traces of having been once filled up by them, to a height of thirty or fifty feet: each bank is lined with a high extensive mass of rounded stones mixed with earth, ... It is in them, and often at a height of twenty or thirty feet from the present bed of rivers, that search is made for gold, and that the washers or lavadores are looking for it. To do so in the lowest channel, and by the sides of the streams now

flowing, will not reward their labour, unless it be in some mountainous spots known to contain gold, or in some breaks and hollows, where a heavy winter shower may have disturbed the soil or the fragments of rocks.' The comment about gold occuring in alluvium, or sublittoral formations is Darwin's. See GSA.235. 100-2 Schmidtmeyer 1824:150, 'After travelling a hundred and twelve miles from Punta de Agua, we reached Portezuelo, a very small hamlet lying at the most southern extremity of the mountains of Cordova. . . . Although this southern projection into the pampas does not rise above the height of a hill, yet we hailed it as a mountain scenery, and as the foreground of those immense masses which we were approaching, but which were not visible yet.' The phrase 'like a reef on a sea beach' was Darwin's own and may have been inspired by the accompanying plate. With reference to 'bits of red granite' see p. 151, 'I could not discover any stones whatever, until within forty or fifty miles of Portezuelo, when a few very small fragments of the red granite, which chiefly forms the mountains of Cordova, begin to mix with a still very considerable, and I believe alluvial, depth of soil.' See GSA-.19.

116

[page] NOTEBOOK A 101e-102e

101e Bull: Soc. Geolog. 1837. December, p. 91. a classification of Europaean strata according to composition thinks sand with vegetable remains formed near coast, limestone deep water, will bear on formations, during elevation & depression. C. Prevost.—

My views of insensible oscillations of level will alone explain the immense amount of change which must have taken place, otherwise the world would daily be scene of ruin

102e m late Natical Magazine (before June 1838) that 70. F were obtained 100 miles E of Staten land, bringing up pebbles 2 inches long?—l

L'Institut. 1838 p. 151. Formations of Payta extend close to Guayaquil.— modern shells of Cobija doubtful.2

Examine well shores of lakes, to see effects of degradation, «no» tides, water
always falling or at least not rising are there cliffs. Sir L. Dick says (.p

52) fringe

101 page crossed pencil.

formed . . . C. Prevost.—] excised

102 in late . . . long?—] crossed pencil.
modern . . . doubtful] crossed pencil.
L'Institut. . . doubtful] crossed pencil.
Examine . . . fringe] crossed pencil.
L'Institut. . . doubtful] excised.

101-1 Prevost 1838:91-92, 'Si de ce point de vue eleve on embrasse d'une maniere generale l'innombrable serie des couches qui composent les terrains secondaires du centre de l'Europe, ne voit-on pas se dessiner deux grands groupes dont les caracteres particuliers ne peuvent pas etre attribues a l'epoque, mais au mode de leur formation. D'une part, les argiles et sables a lignite tertiaires se lient aux schistes et gres houillers par: . . . [list follows] D'une autre part, on peut descendre sans interruption du calcaire grossier parisien jusqu'aux marbres dit de transition, par: . . . [list follows] Les embranchements de chacun de ces deux groupes opposes l'un a 1'autre et places parallelement, se remplacent reellement sur certains points, tandis que sur d'autres ils se confondent, se penetrent, s'enchevetrent et alternent; ils representent pour chacune des epoques de la grande periode secondaire les effets synchroniques de causes distinctes agissant simultanement. L'argile et le sable, l'abondance des vegetaux terrestres, . . . : ce sont des formations fluvio-marines. Le second groupe se fait remarquer par la predominance de la matiere calcaire provenant du brise-ment et de la trituration des corps marins . . . : ce sont des formations marines pelagiennes.'

102-1 Hammond (December 1837:822), under heading 'Bank of Seventy Fathoms Off Staten Island'. 'We tacked, had a cast of the lead, and found bottom in seventy fathoms, . . . We got a sight for the chronometers, which . . . placed us in lat. 54° 35' S., and long. 61° 06' W. After running W. by N. true eighteen miles, at noon we got another cast in eighty fathoms, which brought up a stone two inches long . . . which must have been the edge of the bank. . . .' 102-2 Cordier 1838:151, 'A Guayaquil, M. Chevalier a eu la preuve que le remarquable terrain calcaire de Payta se retrouvait a plus de 75 lieues vers le nord, aux environs de la pointe Sainte-Helene, car on tire de cette derniere localite des fdtres en gres coquilliers absolument sem-blabies a ceux qu'on exploite a Payta pour le meme usage. II faut vraisemblablement rapporter au meme terrain les roches de gres quartzeux polygenique, d'argile et de marne, contenant quelquefois des rognons de silex, qui ont ete recueillis soit a Guayaquil, soit a 1 'fie de Puna, qui est a l'entree du golfe.' On pp. 150-51 Cordier also stated that Chevalier was unable to report on the age of marine shells, and hence the time of elevation, at Cobija, owing to his specimens having been lost.

117

[page] NOTEBOOK A 103e-104e

103e of sublittoral deposit always equal width —subject of fine paper this would make.—'

L'Institut. (1838) p. 216 M. Gay on the Geology of Chile.— P p217. Pentlands Fossils & Meyens—<Jura &> Chalk2

When we consider parallelism of dikes (Hopkins) & that every dike, which has not formed volcanos. or become scoriform. has thinned upwards & is now cut off by denudation it gives one grand idea of amount denudation.—3

This may be added to any place where dikes described— i I

Cordillera. St Helena &c &c— \J #%

in Cordillera, it is at once evident only small i \

proportion of dikes have reached the surface J J

104e Arguments against Herschel's view1 of cause of continental elevations (1) the alternation of linear bands of movement in Indian & Pacific Oceans.— (2d—)

103 P p 217 Chalk] added pencil.

This ... St Helena &c &c.—] figure added right margin, pencil.

in Cordillera . .. the surface] added, brown ink.

of sublittoral . . . make.—] brown ink, crossed pencil.

L'Institut. . . &c &c] grey ink.

L'Institut. . . Chalk] excised, crossed pencil.

When . . . surface] crossed pencil.

104 analogous, that] 'that' over 'as'.

(& does not. . . that elevation] crossed.

page crossed pencil.

in Indian . . . start with] excised.

103-1 Dick 1823:52, 'We see that the natural shelves now existing around the borders of our Highland lakes, do not appear to have been very much, if at all increased, beyond the breadth of those remaining from the lakes which we suppose to have been emptied at so very remote a period. The depth, therefore, of the indentation of a shelf, does not form any criterion whereby we may judge of the length of time expended in its formation.' 103-2 Gay 1838:217, 'M. Leopold de Buch, dans la revue de tous les volcans connus qu'il a jointe a l'edition francaise de son ouvrage sur les lies Canaries, dit, page 471, que M. Meyen, en montant sur le volcan de Maypo, voisin de Valparaiso, y a rencontre des couches immenses, presque verticales, de pierre calcaire, qui contiennent une quantite prodigieuse de petrifications, et qui s'elevent au-dela de la limite des neiges perpetuelles. M. de Buch a examine ces petrifications, et il parait resulter de leur nature que ces couches presentent a la fois des rapports avec le calcaire du Jura et la craie. La meme analogie se deduit, dit M. de Buch, des petrifications que M.

Pentland a rapportees du pont de l'lnca, au pied du passage de Mendoza.' The above remarks were made by Elie de Beaumont following his reading of a letter from Gay.

103-3 Hopkins 1835:8 in his introduction to the phenomena of physical geology, 'The dykes are usually found in nearly vertical planes, and, when they occur in the vicinity of each other, with a general tendency to parallelism.'

104-1 In Herschel's view continental elevations occur as the result of a cyclical process involving both the sea wearing down the land, depositing the worn-off particles on the ocean floor, and the expansionist power of the earth's interior heat. See the passage from Herschel quoted in the Red Notebook (note 32-1) which continues as follows (Cannon 1961:310-11): 'Thus the circuit is kept up— The primum mobile is the degrading power of the sea & rains . . . above and the inexhaustible supply of heat from the enormous reservoir below always escaping at the surface unless when repressed by an addition of

118

[page] NOTEBOOK A 104e-106

does not explain first formation of continents, if globe be considered as condensed vapour.—inequlities are required to start with (& does not Hersche theory imply tendency to equilibrium.) 3d. there are mountains in the moon, which though not very analogous (see Edinburgh. Phil. Journal <]CD>,2 no great chains like Andes or Himalayas, but great circular mountains, yet so analogous, that as we see mountains formed (& mountains are effect of continental elevations) we may conclude that elevation

105 is independent of spreading out matter by action of the sea.— as no sea exists there.— 'But Sir John considers an irregular figure to be that of equilibrium,— What causes that of tendency to irregularity,—.Why does Sir John assume it to be constant.—2

It is to be profoundly considered, metamorphic rocks at surface. & great heigth on mountains.— consist of rocks with fossils,, therefore formed near surface, whether they can have been plunged so many miles deep into the bowels of the earth, as would be required by thermometrical scale.— (for the temp must be immense to convert rock into gneiss &c

106 judging from what we see when trap in dike & approach other rocks. & trap at least as hot as lava— of which temperature is partly known— <[. . .]> moreover gradation from gneiss to granite shows that the metamorphic rocks have just floated over the absolutely fluid pool.— (this is shown by the softness & curvature of quartz rock?) also by my phenomena of earthquakes.— by the narrowness which

thermometrical] initial 't' over 's' as in 'scale'.

& approach] alternate reading 'a-pproach'. <[...]>] illeg 3 letters, possibly 'but' or 'bef.

fresh clothing at any particular part.— . . . Every continent deposited has a propensity to rise again & the destructive principle is continually counterbalanced by a reorganizing principle from beneath.—' 104-2 Beer and Madler 1838:40-41, '...sometimes [lunar mountains] form a regular circular zone round an enclosed space, which space is on all sides connected with the exterior by lateral valleys. These circles of the mountains (Bergkranze) lead us to very remarkable forms, ... We allude to the Lunar Craters.'

105-1 Beer and Madler 1838:45, 'Nearly all the forms of the earth's mountains are changed by the action of water and atmospherical variations, whilst these modifying agencies are probably wholly wanting in the moon.' 105-2 Herschel 1833:118-2 2 including p. 121, 'Land, in

this view of the subject, loses its attribute of fixity. As a mass it might hold together in opposition to forces which the water freely obeys; but in its state of successive or simultaneous degradation, when disseminated through the water, in the state of sand or mud, it is subject to all the impulses of that fluid. In the lapse of time, then, the protuberant land in both cases would be destroyed, and spread over the bottom of the ocean, filling up the lower parts, and tending continually to remodel the surface of the solid nucleus, in correspondence with the form of equilibrium in both cases. ... In that of an earth in rotation, the polar protuberances would gradually be cut down and disappear, being transferred to the equator. . . till the earth would assume by degrees the form we observe it to have—that of a flattened or oblate ellipsoid.'

119

[page] 107-110e NOTEBOOK A

the anticlinal lines are apart— the curvatures of the strata. ? the enormous faults & facility with which the earth is cracking by vertical planes into small pieces— mem coal-field.— the structure of Andes, where we believe we can trace the outlines of what were fluid undulations— the equal movements of Glen Roy road. (? metamorphic action at the bottom of the sea?) All this profoundly considered, study Hopkins.1 theory of dikes may throw

some light.— thin dikes not cooling if they had travelled some hundred miles through nearly cold rock.— in volcano the pool is not deep. —Hot springs &c &c — then if so, thermometer show it cannt be ordinary heat, then there is something superadded, that which give cleavage to rocks.—, but lava shows the rocks really hot. & therefore I doubt the thermometer.

109e Is not common salt more soluble in <hot> cold than hot water with «— especially if very hot under high pressure.—»

respect to formation of salt.?.—??? Footsteps in New Red Sandstone, look as if a surface deposit.—

The case of the shingle in the great Chilian valleys must be profoundly considered, if elevation near coast more than at interior effect would be such as present, to spread sheet of matter over surface.— if elevation then went on at greater rate, not only river would carry further its own matter, but would cut wide gorge, leaving cliffs, on each side, such as now exist.— caution about action of rivers.— Excess of matter brought down

1 lOe Mention absolute elevation of Patagonian blocks (1200 ft??). Scotland at least 2200. Jura 4000 feet —

The veins of segregation in Greenstone of Salisbury Craigs well worthy of attention— rear Glen Roy Notebook— & scraps on Salsisbury Craigs. Kept amongst <old> papers read before societies.—'

107 planes] 'n' over 'i'.

109 Footsteps in ... deposit] added and rule line extended, brown ink.
Excess ... down added left margin, brown ink.

Is . . . deposit.—] crossed pencil.

110 The veins . . . societies.—] crossed pencil.

107-1 Hopkins 1835 and 1836. not contain Darwin's papers read before societies. The

110-1 For discussion of the veins of segregation see Salisbury Crags (Craigs) is a high cliff overlooking the

GR2-4 and 'Salisbury Craigs/June 1838/Geological palace of Holyrood in Edinburgh.
Notes/' (DAR 5:33-38[2nd ser.]). At present DAR 5 does

120

[page] NOTEBOOK A llle-113

11 le Sir. J Hall Vol VI. p 173. (Ed. Transact) has seen clay stiff enough <to form> for potters to use. in which great Knife formed crystals of ice were formed— (like my gypsum case) shows power of segregation.— & has heated angular fragments of rock, which retained their angles sharp— yet with character completely altered. & a crystalline structure superinduced

Lyell on Sweden p. 5. «& 7.» violet strata from decomposed muscles. . Smith of Jordanhill has seen same thing —

112e Consider profoundly How came it. that Glen Roy district could have been elevated without fissure & unequal.— where were cracks?—? How came there ever to be cracks

lltn August. 1838

Near Woolwich there are plains & valleys just like Patagonia, & many shells

in parts on surface, but I saw none embedded this point would be worth

examining, to support, shells on surface of Patagonia, yet none in shingle

beds.

113 Lyell on Sweden, p. 12. proofs of small rise at Stockholm.— analogous to my Valparaiso case.1

Smith of... same thing—] added brown ink. page crossed pencil.

Consider . . . cracks] crossed pencil.

11' August. . . beds.] double scored left margin, pencil.

113 page crossed pencil.

111-1 Hall 1812:173-74, 'The mechanical power exerted by some substances, in the act of assuming a crystalline form, is well known. I have seen a set of large and broad crystals of ice, like the blade of a knife, formed in a mass of clay, of such stiffness, that it had just been used to make cups for chemical purposes. In many of my former experiments, I found that a fragment of glass made from whinstone or lava, when placed in a muffle heated to the melting point of silver, assumed a crystalline arrangement, and underwent a complete change of character. During this change, it became soft, so as to yield to the touch of an iron rod; yet retained such stiffness, that, lying untouched in the muffle, it preserved its shape entirely; the sharp angles of its fracture not being in the least blunted.' Darwin's St. Helena Model Notebook also contains this reference. 111-2 Lyell 1835a:5, 'Portions of the Mytilus edulis also

occur [near Stockholm]; and there has evidently been a great accumulation of this shell in the stratum, but it is almost entirely decomposed, and is only recognized by the violet colour which it has imparted to the whole mass.' P. 7, 'Here [at Blabacken, or "blue hills" near Stockholm] the violet colour of the decomposed Mytilus edulis is so remarkable as to have given a name to the hill.' Also GSA-.13.

111-3 J. Smith 1838:393, 'I have often met with beds of shells imbedded in marly clay, which had received a violet colour from the decomposition of the common mussel (Mytilus edulis), exactly as described by [Lyell].' 113-1 Lyell 1835a: 12—13 describes signs of recent elevation at Fiskartorp near Stockholm that suggest the rise in land (p. 13) 'in each century must have been very slight, although it may undoubtedly have amounted to ten inches in a hundred years, . . .'

121

[page] NOTEBOOK A 113—115e

Consider profoundly all consequences of EXTREME FLUIDITY of earth.— study different forms of earth as shown by arc.— read Herschels astronomy with

oscillations of level.-

Ji

be the one which generally yields.-

will point

Will this not explain littoral mountains & volcanos.— Why on one coast?

114 How can Herschel consider figure of earth statical.—' if platform of mexico owes its elevation to equilibrium.— it cannot be equilibrium of fluid, but of solid, because if of fluid, the waters of the ocean would obey that Law. & lie over the platform:— On my view the degrading action must prevent internal fluid arriving at equilibrium so soon from; crust being cut of— if part of «cold» crust under ocean, became thicker, then when fluid moved [. . .]

115e August 25. I saw metamorphic conglomerates on shore of Loch Lochy very like those of Andes

Speculate under head of Beagle Channel, on origin of mud with stones scattered irregularly.— (Mem near Gregory Bay). Shropshire case where lamination appeared.— Lyells Denmark.—'

114 [. . .]] 4 or 5 words Meg.
page crossed pencil.

115 August 25'.] '5' possibly '3'.

August 25' . . . Denmark.—] crossed pencil. Lyells . . . Von Buch] crossed pencil. August 25' . . . Gregory] excised. L'Institut. . . Von Buch] excised.

113-2 Darwin is instructing himself to read Herschel with his own 'views of insensible oscillations of level' [A 101] in mind. See Herschel 1833: chap. 3. 114-1 For Herschel's views on the figure of the earth see Herschel 1833: chap. 3 and Cannon 1961. More than Darwin, Herschel integrated the oceans and the land in considering the balance of forces determining the figure of the earth. See the extract quoted in note 105-2. 115-1 Lyell 1838a:323, 'The only other mode of trans-

port [of stones] which suggests itself is sea-weed. Dr. Beck informs me, that in the Lym-Fiord, in Jutland, the Fucus vesiculosus, sometimes grows to the height of ten feet, and the branches rising from a single root, form a cluster several feet in diameter. When the bladders are distended, the plant becomes so buoyant as to float up loose stones several inches in diameter, and these are often thrown by the waves high up on the beach.'

122

[page] NOTEBOOK A 115e-117e

L'Institut (1838) p. 268. Paper by Humboldt on Bogota. Cordillera,— nothing.— salt & coal near Bogota; p 270.—2 SPLENDID PAPER on fossil shells of S. America. Von Buch3

116e Lyell. (under head of Delta) describes near Alps great beds of rivers which must be like the Chilian ones.—l

Septemb. 2d.—Sulphur like carbon must go round of dissemination & separation in volcanos.— if so why not metals.

The theory of veins will, I suspect be greatly aided by considering space formed— great vacuum— by dike.—Mem. however, veins of segregation in Salisbury Craigs

117e Letter from M Angelis. B. Ayres. 3d. May. states remains found in many

part.— great Dasypus near Canelones — large quadruped bigger than ox.— at Buenos Ayres 20/4 quadras from river; 20 varas from surface in tosca.— remnant of Megetherium in interior..—

<The theory of [. . .] | .> <The>

Geographical Journal Vol. VIII, (1838) p 212. Facts from Erman about great

116 page crossed pencil.

Lyell . . . Chilian ones.—] excised. so why. . . Craigs] excised.

117 [...]] illeg stroke.

Letter ... ox. —] crossed pencil.

at Buenos . . . interior.—] crossed pencil.

Geographical . . . period] crossed pencil.

115-2 Humboldt 1838c:270 remarks,'Ce gres. [near Bogota] est recouvert par du gypse renfermant du soufre, une argile salee et du sel en roche, et dans d'autres points par du schiste argileux et des couches de houille.'

115-3 Buch 1838.

116-1 Lyell 1837, 1:338 under the heading of 'Deltas in Lakes' describes an alluvial tract at the point where the Rhone River enters Lake Geneva and, under the same heading, on pp. 341-2 suggests that 'The Alpine rivers of Vallais are prevented at present from contributing their sedimentary contingent to the lower delta of the Rhone in the Mediterranean, because they are intercepted by the Leman Lake; but when this is filled, they will transport as much ... to the sea, as they now pour into that lake. They will then flow through a long, flat, alluvial plain, between Villeneuve and Geneva, from two to eight miles in breadth, which will present no superficial marks of the

existence of more than one thousand feet of recent sediment below. Many hundred alluvial tracts of equal, and some of much greater area, may be seen if we follow up the Rhone from its termination in the Mediterranean, or explore the valleys of many of its principal tributaries.' 117-1 GSAA06, 'Signor [Pedro de] Angelis, in a letter which I have seen, refers to some great remains found in Buenos Ayres, at a depth of twenty varas from the surface. Seven leagues north of this city the same author found the skeletons of Mylodon robustus and Glyptodon ornatus. From this neighbourhood he has lately sent to the British Museum the following fossils:—Remains of three or four individuals of Megatherium; of three species of Glyptodon; of three individuals of the Mastodon andium; of Macrau-chenia; of a second species of Toxodon, different from T. platensis; and lastly, of the Machairodus, a wonderful large carnivorous animal.'

123

[page] NOTEBOOK A 117e-120e

depths of frozen soil.2 p. 211 Consider proved that Siberia must have been in same condition for long period3

118e Subsidence in Demarara p. 131 (B.) Wrong Entrance.

Book C. p. 101. On Frozen Soil of Siberia (with refer to Metamor) wrong entrance

Athenasum. 1838. p. 652. Dr Daubeny on mountain Chains inN. America1

Erasmus suggested to me that Herschel's theory offers no explanation of intermittent action of elevatory force—

119e Erasmus says he has seen in making brass a piece of copper not melted absorb, zinc thrugout its thickness.—l this most curious with respect to epigmous action.— if the zinc were mixed with 90 percent of lead, it would be still more curious to know whether it would be absorbed.— if so exactly parallel to limestone & volcanic rock containing magnesia

120e Lyell. Elements p. 119 on such strata1

do p. 171. argument against lateral injection, from probability of fissures being prolonged to surface.2 see p. 181 on do subject3

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

Lyell . . . subject] crossed pencil. do p. 473 . . . Cruz] crossed pencil.

117-2 Erman 1838a:212, 'I see by a report recently published of one of your meetings that some members doubt the reality of the fact that the soil in some parts of Siberia does not thaw till a depth of 400 feet from the surface is reached. Permit me to draw your attention to the observations I have made on this subject, recorded in the Second Volume of my Journey round the World, p. 248, et seq. The well at Yakutsk . . . existed when I was in that town; it had then a depth of 50 feet, and in plunging my thermometers into the clods of earth which were dug up before me, and guarding them carefully from the influence of atmospheric temperature, they constantly marked— 6° of Reaumur.'

117-3 Baer 1838a:211, 'The immense thickness of the layer of ground ice (which at Yakutsk is not less than 382 feet) proves that Siberia must have been in the same physical condition for a long period of years ...' 118-1 Daubeny 1838:652.

118-2 Erasmus Alvey Darwin: personal communication with respect to John Herschel's theory of elevation. See note 104-1; Cannon 1961; and Herschel 1833: chap. 3.

119-1 Erasmus Alvey Darwin: personal communication. 120-1 Lyell 1838a:l 19-20, 'I have already stated that a geologist must be on his guard, in a region of disturbed strata, against inferring repeated alternations of rocks, when, in fact, the same strata, once continuous, have been bent round so as to recur in the same section, and with the same dip. ... If, for example, the dark line AH... represent the surface of a country on which the strata abc frequently crop out, an observer, who is proceeding from H to A, might at first imagine that at every step he was approaching new strata, whereas the repetition of the same beds has been caused by vertical faults, or downthrows.'

120-2 Lyell 1838a:170-71, 'As fissures sometimes send off branches, or divide into two or more fissures of equal size, so also we find trap dikes bifurcating and ramifying, and sometimes they are so tortuous as to be called veins, though this is more common in granite than in trap.' The top of p. 171 shows a sketch of trap veins with one reaching to the surface. 120-3 Lyell 1838a: 181-82, 'Masses oftrap are not

124

[page] NOTEBOOK A 120e-121

do p. 447 & 449. «& 450». On Vertical trees. Uspallata.— do p. 473. on great Iceland stream, the 90 miles includes opposite directions5 Mem. S. Cruz. 121 Assuming from Sir. W. Herschel's views earth originally fluid, then cooling

process must go from surface towards the interior,— who knows how far that

may have penetrated,— lower down the temperature may be kept up far

higher from circulation of heated fluid

or gases under pressure.—'

Lyells view of transmission of heat " -a <->

by gases— does not apply it to ■-— ^' ^

thickness of crust.—2 ~::,::'<'*1*n^'>

if crust were metal then thinner if better conductor, then still thinner

121 figure reads 'metal | if fluid'.

—>] arrow indicates page to be turned, page crossed.

infrequently met with intercalated between strata, and maintaining their parallelism to the planes of stratification throughout large areas. They must in some places have forced their way laterally between the divisions of the strata, a direction in which there would be the least resistance to an advancing fluid, if no vertical rents communicated with the surface, and a powerful hydrostatic pressure was caused by gases propelling the lava upwards.' Of this passage Darwin wrote in his copy of the book, 'These cases appear to me most wonderful'. He also underlined Lyell's 'if no' and added 'if stone very fluid so as to communicate pressure'.

120-4 Lyell 1838a. On p. 447 Darwin wrote in his copy of this work, 'At Uspallata all vertical' with reference to a discussion of the positioning of fossil trees in coal strata. Describing a fossil tree found in a quarry Lyell wrote, p. 449, 'The tree could not have been hollow when imbedded, for the interior still preserved the woody texture in a perfect state, the petrifying matter being, for the most part, calcareous. It is also clear, that the lapidifying matter was not introduced laterally from the strata through which the fossil passes, as most of these were not calcareous.' Darwin scored this passage, underlining the word 'clear', and added '? Uspallata'. On p. 450 Darwin wrote 'Mem. Bartram.— See scrap of Paper pasted at end of Book A'. There is presently no scrap pasted in Notebook A; the question at issue, however, seems to have been the resistance to decomposition of tree trunks submerged in water. See Bartram 1791:476 -77 on petrified trees. 120-5 Lyell 1838a:472-3, 'As sediment of homogeneous composition, when discharged from the mouth of a large river, is often deposited simultaneously over a wide space,

so a particular kind of lava flowing from a crater, during one eruption, may spread over an extensive area, as in Iceland in 1783, when the melted matter, pouring from Skaptar Jokul, flowed in streams in opposite directions, and caused a continuous mass, the extreme points of which were 90 miles distant from each other.' Darwin scored the last sentence.

121-1 The well known views of William Herschel as described, for example, in Lyell 1837, 2:308-9, 'It has long been a favourite conjecture, that the whole of our planet was originally in a state of igneous fusion, and that the central parts still retain a great portion of their primitive heat. Some have imagined, with the late Sir W. Herschel, that the elementary matter of the earth may have been first in a gaseous state. . . . Without dwelling on such speculations, ... we may consider how far the spheroidal form of the earth affords sufficient ground for presuming that its primitive condition was one of universal fluidity.'

121-2 See Lyell 1838a:247~50 for observations on how heated gases might transmit heat through rocks, the observations being (p.250) 'calculated to meet some of the objections which have been urged against the meta-morphic theory on the ground of the small power of rocks to conduct heat; . . .' Lyell did discuss the action of vapours in connection with the thickness of the earth's crust but perhaps not in a manner Darwin found convincing; see p. 250, 'The extent, therefore, of the earth's crust, which the vapours have permeated and are how permeating, may be thousands of fathoms in thickness, and their heating and modifying influence may be spread throughout the whole of this solid mass.'

125

[page] NOTEBOOK A 122-124

122 The Problem is, you have temperature known at surface,— you have

temperature known far below surface, say 1000— «III but an equilibrium is
supposed to have been attained.)) how much matter separates them, this is
ascertained by conducting powers—we judge from the surface, & say 60 ft to
degree.— but this may be very wrong,— The fact of a dumplin being bad
conductor is .»,

against my views—if we had rod "^J^

thus & judged by increments j

tM

at, how wrong, would

our judgement be—

Does condensed metal, conduct heat

better than plain?— Mem I000

126

123 how easily water percolates rocks,—when pressure increased or under

surface, would not the fluid matter be driven upwards & so conduct heat?—

How comes it in volcanos that have gone on for thousands of years, that surface does not become hot?— this looks as if bad conductor—

III But equilibrium is not attained, & if cold water did not percolate surface, would
become hotter.— hence temperature ought to increase rapidly beneath level of
sea.— deep seated springs «spring requires connected column.—» of
cold water show, that water does percolate, & springs beneath sea >

124 According to this latter view the rod is reversed, upper part metal «conveying heat in one direction only, like water below 39°» & lower part glass.— then the high temperature would be much nearer the surface, especially at bottom of great ocean, where the circulations from surface can take place.— % the depth of frozen soil is against this view.— however it is said in some of the papers that there are springs even in Siberia.— ? from water

., , _^»"""-+- ~—^^ thawed at + in

isothermal curve.—

122 III] indicates connection to similarly marked passage next page.
The fact. . . red] brace in left margin.

page crossed.

123 ni] indicates connection to similarly marked passage previous page.
->] arrow indicate page to be turned.

page crossed.

124 the high temperature . . . curve.—] marked with triangular figures in ink left margin to indicate connection
with '—But Siberia . . . less. —' on next page.

Read ... Springs.] added ink at bottom of page, page crossed.

[page] NOTEBOOK A 124-127e

Read Daubeny on Thermal Springs.

125 East-clinal. West clinal. S.-clinal. N-clinal & anticlinal «synclinal—» line.— <ditto of synclinal) simply clinal lines, dipping so & so or may be used East-clinal lines & c&

.—But Siberia was once thawed. & hence, (when climate hotter) was cooled to greater depth.—Now the <inf> subterranean isothermal line must be creeping «pushing» up to «the» line of ice.—Hence further N. when soil frozen for greater length of time depth of ice ought to be less.—

126 Memoir of the Irish Academy Vol 8. p. 118 water no— oil will freeze if cooled in a closed globule of glass, (oil may be cooled to 0°!)— shows effects of pressure in change of form as the result of heat.— will it bear on central fluidity.— do p. 137. Lord Tullamore found Sulph of Soda in peat ashes in Ireland2

127e dikes in mountains. «(not on continents))) prove elevation.— great mountain chains, may be effects of subsidence

Elie de Beaum. Memoires of French Geolog. Cantal Vol III 1? p. 246. on formation of cones beneath sea.— with reference to old submarine orifices in Cordillera1

125 .—But Siberia . . . less] marked with triangular figure left margin to indicate connection with 'the high
temperature . . . curve,—' on previous page.

page crossed pencil.

p. .137.] '3' over T. page crossed pencil.

of] 'f over or under 'n'.

dikes . . . subsidence] crossed pencil. Elie . . . Cordillera] crossed pencil.

124-1 Daubeny published extensively on thermal springs. See, for instance, Daubeny 1838 (the reading of which may have inspired Darwin's note), Daubeny 1836,and Daubeny 1832.

126-1 Templeton 1802:118, 'The following experiments may throw some light upon the cause of plants remaining unfrozen, when the surrounding water is frozen. Water enclosed in sealed glass globules remains unfrozen, 'till the thermometer descends to twenty-four; unsealed ones freeze and burst immediately on being cooled down to freezing water. Oil enclosed in the same kind of globules continued unexpanded, and consequently the globule sunbroken, when placed in a mixture of snow and sal ammoniac, and cooled below O.'

126-2 Bury 1802. Expecting to produce potash from the burning of turf of a peat bog, Bury (Lord Tullamore) instead produced (p. 137) "sulphat of soda with little or no

intermixture.' He found it (pp. 137-38) 'not a little singular, that marine alkali combined with sulphuric acid should be found in such abundance in turf ashes procured at a great distance from the sea; . . .' 127-1 The reference, which bears an oblique rather than a direct relation to Darwin's question, is to Dufrenoy and Elie de Beaumont 1830-38,3:245-46, 'Le fait que les terrains de trachytes et de phonolithes presentent partout des domes accumules les uns sur les autres; le fait que dans la grande majorite des cas les terrains basaltiques et trappeens ne presentent que des dykes et des nappes horizontales, sans la plus legere trace d'un cone d'eruption comparable soit au Vesuve, soit a l'Etna, soit meme aux Puys de Thueys et du Tartaret, n'indiquent-ils pas evidemment que ces roches ont eu des modes d'eruption particuliers? Si chaque district, basaltique, trachytique ou {continued overleaf)

127

[page] NOTEBOOK A 128e-130

128e Geograph. Journal vol II. p 89. at Madras, surrounded by salt water, purest fresh water must be sought for below the sea mark.—

If mountain chains are matter piled up. over crevice from effect of general elevation,—when subsidence takes place.— Mountain will first fall—the problem will be falling of an arch weighted in its centre.—

129 Will not abrasion of land on one side, produce subsidence of water on other, from tendency to regain statical equilibrium

land

60

This will be only a modifying cause.

protuberant water to counterbalance

How strongly the Glen Roy case shows that the figure of the world has just that form which forces dilemma.

130 Transactions of the Maryland Academy (at Athenasum.) I. Part. I Vol.— some notices on modern Tertiary strata on coast of do—'

I believe?? coast of North America., like the Mexican Gulf, is fouled by bars of sand & shallow lagoon.— when describing Coast of. Brazil. Maldonado enter into this case.—

128 Geograph . . . mark.—] crossed pencil.
If. . . centre.—] crossed pencil.

129 page crossed pencil.

130 fouled] alternate reading 'fronted'.
page crossed pencil.

(127-1 continued)

trappeen, avait presente dans l'origine un cone d'eruption, comment ces cones auraient-ils presque toujours disparu? Ne serait-il-pas naturel de presumer que la difference qui a existe entre les eruptions basaltiques, trachytiques et trappeennes et celles des volcans actuels, etait de nature a y rendre moins necessaire et plus difficile la production d'une montagne conique? Or, quelle est la circonstance qui, dans les volcans actuels, entraine comme consequence necessaire, la production d'un cone d'eruption: n'est-ce pas le role preponderant qu'y jouent les degagemens de substances gazeuses? Les substances gazeuses ont cer-tainement joue un role dans les eruptions basaltiques et trappeennes. . . .' Darwin scored the third and fourth sentences of this passage in his copy.

128-1 W. F. Owen 1832:89, 'At Madras, which is surrounded by salt water, the purest fresh water must be sought in wells dug below the sea-mark; elsewhere, to whatever depths the wells are dug, the water is brackish; ...' Darwin scored this passage in his copy. 130-1 Ducatel 1837:53, 'On the Eastern Shore [of Maryland]: the secondary formation extends to the Chester river. . . . The tertiary deposites lie south of the Chester river, and do not extend further than the Chop-tank, inclining in the same direction; so that in the upper portions they are found several feet above tide, whereas, in the lower parts, as in the necks of Talbot county, they appear but little above the water-line. Beyond the Chop-tank, in Dorchester county, they have been reached at the depth of forty-five feet.'

128

[page] NOTEBOOK A 131-132

131 Ed. New. Phil. Journal Vol XXI. p. 213. Beyond the limits of Alps size of boulders sorted: ditto Murchisons case1.— ? does it bear on Patagonia?

«Facts about subsided forests.— Many repeated oscillations))

132

Hitchcock Report on Massacuhssets. p. 133 The most wonderful case of great block of rock moved by gale— When writing on Valleys. «Tertiary strata of S America)) read parts of this work, though it is but poor.

Athenasum. 1838 p. 791 — Most curious account of great subsidence «20 miles long 1 in with.» which must have been from an axis, «20 ft at least in depth)) near mouth of Columbia river— Read Mr Parker's Book.—'

2 CD

M. Bichoffs Papers, in Edinburgh New Phil. Journ 1838. several case given of

[did not Beechy have some such

hot heads &c heat beneath the sea.-

131

132

Ed. . . . Patagonia?] grey ink. Report] 'R' over 'r'. Facts . . . poor] brown ink, crossedpencil, page crossed pencil.

131-1 Since Charpentier 1836:213 does not refer to the sorting of boulders beyond the limit of the Alps, that statement was presumably Darwin's inference based on such statements by Charpentier as the following (p. 215), 'Wherever stones are deposited by glaciers, they are collected together and heaped up without order, and without any separation according to size and weight.' In contrast, Charpentier argued that water-borne stones are found deposited according to size, with the largest being deposited most closely to the point of origin and the smallest the farthest. On this point see Murchison 1839a:513-15 and Murchison 1833-38, 2:231. Exactly what case of Murchison's Darwin had in mind, and whether it pertained to this point, is uncertain. On Patagonia see GSA: 19-26 and the table on p. 16 showing 'that the pebbles at the bottom of the sea quickly and regularly decrease in size with the increasing depth and distance from the shore, whereas in the gravel on the sloping plains, no such decrease in size was perceptible.' Darwin traced the latter fact to the recent and gradual elevation of Patagonia from the sea and took the nature of the superficial deposits as an indication that glaciers had not been the agent of deposition.

131-2 Hitchcock 1835:133-34 quoting Benjamin Haskell on the subject of boulders moved by the sea at Cape Ann, Massachusetts, 'But there is one [boulder] far more interesting than all the rest; both on account of its greater bulk, and comparative regularity of shape, which renders the former easy to be estimated, and thus affords the

means of ascertaining the maximum force of the Ocean in its anger. . . . The weight of this bowlder [sic] has been calculated with care . . . and found to be rising of 28 tons.' 132-1 Parker 1838:791-92. 'At the La Dalles [The Dalles on the Columbia River] . . . commences a wood country, which becomes more and more dense as we descend. . . . Noticed a remarkable phenomenon— trees standing in their natural position in the river, in many places where the water is twenty feet deep, or much more, and rising to high, or freshet water mark, which is fifteen feet above the low water. ... As I approached the Cascades, instead of finding an embankment formed from volcanic eruptions, the shores above the falls were low, and the velocity of the water began to accelerate two-thirds of a mile above the main rapid. On a full examination, it is plainly evident that here has been an uncommon subsidence of a tract of land, more than twenty miles in length, and more than a mile in width. The trees standing in the water are found mostly towards and near the north shore, and yet, from the depth of the river and its sluggish movement, I should conclude the subsidence affected the whole bed. That the trees are not wholly decayed down to low water mark, proves that the subsidence is, comparatively, of recent date; and their undisturbed natural position proves that it took place in a tranquil manner, not by any tremendous convulsion of nature.' 132-2 Bischoff 1836-38 [vol. 23], chap. XI, p. 379, argues that 'The decrease of temperature in the waters of (continued overleaf)

129

[page] NOTEBOOK A 133e-134e

133e case]CD1 what would be the chance in sounding over a continent to fall across

a hot.—spring.— Hot water would not lie. at bottom.— Surely we here have proofs of hot bottom.— Study Bishoofs Paper.—

Weelsted told me of some large fresh Water springs off coast of Persia

In Glen Roy paper I show crust yield easily.4 & if easily must be thin: <beside mere fracture)

134e A Elevation as in Patagonia B subsidence; <as in> be cautious, mud banks

4- t?

& sand, dunes.— in these littoral deposits there probably would be marked line of separation

A Paper by Parrott Mem. Acad. Peters. Scienc Math. Phy—Nat. t. I, 1831. sur le temp du globe on Volcanos &c worth reading.1

off] triple underl pencil. beside] uncertain reading, page crossed pencil.

A Paper . . . reading.] crossed pencil.

(132-2 continued) 133-1 Beechey did not comment in print on hot heads

the sea and of lakes, is not contradictory to the hypothesis beneath the sea, but there is information on the tempera-

of an increase of temperature towards the centre of the ture of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans at various depths

earth. On the contrary, we can only explain the tempera- beneath their surfaces in Beechey 1831, 2:731-32. Since

ture of sea and of lakes by admitting an increase of Beechey and Darwin were in personal contact after the

temperature towards the centre of the earth.' With respect Beagle voyage (JR.21), Beechey may also have communi-

to isolated points of heat in the sea, Bischoff wrote, pp. cated to Darwin other information on heat beneath the

382-83, 'But single spots are to be found in the sea, where the sea such as the data collected in 1818 and later published

temperature is greater in the depths than at the surface, in Beechey 1843:339-40 showing that there was 'a small

Hot springs and volcanic action may cause considerable increase of temperature with an increase of depth'

partial elevations of temperature in the sea, as, for example, beneath the ocean between the latitudes of 79° 45' N. and

seems to be the case in the gulf stream on the coast of America, 80°27'N.

where, on hauling up the lead from a depth of 80 or 100 133-2 Bischoff 1836-38.

fathoms, it is so hot as scarcely to allow of its being handled. 133-3 James Raymond Wellsted: personal communi-

Similar spots seem to exist near the Kurile Islands, in Basse's cation.

Straits, and in the Atlantic Ocean where Horner in clear 133-4 Darwin 1839:78,'But first I must remark that the

weather observed, at about nine miles' distance from the crust of the earth seems to yield easily to the forces which

vessel, a cloud of vapour, which, during a quarter of an have acted on it from below;. . . If indeed the crust did not

hour, continued alternately appearing and disappearing yield readily, partial elevations could not be so gradual as

from the surface of the sea, and could neither be the smoke of they are known to be, but they would assume the character

powder nor that of a vessel on fire. Horner considers that of explosions.'

this phenomenon may perhaps have been caused by a 134-1 Parrot 1831.

volcanic eruption.'

130

[page] NOTEBOOK A 135e-136e

135e L'Institut. 1838 p. 360. on orbicular trap thought to be bombs submarine1

L'Institut 1838 p. 400. Observations on Mountains of the Moon, by Dr Nichol— adduces the case to show Sir. J. Herschel's theory wrong.—2

Geograph. Journal Vol. 8. p. 402.— ground ice—subterranean isothermal line3

136e Athenaeum. 1839. p. 52. On Frozen soil of Siberia.— facts of water flowing from beneath frozen crust in America Richardson.—*

From strata being not only vertical, but turned over in many parts of the world.— argument strong in favour of thin crust theory.—

135 L'Institut. 1838 p. 360 . . . submarine] excised, crossed pencil.

L'Institut 1838 p. 400 . . . line] crossed pencil. 13 6 page crossed pencil.

Athenasum . . . from] excised.

135-1 Mallet 1838:359-60, 'M. Mallet lit un memoire sur une structure nouvelle observee dans certaines roches de trapp du comte de Galway. ... La masse generale de ce trapp possede une structure nodulaire. . . . Cette formation nodulaire est essentiellement differente de toutes celles decrites jusqu'ici, puisque dans le granite orbiculaire de la Corse et du midi de la France, et la pierre d'ognon des chaussees, etc., les nodules et la gangue sont des materiaux differents. La structure en question parait avoir ete produite par l'ejaculation du trapp sous forme fluide au sein de la mer, et dont les jets ou coulees, en se refroidissant dans leur passage, sont retombes aussitot dans la masse encore fluide, ou ils se sont trouves enveloppes et chauffes a la temperature de la masse a laquelle ils ont adhere sans perdre leur forme exterieure.' 135-2 Nicol 1838:400, 'IV. La lune nous permet d'eliminer un certain npmbre de circonstances qui ne sont pas essentielles, dans l'enonce definitif .du probleme de la cause des soulevements. Par example, la theorie recem-ment publiee par sir John Herschel, relative a la depen-dance mutuelle entre les convulsions et elevations, etc., les erosions et la stratification, ne peut plus, suivant l'auteur, se soutenir. Considerant que la temperature de la terre augmente avec la profondeur, au moins jusqu'aux points ou il nous a encore ete permis d'atteindre, il est indubitable que les erosions et la stratification ameneront des changements de temperature dans les roches inferi-eures, et parconsequent des dilatations, des fractures et des mouvements etendus quoique lents; jusque la la theorie assigne une cause vraie a l'origine de certains

changements qui ont lieu a la surface de la terre, mais il y a bien loin de la a la theorie definitive et complete de la cause des soulevements. La lune ne contient aucun agent d'erosion ou de stratification.' 135-3 Baer 1838b:402-3, 'Professor Erman, it appears, is not satisfied with the expression 'ground ice' (bodeneis, Germ.) which I have proposed. I did so because it seemed to me to embrace all the requisite modifications, and is very concise. . . . Perpetual ground ice is, then, that which is found in the arctic regions, in that layer of earth which is immediately below that which is thawed by the summer heat, reaching, as this does, to the depth where the temperature of the earth is at freezing-point. It seems to me very important for physical geography to ascertain the thickness of perpetually frozen ground in countries of which the mean temperature is considerably under the freezing-point.'

136-1 Richardson 1839:52, 'Travellers into the arctic regions of Asia and America have mentioned that the sub-soil of certain districts is permanently frozen, and Gmelin long ago declared that, in Siberia, the thickness of the frozen earth was upwards of 100 feet; . . .' And p. 53, 'The Mackenzie [River] itself, is mostly supplied from districts having a mean heat inferior to the freezing point; its more southerly branches being comparatively small. Now, the waters which sustain the perennial course of many of the tributaries of the Mackenzie, the Great Bear Lake River, for instance, must rise from beneath the frozen stratum.'

131

[page] NOTEBOOK A 137-139

137 What a curious investigation it would be to compare, the time of the

earthquake of Chile, with that of the passage of the moon.— Ask Hopkins.—

M. Parrot, Mem. Acad. Imp. des Sciences. (Sc Math. Phys. et Naturelles. Tom I. p 501.2— shows first that data wholly insufficient to calculate rate of increase of heats in earth's crust.— yet heat does increase,— but in Ocean

does not. (see resume p. 536)— «NB. I cannot understand the argument, that cold <oceans> «lakes» bottom, if not colder than mean of place, shows earth not with central heat.—» «(does M. Parrot suppose there is no volcanicity beneath lakes)?» Suppose ocean represents proper <state> temperature of earth, at the freezing point.— accounts for increase on earth by volcanic action.— <Why> now as we know volcanic action prevails more beneath the sea, <than> «&» on coast lines, than on continents, it ought, (according to M. Parrots argument against central heat to warm the ocean).— and M. Parrot does conjecture that in Scoresby's case volcanicity has warmed it. Is not cold of ocean accounted for, by the circulation

being greater, than the transmission from ocean's bottom.— (according to M..Parrots own hypothesis some such explanation appears to me necessary) as M. Parrots shows from variation in strata earth a very bad conductor.— shows p. 516 that subterranean springs give result less to be trusted than any others— may not the cold «bottom of» ocean, (with fresh sediment added to bottom) be caused, by absence of circulating water.— & therefore that

137 Ask Hopkins.—] added pencil.

M. Parrot, . . . Ocean] crossed pencil.

138 «NB. I. . . heat.—»] top margin.

«(does . . . lakes)?»] interlined 'does not... at the freezing'.

temperature]first 't' over 'of.

action.— . . . warmed it.] crossed pencil.

139 as]possibly '—'.
page crossed pencil.

137-1 William Hopkins.

137-2 Parrot 1831:501-62. Parrot challenged the presumption of the earth's central heat, chiefly on the grounds that the oceans did not show an increase in temperature proportional to depth. Pp. 536-37 summarize his argument. Parrot's own view favoured attributing evidence of underground heat to volcanic action. P.535 refers to the fact that '. . . M. Scoresby a trouve une petite augmentation de temperature avec la profondeur dans la mer entre le Gronland et le Spitzberg, les terrains de ces deux masses de terre-ferme et vraisemblablement le fond de la mer entre deux, etant entierement volcanique.' Pp.514-16 offers evidence that springs, as compared to certain other underground phenomena, have the highest variability of temperature as measured against depth. The closing paragraph of Parrot's paper reads as follows

(p. 562): 'Enfin, le Geologiste doit saisir le probleme entier a sa source, a laquelle personne ne parait avoir songe avant moi. Tous les Geologistes sont aujourd'hui (1825) d'accord sur le principe que nos continens et le fond des mers etaient primitivement dissous dans un ocean qui couvrait tout le noyau du globe et se sont formes par voie de precipitation chimique. Mais aucun d'eux n'a recherche lesquelles des matieres des roches se trouvaient en dissolution, et quels ont ete les reagens qui les ont precipites, ni ou ces reagens se trouvaient. Et cependant c'est de Faction successive des reagens, tran-quilles ou troubles par les forces mecaniques, que depend la succession des formations, la suite des differentes especes de roches, inexplicable d'ailleurs. Ce defaut primitif des systemes geologiques a fait que le cahos est reste cahos.'

132

[page] NOTEBOOK A 139-141e

temperature of earth beneath <of Sahara de> a dry desert, would be very-high.—

140 M. Parrot ends his paper like a fool.—

Feb25'

All facts show how slowly heat travels; & therefore the abysses where fluid rock has been ejected must remain fluid for an enormous period: now when we see how many points have been penetrated by volcanic & trappean rocks, within say the Tertiary period, one is led, to look at globe as resting on film of molten rock.—

141e Voyages of Adventure & Beagle1

vol 1. p. 2 & 3. Porphyry at St. Elena.

p. 6. few «living» shells, on coast of do

140 the abysses] 't' over 'a'.

Feb 25' . . . rock.—] crossed pencil.

141 2 &] added pencil.

Vol. I... St. Elena.] rule line beneath continued in pencil.

p. 6. . . .] '6' over '8'.

Admiralty ... dip. much] added with circled' X' and a V', left margin, all pencil.

p. 375.] circled 'X' left margin with '|| FitzRoy refers to ||' circled, '& Rocks' added over original

entry, all pencil.

vol. I. . . . Virgin] crossed pencil.

p. 136. . . . subsidence] crossed pencil.

Rocks of. . .Coast] crossed pencil.

Vol. II. . . Falklands] crossed pencil.

141-1 FitzRoy 1839. The Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty's Ships Adventure and Beagle, of which Darwin's book appeared as vol. 3, was published between 15 May and 1 June 1839 according to The Publishers' Circular (vol. 2, no. 41), a trade publication. Presumably Darwin's notes were written near the date of publication as were the notes in E166 and C269. From vol. 1 by Phillip Parker King Darwin noted the following passages. P. 3 describes the countryside around and the coast to the north and south of Port Santa Elena as consisting of a 'fine-grained porphyritic clay slate'. P. 6, 'Among the sea-shells, the most abundant [at Port Santa Elena] was the Patella deaurata, Lamk; this, with three other species of Patella, one Chiton, three species of Mytilus, three of Murex, one of Crepidula, and a Venus, were all that we collected.' Pp. 7-8 describes cliffs near Cape Virgins that were composed (p. 8) 'of soft clay' rather than of chalk, as charts had indicated. P. 59, 'I have before observed that the strata of the slate rocks, in the Strait, dip to the S.E.; and I found that they dip similarly all the way to the bottom of this inlet, which I named Admiralty Sound.' P. 136 describes the greenstone and granite in the vicinity of Mount Maxwell in Tierra del Fuego. P. 204, 'With

respect to the geological features ... all the islands on which I landed, and, I believe, all the others, are composed of green-stone of various characters.' [western Tierra del Fuego] P. 210 contains a chart listing two sets of baronometrical determinations of heights of several points on the road between Valparaiso and Santiago. P. 328, 'The land, near the mouth of the river [San Tadeo], is studded with dead trees (a species of pine, about twenty feet high), which appear to have been killed by the sea overflowing the banks; ['Or by an earthquake wave,' added in a footnote by FitzRoy] as it does at high-water for several miles.' P. [374-375] as described. P. 385 of a rock found in the vicinity of the Magill Islands, 'It is similar to that of Fury Island and Mount Skyring, apparently metallic, with a sulphureous smell, when struck or broken.' [Note: Geological Society, Coll. No. 197] From vol. 2 by FitzRoy Darwin took note of the following passage (p. 277), 'Some very large bones were seen a long way from the seashore, and some hundred feet above the level of high water, near St. Salvador Bay. How they got there had often puzzled Mr. Vernet, and Brisbane also, who had examined them with attention; Brisbane told me they were whale's bones.'

133

[page] NOTEBOOK A 141e-144e

p 8.—soft Clay beds hear C. Virgin

p. 59. dip of Clay slate in T del Fuego

Admiralty Sound. SE dip. much

p. 136. Rocks on Western Coast

p. 204 do. do

p. 210. Height on road from Valparaiso to Santiago

p. 328. dead trees on Isthmus of Pen. Tres Montes.— as by subsidence

|| Fifz Roy refers to || & Rocks

p. 375. on the soundings on outer coast of T. del. Fuego.— p 385 Rocks of S. Western Coast

Vol II p. 277. on whale bones in Falklands

142e Some of the Tosca nodules at Bahia Blanca Mr. Malcolmson says are like Kankaer1

South Part of Luconia— Phillipines there is volcano on isl in large lake.—

Berghaus Chart of do

143e Journal of Asiatic Society Vol I.

p. 145. on salt mines of Punjab p. 149. on the <salt mines) «saline deposits)) of India2 p. 503. On Indian Saline Deposits.3

Vol II. p. 23.4p. 77	do5
Vol III p. 36.	do6
n 188	do' do8
Vol 5. p. 798
Vol 7. p. <52>363.	doy

144e Journal of Asiatic Soc

Vol V. p. p 96. apparently good geological paper, by Malcolmson— worth

South . . . do] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

Journal . . . Soc] short pencilled line underneath. Vol V . . . reading—] crossed pencil. Burnetts . . . abundance] crossed pencil.

142-1 J. G. Malcolmson: personal communication. 143-3 Spry 1832.

142-2 Berghaus 1832-43 included on his map of the 143-4 Stevenson (presumably Stephenson) 1833.

Philippines, dated 1832, an enlarged map of the area 143-5 Malcolmson 1833.

around Volcan de Taal [Mt Taal], a volcano in Lake 143-6 Stephenson 1834b.

Taal, southern Luzon. Luzon was also known as Luconia. 143-7 Stephenson 1834a.

143-1 Burnesl832. 143-8 Stephenson 1836.

143-2 Everest 1832. 143-9 Gubbins 1838.

134

[page] NOTEBOOK A 144e-146

reading—

Burnetts, vol 4. p. 193

in Lat 26° S. Wafer looking for Copiapo. found inland a great many sea

shells some miles from coast— quote passage to show abundance

145 Bengal Journal. Vol 4. 1835. P. 437. Tours by Benza Neilgherries— Much
inform, on. decomposition of granite—}

Bengal. J. vol 7. p. 522. Mountain c near Caubul. parallel ranges, with here & there little branches at ~ from each side intercepting plain & dividing

it—2 Hopkins fissure at .—3

146 G. J. Malcolmson has described formation of shore of Coromandel. just same
as. at Bahia Blanca— letter in drawer with important letters—

page crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil.

144-1 Malcolmson 1836.

144-2 Burney 1803-17, 4:193, 'In latitude 26° S, wanting fresh water, they made search for the River Copiapo. They landed and ascended the hills in hopes of discovering it. According to Wafer's computation they went eight miles within the coast, ascending mountain beyond mountain till they were a full mile in perpendicular height above the level of the sea. They found the ground there covered with sand and sea-shells, "which," says Wafer, "I the more wondered at, because there were no shell-fish, nor could I ever find any shells, on any part of the sea-coast hereabouts, though I have looked for them in many places,'" Darwin cited this passage in GSAA6, where he also mistakenly identified the author of the passage as Burnett rather than Burney. 145-1 Benza 1835:437 continues the description, begun on p. 435, of 'Specimens from the Northern Circars'. For discussion of the decomposition of the granite of the group of hills called the Neilgherriess see pp. 419-21, which includes the following passage (p. 419), 'If observations and facts were wanting to prove that this thick mass of lithomargic earth is owing to the decomposed granitic rock of these hills, the following is conclusive. The original undecomposed rock is ... traversed occasionally by thick veins of quartz. These veins resisting decomposition . . . are seen in a continuous course, penetrating from the hard crystalline undecomposed nucleus of the rock into the lithomargic earth, and into the concentric layers of the already decomposed rock. Therefore, it is impossible to avoid the conclusion,that the red earth and the rock were, at one time, one mass,traversed by the quartz vein. ...' 145-2 Lord 1838:522, 'When the two mountain ranges

[near Kabul] have for some time preserved their parallel east and west courses the northern is observed to deflect or send off a branch towards the south, while a corresponding deflexion or ramification of the southern chain comes to meet it, and the plain which otherwise would have been one continued expanse from east to west is thus cut into a number of valleys, the longitudinal axis of which however, is still in general to be found in the same direction.' 145-3 Hopkins 1835:36, 'It is evident, however, that in whatever manner a system of parallel fissures may be produced, that, after their formation, the only tension of the mass between them must be in a direction parallel to them. Consequently, should any other system be subsequently formed, it must necessarily be in a direction perpendicular to that of the first system.' Also pp. 34-36, 50, 55-57 and Hopkins 1836:31-32, 'After one system of fissures is formed, there is no difficulty whatever in conceiving the formation of a second system perpendicular to the former.'

146-1 In a letter dated 24 July 1839 {Correspondence 2:208-9), J. G. Malcolmson wrote to Darwin describing 'the appearances presented along the Coromandel coast where it is gaining on the sea'. The 'series of actions' described included '1st. a bank of sand [being] thrown up, and increased by the wind & consolidated by creeping grasses—behind this there is a backwater or swamp often salt from the sea water springing up from the sand at high tide, when the inside of the sand hills is below the level of the sea—' The area is described as likely burial ground for land animals. Malcolmson also described 'a long extent of flat covered with fresh water in the rains & full of fresh water shells—running parallel to the coast for many miles.' Darwin scored this section and added 'Bahia Blanca'.

135

[page] NOTEBOOK A 147e

147e When I come to treat of the age of the Pampas Deposit, I may properly remark on the superiority of Lyell's classification to that of Phillips as given p. 13. Vol II. Lardner's—Treatise1

Phillips in Lardner Vol II p. 73.: some remarks on veins:2

Phillips in Ladner Vol. II p. 80— some remarks on dikes: applicable to Cordillera3

Phillips in Lardner Vol II. p. 81. «&83» Some remarks on thinness of crust as implied by meeting with granite every-where.

Phillips in Ladner Vol II p. 125. Good discussion on mineral veins p. 125 to 129 & p. 135—160&1625

147 When . . . Treatise] crossed pencil.

Phillips in Lardner Vol II p. 73 ... & 162] crossed pencil. Phillips in Lardner Vol II. p. 81 ... every-where] crossed pencil.

147-1 J. Phillips 1837-39, 2:13, 'We have therefore the following general classification of the results arrived at in studying fossil mammalia:

Modern period - Pachydermata almost lost, . . .

Diluvial era - Pachydermata abound, . . .

Tertiary period - Pachydermata of extinct and living genera abound; . . .

Supercretaceous era - Pachydermata of extinct genera first appear, ...

Secondary period - Marsupial quadrupeds occur in one place (Stonesfield).' Phillips then proceeded (pp. 13-14). to compare his classificatory scheme to that of Charles Lyell. In his copy of Phillips, Darwin commented (p. 13) that he believed Phillips' scheme inapplicable to South American fossils and (on the end pages) that Phillips' scheme was 'wretched'. It would appear that Darwin first annotated his copy of Phillips, vol. 2, and then transferred his remarks, in reduced form, to this page of Notebook A. 147-2 J. Phillips 1837-39, 2:72-81 is devoted to the subject of veins. Darwin annotated pages 72-73 heavily and suggested that plutonic rocks, being heated more intensely, would shrink more than volcanic rocks. He asks himself whether most substances, except water, shrink upon solidifying, answers that they do and then queries 'iron shrinks??—'.

147-3 J. Phillips 1837-39, 2:80-81, '. . . dykes ... are very rarely granitic. If this seem a paradox, its solution may lead to important results. Could we behold enormous masses of porphyry, or basalt, below vast breadths of stratified sediments, as granite is commonly seen, there would probably be found porphyritic or basaltic veins passing from them into the cracks of the strata. If this is never the case, does it not show the peculiar mineral

character of granite, and its peculiar effects on the adjoining rocks, to be the fruit of the local circumstances of its deep 'plutonic' origin?' In this passage Darwin underlined 'porphyritic' and 'never the case' and added in the margin 'Andes'.

147-4 J. Phillips 1837-39, 2:81. In a paragraph headed 'Amorphous Masses under all the Strata', Phillips called attention to the 'vastness of the masses' of granite from which veins of granite arise. He suggested that these granitic masses deserve 'the title of an universal formation'. Darwin scored the paragraph, adding in the margin 'Argue granite near surface of all ages in all parts of world hence thinness of crust.' On the bottom of p. 83 Darwin noted 'thin crust theory' with reference to a passage including such statements as, 'The induration of the strata is an effect quite distinct from their deposition, and appears to require the supposition of long continued application of heat.'

147-5 J. Phillips 1837-39, 2. Chap. 8, pp. 120-64, is devoted to the subject of mineral veins. Pp. 124-28 bear the sub-heading 'Occurrence of Mineral Veins near Centres of Igneous Action'. On p. 129 in a section bearing the heading 'Relations of Veins to the Substance and Structure of the neigbouring Rocks', occurs the passage '. . . and we believe these differences of character may be distinctly referred to the natural structure of the rocks, and the movements to which they have been subjected.' Darwin scored this passsage and added a 'no' in the margin. In the same section on p. 135 Darwin scored the paragraph beginning, 'The same truth of the dependence of the contents of mineral veins upon the containing rocks is put in a strong light by Von Dechen, in his translation of De la Beche's Geological Manual.' On p. 160 Darwin scored the passage introduced by the sentence, 'Lastly, the

136

[page] NOTEBOOK A 148e-151

148e [blank] 149 Ed. New. Phil J. 1838. p. 72. on metallic vapours condensed from furnaces

do/p. 84 on the effects of veins of slag in iron furnaces affecting to some distance & blending with sandstone «said to be» analogous to granite infiltering some of its constituents into chert.

[blank]

Ed: New. Phil J. 1838. p. 132. «& 134» Bischoff. On the effects of meteoric waters on the temperature of the interior & p. 142 / p. 155. the increase of temperature beneath the sea, is probably much more rapid than beneath continents1

151 meteoric] second 'e' over 'o'. page crossed pencil.

vague suggestion of electrical agency, in depositing the display a striking analogy with the phenomena, which
materials of mineral veins, has been reduced to a regular accompany granite in several places, where, as takes place
system by Mr. Fox, . . . 'On p. 162, Darwin scored a in the Harz, it is in contact with the greywacke. The chert
passage that begins, 'Sublimation and re-crystallisation of which surrounds the granite, and which is often just as
metallic matters ... are common phenomena; and the intimately associated with it as with the greywacke,
passage of veins downwards to heated regions is too appears to have been formed by the penetration of the mass
probable to render it doubtful that such operations have of granite into the adjoining mountain rock.'
sometimes contributed to fill the fissures of rocks.' 151-1 Bischoff 1836-38 [vol. 24]: 132-34, on the

149-1 Hausmann 1838, pp. 71-72, 'Particular notice is question (p. 132) 'What influence do the meteoric waters
due to the appearance of graphite in the cavities of a slag of exert on the internal temperature of the earth?' (Meteoric
a blast-furnace at the same time with iron, which in a water is that in or derived from the atmosphere.) The
botryoidal form, and partly with an oxidized surface, forms opening paragraph on this subject reads (p. 132), 'In
the basis on which the graphite is deposited. Here we Chap. VII. it has been shewn that the temperature of the
perceive manifestly that the graphite vapour was con- meteoric waters has no great influence on that of the crust
densed after the liquid iron had been deposited in that of the earth through which they flow. But small as this
form, on the smooth surface of the rigid slag. There is a influence is, it will yet be found to be very various in
circumstance worthy of note attending it,—iron and different parts of the earth, according as the strata be
graphite are found always together, and only on the upper more or less impervious to water, or as the waters sink to a
part of the hardened slag: hence we must conclude that the greater or less depth. But such variations must naturally
iron too gained access to the slags in the form of vapour, but disturb any supposed fixed law in the increase of tempera-
became liquid before it passed into a solid state; whereas, ture towards the centre of the earth.' Pages 142-64 of the
graphite was immediately crystallized. If this opinion be article are devoted to the question (p. 142), 'Can the
correct, it follows necessarily that iron requires a higher increase of Temperature towards the interior of the Earth
temperature for its sublimation than carbon.' follow the same law in all parts of the earth, departing

149-2 Hausmann 1838:83-84, 'More worthy of note is from points all situated in the same level?' On p. 155, the phenomenon which I remarked on pieces of the arguing from 'general considerations'—that is, mathe-forepart of the building of an extinguished blast-furnace matical induction—rather than from 'direct observations' ... in the Harz. Veins of a silicate of the black oxide of iron, Bischoff concluded that, 'The increase of temperature resembling slags of the refining process, cross in different beneath lakes must, therefore, follow a more rapid pro-directions the sandstone changed by the heat. The veins gression . . . than under the solid earth. The same will be which ramify towards the sides are of different sizes . . . and the case under seas and glaciers: under the sea, where it have evidently ensued from the penetration of fused masses has a great depth, even in high latitudes, provided only into the fissures of the sandstone. . . . The transformed that the temperature of the bottom of the sea do not reach sandstone is partly distinctly separated from the mass of that degree which it would have, were it completely filled the vein and partly amalgamated with it. These relations up with the solid matter of the earth, and under glaciers

137

[page] NOTEBOOK A 151-176

In Berlin Transactions (1832. or 3?) there is an account of Sellow Geolog. Observat. in Southern Brazil.2

152 [blank] 153e «p. 4. (Lyells Book)»

Observaciones sobre El Clima del Lima par Dr. H. Unanue says he believes the sea has formerly stood three hundred feet above its present level, & in many parts has extended a league inshore both N & S of Lima.— judges from «beds of» sand & gravel & shells.1

p. 47. do has table of every earthquake, during two years.— will serve for comparison with the moon at some future time2

154e [blank] 155 Sir. J. Halls Paper on the consolidation of strata— he heated sand red hot & brine was boiling on the top—

156-175 [blank]

176 Would rotting wood by yielding Carbonic Acid unite with«piece of cabbage» alklali & precipitate silica / or charcoal charged with carbonic acid

153 believes the] 't' over 'a'.

p. 47 . . . time] crossed pencil.

page crossed pencil 155 page crossed pencil.

also, only so long as the original mean temperature of the soil beneath them is not reduced to 32°.' 151-2 On the collections of Friedrich Sellow see Weiss 1827, also d'Alton 1833.

153-1 Unanue 1815:4, 'Es constante que en nuestra costa han ido las agues en diminucion. Las conchas que se hallan al S. y. N. [of Lima] esparcidas sobre sus colinas, y la composicion de estas, de arena y despojos maritimos, son monumentos que con otras muchas sefiales acreditan, que no han pasado muchas centurias despues del tiempo en que nuestros mares se internaban de dos a tres leguas, subiendo a mas de cien varas de altura sobre los cerros de granito, en que terminan las ramas descendentes de la cordillera.' Darwin was apparently using Charles Lyell's copy of this book.

153—2 In Unanue 1815 following p. 47 there are two meteorological tables for Lima, one for the year 1799, the other for the year 1800. Both tables list earthquakes recorded during the year.

155-1 To account for the consolidation of sandstone from loose sand Hall 1826 adduced and experimentally demonstrated the consolidating action of heat when operating in the presence of salt (p. 325) 'whether in a dry state mixed along with loose materials, or driven in fumes through them, or applied in the state of brine. . . .' On being challenged in his theoretical conclusions respecting the influence of heat at the bottom of the sea, where the influence of heat would be counteracted by the neighbourhood of the cool water, Hall replied (p. 326), 'In answer to this difficulty, I must beg leave to remark, that, in all my experiments above alluded to, the sand . . . was seen to become red-hot during the process of consolidation, while the superincumbent brine remained boiling above; and it was even found easy, by supplying cool brine in sufficient quantity, to maintain the temperature of the fluid permanently such, that the hand could be plunged into it at top, without injury, the sandstone below remaining all the while at a full red heat.'

138

[page] NOTEBOOK A 177-BC

177-179 [blank]

180 Many interesting experiments might be tried by comparing Zoophite to plants.— grafting length of life &c &c

INSIDE

BACK

COVER

Will any /^organic substance cause such monstrous growth as oak galls or rose <buds> galls.— is it not effect of superadded vital influence?—

See End of Note Book, called R.N.—

139

BACK COVER

Massac[h]usset would be well worth visiting really good account of ice.-C. Darwin

IBC Massac[h]usset] second part 'M' over an 'a'

See . . . ice.—] perpendicular to spine. C. Darwin] parallel to spine.

 

[page] 141

Glen Roy Notebook

Introductionby Sydney Smith & Paul H. Barrett

Transcribed and edited by Sydney Smith, Peter Gautrey & Paul H. Barrett

This is a tiny notebook (DAR 130, 116 X 73 mm) in which Darwin kept field notes while on a trip through Scotland, from Edinburgh to the Glen Roy River near Fort William. There are 63 leaves including the front and back fly leaves of this De la Rue & Co.'s Improved Metallic Memorandum Book. A label on the inside cover remarks, 'The point of the Pencil [a metal stylus now lost from the side pocket] not being liable to break, and the writing being permanent, they will be found of great advantage to Commercial Gentlemen, Short-hand Writers, &c.' The stylus by pressing laminae in the patent paper together leaves a black mark when fresh. There remains today only a very faint impression and reading of the text and sketches is made easier by holding the book obliquely under a bright light and transcribing the faint shadow of the persisting impression of the stylus. There are also some entries in ink.

The binding is of black leatherette with a blind stamped pattern. Both front and back covers bear small cream paper labels with 'Glen Roy' written by Darwin in pencil. The sheet with pages 64/65 had been excised, filed in DAR42, folio 87, but is now restored. All pages except 3, 4, 9, top third of 10, top half of 11, 64c, 119, 120 and 122 are crossed in stylus pencil. Page numbers have been added in pencil by Cambridge University Library staff.

Most of the entries in the notebook were made across each opening parallel to the spine, suggesting that Darwin held the book length way in his left hand while writing. Thus it was possible to write observations in the open whatever the weather.

Two maps and a conversion table are provided to help collate the original Gaelic names with today's Ordnance Survey. One can easily understand Darwin's trouble in the spelling of place names because he would have had, in many instances, to rely on his own interpretation of the local dialect.

The first two pages of the notebook begin with breeding in animals followed by 9 pages of sketches and notes on Salisbury Craigs overlooking Edinburgh. Scattered notes on instincts and behaviour of dogs and sheep are on pages 11, 12, 25, 26, 31 and 125. Glen Roy begins in the middle of page 29. There are 24 sketches of topography and explanatory geological maps in the notebook. These are reproduced here as line drawings because the original sketches are too faint to reproduce photographically. Darwin's labels written within the sketches are transcribed and printed in the figures as close as possible to their original positions.

Darwin spent 8 days at Glen Roy from 28 June to 5 July 1838. He noted in his Journal, '1838 June 23rd: Started in Steam boat to Edinburgh (one day Salisbury Craigs). Spent eight good days in Glen Roy.' He returned by sea through Greenock and Liverpool, slept at Overton (the home of his eldest sister Marianne Parker), and reached Shrewsbury 13 July. Back in London he wrote in his Journal 'August 1st. [1838] London. Began paper on Glen Roy & finished it, 6th September;' he adds 'one of the most difficult & instructive tasks I was ever employed on', Correspondence 2 (Appendix II):432. Darwin was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society 24 January 1839 in succession to his grandfather, Erasmus, and his father, Robert Waring, and was married to Emma at Maer on 29 January. His. Glen Roy paper was read at the Royal Society on 7 and 28 February 1839.

The field observations on Glen Roy were written for the most part while walking and climbing in the vicinity. It is surprising that he was able to write such a long and detailed

[page] 142

article as was published in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society pt. 1, 1839, pp. 39−81 (Darwin 1839), from the few notes he recorded in this notebook.

The parallel roads are conspicuous lines along the upper slopes of the valley. In Chile Darwin had studied similar raised shore lines which seemed clearly marine in origin. He attributed the changes in level of the land to the uplifting of sections of the earth's crust. His views about Glen Roy did not persist unchallenged for long; the Glen Roy shore levels were soon rather convincingly shown to be relics of lake shore levels trapped behind ice dams. See Agassiz 1840, 18412, Milne-Home 1849, Jamieson 1863, Barrett 1973 and Rudwick 1974−75.

In his autobiography written nearly 40 years later Darwin admitted 'This [Glen Roy paper] was a great failure, and I am ashamed of it.' (Barlow 1958:84). He called it a gigantic blunder. Nevertheless the explanation of the origin of the Glen Roy parallel roads remained controversial well into the nineteenth century. For additional readings see Chambers 1848, Thomson 1848 and Rogers 1861.

Conversion Legend

The words Darwin used in the notebook are given in italic, the modern Scottish equivalent in roman:

Ballivard Ballieward

Bohunthine Bohuntine

Ben Erin Beinn Iaruinn

Bright [Glen (River) Buck?]

Cairn taw leer peek Cam Leac

Moel Derry Meall Doire

Collarig Caol Lairig.

Corry Coire

Forrest Forres

Glen Bought [Glen Buck?]

Glen Bright [Glen Buck?]

Glen Collarig Glen Caol Lairig

Glen Fintec Glen Fintaig

Glen Glouy Glen Gloy

Glen Guoy [Gleh Gloy?]

Glen Tarf Glen Tarff

Glengarry Glen Garry

Glenoe Glencoe

Glen Turrit River Turret

Grant town Grantown

Habercalder Aberchalder

Inverorum Inveroran

King's House Kinghouse

Letter Finlay Leiter Finlay

Loch Docart Loch Dochart

Loch Tring Loch Treig

[page] 143

GLEN ROY MAP

[…]

[page] 475

Zoology Notes, Edinburgh Notebook

Introduction by Sydney Smith & Paul H. Barrett

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

This notebook (DAR 118, 208 X 136 mm) is known as the 'Edinburgh' notebook for Darwin first opened it while a student at Edinburgh University, dating it 'March 1827' on the flyleaf. He wrote his name out in full, Charles Robert Darwin, above the date. Of several series of entries in the notebook, the one labelled 'Zoology' is transcribed here. The arrangement of the notebook is as follows: at the beginning are 21 pages numbered by Darwin. The first 17, numbered in ink, contain notes on marine life made at Edinburgh. This section, about fishes and invertebrates collected along the North Sea shore, has been transcribed and published in Collected Papers 2: 285−291. The flyleaf and pages 1−18 were at one time fastened together with a piece of paper and sealing wax. Pages 18 through 21, numbered in pencil, contain entries made after the Beagle voyage1. Then follows 168 blank pages. At the back of the notebook are two additional sets of entries, written with the book having been turned over and used from the back. The first set (written on facing pages) is a 6-page list of beetles, along with dates, places, or from whom received; these entries were recorded during Darwin's undergraduate days at Cambridge. Each species is numbered, and there are 56 different names on the six pages. The second set of entries at the back of the notebook was made after the Beagle voyage . when Darwin, forgetting his beetle list, began a series of notes, 'Zoology', on the first page following the flyleaf but in front of the beetle list. To allow himself to continue with 'Zoology' without being inconvenienced by the 6-page set of intervening beetle names, he fastened the beetle sheets together with a folded piece of paper and sealing wax, and resumed with page 2 on the back of the last page of the beetle list.

Darwin did not number the back pages in this notebook. For index purposes the pages of 'Zoology' have here been numbered consecutively from 1 to 20. The third page in this series is blank and has no designated page number, and the page numbered 3 is therefore a left hand page.

The binding of this notebook is half leather with marbled paper sides. On the front cover is pasted a square of paper, the lower left and upper left corner being torn away, with '35' in blue crayon being crossed out by a double scoring in pencil. Also, on this square is '42' in blue crayon and 'IX' in pencil. The 'IX' may be the only extant portion of other writing lost on the torn-away part; a pencil mark is visible at the torn edge indicating writing on the missing section. The numerals '35' and '42' are in Francis Darwin's hand and probably refer to a bookshelving scheme used within the family.

1 Transcription of pages 18−21:

'It would be curious experiment to put box with boiled earth on top of house & see how soon any plants would come there'

'F. Hope. Carabidæ; F. Hope—Australia; Van Diemen's Land; King George's Land. Waterhouse minute insects from do Westwood Otaheite Babington. Water insects from all parts of the World'

[Blank]

'I suspect some curious experiments might be made by tying bladder over bottle with different kinds of salts & observing whether vapour does not carry them up? Mem bottles with sallt from Patagonia after having been kept for some time.—'

[page] 476

On the back cover 'Zoology' is written in ink in Darwin' hand. The notebook contains 110 leaves of high quality paper bearing 'J. Green & Sons 1824' and 'I. Annandale 1825' watermarks. The 'Zoology' notes were written in ink with one section on page 19 and one on page 20 in grey ink, and with one entry on page 20 amended in pencil. Darwin excised a small piece of page 1 (DAR 205.2:30), and the lower portions from pages 8/9 and 12/13, both of which were replaced in the notebook October 1980. An additional leaf from the blank section is also excised.

The opening date for 'Zoology' was after the first 1837 issue of the Magazine of Zoology and Botany, a work cited in the first entry. The last passage is dated March 1842.

The first entries relate to Darwin's preoccupation with the marine zoology of his Edinburgh studies under Robert Edmond Grant. Jenyn's reference published in 1837 defines the beginning. The second item relates to the debate between Westwood (1835) and J. V. Thompson (1835a,b) on the larval stages of pelagic Crustacea—especially floating stages of barnacles. The notes contain extensive zoological data extracted from the literature especially relating to geographical distribution, taxonomy and ecology. As the reading list proceeds, it is obvious the entries summarize an account of what his immediate precursors in South America, Lesson, d'Orbigny, as well as the Russian circumnavigator Kotzebue with Chamisso on board had written.

The value of the list is twofold: it helps justify his inclusion of the words Natural History before Geology in the title of the revised edition of his Journal of Researches of 1845; and secondly it shows how early the ideas of much of his later work on barnacles and corals were activated. The precise goal he had in mind is not clear. Perhaps these are notes for his projected book (never published) on the zoology of the southern parts of South America mentioned in an 1837 printed prospectus prepared as part of his application for government funds to allay expenses of publishing his 5 volume The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. 'Beagle'.2

2 Freeman 1977:26.

[page] GLEN ROY 1-6

FRONT COVER

Glen Roy

1 Generally received opinion that male impresses offspring more indelibly than female p 367 Quarterly Journal of Agricl Dec 18371 Yet instances given against it—

Mere fact of many races of Animals 2 in Britain shows that either races soon made or crosses difficult

3-4

Salisbury Craigs

The Highland shepherds dogs coloured like Magellanic fox.. an instance of

Provincial breeds.

[3] Veins of Segregation in Salisbury Craigs
[4] Salisbury Craigs V.

Specimens—

Veins, amygdaloidal— as well as base not always parallel to strata 3 or 4 seams / 3 or 4 inches thick—

35° is I believe about greatest dip of sandstone in upper part «of Salisbury Craigs» 25o perhaps most common—

Lower right portion of p. 2 and upper right portion of p. 3 torn off. No text seems to be missing. The Highland ... breeds.] ink, 'breeds' underlined. The right half of the sketch is on p. 3; the left half is on p. 4.

1-1 Anonymous 1838:367, 'According to the generally received opinion, that the male imprints his characters more indelibly than the females on the progeny, there may be a risk of breeding from too large a horse . . . but ... it is frequently seen that small stallions and bulls produce large stock.' 4-1 Writing in his autobiography at the age of 67

Darwin remembered a dike such as described here and sketched on p. 5, 'Professor Jameson, in a field lecture at Salisbury Craigs, [discoursed] on a trap-dyke, with amygdaloidal margins and the strata indurated on each side, with volcanic rocks all around us and [said] that it was a fissure filled with sediment from above . . .' Barlow 1958:53.

145

[page] GLEN ROY 7-14

Will not curved form of hill be explained by my idea— highest part must project

[Blank]

East End near Holyrood Palace

10 In same way at top trap could be traced

Grey in front on wall perhaps wall oblique

The hill has been well— denuded.— «of hard metamorph» path only covering

11

Great Slip, 10 years since three hundred feet in vertical height— enormous mass thunder storm, many <hundred> thousand tuns.

12

Black faced sheep, sometimes mottled with white black legs & tail like species in colouring Strike an analogy between pleasures of association, & passions, such as love-dislike & <f> passion of hatred

13

To fulfil an instinct a pleasure; mem. Shepherd dogs

The Patches of Conglomerate on S. Ventana,1 excellent instance, how

accidental is the preservation in situ of even imperishable pebbles /1 am nearly

certain there were none on surface of any hill

14

Thursday

On side of Hill South of upper end of Loch Dochart buttresses of Alluvium or

rather mass of well rounded pebbles in

yellowish argillaceous or sandy soil—

These Buttresses formed vestige of irregular terrace perhaps near 300 ft above Loch.— From this point could be followed up to neighbourhood of Tyndrum where a large sort of <plain> space is

9-10 Sketch extends across p. 9 and 1/3 across p. 10.

13-1 JR.19, 'On the flanks of the mountains [of Sierra Ventana in Argentina].. . there were a few small patches of conglomerate and breccia, firmly cemented by ferru-

ginous matter to the abrupt and battered face of the quartz,— traces being thus exhibited of ancient sea-action.'

[page] 146 GLEN ROY 15-21

15 thickly studded with ridges & flat topped hill/ do alluvium.

NB In one part pure sand in current cleavage— in other irregular horizontal strata I suppose these upper patches if prolonged would

intersect alley above the 300 ft Alluvium <abo> by Loch Dochart— Rivers could not have deposited it. Barrier of lake very lofty, & no trace of it; to the

Sea more probable

I did not look carefully for Marine remains—

Some of the hills almost appeared as if they belonged to double series

Whole very obscure but it is certain

there must once have been very considerable mass of waterworn pebbles in Alluvium which without lake or sea could not be placed in present position

Thursday Evening V2 past 8 Tyndrum

29. <625> «636» Temp. 62

Friday morning V4 past

seven o'clock

29.642 Temp 55 Air 50°?

Friday. Inverorum

about 20 ft above Loch Tulla

29.804 Temp 62° Air 60°

20 Below Loch Tulla whole wide valley scattered with few very small & irregul hills of alluvium—nothing very striking yet possibly sea more probably than river-—

No exact terraces but appearances, as if valley had been filled with sloping bed of rubbish

21 Friday

Highest part of road between Inverorum & King's House 28.935/82° A Temp of Air 65°?

Glenoe, 6 ft above high water mark

30.380 . 68°

65°?

For comparison with all the measure before

[page] GLEN ROY 22-29

22 There some of the half rounded gravel nearly as high as highest measurement but nature I am quite doubtful of as I am of all the Alluvium.

At Mouth of Caledonian Canal opposite Loch Leven

23 two terraces perhaps upper one 100 ft & other one 40— |+| traces of them all
along <Glencoe>.— towards Fort William

yet in Glencoe in parts no trace of them—

24 Mem Coast of Chile— ? is not Mica Slate too hard & uneven to be impressed

Case of Birch Wood by Inverorum being determined by sheep & not deer

25 When Black faced sheep are crossed with English my informant said the

lambs were nearly like each other «& half between parents» (& not like dogs), but they thought the breed liable to vary— I asked this

question in many ways & received same answer

Thought lambs most like MOTHER!— 26 the cross not so hardy but more easily fatten,

This man confirmed the account of the «YOUNG» Shepherd dogs Saturday.

Before coming to Bridge of Spean, hills of «sea», gravel, current cleavage, & pretty well rounded stones, mixed with some quite irregular

very like rubbish at head of Loch Dochart <Nea> Above Spean Bridge many flat terraces one above much inclined towards river all these composed— where side ravine entered terraces formed successive bays but plains sloped

centre-wards which would not have happened if the side-streamlet had cut them out— In all cases «I urge» deposition marine— because if not chain of lake & if so there would be barrier— recollect

the case of loch <in> <below> «by» pass of Glencoe— the erosion may often be due to rivers—

By Roy Bridge, a tongue of flat land, with terraces of each side of the two valleys

23 'l+l' over '&'.

29 the case . . . Glencoe— ] 'below' crossed ink; 'by' added in ink over 'below'.

148

[page] GLEN ROY 30-34

30 corresponding as in Andes, composed of sand & perfectly rounded stones— lake required to deposit this

Remember however the great Chilian valley Acongua, must there have deposited much— On other hand remember modelling power of sea N of Valparaiso

31 are those animals subject to much variation which have lately acquired their peculiarities?

Spean

The slope of A & B regular & even towards

double terrace

32 river «& to West of Spean» difficult to explain on <formation> deposition in lake

On the summit «& on Spean side» of Meal—

Derry there were perfectly rounded «base» pebbles of quartz & other rocks not apparently in situ <& in> hill being gneiss <& also also near summit on Hill on side of Inn BOULDER of granite above 4th Shelf a little lower down the hillock with beach & channel precisely as with Isl —

33-34

plain

32 Hill on side of Inn] 'side' uncertain reading; thumb-sized area partially erased between 'on Hill' and

'above.'; three very small ink blobs over 'side'. 33-34 3 to 4 words written along diagonal line in middle are illegible.

[page] GLEN ROY 35-38

35 line on N. side of Spean most clear & upper line1 running up great bight just as Dick shows

NB. Lake gradually draining off would form plains such as those near Bridge Roy (& other cases) but then if gradually drained, where is barrier

36

great waterworn frame

37 Sunday

In Glen Collarig, when water up to shelf very shallow channel 50 ft wide & river get formed in centre

In Glen Collarig, on side of Hill of Bohunthine upper road (2) extends as far nearly as house, the 3d below them

38 opposite to where side ravine enters On opposite side of valley both extend below the Houses

The Hills in this neighbourhood appear very round-topped with much drainage & far more earthy than what is usual— Lines die away where slope

38 Very small ink blob lower right side.

35-1 Macculloch 1817:316, 'To avoid any bias which substituted that of Lines, a term less exceptionable and the original and not sufficiently descriptive term, Parallel sufficiently expressive of their appearance.' Roach, might preserve in the reader's mind, I have

150

[page] GLEN ROY 39-44

39 less., best developed on steep earthy slope, two circumstances rarely united.— die away also, without any cause, must be tides. &c.

roads very much this character.—

The boulders (one of Gneiss remarkably water worn) are often times of rock not in immediate neighbourhood, (as granite or gneiss of Moel Deny) on low hill between Inn & Bouhunthine the summit «doubtless worn into coincidence)) has beach or band of pebbles on line of 4th shelf.—

Even on Lauder Dicks Hypothesis impossible to explain absence of lines in certain parts.—

At the Pass of Glen Collarig two little lines of Hill (judging from external form alluvium) descend from shelf 3 & almost meet,

42 but are separated by flat bottomed strait, connecting flat on one side with
irregular gravel plain of other, which must have been waterworn after 3
lake.—

4 shelf runs up some way on great sloping plain of

alluvium (much corroded by rivers) & not to head of plain.— but below houses where rivulet enters two great projecting butresses, upper slope of which corresponds to shelf the truncation & the

upper shores may correspond with some line subsequent to shelf

42 waterworn after 3d] '3d' over 2d.

44 upper shores may] 'may' over 'must'.

41-1 Dick 1823:14, 'That theory seems to me infinitely shelves to the action of the waters of a lake.' the most probable, which attributes the formation of the

151

[page] GLEN ROY 45-51

45 In Glen Collarig, by Dicks theory lake burst in most improbable part & not in Pass, where shallowest1

In Glen Collarig good case of shelves entering «on» one side ravine. 46 Are the lip, or necks of land on level with shelves effect of corrosion & not

cause.

Monday

a rapid descent of a terrace except at very head of valley indicates new terrace 47 Ballivard 2 miles North of Grant town to Forrest road comminuted shells

Important contingency if elevation from Axis, then rivers might deposit, & afterwards

48 with greater cut through, not applicable to Glen Roy

Lake, must have remained very long at 4th shelf from size of buttresses, to upper edge of which they cut near Loch Tring—

49 Tuesday

Bridge of Roy

Level of «bed of» River 30.221/657 Temp of air 65°?

There are two terraces on the East side of river & bed of river about 40 ft beneath general plain.

50 30.127 A 72°

Air 65°? at level of upper terrace

level of 4th shelf= argument against river— composition &-

The buttresses of Alluvium rise nearly up to Glen Collarig up within 200 ft of level of 4th shelf= argument agai

51 stratification argument detritus-

50 A 72°] 'A' over '6'.

45-1 Dick 1823. Dick's theory included the propositions earth's crust burst the dams and the rush of the flood-that the shelves were formed by lakes confined in the waters washed away the barriers, valleys by earthen dams. Catastrophic convulsions in the

152

[page] GLEN ROY

where buttresses on 4th shelf: others «lines not so level because of upper edge of cliff» Others below it—argument for lake «or sea» at successive levels—

opposite 52 Glen collarig at bend & here most accumulations

At gentler bends roads disappear

The normal condition of 4th shelf, some way below House 53 of Glen Roy, seems to be

which higher up on is corroded

Could earthquake cause collection of sediment? 54 Where ravines enter side by, opposite entrance into Glen Fintec a kind of landing place is formed

55 Ben Erin summit 27.813.65

55°?

Boulder of Granite

28.362

68°

6o°

Granite— «band» 4X3X2 «feet» & 2 deep 56 Another rather smaller block 30 ft «above» & other 50 ft lower

& other smaller ones «these boulders are decaying.» neighbouring rock gneiss & [...] sandstone actually resting on them on summit of hill rounded, site NNWofBenErin

56 [. . .]] 5 or 6 lettered word Meg, possibly 'likely'.

[page] GLEN ROY 57-61

57

Shelf of Glen Guoy

flat peat plain divortium

obscure

NB In Glen Collarig tidal channel, sides <alm> 15 ft above bank or terrace, from terrace of 2d shelf

5 8 Level of shelf of Glen Guoy form comparison with granite block «& Ben Erin» 29.287. 72° Air 65 ? 70?

59

Where a buttress projects from side of hill if line suppose continued across

to

side removed all well & good, but

60 how came river to do this vast quantity when during repose of lake it did but little more

now that it has got to the rock of cols if—. why should it deposits 61 River terraces often descend by flights

the terraces if the largest has hollowed out most

57-1 Divortium aquarum: the diversion of water; the structure of the mountains on this western side of the

separation of water flow at the top of a mountain divide divortium aquarum, is far more simple than in the corre-

from one side to the opposite drainage. See: G&4:188, sponding part of the Peuquenes section.'
'Hence, both in composition and in stratification, the

154

[page] GLEN ROY 62-66

62 Wednesday

Shelf 3d dies away almost imperceptibly on Glen Turrit side

2nd shelf very broad «& cut out, produced)) from same «cause» as «great» spit <is> or plain <now> formed on shelf 4

2d & 3d can be traced some way up, but most faintly on East side of Glen Turrit, where

63 I believe they end in upwards inclined plains, as in Corry.1 & as «as I believe in side ravine above houses of Roy»

Maccullochs supernumerary shelf21 doubt, much about «50 or 60 ft» «no doubt, a mound of Alluvium nearly parallel—»

Inclination of river must constantly alter with falling sea & so corrode -64 plain into terrace as regressed

What <alter> a balance there must be in power of rivers either bringing more «detritus» than they corrode or vice versa

Same inclination when serpentine might remove, what above straight line «only» cut deep gorge

65 on sea hypothesis, if gullies not now formed «(Mac, hypoth,) »l the level during any oscillation must have been so carefully preserved as to have thrown water in same «drainage» lines

66 Mound of Gneiss though wonderful— <that they are preserved) how much more so, these lines & even water-scooped rock «only decay from fragment falling)) of no particular hardness no wonder that all «three» lines «should be» EQUALLY preserved

2 or upper one more perfect

62 Wednesday] boxed

64 What <alter> . . . vice versa] double score right margin; page excised now restored.

63-1 Corry: a semi-circular hollowed put valley on the 65-1 Macculloch 1817:382-84. Macculloch discusses

side of a mountain. the relative ages of the gullies down the sides of the

63-2 Macculloch 1817:373-74, '. . . the view [viz., the mountains and the lake beds of the former lakes. Where

lake theory] explains those irregular appearances of lines the 'roads' curve along within the gullies, the gullies must

unconnected with the principal ones . . . sometimes called therefore be older than the lakes; where the gullies cut

supernumerary . . . these are the remains of. . . . deltas or through the 'roads', the lakes must have existed prior to

alluvia...' the gullies.

755

[page] GLEN ROY 67-72

67 in this <part> «glen» than 3d.

3(a) less perfect than upper & lower but quite as perfect as those lines in Glen Collarig, & some «other parts»

Boulders of same granite, all on these three shelves 68 soil is <the> usually slaty

Point of rounded not scooped rock on <bend» of 3

Cannot <see> «make out» composition of shelves: generally angular except near head of valley

fragments which had fallen before lake drained could be told from «some of» those since fallen.

69 «on the 3 shelves» Solid rock is much notched

on Maculloch's supposition;—l the old ravine, where water entered are not proportionately large to those now formed in same

70 spot by present torrents

Maculloch wrong in saying no transported materials <into> on upper shelves granite & some other rocks

at head of shelf 3d almost all granite pebbles

71 Level of plain of 4th shelf at head of Lower Glenroy
29.581 A 82

75°?

From this point plain appears like one uniform slope slightly bending up each

main valley.— & that river

72 alone had modified it— perhaps however sea also,—
Barometer on shelf

3d. 29.455 A 83°

.'. plain of 4' shelf slope, above «line of 4th» shelf

This shelf at head where <granite &> «veined» gneiss <unite> «occurs» abundantly with perfectly rounded pebbles of granite & forming «sloping» buttresses

69-1 Macculloch 1817:382-84.

70-1 Macculloch 1817:330, 'But the terraces themselves

at the top of the glen vary in composition, and though

often composed of the same sharp fragments that overspread the general declivity, they occasionally also exhibit various rolled and transported matters.

156

[page] GLEN ROY 73-78

73 Yet certainly shelf 4th <near> only usually contains many pebbles, but I believe this is chiefly caused by its being lower,— [no pebbles in parts of Beagle Channel when mica slate, only sand blow away]CD

where lines appear

74 to cross stony parts; appearance chiefly cause by fall of angular masses from above on soft shelf—

29.330 A 84° compare this with last measurement of shelf of 3 :—granite block a yard across.

75 On side of «that» hill, in front of which shelf 3d form beach of granite pebbles,

& around which shelf 2d «almost» forms it into island— whole hill composed of remarkable gneiss with red granite veins & quartz, &

tdty

76 garnets.—
Boulders as before certainly must
have <come> «been drifted)) here:
on very summit no granite—
(in valley «there are» granite) «boulders»

hill with boulders

77 Right Hand Cascade has <cut> «where two branches unite in upper Glen Roy» very little back from line 2 ; little action since «that shelf» formed

Upper terrace near Loch Spey

<29.35161>

29.360?

A 79°75°?

78 A little below Divortium on slope towards Loch Spey 29.297

A79.V2

29.316

divortium aquarum «about 12 ft higher than last station»

29.316

true terrace «2 » near divortium aquarum is a lip with it— Dick right— Mac1

mistook terrace also right—

78-1 Macculloch 1817. The passage of Macculloch to which Darwin refers has not been identified.

157

[page] GLEN ROY 79-83

79 Granite such as boulder on <thes> Diyortium aquarum

on right

Peaty Mass of this point very nearly like head of Glen Guoy nor is horizontal line apparently continuation of upper terrace hand

•5 ft

iT	'
•<£
5-
P
i
a
<
S i
s
p J
	jebscurej
	pirm£df
s divonium j^-*~
my measurements her*

158

80 side of Loch Spey Forms terrace about 60 feet above Loch trace of this terrace «on <will> Granite ridge or a modified Granite ridge» at head of Glen Roy on same side

where two rivers unite in Upper Glen Roy great

plain about 60 ft beneath shelf peat on pebbles tidal plain as sea gradually retired, hard to explain on river doctrine

<Little Hill with granite blocks almost encircled)

<fre> Gneiss cut smooth on sides of hill where Boulder lies.

buttresses «occur» high up on Shelf 2 «in Upper Glen Roy»

83 In this upper part «about junction of Upper & from Glenroy» near the upper shelfs ground strewed with pebbles

Shelf 3d runs up with buttresses on each side «very little way» in Upper Glen Roy at pass

side of valley

4th Sh
82 «in upper Glen Roy»] circled.

[page] GLEN ROY 84-87

84 Granite blocks on this side (return) between 2 & 3 shelf Mountain <Mica> «composed of» Gneiss

Block on 2d shelf & below it some way; several large ones (one 6 ft across) on top of spit between river & dry Corry

85 Scarcely conceivable, if Hill between Corry so much cut Granite could have remained, no peat supply.—

Consider profoundly Boulder hypothesis1

Thursday, from Glen Turrit to Fort Augustus

Barom on upper (rather above)? shelf 29.290 A. 69° Air 68°?

86 Barom 29.008
A. 75°

Air 70°?

This station a little way down slope of obscure terraces (& conical hills on same) of «semi» waterworn & some partly well worn pebbles—«which river could not have deposited)) the slope is continued some hundred

87 feet lower & begins about 60 higher—

There are however fringes of alluvium (?) still higher

Slope of valley much more gentle than in Glen Roy, & partly shut in

No Granite blocks in higher parts??

Bought Glen name of Glen by which we

river & dry] 'dry' over 'C

Scarcely... supply.—] ink.

85-1 See J7?:288-90, 614-15 for discussions of erratic boulders.

159

[page] GLEN ROY 88-93

88 descended, it is to the west of Glen Tarf

What I called Alluvium shows the ascending fringes

which makes me think it submarine, 400 or more feet above station! There is long straight isthmus connecting

89 E & W connecting Glen Bought & Glen Tarf a perfect old Loch, making <several> two divortiums aquarum, viz two branches of River Bought & between one of these & Glen Tarf

90

91

Hill «Cairn <taw> leer peak» Barom 28.700 . A.750

75°?

Boulder, much covered by turf 2ft. 8- long of syenite with pinkish felspar;-

whole hill dark grey fine grained. Much contorted gneiss «narrow sharp ridge

with peak» I walked all round

hill. Boulder about 20 ft. below summit

<Isthmus>

Boulder

XX Barom 28.92 A 75 Air 70°?

92

93

Isthmus broad flat peat mass— (general character in these mountains & not ridges) between arm of Glen Bright flowing into E. end of L. Oich, & waters flowing into west end with obscure terraces on one side Barom 29.200 A 80 70°?

for about lU of mile on <one> S side of «this» Isthmus (which runs E & W) broad terrace «of pebbles ? & Alluvium» which appear perfectly level, <on op> dies away on gradual slope—

: on N side., dies away on rocky place, but narrow shelves just like road of Glen Roy— appears to lip with moss

Air 70°?] circled.

91

160

[page] GLEN ROY 94

94 On this terrace «station perhaps 6 ft too low» (to test last on Peat-Mass Divortium aquarum) Barom. 29.200

A.77° Air 70°?

Barom. 066 lower than last, but A 77 station was <a few> «about 3» feet <bwen

too high

about a quarter of a mile further on, where three [. . .] abutted

Having crossed the mouth, (deep) of above valley this road level with Peat moss most distinct then lost by slope, then concealed by fragments, then clear, this bit to eye certainly appears level with road, & with piece of excised rock lost at point of valley chiefly from rockiness

When on other side

Shelf A at head of Gentle mossy slope, which from a distance hid it, could be
followed for at least 2 miles on dead level «by eye» to moss

on this terrace Barom. 29.264 A 82 75°?

This last measurement turns out too low, (NB .260 would have been more correct) there were several obscure but not far continuous flights above it— (NB the buttress or pass at Isthmus appears above level of shelf certainly) I took another measurement on short buttress but not continuous & it

was 29.200 minus .008

.192

Loch Lochy 4 ft above water Barom: 30.372 A 76°

75°?

The River <the> of which the source is a lip with the new shelf flows into canal between L. Lochy & Oich.

94 where three [. . .] ]five letter word Meg.

This last. . . too low] brace right.

' ' and '192' ] ink.

[page] GLEN ROY 99-105

99 is a brook on the Lochy side of it— the terraces of which, last measurements belong are so complicated, that nothing can be made out of them— but it may be said that a mound stretches along, parallel to

100 Shelf on opposite side & dies away on the steep & rocky gully of last stream

Friday Loch Lochy near Letter Finlay Barom 30.267, A 68 Air 65°

<.194 372 about 267 28.75 .105 I reached) 29.090

101 Preservation of form of land very much due to Peat & Heather When it did not grow at first—relics destroyed.—

the Brook <about> Head of which is so interesting, enters by old tower called Glengarry

102 (Nead Roy told me) it is impossible to see my new shelf, from road:

Loch Ness

30.140. A 66°

30.095

.0458 or 6

difference between bedrock & Loch Ness

<30.100>

<Donald Macpheo

103 Saturday Morning 29.958 A 64°, air 60 «Evening do»

The extreme right arm of River Tarf <it> Has a very long, flat divatium aquarum with, left of Bright.— like bed of lake with trace of terraces on each side

High up the Tarf

(a Granite (boulder), sloping buttresses, an[d] one alternate curved layer of fine sand & small angular— rounded pebbles— dip sideward, & inwards— deposited when water stood at higher

Loch Keeper tells me, that Loch Lochy is 8 ft below Loch Oich wh is 92 ft above sea—Loch Ness 40 ft above

162

[page] GLEN ROY 106-118

do. When cutting bank where Locks now are (32 ft rise) they found alternating layers of coarse & fine & many Sea shells. My informant saw them himself-—

Sand with tide ripple Near Fort Augustus hill & fringe as if it has been filled up «at» 30 ft. higher with pebbles now worn away—

The above shells must have been 108 about 60 ft above sea— soon decayed on exposure

Mr H. C. Watson Geographical distribution of British Plants

109 Shropshire Quartz what substance is collected in little spots

1 2

Speculate on «under head of» Beagle Channel. Forchammers (Lyells Denmark) Shrewsbury rubbish.— Speculate on origin pebbles brought by different cause: from mud.—

110-118 [blank]

Sand . . .worn away—] scored left margin.

Mr. . . Plants] double scored left margin.

Speculat e ... mud.—] ink.

108-1 Watson 1835. This work paid particular attention to Scottish highland plants.

109-1 J/?:286, 'When we consider the vast dimensions and number of these glaciers, the effect produced on the land must be very great. Every one has heard of the mass of rubbish propelled by the glaciers of Switzerland . . .' P. 300, '. . . in the two large islands cut off by the Beagle channel from the rest of Tierra del Fuego, one has cliffs composed of matter that may be called stratified alluvium, which front similar ones on the opposite side of the

channel, while the other is exclusively bordered by

the older rocks . . .'

109-2 Forchhammer 1828:67-68. The author here summarizes a confusing series of beds of chalk, clay, limestone, sand, gravel, loam and boulders some of which contain fossils. He points out various hypotheses by which the geological history of the region may be reconstructed. 109-3 Lyell 1840a:245, 'Had the deposit been only a

few feet thick, and all the boulders of moderate dimensions, it might have been argued, that a violent current of water, or diluvial wave, had thrown together materials of all sizes in one promiscuous mass, and left them as devoid of arrangement as a quantity of rubbish shot from a cart. For my own part, I am unable to suggest any conjecture to account for the phaenomena, except that of islands of drift ice, loaded with earth, gravel, and blocks . . . then melting.'

109-4 Lyell 1837, 4:87-88. Here Lyell discusses the deposition of clay and sand into fissures of chalk. He says p. 88, 'Organic remains are rare in Denmark, except those derived from older strata, and hence the age of the formation is on the whole very doubtful; but it has been supposed by Dr. Forchhammer and Dr. Beck to have been in progress throughout more than one tertiary period.'

163

[page] GLEN ROY 119-123

Wenlock Edge

[blank]

L. Lochy 12 ft

96 L. Oich

12

84

(

123 29.958 -1.17

28.788 +28.8 30.372 29.200

TTTU Loch Oich 92 each Loch 8 ft.

119 Figure extends across pages 119-120.

[. . .] shells from [. . .]] illeg words before and after 'shells from'.

blank, except for short line extending from sketch on page 122.

'12' and '84'] ink.

164

[page] GLEN ROY 1

124 The Metamorphic conglomerates near Loch Lochy would be well worth examining— Inverness & waters of the Tarf—

Kilfinnan Tower

where stream enters at head of which hill is round 125 & not merely thoughts laying dormant—

Man from Glen Turret said he learnt to know the lambs because most like Mother in face— asked stated this generally the case

126 Wednesday 12/ & 3/

Why is the Tetrao scoticus & Tetrao— not an American form

The union of two instincts crossing most remarkable ever obseved? Shows that <nervous> brain makes thought

bc Glen Roy

124-125 bottom 1/4 of page torn off.

 

[page] 487

Questions & Experiments

Introduction by Paul H. Barrett, Sydney Smith & Sandra Herbert

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

This account book (DAR 206, 158 X 198 mm) has 40 pages (20 leaves) bound in a limp marbled paper cover. Darwin wrote 'Questions & Experiments' on front and back covers in a large formal hand. A few entries in the notebook are in pencil, but most are in ink of widely varying shades: some entries in ink are supplemented or deleted in pencil. There is nothing to show continuous use in the notebook, ink colours vary at random, and any single page seems to have been written at many times so that it is at present impossible to establish a dated sequence. In this the notebook is unlike the others in this volume, where entries from front to back are on the whole temporally ordered.

Setting an opening and closing date for this notebook is problematical, though assigning general dates of use less so. There are scattered dates in the notebook, some being later additions: March 1842 (page 10a), July 1842 (inside front cover, pages uv, 15), May 1844 (page 22), and October 1844 (page 22). However, as an enterprise, the notebook would seem to have been begun earlier, for it connects with Darwin's efforts in 1839 t0 learn, in a systematic manner, the opinions of breeders and agriculturists regarding variation and inheritance. Notable here is Darwin's printed questionnaire entitled 'Questions about the Breeding of Animals' done some time between 1 January and 6 May 1839.1 The name of Richard Sutton Ford, one of Darwin's respondents to the questionnaire, appears on page 3 of Questions & Experiments. More generally, it is significant that in Questions & Experiments, a notebook of fluid organisation, pages 1−6 follow a systematic format listing questions to ask and experiments to perform with regard to the crossing of plants and the breeding of animals. In addition there is overlap between some entries in Questions & Experiments and more easily datable writing. Darwin's entry regarding atavism on page 1 correlates to E183; page 5 refers to entries on E184 and EIBC; folio 6V relies on a letter from William Herbert of c. 27 June 1839; and in Questions & Experiments as at the end of Notebook E Darwin was perusing issues of the Transactions of the Royal Horticultural Society. Hence one can assign a probable date of mid-1839 for Darwin's opening of Questions & Experiments. There is no firm date for the closing of the notebook. Most entries were made by 1844, but the notebook continued in use after that date. The first paragraph in the entry under 'Hooker' on page 17 follows from Joseph Dalton Hooker's letter to Darwin of [23] March 1845 while another entry on that page, referring to Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, correlates with a letter from Darwin to Hooker of [3 September 1846].2

In function Questions & Experiments served as a storehouse for questions on animal and plant breeding that Darwin wished to ask of various authorities and for lists of experiments he wished to perform, or see performed. In the transmutation notebooks some entries similar to these occur, but in this notebook questions and experiments are grouped together into a programme of research. Answers to Darwin's queries appear partly within the text but more often in letters between Darwin and those whose opinion he sought as a consequence of the

1 The questionnaire is reprinted in Correspondence 2:446—49. In his Accounts book, now kept at Down House, under June 1839 Darwin wrote 'Messrs Stewart and Murray for printing Questions 2.. 5.. 6' [£2 5s 6d]. For two replies to Darwin's questionnaire see Freeman and Gautrey 1969 and also Correspondence 2:187—192.

2 Compare QE17 to Correspondence 3:162—64, 340.

[page] 488

lines of inquiry developed in the notebook. The notebook is thus the public and experimental side of Darwin's species work and complements his more private inquiries in the other notebooks.3

In organisation the notebook is comprised of a series of lists, three headed by the names of places—Maer (page 13), Shrewsbury (page 14), and the gardens of the Zoological Society of London (page 20)—where experiments could be carried out, but most headed by the names of persons to whom the questions listed below would be addressed. On page 17 the name changes in mid-page where John Edward Gray is displaced by Hooker. After the Darwin family moved to Down House in September 1842, London friends, hitherto close, were now 12 miles away, and questions were accumulated against the next visit to London or posed in letters. The inside front cover of the notebook holds Darwin's index to the notebook; the names listed there comprise a diverse but impressive company of contemporary British figures in natural history.

Darwin's notes in Questions & Experiments demonstrate his early interest in all factors affecting variation. The range and penetration of these notes also attest compellingly to his ingenuity as an experimenter and constitute a master plan for his treatment of variation in the Origin, and later in the massive two volumes on Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication (1868).4 More immediately, Darwin's use of his Questions & Experiments notebook is evident in the text to his 1842 Sketch of his species theory, where species mentioned in the notebook also appear in the Sketch; and the thrice-mentioned 'July 1842' date in the notebook confirms that he was actively using it about the time he wrote the Sketch.

For discussion of Darwin's relation with the world of breeders see Secord 1985; on Darwin's approach to the subjects of generation, variation, and inheritance see Bowler 1974, Geison 1969, and Hodge 1985.s

3 For this point we are indebted to Anne Secord who has also provided us with the correlations between Darwin's correspondence and Questions & Experiments

4 See Barrett, Weinshank, and Gottleber 1981 for page locations and frequency of mentions in the Ongin of words associated with 'variation'.

5 Bowler, P J. 1947. Hist. Med. 29:I96; Geison, G. L 1969, J. Hist. Med. 24:375; Hodge, M.J. S. 1985 In Kohn 1985; Secord, J. A 1981 Isis 72:163.

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS FC IFC

FRONT COVER

Questions & Experiments

Jordan Smith.

Sowerby Cuming.

Owen Hooker p. 17

Mrs. Whitby. Newlands Lymington Hants. Habits of different caterpillar races.1 —Name of Italian who sold eggs.—2

INSIDE

FRONT COVER

Gowen, Royle, & Horsfield Sykes Maer.

Questions &c. July. 1842.-

Shrewsbury Henslow (2d time) Dr. Holland

Father. And. Smith Babington— Gould -

J. Gray-

Yarrell-Blyth-

Zoolog Soc «Gardens» ■

Dr. Boott:

R. Brown

Horticulturists

Eyton

Schomburgk.

p.12 p.13

p. 14

p. 14.—

p. 16

10.(a)

17

18

19—Mr.Tollett

20 & Breeders

p. 21

-23

p. 21-p.22

1 pi. -pi pl7

Eyton'; remainder added at intervals.

IFC base text: 'Royle p. 12] '2' over '1'. p. 13] '3' over '2'. p. 14] '4' over '3'. Dr. Boott:] pencil. Jordan Smith, p 1.] pencil. Hooker p. 17] scored by pencil finger.

IFC-2 Probably 'Mr. Antony Tagliabue, 31, Brook Street, Holborn', recommended by Mre Whitby as a supplier of silkworms' eggs (Whitby 1848, p. 55) or 'Signor Arregoni, 16, Church-street, Soho' from whom Mrs Whitby purchased silkworms in 1844 (Whitby 1848, p. 62).

IFC-1 Calendar. Letter 1113. 'To M. A. T. Whitby 2 Sept. [1847] Down Questions Mrs W on difference in flight capacity of male and female silkworm moths . . .' See also Variation, 1:302, 303 for further discussion of Mrs Whitby and breeding silkworms.

489

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 1 -1v

1 Temporary Question

1 Where has Duchesne described Atavism alluded to by Dr. Holland—' < Jordan) Smith of Jordan Hill— character of the extinct land-shells of Madeira—2 analogous or quite distinct from recent ones— I presume some recent not found fossil (perhaps not embedded • are there any very common recent ones not embedded?—

Do the Tame Parrots breed amongst the Indians

Do the Savages select their dogs

Sowerby Entomologist

Does individual Shell or insect or group vary more in one country or district than in another? Character of shells of Sandwich group {Sowerby monstrous Cardium—4 does it remind him of other species5

Hooker says the species of Aquilegia vary much in their spurs & Ranunculus in the nectaries.6 The former best for my experiment on Selection.

lv Experiments in crossing &c Plants

1 Repeat the French experiment of Carrot1

1 base text: title and question I, remainder added at intervals.

<Jordan> Smith . . . not embedded?—] pencil, crossed pencil.

Do the Tame Parrots . . . their dogs] crossed.

Sowerby Entomologist] added in margin opposite first brace.

Inside front cover, p. 1, and several other pages have pin marks where loose notes were attached; this can be

reconstructed at least in part. 1v base text: title — question 3; remainder added at intervals.

3. To apply . . . Transact.—] crossed pencil.

4 May we . .. flower] pencil, written on a slip of paper pasted into notebook.

(6) flower on] 'on' altered from 'in'. The «above] V over 'is' in 'The'.

The French ... negative.—] change of ink.

1-1 Holland 1839a:23, 'A singular variety [of heredity] is that which Duchesne and others have termed Atavism; where a bodily peculiarity, deformity or disease, existing in a family, is lost in one generation; reappearing in that which follows.' Duchesne's original citation has not been traced. See E183, which is the source of this question. 1-2 J.Smith 1838-42 [1841]:354, 'The [land] shells have been most carefully examined by the Rev. Mr. Lowe, and one sixth ascertained to belong to species not now living in the island; the Canical sands therefore are assigned by Mr. Smith to the Pleistocene or newest tertiary aera.' 1-3 J. Sowerby 1806, 1838. Includes many pages on

insects. Sowerby (Elder) 1812 is also on insects.

1-4 G. B. Sowerby, Jun. 1840. Does not mention monstrous Cardium. See however Sowerby, G. B. (Elder) 1839a, for discussion of monstrous Encrinus. Darwin may have discussed the monstrous Cardium at the 8 Sept. 1840 meeting of the Zoological Society of London, when a paper on Cardium by Sowerby, Jun. was presented.

1-5 Sowerby (Elder) 1833. Discusses great variability of species of Mollusca and Conchifera.

1-6 Hooker: reference could not be traced. Probably a personal communication.

lv-l SeeE149.

490

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS lv-2

2 {also try Primrose & Cowslip in rich soil & propagate from their seed 3. To apply pollen of different genus & then some hours afterwards of nearly related plant & see if first pollen produces any effect, as in case of woodpidgeon & Hen. mentioned by Mr Knight. Vol IV Hort. Transact.—2 4 May we no suppose, that certain plants, like Aphides produce

impregnated young ones; & that it is in these that male organs (not being always useful), fail— Really good subject for experiment.—«to repeat Spallanzani»3 Raise only single Plants & only allow <few> one flower

Dr Fleming. Philosop. of Zoolog. vol 1. p. 427— says biennial-wall-flowers & scarlet Lychnis can be propagated by cuttings.—4 Try.— Important as discovering function of seeds—

To hybridise EVERY flower on melon & see whether fruit affected. Mr. B.

seemed to say impregnation <caused> of some seeds, caused symmetry in cone— The «above Exper» explains apples on side near other tree being affected.— does one branch of Cabbage being mongrelized affect other branches— The French Apple tree «with abortive stamens» answers first question in negative.—

2 Questions Regarding Plants.

Uniformity of hybrid & Mongrel offspring

How have late varieties of Peas &c been obtained?

3.. Whether the viviparous grasses & onion, produce flowers, like the Oxalis from C. of Good Hope mentioned by Mr Herbert in vol IV. Hort. Transact.—'

1 base text: title — question 9; questions, 10 and 11 added in a different ink. 5. Whether Roses ... 6 ... on them?] crossed pencil. 7... Bananas] second 'a' over 'n'.

8. Can any .. . individuals—] crossed pencil.

9. Mal(e]] added pencil in box.
11. non-flowering] crossed.

lv-2 Knight 1822. Makes no mention of successive pollination of a flower by pollen of different genera at different times; see however: p. 367, 'great numbers ... of species . . . may be made to breed together, with greater or less degrees of facility . . .'; p. 371,'.. . a single plant is often the offspring of more than one, and, in some instances, of many male parents.'; pp. 372-73, discussion of a cross of a wood-pigeon and a 'common hen' which as reported produced a mule. Knight thought a mistake had been made, as the mule bred freely. Knight, in 1822, believed in creation of species and that hybrids from distinct species could not be fertile (pp. 371-72). But see Knight 1824:293, '. . . that real mule plants have in some instances, and under certain circumstances, produced offspring . . .' See Darwin's abstract (DAR 74:62) of Knight 1822:372, 'Mentions curious case of Hen mounted by woodpidgeon—which had fertile offspring.—but this

one (out of eleven eggs) had no comb and fleshy nostrils and whole profile of head exclusive of point of beak.— looks like as if past impression had been produced.—' lv-3 Spallanzani 1769. See E90 and E148. lv-4 Fleming 1822, 1:427, note, 'Sir James E. Smith, Introd. Bot. p. 138 and 139 seems to consider it as established, that "propagation by seeds is the only true reproduction of plants." ' But according to Fleming, 'The wall-flower and sweet-william plants, whose natural term of life rarely extends beyond two years . . . may be con-Tinued for many years, by being propagated by means of cuttings of the slips. Even the annual stem of the Scarlet Lychnis, may be converted into separate plants of many years duration.'

2-1 W. Herbert 1822:33-34, 'This is the first instance I have known, or heard, of an embryo, either in the vegetable or animal kingdom, drawing its support directly

491

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 2-3

4.. Are any varieties of Cabbages not attacked in bad years from Caterpillars.

Whether Roses impregnate each other, when close planted together: <do> Can Holyoak be raised distinct by seed— Heartease.

— Do not species of wild Roses run into each other very much.— Has not some one written on them?

1... Are the wild Bananas of Otaheite seedless;— are all varieties seedless—if so. how have varieties been formed?—

Can any annuals be budded, with reference to extension of age of individuals—

Do plants in becoming double ever become monooecious— loosing one sex & not other: which generally fails first?— Mal[e]

10. Henslow says semi-doubl flowers are those whose stamens are monstrous,

how then are seeds ever raised? 11. Is not non-flowering gorze common in Norway No2

3 Questions regarding Breeding of Animals

If two half bred animals exactly alike be interbred will offspring be uniform.— Mr Ford1

Has M. Sageret written on crossing of Cabbages, quoted by (as if oral) Decandoelle in V. Vol of Hort. Transacts2 & M. Sageret is referred to with doubt by Herbert3

Do forest-trees sport much in nursery gardens?

<are the> is the ground much manured

3 base text: title and first question; remainder added at intervals. Do forest-trees] 'No' added over 'Do'. In species . . . see notes] crossed. In varieties ... important.] pencil, double scored in pencil. In crosses . . . versa] crossed pencil. Good observation . . . comparison with] crossed pencil. Weigh skeleton . . . good] 'good' in box. Weigh skeleton . . . fatness.—] crossed pencil.

from the parent, without the intervention and assistance of an intermediate body, such as the cotyledon, the yolk of the egg, or the placenta, to afford it nourishment. I have indeed found one Oxalis from the Cape of Good Hope ... to be viviparous . . . [and this] amounts . . . only to a habit of premature vegetation in the seed . . .' See also El65. 2-2 See El53.

3-1 R. S. Ford, farmer and neighbour of Wedgwoods at Maer; a respondent to Darwin's questionnaire about the breeding of animals. Ford's answer was dated 6 May 1839. See Freeman & Gautrey 1969:223-24; Freeman

1977-55 and Correspondence 2:187-89.

3-2 Candolle 1824:2-3, 'M. Sageret, an enlightened

member of the Agricultural Society of Paris, has also

sent me the results of his experiments on cross-bred

Cabbages ...' P. 39, 'The cultivated Cabbage, Brassica

oleracea, according to M. Sageret [is] incapable of receiving

fecundation from any but its own species . . .' See also

p. 25.

3-3 W. Herbert 1837:353. Questions Sageret's report

of seed-pods, some long, some short, produced by a cross

of a cabbage and a horse-raddish

492

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 3-4

In species of close genus do more than three primary colours occur in relation with species— answered «by Henslow» see notes

In varieties is there any difference in offspring from A. into B. from B. into A. as takes place in mules ass & horse— important. {In crosses does male offspring take after male parent & vice versa = History of Tortoise-shell Cats, as only one sex so coloured = I have grey-cat «w was female» with tinge of tortoise-shell «on back.—» = Length of intestine in Persian Cat— , in Brazilian «toothless» dog— I. St. Hilaire says length differs in different cats.—5

Good observation— examine semen of Hybrid animal, in comparison with

Weigh skeleton of Tame Duck & Wild Duck, & then weigh their wing bones & see if relation is same good, avoids effects of fatness.—

4 Experiment in crossing animals.— &c

(1) To cross some artificial male with <old> female of old breed & see result.— According to Mr Walker the form of male ought to preponderate;1 according to Mr Yarrell the latter ought: either in first breed or permanently.—

Cross two half-bred animals, which are exactly alike & see result.—

Cross the Esquimaux dog. with the hairless Brazilian or Persian animals of different heredetary constitution, to see whether offspring infertile.—

(4) Does the number of pulse, Respiration, period of gestation differ in different breeds of dogs. Cattle, (Indian & Common) &c: length of life.

4 4] page number over '3'.

base text: title — question 2; remainder added at intervals.

(1) form] 'f over 'm'.

(5) Does my Father . . . heredetary.] crossed pencil.

3-4 See letter Darwin to Henslow [24 Jan. 1840], 'Do you recollect our discussion about varieties of same plants not having three primary — Surely I have seen pale yellow hyacinth, & certainly blue & pink ones.—' Correspondence 2:252.

3-5 I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire 1841:298, 'Parmi les visceres interieurs, le canal alimentair s'est notablement allonge chez le chat, en raison du regime en partie vegetal, impose par l'homme a cet animal exclusivement carnassier dans l'etat de nature.' In Darwin's copy of Geoffroy, there are double score marks in the margin beside the passage.

4-1 A. Walker 1838:202, 'The second law, namely that of Crossing, operates where each parent is of a different Breed, and when, supposing both to be of equal age and vigour, the male gives the backhead and locomotive organs, and the female the face and nutritive organs.' Darwin liberally annotated his copy of Intermarriage inserting in the book a four-page outline of his own views of heredity vis-a-vis Walker's. The essay begins 'I reject Mr Walkers theory of one parent giving (see p. 150) one series of organs & <another) the other a different set.—'

493

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 4-5

(5) Does my Father know any case of quick or slow pulse being heredetary.

(6) In the last 1000 years how many generations of man have there been.— on what principles calculated.— in order to guess how many generations in Mammalia, in group effect of crossing.—

(7) Are the Eggs of the Penguin Duck quite similar to those of another Duck. tin Pidgeonl— Mr. Miller said yes with regard to former

4a (8) Is form of globule of blood in allied species similar.— if not how is it in <allied> varieties (9) Cross largest Malay with Bantam— will egg kill Hen Bantam.— Cross common Fowl with Dorking

Statistics of breeding in Zoolog. Gardens— with respect to conditions of animals & their general healthiness— Fox's, Bears Badgers,— How few wild animals are propagated,, though valuable as show. & curiosities!! What is price of fox. otter. Badger &c &c &c.—

Keep. Tumbling pigeons, cross them with other breed.—

About the blended instincts

Remote Experiments— Plants

Raise seedlings surrounded by various bright colours, any effect? and silk caterpillars

Shake a sleeping mimosa, or half bred mimosa (a) between sensitive & sleeping species, & see whether association can be given

do the stamina of C. Speciosissimus collapse during sleep & do of Berberis— (latter I think certainly not)

5-5]a base text: title — question 2; remainder added at intervals. Remote] crossed.

Raise seedlings ... silk caterpillars] followed by double separation lines. (a)] added as cue to [5]a 'The Leptosiphon . . . see effect—'.

I think] underlined.

Sow seeds . . . will be.—] 'will seedlings . . . cuttings &c' crossed pencil. (3) bulbs] altered from 'bubs'.

(3) seedlings] altered from 'seeds'.

(3) Raise] 'i' over 'a'.

(6) This in fact... Cabbages] added pencil in margin. A

on ditto] 'on' over dash.

such dioecious . . . orifice] partially erased pencil relating to first question on p. 6. 12. Bee] underlined.

done] added pencil.

5-1 See also Correspondence 2:190 about visual stimuli at questionnaire on animal breeding. Freeman and Gautrey

time of conception affecting coloration in offspring. This 1969.

comes up in connection with R. S. Ford's replies to the 5-2 SeeE43.

494

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 5-[5]a

Sow seeds & place cuttings or bulbs in several different soils & temperatures & see what the effect will be.— will seedlings vary much more than cuttings &c

Raise annuals or common English plants in Hothouse & see what effect on organs of generation

Place pollen of Red Cabbage «mixed with own pollen» on flowers of other cabbages & see whether there will result hybrids—

Dust flowers of one branch of Cabbage with pollen of other, count seeds, & see how great a proportion springs up true.— This in fact always takes place in natural Hybrids of Cabbages

Sow <daisy> seeds of wild cabbage in very rich soil, will plants abort?, does it require successive generations to accustom them to such soil.— Sow weeds in such soil.—

7(a) (Experimentise on Primrose seeds— it really is an important case— < cross with cowslip pollen.— as these are wild varieties. Is any ^ intermediate form found wild

[5]a

The Leptosiphon densifolium «an annual» <sleep> «closes flower» on all gloomy days.— The «garden» Coronella also sleeps on ditto— Cover them up periodically & see effect— such dioecious individ—small orifice

(8)

(9)

10

{Carry Bees, powdered with starch & Carmine & experimentise on their returning powers— then carry them in Electrical machine, reversing the poles test by suspending magnet within & see which way they fly.— /I have noticed leaves covered with Honey-dew dusted with pollen of neighbouring grass = Spread sheets of Paper, covered with some sticky stuff in flat places & see whether wind, on «dry» windy day, «flower garden on gravel walk» will drift many seeds = Necessary to answer Wiessenborns doctrine of Equivocal Generation Charlworth p. 377.' Have paper ruled in squares to facilitate investigation.— Capital in middle of ploughed ^ field— on hills.— ' Shoot tame duck on pond with Duck-weed— coots— waterhens—

11.

examine dog, which has swum— on pools & rivers— every kind of seed ^ must be distributed.— Examine scum of pond for seeds.— Soak all kinds of seeds for week in Salt, artificial water.— 12. TPlant two races of Cabbages near each other— & enclose one twig of each | in bell-glass— sow these seeds & see if they will come up true— whilst v, others are crossed.—

[5]a-l Weissenborn 1838a:369, 'The ancient doctrine of generatio spontanea seu cequivoca [is opposed to omne vivum ex ova] . . .' P. 373, 'Most . . . animals . . . spontaneously generated, afterwards propagate their species by ova . . .'

P. 377, '. . . the seeds of the Hypericum not being furnished with a pappus or wings, I do not see how we are to account for [its germination and growth], except by the generatio azquivoca . . .'

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS [5]a-6

Are Bees guided by smell— or sight. . touching Mr Brown theory of

insect-like Orchis— & final cause of beauty of flowers— contrasted by Kirby— with

animal reproductive system.—3 — cover flower—put artificial flowers— also do

with honey— What is use of Bee Larkspur= =Toad Orchis=

How many flowers in minute do they visit?? good=!!

Examine pollen of double flowers, compared with single & see whether grains

flaccid, as Koelreuter describes4

Kill Sparrow after feeding on oats, give body to Hawk & sow pellet, ejected. done

Examine pollen of such flowers as do not seed or seed rarely— Magnolias. «Azaleas» & plants grown under unfavourable circumstances, as Hyacinths in glasses &c &c

6 Experiments

Questions concerning Plants

Is the common Fig Dioecious— are its female flowers always barren— if not how does impregnation take place male & female flower in same receptacle

Make Duck eat Spawn, eggs of snail, row of fish & kill them in hour or two «My Father made hens cast Holly-seed & they grew»

Place. Snap-Dragon. (I have seen one monstrous) Fox Glove & such like in very rich soil— As they have little tendency to double; what would be effect—

Try in how many generations, daisy. Fever-fuge Groundsil.— gilly flower will break & become double.— There is a double Crows-foot, or Ranunculus. =

Try. .Nitrate of Soda— Salt. Gypsum. Magnesium Iron Rust Carb. of Ammonia.— Horse Urine &c &c on associated plants, when proportional number appear equal— & see whether proportions will vary, which will show that such proportions not effect of Chance

6 base text: title and first question.

Questions concerning Plants] crossed.

Is the common Fig . .. receptacle] crossed.

(8) Spawn] 'S' altered from V.

(12) Maer. = ] added in margin above '(12)'

(12) by birds] added pencil.

[5]a-2 R. Brown 1833:740-41, '. . . the remarkable forms of the flowers [viz., a striking resemblance to insects] in this genus [Ophrys] are intended to deter not to attract insects . . . [and] the insect forms in Orchideous flowers, resemble those of the insects belonging to the native country of the plants.'

[5]a-3 Kirby 1835, 1:139, 'The most beautiful and admired, and odorous and elevated parts of the plant are

its reproductive organs and their appendages, while in the animal they are the very reverse of this.' [5]a-4 Kolreuter 1761-66, often discusses fertilization of double flowers. In his own copy, Darwin made marginal notations on this subject on the following pages: 1761:46; 1764:110-11; 1766:67, 72-74, 84-89, 119, 122. See especially 1766:71-73 for discussion of'Der saamenstaub . . . theils aus eingefallenen und leeren Kugelchen.'

496

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 6-7

Maer.=

(12) Take Bag of soil from centre of woods «especially if date of wood be known» & other odd places & see what plants will spring up which will show, how seeds are transported, or how long they remain dormant, if kinds come up, not found in wood.— but seeds continually dropping in woods, by birds

[6V] 13. Mr. Herbert says Crocuses are very difficult to cross.—' are there races— if so plant them together. & raise, seed.— In letter Mr Herbert says do about (Enothera.—2

(14) Examine pollen of those genera of which wild hybrids have been formed.

(15). What is History of Viburnum, or snow-ball-tree, what would result from seeds being sown=

See in Cultivated Plants, as Pentstemon, which have abortive parts, whether such vary.—

Do Bees go to Sweet Peas, IMPORTANT, for if so, as these can be raised true, there is no crossing by Bees.—

7 Henslow.—

Character of alpine Flora of Tierra del Fuego and Entomology of.— most important, as furthest removed possible point.— ?genera in intermediate country

Any known changes in Flora of countries during last century or two.— where agency of man not known.—

How is Iris impregnated.; which part of stigma?—

As Papil. flowers appear difficult to cross, are there unusually many species in genera of Leguminosa?.— Herbert explains numerous spec, of Cape Heath by facility. 1 ^Knight takes opposite view.2 Gaertner talks of the several great & natural Families, as being difficult to cross.3

7 base text: title — question 1; remainder question 2~36 (p. 12) added in same hand and ink.
(1) Character of. . . country] crossed pencil. (4)

Gaertner ...to cross.] added pencil in margin.

[6V]-1 W. Herbert 1822:27; see also Darwin-Herbert 1839 correspondence, Herbert letter 5 Apr. 1839, 'I have failed in all attempts to cross Crocuses . . .' Correspondence 2:183.

[6v]-2 W. Herbert to Darwin letter [c. 27 June 1839], 'Flowers of CEnothera can scarcely expand from the bud without impregnating the stigmas ...' Correspondence 2:203. 7-1 W. Herbert 1822:27, 'It has been conceived that the African Heaths consist of different genera, which might be

distinguished by the shape of their pods: but I have found

no difficulty in intermingling species with different shaped

pods, which proves that such a division would be

erroneous

7-2 Knight 1822:371-72 (see also QET-2). Believed

mules to be sterile. Herbert 1822:16, 'It is not even true

that all mules amongst animals are entirely sterile.'

7-3 K. F. Gaertner. See numerous publications on plant

hybridization.

497

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 7-9

It is most important to ascertain amount of variation in plants raised by Scions, as Elms. &c &c— I have some reason to suspect Elms.— & Orchidacacous plants no other case.—

Will plant accustomed to rich soil, when placed in very poor flower, but

not fruit Do not orchards become unproductive from poorness of

soil.—4 yet crabs probably would grow there

(7) Where parts of fructification <lat> retrograde into leaves— is this ever
effect of want of nutrition.— Horned oranges so?5 —Yes, my Father lost this
character in grt degree from charcoal & good treatment

8 (8) Do bees frequent Cabbages «& Cowcumber's out of doors.» much—or the minute Orthopt.— important, as we know how readily they cross.—'

In the nurseries, when «seed of» the varieties of Cabbages, peas, beans, as raised, do the Seedsmen select at all from the plants? If not, I am surprised <plan> such plants do not degenerate,— as the Bees will mingle the infinitesimal varieties which must occur.— is «it» not these? infinitesimal varieties, which counterbalance each other?

Is number of pollen-grains necessary to impregnate ordinary number of seeds known?— Linnasus has shown that each pistil is connected with separate division of germen <?>—2

Must pollen grain be whole, to impregnate?— I presume only stigma impregnable.—

At Maer Cowcumbers in frames are not artificially impregnated. Abberley says Ants— Enquire

Do any of same species of Willows grow in same situation & flower at same time. Has H. seen group of different species growing

[8V] White Mullein good plant to sow & try to get other species

9 <near> close to each other.— As they are dioecious, if no hybrids were

produced by seed, we might feel sure, that pollen of own kind is much

8-[8v] (9) as raised] 'as' altered from 'is'.

White Mullein . . . species] pencil, only entry on 8v.
9 <near> close . . . of Willows.—] continued from page 8.

14 (a)] relates to '(a)' on [9V].

(18) Oenothera] 'n' over 'e'.

7-4 Henslow 1838:338. Discusses relation of soil to horned ... The tree has long been without manure.—

plant growth: 'From the character of the soil and the Correspondence 2:27'1

condition of the islands we might expect a priori to meet 8-1 For Abberley's work on pollination of cucumbers

with a purely littoral flora, and with none but extensively by insects, see Correspondence 2:306.

sporadic species.' 8-2 Linnaeus 1775:192-93, '. . . the stigma ... is double,

7-5 See letter Darwin to Henslow 3 July [1840], from when the fruit consists of two cells, as in the masked and

Shrewsbury, 'I remember in your lecture you said monsters umbelliferous plants; triple, when the seed vessel has

were sometimes curious.— We have a largish orange tree, three cells, as in the lilies . . . [The flower] is furnished

covered with oranges & nearly all therse are annually with as many receptacles for the seed as there are stigmata.'

498

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 9-10

more effective than of foreign— Eyton has such a grove of Willows.—

Bowman female branch2 At What distances from males, will female (a) Willows or Yews some poplar's produce.—

Would Yew fruit without impregnation.—3

Any calculation of number of grains of pollen in any one flower

Catch Bees, Butterflies— Syrphus— Meligethes & see whether they are dusted with pollen— in what state (whole or broken) is ball of pollen on Bees thighs

Place pin's heads with Bird lime near male yew tree & see whether they catch pollen— <Ne> In (Enothera bush.—

Theory of mock flowers in Hydrangea

As Hop is Dioecious— seedsmen who raise Hop-seed— may know something about proportion of plants necessary &c &c

[9V] (a) Mercurialis— Frog Bit, Valerian— Urtica Dioica Sorrell. Lychnis.

Butchers Broom— «also, Vinca,» Examine all these, are they much frequented by Bees or Butterflies or little insect?= or is pollen excessively minute or abundant? do they seed plentifully? Look for isolated females.— Also any plants which are known easily to be crossed & all monocecious plants.— Hooker says Rafflesia is dioecious & Pollen must be carried by some insect—'

10 (21) Are there many instances of single clumps of plants in counties, as of rare

green Cotton Plant— How large «area» clump there? Distinguishable from <other> clumps from other parts? Don says Irish, Scotch & English plants generally distinguishable^ ' What structure of seeds.— (Paris)

(22) When Linnaeus says so great percentage of seeds have contrivance for transportal,2 does he include seeds good to eat. (even Nux Vomica is eaten by a Buceros in East Indies— Asiatic Researches)3

10 (21) (Paris) ] added pencil in margin.

(25) yellow white Butterfly] 'yellow' crossed pencil and 'white' added pencil.

9-1 Eyton-upon-the-Wild Moors, the home of See Don 1817-20 for a discussion of geographical
Thomas Campbell Eyton, 21/2 miles north of Wellington, distribution of plants in Scotland and in various Euro-
Shropshire, pean and Asian countries.

9-2 Bowman 1837. 10-2 Linnaeus. A particular reference to this citation

9-3 See Calendar letter 750 of 5 May [1844] from [P. could not be traced, but for a discussion of the subject, see

de M. G. Egerton] on propagation of Irish and common Henslow 1837:277-78.

yews. 10-3 C. White 1799a: 125, 'But what may be probably

[9V]-1 Hooker. References not traced. Probably personal deemed the most extraordinary circumstance relating to

communication. this curious bird [viz., the Hornbill, Buceros], is its feeding

10-1 David Don: probably personal communication. upon the Nux vomlea.'

499

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 10-10a

Talk about Thyme. Homed Oranges. Spallanzani Essay—4 Figs 2 kinds of flower annually.— Periwinkle, (not asclepiadse. «in» Lindley)

Do Bees distinguish species, they do not varieties.—

Does the yellow white Butterfly deposit eggs in all varieties of Cabbage.

Do deer Keepers cross the breed— desirable as in Cattle in Chillingham Park—6 What Book on varieties &c of deer. Contests of sexes.—

10a Q.30) March 1842. <Last> Year «before last» beans & peas were planted in rows adjoining & seeds gathered there were planted «last year» pell mell, without sticks & seeds gathered & these are now to be planted this year copied

Gould. —

Number of species of Birds in New Zealand, plants so few—

Range of mundane genera, «in Birds» in accordance with range of species?—

Are there any fine doubtful species from Van Diemen's Land? or New Zealand?

Babington about differences of Irish & British Species & British & distant parts

of Europe.—l

(Gould— go over the Pigeons, Philotis, Dacelo. Alcyone, where there are very

{ close species & see whether they come from islds. or different parts or same

I district.—2

About <endemic &> wandering species of confined genera

By my theory in volcanic or rising isld, there ought to be a good many races orl
doubtful species; how is this at Canarys Arch— it is so at Galapagos.— J

Ireland, doubtful species—

10a all entries added at intervals from March 1842.

Q.30) March 1842 . . . this year] addition to question 30, page 11; crossed.

copied] added in margin.

or New Zealand?] 'or' over dash.

Babington about. . . of Europe.—] connected by 'x' and marginal line to 'Does any ... in another

region—'.

Gould— go over. .. confined genera] crossed pencil.

By my theory . . . doubtful species—] crossed pencil.

Does any genus . . . another region—] crossed pencil.

Hooker?] added pencil.

Gould— go over . . . less in another region—] crossed pencil.

10-4 Spallanzani 1769.

10-5 Lindley 1839:137, 'The Periwinkles, Vinca major, and minor ... are the plants of this order [Apocynaceae] which inhabit Europe. They are readily known by their opposite leaves, and bifollicular fruit, from all orders except Asclepiadaceas, and from that order by their separate anthers having powdery pollen.'

10-6 CD received information from W. Yarrell on wild

cattle of Chillingham Park. Correspondence 2:134.

10a-1 Babington authored various botanical articles on

this subject.

10a-2 Gould 1837a:144; 1837c; [1837-38]; 1839:144;

1840a:114; 1840b: 150,160; 1845:18-19.

500

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 10a-l 1

Does any genus of Plants, vary & hard to separate specifically in one country & not in other: Rosa is hard in Europe, Walnut in America.— Heaths in Africa; Hooker? are these genera less difficult, in other countries, where species are either numerous or even where few are they constant: this very important for it wd show that such variation is not a generic or specific character,, but contingent on country.— How is it in Patella or Oysters or Helix. Or does any «one» species of plant, vary in one region of Europe & less in another region—

11 (27) Which sex in Mules generally fails— perhaps indexed by secondary characters— in double flower, do

Henslow Speaking of Thyme doubts about stigma in similar manner ever failing.—' answered by Gaertner

Can any annual or Biennial be grafted or cuttings taken or tuber— talk about Mr Knights theory with Henslow.—3 Dr. Fleming says yes.

Are there RACES of Lupine, Stocks Clover, to experimentize on by sowing near each other & see whether cross can be obtained— I name these three plants, because they cannot be crossed, I think, I expect, except by very minute insects.—

Get Abberley to plant SINGLE Peas, Kidney Bean & Bean, intertwined, «without sticks»— in reference to what Mr. Herbert observe on this subject—5

Ask Henslow for list of annuals to place in Hot house to see effect on generative organs of great Heat

Can Henslow ask question of Col. Le. Couteur about Wheat— Change of Soil— crossing— when seeds raised.— His Book.—6

11 answered by Gaertner] pencil in margin. Dr. Fleming says yes.] in margin (30) Get Abberley . . . this subject—] marginal 'x' added to show connection with page 10a 'Q. 30'.

11-1 For letter from J. S. Henslow, 21 November 1840, irregular, sometimes those of the male, and at other times,

on this subject see Correspondence 2:216. those of the female parent being prevalent

11-2 K. F. Gaertner. Reference not traced. 11-4 Correspondence 2:306.

11-3 See Knight 1822:369 for a discussion of grafting 11-5 W. Herbert 1837:352, '... the closely allied genera

wild and cultivated varieties of the same species; no Faba, pisum, vicia and ervum cannot be upheld as

mention of grafting annual or biennial plants or tubers, distinct . . .'; p. 353 "... I have seen cultivated in

See also Knight 1809:393, '. . . I have observed that Yorkshire a plant having the growth of a vigorous field

seedling plants, when propagated from male and female pea (Pisum), which produces seeds that no man would

parents of distinct characters and permanent habits, hesitate to call beans .. .'

generally, though with some few exceptions, inherit much 11-6 Le Couteur 1836:3, '. . . winter, or beardless wheat

more of character of the female, than of the male parent, was [according to Romans] best suited to dry uplands,

and the same is applicable, in some respects, to the and bearded wheat to low, or moist lands.' Le Couteur

animal world . . .'; and Knight 1837:369, 'Whenever I served with Henslow on the Wheat Museum of the Royal

have obtained cross-bred animals by propagating from Agricultural Society and also visited Henslow in Hitcham.

families of dogs of different permanent habits, the Correspondence 2:274. See Ml 55.
hereditary propensities of the offspring have been very

501

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS [ 11v]-12

[11 v] 32.A Would wheat from ^Egypt ripen in Scotland?— to show acclimatisation.— July <1842>

When nettle leaf, put into spirits, poison-drop exudes— does not elm. does it «in» melon— «Loasa» Anchusa «Campanula» &c & dead-nettle.— Lithospernum. Blue Gloss, it is not possible to see orifice of poison-tube— so put carmine in spirits & then experimentise: for gradation in structure

Compare flowers of wild & tame carrot— Parsley & Fennel. Verbena

Compare flower of different Cabbages most carefully to see if variation equal in flower with leaves.— strawberries

How <soon> «early» do characters of races of different vegetables & animals come on.— Compare calves.: Compare young, beans, cabbages.—

History of Pheasant-fowl. Hen coloured like cock-pheasant: said not to sit on own eggs

Flowers in short turf, for abortion, or for sterility

Land Birds Madeira Migratory— ask Gould about N. Zealand, as Cuculus lucidus is.—' Ask Sulivan about Falklands Isds— Snipe Migratory— probably united by Land to S. America 12 (33) Ornithologum commonly but improperly called Canadense—would it

grow in open air in Sweden. Linnasus found 2 flower, which had anthers removed, did not become impregnated.1 (34) Any recent information about pollen of Subularia

11v all entries added at intervals.

32. wheat] altered from 'what'.

Lithospernum. Blue Gloss.] added pencil.

Verbena] added pencil.

Land Birds Madeira .. . S. America] triple scored brown crayon . 12 (35) no light... seedless—] added pencil.

(35) In Royle's .... information] added in margin.

(36) Ask Gray ... to back] pencil.

37 about Chetah .. . Dogs] pencil square brackets added with 'does not know'.

that they . . . will scarcely permit the pollen of another flower to pass ... I therefore . . . extracted the antherae . . . and . . . this single flower proved barren. This experiment was repeated . . . with the same success.'

[H]-l Gould 1845:18-19. Cuculus of Australia

mentioned.

12-1 Linnaeus 1786:40-41, 'The interior petals of the

Ornithogalum, commonly, but improperly, called Canadense*

[*Albuca major, Sp. PI. ed. 2.] cohere so closely together,

502

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 12-13

Royle & Horsfield

(35) Talk about races of Banana & yet seedless— no light Henslow or Royle,
latter says seedless— Also about Sugar-Cane Edwards says does not
seed—2 «Bruce says does» Royle In Royle's Productive Resources Book no

information3 & Hope4 about Silk worms. Varieties effects of domestication— said to require Selection

(36) Ask Mr Gowen to ask Mr Herbert,5 how many generations any hybrid has
<been> reproduced itself.—

Ask Gray6 to ask Mr Riley7 to experimentise on hybridising ferns, tying them back to back 37 Col. Sykes fertility of men & Europasan animals in India?— about Chetah & other tame animals not breeding when tame in India?— does not know8 About Yaks. & other Hybrids— Dogs &c &c9

38 Does only male yak cross with cow: is not reverse possible??

13 Maer

(1) Yew Trees near Boat House «ANY male branch.» — ? number of seeds in
beginning of November 1841.— Trees above male?

(2) Result of Edwards experiment in Cabbages given
(3) in Heartease

13-[ 13 ] base text: title — question 4; remainder added at intervals. (2) Result. . . Cabbages] crossed in same ink as 'given'.

//Yes//] added over dash.

Examine ... is open ]parentheses added before '& Menyanthes' and after 'No'.

Examine . . . No] crossed pencil.

There is apple . . . (7). . . Dodecatheon%] crossed pencil.

Bladder-Nut. . . Dodecatheon"fj,]pe«c;7. Castrate apple . . . Also PEAS—] crossed pencil. Maer (1). . . (7) . . . Also PEAS—] crossed pencil.

12-2 Edwards. Not traced. 12-5 In his list of questions about hybridization sent

12-3 Royle 1839,1:118, 'As they [embassies of Lord via Henslow to Herbert, Darwin inquired about the

Amherst and Dr. Abel] approached Canton, groves of influence of various factors, eg., male vs female, wild vs

orange-trees, of bananas . . . relieved extensive fields of domestic strains on persistence of characters in

rice.' P. 163, '[In the northern parts of India] are successive generations of hybrids. See Correspondence:

cultivated limes, lemons, and oranges, the jujube, and 2:179-81 and for further correspondence with Herbert pp.

pomegranate, with bananas . . .' P. 355, 'Mr. B. [i.e. 182-84,201-4.

Brown] further adds, that it is not even asserted, that the 12-6 J. E. Gray. President of the Botanical Society of

types of any of those supposed species of American London; presided at the 16 Feb. and 16 March, 1839

Banana, growing without cultivation, and producing meetings of the society when papers of Martens 1839a,

perfect seed, has anywhere been found.' Royle also dis- and Riley 1839, on hybridity of ferns were read,

cusses the taxonomy, geography, and economics of 12-7 Riley 1839. Doubts Martens' 1839 contention that

bananas, plantains and the genera Musa of Musaceas. See ferns reproduce sexually and hybridize,

also Royle 1840:115-39, 'Silk Culture in India'; pp. 85- 12-8 Sykes 1835, 409, '. . . Captain Oakes ... had a

94, 'Culture of Sugar in India'. See discussion of bananas Colsun in his possession alive for a considerable time,

94, 'Culture of Sugar in India'. See J. D. Hooker's letter and was never able to subdue its natural savageness

12 December 1844 on geographical distribution and R. in the slightest degree.'

Brown's claim that bananas are indiginous only to East 12-9 Sykes, 1835, 1838a. Mentions members of the

Asia, not America. Correspondence 3:91,93. dog and cat families of India.

12-4 Hope 1836 13-1 Edwards. Not traced.

503

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 13-14

Does the Thyme bear abortive stamens every year & Spring. & within

garden //Yes//2

Examine the Parnassia whose stamens move one after other to flower &

Menyanthes whose pollen bursts before flower is open No

There is apple with branch in middle of tree with flowers near end of orchard. = At Shrewsbury one branch of Rhod. flowered later.— effect of ^accident??

Which. Rhododendrum seeds??— Bladder-nut%. Laburnumlk Dodecatheon%.

Castrate apple & pear to see if pollen naturally carried, on account of Van

Mons3 views— Also PEAS-

[13v] N.B. I think very likely the Peas to cross ought to be placed far from all other Peas, from Wiegman1

14. Shrewsbury

Peas.— Beans seeds alone remain to be compared— Cabbages.— kept true Try experiment (30/p. 11)

Yew Berries germinate?— Yew trees sexes—

Get Holyhoaks. races planted & Linum Perenne.— Herbert's, fact. '

14 base text: title — question 4; remainder added at intervals.

kept true] added pencil.

Yew Berries . . . sexes—] crossed.

Get Holyhoaks . . . fact.=] four scores pencil.

Effects . .. Beech.—] crossed.

Open . . . oranges.=] crossed.

Passion . . . Asclepias—] crossed.

(7) History of Potato field =] crossed.
(9) Melons . . . hybridised] crossed.

unimpregnated] 'un' over 'im'.

Abberley .. . Cynoglossum.] crossed.

12 Does the . .. by care] pencil, 'good' added ink.

13 Arum before... old flower=] crossed.
(15) Abberley . . . breed from it] crossed pencil.
(15) intends... it] added pencil.

(15) = failed to germinate] added pencil. (Skim ... Cyclopaedia)] added left margin.

13-2 Correspondence 2:276. distinct in their generations as if they were separate

13-3 Mons 1835-36. species: for instance, the cultivated double holyoaks, of

[13^-1 Wiegmann 1828. See also W. Herbert 1837:352, which at least the orange, the yellow, the white, the black,

'In 1823 [Dr. Wiegmann] sowed Pisium sativum (the field the red, and the pink, may be raised with certainty by

pea) and Vicia sativa (the common vetch) together; the seed from plants of the several colours, although planted

seedlings showed a departure from the natural colour, near together in the garden . . .' See also Herbert to

and yielded grey seeds.' Henslow in answer to Darwin's queries 5 Apr. 1839, 3rd

14-1 W. Herbert 1837:366, '. . . in some cases the and 4th paragraphs, Correspondence 2:182-83.
'seminal varieties of plants preserve themselves almost as

504

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 14-<15>

Effects of Nitrate of Soda under Beech.— Lychnis dioica answers this question=

Open more Horned oranges. =

Figs, flower.—Passion Flower, (as it is required to impregnate it artificially.)— Asclepias— Flowers not seeding= Put pot of boiled earth on top of House =Aristolochia, plant wh require insects to impregnate it

History of Potato field=

Abortive Thyme seeds weather wet—? Linum flavum put in Spirits which plant seeds?

Melons fruit itself hybridised

one had no seeds, & two had plenty of seed & these Seeds of unimpregnated Cowcumbers will they seed.?—

Abberley has planted seeds of pale green Cynoglossum2. never germinated

Does the horned orange. w\ never has seeds produced good pollen? Yes «From cultivation lost their horns» is impregnation necessary to fruit—; become well shaped by care

Arum before pollen is shed can you find flys dusted with pollen from other flowers? Can flys' escape from old flower=

(14) Has planted seeds of Geranium pyrenaicum. small white-flowered var. with abortive stamens.— show crossing & ?heredetary?

(15) Abberley has a hooked Pea.— intends to breed from it and large Asparagus: result? = failed to germinate

16 Will plant some of the Thyme with abortive stamens by Terrace to see, whether stamens will be produced in individual plants

17 A dead-nettle in Hot-house, will it seed?— (Skim through Penny Cyclopaedia)

Abberley says that some Bees are smaller & more vicious. Will try to get me some to look at:— Was once offered a hive, of these small Bees— at Sundorne1 has large Bees

July /42/

Mark has six day's puppy of small true Bull-Dog— length from nose over head

to root of tail 28 lli. inches. From sole of foot to shoulder on line of back, height

1772 /.

< 15 > all en tries added at intervals.

—At Sundorne has large Bees] added pencil.

14-2 See Correspondence 2:294 for CD's discovery of the <15>—1 Sundorne Castle, 3 miles north-east of Shrews-
pale-green Cynoglossum (C. sylvaticum) in Shropshire. bury in Atcham district, home of Dryden Robert Corbet.
Letter to W. A. Leighton, [1-23 July 1841]. See Correspondence 1:188, 620.

505

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS <15>-[15v]

The Greyhound, was in length (measured same way) 47 V2— in heigt 30 inches

Examine Keel of Common & Wild Duck— Black Duck & Penguin

15 Henslow &c

Has not H. raised races of white & Blue Linum— did parent plants grow near each other.— ? Cannot remember at all.

Any cases of plants, which will not produce seed in this country— where cause not apparent— Any where pollen is not produced or small in quantity — Any unproductive, where germen does not swell, although there be pollen.— or FEW. or bad seeds formed; badness may be merely not ripening=

Have Dioecious plants any secondary, sexual characters.— Stature, position of flowers— Their smell— form of flowers— Nectaries— In Monocecious «order» flower occupy particular position.—

What does he think of Dr Flemings statement of Sweet Williams & Stocks, being propagated many years, by cuttings.—'

Ask Henslow to distribute some of my questions2 amongst agriculturists, whom he know.— Col. le Couteur on Wheat.—3

Have any monocecious or dioecious plants the Papilionaceous structure of flower— Ground nuts

How are Orchidia? fecundated, as mass of pollen is requisite.— Brown's

4

paper

[15v] 43. j (Any flowers of Keeling Dioecious, or Monocecious, besides the Nettle.1 \ at Galapagos— Dioecious.— Carex.— We may presume Nettle spreads by ^seeds= (44) Zostera. Has he seen it in flower? does he know Botanist who does—What is Ruppia Bennett2 says in same state, of flower 45. Charlsworth. vol II. p. 670— oats cut down turning into Rye.—3

15 base text: title — question 50; writing becoming progressively smaller on page [15v], (36) Has not... each other.—?] crossed.

Ground nuts] added pencil.

How are . . . Brown's paper] crossed. [15v] (44) What is Ruppia ... of flower] crossed.

(.49) Gaertner de fruct:] added ink, 'Gaertner' added in faint pencil in margin. (.49) Geum. Galium Burrh =] added ink, carated in pencil.

31. Plant. . . ,TeazIe] '31' sic, CD misled by misshapen '5' in '50'.

31. ,TeazIe] added pencil.

15-1 Fleming. See note QElv-5. '. . . pick out the best ears of corn, and lay up our seed

15-2 See Correspondence 2 (Appendix v):446-49 for a separately by itself.'

transcription of Darwin's questionaire 'Questions about 15-4 R. Brown 1833:740. Discusses degrees of viscidity

the Breeding of Animals'which was privately printed and of the pollen mass and the flower parts in the orchid

distributed to agriculturalists. See also Freeman and Bonatea.

Gautrey 1969 for answers to the questionnaire. [15v]-l Henslow 1838.

15-3 Le Couteur 1836:12, 14, 15, 27, 55. Wheat crops [15v]-2 Probably John Joseph Bennett.

could be greatly increased if'we' follow Celsius and [15v]-3 Weissenborn 1838b.

506

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS [ 15V]-16

46). Book describing amount of Horticultural Variation? Henslow knows only on

Citrons 47. Ficus carica Henslow presumes females produce. Polygam. trioecia. (are female flowers ever productive) Smith says many trees in Tropics are of this class.—

(48) .Where «published» list of spontaneous Hybrids— to see whether any Papilionaceous plants,— whether many mono or Dioeious plants, & any with peculiarities of structure rendering cross impregnation difficult or reverse

(.49) List of seeds Gaertner de fruct:— for woodcut— 1 double hook Geum.

Galium Burrhsingle hook; curved spines— simple spines— or seed-cases with similar structure. = good case as showing how simple, but beautiful adaptation might be arrived at.=5 Any book with drawing of Seed. Anemone with, tuft— Bull Rush— Dandelion— Sycamore. & seeds with «mere» border— & Humboldts spinning seed.—

(50) Any cases of wild varieties plants growing together, under same conditions.— like cowslip & primrose, but less strongly marked.— 31. Plant seeds of the Fuller's plants7 ,Teazle

16 Dr. Holland ; My Father. Andrew Smith

(1) Are cross-births, or other accidents of delivery— inheritable.?— Bell ca ask Accouchers

Is any peculiarity in milk teeth inheritable!!! very good Any peculiarity in the males of a family— Where one tooth aborts, do you know whether any trace in germ.

16 (1) Is any... good] added, top left margin, boxed.

(1) Any peculiarity... family—] added, top left margin, boxed.

Where one ... germ.] added, top left margin, boxed.

through] 'th' over 'in'.

Prolifickness . . . father] crossed.

metropolis] 'm' over 're'.

Andrew Smith.] added in margin.

What. .. Reproduzione.—] crossed; 'D. Holland' added in margin.

than] 't' over 'o[r]\ {\0)-(\2) pencil.

Paper... Memoirs] added ink.

And. Smith ... in dogs=] crossed pencil.

[ 15 v]-4 J. E. Smith 1826:43. Ficus Carica is given as an when they fall from their stalk.' Mariara is between

example of Polygamia. Valencia and Caracas, Venezuela.

[15v]-5 K. F. Gasrtner 1805. See plates 181-225 showing [15v]-7 Fuller's plants: a thistle, Dipsacus fullonum, with

drawings of seeds most of which have wings, spurs, or curved and barbed bracts, used for napping wool; known

hooks; see pp. 253-56 for Index Generum. as Fuller's teasel.

[15v]-6 Humboldt and Bonpland 1819, 4:172-73,'We 16-1 Thomas Bell was a dental surgeon at Guy's

found near the bano of Mariara the volador or gyrocarpus. Hospital, London, where, presumably, he would have

The winged fruits of this large tree turn like a fly-wheel, plenty of opportunity for questioning accoucheurs.

507

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 16

(2) Any more cases of diseases, generally occurring in man being transmitted through females, like Hydrocele Dr. H. thinks asthma in females takes place of gout. — How are livers obscure organ, no answer?—

3 Andrew Smith, about tamed wild animals breeding at the Cape.—3 % About two vars: of Lion: Annales des Sciences %

Prolifickness of female, relation to healthiness? & father answered

About cross-bred races of men taking after sex. A Smith. About species of Rhinoceros, becoming rare beyond limits of the metropolis of each—5 Cause?—

Andrew Smith.

What size book Gallesio storia del Reproduzione.—6 D. Holland

Is Hasmorragic tendency, independent of heredetary cases, more common in man than in female—7

In Hump-back ever heredetary

Are the works of Berhave (treating of heredetary diseases) translated.8

About Daltonism in the MALE Troughtons.— Paper in Taylors Scientific Memoirs

And. Smith Savages at Cape any selection of Males in «cattle» or in Killing the worst =or in dogs=10

Do Hottentots generally resemble each other very closely, more closely thanCaffres. = n

14 Where are there any medical Statisics, proportion of diseases (heredetary?) in diff. countries in same races

16-2 Holland 1839a, Chapter X: 116-144 (especially Rhinoceros] which formerly may have been scattered,

p. 117, p. 125, p. 125, note, and p. 129), discusses gout in each, in a peculiar locality of a large continent, will be

males and females in relation to heredity and other con- huddled together . . .' See also unnumbered pp. '. . . the

ditions including asthma; in the book he does not say Keitloa has not . . . been in the habit of generally

asthma in females takes the place of gout; see however p. extending his range higher than about 250 south

117, '... the same state of habit, or predisposition, which in latitude.' And '... the species [Rhinoceros Keitloa]

some persons produces the outward attack of gout, does in appeared rare when compared to others.'

others, and particularly in females, testify itself solely by 16-6 Gallesio 1816. Holland 1839a:27 mentions Gallesio's

disorder of internal parts, and especially of the book.

digestive organs.'Very likely Darwin discussed the issue 16-7 Holland 1839a:21, '... haemorrhagic diathesis

with Holland. [when hereditary] . . . [is] confined to the lungs . . . [of]

16-3 Andrew Smith: probably personal communication. the male sex.'

16-4 Reference not traced. 16-8 No mention of hereditary diseases and their treat-

16-5 Darwin had visited Andrew Smith at Cape Town ment could be traced in any of Boerhaave's publications,

during the voyage of the Beagle and also met him in either originals or translations. Prof. Dr G. A. Lindeboom,

England: see Correspondence, 2:176, 311. Smith was Chief Amsterdam, personal communication, biographer of

Medical Officer at Fort Pitt, Chatham, 1837-45. Boerhaave, confirms this.

Christol 1835 and Vrolick 1837 had published in the 16-9 Daltonism. See Wartmann 1846:164,'... all the

Annales des Sciences Naturelles on rhinoceros; Dubreuil 1837, male members of the Troughton family are similarly

had published in the same journal on human races. No affected [with colorblindness].'

published references to varieties of lion or to breeding 16-10 Andrew Smith: personal communication.

cattle at the Cape were traced. See Andrew Smith 1838- 16-11 Andrew Smith 1831:124, 'The coolness and

49, Mammalia, [no pages numbered] Rhinoceros bicornis, '. indifference with which almost the whole of the Hottentot

.. the time may arrive when the various species [of race regard the approach of death, has often been

508

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 17

17 Mr. Gray General Questions

(1) Particulars about Sierra Leone, cow. taking bulls, is it Domesticated African Animal = Knows nothing

[<■ • •>]

(

It is very important to know, whether Gould's observation holds good, that in the mundane genera, the species <are> have wide range— How is this in «Plants??»

Are abortive organs as <young> teeth, more plain in young Rhinoceros or Whale, than in old?? Falconer says all in cases.

Owen. Have talked partially with him Ask him to introduce me to some Human Anatomist.

(

Has he dissected any animal often, which has abortive bone, (ask more about the lowest cervical vertebrae process developed into ribs.) & does its abortion vary, according to Bentham's Remark.2 Horse or cow.— degree of soldering of tibia & fibula: in Man any abortive bones??? do.

Wing in Apteryx 111 no as Os Coccygis— Turbinated bones? False ribs Wings of Apterix: clavicle in—? Combs in combless Poultry— Teeth in foetal state:

Mr. Horner. f On Mr Tremenheres Scottish Colliers,3 when men & women \ have long worked, whether children, who have not worked Vhave any peculiar configuration.—

17 base text: title — question 1; remainder added at

intervals. Mr. Gray] crossed (1) Particulars . . . African Animal=] crossed. Knows nothing] added right margin. [<.. .>]] Meg. word in margin, crossed. Owen.] added left margin.

Have talked partially with him] added left margin. do.] added left margin under 'Owen'.

as Os Coccygis— Turbinated bones?] pencil 'False ribs' added ink; 'Wing in Apteryx |||' added left margin ink; 'no' added ink with pointer to previous annotation. On Mr Tremenheres .. . configuration.—] crossed. Metaphysics of Morphology .. . of Java?] crossed pencil. Sabine says ... by wind.] pencil. close] 'c' over partially formed 'H'. Aug. St. Hilaire . . . varieties.] scored in right margin.

commented upon . . .' P. 127, 'The disposition to laziness Sierra Leone and on cattle.

[is] . . . decidedly characteristic of the more regular 17-2 George Bentham on abortion is referred to 8 Dec.

Hottentots . . .' P. 198, 'That clapping noise occasioned 1844 in a Darwin memorandum on a slip of notepaper

by the various motions of the tongue, [is] truly charac- DAR 100:40.

teristic of the Hottentot language .' 17-3 Tremenheres. Reference not traced, but see Horner

17-1 J. E. Gray 1839, 1846a, 1846b. On mammals of 1836.

509

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 17-18

Hooker4 <Meta>

Metaphysics of Morphology.5 "tf— Schelgel is he serpent man?6 about zones separated by non-inhabited spaces: has he published? does he understand English.— Miguel to collect facts for me—7 what? What does Blume say on alpine Flora of Java?8

Has Schow written on double creations & where?9 How are current & winds in Antarctic ocean: are they from West, like as between Australia & S. America?10 Sabine says North of Siberia, no sea-current, icebergs travel by wind.

Aug. St. Hilaire Bot. p. 787. position of embryo in close species of Hilianthemum differs greatly—'' how very interesting to see if any variation in varieties. G. St. Hilaires law of Balancement12

18 Wm Yarrell

(1) About non-breeding of animals in confinement, curious.— foxes—

CD

English animals. [Made no import, remark]

18 base text: title — question 5; remainder added at intervals. Wm Yarrell] 'Wm' over 'Mr'.

Secondary ... & white] crossed pencil.

Has since ... characters appeared.=] added in margin. (3) believe no] 'believe' underlined.

(9) About German ... Madeira] pencil; 'Bhem' over 'Brem'.

17-4 Whole entry related to J. D. Hooker — CD letters: CD to H 19 March [1845] see end of letter; H to CD [23] March 1845; CD to H [3 Sept. 1846]. Correspondence 3. 17-5 Murray 1845. See letter of J. D. Hooker [23] March 1845 to Darwin in which St. Hilaire 1841, Murray 1845, Schlegel, Blume, Miguel and Schouw are discussed at length. Correspondence 3:162-64. 17-6 Schlegel 1834, and 1836. 17-7 Miguel: F.A.W. Miquel. 17-8 Blume 1824a.

17-9 Schouw published on geographical distribution of plants. But see Weissenborn 1838a:369-81; 621-24. See especially p. 370, '.. . in 1823, Professor Schouw, of Copenhagen, in his "Journal Tidsskrift fur Naturwidenska-berne". tried to invalidate the observations . . . favourable to [generatio cequivoca\'

17-10 E. Sabine 1840. No reference to an absence of sea currents could be traced, but see p. lvi, '. . . currents [moved] to the west at the rate of three-fourths of a mile an hour.' Regarding icebergs, see p. lxx, 'They were at a distance from the shore, surrounded by enormous masses of ice, between which they were driven about by wind and current. . .'

17-11 A. Saint-Hilaire 1841:787, '. . . des dissections faites avec soin ont prouve que la direction de l'embryon

etait fort differente dans des especes d'Helianthemum tres-voisines . . .' In his copy of the book, Darwin double-scored this passage in the margin.

17-12 I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire 1832-36, 3:458-59, 'II n'est point d'anatomiste qui ne reconnaisse immediate-ment l'analogie ou plutot lidentite parfaite de cette generalite teratologique, avec la Loi du balancement des organes, dont mon pere et tant d'autres ont fait des applications si multipliers et souvent si heureuses a la zoologie et a l'anatomie comparee.' In his own copy of the book, Darwin scored the margin beside this passage. See also vol. 3:593; vol. 2:344; 1841:165-66; Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire [Etienne] 1830:215; Saint-Hilaire, August de 1841:145, 'Mais plus souvent, comme vous l'avez vu, l'avortement du limbe coincide avec la dilatation du petide, et ici vous avec un exemple de cette loi de balancement ou de compensation, qui ne regit pas moins le regne vegetal que le regne animal, et qui veut que, quand un organe avorte, l'organe voisin prenne plus de developpement.' ['Loi de balancement'—printed in margin of page.] In a letter to J. D. Hooker [3 September 1846] Darwin asks Hooker if he has ever thought of St. Hilaire's 'loi du balancement' as applied to plants, for example in the case of double flowers. Correspondence 3:340. 18-1 Variation 2:151, 'Many members of the Dog

510

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 18

Secondary male characters.— does male transmit to male more of his features— in negro & white

About the Bantams at Zoolog Soc.— did Sir. J. Sebright select to destroy secondary character believe no or did result appear without his wish2 Has since recrossed this breed.— Have secondary male characters appeared. =

Does he know any seed-raisers

List of qualities in birds & animals for prizes. = Pidgeons. Canary birds— Bantams.—

<Mad> Porto Santo Rabbit. Descript. of colour «& length of ears» & skeleton, & skin=3 Van. Voorst4 often writes to Lowe5

In breeding, pointers. Bull-Dogs. Spaniels—Grey-hounds—is there ever any degeneration?? HOUNDS. Eyton Mr Wynne, &c Could by selection a different looking animal be formed— not caring whether good or bad.— are any actually rejected??

Get Sir. R. Heron to give me Pigs foot undivided, & more particulars regarding effects of crossing them with common pigs=

[it is a Lincolnshire Breed]CD— Sir. R. H. supposes is now extinct=

(9) f About. American & Europasan common species, having somewhat of different
I appearance.— {will introduce it in work}

T Whether <Yar> knows whether Shaws hybrids between Trout & Salmon { (were fertile & whether homogeneous7 j About German ornithologists, Bhem8 & Gloger9 Consul Hunt, 10 birds from Azores or Madeira

Family breed readily when confined. The Dhole is one of the most untamable animals in India, yet a pair kept there by Dr. Falconer produced young. Foxes, on the other hand, rarely breed, and I have never heard of such an occurrence with the European fox; the silver fox of North America (Canis argentatus), however, has bred several times in the Zoological Gardens.'

18-2 See Correspondence 2:331, letter to William Yarrell [5 or 12 Sept. 1842] 'Do not forget when you see Sir J. Sebright to ask him whether the cross with the white Bantam brought back any of the "secondary male characters" to the hen-cock breed.' See also Variation 1:252 and 2:96.

18-3 Variation, 1:114, 'In colour the Porto Santo rabbit

differs considerably from the common rabbit; . . .' See also Lowe 1833a: 102.

18-4 John Van Voorst.

18-5 Richard Thomas Lowe. See Lowe 1833a.

18-6 Heron. Mentioned in Variation 2:92-93 regarding cloven and solid-hoofed pig-feet, and breeding of rabbits.See also Correspondence 2:141 where Yarrell sends information from R. Heron about pigs' feet and rabbits to Darwin.

18-7 No reference has been traced which mentions Shaw's hybrids between trout and salmon. But see Shaw 1836, 1838, and 1840. Shaw points out that parr are in fact the young of salmon; on p. 558 of Shaw 1840, is a comparison of the young of Salmo salar [Atlantic salmon], S. trutta [Brown trout], and S. fario [River trout]. 18-8 Bhem. Should be Christian Ludwig Brehm. See letter 17 Oct. [1846] Darwin to L. Jenyns (Correspondence 3: 354), 'Andrew Smith once declared he would get some hundreds of specimens of larks & sparrows from all parts of Great Britain & see whether with finest measurements he c detect any proportional variations in beaks or limbs &c. This point interests me from having lately been skimming over the absurdly opposite conclusions of Gloger & Brehm; the one making half-a dozen species out of every common bird & the other turning so many reputed species into one.' 18-9 Constantin Gloger. 18-10 Thomas C.Hunt 1845.

511

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 19-20

19 Mr. Blyth

Mentions some breeder who raises many English birds— will young wild ones breed as well those already bred in cages. Get direction write to—

Does he believe. Stanley's fact of Hawks distributing live Mamals1

Do most Hawks eat stomach, of finches— do they throw up pellets—

(4) About hybrid pheasants treading— any treadee?—2
Difference in lambs of different breeds

Is there any difference in breeds of Cattle & sheep in the sprouting of the

horns, at different periods in different breeds—?? or in individual case: subject

to disease in youth.—

Mr Tollett— about selection for milking3— loss of early habits in Dorsetshire

sheep— migration of coots— variation in hounds=

An ugly calf <turns> sometimes turns into fine beast, would its offspring have

ugly calves, also turning into fine beasts.—

For comparison with hybrids, is offspring of short-horn bull & hereford cow similar to reverse cross.—

Sow cast-up-balls of Hawks or even owls.— How long do seeds remain in stomach of birds— Mem: how many miles they fly in few hours

20 Zoological Soc

Do the animals there, sometimes couple but not conceive : Bears /Yes/

Foxes & English animals & birds breed

In cases where Lions have bred, have they been raised from young ones, bred in captivity —Mr Miller says Wombwalls were

About fertility of ass-zebra-horse=

19 base text: title—question 1; remainder added at intervals.

Get direction write to—] added pencil in margin.

Does he .. . Mamals] pencil. Difference in lambs of different breeds] circled. Is there any difference ... in youth.— ] circled.

An ugly calf. . . fine beasts.— ] scored left and right margins.

For comparison . . . reverse cross.— ] pencil, double scored in margin.

Sow cast-up-balls . . . few hours] scored left and right margins; crossed pencil.

20 base text: title — question 3; remainder added at intervals.
(1) : Bears /Yes/] added pencil.

(3) —Mr Miller says Wombwalls were] added pencil.
(5)-(7) pencil.

or tailless dogs] 't' cross bar drawn in pencil.

19-1 Stanley. Not traced. Possibly Stanley 1835. crosses [of various breeds already mentioned], (which may

19-2 See D105. all be reckoned short-horned varieties the best sort of milking

19-3 Freeman & Gautrey 1969:223. George Toilet, cow may be obtained N.B The first Cross generally gives so

agriculturalist and neighbour of the Wegwoods at Maer, much vigour that the produce is apt to be superior to either

answered Darwin's 'Questions about the Breeding of of the Parent breeds.' See also Correspondence, 2:190-92,

Animals' in part, saying, 'From one or other of these where Toilet's answers are printed.

512

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 20-21..

About fertility of ass-zebra-horse=

About callosities on Camels-horses. &c &c Rhinoceros=

Cross. Sus Barlyroussa with tame.—

About fertility of Bantams from different countries=

Do the Peacocks cross. = Young Chinese or Penguin Duck in very young state

for skeleton= =

Does the tumbling of pigeons vary in manner & perfection &c &c &c—if so

probably a variety, not specific character= (Cross Rumpless fowls & Dorking fowls,— or tailless dogs & fox, to see < whether the characters are then intermediate or «sometimes» all on one side, (_ as in crossing varieties

I" Amongst varieties cross one with abortive tail or horn, with another & see ( result, for comparison with natural species, as dioecious plants, when crossed

21.. R. BROWN— will pollen act on any flower before stigmas expanded— in reference to Lobelia & Clarkia—' Peas time of impregnation.— says many flowers are dichogamous Zostera— Knights notion of pollen & stigma generally not being mature at same time on same plant2 —Flora of Australian Mountains.— Is setting of fruit, cross Conception—(ft I could extract nothing from him|| Does impregnation ever regularly take place in unopened flower— <doubt> disbelieve this in Bauers case of orchidias3 Where does J. Hunter use expression of "male principle of arrangement."—4 would not male or female

21.. all entries added at intervals.

says many flowers are dichogamous] added pencil in margin.

Zostera] circled pencil and carated to 'Does impregnation . .

Knights notion .. . same plant] crossed.

—Flora of Australian Mountains ... nothing from him)||]

Is the setting of fruit, cross Conception—] crossed pencil.

R. BROWN . . . same plant] crossed.

Where does J. Hunter . . . answered] crossed.

Does Mormodes .. . answered=]/)e«cz'/, crossed pencil.

R. BROWN ... answered=] crossed.

Bunbury ... spur.—] 'spur' underlined.

Alpine Australia Flora= ] added pencil.

names of Plants . . . Lapland Plants] pencil, '—will get answer=' added ink.

Norfolk Isd . . . Fauna?.] pencil, crossed ink.

Australian Alps . . . there—] added pencil.

Lindley . . . pineaple] crossed.

21..-3 Bauer 1830—38:xii, '. . . a union is effected between the caudicula of the pollen masses and the stigmatic glands (which precedes the expansion of the flower) . . .' See also Robert Brown 1833:692, '[Bauer proposed in Orchideas] impregnation to take effect long before the expansion of the flowers

21..-4 Hunter 1835-37, 4:34-43, 'Account of the free-martin,' p. 34, note, '. . . it is well known that the seed is the female production in [the vegetable], and that the principle of arrangement for action is from the male. The same operation and principles take place in many orders of animals . . .'

21 ..-1 R. Brown, in Flinders 2, 1814:560 (Appendix 3), 'At the period of bursting of the Antherae the stigma in Lobelia is almost completely evolved and capable of receiving impregnation from the pollen of the same flower . . .' See also, 'On the contrary in Goodenovias the stigma at the same period, is hardly visible, and is certainly not then capable of receiving impregnation from the pollen of its proper flower: it is therefore either impregnated by the antheras of different flowers, or in some cases, at a more advanced stage by the pollen of its own antherae, which is received and detained in the Indusium.' 21. .-2 Knight. Reference not traced.

513

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 21..-21

"constructive principle" be better, or "constructive action on germ." '=??

answered

Does Mormodes (one of the Catasetums) really always hit stigma by

projecting pollen-masses?— = answered =

Has Ophrys nectary?= Bunbury says no «hoIIow» spur.—5 Ask about Pinks & Solanum

impregnation before flower open. (An. des Sci Where is Boerhaave's paper on

impregnation of violets.=6 Zostera= Are dwarf plants on Wellington

Mountain described in Flinders= Alpine Australia Flora=7 Banana's seedless—

20 varieties in mountains of Tahiti.

Dr. Boott— says caricas from every isld differs— do they also differ in different countries— on flora of African Islds—8

names of Plants found on mountains of N. America similar to Lapland Plants —will get answer=

Is pollen of cultivated Orchis & Asclepias &— carnosa?— good-

Norfolk Isd— geology, volcanic? Applies to my geology & Species theory-peculiar Fauna?. {Australian Alps—; are any European forms found there—

Lindley says that only one pineaple

21 Horticulturists

(1) Are sterile hybrids healthy: number of generations: about crossing of plants; especially Papilionaceous order

21 base text: title — question 1; remainder added at intervals.

(2) History . . not ripen.—] pencil. (2) or does fruit] 'or' over 'f'. (2) scarcely any] added pencil. (5) Do the . . . commoner kinds—] pencil. (5) Heartease] V over 't'.

21..-5 C. Bunbury: probably personal communication. Tasmania, could be traced in Flinders, or in Robert
21..-6 No mention of impregnation of violets could be Brown 1814. Darwin climbed Mount Wellington in
traced in any of Boerhaave's publications. Prof. Dr G. A. February, 1836, but did not mention dwarf plants in his
Lindeboom, biographer of Boerhaave, personal com- Diary, 1933:390. On the Blue Mountains, elevation over
munication, states, 'Neither did Boerhaave write a paper 3000 feet, near Sydney, Australia, Darwin found 'scrubby'
on impregnation of violets.' Boerhaave was an early Eucalyptus (Diary, 1933:379). Also, J. D. Hooker 1847—
leader in the theory of sexual reproduction in plants. See 60, Part III, Vol. 1(1860) Flora Tasmania:356-57, men-
Preface by Boerhaave in Marsilli 1725. Darwin's father, dons Podocarpus alpina, a small, scraggy bush, or some-
Robert W. Darwin, had earned his MD in 1785 at times a tree up to 13 feet high, on Mount Wellington.
University of Leiden, where Boerhaave had been Pro- 21..-8 Boott. Reference not traced; undoubtedly a per-
fessor of Botany and Medicine. sonal communication. However, see Boott 1845-47, who
21. .-7 Flinders, 1814. No mention of dwarf plants on read a paper in 1842 on Carices of North America.
Mount Wellington elevation 3100 feet, nearHobart,

514

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 21 -22

History of fruit trees far north in Scotland— do they flower— do they live healthily, or does fruit merely not ripen.— The point to attend to is whether good & plenty of pollen is produced. & 2d if so, whether concepcion takes place,— the mere fact of seeds ripening has scarcely any no relation to hybrids.—

As peaches sport into Nectarines (does reverse happen?) what is effect of crossing peaches & nectarines: same question with regard to Primroses.

Do apples "sport" in fruit, or time of leafing

Do the most cultivated show Heartease produce as large capsules of seed, as the commoner kinds—

Cattle are horned, Suffolk have <abortive> «no» horns by abortion, but sometimes have dangling ones.— Is there any genus of plants, «in» which some organ is absent by abortion, but appears in abortive state either in the species, or in the individual by chance & under domestication.—

N.B. Benthams remarks, where parts of flower are reduced from normal number, they are apt to vary in number in individuals of same species

22 Eyton

Number of eggs— of half-bred geese— inter se, & with parents & of Chinese geese.

Anatomy of muscles of stumps of tailess dogs & cats.—

Hounds— varying—

(4) f About blended instincts of the geese which he crossed; especially if the
^hybrids were recrossed with either parent.—

May. 44 These Hybrids differ in colour of beak, taking after male & female

parent.— Will they grow up in other respects different?—. Important.— Oct. 44 f Tell J. Anderson's statement of English Horses having fewer vertebrae in

(tail, than Continental horses.'
— {About the leaping of Irish Horses, bred in this country.

{Chinese Dog's Head to send

Cover common Pea (& Sweet Pea) for several generations under net & see if get sterile— Cover that little Ervum2 in Sand-walk,3 on which I think I have never seen Bee visit.

22 base text: title — question 2; remainder added at intervals. (3) Hounds—varying—] pencil.

22-1 Anderson 1799-1803, 1:69, '. . . in England . . . 22-3 Sand-walk was a gravel path at Down House,

the horses naturally produced have fewer joints to the tail leading to the back of the property and through a little

than those of other countries ...' wood. Darwin walked there often for reflection and

22-2 Ervum is agenus of vetch. exercise. See F. Darwin 1902:70-71.

[page] QUESTIONS & EXPERIMENTS 23-BC

23 Experiments in Garden

Sow stones of Standard Apricot grafted on what, & see what comes up.— [24] [Unnumbered blank]

[24 ] Experiment

Cover patch of ground, with different salts & poisons & see in what order plants would reappear after <th> being killed

[23v] Experiments not connected with Species Theory

Will an extract of peat do to preserve fungi or animal substances— (Athenaeum (40) p. 823 chemical analysis of Peat1

Athenaeum 1840 p. 777. Decaying wood absorbs oxygen & forms Carbonic Acid, will this bear on Petrifaction?—2

INSIDE ,-, , , n

back [blank]

COVER

back Questions

COVER

&

Experiments

23 Sow .. . up.—] crossed pencil.

[24 ] Experiment. . . killed] entered from back of book; upside down with respect to front of notebook. [23 ] Experiment... Petrifaction?—] crossed pencil; entered from back of book, upside down with respect to front of notebook.

[23v]-l J. F. W. Johnston 1840:823, '. . . some varieties humus. This body possesses the property to convert oxygen

of peat . . . were illustrative of a transition from the into carbonic acid.' See also p. 774, 'Carbonic acid, water,

comparatively fresh and vegetable matter to a substance and ammonia, contain the elements necessary for the

resembling coal, but which [were] affirmed to be ulmic support of animals and vegetables. The same substances

acid.' ... are the ultimate products of the chemical processes of

[23v]-2 Darwin meant pp. 773-74. See Liebig 1840:773, decay and putrefaction.'
'Woody fibre, in a state of decay, is the substance called

516

[page] 516

Metaphysical Enquiries

[page] 517

Notebook M

Introduction by Sandra Herbert & Paul H. Barrett

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Notebook M (DAR 125, 168 X 100 mm) is the first of several sets of notes (M, N, OUN) on the general subject of the biological origin of behaviour. It is bound in dark red leather with the border blind embossed; the clasp is now missing. Darwin wrote 'Private' on the inside front cover of M and N, no doubt because the notes contained much about mental qualities, both normal and abnormal, of himself, family and friends.

The front cover bears a cream-coloured label on which 'M' and the word 'Expression' are written in ink; the back cover is identical to the front except 'Expression' is written on the cover rather than on the label. The notebook originally contained 78 leaves, or 156 pages, which Darwin numbered consecutively in brown ink. He later excised thirteen and a half leaves, of which seven and a half have been located. Darwin used both ink and pencil in keeping the notebook. The portion of the notebook definitely kept in grey ink runs from the top of page 56 to the end of the notebook except for page numbers, later annotations, and several entries on page 156 and on the inside back cover. However, beginning two-thirds down page 51 the ink has a greyish tint that may indicate a mixture of inks. Two entries, both in grey ink, record the opening and closing dates of the notebook: 'July 15th 1838' on page 1 and 'Finished. Octob. 2d.' on the inside front cover. The first entry, being in grey ink, was postdated. Notebook D, which resembles Notebook M in appearance, was also begun on or about 15 July and finished on 2 October 1838. The two were probably purchased together.

While Notebook M is like the other alphabetically-lettered notebooks in containing a mixture of Darwin's speculations, inquiries, and reading notes, it differs from them in arrangement, for the first section of the notebook, to the middle of page 62, contains the record of Darwin's speculations and conversations with his father and other family members, and a few reading notes. Entries in this first section of the notebook were written in the two to three week interval from 15 July to the end of July or early August 1838. This dating is consistent with the presence of grey ink from page 56 onwards, for Darwin only began to use this ink at the end of July. At the latest the notes in the first section of the notebook were completed by 7 August, the date recorded on page 62. Darwin was with his father at the family home in Shrewsbury from 13 July, when he arrived on his way back from the Glen Roy geological trip to Scotland, to 29 July when he left for Maer, his Wedgwood cousins' home. On the first of August he was again in London. In his 'Journal' he noted, 'Very idle at Shrewsbury, some notes from my Father. & opened note book, connected with Metaphysical Enquiries'.1 Notebook M is that metaphysical notebook and, presumably, the primary reservoir of the 'notes from my Father'. Darwin's father's name appears prominently in the notebook to page 55; page 56 refers to his sister Caroline (who had married Josiah Wedgwood III in 1837 and whom he may have seen at Maer); pages 58 and 61 mention his cousin Hensleigh Wedgwood.

The primary subject for Darwin's conversations with his father in July 1838 was human thought and behaviour, particularly as it touched on abnormal states including insanity. Darwin approached his father, Robert Waring Darwin, as an authority on the subject since,

1 Correspondence 2 (Appendix II): 432.

[page] 518

in addition to his skill as a physician, his father possessed a talent for 'reading the characters, and even the thoughts of those whom he saw even for a short time'.2 Notebook M also contains notes on books in medicine, philosophy, and political economy that were common reading within Darwin's family circle. Medicine was the profession of his father and grandfather and was tied to philosophy within the family: Erasmus Darwin's theory of disease derived in part from the work of David Hartley. Notebook M contains references indicating that the associationist psychology of Hartley, with its accompanying empiricism, remained an oral tradition within the Darwin household. The name of David Hume on Darwin's reading list also reflects a family interest in empiricism. In political economy, there was a similar correspondence between Darwin's reading list and the interests of his extended family. It is interesting to note that Charles's brother Erasmus was then a friend of Harriet Martineau, who was known for her popularization of the writings of Thomas Malthus. When Charles Darwin began to study human behaviour he looked to the Darwins and Wedgwoods for advice; their tastes directed his readings.3

Several lines of inquiry begun in Notebooks B and C are carried forward in M.4 Darwin's comments on the origin of man reveal that the subject held no terror for him; the liberal views of his family in religion helped him accept the consequences for man of transmutationist theory. From Notebook B onwards he was prepared to consider that 'monkeys make men' (B169). In Notebook C he treated the subject with greater frequency and in more detail (C55, 72, 74, 76−79, 196), speculating on the circumstances necessary for the origin of mankind (C78). In Notebook M his interest in human origins—aside from rhetorical flourishes (M84, 123)—was focused primarily on the topic of expression. Darwin had already brought up the topic in Notebook C 'Let man visit Ourang-outang in domestication, hear expressive whine—see its intelligence . . .' (C79), but in Notebook M he developed the subject at greater length. He observed and inquired about expression in a wide array of different animals (M142−43, 152). Darwin believed the similarity of expressions in other animals to man strengthened, even 'proved', the transmutationist case (M84).

Another important line of inquiry connecting Notebooks B, C, D, and M was the search for an explanation for the origin of adaptation in nature. In Notebook B Darwin had discarded the notion of progressive development which included the premise of directed growth. He was thus left to begin again on the subject of adaptation. He started his inquiry with an attribute. of organisms which appeared to him quite malleable, viz., behaviour. In adopting this approach he knew he was on dangerous ground, since Jean Baptiste de Lamarck had gone the route before him. Nevertheless, if he avoided the Lamarckian presumption that organisms acted consciously in altering their behaviour, and hence their constitutions, he thought the approach had merit (C63, 163, 173). He concluded that 'according to my views, habits give structure, . . . habits precedes structure, . . . habitual instincts precede structure.—' (C199). Darwin's point of departure in Notebook M was thus slightly altered Lamarckianism. In the notebook he was eager to show that mind affects body, and that human beings act without consciousness, that is from habit or instinct, on all sorts of occasions. For Darwin, understanding unconscious mental activity was a first step towards understanding the origin of adaptation.

2 Barlow 1958:32

3 On the intellectual background to Notebooks M and N see Gruber and Barrett 1974; Herbert 1974−77; Manier 1978; and Beer 1985.

4 Gruber and Barrett 1974; Herbert 1974−77; Richards 1979. Gruber and Barrett 1974 also contains interpretive line by line commentary on Notebooks M and N.

[page] 519

Apart from its scientific content, Notebook M marks a transitional moment in Darwin's intellectual development. The notebook reveals him looking inward and outward, inward to organize and reflect on his experience, and outward to place what he was doing in a larger philosophical and social setting. The inward movement of his thought is signalled by his ordinary but significant act of beginning to date his notes. Before opening Notebooks D and M Darwin did not systematically date his notes, which makes dating some of his early work difficult. While he did not record a reason for his change in practice, he probably did it to make his notes more useful to him in the future. Darwin also opened a new notebook in August that he styled his 'Journal'.5 In it he listed significant events in his life up to that time, including what has become a well-publicized account of his first acceptance of transmutation theory. Thereafter, until 20 December 1881, he used his 'Journal' to record important events in his private and professional life, and it served as his main guide when writing his full autobiography in 1876. His first autobiography, however, also dates from the D and M notebook period.6 In August 1838 he wrote a 1700 word account of his life from the date of his earliest memory when he was four up to the year 1820, when he was eleven.

While keeping Notebooks M and D, Darwin began to consider the network of ideas he had assembled from what might be described as a 'metatheoretical' aspect. The most obvious sign of Darwin's new perspective was the alignment of his transmutation view with materialism and determinism. He embraced materialism enthusiastically (M19, 57) and argued, using associationist language, that thought originated in sensation (M61− 62). On determinism he examined the traditional position that free will was illusory (M27, 126), and that free will and chance were synonomous (M31). In a second 'metatheoretical' effort Darwin sought to frame his theory within the setting of human knowledge generally. As in Notebooks B and C, he urged the acceptance of secondary causation in accounting for the origin of species (M154), and measured his biological thinking against the criteria for positive knowledge advanced by Auguste Comte (M69−70).

Upon completing Notebook M Darwin replaced it with Notebook N. As indicated in the 'Location of Excised Pages' material from the two notebooks was carried over directly to The Descent of Man (1871) and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872).

Additional readings on Darwin's treatment of expression in Old & Useless Notes and in M and N notebooks may be found in Swisher 1967, Schweber 1977, Herbert 1977, Manier 1978, Richards 1979, Montgomery 1985, and Browne 1985.

5 Correspondence 2 (Appendix II): 430−35; de Beer 1959.

6 'An Autobiographical Fragment' in Correspondence 2 (Appendix II): 438−41. The original manuscript in DAR 91: 56−62 is entitled 'Life. Written August—1838'.

[page] NOTEBOOK M FC−2

FRONT COVER

INSIDE BACK COVER

Expression

M

49

Charles Darwin Esq

36 Grt. Marlborough Str.—

(p. 64. On ‹insect› Ants getting on Table. Col. Sykes1)

Private

Finished.Octob.2d.

This Book full of Metaphysics on Morals & Speculations on Expression — 1838

Selected Dec 16 1856

 

1 July 15th 1838

My father says he thinks bodily complaints «& mental disposition» oftener go with colour, than with form of body.— thus the late Colonel Leigton resembled his father in body, but his mother in bodily & mental disposition.—1 My father has seen innumerable cases of people taking after their parents, when the latter died so long before, that it is extremely improbably that they should have imitated.— when attending Mr Dryden Corbet, he could not help thinking, he was prescribing to his father & old Mrs Harrison, said, although constantly seeing him, she was often struck with this fact.—2 the resemblance

2 was in odd twiching of muscles, & general manner of holding hands &c &c.— Mr Dryden Co said he could not remember his father.—

My father thinks. people of weak minds, below par in intellect frequently

‹are› have very bad memories for things which happened in early infancy— of this fact Mr Dryden C. is good instance as he is very deficient, he was nearly 9 years old. when his father died.—

The omnipotence of habit is shown about meals, no

FC Expression] black ink.

IFC 49] circled, added pencil.

p. 64 Sykes] added pencil.

Private Finished. Octob. 2d.] boxed ; 'Finished. Octob. 2d.' grey ink.

This book Expression—] added pencil.

1838] grey ink; circled pencil.

Selected 1856] added pencil.

1 July 15th 1838] grey ink; partially boxed.

IFC−1 Sykes 1836a. See M 62 for Darwin's discussion of Sykes' article.

1−1 '. . . I am very sorry to hear of poor Col. Leighton's death.' Letter of Darwin to Susan Darwin 23 April 1835.

520 (Barlow 1945:118.)

1−2 Dryden Robert Corbet. See John Bernard Burke 1925:395, and C., A.E. 1915, 2:191.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 3−10

3e−6e [not located]

There is a case of Mr Anson. who told a story of hunting «— habitual fits.—» which my Father thinks is mentioned in the Zoonomia.—1

Now if memory «of a tune & words» can thus lie dormant, during a whole life time, quite unconsciously of it, surely memory from one generation to another, also without consciousness, as instincts are, is not so very wonderful.—

‹Now is not epilepsy an habitual disease of the muscles.???›

Miss Cogan's memory of the tune, might be compared to birds singing, or some instinctive ‹or› sounds.— Miss C. memory cannot be called memory, because she did not remembered, it was an habitual action of thoughtsecreting organs, brought into play by morbid action.—1 Old Elspeth's «in Antiquary» power of repeating poetry in her dotage is fact of same sort.2 Aunt.

B. ditto.—3

9

Case of Mr Corbet of the ‹Hall› «Park», after paralytic stroke. intellect impaired. ‹after paralytic stroke› : . could converse well on any subject when once started,— could receive a new train through eyesight, though, not through hearing,—1 Thus when dinner was announced he could not understand it, but the watch was ‹seen› shown him.— ‹«Mr Corb› the

servant showed him watch & said dinner is ready, what, what.— then showed the watch upon which he exclaimed, why it is dinner time.— »

My father asked him whether he had gardener of name A.B., &c &c. & he maintained he had never heard of such a man & had no gardener.— My F. then asked Mr C. to come to the window & pointed out the Gardener & said, who is tha? Mr C. answered

why do you not know, that is A. B my gardener.— Thus was he in every respect, no communication could be held by means of hearing.—

page crossed pencil.

7−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:437, 'Master A. about nine years old, had been seized at seven every morning for ten days with uncommon fits ... he began to complain of pain about his navel, or more to the left side, and in a few minutes had exertions of his arms and legs like swimming. He then for half an hour hunted a pack of hounds; as appeared by his hallooing ... '

8−1 See Darwin's personal copy of Abercrombie 1838: 143, for his marginal notation, 'These cases like Miss Cogans, & serve to show that affections of brain will recall facts in ‹those› an individual life after long periods.—' The accompanying passage of Abercrombie 1838:143, reads, 'A case has been related to me of a boy, who, at the age of four, received a fracture of the skull, for which he underwent the operation of trepan. He was at the time in a state of perfect stupor, and, after his recovery, retained no recollection either of the accident or the operation. At the age of fifteen, during the delerium of a fever he gave his mother an account of the operation . . .' Darwin made a pencil score beside the passage.

8−2 Walter Scott 1815, 3:220, '. . . shrill tremulous voice of Elspeth chaunting forth an old ballad in a wild and doleful recitative . . .'

8−3 Aunt Bessey: Elizabeth Wedgwood.

9−1 Erasmus Darwin often used the expression, 'train of ideas'. See, for example, Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:46.

521

[page] NOTEBOOK M 10−14

Mr Corbet, however, in conversation could catch up a new train if early

association were called up.— My F. asked him, did he know whom Mr Child

«of Kinlett» had married.— Answered never heard of such a man.— (My Father explained who he wa & all about him, but still maintained he had never heard of him).—1 My F. then said you remember

Jack Baldwin at school.— Answered To be sure I do.— What became of him.— Answ Had large fortune left. him, took name of Child «of Kinlet» & married Miss A. B.— all the same names as a few minutes before he maintained he had never heard of.— Thus in many things if he began at one end, he knew the whole subject.— if at the other nothing.— He could repeat the alphabet straight, but did not know [Z]CD when heard isolately.—1

In old people. (Aunt. B.) when they hear a thing it often does not take any effect at the time, but some time afterwards it calls up pain, or pleasure. & is often recurred to & mentioned as a thing which had just taken place.— as if the idea of time had been disturbed.—

These foregoing cases of «mental» failure very general effect of ‹early› «slight habitual» intemperance.— often accompanied by extreme anger, at not being understood.—

My F. says there is perfect gradation between sound people and insane.— that everybody is insane. at some time. Mania is quite distinct, different also from delirium, a peculiar complaint stomach not acted upon by Emetics.— people recognized,— sudden changes of disposition, like people in violent intoxication, often ends in insanity or delirium.— In Mania all idea of decency & affection are lost.— most delicate people do most indelicate actions,— as if «these emotions» acquired.— this may be doubted, whether rather not going against natural instincts.—

My Grand F. thought the feeling of anger, which rises almost

involuntarily when a person is tired is akin to insanity.— «I know the feeling also of depression, & both these give strength & comfort to the body» I know the feeling, thinking over somebody who has, perhaps, slightly injured me, plotting speeches, yet with a sort of consciousness not just.— From habit the

12 In old people . . . when they hear] 'hear' over 'heard'.

10−1 See Anonymous 1854:6, for an account of a Captain Childe (son of W. Lacon Childe) of Kinlet Hall, Salop, who was committed by his family to a lunatic asylum at Hayes Park in about 1842 for having written letters since 1838 to the Queen stating his infatuation for her, and saying that the Queen 'had a marked attachment to him'.

11−1 See also Abercrombie 1838:96−97, '. . . when [Dr.

522

Leyden] wished to recollect a particular point in any thing which he had read, he could do it only by repeating to himself the whole from the commencement till he reached the point which he wished to recall.' Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:134, expresses a similar view, 'In respect to freewill, it is certain, that we cannot will to think of a new train of ideas without previously thinking of the first link of it . . .'

[page] NOTEBOOK M 14−18

feeling of anger must be directed against somebody.— Have insane people any misgivings of the injustness of their hatreds, as ‹if› in my case.— It must be so from the curious story of the Birmingham Doctor praising his sister who confined him. & yet disinheriting her.— This

«N B. I have read paper somewhere on horse being insane at the sight of anything scarlet.—1 dogs ideotic.— dotage.—»

Doctor communicated to my grandfather his feeling of consciousness of insanity coming on.— his struggles against it, his knowledge of the untruth of the idea, namely his poverty.— his manner of curing it. by keeping the

sum-total of his accounts in his pocket, & studying mathematics.— My Father says after insanity is over people often think no more about it than of a dream.—

Insanity is produced by moral causes (ideotcy by fear. Chile earth quakes). in people, who, probably otherwise would not have been so.— In Mr Hardinge, was caused by thinking over the misery of an illness at Rome, when by accidental ‹was› delay of money, he was «only» NEARLY thrown into a hospital.— My father was nearly drowned at High Ercall, the thoughts of it, for some years after, was far more painful than the thing itself.1

Asked my F. whether insanity is not distinguished from whims passion &c by coming on suddenly. Ans no.— because often, if not generally, does not really come on suddenly.— Case of Mrs. C.O. who threw herself out of the window to kill herself from jealousy of husband connection with housemaid two years before, to prove she was not insane, answered she had known it at time & had bought arsenic for that purpose.— this found to be true.— Her Husband never suspected during these two years that she had been insane all the time.—

There are numberless people insane of particular ideas, «Case of Shrewsbury gentleman, unnatural union with turkey cock,— was restrained by remonstrances on him» which are never generally, if at all discovered.—

‹Sup› Sometimes comes on suddenly from ‹I› (in one case ipecacuhan— not acting) in others from drinking cold drink.1— then brain affected like getting suddenly into passion.— There seems no distinction between enthusiasm passion & madness.— ira furor brevis est.—2 My father quite believe my grand F doctrine is true, that the only cure for madness is forgetfulness.—

Case of ‹Mrs.›] 'Mrs.' over 'Miss'.

15−1 In his personal copy of Abercrombie 1838:159, Section II, 'Abstraction', Darwin wrote in the margin, 'animals have idea of colour.— mad horse (Cline) dread of scarlet, of any kind.—Smells, do.—'

16−1 High Ercall: about 6 miles NE. of Shrewsbury. 18−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:55, '…. preparations of mercury particularly affect the salivary glands, ipecacuhana affects the sphincter of the anus, cantharides that of the bladder . . .'

18−2 Ferrier 1838a:445, 'Consciousness is extinguished; and hence the expression of the poet—Ira brevis furor est—"Rage is a brief insanity"—is strictly and pathologically true . . .' See also Harbottle 1897:111, 'Ira furor brevis est . . ., Rage is a brief insanity.'

which does appear a real difference, between oddity & madness.— but then people do not well recollect what they have done in passion.—

People are constantly well aware that they are insane & that their idea is wrong.— (Dr Ashe, the Birmingham Doctor), in this precisely like the passion, ill-humour & depression, which comes on from bodily causes.—

It is an argument for materialism. that cold water brings on suddenly in head, a frame of mind, analogous to those feelings. which may be considered as truly spritual.—

a person twitching when a disagreeable thought occurs; is closely analogous to Epilepsy & convulsion.— affections of the thinking organs — the action of brain which gives sensation of pain, emits its power on the muscles in the twitching.

Pride & suspicion are qualities, which my F says are almost constantly present in people, likely to become insane.— now this is well worth considering, if pride & suspicion can be well understood.

In insanity, the ideas do not go back to childhood, (but appear most capricious) as in delirium after epilepsy, but in the failing from old age, they constantly do.— In Mrs P. ‹. . . › of B. ‹talked of.› thought herself near

Drayton & Ternhill,1 (where she was born) though she never naturally talked of these places.— My F. says, shows that early impressions are most durable.— (but Miss Cogan shows that repetition is not necessary)— the words second childhood full of meaning:— Dreams do not go back to childhood— People, my Father says, do not dream of what they

think of most. intently.— criminals before execution.— Widows not of their husbands— My father's test of sincerity.—

People in old age. exceedingly sharp in some things, though so confused in others.— Mrs P. when in state as above described, (forgetting that her husband was dead) yet instantly perceived when my Father to distract her attention took her «left» hand to pretend to feel her pulse.—

What fails first?— How is this?— Does memory bring in old ideas

21 In insanity . . . in Mrs P. ‹. . .›] 4 or 5 letter word crossed, illeg.

21−1 Drayton: Market Drayton, 18 miles northeast of Shrewsbury, on the road to Maer. Ternhill: 3 miles southwest of Market Drayton.

524

[page] NOTEBOOK M 23−26

23

‹I have elsewhere remarked do› Dogs take pleasure, when doing. what they consider their duty.— as carrying a basket, bringing back game, or picking up a stone, though only acquired rules by art.— like the law of honour.— they feel pleasure in obeying their instincts naturally.— (generosity in defending a friendly dog).— they feel shame, when doing anything which is wrong.— as eating meat., doing their dirt, running home.— in these cases their actions do not look like

fear, but shame.— I cannot remember instances, but I feel sure I have seen a dog doing what he ought not to do, & looking ashamed of himself.— Squib at Maer,1 used to betray himself by looking ashamed before it was known he had been on the table,— guilty conscience.— Not probable in Squib's case any direct fear.—

My father thinks that selfishness, pride & kind of folly like (Mr George S.) is very heredetary.—

My father says on authority of Mr Wynne that bitch's offspring is affected by previous marriages with impure breed.—

A cat had its tail cut off at Shrewsbury & its kittens ‹h› (in number 3) had all short tails; but one a little longer than rest «they all died»:— she had kittens before & afterwards with tails.

My father says, perfect deformity, as an extra number of fingers.— hare lip or imperfect roof to the mouth «stammering in my Father family» (as in Lord Berwick's family) are heredetary.—1

other deformities are illnesses of the fœtus.— some mothers. have first dead children, then children which were short term, & lastly healthy ones.—

Insanity & Epilepsy remain many generations in families.— My fathers does not know whether trains of insanity are heredetary in any one family.—

In Aunt— B. the affections «& N B affections very soon go in Maniacs» seem to have failed even more than the memory.— therefore affections effect of organization which can hardly be doubted, when seeing Nina with her puppy.— The common remark that fat men are goodnatured, & vice versa Walter Scotts remark how odious an illtempered fat man looks, shows same connection between organization &

23 game, or] 'or' over '&'.

24−1 Maer Hall, at Maer, home of Josiah Wedgwood II, a few miles south of Stoke-on-Trent, Staffordshire.

25−1 Darwin's grandfather Erasmus '. . . stammered

greatly, and it is surprising that this defect did not spoil his powers of conversation.' Erasmus' eldest son Charles (1758−1778) also stammered. See Krause 1879:40; 80−81.

525

[page] NOTEBOOK M 27−31

mind.— thinking over these things, one doubts existence of free will every action determined by heredetary constitution, example of others or teaching of others.— (NB man much more affected by other fellow-animals, than any other animal & probably the only one affected by various knowledge which is not heredetary & instinctive) & the others ‹are› learnt. what they teach by the same means & therefore properly no free will.— we may easily fancy there is, as we fancy there is such a thing as chance.— chance governs the descent of a farthing, free will determines our throwing it up.— equall true the two statements.—

Catherine remarks that pleasure received from works of imagination very different from the inventive power,—1 this, though very odd is perhaps true.— mem Erasmus & mine taste for music.— Children like hearing a story told though they remember it so well that they can correct every detail, yet they have not imagination enough to ‹up› recall up the image in their own mind,— this may be worth thinking over.— it. will perhaps show differences between memory & imagination. «Catherine thinks that children like looking at ‹ani› pictures, an early taste, of animals. they know.— pleasure of imitation (common to monkey), & not imagination.—»

29

Thinking over the scenes which I first recollect,1 «at Zoos» they are all things, which are brought to mind, by memory of the scenes, (indeed my American recollections are a collection of pictures).— when one remembers a thing in a book, one remember the part of page.— one is tempted to think all memory consists in a set of sketches. some real— some fancied.— this fact of early memory consisting of things seen, quite agrees with my Fathers case of Mr Corbet of the Hall understanding. (on hearing old association brought up) by sight & not by hearing

One is tempted to believe phrenologists are right about habitual exercise of the mind, altering form of head, & thus these qualities become heredetary.— When a man says I will improve my powers of imagination, & does so,— is not this free will,— he improves the faculty according to usual method, but what urges him,— absolute free will, motive may be anything ambition, avarice, &c &c An animal improves because its appetites urges it to certain actions, which are modified by circumstances, & thus the appetites themselves become changed.— appetites urge the man, but indefinitely, he chooses (but what makes him fix!? ‹)›— frame of mind, though perhaps he chooses wrongly,— & what is frame of mind owing

Catherine thinks . . . not imagination.—»] boxed.

Thinking over . . . are all things,] 'things' over 'thinking'.

31 Shake ten . . . according to law.] brace, left margin.

28−1 Catherine: Emily Catherine Darwin.

29−1 See MLI: 1−5, 'An autobiographical fragment'

526

written 1838 which contains a detailed account of Darwin's earliest memories.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 31−35

to.— ‹)›— I verily believe free-will & chance are synonymous.—

Shake ten thousand grains of sand together & one will be uppermost:— so in thoughts, one will rise according to law.

How strange ‹all› «so many» birds singing in England, in Tierra del Fuego not one.— now as we know birds learn from each other «though different species» when in confinement, so may they

learn in a state of nature.— Singing of birds, not being instinctive, is heredetary knowledge like that of man, & this agrees with the stated fact, that

«birds from» certain districts have the best song. [Migratory birds return to same quarter for many years]CD.—

Beauty is instinctive feeling, & thus cuts the Knot:— Sir J. Reynolds explanation may perhaps account for our acquiring «the instinct» our notion of beauty & negroes another;1 but it does not explain the feeling in any one man.—

Music & poetry opposite ends of one scale.— former pleases from instinct the ears (rhythm & pleasant sound per se) & causes the mind to create short vivid flashes of images & thoughts.— Poetry. the latter thoughts are in same manner vivid & grand. the frame of mind being just kept up by the music of the poetry.— (therefore singing intermediate, who has not had his blood run cold by singing).—

Granny says she never builds castles in the air—1 Catherine often, but not of an inventive class.—

Now that I have a test of hardness of thought, from weakness of my stomach I observe a long castle in the air, is as hard work (abstracting it being done in open air, with exercise &c no organs of sense being required) as the closest train of geological thought.— the capability of such trains of thought makes a discoverer, & therefore (independent of improving powers of invention) such castles in the air are highly advantageous, before real train of inventive

thoughts are brought into play & then perhaps the sooner castles in the air are banished the better.— The facility with which a castle in the air is interrupted & utterly forgotten—, so as to feel a severe disappointment «in real train of thought this does not happen. because papers, &c &c round one. one recalls

34 no organs of sense] 'no' over 'not'.

32−1 Reynolds 1798, 1:219−20, 'Now this appeal implies a general uniformity and agreement in the minds of men. It would be else an idle and vain endeavour to establish rules of art; it would be pursuing a phantom to attempt to move affections with which we were entirely unacquainted. We have no reason to suspect there is a greater difference between our minds than between our forms; of which, though there are no two alike, yet there is a general similitude that goes through the whole race of mankind; and those who have cultivated their taste can distinguish what is beautiful or deformed, or, in other words, what agrees with or what deviates from the general idea of nature, in one case, as well as in the other.' Thus Darwin's idea about the general sense of beauty which only differs in degree in different races is supported by Reynolds: but neither gives an explanation of how it is acquired.

33−1 Granny: Susan Elizabeth Darwin.

527

[page] NOTEBOOK M 35−39

the castle by going to beginning of castle» because train cannot be discovered— is closely analogous to my Fathers positive statement that insanity is only cured by forgetfulness.— & the approach to believing a vivid castle in the air, or dreams real again explains insanity.—

Analysis of pleasures of scenery.—

There is absolute pleasure independent of imagination, (as in hearing music), this probably arises from (1) harmony of colours, ‹whi› & their absolute beauty. (which is as real a cause as in music) from the splendour of light, especially when coloured.— that light is a beautiful object one knows from seeing artificial lights in the night.— from the mere exercise of the

organ of sight, which is common to every kind of view— as likewise is novelty of view even old one. every time one looks at it.:— these two causes very weak.— (2d) form. some forms seem instinctively beautiful «as round, ovals»;— then there the pleasure of perspective. which cannot be doubted if we look at buildings, even ugly ones.— the pleasure from perspective is derived in a river from seeing how the serpentine lines narrow in the distance.— & even on paper two waving perfectly parallel lines are elegant.—

Again there is beauty in rhythm & symmetry, of forms— the beauty of some as Norfolk Isd fir shows this, or sea weed, &c &c— this gives beauty to a single tree,— & the leaves of the foreground either owe their beauty to absolute forms or to the repetition of similar forms as in angular leaves,— (this Rhythmical beauty is shown by Humboldt from occurrence in Mexican & Græcian to be single cause)1 this symmetry & rhythm applies

to the view as a whole.—1 Colour «& light» has very much to do, as may be known by autumn, on clear day.— 3d pleasure association warmth, exercise, birds singings.—

4th. Pleasure of imagination, which correspond to those ‹he› awakened during music.— connection with poetry, abundance, fertility, rustic life, virtuous

38−1 Humboldt 1811, 1:212−13, 'The remains of the Mexican sculpture, those colossal statues of basaltes and phorphyry, which are covered with Aztec hieroglyphics, and bear some relation to the Egyptian and Hindoo style, ought to be collected together in the edifice of the academy, or rather in one of the courts which belong to it. It would be curious to see these monuments of the first cultivation of our species, the works of a semibarbarous people inhabiting the Mexican Andes, placed beside the beautiful forms produced under the sky of Greece and Italy.' Humboldt 1811, 2:67−69 '. . . the fantastical hypothesis which M. Witte has [proposed] as to the origins of the monuments of colossal forms in Egypt, Persepolis, and Palmyra [when compared favourably to the pyramids of Mexico] . . . What analogies with monuments of the old continent! . . . whence did they take the model of these edifices? Were they a Mongrel race? Did they descend from a common stock with the Chinese . . .?' See also Humboldt and Bonpland 1819 −29, 1:XXXI, '. . . their monuments of architecture . . . [resemble] the arabesques which cover the ruins of Mitla, idols in basalt, ornamented with the calantica of the heads of Isis . . .'

39−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:145, 'A Grecian temple may give us the pleasurable idea of sublimity . . .' and '. . . when any object of vision is presented to us, which by its waving or spiral lines bears any similitude to the form of the female bosom, whether it be found in a landscape with soft gradations of rising and descending surface, or in the form of some antique vases . . . we feel a general glow of delight . . .'

528

[page] NOTEBOOK M 39−43

happiness.— recall scraps of poetry;— former thoughts, & in experienced people— recall pictures & therefore imagining pleasure

of imitation come into play.— the train of thoughts vary no doubt in different people., an agriculturist, in whose mind supply of food was evasive & ill defined thought would receive pleasure from thinking of the fertility.— I a geologist have illdefined notion of land covered with ocean, former animals, slow force cracking surface &c truly poetical. (V. Wordsworth about science being sufficiently habitual to become poetical)1

the botanist might so view plants & trees.— I am sure I remember my pleasure in Kensington Gardens has often been greatly excited by looking at trees at [i.e., as] great compound animals united by wonderful & mysterious manner.—1

There is much imagination in every view. if one were admiring one in India. & a tiger stalked across the plains, how ones feelings would be excited, & how the scenery would rise. Deer in Parks ditto.—

My Father says there is case on record he believes in Philosoph. Transactions, of ideot 18 years old eating white lead. who was most violently purged

«believe worms were passed off.» & vomited, but who when he recovered. was found to be ignorant, but quite sensible & no ways an ideot.— «in this case must have been functional.—» He has some idea of a son of Dr. Prietly who was cured from a fall of ideotcy.—;1

The story of the Corbets & big noses, quite conjectural, in Blakeways book of Sheriffs.—2

July 22d. 1838

No Deliriums, yet in some inflammatory diseases, where there has been no cloud on the mind, every occurrence for a day or two are absoluteley

40−1 Wordsworth 1802, I:xxxvii−xxxviii, 'Poetry is the first and last of all knowledge—it is as immortal as the heart of man. If the labours of men of Science should ever create any material revolution, direct or indirect, in our condition, and in the impressions which we habitually receive, the Poet will sleep then no more than at present, but he will be ready to follow the steps of the Man of Science, not only in those general indirect effects, but he will be at his side, carrying sensation into the midst of the objects of the Science itself.'

41−1 Viewing plants in a metaphorical sense as if they were animals was a family tradition. See Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:102, 'The individuals of the vegetable world may be considered as inferior or less perfect animals; a tree is a congeries of many living buds, and in this respect, resembles the branches of coralline, which are a congeries of a multitude of animals.' See also Litchfield 1915, 2:177, 'At present [Charles] is treating Drosera just like a living creature, and I suppose he hopes to end in proving it to be an animal.' See also Raverat 1960:157−58, for a discussion of the 'Elephant Tree' that stood beside the sand-walk at Down.

42−1 Blakeway 1831:37−38, '. . . an inspection of the ancient monuments at Morton Corbet [ancestral home of the Corbets north of and near Shrewsbury] might induce suspicion that the first Corbet . . . may have taken his name from the same features with the Sioux Indian [viz., Nez Corbean: raven-nose]. This is of course all conjectual . . .' Portraits and statues of Corbets, both male and female, at the Corbet home prove that very large noses were a prominent hereditary feature in this family for many generations.

529

[page] NOTEBOOK M 43−49

forgotten.— My father signed a bond, yet when he paid the Attorneys bill, he asked what bond he could have had. yet during whole illness, he had been able to direct about his own health.— his complaint was carbbuncl on

‹Head› Neck.— He has seen other cases of similar nature.— —like FitzRoy in sleep giving directions,— & forgetfulness

after bad accidents:— After journey, a fit of = gout, has affected his memory of everything in ‹he a [. . .] Mr B› journey, short time previous,— because, pain prevents repetition of idea.—

Mr Blakeway has mentioned in Antiquities of Shrewsbury something about big noses & name Corbet, perhaps nonsense.— look to it1

My father has somewhere heard (Hunter?) that pulse of new born babies of labouring classes are slower than those of gentlefolks.2 & that

peculiarities of form in trades (,as sailor tailor blacksmiths?) are likewise heredetary, & therefore that their children have some little advantage in these trades.—1

Delirium seems to rest the sensorium. — —analogous to sleep—; some doctors care it, by stimulus & afterwards patient sinks.—

When a muscle is moved very often, the motion becomes habitual & involuntary.— when a thought is thought very often it becomes habitual & involuntary,— that is involuntary memory, as in sleep.— a new thought arises?? compounded of the involuntary thoughts.— An intentionally recollection of anything is solely by association, & association is probably a physical effect of brain the «similar remark» thoughts, being functions of same part of brain, or the tendency to habit of producing a train of thought.—

47e−48e [not located]

49 Fox1 believe cats discover birds nests & watch them till the young are big enough to eat.— There was blackbirds nest, near hot-house at Shrewsbury,

[. . .]] 3 to 4 letters illeg.

care] 'a' over 'u'.

An intentionally] 'An' over 'Are'.

49 There was . . . abstinence.—] crossed; 'inaccurate' scrawled over passage.

44−1 Blakeway 1831.

44−2 Hunter 1837:194, 'This alternate motion of the heart is quicker in some classes of animals than others, in some being extremely quick, in others very slow. In all the more inferior orders of animals I believe it is the slowest

. . . The pulse is also found to be quicker in the young than in the old of each species . . .'

530

45−1 See Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:356, 'Now as labour strengthens the muscles employed, and increases their bulk, it would seem that a few generations of labour or of indolence may in this respect change the form and temperament of the body.'

49−1 Fox: William Darwin Fox.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 49−53

which the cat was seen by Hubberley2 to visit daily to see how the young got on. this nest the cat could

If cats will «ever» eat little birds, this most curious instance of reason & abstinence.—

My Father remarks that things of great importance are easily forgotten, (if unconnected with fear &c) because people think that the importance of the event by itself will make it to be remembered. whereas it is the importance.— people very often forget where money is placed.— (How often one forgets where put one key. where all keys are placed)

Memory cannot solely be number of times repeated, because some people can remember poetry when once read over.—

The extreme pleasure children show in the naughtiness of brothers children shows that sympathy is based as Burke maintains on pleasure in beholding the misfortunes of others.—1

In young children, the violent passions they go into, shows how truly an instinctive feeling, ‹may not pa.› In reflecting over an insane feeling of anger which came over me, when listening one evening when tired «— how true the heart the scene of anger.—» to the pianoforte, it seemed solely to be feelings of discomfort, especially about heart as of

excited action, accompanying violent movement; may not passion be the feeling «consequent on the violent muscular exertion» which accompanies violent attack,— Even the worm when trod upon turneth,, here probably there is no feeling of passion, but muscular exertion consequent on the injury & consequently excited action of heart.— now this is the oldest ‹her› inherited & therefore remains, when the actual movement does not take place.— A start is HABITUAL movement to avoid any danger— Fear, shamming death, or running

away. accompanied with want of muscular exertion, palpitation, voiding urine because done by some animals in defence, &c

Starting must be habitual «involuntary» movement from wish to avoid some danger— but it is instinctive because Nancy1 tells me very young babies start at anything they hear or see. which frightens. them.— Now every animal moves quickly away from any sudden sound or noise, & therefore brain has been accustomed to send a mandate to the muscles & when the noise comes it

scene of anger.—] 'a' over 'p'.

pp. 1−51, July 15th 1838 . . . ‹may not pa›] black ink.

p 51, In reflecting over . . . ] to end of book, except where otherwise indicated, grey-green ink.

A start] 'A' over 2 vertical lines, probably part 'H'.

49−2 Hubberley: probably Abberly.

51−1 E. Burke 1823:55−58, Part I, Section XIV, 'The

effects of sympathy in the distresses of others'. 53−1 Nancy: The children's nanny at Shrewsbury.

531

[page] NOTEBOOK M 53−57

cannot help doing it.— Fanny Hensleigh2 doubts whether young babies start.— If children wink. it is instinct

 

Fear must be simple instinctive feeling: I have awakened

in the night. being slightly unwell & felt so much afraid though my reason was laughing & told me there was nothing, & tried to seize hold of objects to be frightened at.— (again diseases of the heart are accompanied by much involuntary fear) In these cases probably the system is affected, & by habit the mind tries to fix upon some object:— When a man, child or colt has once been frightened & started much more apt, this partly owing to heart? readily taking same movements, senses being on the look out, & the conveying means

from the senses to the mind being more alive.— How is it. with people nervous from illness., ‹the› it must be an excited action in the involuntary mind which is startled.—

My Father says he should think that in old people, in their dotage, who sing the songs «& tales» of infancy, it is very doubtful whether they could recollect these same things from any effort of will whilst their minds were sound.

Caroline1 tells me that Nina2, when brought from Shrewsbury to Clayton,3 (though so fond of her & of servant of Richard & of Mary & her bed brought from Shrewsbury) yet for a fortnight continued wretchedly unhappy, constantly whined, would not remain quiet in any room, would not sleep at night even when in bed room—grew very thin, would not go out of house except with Caroline— After fortnight. continued to grow thin & did not seem quite happy. in five weeks was so thin, that she was sent back to Shrewsbury,, then immediately fell into her old ways & became fat! What remarkable affection to a place.— How like strong feelings of Man.—

The sensation of fear is accompanied by «troubled» beating of heart, sweat, trembling of muscles, are not these effects of violent running away, & must not ‹this› «running away» have been usual effects of fear.— the state of collapse may be imitation of death, which many animals put on.— The flush which accompanies passion & not sweat is the ‹state› effect of short — but violent action.—1

To avoid stating how far, I believe, in Materialism, say only that emotions,

53 Fanny . . . instincts] added grey ink.

53−2 Fanny Hensleigh. See Wedgwood, Frances [Fanny]. 56−1 Caroline: Caroline Sarah Wedgwood.

56−2 Nina: One of the Darwin family dogs.

56−3 Clayton: Caroline Wedgwood's home, near Etruria, Stoke-on-Trent.

532

57−1 Note similarity of this paragraph to Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:57, '. . . the whole skin is reddened by shame, and an universal trembling is produced by fear; and every muscle of the body is agitated in angry people by the desire of revenge.'

[page] NOTEBOOK M 57−61e

instincts degrees of talent, which are heredetary are so because brain of child resemble, parent stock.— (& phrenologists state that brain alters)

It is known that birds learn to sing & do not acquire it instinctively. may not this be connected with their power of acquiring language.—

Hensleigh. W.1 says that babies know a frown very early in life, ‹before they› (I think I have seen same thing before they could understand. what frowning means) if so this is precisely analogous or identical, with bird knowing a cat, the first it sees it.— it is frightened without knowing why— the child dislikes the frown without knowing why—2 a man

as in Guy. Mannering. feels, pleasure. in seeing the scenes of his childhood without knowing why—1 had not conscious of recollecting it— this may be nearest approach to ‹the› such instincts which full grown men can experience—

Instinctive walking of animals. that is the ready movement & co-relation of the proper muscles. may be illustrated by the extreme difficulty of moving muscles in different way from what they have been accustomed to, in certain actions— the difficulty of getting on a horse on the left side (not good example,) because leg is right handed.—

In Review (Edinburgh) of Froude's life. that author remarks, that writing down his confessions of sins. did not make him more humble.—1 it has obscurely occurred to me that Capt. F. R.2 candour & ready confession of error made him less repentant.— In making too much profession, or rather in only fully expressing momentary feelings of gratitude, I had a sort of consciousness I was not right; though I never realized the idea that I was tending to make myself in act less grateful.— How comes this tendency in these cases? How did my mind feel it was wrong (& it was not

61e merely morally wrong, but hurting my character I felt it)— this is kind of conscience, is obscure memory of having read or thought of some such remarke as now advanced; for I caught it like a flash.—. strange if judgment

page crossed blue crayon.

58−1 Hensleigh Wedgwood: (1803−1891), son of Bessy & Josiah Wedgwood II.

58−2 See also Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:146, '. . .children long before they can speak, or understand the language of their parents, may be frightened by an angry countenance, or soothed by smiles and blandishments.'

59−1 Walter Scott, 1815, 3:26, 'It is even so with me while I gaze upon that ruin; nor can I divest myself of the idea, that these massive towers and that dark gateway . . . is not entirely strange to me. Can it be that they have been familiar to me in infancy, and that I am to seek in their vicinity those friends of whom my childhood has still a

tender though faint remembrance, and whom I early exchanged for such severe taskmasters?'

60−1 Stephen 1838:525−35. Here Darwin summarizes various statements in the article, e.g., the author says Froude was hauty, intolerant, had a perverted sagacity, and considered burning his confessions. About himself Froude wrote, pp. 528−29, 'These records . . . are so far from exercises of humility that they lessen the shame of what I record just as professions and good will to other people reconcile us to our neglect of them.'

60−2 F.R.: Robert FitzRoy.

533

[page] NOTEBOOK M 61e−63e

remains, where reason is forgotten. it is conscience, or instinct.

Hensleigh1 says to say. Brain per se thinks is nonsense; yet who will venture to say germ within egg, cannot think— as well as animal born with instinctive knowledge.— but if so, yet this knowledge acquired by senses,— then thinking consists of sensation of images before your eyes, or ears (language mere means

62e of exciting association.)— or of memory of such sensations, & memory is repetition of whatever takes place in brain. when sensation is perceived. = =

Aug. 7th—38.

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London Vol. I. p. 106. Col. Sykes on Formica indefessa placed table in cups of water which they waded. or swam across.— they then stretched themselves from wall to table.— table being removed a little further, they ascended about a foot & then leapt across. (Col Sykes compares this with pidgeons finding their way home—l there is something wrong in comparing these cases, when agency is unknown, with simple exertion of

63e intellectual faculty) if ants had at once made this leap it would have been instinctive, seeing that time is lost & endeavours made must be experience & intellect.—

do. p. 157. Westwood remarks that some imported plants are attacked by insects & snails of this country (thus Dahlias by snails)— ‹The› Apion radiolum undergoes transformation in the stem of Hollyhock, although ordinary Habitat is Malva sylvestris.1

do. p. 228 Newport says Dr Darwin mistaken in saying common wasp cuts off wings of flies from intellect, but it does it always instinctively or habitually.—2

of exciting . . . perceived.=] crossed blue crayon.

‹tea›] 'that' over 'tea'.

61−1 Hensleigh: Hensleigh Wedgwood.

62−1 Sykes 1836a: 105−6, '. . . the legs of the table were placed upon low pedestals in little stone pans filled with water [The ants] boldly pushed over, and succeeded in catching hold of the opposite bank with their fore-legs ere they sunk The edge of the table was about an inch

distant from the wall, the largest ants now essayed to pass it, holding on the wall by the hind legs, whilst the front legs were stretched out to touch the edge of the table, and the contact enabled very many to cross. The table was now removed from the wall beyond the maximum stretch of the largest ants an ant upon the wall, about a foot above the level of the sweets fell upon the table.. . . another and another followed'

534

63−1 Westwood 1836:157, '. . . many imported plants afford the most congenial food to our strictly native insects . . . the flowers of the dahlia* (*. . . the hollyhock is attacked by Apion radiolum, which undergoes its transformations in the stem, although its ordinary habitat is Malva sylvestris) are gnawed, almost as soon as they have burst the calyx . . . but it is to the snails that the greatest portion of the damage must be laid.'

63−2 Newport 1836:228, 'Dr. Darwin . . . seems to think [the wasp] affords a strong proof of a faculty of reasoning in insects; but I think it will appear that the fact he observed, and upon which he founded his opinion, was only one of those occurrences which form part of the instinctive predaceous habits of the species.' See Erasmus

[page] NOTEBOOK M 63e−70

good Heavens is it disputed that a wasp has this much intellect. yet habit may make it act wrong, as I have done when taking lid off ‹tea› side of tea chest, when no tea3

64e do. p. 233. Mr Lewis describes case of insects «a Perga» of Terebrantia, laying eggs on leaves of Eucalyptus, watching few days till larva excluded, then though not feeding them «nor helping larva from egg» watching them, brooding over them, preserving them from «the» sun & enemies— would not fly away, but bit pencil when touched with it— do not know their own larvæ, but one female may be moved to other larvæ, when two groups near. mother desert one sometimes & go to other, so that two mothers to one group.— (as in birds blind storge— They continue till death, thus acting 4 to 6 weeks. The deserted broods appeared healthy— This remarkable case may be normal. with insects, but habit forgotten in all older species. The earwig & a doubtful one of Acanthosoma grisea described1

65e−68e [not located]

as first caused by will of Gods. «or God» secondly that these are replaced by metaphysical abstractions, such as plastic virtue, «&c» (Very true, no doubt savage attribute thunder & lightening to Gods anger.— ( more poetry in that state of mind: the Chileno says the mountains are as God made them,—1 next step plastic ‹virtue› natures. accounting for fossils). & lastly the tracing facts to laws. without any attempt to know their nature.— Reviewer considers this profoundly true.— How is it with children.— Now it is not a little remarkable that the fixed laws of nature should be «universally» thought to be the will of a superior being; whose natures can only be rudely traced out. When one sees

this, one suspects that our will may ‹be› «arise from» as fixed laws of organization.— M. le Comte argues against all contrivance— it is what my views tend to.—1

Darwin 1794, 1:183, 'One circumstance I shall relate which fell under my own eye, and showed the power of reason in a wasp, as it is exercised among men. A wasp, on a gravel walk, had caught a fly nearly as large as himself; kneeling on the ground I observed him separate the tail and the head from the body part, to which the wings were attached. He then took the body part in his paws, and rose about two feet from the ground with it; but a gentle breeze wafting the wings of the fly turned him round in the air, and he settled again with his prey upon the gravel. I then distinctly observed him cut off with his mouth, first one of the wings, and then the other, after which he flew away with it unmolested by the wind.'

63−3 See C 217, and Darwin's notes in his copy of Abercrombie 1838:57, 'an action becomes habitual if repeated, without at same time, without much attention at first as taking off cover to tea-chest.' Abercrombie subsequently discusses habit-formation.

64−1 Lewis 1836:232−34. Darwin's synopsis is accurate. 69−1 JR:435−36, 'My geological examination of the country generally created a good deal of surprise amongst the Chilenos . . . [who] thought that all such inquiries were useless and impious; and that it was quite sufficient that God had thus made the mountains.' As late as 1861 Darwin again used the same expression in a letter to Lyell: 'It reminds me of a Spaniard whom I told I was trying to make out how the Cordillera was formed; and he answered me that it was useless, for "God made them".' ML1:192.

70−1 Darwin agrees with Comte's view that .neither divine nor metaphysical contrivances are necessary to explain natural phenomena. See Brewster 1838: 275, 305.

535

[page] NOTEBOOK M 70−74

When a man is in a passion he puts himself stiff, & walks hard.— «He cannot avoid sending will of action to muscles, any more than «prevent» heart beat» remember how Pincher2 does just the same; I noticed this by perceiving myself skipping when wanting not to feel angry— such efforts prevent anger, but observing eyes thus unconsciously discover struggle of feeling.— It is as much effort to walk then lightly as to endeavur to stop heart beating: one ceasing, so does other.—

What an animal like taste of, likes smell of,  Hyæna likes smell of that fatty substance it scrapes off its bottom.— it is relic of same thing that makes one dog smell posterior at another.—

Why do bulls & horses, animals of different orders turn up their nostrils when excited by love? Stallion licking udders of mare strictly analogous to men's affect for womens breasts.  Dr Darwin's theory probably wrong, otherwise horses would have idea of beautiful forms.—1

With respect to free will, seeing a puppy playing cannot doubt that they have free will, if so all animals., then an oyster has & a polype (& a plant in some senses, perhaps, though from not having pain or pleasure actions unavoidable & only to be changed by habits). now free will of oyster, one can fancy to be direct effect of organization, by the capacities its senses give it of pain or pleasure, if so free will is to mind, what chance is to matter «(M. Le Compte)»—1 the free will (if so called) makes change

in bodily organization of oyster, so may free will make change in man.— the real argument fixes on heredetary disposition & instincts—.— Put it so.— Probably some error in argument, should be grateful if it were pointed out.— My wish to improve my temper, what does it arise from but organization, that organization may have been affected by circumstances & education, & by choice which at that time organization gave me to will—Verily the faults of the fathers, corporeal & bodily are visited upon the children.—

The above views would make a man a predestinarian of a new kind, because he would tend to be an atheist. Man thus believing, ‹yet› would more earnestly pray "deliver us from temptation,' he would be most humble, he would strive ‹to do good› «to improve his organization» for his children's

72 «(M. Le Compte)»] four marks following ')' resemble quotation and/or footnote marks.

70−2 Pincher: pet dog.

71−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:145, 'Our perception of beauty consists in our recognition by the sense of vision of those objects, first, which have before inspired our love by the pleasure, which they have afforded to many of our senses; as to our sense of warmth, of touch, of smell, of taste, hunger and thirst; and secondly, which bear any analogy of form to such objects.' And on p. 253, 'So universally does repetition contribute to our pleasure in the fine arts, that beauty itself has been defined by some writers to consist in a due combination of uniformity and variety.' See also M 37−39.

72−1 Compte: Comte. See Brewster 1838.

536

[page] NOTEBOOK M 74−77

sake & for the effect of his example on others. It may be doubted whether a

man intentionally can wag his finger from real caprice. it is chance, which way it will be, but yet it is settled by reason.—

How slow habits are changed may be inferred from expression. "relict of bad habit." as child is cured of sucking his finger by rubbing them with alum, so more slowly does animal leave off ‹t› instinct, when attended with bad effects

Martineau. How to observe, p. 21−26. argues «with examples» very justly there is no universal moral sense.— «from difference of action of approved»1 Yet as, I think, the opposite side has been shown— see Mackintosh.— Must grant, that the conscience varies in different races.—2 no more wonderful than dogs should have different instincts.— Fact most opposed to this view, where

the moral sense seems to have changed suddenly— but are not such «sudden» changes rare,— as when Polynesian mothers ceased to destroy their offspring— ؟ yet perhaps if they had murdered their children, this moral sense, would have been so much, as in other races of mankind..— p. 27. Mart. allows some universal feelings of right & wrong «(& therefore in fact only limits moral sense)» which she seems to think «are» to make others happy & wrong to injure them without temptation.—1 This probably is natural. consequence of man, like deer &c, being social animal, & this conscience or instinct may be

most firmly fixed, but it will not prevent other being engrafted.— No one doubts patriotism & family pride are heredetary., & therefore he has these strong, & does not act up to them, no doubt disobeys & hurts conscience more than other.— A Scotchman will his country or Swis.— it may be answered effects of education, may be opposed undoubted cases of heredetary pride & in single families.

75−1 Martineau 1838:22, 'A person who takes for granted that there is an universal Moral Sense among men, as unchanging as he who bestowed it, cannot reasonably explain how it was that those men were once esteemed the most virtuous who killed the most enemies in battle, while now it is considered far more noble to save life than to destroy it.' And on p. 23, '. . . every man's feelings of right and wrong, instead of being born with him, grow up in him from the influences to which he is subjected.'

75−2 Mackintosh 1837:58, 'There is no tribe so rude as to be without a faint perception of a difference between right and wrong. There is no subject on which men of all ages and nations coincide in so many points as in the general rules of conduct, and in the qualities of the human character which deserve esteem.'

76−1 Martineau 1838:27, 'The traveller having satisfied himself that there are some universal feelings about right and wrong, and that in consequence some parts of human conduct are guided by general rules, must next give his attention to modes of conduct, which seem to him good or bad, prevalent in a nation, or district, or society of smaller limits. His first general principle is, that the law of nature is the only one by which mankind at large can be judged. His second must be, that every prevalent virture or vice is the result of the particular circumstances amidst which the society exists.'

537

[page] NOTEBOOK M 78−81

Edinburgh. Phil. Transact. p. 365. Case of double consciousness, one only

«little» less perfect than other, absolutely two people.1 Consider this profoundly, may throw light on consciousness, explained by Dr Dewar on principle of association.—«fully bears out my fathers doctrine about people forgetting their insanity»2 there seem other cases somewhat analogous, & which I think will lead to fact of old people singing songs of their childhood. & certainly of Miss Cogan, & fully corroborates the fact of her not

‹remembering which› «repeating song» when she had recollected it in perfect senses.— These things, & drunkedness, show what trains of thought depend on state of turn

In drunkedness same disposition recurs, such as — — of Trinity always thinking people were calling him a bastard.— when drunk.— having really been so.— some always sentimental, some quarrelsome as B.e on board Beagle,1 some merry goodhumoured as self.— «When Miss Cogan has remembered her song, then the song was to her like one which though learnt in infancy, had often been repeated: Now it is remarked that A. Bessy repeated things, which none about her had EVER before heard, so very probably forgotten.» Such facts bear on such characters as Allen W.2 & Babington, both half ideotic in some respects & with store of accurate & even profound knowledge or other & unusual line— both odd appearance about eyes.— one botanist & great knowledge of Irish Politics, «both bad jokers.—» the other army officer, horticulture & religious sects.— yet Allen. W. remark about his slippers bad for fires, what is wrong in his head. & Babington's silly joking

The possibility of the brain having whole train of thoughts, feeling & perception separate, from the ordinary state of mind, is probably analogous to the double individuality implied by habit, when one acts unconsciously with respect to more energetic self, & likewise one forgets. what one performs habitually.— Agrees with insanity, as in Dr Ash's case, when he struggled as it were with a second & unreasonable man.— If one could remember all ones farthers actions, as one does those in second childhood, ‹they› or when drunk they would not be more different, & yet they would make one's father & self one person— & thus eternal punishment explained.

These facts showing what a train of though[t] action &c will arise from physical action on the brain, renders much less wondefful the instincts of animals—

81 I was interested as was I] 'was I' over 'I in'.

78−1 Darwin's cited reference not traced; see however, Ferrier 1838a: 199, 'It is reserved for man to live this double life. To exist, and to be conscious of existence; to be rational, and to know that he is so.'

78−2 Abercrombie 1838:301−2, discusses Dr Dewar's case of an ignorant servant girl who during paroxysms showed surprising knowledge of geography and astronomy. 79−1 Benjamin Bynoe

79−2 Allen W.: John Allen Wedgwood.

538

[page] NOTEBOOK M 81−84e

Aug. 12th. 38. At the Athenæum Club, was very much struck with an intense headache «after good days work» which came on from reading «review of» M. Comte Phil. which made me «endeavour to» remember, & to think deeply, & the immediate manner in which my head got well when reading article by Boz.—1 now in this I was interested as was I in the other, & read so intently as to be unconscious of all around, yet there was no strain on the intellectual powers— the difference is of a man wagging his foot & working with his toe to perform some difficult task.—

Aug. 12th. When in National Institution1 & not feeling much enthusiasm, happened to go close to one & smelt the peculiar smell of Picture. association with much pleasure immediately thrilled across me, bringing up old indistinct ideas of FitzWilliam Musm.2 I was amused at this after seven years interval.

Augt. 15th. As child gains habit «or trick» so much more easily than man, so may animal obtain it far more easily, in proportion to variableness or power of intellect.— Some complicated trades can hardly be considered as actions otherwise than habitual.— instances??

83e The possibility of two quite separate trains going on in the mind as in double consciousness may really explain what habit is— In the habitual train of thought one idea. calls up other, & the consciousness of double individual is not awakened.— The habitual individual remembers things done in the other habitual state because it will (without direct consciousness?) change its habits.—

Aug. 16th. As instance of heredetary mind. I a Darwin & take after my Father in heraldic principle. & Eras a Wedgwood in many respects & some of Aunt Sarahs. cranks1, & so is Catherine in some respects—. good instances.— when education same.— My handwriting same as Grandfather.2

84e Aug. 16th Anger «Rage» in worst form is described by Spenser (Faery Queene. CD 25 (Descript of Queen) «O» of Hell Cant IV or V.) as pale & trembling. & not as flushing & with muscles rigid.—1 How is this? dealt with p. 2412

Origin of man now proved.— Metaphysic must flourish.— He who understands baboon ‹will› would do more towards metaphysics than Locke

The possibility . . . done in the other] excised, crossed pencil.

C.D. 25] added pencil, boxed.

dealt with p. 241] added pencil, circled. Aug. l6th . . . How is this?] excised.

81−1 Boz: Charles Dickens.

82−1 Darwin probably meant the National Gallery or possibly the Royal Institution.

82−2 FitzWilliam Museum, University of Cambridge. 83−1 Aunt Sarah: Sarah Elizabeth Wedgwood.

83−2 See E 89 for discussion of inheritance of handwriting.

84−1 Spenser 1589, Booke I, The Fourth Canto, verse 33:27, 'As ashes pale of hew and seeming ded; And on his dagger still his hand he held, Trembling through hasty rage, when choler in him sweld.'

84−2 Reference not traced.

539

[page] NOTEBOOK M 84e−89

A dog whines, & so does man.— dogs laughs for joy, so does dog bark. (not shout) when opening his mouth in romps, ‹so› he smiles.

Many of actions as hiccough & yawn are probably merely coorganic as connexion of mammæ & womb.— We need not feel so much surprise at male animals smelling vaginæ of females.— when it is recollected that smell of ones own pud. not disagree.— Ourang outang at Zoolog Gardens touched pud. of young male & smelt its fingers. Seeing a dog & horse & man yawn, makes me feel how ‹much› all animals ‹are› built on one structure.—

He who doubts about national character let him compare the American whether in the cold regions of the North,— the elevated table land of Peru

the hot plains of the Amazons & Brazil— with the negros of Africa, (or again the black man of ‹B› Van Diemens land & the energetic copper coloured natives of New Zealand)—the American in Brazil is under same conditions as Negro on the other side of the Atlantic. Why then is he so different— in organization.—

Same cause as colour & shape & ideosyncracy.— Look at the Indian in slavery & look at the Negro— look at them both savage— look at them both semi-civilized—

Perhaps one cause of the intense labour of original inventive thought is that none of the ideas are habitual, nor recalled by obvious associations. as by reading a book.— Consider this.—

"The fledge-dove knows the prowlers of the air" &c &c &c so is conscience &c &c Coleridge,— Zapoyla p. 117, Galignani Edition1

Fine poetry, or a strain of music, when the mind is rendered ductile by grief, or by bodily weakness, melts into tears, with sensations of sorrowful delight, very like best feeling of sympathy.— Mem: Burke's idea of Sympathy.2 being real pleasure at pain of others, with rational

desire to assist them,— otherwise as he remarks sympathy could be barren. & lead people from scenes of distress.— see how a crowd collects at an accident,— children with other children naughty.— Why does person cry for joy?

17th. August Montaigne (Vol. I) has well observed, one does not fear death

89 allowing my mind] 'a' of allowing over 'm'.

88−1 Coleridge 1829:117, 'The fledge-dove knows the prowlers of the air,/ Fear'd soon as seen, and flutters back to shelter.'

88−2 Edmund Burke 1823:55−58.

540

[page] NOTEBOOK M 89−93

from its pain, but one only fears that pain, which is connected with death!—1 How has this instinctive fear arisen?

19th. When I went down to Woollich I was trying to unbend my mind as much as possible (testing success by decreasing headache) & found best plan was allowing my mind to skip from subject

to subject as quick as it chose.— although thinking «& talking» for the moments with interest on each.—  my father. is right in saying delirium rest— therefore dreams thus act.—  weak minded people are fickle & full of levity ( ؟ do I not confound action & thought here?) The opposite extreme of this desultory thought is following out such an idea, as effect of sea on coves when waters had fallen, as in my Glen Roy paper.—1 this greatest mental

effort, of which I am capable— I suspect from these facts that whole effort consists in keeping one idea before your

mind steadily., & not merely thinking intently; for that one does with novel for a length of time.— Then if one endeavur to keep any simple idea as scarlet steady before mind for period, «if the scarlet was before one effort less» one is obliged to repeat the word, & think of qualities as flowers, cloth &c & with all this difficult EXPERIMENTIZE upon this effort.— it looks so analogous to muscle in one position great fatigue.— may explain excessive labour of inventive thought.— Examine frame of mind in following changes during fall of sea.— Is the effort

greater if the idea is abstract as love, (or an emotion not so) than if simple idea as scarlet?— How can people dwell on pain ؟ no definite idea. nor is an emotion.— People who can multiply large numbers in their head must have this high faculty, yet not clever people.

Aug. 21st. 38

When a dog in play has his mouth open ready to bark, & lip twisted up, in that peculiar manner they do, even more than in a real snarl, they are enjoying a satirical. laugh.— when snarling real bitter sarcasm.—

‹These› Seeing how ancient these expressions are, it is no wonder that they are so difficult to conceal.— a man «insulted» may forgive his enemy & not wish to strike him, but he will find it far more difficult to to look tranquil.— He may despise a man & say nothing, but without a most distinct will, he will

91 upon this effort.—] 'u' over 'a'.

93 man & say . . . satisfied with himself] double scored pencil.

89−1 Montaigne 1588, 1:82 −83, 'Si c'est une mort courte et violente, nous n'avons pas loisir de la craindre; si elle est autre, je m'apperçois qu'à mesure que je m'engage dans ses avenues et dans la maladie, j'entre naturellement et de moymesme en quelque desdein de la vie. . . . j'ay trouvé que, sain, j'avois eu les maladies beaucoup plus en horreur que lors que je les ay senties. . . .

le sault n'est pas si lourd du mal estre au non estre, comme il est d'un estre doux et fleurissant à un estre penible et douloureux.'

90−1 Charles Darwin 1839:73, '. . . the entire hollow . . . must have existed as an indentation or little cove on the line of ancient sea-beach.'

541

[page] NOTEBOOK M 93−97

find it hard to keep his lip from stiffening over his canine teeth.— He may feel satisfied with himself, & though dreading to say so, his step will grow erect & stiff like that of turkey.— he may be amused, he need not express it, he may most earnestly wish [not] to do it, but an involuntary laugh will burst forth, this & yawning. (common to other

animals) scream of agony, sigh of discomfort & weariness. & meditative tranquility. «whine of children. puppies do so dogs nearly silent, so with men.— How is crying— peculiar not common?—» no bark of anger nor have monkeys & many other animals,— but yet when angry it is hard not to growl out some sound even if it be inarticulate.— the maniac shouts & bellows with passion.— It is not a little remarkable that those sounds which are involuntary, are common to animals.— Curious to trace, which of these actions are habitual, & which now connected physical relations.— CD[like sighing to relieve circulation after stillness.— Now I conceive if organization were changed, I conceive sighing might

yet remain just like sneering does.— is yawning habitual from awaking from sleep see how a dog yawns when he awakes. & streching & yawning can be explained from too long rest of muscles.— evidently habitual when transferred, (also how often) to the tale of a wearisome man.— Is frowning, result of straining vision, as savages without hats put up their hands, & as attention would amongst lowest savages clearly be directed chiefly by objects of vision.— Does the contraction & wrinkling of the skin contract iris?— same way as one lifts up eyebrows to see things in dark. & hence is this the cause of expression of surprise— viz seeing something obscurely with the wish to make it out?—

Seeing a Baby (like Hensleigh's) smile & frown, who can doubt these are instinctive— child does not sneer, because no young animal has canine teeth.— A dog when he barks puts his lips in peculiar position, & he holds them this way, when opening mouth between interval of barking, now this is smile. With respect to sneering the very essence of an habitual movement is continuing it when useless.— ‹&› therefore it is here continued when the uncovering the canine useless.—

The distinction «as often said» of language in man is very great from

all animals— but do not overrate— animals communicate to each other.— Lonsdale's1 story of Snails, Fox of cows, & many of insects— they likewise must understand each other expressions, sounds, & signal movements.— some say dogs understand expression of man's face.— ‹That› How far they

94 «whine . . . common?—»] inserted between 'scream . . . tranquility'.

CD[] '[' pencil. 97−1 Lonsdale: William Lonsdale. 542

[page] NOTEBOOK M 97−101e

communicate not easy to know,— but this capability of understanding language is considerable, thus carthorse & dog.— birds many cries. monkeys communicate much to each other.—

Waterhouse says far more instincts in all of the Hymenoptera;. ‹therefore› than in other orders (study Kirby with this view)1 therefore there is Instinctual developement in one order, as there is Intellectual in human— probably some genera in different orders more advanced than others just as dog & Elephant most intellectual.— Hymenoptera typical insects. ie have all parts. Waterhouse

Study well the greater number of insects in insecta— not connected with transformation because Spiders have many,— great powers of communicating knowledge to each other—

August 23d. Jones1 said the great calculators, from the confined nature of their associations (it is not so in punning) are people of very limited intellects, & in the same way are chess Players— A man at Cambridge, during his time, almost an absolute fool used to play regularly with D'Arblay of Christ2 of great genius, & yet invariably used to beat

him— The son of a Fruiterer in Bond St. was so great a fool that his Father only left him a guinea a week. yet. he was inimitable chess player.— Peacocks1 remark about mathematicians not being profound reasoners.— all same fact— for, as Jones observed, in playing chess however many places, & contingency a man has keep in mind. all is certain.— there is judgment of probabilities, therefore this judgment gives a man common sense, & the highest intellectual powers of perceiving

101e & classifying distinct resemblances.—

The facts of half instincts. when two varieties are crossed as in Shepherd dogs— Inherited Habits: Have Effect in Bones is valuable it shows that new instinct can originate.— strong argument for brain bringing thought, & not merely instinct, a separate thing superadded.— we can thus trace causation of thought.— it is brought within ‹our own› limits of examination.— obeys same laws. as other parts of structure. C.D.27

 

Can an analogy be drawn between «heredetary» associated pleasures &

distinct] crossed pencil; 'Can't go with this FD' added by Francis Darwin.

Inherited . . . in Bones] added pencil; 'in' possibly 'on'.

CD. 27 added pencil.

Can an . . . fear of death.] double scored left margin.

98−1 Kirby 1835.

99−1 Jones: not identified.

99−2 D'Arblay: probably Alexander d'Arblay. 100−1 Peacock: George Peacock.

543

[page] NOTEBOOK M 101e−104

pains & emotions— such as child sucking, gives pleasure, & always has done therefore sight of own child. (when frame in condition to receive pleasure) gives pleasure, ie. love.— & so pain gives fear of death.

102e Mayo Philosophy of Living. p. 140— Dreams good account of «thinks» are recollected when intense, or when so near waking. that an associated is kept up with waking thought.— Ld Brougham thinks no dreams except at this time.1 how does he account for dogs & men speaking in their sleep.— Characters of dreams no surprise, at the violation of all ‹rules› relations of time, ‹identity,› place & personal connections— ideas are strung together in manner ‹they› quite different from when awake.— peculiar sensation as flying. (No memory of past events?) or influence on our conduct, the links which when conscious connect past, present & future

thoughts are broken— Sir J. Franklin when starved, all party dreamt of ‹goo› feasts of good food—1 The mind wills to do this & hears that, but yet scarcely really moves.— the willing therefore is ideal, as all the other perceptions.— The mind thinks with extraordinary rapidity— We may conclude that neither number, vividness, rapidity, novelty of separate ideas cause fatigue to the mind,— it is solely the comparison, with past ideas. which makes consciousness— & which tells one of reality— castle in the air, is more prolonged than dream. never fatiguing,— else it is only our consciousness, & senses tell us it is not real. = = dreaming appears clearly rest of the mind, with all other faculties: «Vide page 110, by mistake.»

N B. Everything which happens to man who does not produce children, or after he has useless. does not affect race. argument for early education.— fear of death!!! as Montaigne observes. distinct from pain, for one hates pain from this fear— & not death for the pain.— How was this instinct gained.? by conversation—  modified in those races, where it is customary to die—

page crossed pencil.

«Hume»] 'Hume' circled, connected by line with 'impressions,' also circled.

102−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:139, '[According to Lord Brougham] "we only dream during the instant of transition into and out of sleep." . . . For my own part, I am disposed to adopt the opposite opinion, and think that in sleep we always dream . . .'

103−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:141, 'Sir John Franklin remarks, when his party was in the extremity of physical exhaustion and physical suffering,— "Although the sensation of hunger was no longer felt by any of us;— yet we were scarcely able to converse on any other subject than the pleasure of eating." But their dreams at this period, while they were starving were of plentiful repasts.' See also Franklin 1823:564−66, 'The dreams which for the most part, but not always accompanied it [i.e., comfort of a few

544

hours of sleep during prolonged starvation], were usually (though not invariably,) of a pleasant character, being very often about the enjoyments of feasting.' In Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:23, is the following penciled marginal notation made by Charles Darwin (in his personal copy of Zoonomia), 'This is strange as hungry men never dream of hunger'. The text passage reads, '. . . in his dreams [a man about fifty years old who had been deaf for nearly thirty years] always imagined that people conversed with him by signs or writing, and never that he heard any one speak to him. From hence it appears, that with the [loss of] perceptions of sounds, he has also lost the ideas of them . . .' See M 21−22, 'People, my Father says, do not dream . . .'

[page] NOTEBOOK M 104−108

August 24th. As some impressions «Hume» become unconscious.1 so may some ideas.— ie habits, which must require idea to order muscles to do

‹certain› the actions. ؟ is

it the ‹becom› impression becoming very often unconscious, which makes the idea unconscious, if so (think of this). study what impressions become unconscious those which are viewed with little interest, & those which are viewed very often.— former do not give rise to ideas so much. as objects of interest.—

do/ I was much struck with observing how the Baboon (‹Macaco›

«Cyanocephalus Sphynx Linnaeus») constantly moved the skin of forehead over eyes, at every emotion & ‹look› «turn» of the head.

I could not perceive «any» distinct wrinkle, but such movements in skin of eyebrow important analogy with man.— I see monkeys grin with passion, that is show all the teeth: «& make noise not like pish, but like chit-chit-chit, quickly uncovering their teeth, this the Keeper thinks is from pleasure, & may be compared to laughing» they dance with passion, ie. nervous impulse to action is sent so fast to limbs that they cannot remain still.— I do not doubt this Baboon. knew women.— Another little old American monkey

«(Mycelis)» I gave nut, but held it between fingers, the peevish expression was

most curious ‹like› «remember» the expostulatory angry look of black spider monkey when touched, also another monkey to dog. I showed nut & then closed my mem. expression of fury, jump to scratch my face. The ourang outang, under same circumstances, threw itself down on its back & kicked & cryed like naughty child.— Do monkeys cry?— «they whine like children.—»

Expression, is an heredetary habitual movement consequent on some action, which the progenitor did, when excited or disturbed by the same cause, which «now» excites the expression.—

Habitual actions are the reverse of intellectual, there is no comparison of ideas— one follows other as in blindest memory— also low faculty of understanding.

Cyanocephalus Sphynx Linnaeus] written in fine pen.

«& make . . . laughing»] written in fine pen; 'chit-chit-chit' over otit-otit-otit

Expression, is an . . . the expression.—] double scored left margin.

104−1 Hume 1817, 2:16, 'By the term impression, then, I mean all our more lively perceptions, when we hear, or see, or feel, or love, or hate, or desire, or will. And impressions are distinguished from ideas, which are the less lively perceptions, of which we are conscious, when we reflect on any of

those sensations or movements above mentioned.' See also: Hume 1826, 1:15−45, bk 1, pt 1, 'Of ideas, their origin, composition, connexion, abstraction, &c'.

545

[page] NOTEBOOK M 108−111

Adam Smith (.D. Stewart life of. p. 27), says ‹sympathy› we can only know what others think by putting ourselves in their situation, & then we feel like them—.1 hence sympathy very unsatisfactory because does not like Burke explain pleasure.

August 26th. I cannot help. thinking horses admire a wide prospect.— The very superiority of man perhaps depends on the number of sources of pleasure & innate tastes, he

partakes, taste for musical sound with birds. & ؟ howling monkeys— smell with many animals— see how a dog likes smell of Partridge—, man's taste for smell of flowers, owing to parent being fruit eater.— origin of colours?—

Nothing shows one how little happiness depends on the senses.; than the

‹small› fact that no one, looking back to his life, would say how many good dinners or he had had, he would say how many happy days he

spent in such a place.—

Vide page 103, supra (by mistake)

have lower animals these vivid thoughts

In same book (p. 143) wonderful case of perfect double consciousness Mayo compares it with Somnambulism.—1 the young lady almost equally in her senses in either state.— does this throw light on instinct, showing what trains of action may be done unconsciously as far as the ordinary state is concerned.?—

Mr. Mayo told me the case of a lady, (whose name was told me, who told the fact to Mr Mayo himself.2 she was one day reading a book, with ivory paper cutter, which she valued, & she was suddenly called to go on the lawn to see something, on her return could not find paper cutter, hunted in vain

for it— ten years afterwards whilst at a meal, she suddenly like a flash without any assignable cause, remembered she had put it in branch of tree, & apologising to party, went out & found it there!!! Lady in perfect «mental» health.— «Erasmus had almost same thing happen to him about a knife. which he had hid some years before.— was greatly astonished, at the time. &

111 characterized» dream] 'dr' over 't'.

108−1 Adam Smith I795:xxvii, 'Although, when we attend to the situation of another person, and conceive ourselves to be placed in his circumstances, an emotion of the same kind with that with which he feels, naturally arises in our own mind, yet this sympathetic emotion bears but a very small proportion, in point of degree, to what is felt by the person principally concerned.'

546

110−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:145, 'I believe [double consciousness] to exemplify sudden transitions to and from the state of somnambulism.'

110−2 Darwin very likely discussed the issue with Herbert Mayo at the Athenaeum where both were members.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 111−114

could trace no chain of association»

Mayo Philos. seems certain that muscular, mental, ‹&› digestive nervous influence replace each other1

August 29th. Went to Bed. & built «common» Castle in the air, of being compelled, from some quite imaginary cause to start at once to Shrewsbury., vaguely thought of packing up.— was lying on my back fell to sleep for second & wakened.— had very clear & pretty vivid «& perfectly characterized» dream, in continuation of waking thought— my servant was in the room. with my trunk out & I was engaged in hurriedly giving orders.— Now what was difference between Castle & dream

No answer shows our profound ignorance in so simple case.— There was memory, for it related to past idea.— there was a kind of ideal consciousness for moment, implied by «presence» my servant, «box» my own manner of ordering things to be done.— The senses are closed probably by sleep & not vica versa. anyhow I might have been quite still, & not attending to bodily sensation & yet the Castle would not have turned into dream.— It appears to me, that the mind is wholly absorbed with one idea (hence apparent vividness) & there being no other parallel trains of ideas connected with past circumstances.— as whether I really was going to Shrewsbury, whether I had rung for Covington.1 whether he had come & opened box, whether I had thought what clothes to take (how often

one cannot tell whether one has rung the bell., when one recollects circumstances were such one naturally would so so!) Now all these parallel trains of thought necessary heirs of every action, & always running on in mind, being absent. one could not compare the castle with them, therefore could not doubt or believe.— When I say trains, it may be instantaneous changes in order ‹to every› calling up ideas of every late impression.— (do the ideas, direct effect of perception by senses fail first, as whether I had pulled the bell??)— It may be deception to say the mind ‹thinks› quicker in sleep, it may do less work & yet do so, from the exertion of keeping up the memory of every late impression. & likewise gaining new ones from senses. &

‹comparing their› «calling up» old ones, to be sure of ones consciousness.—

Mayo observe no improbabilities in a dream,1 effect of doubting nor believing, effect of not reasoning. effect of not having ‹all› other trains of thought, or memory from innumerable late events.— the fatigue of thinking is keeping up these trains,— especially if they are invented as in imagination,

111−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:4−15, discusses four varieties of temperament, viz., sanguine, lymphatic, bilious, and nervous, with mixed or equal amounts also existing. Darwin's statement is a general summary of Mayo's treatment of these 'Temperaments' as influenced by each

other and by states of mental disposition. 112−1 Covington: Syms Covington.

114−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:140, 'In dreams, that which most strikes us are their monstrous and capricious combinations, and our want of surprise at their improbability.'

547

[page] NOTEBOOK M 114−117

& in rigidly comparing each step as in reasoning— hence delirium & sleep mental rest. though. most vivid & rapid thought.— There may be some «two or three» trains of thought, therefore one may be imperfectly reason — ‹In a›

Abercrombie's case of «in Botanical Student» somnabulism, did reason about himself— but not about, facts gained or gaining by senses.—2 As sleep

‹is› only one idea is awake,

when one is awake many necessarily are., when one is deeply reasoning besides these (which must be present, though one is not conscious of them, else one would not stand) a crowd of other trains of thought are in progress— In castle of air the trouble «I well recollect» is in making things somewhat probable. in comparing every step, & inventing new means,— therefore works of imagination hard work,— Keeping one idea present is, perhaps, hard work— though dreams do that

One Reflective Consciousness is curious problem., one does not care for the pains of ones infancy.— one cannot bring it to one self.— nor of a bad dream, when that is not recollected, nor of the Botanical Somnambulist.1 (if he had been unhappy)— it is because in this

state, the consciousness does not go back to former periods so «as» to ‹make›

«give» one individuality in this case.— But now in Mayo's «p. 140» case of double consciousness,1 one would pity suffering in one state almost as much as in the other,— though she when well did not recollect ‹it› «anything».— if one was subject to this disease oneself, one would only feel sympathy. as for for the heard suffering of a dear friend— this gives one strong idea of what individuality is.— Insanity is ‹much› «somewhat» the same as double consciousness, as shown in the tendency to forget the insane idea; & ones expression of

double self, though as in Dr Ashe's case, one here was conscious of the two states.—

August 30th.— It is singular when looking at a table one has vague idea something is not there, & then when one begins eating one perceives butter or salt is not there.— the reality does not resemble the picture in one mind, but does not stop to reason what there should be & discover loss

Definition of happiness the number of pleasant ideas passing through mind in given time.— intensity to degree of ‹happi› pleasure of such thoughts

117 reality does] 'does' over 'is'.

114−2 Abercrombie 1838:296−98.

115−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:142−44, quotes Abercrombie 1838 discussion a botanist with somnambulism.

548

116−1 Herbert Mayo 1838:145−46: case of double consciousness.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 118−123

We give no credit to instinctive feelings.— for man losing his children, any more than to dog losing his puppies— This looks like free will.—

V. last page. A healthy child is «more» entirely happy (contentmt is different it refers to wishes for future) than perhaps well «regulated» philosopher— yet the philosopher has a much more intense happiness— so is it ‹with an› when same man is compared to peasant.— To make greatest number of pleasant thoughts, he must have contingency of good food, no pain,— ‹but the› «&» the sensual

enjoyment of the minute add to the happiness.— but as they are not recollected whether from frequency, or inherent structure of mind. they make, either in themselves, or if recollected, such part of thoughts innumerable, which past through mind.— These thoughts are most pleasant, when the conscience tells our [mind], good has been done— «& conscience free from offence» — pleasure of intellect affection excited, pleasure of imagination— therefore do these & be happy— & these pleasures are so very great, that every one who has tasted them, will think

the sum total of happiness greater. even if mixed with some pain.— than the happiness of a peasant, with whom sensual enjoyments of the minute make large ‹parts› portion of daily ‹happiness› «pleasure». A wise man will try to obtain this happiness. though he sees some «intellectual» good men, from insanity &c unhappy— perhaps not so much as they appear & perhaps partly their fault.— Whether this rule of

happiness agrees with that of New Testament is other question.— little is there said of intellectual ‹ple [. . .] hope› cultivation, main source of the intense happiness.— it is again another question, whether this happiness is the object of living.— or whether if we obey literally New Testament future life is almost the sole object—. — I doubt whether the last be right. The two rules come very near each other.—›

The rules to mortify yourself do not tend to this— though believing it to be true, & then acting on it, will add to happiness.—

Men having some instincts as revenge «& anger», which experience shows it must for his happiness to check— that is external circumstances are so conditioned as they are effecting a change in his instincts— like what is happening with other animals— is far from odd

nor is it odd he should have had them.— with lesser intellect they might be necessary & no doubt were preservative, & are now, like all other structures slowly vanishing— the mind of man is no more perfect, than instincts of

121 ple [. . .]] probably 'pleasu'.

123 Our descent] 'Our' over 'their'.

549

[page] NOTEBOOK M 123−127

animals to all & changing contingencies, or bodies of either.— Our descent, then, is the origin of our evil passions!!—The Devil under form of Baboon is our grandfather!—

A man, who perfectly obeys his conscience or instinct, would probably feel but little that of anger or revenge.— they are incompatible & the former, the more pleasant.—

Simple happiness «as of child» is large proportion of pleasant to unpleasant mental sensations in any given time «— compared to what other people experience.—» But then sensation may be more or less pleasant & unpleasant, in same time,— therefore degrees of happiness— Entire happiness., not being so desirable as ‹broken› intense

happiness even with some pain,— compared to what others experience in same time.— Pleasure more usually refers to the sensations ‹it› when excited by impressions, & not mental or ideal ones, ‹which› «& these» must occupy greater proportion of ‹each› «every» man's time.—

Begin discussion— by saying what is Happiness?— When we look back to happy days, are they not those of which all our recollections are pleasant.—

Browne Religio Medici, p. 21−24. Curious passages showing how easily chance & will of Deity are confounded.—1 well applicable to free will.

Mayo. Philosop. of Living p. 293. Animals "have notion of property" — their own property. (—regarding food & in birds of place for nest.)— with dogs "have notion of masters property"—2 is not this rather more friendship.— Scott's Life. Vol I, p. 127. Talks of difficulty of his own drawing compared to a friend, whose who family can draw— says friend viewed him as Newfoundland dog would Greyhound about dread of water—3 innate

Septemb 1— If one performs some actions, which are pleasant, every concomitant circumstance calls up pleasure. or pleasure or pain of association.— now if one has these feelings, without being aware of their association «ie heredetary», does one not call them instinctive emotions?—

Dr Holland remarked that insanity like sleep1 does not doubt the reality of the

127 people] first 'e' over an 'o' to me vague—] 'm' over 'O'.

126−1 T. Browne 1835, 2:24, 'Surely there are in every man's life certain rubs, doublings and wrenches, which pass a while under the effects of chance; but at the last, well examined, prove the mere hand of God.'

126−2 Herbert Mayo 1837:293, 'Honesty is the recognition of the principle of property. It is remarkable that animals have this idea in its simplest form . . .'

126−3 Walter Scott 1837−38, 1:127, 'He [Will Clerk] to

550

whom, as to all his family, art is a familiar attribute, wondered at me as a Newfoundland dog would at a greyhound which showed fear of the water.'

127−1 Holland 1839a:216, 'Yet if it were an object to obtain a description of insanity, which might apply to the greatest number of cases, I believe this would be found in the conditions which most associate it with dreaming; viz, the loss, partial or complete, of power to distinguish

[page] NOTEBOOK M 127−129

impression on its senses.— insane people believe they hear as well see things which have no existence.— He compared spectral illusion & insanity the connexion appears to me vague—2

Delirium of every degree of intensity— «in old man, he had just seen mind went on RAMBLING till excited by question.»

Sept. 4th. Lyell in his Principles talks of it as wonderful that Elephants understand contracts.—1 but W. Fox's dog that shut the door evidently did, for it did with far more alacrity ‹than› when something good was shown

him, than when merely ordered to do it.—

Plato «Erasmus»2 says in Phædo that our "necessary ideas" arise from the preexistence of the soul, are not derivable from experience.—3 read monkeys for preexistence ‹"›—

The young Ourang in ‹Zoolog» Gardens pouts., partly out displeasure (& partly out of I do not know what when it looked at the glass) when pouting protrudes its lips into point— man, though he does not pout. pushes out both lips in contempt ‹&› disgust & defiance.— different from sneer—

How easily. horses associate sounds may be seen by omnibuss Horses starting, when door shut or cad cries out "right." or Drinkwater's horse jumping when word Jump said—

I saw the ourang. take up a stone & pound the earth.

Lockarts life of W. Scott Vol VII p. 35 "as ideas come & the pulse rises, or as they flag & something like a snow-haze, covers my whole

imagination."1

between unreal images created within the sensorium, and the actual perceptions drawn from the external senses; thereby giving to the former the semblance and influence of realities:— and, secondly, the alteration or suspension of that faculty of mind by which we arrange and combine the perceptions and thoughts successively coming before us.'

127−2 Holland 1839a:217, "[Spectral illusions], while connected on the one side with dreaming, delerium, and insanity, are related on the other, by a series of gradations, with the most natural and healthy functions of the mind." 128−1 Lyell 1837, 2:418, "Some favourite dainty is shown to them, in the hope of acquiring which the work is done; and so perfectly does the nature of the contract appear to be understood that the breach of it, on the part of the master, is often attended with danger."

128−2 Erasmus Alvey Darwin.

128−3 Plato 1977:27 [76, d−e], 'If those realities . . . exist, the Beautiful and the Good and all that kind of

reality, and we refer all our sense perceptions to them, and we discover that it existed before and we had knowledge of it, and we compare our perceptions with it, then, just as they exist, so our soul must exist before we are born. If these realities do not exist, then this argument is altogether futile. Is this the position, that there is an equal necessity for those realities to exist, and for our souls to exist before we were born? If the former do not exist, neither do the latter?'

129−1 Walter Scott 1837−38, 7:35−36, 'May 28 [From diary]— Another day of uninterrupted study; two such would finish the work with a murrain. What shall I have to think of when I lie down at night and awake in the morning? What will be my plague and my pastime— my curse and my blessing— as ideas come and the pulse rises, or as they flag and something like a snow-haze covers my whole imagination? I have my Highland Tales— and then— never mind— sufficient for the day is the evil thereof.'

551

[page] NOTEBOOK M 130−132e

Septembe. 3d Why when one thinks of any object, (or having looked at any object‹)› one Shuts ones eyes) is the image not vivid as in sleep— (one can dream of intense scarlet??) is it because one then has no immediate comparison with perceptions, & that on[e] fancies the image more vivid? Surely the image in a dream cannot truly be ‹more› «as» vivid, «a reality» as in Spectral images—

131e Mem Chiloe ‹pi› Sow, who carried from all parts straw to make its nest.1 Pigs & Elephants, (both Pachyderms) much intellect.—

mem: Yarrell's2 story of wheel horse in drays, scraping against cornice stone to cause friction .

Athenaeum 1838. p. 652. Dr Daubeny on the direction of mountain chains in

N. America3

Fear probably is connected with habitual stopping of breath to hear any sound.— attitude of attention «So intimately connected is passion with sending force to muscles, that in my grandfather remark, a tired man. involuntarily feels angry, when brain is pumping force to legs & body, & especially, when to whole body, being failed, & not to any particular muscle

132e Sept. 8th. I am tempted to say that those actions which have been found necessary for long generation, (as friendship to fellow animals in social animals) are those which are good & consequently give pleasure, & not as Paleys rule is those that on long run will do good.—1 alter will in all cases to have & origin as well as rule will be given.— Descent of Man Moral Sense2

Mitchell Australia Vol I, p 292 "Dogs learn sooner to take kangaroos than

131 131] pen.

Mem Chiloe . . . cause friction] pencil. Athenaeum . . . particular muscle] pen. Athenaeum . . . N. America] crossed pen. page crossed blue crayon.

132 Sept. 8th.] lines above and below. emu, &] after '&' partial stroke.

Descent of Man Moral Sense] added blue crayon.

‹Paleys . . . given.—] scored left margin blue pencil. Mitchell . . . emu,&] crossed blue crayon.

131−1 No mention of pig's nest in JR or Diary.

131−2 Yarrell: William Yarrell. 131−3 Daubeny 1838:652.

132−1 Paley 1839:36, '. . . the good of mankind is the subject, the will of God the rule, and everlasting happiness the motive and end of all virtue. Yet ... a man shall

552

perform many an act of virtue, without having either the good of mankind, the will of God, or everlasting happiness in his thought. . . . Man is a bundle of habits [and

thus is] the influence of this great law of animated nature.' 132−2 Descent, chap. III, pp. 70−106.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 132e−138

emu, although young dogs get sadly torn in conflicts with the former. But it is one thing for a swift dog to overtake an emu, &3

133e−134e [not located]

notion, are not effects of impressions long repeated, without the powers of the mind being EQUAL to the smallest casuistical doubts.— The history of Metaphysicks shows that such a view cannot be, anyhow, easily overturned.— so ready is change from, our idea of causation, to give a cause (& no one being apparent, one fixes on imaginary beings, many vicarious, like ourselves) that savages (mem York Minster) consider the thunder & lightning the direct will of the God (‹thus› & hence arises the theological age of science in every nation according to M. le Comte).—1 Those savages who thus

argue, make the same mistake, more apparent however to us, as does that philosopher who says the innate knowledge of creator ‹is› «has been» implanted in us (‹by› ؟ individually or in race?) by a separate act of God, & not as a necessary integrant part of his most magnificent laws, of which we

profane «degnen» in thinking not capable to ‹do› produce every effect, of every kind which surrounds us. Moreover «it would be difficult to prove that» this innate idea of God in civilized nations has not been improved by culture « ‹was› who feel the most implicit faith that through the goodness of God knowledge has been communicat to us».— & that it does exist in different degrees in races.— whether in Ancient Greeks,

with their mystical but sublime views, or the wretched fears & strange superstitions of an Australian savage or one of Tierra del Fuego.—

Mr Miller (superintendent of the Zoological Gardens)1 remarked that ‹exp› the expression & noises of monkeys go in groups. thus the pig-tailed baboon, shoved out its lip, looking absurdly sulky «as» often as keeper spoke to it,— but he thinks not sulkiness— this expression he believes is common to that group.— this is very important as showing ‹connection› that expression mean SOMETHING.—

Hunt (the intelligent Keeper) remarked that he had never seen any of the American Monkey show any desire for women—«very curious. as they depart in structure» The monkeys understand the affinities of man, better than the boasted

 

136 «degnen»] alternate reading 'deign'.

138 The monkeys . . . philosopher himself] added brown ink.

132−3 T. L. Mitchell 1838, 1:292, [Darwin's quotation, which is correct, continues] '. . . another thing to kill, or even seize it. Our dogs were only now learning to seize emus, although they had chased and overtaken many.' 135−1 Brewster 1838:280, '. . . each branch of knowl

edge, passes successively through three different theoretical states— the theological or fictitious state, the metaphysical or abstract state, and the scientific or positive state.'

137−1 Miller: Alexander Miller.

553

[page] NOTEBOOK M 138−141

philosopher himself it is chiefly shown in old male.— A very green monkey (from Senegal he thinks Callitrix Sebe??) he has seen place its head downwards to look up womens petticoats— just like Jenny with Tommy ourang.— Very curious.—

Mr Yarrell has seen Jenny, when Keeper was away, take her chair & bang against the door to force it open, when she could not succeed of herself.—

139e ‹The male› «I saw» Jenny untying a very difficult knot— the sailor on board the ship could not puzzle her— with aid of teeth & hands.— Descent 1838 It was very curious to see her take bread from a visitor, & before eating

«everytime», look up to «keeper» see whether, this was permitted & eat it.— good case of association.— «Listened with great attention to Harmonicon. & readily put it. when guided to her own mouth.— seemed to relish the smell of Verbena & Pocket Handerchief & liked the taste of Peppermint.—» Perfect understand voice.— will do anything.— will take & give food to Tommy, or anything of any sort.— I saw Tommy picking his

140e nose with «a» straw.— Jenny will often do a thing, which she had been told not to do.— when she thinks keeper will not see her.— ‹but is› then knows she has done wrong & will hide herself.— I do not know whether fear or shame.— When she thinks she is going to be whipped. will cover herself with straw, or with a blanket.— these cases of commonly using, foreign bodies, for end. most important step in progression.—

141 The male Black Swan is very fierce when female is sitting the Keeper is obliged to go in with a stick, if he drops it, the bird will fly at him— Knowledge.—

Sept. 13th It will be good to give Abercrombie's definition of "reason" & "reasoning,"1 & take instance of Dray Horse going down hill.— (argue sophism of association. Kenyon,2 & then go on to show, that if Cart horse argued from this into a theory of friction & gravity. it would be discoverer

139 ‹the Male› . . . & hands.—] scored left margin blue crayon.

Descent 1838] added blue crayon.

140 going to be whipped . . . in progression.—] double scored blue crayon.

141−1 Abercrombie 1838:178−79, 'The process of mind which we call reason or judgment, therefore, seems to be essentially the same, whether it be applied to the investigation of truth or the affairs of common life. In both cases, it consists in comparing and weighing facts, considerations, and motives, and deducing from them conclusions, both as principles of belief, and rules of conduct.' Darwin's marginal notation: 'Perhaps mathematical reasoning does not.— each step then does not require the memory & knowledge of all contingencies,— it is merely to find the step, & then to pursue this deep train.' Abercrombie continued: 'In doing so, a man of sound

554

judgment proceeds with caution, and with due consideration of all the facts which he ought to take into the inquiry.' Darwin's marginal notation: 'requires properly arranged memory'.

141−2 Kenyon 1838:61, 'Due honour to the stout-built Man of Prose!/ Reasoner on facts! who scorns to feel, but knows!/ Yet it be mine, who love not less the true,/ To lead, well-feigning bards! my hours with you;/ And sick, long since, of facts that falsify,/ And reasonings, that logically lie,/ With you live o'er my wisely-credulous youth,/ And in your fictions find life's only truth.'

[page] NOTEBOOK M 141−144

"reasoning" or "reasoning"— only father more steps.— dispute about words.—

142 Miss Martineau (How to Observe p. 213) says charity is found everywhere1 (is it not present with all associated animals?) I doubted it in Fuegians, till I remembered Bynoes story of the women.—2 The Chillingham cattle (& Porpoises) have not charity— is it in former case instinct to destroy contagious disease.—3 (Useful to use term instinct, when origin of heredetary habit cannot be traced)

V.D. p. III, case of Association.4

Sept. 16th Zoological Gardens— Endeavoured to classify expressions of monkeys— I could only perceive that the American ones, often put on a peevish expression, but not nearly so often ‹that› hardly ever the expression

143 of passion with open mouths like the old world ones.— Though the[y] move whole skin of head they do not move eyebrows.— (I see some of the old world ones move skin of head & ears,—  some men have this power abortive muscles) The black Spider Monkey, very different disposition from others, slow cautious, angry cross look, followed by protrusion of lips, in which respect resembles some of the old ones. — —S. American group sneer.—

Sept 21st Was witty in a dream in a confused manner. thought that a person was hung & came to life, & then made many jokes. about not having run away &c having faced death like a hero, & then I had some confused idea of showing scar behind (.instead of front) (having changed hanging into his head cut off) as kind of wit, showing he had

144 honourable wounds.— all this was kind of wit.— I changed I believe from hanging to head cut off. «there was the feeling of banter & joking» because the whole train of Dr Monro experiment about hanging came before me showing impossibility of person recovering from hanging on account of blood.

143 wit showing he had] 'he' over 'Ive'.

142−1 Martineau 1838:213, 'When [the traveller] has ascertained the conditions under which the national character is forming . . . he will proceed to observe the facts which indicate progress or the reverse The most

obvious of these facts is the character of charity. Charity is everywhere. The human heart is always tender, always touched by visible suffering, under one form or another. The form which this charity takes is the great question.' 142−2 Darwin seems to be referring to the following which later appeared in Origin, p. 36, 'We see the value set on animals even by the barbarians of Tierra del Fuego, by their killing and devouring their old women, in times

of dearth, as of less value than their dogs.' But this belief was later denied. Correspondence 1:306.

142−3 Hindmarsh 1839a:280, ". . . when any one [of the cattle] happens to be wounded or has become weak and feeble through age or sickness, the rest of the herd set upon it and gore it to death. This characteristic is an additional and strong proof of their native wildness.' See also Variation 1868, 1:83−86; 2:19, and Whitehead, 1953:50, "It would seem, however, that today the cattle show more feeling towards other members of the herd." 142−4 See D 1 1 1 .

555

[page] NOTEBOOK M 144−146e

but all these idea came one after other, without ever comparing them, I neither doubted them or believed them.— Believing consists in the comparison of ideas, connected with judgment.

[What is the Philosophy of Shame & Blushing1 ]CD

«Does Elephant know shame— dog knows triumph.—»

Sept. 23rd. Horses in Omnibus instantly start when they hear ready, but if they see anything ahead. which cad cannot see, they do not move muscle.— reason

145e CD[The laughing noise which C. Sphynx made at Z. Gardens may be described as partaking of ‹st.› made by ‹ret› inspiration & quickly retracting tongue from behind upper & little between incisors.— like

‹W[. . .] what› person says "what a pity"—

Lavater's Essays on Physiognomy translated by Holcroft «Vol I» .p. 86 "We ought never to forget — —; that every man is born with a portion of phsiognominical sensation, as certainly as every man who is not deformed, is born with two eyes. ."1 I think this cannot be disputed anymore in men. than in animals.—

In the drawings of Voltaire why is under lip curled over upper with mouth shut. expressing cool irony, not biting?

146e What is Emotion analysis of expression of desire— is there not protrusion of chin, like bulls & horses.— 1838 good instance of useless muscular tricks accompanying emotion.— when horses fighting, they put down ears, when

«turning round to kick» kicking they do the same.1 although it is then quite useless— Cats kneeding when old, like kittens at the breast now if horns were to grow on horses, they must yet continue to put down ears, when kicking. — — good case of expression showing real affinity in face of donkey, horse & zebra. when going to kick.— Why does dog put down ears, when pleased.— is it opposite movement to drawing them close on head, when going to fight, in which case expression resembles a

‹W[ . . . ]] 4−5 illeg letters. page crossed blue crayon.

Emotion added blue pencil. 1838] added blue crayon. Cats . . . breast] added pencil.

donkey, horse & zebra.] underlined blue crayon.

144−1 See C 265 and Burgess 1839.

145−1 J. C. Lavater 1804, 1:86, 'We ought never to forget that the very purport of outward expression is to teach what passes in the mind, and that to deprive man of this source of knowledge were to reduce him to utter ignorance; that every man is born with a certain portion of physiognomonical sensation, as certainly as that every man, who is not deformed, is born with two eyes; that all men, in their intercourse with each other, form physiog

556

nomonical decisions, according as their judgment is more or less clear . . .'

146−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:152, '. . . the horse, as he fights by striking with his hinder feet, turns his heels to his foe, and bends back his ears, to listen out the place of his adversary, that the threatened blow may not be ineffectual.' In his personal copy beside this statement, Darwin wrote, 'Sir C. Bell says because he looks back'.

[page] NOTEBOOK M 147−150

fox— I can conceive the opposite muscles would act, to when in a passion.—l dog tail curled when angry & very stiff. back arched. just contrary. when pleased tail loose & wagging— if as (I believe) Hunter says. neither fox. nor wolf wag their tails,2 &c. it is very curious, recurrence of pleasure so teaching expression «as constant smiles, cheerful face».— Man when at ease has smooth brow contrary to wrinkled: (a horse when winnowing & pleased pricks his ears?—).— How is expression of anger in species of swans, in parrots &c &c— —peacock & turkey cock in passion.— Cat when pleased, erect its tail & make it very stiff «& back» when savage «no» & ready to dash at prey streched out & flaccid, when furious «with fright» back absurdly arched. & tail stiff.—

is shame, jealousy, envy all primitive feelings, no more to be analysed than fear or anger? I should think shame would be more easily analysed than jealousy, because less discoverable in animals than latter.— Yet I think one can remonstrate with a dog, & make him ashamed of himself, in manner quite different from fear, there is no inclination to jump away,— it is, ill defined fear.— Yet one knows oneself it is quite different from that.— like

«slight» passion from blood rushing in face, with less action of the heart.—

tendency to muscular movement, hence shy people (shame of ridicule) are singularly apt to catch tricks.— so are people in passion my F. rubbing hands.— stamping. grinding teeth.— in shame frowning, & anguish,— shyness not so.— affected laughter.—

A dog who goes home from shooting. runs away. is not afraid the whole way. but ashamed of himself.—

Jealousy probably originally entirely sexual; first try «to» attract female, (or object of attachment) & then failing to drive away rival.—

Fear is open mouthed to hear1 though in individual case. nothing can be heard.—

Shame would never make person tremble, like fear.—

Why does any great mental affection make body tremble. Why much laughter tears.— & shaking body.—

Are those parts of body, as heart, & chest (sobbing) which are most under

149 Jealousy probably . . . away rival.—] brace left margin.

147−1 See Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:430, for a discussion of antagonistic muscles.

147−2 Hunter 1837:323, '[Mr. Gough's wolf-bitch] had all the actions of a dog . . . raising the tail in anger or love, depressing it in fear, and moving it laterally in friendship . . .'

149−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:153, '. . . when we hear any the smallest sound, that we cannot immediately account for, our fears are alarmed, we suspend our steps, hold every muscle still, open our mouths a little; erect our ears, and listen to gain further information ... '

557

[page] NOTEBOOK M 150−153e

great sympathetic nerve. most subject to habit, as being less so will.—

May not moral sense arise from our enlarged capacity ‹acting› «yet being obscurely guided» or strong instinctive sexual, parental & social instincts, giving rise "do unto others as yourself ". "love thy neighbour as thyself ". Analyse this out.— bearing

in mind many new relations from language.— the social instinct more than mere love.— fear for others acting in unison.— active assistance. &c &c. it comes to Miss Martineaus one principle of charity.—1 ؟ May not idea of God arise from our confused idea of "ought." joined with necessary notion of "causation", in reference to this "ought," as well as the works of the whole world.— Read Mackintosh on Moral sense & emotions.—2

The whole argument of expression more than any other point of structure takes its value. from its connexion with mind, (to show hiatus in mind not saltus between man & Brutes) no one can doubt this connexion.— look at faces of people in different trades &c &c &c

I observed the Asiatic Leopard. quarrelling. mouth wide open, each [lip] drawn back & driving air out of mouth «hairs erect on back» «wide open» with prodigious force.— making growling, guggling noise. Puma did same & & some others— Thus ‹sudden› «forcible prolonged» expulsion of air «dogs snarl much the same way» generic manifestation of great passion.— I do not think they arch their backs— Bengal tiger. when slightly angry. curls tip of tail.— do two cats arch their back when fighting, & not with dog. when fear might enter?—

I believe common Swan, arch raises neck & depresses chin— strikes with

153e wing arches wings— as does black Swan.— Goose do all species put their necks straight out & hiss.— [Hyæna pisses from fear so does man.— & so dog]:CDl Man grins & stamps with passion. can expression be used more correctly than this for C. Sphynx.—

In the wild ass there is a curious drawing out of the side part of nostril, when passion commences.—

‹All› Nearly all will exclaim, your arguments are good but look at the immense difference. between man,— forget the use of language, & judge only

152 «hairs erect on back»] circled.

151−1 Martineau 1838:213. See M 142.

151−2 Mackintosh 1837:262, 'The words Duty and Virtue, and the word Ought, which most perfectly denotes Duty, but is also connected with Virtue . . . become the fit language of the acquired, perhaps, but universally and

558

necessarily acquired, faculty of Conscience.'

153−1 Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:148, '. . . the passion of fear produces a cold and pale skin, with tremblings, quick respiration, and an evacuation of the bladder and bowels . . .'

[page] NOTEBOOK M 153e−156

by what you see. compare, the Fuegian & Ourang & outang, & dare to say difference so great . . . "Ay Sir there is much in analogy, we never find out."

This unwillingness to consider Creator as governing by laws is probably that as long as we consider each object an act of separate creation. we admire it more. because we can compare it to the standard of our own minds. which ceases to be the case when we consider the formation of laws invoking laws. & giving rise at last even to the perception of a final cause.—

Read.

Paper on consciousness in Brutes & Animals. in Blackwood's Magazine June. 1838.1 Copied

 

Mr H. C. Watson2 on Geographical distribution of British Plants

A Volume published by Colonel in army on "Wheat." in Jersey.— very curious facts about early production of foreign seeds.— many varieties.— Rev R. Jones has it.— very curious book.—3

Hume's essay on the Human Understanding well worth reading4 Copied

‹Smith› «D. Stewart» lives of Adam Smith Reid,5 &c worth reading. as giving abstract of Smith's views

«Take & pound up inflorescent parts of mosses & see if Hybrid can be made & ferns.—»

Would a sensitive plant if irritated very regularly at one time every day.— naturally close at that time after long period.—

My Father about double consciousness.— & somnambulism.

page crossed pencil.

copied] added.

copied] added.

Read . . . British Plants] crossed.

A Volume . . . curious book.—] crossed. Hume's . . . Smith's views] crossed.

«Take & . . . ferns.—»] grey ink. Would a . . . long period.—] brown ink. My Father . . . & of eyes.—] grey ink.

Do the Ourang . . . & of eyes.—] brace left margin.

Do they pout . . . of bare nails—] 'base' alternate reading for 'bare'.

155−1 Ferrier 1838a: 784−91.

155−2 Watson 1835.

155−3 Le Couteur 1836:14, '. . . the only chance of having pure sorts, was to raise them from single grains, or

single ears.' See also pp. 64−65, chap. XI, 'On the disposition of wheat to sport'.

155−4 Hume 1750.

155−5 Adam Smith 1795.

559

[page] NOTEBOOK M 156−BC

Do people when inhaling Nitrous oxide, forget what they did when in this state, or remember what they did in former one.

about heredetary tricks & gestures, other cases like D. Corbet; «do» ideots form habits readily??

Do the Ourang Outang like smells «peppermint» «& music».— Have monkeys lice?— picture.—

Do female monkeys not show signs of impatience when woman present? Do they pout, or spit, or cry.— ‹fe› Shame, independent of fear: colour of bare nails—, & of eyes.—

Do female monkeys care for men.—

Have we any ferns in the hothouse at home

INSIDE BACK COVER

Natural History of Babies—

Do babies start, (ie useless sudden movement of muscle) very early in life Do they wink, when anything placed before their eyes, very young, before experience can have taught them to avoid danger

Do they frown, when they first see it?1

Charles Darwin

36 Great Marlborough St

Has my Father ever known ‹intemperance› «disease» in grandchild, when father has not had it. but where grandfather was the cause by his intemperance. ‹No.› Cannot say.—

Private.

BACK COVER

Expression

M

 

 

 

 

 

IBC Natural . . . it?] grey ink.

Do they wink . . . avoid danger] brace, left margin. Charles St] brown ink, upside down.

Has . . . intemperance.] grey ink, brace left margin.

‹No.› . . . say.—] added, ink colour uncertain. Private.] brown ink, boxed.

[page]

BC Expression] black ink.

IBC−1 See Darwin 1877 for observations and theoretical discussions of early expressions of Darwin's first child, William Erasmus, born 27 December 1839.

560

[page] 561

Notebook N

Introduction by Sandra Herbert & Paul H. Barrett

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

Notebook N (DAR 126), is the second notebook on 'metaphysical enquiries' and expression. The notebook (167 X 98 mm) is bound in red-rust-coloured leather with a metal clasp. On the front and back covers are labels of cream-coloured paper bearing in ink 'N', and 'Expression' written in ink on the covers. There are 92 leaves (184 pages) numbered consecutively, and Darwin excised six leaves of which all but one partly excised leaf have been recovered. Entries in the notebook are in ink, pencil, and blue crayon. The grey ink material runs from the inside front cover to an 'Octob— 19th' entry half-way down page 18. The opening entry on the first page of the notebook is dated 'October 2d. 1838'; the bulk of the notebook was completed by mid-1839 (page 97 is dated 20 July), with later entries being made sporadically. The last dated entry in the body of the text is 28 April 1840 on page 121.

Notebook N is the sequel to Notebook M, as the names signify. In physical appearance Notebook N is nearly identical to E, as Notebook M has its counterpart in D. When Notebooks D and M were filled on 2 October 1838, Notebooks E and N immediately took their place. There are other similarities between Notebooks M and N. Both bear the inscriptions 'Expression' and 'Private'; both reveal details of the personal lives of the author and his family; and both are little excised compared to other alphabetically lettered notebooks. Also, Darwin clearly carried his programme of reading over from one notebook to the next. Thus the reading list on C270 used for Notebook M ends with references to works mentioned at the beginning of Notebook N, as for example, Charles Waterton's 1838 Essays on Natural History.

With the exception of a few stray remarks, the entries in the notebooks fall into five categories: (1) the spectrum of human activity ranging from thought and emotion through expression and behaviour; (2) habit, instinct, and heredity (heredity belonging in this group by virtue of Darwin's belief that habits and structural changes due to habits could be inherited); (3) evolutionary origins, including questions regarding the origin of language, reason, conscience, religious belief, taste, evil passions, and chastity in women; (4) continuities between humans and other animals; and (5) epistemology. Within these categories are subordinate questions that receive greater attention in one or the other of the notebooks. Thus the subject of insanity, on which Darwin and his father spoke at length in July 1838, is abundantly represented in Notebook M but not at all in Notebook N. In other areas, however, and notably on the subjects of expression, habit, and instinct, remarks are divided more evenly between the two notebooks.

As a sequel to Notebook M, N shows a gradual decline in attention to metaphysical topics. Both were kept in a period of increasing excitement, M as accumulating data supported transmutation and N as causal agencies of transmutation became more revealed. The high spirits and hard work of the late summer carried over through the month of October and into the late months of 1838 when Darwin's thoughts turned to marriage. After that Darwin's use of Notebook N fell off sharply. In content, the notebook also conveys a sense of closure. There are fewer exclamatory and self-reflective remarks in Notebook N, and more interest in providing definitions and refining terms (see, for example, N57, N76−80, and N87). With the continuity between Notebooks M and N, however, there is one noticeable insight in

[page] 562

Notebook N not previously so succinctly formulated. In an arresting passage on N42−43 Darwin broached the question of the relative influence of 'habitual action' versus 'chance' in determining inheritance.

Notebook N like the other notebooks provides insight into Darwin's processes of thought, his associations, the range of his reading, and his intentions. Of his associations, it is interesting to observe that Emma replaced Robert Waring Darwin as an intimate presence in Notebook N (Darwin married Emma Wedgwood 29 January 1839). She figured as the presumed object of speculation in an entry on page 59 and she herself entered a notation on page 113. Darwin's range of reading is also particularly interesting in Notebook N, including as it does Mai thus, whose book he read at this time for its contribution to ideas of the origin of morals, and Hume, whose views on the natural history of religion were sympathetic to his own.

As to Darwin's later use of the notebook, the short title 'Expression' on the covers of the notebook announces the connection between this notebook and his book on the same subject published in 1872. Darwin also noted on the inside of the front cover of the notebook that he 'Selected' from it for his species theory in December 1856 and looked through the notebook once again in May 1873, probably for clues to revisions of Descent and The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals.

562

[page]

FRONT COVER

Expression

N

NOTEBOOK N FC−2

INSIDE FRONT COVER

What are sexual difference in monkeys.—

Charles Darwin [Private.]CD

(Metaphysics & Expression) Selected «for Species Theory» Dec. 16 1856

 

Looked through & all other Books May 1873—

1 October 2d . . 1838 Essays on Natural History

Waterton describes. pheasant springing from nest & leaving no tracks.—1 My Father says pea-hens do Wood pidgeons building near houses. yet so shy at all other times.— Birth Hill shows it is evergreens they seek2 Cock Pheasant claps his wings before? crowing & only in breeding season & on the ground.— Cock

fowl. on the ground, at roost, in all seasons, & after? he has done ‹g› crowing.—3 instances of expression.—

Octob. 3d. Dog obeying instinct of running hare is stopped by fleas, also by greater temptation as bitch: or dogs

defending companion. (mem Cyanocephalus. Sphynx howling when I struck the Keeper) may be tempted to attack him from jealousy. (Pincher & Nina)—1 or to take away food &c &c— Now if dogs mind were so framed that he constantly compared his impressions, & wished he had done so & so for his interest, & found he disobeyed a wish which was part of his system, & constant, for a wish which was only short & might otherwise have been

IFC What . . . [Private.]] grey ink. (Metaphysics . . . 1856] added pencil. Looked . . . 1873—] added blue crayon.

1 My Father says pea-hens do] added pencil.

BirthHill...theyseek]addedpencil

Cock fowl.] 'f' over't'.

1−1 Waterton 1833:212, '. . . in the wild state . . . the pheasant first covers her eggs, and then takes the wing directly, without running from the nest . . . By this instinctive precaution . . . there is neither scent produced, nor track made. . .'

1−2 Birth Hill: Berth Hill, 81/2 miles north-west of Shrewsbury.

1−3 Waterton 1838:292, 'By the way, though the pheasant will unite with our barn-door fowl, and produce

a progeny, still there is a wonderful difference in the habits of these two birds. The pheasant crows before it shakes or claps its wings; the barn-door fowl, after. The pheasant never claps or shakes its wings except in the breeding season, and when it is on the ground; but the barn-door fowl will clap its wings, either on the ground or on the roost, at all times of the year.'

2−1 Pincher and Nina: pet dogs.

563

[page] NOTEBOOK N 2−6

relieved, he would be sorry or have a troubled conscience.— Therefore I say grant reason to

any animal with social & sexual instinct «& yet with passion» he must have conscience— this is capital view.— Dogs conscience would not have been same with mans because original instincts different.—Mem. Bee how different instinct a solitary animal still different.—

Different nations having different moral sense, if it were proved instead of militating against the existence of such an attribute would be rather favourable to it—!!

Man moreover who reasons much on his actions, makes his conscience far more sensitive, ulitmate effects of actions.→

till at last he face «instinct of» hunger, «of» death & for the satisfaction of following conscience, obeying habits, & dread of misery of future thinking of injured moral sense.—

Notion of deity effect of reason acting on (‹not social instinct›) but a causation. & «perhaps» an instinct of conscience, feeling in his heart those rules, which he wills to give his child.—

Octob 3d. Was told by W of Downing. Coll.1 that he had seen chicken only hatched few hours placed on table & when fly ran past it. cocked its head, & picked it— Here then, that faculty,

whether for position of axe of eyes, state of surface, or other means by which eyes, aided by experience is supposed in man to guide to knowledge, was transmitted perfectly to chicken so as to seize small moving object like fly.— young partridge can run even with its shell on back.—

To study Metaphysic, as they have always been studied appears to me to be like puzzling at Astronomy without Mechanics.— Experience shows the problem of the mind cannot be solved by attacking the citadel itself.— the mind is function of body.— we must bring some stable foundation to argue from.—

Octob. 4th. Seeing some drawings «in Lavater, P. cii Vol III» of excessively cross-half furious faces1 «which may be described as an exaggerated habitual sneer» the manner in which whole skin or muscles are contracted between eyes & upper lip., is most clearly analogous to a panther I saw in garden

3 Different nations . . . favourable to it—!!] brace, left margin.

6 Looking . . . as one] 'as one' written in pencil over 'as one'..

the] added pencil.

noise,] ',' added pencil.

4−1 Thomas Worsley, Fellow 1824−36. Correspondence

1:659. See also N74.

564

6−1 See Lavater 1804, 3:297−98, Fig. 1, Plate CII, for an illustration and discussion of Darwin's comments.

[page] NOTEBOOK N 6−10

uncovering its teeth to bite.— the senseless grin of passion, is like the grin of the Hyæna from fear, no actual intention to bite at moment, but mere symbol of readiness, & therefore done in extreme.—

Looking at ones face ‹&› «whilst» laughing in glass. & then as one ceases, or stops the noise , the face clearly passes into smile— laugh long prior to talking, hence one can help speaking, but laughing involuntary.—

When one fear any bad news, «though in a letter› why is person painted with mouth open.— why when person is listening is mouth open to hear well «as one will perceive if in night trys to listen to growl of hounds». ‹when› as fear to «man as» animals. comes at distance, mouth is placed open.— Hence becomes instinctive to fear., as ears down to horse.— Horse snuffs «& snorts», the air «& raises its head, & pricks its ears» when afraid, though not every time really wishing to smell its enemy.— Man & dogs show triumph (& pride) same way walk erect & stiff, with head up.— Why does suspicion look obliquely.— who can analyse suspicion— yet who does not recognise look of suspicion, even child will do so.— Contempt look obliquely so does dog. when a little one attacks him

Contempt, when there is some anger «& respect to opponent» is showed by same movement as sneering,— it is then more ‹emblem› manner of hurting opponent by insulting his pride & is therefore of the snarling order.— But contempt mingled with disgust, when ones opponent is considered as quite insignificant, & when pride makes person extremely self-sufficient,— the corner of lower lip are depressed & opposite muscles used to when angry sneering is in progress. ‹—› the hypothesis of opposite muscles will want much confirmation.

A grave person close those muscles, which wrinkle

when smile.— Hope is the expectant eye. looking to distant object, brightened & moistened by emotion,— why does emotion make tears fall?? Lavater says derision lies in wrinkles about the nose, & arrogance in upper lip.1 ‹The› Children having peculiar expression is remarkable. the pouting, & blubbering— sulkiness is same as pouting, ‹but› lesser in degree, no smile, no frown showing thought, no compression of mouth showing action,— sulkiness all negative expression? Expression of affection is accompanied by slight protrusion of lips, as if going to say "my dear," just what smile is to laugh.—

I must be very cautious. Remember how Lavater ran away with new Lavaters,—1 Ye Gods!:— says fleshy lips denote sensuality (p 192 Vol. III

with new Lavaters,—] 'Lavaters' uncertainreading.

9−1 Lavater 1804, 3:21, 'The nose is the seat of derision; its wrinkles contemn. The upper lip when projecting speaks arrogance, threats, and want of shame: the pout

ing under lip ostentation and folly.'

10−1 'new Lavaters' is short-hand for the 1820 'Nouvelle edition' vis-à-vis the 1804 first edition.

565

[page] NOTEBOOK N 10−12

Octav. Edit)—2 certainly neither a Minerva or Apollo would have them because not beautiful— is there — anything in these absurd ideas.— do they indicate mind & body retrograding to ancestral type of consciousness &c &c.— Lavater. (Holcroft Translat) Vol III. p.37, quotes from Burke, who says on mimicking expression of emotions, he has felt the passions of a face «& mind» sympathetics with internal organs, as action of heart3

Malthus on Pop. p. 32, origin of Chastity in women.—4 rationally explained.— on the wish to support a wife a ruling motive.— Book IV, Chapt I on passions of mankind, as being really useful to them:5 this must

be studied. before my view of origin of evil passions.—

Man getting sight slowly,, but when in grown years, thinking he instinctively knows distances., is good instance of obtaining ‹that› «a» faculty in the form of a true instinct, which is a real instinct in the chicken, just bursting from egg.— Animals have necessary notions. which of them? & curiosity «strongly shewn in the numerous artifices to take birds & beasts».— very necessary to explain origin of idea of deity.— Animals do not know they have 'these necessary notions any more than «a» Savage

M. Le Comte's1 idea of theological state of science, grand idea: as before having analogy to guide one to conclusion that any one fact was connected with law.— as soon as any enquiry commenced, for instance probably such a thing as thunder, would be placed to the will of God. Zoology itself is now

«strongly . . . beasts»] red-brownink.

grand idea: as] 'as' over '—' .

10−2 Lavater 1804, 3:192. 'Very fleshy lips must ever have to contend with sensuality and indolence.'

10−3 Lavater 1804, 3:37−38, 'From Burke, on the Sublime and Beautiful. "Campanella had not only made very accurate observations on human faces, but was very expert in mimicking such as were any way remarkable . . . he was able [thereby] to enter into the dispositions and thoughts of people as effectively as if he had been changed into the very men . . . Our minds and bodies are so closely and intimately connected, that one is incapable of pain or pleasure without the other." '

10−4 Malthus 1826, 1:31, 'Women treated in this brutal manner must necessarily be subject to frequent miscarriages, and it is probable that the abuse of very young girls, mentioned above as common [in New Holland], and the too early union of the sexes in general, would tend to prevent the females from being prolific' P. 32, 'Women obliged by their habits of living to a constant change of place, and compelled to an unremitting drudgery for their husbands, appear to be absolutely incapable of bringing up two or three children early of the same age.'

10−5 Malthus 1826, 2:256, 'Natural and moral evil

566

seem to be the instruments employed by the Deity in admonishing us to avoid any mode of conduct which is not suited to our being, and will consequently injure our happiness. If we are intemperate in eating and drinking, our health is disordered; if we indulge the transports of anger, we seldom fail to commit acts of which we afterwards repent; if we multiply too fast, we die miserably of poverty and contagious diseases.' Pp. 263−64, 'It may be further remarked . . . that the passion is stronger, and its general effects in producing gentleness, kindness, and suavity of manners, are much more powerful, where obstacles are thrown in the way of very early and universal gratification ... in European countries, where, though the women are not secluded, yet manners have imposed considerable restraints on this gratification, the passion not only rises in force, but in the universality and beneficial tendency of its effects; and has often the greatest influence in the formation and improvement of the character, where it is the least gratified.' P. 264, '. . . much evil flows from the irregular gratification of it [i.e., the passion between sexes] '

12−1 See M135−1 and Brewster 1838.

[page] NOTEBOOK N 13−16

purely theological.—

Origin of cause & effect being a necessary notion is it connected with ‹our› the willing of the

simplelst animals, as hydra towards light. being direct effect of some law.— have plants any notion of cause & effect, «they have habitual action. which depends on such confidence» when does such notion commence?— Children understand before they can talk, so do many animals.— analogy probably false, may lead to something.—

October. 8th. Jenny1 was amusing herself—, by getting out ears of corn with her teeth from the straw, & just like child not knowing what to do with them, came several times & opened my hand, & put them in— like child. Tommy's2 face, now ill, has expression of languor & suffering

The Cyanocephalus when fondling the keeper., clasping «& rubbed» his arm. & show signs of affecting something like man.

Has an oyster necessary notion of space— plant though it moves doubtless has not.—

Turkey cock in passion & sends blood to its breast &c &c

All Science is reason acting «systematizing» on principles, which even animals practically know «art precedes science— art is experience & observation.—» in balancing a body & an ass knows one side of triangle shorter than two. V. Whewell. Induct. Sciences— Vol I p. 3341

Does a negress blush.— I am almost sure Fuegia Basket did. & Jemmy, when Chico plagued him— Animals I should think would not have any emotion like blush.— when extreme sensation of heat shows blood is pumped over whole body.— is it connected with surprise.— heart beginning to beat— children inherit it ‹ins› like instinct, preeminently so— who can analyse the sensation, when meeting a stranger. who one may like. dislike, or be indifferent about, yet feel shy.— not if quite stranger.— or less so.—

When learning facts for induction. one is obliged carefully to separate its memory from all ordinary lines of association.— is totally distinct from

& Jemmy, . . . him] added pencil. Alternate reading, 'Jemny'. quite stranger.] 'quite' alternate reading 'quiet.'

two sides . . . ass has it.—] brace, left side.

13−1 Jenny: orang-utan at Zoological Gardens. 13−2 Tommy: orang-utan at Zoological Gardens.

14−1 Whewell 1837, 1:334, 'The Epicureans held, as Proclus informs us, that even asses knew that two sides of a triangle are greater than the third. They may be said to

have a practical knowledge of this; but they have not, therefore, a science of geometry. And in like manner among men, if we consider the matter strictly, a practical assumption of a principle does not imply a speculative knowledge of it.'

567

[page] NOTEBOOK N 16−19

learning it by heart. Do not our necessary notions follow as consequences on habitual or instinctive assent to propositions, which are the result of our senses, or our experience.— Two sides of a triangle shorter than third. is this necessary notion, ass has it.—

When one is «simply» habituated «in life time» to any line of action, or thought one feels pain, at not performing it, (either if prevented, or overtempted.—

«animals have shyness with strangers»«as in case of temperance, or real virtue, that is action which experience shows will be for general good, or in case of any fantastic custom» «Probably bashfulness is connected with some disturbed habit» [Thus shepherd dog. has pleasure in following its instinct & pain if held.— if tempted not to follow it, by greater temptation, if memory of its own emotions. (which must be intimately united with reason) it would feel

«subsequent» sorrow, whatever the cause had been]CD— «Also» When one is prevented performing heredetary habit, (or moral sense, or instinct,) one feels pain, & vice versa pleasure in performing it.—

As soon as memory improved. direct effect of improving organization, comparison of sensations would first take place, whether to pursue immediate inclination or some future pleasure.— hence judgment, which is part of reason

Octob. 19th. Did our language commence with singing— is this origin of our pleasure in music— do monkeys howl in harmony— frogs chirp in do— union of birds voice & taste for singing with Mammalian structure. «— American monkeys utter pleasant plaintive cry—» The taste of recurring sounds in Harmony common to t[he] whole kingdom of nature.

19e If I want some good passages against, opposition of divines to progress of knowledge, see Lyell on Scrope, Quarterly Review. 1827?1

In Water Scotts life.. Tom Purdie, (beginning of Vol V) «finally» says "he knew no more what was pretty & what ugly than a cow—"2 «so it is with all uneducated.—»— Old man at Cambridge observed the ignorant. merely

17 ]cd] ']' over ')'.

As . . . reason] grey ink; Octob nature] brown ink.

If I want 1827?] crossed pencil.

Descent of Man added pencil.

19−1 Lyell 1827:440, note, 'In short, Mr. Scrope's elastic vehicle is a counterpart of Lamark's nervous fluid, that "subtle and invisible agent," to which he attributes not only muscular motion, but ideas, sentiment and intelligence. (Philosophie Zoologique, Part 3, Chap. 2). If in attempting to trace back the phenomena of heat, as well as those of the vital functions, we ultimately reach a point which eludes the gross apprehension of our senses, why not unreservedly avow our utter inability to solve such problems?' P. 475, 'But the discoveries of astronomy were most pre-eminently beneficial, not so much from their

568

(if you ‹think› «fear» you shall not have en n, «or wish extraordinarily to have one» you wont. = = ) = = No surer way to blush, than particularly to wish not to do so. = = How directly personal remark will make any one blush.— Is there not some saying about a person even blushing in the dark—

«so modest a person.» A person who blushes in the dark is proverbially a most modest person

one carries on, by association, the question, "one will anyone, especially a women think of my face,"? to one moral conduct.— either good or bad. either giving a beggar, & expecting admiration or an act of cowardice, or cheating.— one does not blush before utter stranger,— or habitual friends.— but half & half. Miss F.A.1 said to Mrs. B.A. how nice it would be if your son would marry Miss. O.B.— Mrs. B.A. blushed. analyse this:—

Let a person have committed any «concealed» action he should not, & let him be thinking over it with sorrow,— let the possibility of this being discovered by anyone, especiall if it be a person. whose opinion he regards, ‹& see how› feel how the blood gushed into his face,— "as ‹she› «the» thought of his knowing «it», suddenly came across her, the blood rushed to her face,"— One blush if one thinks that any one suspects one of having done either good or bad action, it always bear some references to thoughts of other person

Decemb. 27th.— Fear loose the sphincter muscles, only on the principle like does an injury of the spine— that it paralyzes all muscular action — «in man & animals» Blubbering of a child (different in different ones?) in the most perfect fainting, sphincters are loosed is a convulsive action to remove disagreeable impression like true convulsion. (Hence pass into convulsions?)— squeeze out tears. replaced & squeezed out again— as power of mind by habit gets more perfect over voluntary muscles, these

convulsive actions—(except in weak people & hysterical people inclined to convulsive actions).— But, the lachyrmal gland is «not» under voluntary power, (or only very little so) & hence by association, there pour out tears, & there is slight convulsive wrinkling of some of the muscles «or twitching».— But why does joy & OTHER EMOTION make grown up people cry.— What is emotion?

At end of Burke's essay on the sublime & Beautiful there are some notes.1 &

Miss F. A this:—] added pencil.

one of] 'of' over 'ofa'.

other person] 'other to one' alternate reading.

only on] 'on' over another short word, perhaps 'any'.

like Spine—] added pencil.

in the loosed] added pencil.

54−1 F.A.: Fanny Allen (1781−1875).

57−1 E. Burke 1823. Darwin's notes written on the back flyleaf and on the inside of the back cover of his copy of

578

of Burke are on 'ambition, pride, fame, vanity, arrogance, conceit, sense of beauty, instinct, sublimity, triumph, and pleasure.'

[page] NOTEBOOK N 57−60

likewise on Wordsworth's dissertation on Poetry.—2

The expression of shame-facedness for shyness, having been invented, prove of the difference, which my theory believes in.— From the manner short-sighted people frown, frowning must have some relation to short-sightedness.— do not short sighted people squinny—when they consider profoundly,—this will be curious if it is so.— frown with grief, ؟ bodily pain? frown shows the mind is

intentononeobject.—

With respect to my theory of smile. remember children smile before they laugh.— Has frowning anything to do with ancient movement of ears

A man shivers, from fear, sublimity, sexual ardour.— a man cries from grief, joy. & sublimity.

January 6th.—

What passes in a man's mind. when he says he loves a person— do not the features pass before him marked, with the habitual expressemotions, which make us love him, or her.— it is blind feeling, something like

sexual feelings— love being an emotion does it regard «is it influenced by» other emotions?

When a man keeps perfect. time in walking, to chronometer, is seen to be muscular movement.

The Blushing of Camelion & Octopus; strong analogy with my view of blushing— in former irritation on a piece of skin cut off made the blush come.— it is an excitement of surface under the will? of the animal. (—

Jan 21. 1839. Herchel's Discourse p. 35. On origin of idea of causation;

«succession of night & day does not give notion of cause, »1 do p. 135.— on the importance of a name,2 with reference to origin of language

58 The expression . . . believes in.—] added pencil, top and right margin.

57−2 William Wordsworth 1802.

60−1 Herschel 1831:35, 'If every thing were equally regular and periodical, and the succession of events liable to no change depending on our own will, it may be doubted whether we should ever think of looking for causes. No one regards the night as the cause of day, or the day of night. They are alternate effects of a common cause, which their regular succession alone gives us no sufficient clue for determining.' Darwin double scored the margin beside this passage in his copy, and the underline (italic) is his.

60−2 Herschel 1831:35−36, 'The imposition of a name on any subject of contemplation, be it a material object, a phenomenon of nature, or a group of facts and relations, looked upon in a peculiar point of view, is an epoch in its history of great importance. It not only enables us readily to refer to it in conversation or in writing, without circumlocution, but, what is of more consequence, it gives it a recognized existence, in our own minds, as a matter for separate and peculiar consideration . . . and . . . fits it to perform the office of a connecting link between all the subjects to which such information may refer.'

579

[page] NOTEBOOK N 60−63

My father says old people first fail in ideas of time, & perhaps of space— in latter respect he thinks

he certainly has observed that some people of very weak intellect (As Miss Clive) have only possessed very loose ideas.—1 Have children loose ideas of time?— Characteristic of one kind of intellect is that when an idea once take hold of the mind, no subsequent ones modify it.— «Weak people say I know it because I was always told so in childhood.— hence the belief in the many strange religions.»

Emma W.2 says that when in playing by memory. she does not think at all, whether she can or can not play the piece, she plays ‹f› better than when she tries is not this precisely the same, as the double-conscious kept playing so well.—3

Lr. Brougham «Dissert.» on subject of science connected with Nat. Theology.— says animals have abstraction because they understand signs.— very profound.— concludes that difference of intellect between animals & men only in Kind.— probably very important work.—1

Feb. 12. 1839. Sir. H. Davy — Consolats: "the recollections of the infant likewise before two years are soon lost; yet many of the habits acquired in that age are retained through life" p. 200.—2 "The desire of glory, immortal fame, &c so common in the young are symptoms of the infinite & progressive nature of intellect indication of better life p. 2073

61 idea once] alternate reading 'idea ones'.

61−1 Miss Clive: Probably related to the family of Lord Robert Clive (1725−74), of whom there is a large statue in Shrewsbury. A Miss Clive is mentioned in a letter dated 15 December 1824, written by Mrs Josiah Wedgwood to her sister Fanny Allen: 'I went as chaperon to the Drayton Assembly with Miss Clive, Susan Darwin, Charlotte and Fanny, with Joe and William and Edward Clive, but it was a bad and very thin ball and double the number of ladies to the gentlemen.' Litchfield 1915, 1:163. Lord Clive was born near Market Drayton. See Correspondence, 1, for references to many of the Clive families, some of whom were friendly with the Darwins, and who lived at Styche, 2 miles north-west of Market Drayton.

61−2 Emma W.: Emma Wedgwood. 61−3 Playing piano.

62−1 Brougham 1839. 1:196, 'Now connecting the two together [i.e., a particular action with a sign], whatever be the manner in which the sign is made, is Abstraction; but it is more, it is the very kind of Abstraction in which all language has its origin— the connecting the sign with the

580

thing signified; for the sign is purely arbitrary in this case as much as in human language.' In Darwin's personal copy, there is a vertical pencil line in the margin beside the text, and in Darwin's handwriting are the words, 'don't understand'. P. 197, '. . . a rational mind cannot be denied to the animals, however inferior in degree their faculties may be to our own.'

62−2 Davy 1830:199, 'The whole history of intellect is a history of change according to a certain law; and we retain the memory only of those changes which may be useful to us;— the child forgets what happened to it in the womb; the recollections of the infant likewise before two years are soon lost; yet, many of the habits acquired in that age are retained through life.'

62−3 Davy 1830:206, 'The desire of glory, of honour, of immortal fame and of constant knowledge, so usual in young persons of well-constituted minds, cannot I think be other than symptoms of the infinite and progressive nature of intellect— hopes, which as they cannot be gratified here, belong to a frame of mind suited to a nobler state of existence.'

[page] NOTEBOOK N 63−66

March 16th.— Is not that kind of memory. which makes you do a thing properly, even when you cannot remember it. as my father trying to remember the man's Christian name,1 writing for the surname,, analogous to instinctive memory, & consequently instinctive action.— Sir. J. Sebright. has given the phrase "heredetary habits."2 very clearly, all I must do is to generalize it, & see whether applicable to all cases.— & analogize it with ordinary habits that is my new part of the view.— let the proof of heredetariness in habits. be considered. as grand step if it can be generalize.—

The tastes of man, same as in Allied Kingdoms— "food, sm‹e›ll.

(ourang-outang), music, colours we must suppose ‹we› «Pea-hens» admire peacock's tail, as much as we do.— touch apparently. ourang outang very fond of soft, silk-handkerchief— cats & dogs fond of slight tickling sensation.— in savages other tastes few. .

March 16th. Gardiner's Music of Nature. p. 31. remarks children have no difficulty in expressing their want, pleasure, or pains long before they can speak—

or understand— thinks so it must have been in the dawn of civilization— thinks many words, roar, scrape, crack, &c, imitative of the things.—1 CD[I may put the argument,, that many learned men seem to consider there is good evidence in the structure of language, that it was progressively formed. (—names like sounds)—. Horne Tookes tenses, &c &c —2 ‹also g› if so & seeing how simple an explanation it offers of radical diversity of tongues.—

[Emotions are the heredetary effects on the mind, accompanying certain bodily actions]CD. ؟ but what first caused this bodily action. if the emotion was not first felt?— «without «slight» flush, acceleration of pulse. or rigidity of

66 «He may . . . sensations»] circled.

63−1 This incident is written out in greater detail in a note dated 13 January 1838. See OUN31.

63−2 Sebright 1836:15−16, 'No one can suppose that nature has given to these several varieties of the same species such very different instinctive propensities, and that each of these breeds should possess those that are best fitted for the uses to which they are respectively applied. . . It seems more probable that these breeds having been long treated as they now are, and applied to the same uses, should have acquired habits by experience and instruction, which in course of time have become hereditary. . . . I am led to conclude, that by far the greater part of the propensities that are generally supposed to be instinctive, are not implanted in animals by nature, but that they are the result of long experience, acquired and accumulated through many generations, so as in the course of time to assume the character of instinct. . . . How far these observations may apply to the human race

I do not pretend to say; I cannot, however, but think that part of what is called national character may, in some degree, be influenced by what I have endeavoured to prove, namely, that acquired habits become hereditary.' 65−1 Gardiner 1832:31, 'Children have no difficulty in expressing their wants, their pleasures, or pains, long before they can speak or understand the meaning of a word.' P. 32, '. . . in all probability the first words that were uttered bore some resemblance to the things described, as the boisterous roar of the sea would call for a boisterous expression.* (*The very word Roar, when forcibly pronounced, carries with it the imitative sound. The same may be said of most of our primitive words, as splash, scrape, crack, crush, and the like.)'

65−2 Tooke 1798:47, 'In English, and in all Languages, there are only two sorts of words which are necessary for the communication of our thoughts . . . 1. Noun, and 2. Verb.'

581

[page] NOTEBOOK N 66−69

muscles.— man cannot be said to be angry.—» «He may have pain or pleasure these are sensations»

‹Gardner in his work›1 In the life of Hayd & Mozart. fine music is evidently considered as analogous to glowing conversation of several people.—2

Children have an uncommon pleasure in hiding themselves & skulking about in shrubbery. when other people are about: this is analogous to young pigs hiding themselves; & heredetary remains of savages state.—

NB. According to my view marrying late, will make average of life longer.— for short-lived constitutions will then be cut off.—

‹Horses› Colts cantering in S. America capital instance of heredetary habit:—1 there must, however, be a mental impulse (though unconscious of it) to move its legs so, as much as in the young salmon to go towards the sea. or down the stream; which it does unconsciously of any end.— N B. There is wide difference, between the means by which an animal performs an instinct, & its impulse to do it.— [the means must be present on any hypothesis whatever]CD an animal may so far be said to will to perform an instinct that it is uncomfortable if it does not do it.—

My theory explains how it comes that the heart is the seat of the emotions.— but are not love & hate emotions; what are their characteristics;— they are more truly sensations??. a kind of mental pain & pleasure.—

The Revd. Algernon Wells Lecture on animal instinct. 1834: p. 15. "To act from instinct is to be guided to the performance of a number of prearranged actions, which will bring about a certain result, while the creature performing those actions neither knows nor intends the result they will effect,.—''1 this not wholly true, for we must grant a bird knows what is about when building its nest; it knows its object but not result

(first time of building?), but not the means of performing it.—

p. 14. There is scarcely a faculty in man not met with in the lower animals.—1

but are not love] 'are' over 'is'.

butnotresult] addedpencil;'result'partiallyboxed.

general aim] 'aim' uncertain reading.

66−1 Gardiner 1832.

66−2 Haydn 1817:115, 'A musical composition is a discourse expressed by sounds instead of words.'

67−1 See C163, M101.

68−1 Wells 1834:15. The remainder of the sentence being incompletely quoted by Darwin is, '. . . [they will effect,] nor of course, could plan the arrangement of means with a view to its accomplishment.'

582

69−1 Wells 1834:13−14, '. . . there is scarcely a faculty of mind or quality of character prevailing among men, but its type or resemblance may be found in some one of the tribes of inferior creatures. Hence, their actions and dispositions have ever furnished the moralist with those striking and instructive fables . . . The industry of the bee and the ant— the cunning of the fox . . .'

[page] NOTEBOOK N 69−71

hence the general aim of fable, & expression as cunningness of fox, industry of bee &c &c—

p. 15. "instincts act with unerring precision".— no2

p. 17. Contrast the invariability of instinctive powers in individuals of the same species with variability of reasoning power in one species man.—3 false instinctive pointing varies.—

p. 18. Animals possess strong imitative faculty: pure instinct is not imitative: imitations seems invariably associated with reason:4 [NB. insects which have never seen their parents offer best cases of instincts].CD all this may be true,, but relation of imitation & reason must be thought of.—5

p. 19. animals capable of education;1 (this is again assumed as more allied to reason than instinct.) Mr Wells I can see mentally refers by reason knowledge gained by reason: & then these qualities of imitation & education may be used as argument.— for instinctive knowledge is not gained by instruction, or imitation.—2

p. 20. Animals may be called "creatures of instinct" with some slight dash of reason so mean are called "creatures of reason", more appropriately they would be "creatures of habit."— CD[as the bee makes its cells, by means of ordinary senses & muscles, we cannot look at him, as machine to make cell of certain form. (& especially as it adapt its cell to circumstances), it must have impulse to make

a cell in certain way, which way its organs are sufficient for hence it must some way be able to measure the cell;1

capable of education;] 'educ' over 'idea'. dash of reason] 'reason' uncertain reading. Animals may be] 'An' over 'M'.

dash of reason so mean] read 'men' instead of 'mean'.

69−2 Wells 1834:15. 'Instinct acts its part with unerring precision, without intelligently knowing what or why it does so . . .' N.B.: Darwin indicates his disagreement with the first part of this sentence by saying, 'no'.

69−3 Wells 1834:16−17, 'Instinct is confined to narrow limits, but within them it never mistakes . . . it is observed, That the processes of reason and contrivance in men are capable of almost endless degrees of imperfection or improvement But instinct reaches its full perfec

tion at once: and never afterwards receives, or admits of, any improvement the texture and shape of a bird's

nest, or of the cells and masses of honey-combs, are now what they ever were; and ever will be, without variation of improvement, or degeneracy.'

69−4 Wells 1834:18−19, 'Besides which, many animals possess a strong imitative faculty pure instinct is not

an imitative faculty. . . . But imitation seems invariably associated with reason; is one of the most powerful laws by which it acts; and one of the most effectual means of its

acquisitions and advancement.'

69−5. Wells 1834:18−19, 'In those processes of instinct which are most difficult and surprising, it is impossible any part of the skill . . . should have been gained by imitation; especially in the case of numerous insect tribes, which ever knew their parents . . .'

70−1 Wells 1834:19, 'Moreover, animals are capable of education: they may be, and often are, taught things that greatly surprise every beholder.'

70−2 Wells 1834:19, 'Now, instinct is neither knowledge gained by instruction, nor a faculty capable of being improved by instruction.'

71−1 Wells 1834:20, '. . . the inferior creatures (inasmuch as they perform by far the greater number of their actions, especially in their wild, native state, by innate, blind instinct) may be properly denominated creatures of instinct; although . . . they are not bound down to instinct as their only means of knowledge and action. Just as, on the other hand, man is properly denominated the creature of reason

583

[page] NOTEBOOK N 71−73e

p. 22. instincts & structure always go together:2 thus woodpecker: but this is not so,, the instincts may vary before the structure does; & hence we get over an apparent anomaly,, for if anyone has taken the Woodpecker as an example fitted for climbing, his arguments partly fall, when a species is found which does not climb3 CD[.instinct may be divided into migration,— subsidiary to food & temperature molting & breeding instincts, sexual, social, «subordinate to,» self preservation, (knowledge of enemies). use of muscles, progression.— use of senses.— knowledge of location ducks & turtles running to water,— young crocodile snapping—

p. 28. how curious the means of guiding themselves through the air,— waterbirds, the bee to its nest,—1 cats when carried in confinement,— carrier pidgeons proverbially carried to long distance in dark "it is inspiration."—2 this is class of so called instincts to which my theory no way applies.— it is the acquirement of a new sense,— bats avoiding strings «in the dark» as well might be called instinct,— migrating to one spot, this is indeed instinct.— Australian man, may be called instinctive: the facts of memory of roads long after once visited by horse & dogs. (even blind horses & dogs) shows it is somewhat analogous

73e to memory.

Shrugging shoulders seems sign of helplessness

E.1 says she can perceive sigh, commences as soon as painful thought crosses mind, before it can have affected respiration

V E. p. 125 Wrong Entry2

molting & breeding] added pencil.

Entry] remainder of page excised, not located.

. . . some of his actions are instinctive; performed, especially in infancy. . . . ' The expression 'creatures of habit' does not appear on this page in Well's text.

71−2 Wells 1834:22, 'Distinct notice should be taken of the curiously perfect adaptation of the instincts of animals to their senses and bodily structure; and of both to those scenes or portions of the external world in which it is designed they should dwell '

71−3 Darwin has reference to the 'Woodpecker of the plains,' Colaptes campestris, which he observed on the north bank of the Plata, in Banda Oriental, South America, and which rarely visited trees. See Charles Darwin 1870 (Collected Papers 2:161) '. . . I repeatedly saw many specimens living on the open and undulating plains, at the distance of many miles from a tree. I was confirmed in my belief, that these birds do not frequent trees '

584

72−1 Wells 1834:28−29, 'But to observe a bee, at the distance of a mile or more from its hive, busy among the flowers, without the least anxiety lest it should be lost amidst its mazy flights; and, when loaded, wing its direct way to the hive, without thought, and yet without error, is to us amazing.'

72−2 Wells 1834:29−30, 'No faculty we possess [as the carrier-pigeon] helps us to any analogy by which to enable us to form any notion of such a power. It is intuition— it is inspiration— it is something we do not possess, and cannot conceive of It is one of those wonders with which the

works of God abound '

73−1 Emma Darwin.

73−2 See E125

[page] NOTEBOOK N 74e−77

74e Madagascar Lemur seemed to like Lavendar Water «very much» Henslow.

N.. Necker has remarks on the means. by which children learn (probably not only experience,1, but also «by an» instinct‹ing› «which is only present in youth» (Mem. Mr Worsley's story of chicken) to know that which we touch & what [. . .] the same.—(this Hensleigh

75e therefore problem is how we know that thing is same, which touches two parts of our bodies, «or touches one part. very quickly successively.—» [& we know from experiment of crossing fingers, that we only do know that it is one, when applied in peculiar manner.— ]CD

April 3d. 1839

The Giraffe kicks with front legs & knocks with back of Head, yet never puts down its ear. good to contrast with horses1, asses, ‹mi› Zebras &c &c.— Here there is kicker but not bite.—

76e Henslow remarks that Chimpanze pouted & whined, when, man went out of room.— all theories of magnetic powe in birds, seeing the sun &c are absolutely useless when applied to birds, which have been carried in hampers, if they have not known the direction in which they STARTED, they cannot return.— Hence I conclude. pidgeon taken little way, whirled, & then taken other way— would not find

its way back.— ?? this is not instinct, but a faculty, or sense— "We know not how, stonge henge raised, yet not instinct, but if all men placed stones in same position, it would be instinct— instinct is heredetary knowledge of things which might be «possibly» acquired by habit, so bees in building cells, must have some means of measuring cells, which is faculty, they use this faculty instinctively; watchmaker has faculty by his instruments to make toothed wheel. he might by instinct make watch, but he does it by

Madagascar . . . Hensleigh] pencil.

Hensleigh] remainder of page excised, not located.

the Giraffe . . . bite] 'CD.' added pencil; 'done p 113' added ink; crossed pencil.

April 3d bite.—] excised, crossed.

have been carried find] excised, crossed blue crayon.

??] added pencil.

74−1 See Saussure 1839,1:4: 'St. Paul tells us that we have two laws within us* (*Romans, vii, 23); and our inward feelings, our experience, our reason, all confirm this declaration. A blind instinct, necessary perhaps to the physical order of things, impels us to seek after pleasure, and thus favours the developement of our faculties ' P.

40: '. . . amongst all these philosophers [astronomers, etc.,] there is not one father who has taken the trouble to note down the progress of his own child.' Perhaps it was due to this suggestion of Mme Necker that Darwin did

observe and record the progress of his oldest child from infancy. See 'A biographical sketch of an infant' 1877 (Collected Papers 2:191−200). Note also in Abercrombie 1838 (Darwin's copy): 163, in Section III, 'Imagination,' Darwin's marginal notation, at pounces & runs after feather, it knows it is not mouse, but does it not use imagination & picture to itself it is.— quote Madam Necker. on playing of children—'

75−1 See M146.

585

[page] NOTEBOOK N 78−86e

reason & experience, or habit.— so bird migrating to certain quarter is instinct, but his knowledge of that quarter,, is faculty, whether by sun, & heavens, or magnetic virtue,— the most probably supposition. with respect to pidgeons, is that they do know from look of Heavens, points of compass, & they do know which way they go; & so return.— «but does not apply to dogs.—» they may do all this instinctively «yes because power varies in breeds,» something of kind oneself knows in walking [one feels inclined to stop at right number of house though one cannot remember it.]CD

back, without consciousness & by habit, such habit of knowledge of points of compass may be instinctive.

it is a test to know how much of the wonder consists in the action being performed or emotion felt in early childhood (before experience or habit) could be formed or afterwards.— child sucking whole wonder instinctive.— carrier pidgeon just as wonderful in old bird as new.— migration, ‹only›

«only» more wonderful in young, because can not have been taught, where to go— the act of crossing the

80

sea in dark night & not loosing its direction, equally wonderful in young & old.— These facts point out some essential difference, which clearly ought to be separated— We apply instinct to one part. or another— but (an instinctus means stained in?). had better refer to to the heredetary part of it,— & faculty (faculty «being» always heredetary helps this confusion.—)

Hensleigh considers breathing instinctive, certainly heart beating may be considered also such.— heredetary habit, is a part never subject to volition.— like plants going to sleep.— "A bird has the faculty of finding its way, which in certain species is instinctivedly «not least by experience» directed to certain quarter"— "An animal has faculty of walking. which in man is learnt by experience is in other is acquired instinctively" So with ‹sight› sight— so a Bee has the faculty of

building «regular» cells— [but this faculty ‹may possibly be› «probably is» instinctive, namely the knowledge of size is merely judged by eye, & use of limbs &c, or it result from mere impulse to save wax.]CD which it instinctively exerts in concert with others in building comb— My faculty often will turn out to be instincts, & so in some senses, is sight—CD [The faculties bear so close a relation to the senses, that one feels no more surprise at it & feels no more inclined to ask

83e−86e [not located]

79 could be formed] written 'beformed'.

81 Hensleigh . . . to sleep.— ] partially circled.

586

[page] NOTEBOOK N 87e−89

87e If dislike, distaste. & disapproval. were not something more than the unfitness of the objects then viewed. to organs adapted to other objects. (as that senna is necessarily disagreeable to organs adapted to like sugar, acid, &c, which may be doubted for possibly even taste of senna. might be acquired, as the Turks have of Rhubarb: again on other hand, it is said people, who like sweet things dislike others.— dogs dislike perfume) I should think, great principle of liking, as simply heredetary habit.—

88e

A blind man might be born with idea of scarlet, as well as remember it.—

Why do children pout & not men— orang-outang & chimpanze. pout.— Former, whines just like a child.

Get a Dictionary & make a list of every word, expressing a mental ‹desire›

«quality» &c &c

89 Mackintosh Ethics

p. 97. on Devotional feeling1

p. 103— Abstraction2

p. 152. Perception very different from emotion.— The former is used with regard to the senses. Reason does not lead to action.—3

p. 248. Theory of Association. owing to time when entered brain, try contiguity of parts of Brain.— Mackintosh first clearly insisted on assoc of ideas & emotions. rather ideas & bodily actions make the emotions.—4

87 dogs dislike perfume)] parenthesis closure blue crayon.

88 page crossed blue crayon.

89 text written parallel to spine.

89−1 Mackintosh 1837:96−97, 'As all devotional feelings have moral qualities for their sole object; as no being can inspire love or reverence otherwise than by those qualities which are naturally amiable or venerable, this doctrine would, if men were consistent, extinguish piety, or in other words, annihilate religion.'

89−2 Mackintosh 1837:102−3, 'The controversy between the Nominalists and Realists, treated by some modern writers as an example of barbarous wrangling, was in truth an anticipation of that modern dispute which still divides metaphysicians, whether the human mind can form general ideas, and whether the words which are supposed to convey such ideas be not general terms, representing only a number of particular perceptions?— questions so far from frivolous, that they deeply concern both the nature of reasoning and the structure of language; on which Hobbes, Berkeley, Hume, Stewart, and Tooke, have followed the Nominalists; and Descartes, Locke, Reid and Kant, have, with various modifications and

some inconsistencies, adopted the doctrine of the Realists.' 89−3 Mackintosh 1837:152−53, 'Perception and emotion are states of mind perfectly distinct; and an emotion of pleasure or pain differs much more from a mere perception, than the perceptions of one sense do from those of another . . . Reason, as reason, can never be a motive to action. It is only when we superadd to such a being sensibility, or the capacity of emotion or sentiment (or what in corporeal cases is called sensation), of desire and aversion, that we introduce him into the world of action.' 89−4 Mackintosh 1837:248, 'Both [Berkeley and Hume] agree in referring all the intellectual operations to the association of ideas, and in representing that association as reducible to the single law, that ideas which enter the mind at the same time, acquire a tendency to call up each other, which is in direct proportion to the frequency of their having entered together.' Darwin wrote, 'try theory of place in brain' beside this latter statement.

587

[page] NOTEBOOK N 89−91

p. 272. Some remarks applicable to my theory of happiness.—5 Bell on the Hand

p. 191 Says ‹childr› babies have an instinctive fear of falling.—6 &p. 193. that they perceive the difference on being carried up or downstairs, or dangled up & down— in latter case they struggle their arms.—7

90 do. p. 306 "the eyes are rolled upwards during mental agony, & whilst strong emotions of reverence & piety are felt." it appears to me mere consequence of stooping, as sign of humility.—1

I suspect very strong argument might be advanced, that animals have reasons, because they have memory.— what use this faculty if not reason.— or does this reasoning apply chiefly to recollection. yet a dog hunting for a bone shows he has recollection.— Lamarck. Phil. Zoolog.— Vol II p. 445. If we compare the judgments & actions of a young animal with an old.— (dog, horse, sow) we perceive great difference.—2 «(& is not this difference same, but less in degree, as between man & child.— )» what differs— not ‹reason›

«instinct», for its character is invariability.— if explained by habits, useful to itself, how gained. reason? or some unnamed faculty—

91 Lamarck. Philosop. Zoolog. «p. 284. Vol. II» — gives explanation & instance of starting identical with mine,—1

90 do. p. 306 . . . humility.— ] written parallel to spine.

89−5 Mackintosh 1837:272, '. . . without pre-supposing Desires, the word Pleasure would have no signification; and that the representations by which he [Tucker] was seduced would leave only one appetite or desire in human nature. He had no adequate and constant conception, that the translation of Desire from the end to the means occasioned the formation of a new passion, which is perfectly distinct from, and altogether independent of, the original desire.' In the margin beside this passage, Darwin wrote, 'with respect to life,' and 'Music?'

89−6 C. Bell 1833:191, '. . . the dread of falling is shewn in the young infant long before it can have had experience of violence of any kind.'

89−7 C. Bell 1833:193, 'The nurse will tell us that the infant lies composed while she carries it in her arms up stairs; but that it is agitated in carrying it down.' P. 194, 'Children, therefore, are cowardly by instinct: they show an apprehension of falling; and we may gradually trace the efforts which they make, under the guidance of this sensibility, to perfect the muscular sense.'

90−1 C. Bell 1833:304, 'The muscles which move the eye-ball are powerfully affected in certain conditions of the mind: independently altogether of the will, the eyes are rolled upwards in mental agony, and whilst strong

588

emotions of reverence and piety are felt. This is a natural sign stamped upon the human countenance, and is as peculiar to man, as any thing which distinguishes him from the brute. The posture of the body follows necessarily, and forms one of those many traits of expression which hold mankind in sympathy.'

90−2 Lamarck 1830, 2:445, 'En effect, si l'on compare les idées et les jugemens de l'animal intelligent, qui est encore jeune et inexpérimenté, aux idees et aux jugemens du même animal, parvenu à l'âge de l'expérience acquise, on verra que la différence qui se trouve entre ces idées et ces jugemens, se montre, dans cet animal, tout aussi clairement que dans l'homme. Une rectification graduelle dans les jugemens, et une clarté croissante dans les idées, remplissent, dans l'un et dans l'autre, l'intervalle qui séparé le temps de leur enfance de celui de leur âge mûr. L'âge de l'expérience et de tous les dévelopemens terminés, se distingué éminemment de celui de l'inexpérience et du peu de développement des facultés, dans cet animal, de même que dans l'homme. De part et d'autre, on reconnoît les mêmes caractères et la même analogie dans les progrès qui peuvent s'acquérir; il n'y a que du plus ou du moins, selon les espèces.'

91−1 Lamarck 1830, 2:284−85, '. . . les émotionsintérieures

[page] NOTEBOOK N 91−92

Lamarck. Vol II p. 319.— Habits more prevalent in proportion to intelligence less.—2 p. 325 «to 29».— Habits becoming heredetary form the instincts of animals.— almost identical with my theory— no facts, & mingled with much hypothesis.—3 see M.S. notes, where strong argument in favour of brain forming the instincts,— could brain make a tune on the pianoforte, yes if every individual played a little, & something destroyed bad brain.

92 see p. 90.—1 The relation of reason to organs of locomotion— or that our faculties have been given us to exist, is clearly seen. in the absurdity of a tree having reason: or dog, having high powers without hand or voice.— there is some great puzzle in what Sir. J. M. says of pure reason not leading to action2 & yet our emotions being only bodily actions associated with ideas.—

A sigh, is an abortive groan.— more power over muscles of voice than respiration.— like sigh before false sneeze.—

d'un animal sensible, consistoient en certains ébranlemens généraux de toutes les portions libres de son fluide nerveux, et que ces ébranlemens n'étoient suivis d'aucune réaction, ce qui est cause qu'ils ne produisent aucune sensation distincte lorsque ces émotions sont foibles

ou médiocres, l'individu peut les dominer et en diriger les mouvemens; mais que lorsqu'elles sont subites et trèsgrandes, alors il en est maîtrisé lui-même Qui n'a pas

remarqué qu'un grand bruit inattendu, nous fait tressaillir, sauter en quelque sorte, et exécuter, selon sa nature, des mouvemens que notre volonté n'avoit pas déterminés?' 91−2 Lamarck 1830, 2:319, 'Qui ne sent alors que le pouvoir des habitudes sur les actions doit être d'autant plus grand, que l'individu que l'on considère est moins doué d'intelligence, et a moins, par conséquent, la faculté de penser, de réfléchir, de combiner ses idées, en un mot, de varier ses actions.'

91−3 Lamarck 1830, 2:325−26, ' 1'habitude

d'exercer tel organe, ou telle partie du corps, pour satisfaire à des besoins qui renaissent souvent, donnoit au fluide subtil qui se déplace, lorsque s'opère la puissance qui fait agir, une si grande facilité à se diriger vers cet organe, où il fut si souvent employé, que cette habitude devenoit en quelque sorte inhérente à la nature de l'individu, qui ne sauroit être libre d'en changer.

'Or, les besoins des animaux qui possèdent un système nerveux, étant, pour, chacun, selon l'organisation de ces corps vivans:

De prendre telle sorte de nourriture;

De se livrer à la fécondatin sexuelle que sollicitent en eux certaines sensations;

De fuir la douleur;

De chercher le plaisir ou le bien-être.

'Ils contractent, pour satisfaire à ces besoins, diverses

sortes d'habitudes, qui se transforment, en eux, en autant de penchans, auxquels ils ne peuvent résister, et qu'ils ne peuvent changer eux-mêmes. De là, l'origine de leurs actions habituelles, et de leurs inclinations particulières, auxquelles on a donné le nom d'instinct (*).

(*) 'De même que tous les animaux ne jouissent pas de la faculté d'exécuter des actes de volonté, de même pareillement l'instinct n'est pas le propre de tous les animaux qui existent; car ceux qui manquent de système nerveux, manquent aussi de sentiment intérieur, et ne sauroient avoir aucun instinct pour leurs actions.'

'Ces animaux imparfaits son entièrement passifs, n'opèrent rien par eux-mêmes, ne ressentent aucun besoin, et la nature, à leur égard, pourvoit à tout, comme elle le fait relativement aux végétaux. Or, comme ils sont irritables dans leurs parties, les moyens que la nature emploie pour les faire subsister, leur font exécuter des mouvemens que nous nommons des actions. [End of footnote.]

'Ce penchant des animaux à la conservation des habitudes et au renouvellement des actions qui en proviennent, étant une fois acquis, se propage ensuite dans les individus, par la voie de la reproduction ou de la génération, qui conserve l'organisation et la dispositin des parties dans leur état obtenu; en sorte que ce même penchant existe déjà dans les nouveaux individus, avant même qu'ils l'aient exercé.

'C'est ainsi que les mêmes habitudes et le même instinct se perpétuent de générations en générations, dans les différentes espèces ou races d'animaux, sans offrir de variation notable, tant qu'il ne survient pas de mutation dans les circonstances essentielles à la manière de vivre.' 92−1 See N90.

92−2 Mackintosh 1837:152−53, see N89, note 3.

589

[page] NOTEBOOK N 93−94

93 "A Dissertation on the Influence of the Passion."—1

p. 37. The increase of Bilary secretion attends passion2

p. 39. The sweat that accompanies fear is the same, as that which attends great weakness.— ‹Diarrhæa› & syncope3

p. 42. Sighing from grief. is method of increasing languid circulation—4 no, for

‹grief› sighing comes on before circulation is affected.

p. 44.— Jealousy. causes spasm in bile duct, & throws bile in circulation5

p. 75. Haller says tooth ache, even from carious tooth cured by sight of instrument.—6

94 Bennett's Wanderings, Australian Dog does not Bark— quotes Gardner's Music of nature to show barking not natural. (Vol I. p. 234)1,2

Vol. II p 153. «do». an account of a monkey in a passion like Jenny.—3 Dr. Abel has given an account of an Ourang.— see his Travels.—4

When one sees in Cowper,5 whole sentences spoken & believed to be audible. one has good ground to call imagination a faculty, a power, quite distinct from self. «or will»

94 to call] 'ca' pencil under 'call'; 'C' pencil preceding 'ca'.

93−1 W. Falconer 1791.

93−2 W. Falconer 1791:37, 'The increase of the biliary secretion by this passion [viz., anger] is a remarkable . . . circumstance . . . Epileptic fits, the iliac passion, fever, and sudden death, are also numbered among the direful consequences of anger.'

93−3 W. Falconer 1791:39, '[perspiration] ... is indeed sometimes excited by fear . . . and resembles that which attends syncope, and great weakness. Diarrhœa, jaundice, scirrhus, and gangrene, are said to have been hereby produced.'

93−4 W. Falconer 1791:41−42, 'Grief diminishes the bodily strength in general, and particularly, the force of the heart and circulation; as appears by the frequent sighs and deep respirations which attend it, which seem to be necessary exertions, in order to promote the passage of the blood through the lungs.'

93−5 W. Falconer 1791:44, 'The peculiar effects of jealousy in producing a spasm on the biliary ducts, and throwing the bile into the circulation, are very remark able, and well attested.'

93−6 W. Falconer 1791:75, 'The sight of the instrument for extracting the tooth, often gives a perfect, though only a temporary relief, and this even though the pain has arisen from a carious tooth.'

94−1 G. Bennett 1834, 1:234, '. . . it is remarked by Mr. Gardiner, in a work entitled the "Music of Nature," "that dogs in a state of nature never bark; they simply whine, howl, and growl: this explosive noise is only found among

590

those which are domesticated." '

94−2 Gardiner 1832:199, 'Dogs in a state of nature never bark; they simply whine, howl, and growl ' See

also Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:154−55, for a discussion of dogs of Juan Fernandes and Guinea, that do not bark. 94−3 G. Bennett 1834, 2:153, He [a male Ungka gibbon (Hylobates syndactyla) taken on board ship] could not endure disappointment, and, like the human species, was always better pleased when he had his own way; when refused or disappointed at anything, he would display the freaks of temper of a spoiled child; lie on the deck, roll about, throw his arms and legs dash every-

thing aside that might be within his reach he

reminded me of that pest to society, a spoiled child ' P.

154 [footnote], 'The account of the orang-utan, given by Dr. Abel, in the Narrative of a Journey in the Interior of China, accords with the habits of this animal, and the comparison is very interesting.'

94−4 Abel 1818:326, 'If defeated again by my suddenly jerking the rope, he [the orang] would at first seem quite in dispair, relinquish his effort, and rush about the rigging, screaming violently.' P. 328, 'If repeatedly refused an orange when he attempted to take it, he would shriek violently and swing furiously about the ropes; then return and endeavor to obtain it; if again refused, he would roll for some time like an angry child upon the deck, uttering the most piercing screams; and then suddenly starting up, rushing furiously over the side of the ship, and disappear.' 94−5 Cowper 1836−37.

[page] NOTEBOOK N 95e−101

95e−96e [not located]

‹& other cows—›

Mr. Hamilton on vital laws (in the Athænæum Library) describes effects of emotions— fear giving goose skin— & hair standing on end.—1

July 20th

Intelligent Keeper . . . Zoolog. Garden told me. he has often watche tame young wolf & it never dropped its ears like dog— wagged its tail «a little» when attending to anything or excited.— so do young dingos, as I saw, wag tail when watching anything— Keeper does not think

they drop their ears.— — George the lion is extraordinarily cowardly.— the other one nothing will frighten— hence variation in character in different animals of same species.—

99e

The general «(as I believe)» contempt at suicide. (even when no relatives left to lament) is owing to the feeling that the instinct of self-preservation is disobeyed— I often have «as a boy» wondered why all abnormal sexual actions or even impulses. (where sensations of individual are same as in normal cases) are held in abhorrence it is because instincts to woman is not followed; good case of instinctive

100e conscience.— Why does not man eating cause disgust, because he does not go against instinctive feeling, only does not fullfil, like continent man.— a man eating what others by habit (not instinct) think not fit, as cannabalism, is held in abhorrence.— all this makes analogy of actions with ‹&› against benevolent & parental instincts very clear.— even to the cold or benevelocontinent man

Hume has section (IX) on the Reason of animals1 Essays Vol 2.— «also on origin of religion or polytheism, at p. 424 Vol. II «Sect XV. Dialogue on Natural Religion.»2 however, he seems to allow it is an instinct.»

97 Mr. Hamilton . . . on end.— ] pencil.

upper half of page to The general . . .' excised, not located.

upper half of page to 'conscience.— Why . . .' excised, not located. 101

pencil.

«also . . . an instinct.»] ink.

97−1 Hamilton: Could not be traced; possibly a member of the Athenaeum Club.

101−1 Hume 1826, 1:232−35; 4:121−26, 'Of the Reason of Animals' vol. 1, pp. 232−35, and vol. 4, 'Of the Reason of Animals'.

101−2 Hume 1826, 2:419−548, 'Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion.'

591

[page] NOTEBOOK N 101−105

I suspect the endless round of doubts & scepticisms might be solved by considering the origin of reason, as gradually developed. see Hume on Sceptical Philosophy.3

Hume has written "Natural Hist. of Religion" on its origin in Human mind.—4 Andrew Smith says hen doves & the, female chamaeleon court the males by odd gestures.

In one of the six (?) first Vol of Silliman's Journal paper showing that the signs invented for Deaf & dumb school & used between Indian tribes are Many the same.—1

Philosoph. Transactions Vol 44. 1746−47. Paper. like. Sir Ch. Bell on Expression «First Croonian Lectures by Parsons.» following pages contain remarks worthy of attention p. 15, 25. 40. 61. CD[a person is here said to open mouth in fright because nature intends to lay open all senses: ‹do›1 Horse prick his ears «& snort clears nostrils» when frightened, does not hair & rabbit depress. them from squatting.— p. 64 closing both eyelids express contempt.2 p. 76.— children have been tickled into excessive laughter & so into convulsions.—3 «Paper» must be referred to, if I follow up this subject & a reference to Brun's work.—4 Shutting eyes in contempt opposite action to opening eyes in fear

The effect of habitual movements in muscles of face, is well seen in shortsighted people.— hence origin of expression—

There are some instincts unintelligible, ‹both› in the end gained «& therefore the» cause, and origin being so is not odd.; for instance wild cattle1 & deer pursuing a wounded one.— porpoises a ditto— it is probably some

pencil.

'Shutting eyes . . . fear'] pencil.

101−3 Hume 1826, 1:236−347, 'Of the Sceptical and other Systems of Philosophy'.

101−4 Hume 1826, 4:435−513, 'The Natural History of Religion'.

102−1 Akerly 1824:351, 'If we examine the signs employed by the Indians, it will be found that some are peculiar and arise from their savage customs, and are not so universal as sign language in general; but others are natural, and universally applicable, and are the same as those employed in the schools for the deaf and dumb, after the method of the celebrated Abbe Sicard.'

103−1 Parsons 1746:60, 'The reason why the Eyes and Mouth are suddenly open'd in Frights, seems to be, that the Object of Danger may be the better perceived and avoided; as if Nature intended to lay open all the Inlets to the Senses for the Safety of the Animal . . . the mouth . . . that they may hear it ... [for] there is a Passage from the

592

Meatus auditorius, which opens into the Mouth.' See also C. Bell 1824.

103−2 Parsons 1746:64, 'As soon as the Mind suggests a Contempt for Persons or Things, whether deservedly or not, the first Muscles that begin to act are, the Elevator Labii superiorus proprius Cowperi, and the Pyramidalis, on one Side only ...'

103−3 Parsons 1746:76, 'A Person playing with a Child tickled him in the Sides very much . . . till the poor Child grew black in the Face, was convulsed all over . . .' 103−4 Le Brun 1701. Expression: 247 (note 13) says, 'Le

Brun, in his well-known "Conférence sur l'Expression" ("La Physionomie, par Lavater" edit. of 1820. vol. ix. p. 268), remarks that anger is expressed by the clenching of the fists.'

105−1 See also D48, E117 and M142.

[page] NOTEBOOK N 105−111

secondary one— blood being disagreeable & anything disagreeable being pursued.—

A dog turning round & round is some old instinct ‹perverted› handed down & down.— mem. Nina used to get into hay & make a nest for herself.— the object is to make saucer-shaped depression.—

[blank]

Does music bear any relation to the period when men. communicated before language was invented,— were musical notes the language of passion & hence does music now excite our feelings.—1

How does Social animal recognize «& take pleasure in» other animal, (especiall as in some ‹instinct› «insects» which become in imago state social) by smell or looks. but it does not know its own smell or look, & therefore there must be some instinctive feeling which is pleased by other animals smell & looks.— no doubt it may be attempted to be said that young animal learns parent smell & look so by association receives pleasure. This

[blank]

will not do for insects. if this view holds good— then man, a socialist, does not know other men by smell, but by looks. hence. some obscure picture of other men. & hence idea of beauty.— the social affections of animal taking man in place of other animals is hostile «is subversive of» to this view, & fowls hatching stones. in some degree is so.— idea of beauty of music are great distinguishing character between man & animals.—

[blank]

Double consciousness. only extreme step of an ideal argument held in one's own mind, & Dr. Hollands story of man in Delirium tremens hearing other man speaks.1 shows, that consciousness of personnal identity is by no means a necessary part of man's mind.—

At Maer. Pool. I saw many coots & waterhens feeding on grassy bank some way from water, suddenly, as if by word of command, they all took flight & flappered across pool to bed of flags I was astonished & having looked round saw at considerable distance a very large

109 this view, & fowls] ink blob over illeg. letter between '&' and 'fowls'.

107−1 See Erasmus Darwin 1794, 1:155, '. . . the sing ing of birds, like human music, is an artificial language rather than a natural expression of passion Our

music, like our language, is perhaps entirely constituted of artifical tones, which by habit suggest certain agreeable passions.'

111−1 Holland 1839b: 139, 'I have known these illusions of hearing such, in a case of delirium tremens, that the patient held a long and angry colloquy with an imagined person, whom he supposed (there being no illusion of sight) in an adjoining room.'

593

[page] NOTEBOOK N 111−115e

hawk, which are «so» rare « ‹s.› » here,, that probably few had ever before seen one, yet all— flew to bed of flags. hernes are common. not unlike in size in the air at a distance.— How can such an instinct arise?? «it would appear that an instinct long remains, if no steps are taken to eradicate it.—» «Emma says, «her» tame rabbits were not frightened at a dog.— »

The instinct against man is perhaps, as strong as against hawk, but the birds at Maer have learned that he is not dangerous—wild-ducks would have fled equally if man had appeared— though instinct so firmly implanted, birds soon ‹dis› learn to disobey it— I have seen hawk & sparrow in Shrewsbury garden picking from same bone

A child born on the 1st March was frightened on the 24th of May at Cresselly by the boys making faces at it, so much so that the nurse had to carry it out of the room. nearly 3 months old.1

What is absurdity, why does one laugh at it—

sensation of disgust with nausea, (when stomach a little disordered) at thought of almost anything ugly. baby— association— pouting child same as anger, lips not compressed sullen, protruded. determined to do nothing. & so manifesting sulleness.

[blank]

115e Circumstances having given to the Bee its instinct is not ‹more› less wonderful than man his intellect

Lyell has seen a little dog go to the assistance & bite a big dog. which was fast struggling with another large dog his companion. Descent —Affection &

 

 

Monkeys «Ogleby» seen Zool. Soc— 1838 remember with distress their companions—1 a «blue» Gibbon. whose companion had S[. . .] been dead

hawk, which . . . frightened at a dog.— ] written on bottom half of page.

The instinct . . . same bone] written on top half of page.

such an instinct arise??] 'i' in 'instinct over 'a'. birds soon] 'birds' over 2 illeg. letters.

A child . . . months old.] Emma Darwin's handwriting.

115 Circumstances. . . his companion.] crossed blue crayon.

'Descent— Affection & [. . .]] two words illeg., added blue crayon.

Monkeys «Ogleby»] underlined blue crayon: Seen Zool. Soc— 1838] added blue crayon. 'S[. . .]]' two words illeg., added blue crayon.

113−1 Cresselly, Pembrokeshire: home of John Bartlett Allen. Probably John Darwin, the child of Allen's grand son Henry Allen (Harry) and Jessie Wedgwood.

115−1 W. Ogilby 1839:31, '. . . a new species of

594

Monkey, now living at the Society's Menagerie . . . will probably become morose and saturine as it advances in age and physical development ...' Darwin probably discussed the behavior of monkeys with Ogilby.

[page] NOTEBOOK N 115e−184

about two months. saw a «black» spider monkey brought it at opposite end of house. & commenced a most lamentable howls & & was not comforted until the Keeper took it ‹her› in his arms & carried to see.—

116e [blank]

A Dog «whilst» dreaming, growling. & yelpings. «& twitching paws» which they only do when ‹great› considerably excited, shows their power of imagination— for it will not be allowed they can dream, & not have daydreams— think well over this;— it shows similarity in mind.— think of Eyton's horses becoming ‹white› with ‹lather› ‹foame› & sweat, when

hearing merely hunting horn— association or imagination1

[blank]

119e−120e [not located]

Ernest W.1 playing with Snow.2 when 21/2 years old. was frightened when Snow put a guaze over her head. & came near him, although knowing it was Snow.— Is this part of same feeling which make us think anything ugly— a beau-ideal feeling. Same effect as acting on us— ‹The Baby› «Effie Wedgwood»3 April 28th 1840 was frightened at wild beasts in Zoolog. Garden

[blank]

123e−124e [not located]

125 A child crying. frowning, pouting, «smiling», just as much instinctive as a bull ‹tr› calf, just born butting, or young crocodile snapping.— these I think are better instances of instincts (highly useful as only means of communication) in man, than sucking.— [I assume a child pouts who has never seen others pout]CD

126 [blank]

127 Goldsmiths Essays No XV,, on sounds of words being expressive, (Vol. 4 of Works)1

128−183 [blank]

184 "Adam Smith Moral Sentiments" much on life & character1

121	Same . . . Garden] pencil.
125	pencil.
127	pencil .
184	"Adam . . . observations] boxed left and bottom.

117−1 Eyton: Thomas Campbell Eyton. 121−1 Ernest Wedgwood.

121−2 Snow: Frances Julia (Snow) Wedgwood. 121−3 Katherine Euphemia (Effie) Wedgwood.

127−1 Goldsmith 1806, Essay XV: 185−97. P. 195, 'The words we term emphatical, are such as by their sound express the sense they are intended to convey . . .'

184−1 Adam Smith 1808.

595

[page] NOTEBOOK N 184−BC

"Humes Dissertation on the Passions."2 "Hartley" I should think well worth studying—3

"Thomas Brown" on Association4 worthy of close study.— full of practical observations

[184] Ourang do not move eyebrows.— or skin of head,— «scarcely able St.— » Cyanocephalus, macacus. Cercopithecus? very much., «Keeper says some of the monkeys move ‹its› «the» ears but ‹not› Chimpaze. does not gradation towards man.» Macacus especially pulls back skin of whole forehead & 2 ears.— emotions of every kind.— «[Are monkeys ‹are› right-handed??]CD» Cyanocephalus, Macacus, Niger. Cercopithecus make labial st st. S. American monkeys. pull back skin from head very little Does blood go in

‹body› face in pashion.?— cry?

INSIDE BACK COVER

BACK COVER

Do people of weak intellects easily fall into habits

Get facts about instincts of mongrel dogs

Do blubbering children, if of. convulsive tendency easily fall into convulsions

A carrier pidgeon carried & turned round & round in fainting state would it then know its direction.—

In slight convulsions. are the muscles of the face first affected?— Can shivering & trembling be considered convulsive.—

is convulsion. are involuntary movement of voluntary muscles— if so what is trembling palsy?

Expressions

N

[184] Ourang . . . cry? this passage written in grey ink on a slip of paper pinned to page 184.

«Keeper . . . towards man.» brown ink.

whole forehead 2] '2' over '&'.

«[Are monkeys ‹are› right-handed??]CD» pencil.

Does blood . . . cry?— ] verso slip of paper.

184−2 Hume 1800, 2:175−211, 'A Dissertation on the Passions'.

184−3 Hartley 1834.

184−4 T. Brown 1820a:123−26; 148−49; 181−84; 187− 88;

191−92; 204; 224−30; 231−39; 251, considers

'Association'. See T. Brown 1820b, 2:210, 'On Mr. Hume's Classification of the Associating or Suggesting Principles'; p. 333, 'Reasons for preferring the term Suggestion to the phrase Association of Ideas'; and p. 245,

596

'Refutation of Dr. Hartley's theory of Association'. NB., Mackintosh 1837:336, 'I very early read Brown's Observa tions on the Zoonomia of Dr. Darwin, the perhaps unmatched work of a boy in the eighteenth year of his age . . .' In Erasmus Darwin 1794−96, 1:49−53, 441−51, and vol. 2, 1796, pp. 413−536, are discussions of association. See T. Brown 1798, for a 560 page review of Erasmus Darwin's Zoonomia, 1794−96.

[…]

[page] 597

Old & Useless Notes

Introduction by Sandra Herbert & Paul H. Barrett

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

These items (DAR 91:4−55) are not a notebook but a collection of notes on miscellaneous sheets of paper that Darwin grouped together as '[Old & USELESS notes about the moral sense & some metaphysical points written about the year 1837 & Earlier — ]CD.' Darwin added this title to the notes some years after they were written, almost certainly when writing the Descent of Man (1871). The title is misleading in that it reflects the dismissive attitude of an author filing away notes no longer useful, and the date '1837 & Earlier' is in error. The dated entries extend from 6 September 1838 (OUN25) to March 1840 (OUN33). Other dated entries includes October 1838 ( OUN29 ), 13 January 1839 ( OUN31 ), 14 January 1839 (OUN32) and 5 May 1839 (OUN42). Of the undated entries about half refer to authors cited at the close of Notebook C or in D, M, and N, all of which date from 1838−1839. Therefore, while some notes in this collection are possibly earlier than 1838, the bulk of the notes date from 1838−1840.

Old & Useless Notes consists of 42 sheets of paper, contains 26 abstracts, and counting folded sheets and verso sides totals 112 pages, 76 are written upon. A table of sheet sizes and watermarks is listed below. Darwin's practice of writing research notes on the right side of a sheet leaving the left margin and, or, the left facing page blank for future annotations is evident in the notes. Some notes Darwin paginated separately, in which case his numbers are treated as part of the text. Numbers in the margin' were added by Cambridge University Library staff and refer to folios in DAR 91:4−55. The last folio, not numbered, is here given the number 55 for index purposes. Darwin wrote in pencil and in ink, OUN25−30 being the only section definitively in grey ink. Darwin's brown crayoned '25' on OUN38V refers to one of his portfolios.

The subject matter of Old & Useless Notes is essentially the same as that of Notebooks M and N, the origin of language, intelligence, expression, instincts, perception and the moral sense being common to each. From the overlap in chronology and content we can assume that Darwin. wrote the so-called Old & Useless Notes while reading books and journals at the Athenaeum, at Maer or elsewhere and, not having the 'Expression' Notebooks M and N to hand, or wishing to write at greater length used whatever sheets of paper were readily available, including the official Athenaeum stationery. Names of family members appear in OUN, for example, Hensleigh Wedgwood's opinions are cited in M58 and his own notes appear in OUN39−41. Darwin's broad and well-grounded education is again evident from the literature cited. Works of 26 different authors ranging from philosophers, political economists and historians to biologists are abstracted. Darwin's notes on Mackintosh's Dissertation on the Progress of Ethical Philosophy fill folios 42−55 and DAR 91:11b contains a portion of his notes on Macculloch, the bulk of which appear separately in this volume.

[page 598] OLD & USELESS NOTES SHEET SIZES

OUN Sheets

DAR 91 FOLIO	PAPER SIZE (mm)			WATERMARK
4 (part ofwrapping)	65	x	201	none
5	226	×	190	[1? 1?] SMITH 1838
6	180	×	160	W. TUCKER
7	125	×	204	18 [??]
8	232	×	201	none
8a	102	×	200	none
8b	114	×	66	none
9	242	×	204	W WARREN 1837
10	108	×	177	37
11	114	×	187	yes; insufficient for description
11b	112	×	184	same watermark as 11
12	186	×	c I I I	H & Son
13	c 74	×	c 105	MAN 33
14	c 80	×	99	none
15	52	×	191	none
16	127	−	155*×200	Warren 1837
17	111	×	180	TMAN38[?]
18−21	183	×	111	none
22−24	180	×	113−114	none
25−30	201	×	160	none
31	205	×	162	none
32	105	×	183	none
33	200	×	c 166	none
34−38	313	×	187	35, 37 none 34, 36, 38 cipher, but cannot read
39	227	+	62†×183	none
40−41	227	×	183	none
42−52	232	×	188	none
53−54	188	×	114−117	none
55	113	×	181	none

* Ragged, uneven torn edge

† Added, paste-on piece

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 4−8

4 [Old & USELESS notes about the moral sense & some metaphysical points written about the year 1837 & Earlier— ]CD

5 in Athenæum

"Smart— Beginning of a new School of Metaphysic,"— give my doctrines about origin of language— & effect of reason. reason could not have existed without it.—1 quotes Ld Mondobbo.—2 language commenced in whole sentences.—3 signs— ؟ were signs originally muscical!!!??—

At least it appears all speculations of the origin of language.— must presume it originates slowly— if these speculations are utterly valueless— then argument fails— if they have, then language was progressive.—

5V We cannot doubt that language is an altering element, we see words invented— we see their origin in names of People.— Sound of words— argument of original formation.— declension &c often show traces of origin.—

6 Mayo Philosophy of Living, p. 264.1 "Architecture is a fine amplification of two ideas in nature; a developement of the thoughts expressed in Fingals cave, & in the arched & leafy forests"

Very good!.

I grant that the thrill, which runs throug every fibre, when one behold the last rays of & & or grand chorus are utterly inexplicable— I cannot ‹admit› think reason sufficient to give up my theory— Viewing from eminence. the wide expanse, of county, netted with edges & crowded with towns & thoroughfares, I grant that man, from the effects of heredetary knowledge, has produced almost →

7V greater changes in the polity of Nature than any other animal—

Aimé Martin de l'Education des Mères Vol. I. p. 198.— "Moralité, raison, beau ideal, infini conscience; voilà l'homme separe de la matiere et du temps! voila les facultes, q'il possede seul sur la terre. J'ai trouve son âme" &c—1

5−1 Smart 1839:3−5, 'As to the question, whether speech was or was not, in the first instance, revealed to man, we shall not meddle with it: we do not propose to inquire how the first man came to speak, but whether language is not a necessary effect of reason, as well as its necessary instrument, growing out of those powers originally bestowed on man, and essential to their further development.'

5−2 Monboddo 1773−92. Darwin's spelling 'Mondobbo'. 5−3 Smart 1839:26−27, note, '" It may be asked," says Lord Monboddo, "what words were first invented. My answer is, that if by words are meant what are commonly called parts of speech, no words at all were first invented; but the first articulate sounds that were formed denoted

whole sentences; and those sentences expressed some appetite, desire, or inclination, relating either to the individual, or to the common business which I suppose must have been carrying on by a herd of savages before language was invented. And in this way, I believe language continued, perhaps for many ages, before names were invented."'

6−1 H. Mayo 1838:264 (see N31).

8−1 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 8:198, 'Moralité, raison, beau idéal, infini, conscience; voilà l'homme séparé de la matière et du temps! voilà les faculté qu'il possède seul sur la terre. J'ai trouvé son âme, et dans son âme la source morale de l'être humain, c'est-à-dire la nécessité d'une autre vie!'

599

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 8−8a

— Confesses these faculties of soul, treating of infinites not definable.—2 Has little Chapter on each faculty of Soul.—3 (1) ‹Conscience› «Moral Sentiments» imperative sense of duty—4 which makes struggle in man.— two souls in one body— (2) Beau ideal, refers chiefly to moral, beau desires conscience & love.—5 [With regard to ordinary Beau ideal, Mem. Negro, beau,— Jeffrey denies all Beau—6 How does Hen determine which most beautiful cock, which best singer— Remember.— avarice a compounded passion gained in life time]CD 3. The Infinite, — lives by hopes, looks

8V to eternity.1 (4) Reason, some transcendental kind—2 (5) Conscience, not clear—3 Then these last heads. of separation between soul of man. & intellect of beasts, not clear.— ؟does not Mackintosh4 make great difference between moral sense & conscience? we admire what is right by one & are ordered to do it by other.—

I suspect conscience, an heredetary compound passion, like avarice.—5 Is there not something analogous to imperiousness of Conscience: in Maternal instinct domineering over love of Master and sport &c &c — The Bitch does not so act, because maternal instinct gives most pleasure. but because most imperious.—

8a It would indeed be wonderful, if, mind of animal was not closely allied to that of men, when the five senses were the same—1 In its action— emotions—

8V I suspect . . . heredetary] 'et' over 'ar'.

Is there not . . . most imperious.—] small handwriting, lower left corner.

8a L Aimé] 'e' accent crossed.

8−2 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 9:201 −3, 'De l'instinct de l'homme, et de l'impossibilité de définir les facultés de l'âme'.

8−3 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 1:157−62, 'De L'étude des facultés de l'âme'.

8−4 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 10:205, 'Il en résulte que le sentiment moral est indépendant de notre intelligence, et qu'il nous commande impérativement ce qu'il faut faire pour être heureux!'

8−5 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 11:207, 'Le type du beau est immuable, êternel; il existe, car nous en avons la conscience et l'amour: la conscience pour nous incline à sa recherche, l'amour pour nous rendre dignes de le contempler.'

8−6 Jeffrey 1811b:2, (in a review of Alison 1811) '. . .we can never ascertain what is beauty, without having clear notions of the state of mind which it produces . . . and . . . it is utterly impossible to ascertain what is the nature of the effect produced by beauty on the mind, till we can decide what are the common properties that are found in all the objects which produce it.'

8V−1 L. Martin 1837. 1, bk. 2, chap. 12:208−9, 'Ainsi le

600

passé meurt, le présent s'evanouit, et l'avenir n'est qu'une espérance! Une espérance! Ô mortel, voilà ta grandeur!

. . . tu espéres une vie qui ne doit pas finir.'

8V−2 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 13:211−12, 'La

raison est le sentiment du vrai; c'est une révélation de la sagesse et de l'ordre. Tantôt elle plonge dans le monde des vérités transendantes . . .'

8V−3 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 14:216, 'L'homme n'est pas toujours innocent quand sa conscience l'absout! il n'est pas toujours coupable quand sa conscience l'accuse!'

8V−4 See extensive discussion of Mackintosh's ideas in Darwin's abstract of Mackintosh 1837, OUN42−55.

8V−5 See L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 13:214, 'L'entendement est une puisance composée, par conséquant variable: ses facultés sont à la fois spirituelles et animales; elles comprennenet les sensations et les passions

. . . Mais la raison est une puissance simple . . .'

8a−1 L. Martin, 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 5:173, 'Voyez ce chein qui repose à mes pieds: les nerfs de son cerveau se projettent aux organes des cinq sens . . .'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 8a−9

p 176 & 177 good passage in French on what dog dreams, awakes— does when Master takes Hat de l'education des Mères par L Aimé Martin2

8b ——

Leroy Lettres. Philosophique sur l'intelligence des Animaux—1 & Le Parfait Chasseur, par Desgraviers, un Vol 8vo2

Keratry— Inductions morales et physiologiques3 The first of these books I daresay good.

1. Sensation is the ‹conse› ordering contraction (that is the only evidence. when consciousness is absent) in fibres united with nervous filaments.—

؟plants? yes by distinct mechanism

2. Sensation of higher order. where the sensation is conveyed over whole

body (which it may be in first case. as when the excised heart is pricked) and certain action. (only evidence. when not consciousness) are produced in consequence having some relation to the primary sensation.— man moving leg when asleep— «or habitual actions» perhaps polypi— (so that lower animals are sleeping higher animals & not plants as supposed by Buffon)1 Consciousness is sensation No. 2. with memory added to it, man in sleep not conscious, nor child— Evidence of consciousness, ‹t› movements « ؟ »

anterior to any direct sensation, in order to avaoid it— beetles feigning death upon seeing an object.— are Planariæ conscious.—

Consciousness bears some relation to time & memory

8b Leroy . . . Animaux] not in Darwin's handwriting.

& Le Parfait . . . Vol 8vo] 'Desgraviers' alternate reading 'Durivier'. Keratry . . . physiologiques] not in Darwin's handwriting.

9 1. Sensation . . . nervous filaments.—] ' ؟plants?' boxed.

Evidence . . . movements ] ' ؟ ' circled.

8a−2 L. Martin 1837, 1, bk. 2, chap. 5:176−77, 'Voilà mon chien qui vient de s'endormir au coin de mon feu: son sommeil est agité, il a un songe, et dans ce songe il poursuit sa proie, it attaque son ennemi, il le voit, il l'entend, il le dévore; il a des sensations, des passions and des idées. Je l'appelle, je le tire de ses visions; il redevient calme. Je prends mon chapeau, il s'élance, saute, me regarde, m'étudie, se traîne à mes pieds, court à ma porte, se rejouit ou s'attriste, suivant la volontà que j'exprime voilà un animal qui pense, qui veut, qui se ressouvient, qui combine. Il y a des moments où je suis tenté de lui croire une âme: car eniin je trouve dans son intelligence les phénomenes qui sont dans la mienne '

8b−1 LeRoy 1802.

8b−2 Desgraviers 1810.

8b−3 Keratry 1841.

9−1 Buffon 1785, 2:7, 'If the sensation of an oyster, for example, differs in degree only from that of a dog, why do we not ascribe the same sensation to vegetables, though in a degree still inferior? This dinstinction, therefore, between the animal and vegetable, is neither sufficiently general nor decided.'

P. 8: '[Thus] there is no absolute and essential distinction between the animal and vegetable kingdoms; but . . . nature proceeds by imperceptible degrees from the most perfect to the most imperfect animal, and from that to the vegetable: Hence the fresh water polypus may be regarded as the last of animals, and the first of plants.'

601

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 10−11b

Reynolds X discourse very curious as showing "the perfection of this science of abstract form" is the source of part of the highest enjoyment in mutilated statues1

10v In Elliotson's Physiology much about sleep— Nerves.— Volition &c1

Reynold XIII Discourse (p 115) a very good passage. about actions & decisions bein the result of sagacity, or intuition, when individual cannot give reason, though he feels he is right—1 it is because each decision &c is made up of many partial results, & the impressions on them are ‹all› remembered, when the meaning or reasons are forgotten. Our happiness &c, our wellbeing depends upon the "habitual reason".— This power of the mind, faintly approaches to instinct

11v How strange it, that Nature should have so little to do with art (p 128) R. compares a view taken by a camera obscura &c a Poussin.—1

How are my ideas of a general notion of everything applicable to the high idea «p. 131.» in Tragic acting—2 CD [My idea. would make the mind have mysterious & sublime ideas independent of the senses & experience

11b p. 142 "Upon the whole it seems."— "that the object of «all» art is the realizing and embodying, what never existed but in the imagination".—1

Macculloch Vol I. p. 115. Attributes of Deity. on Belief.— you belief things you can give no proof for, & one often replies "what you say is perfectly true, but you do not convince me.—" 2 Belief allied to instinct.—

10−1 Reynolds 1798, 2:17, '. . . what artist ever looked at the Torso without feeling a warmth of enthusiasm, as from the highest efforts of poetry? From whence does this proceed? What is there in this fragment that produces this effect, but the perfection of this science of abstract form?

'A mind elevated to the contemplation of excellence perceives in this defaced and sheltered fragment, disjecti membra poetae, the traces of superlative genius, the reliques of a work on which succeeding ages can only gaze with inadequate admiration.'

10v−1 Elliotson 1840, chap. 27:598−698, 'Sleep'.

11−1 Reynolds 1798, 2:114, 'There is in the commerce of life, as in Art, a sagacity which is far from being contradictory to right reason, and is superior to any occasional exercise of that faculty; which supercedes it; and does not wait for the slow progress of deduction, but goes at once, by what appears a kind of intuition, to the conclusion. A man endowed with his faculty, feels and acknowledges the truth, though it is not always in his power, perhaps, to give a reason for it; because he cannot recollect . . . all the materials that gave birth to his opinion ... '

11 v−1 Reynolds 1798, 2:127, '. . . the comparatively

602

inferior branches of art . . . take their rank and degree in proportion as the artist departs more, or less, from common nature . . .' P. 128, 'If we suppose a view of nature represented with all the truth of the camera obscura, and the same scene represented by a great Artist, how little and mean will the one appear in comparison of the other, where no superiority is supposed from the choice of the subject . . . Like Nicolas Poussin, [the same Artist] transports us to the environs of ancient Rome, with all the objects which a literary education makes so precious and interesting to man . . .'

11v−2 Reynolds 1798, 2:131, '. . . the best stagerepresentation [e.g., Hamlet] appears even more unnatural to a person . . . who is supposed never to have seen a play before, than it does to those who have had a habit of allowing for those necessary deviations from nature which the Art requires.'

11b−1 Reynolds 1798, 2:142, 'Upon the whole, it seems to me, that the object and the intention of all the Arts is to supply the natural imperfection of things, and often to gratify the mind be realising and embodying what never existed but in the imagination.'

11b−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:115.

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 11bv−14

11bv

p. 134. a painted must not a actors, or a scene in garden.— yet both beautiful!1 p. 136. Says Architecture does not come under imitative art2 [my view says yes. ‹old› mass of rock—]CD or poetry, CD[my thery says yes. imitating song — two primary sources, sight, & hearing—

Staunton Embassy Vol II p. 405.— Speculates on origin of sacrifices.

«common to many races»— thinks action towards ‹man› «a king» ‹changed into› is carried on toward deity.— & as king might like cruel pleasure, so sacrifices cruel.—1 Something wrong here.— Origin is certainly curious. Chinese, S. American. Polynesians Jews, African all sacrifices. How completely men must have personified the deity.—

H. Tooke has shown one chief object of language is promptness «of consequence» hence languages become corrupt, & whole classes of words

«are abbreviations» he thus derives from nouns & verbs—

so that much of EVERY language shows traces of anterior state??1

Edinburgh Review Vol 18. (1 st Article) on Taste «EXCELLENT». Deficient in not explaining the possibility of ‹handsome› «UGLY healthy» young woman, with good expression— statues not painted— ‹music› very good article— why flower beautiful? ؟even to children1

11bv my thery says yes.] 'yes' over 'yet'.

11bv−1 Reynolds 1798, 2:134, '. . . no Art can be engrafted with success on another art ... If a Painter should endeavour to copy the theatrical pomp and parade of dress, and attitude, instead of that simplicity, which is not a greater beauty in life than it is in Painting, we should condemn such Pictures, as painted in the meanest style So, also, Gardening, as far as Gardening is an

Art ... is a deviation from nature '

11bv−2 Reynolds 1798, 2:136, '. . . Architecture . . . applies itself, like Musick, (and, I believe, we may add Poetry), directly to the imagination, without the intervention of any kind of imitation.'

12−1 Staunton 1797, 2:405, 'If [the sovereign] should be pleased with gold, the bowels of the earth were ransacked for it; if, as in the excesses to which princes and conquerors in the first ages were supposed to have been prone, he should delight in the riotous and sanquinary pleasures of the table, bloody sacrifices were prepared and offered at his altar.'

13−1 Tooke 1798:27, 'The first aim of Language was to

communicateour thoughts: the second, to do it with dispatch.'

P. 25, 'Abbreviationsare the wheelsof language, the wingsof Mercury.' P. 27, 'Many words are merely abbreviations employed for dispatch ...' P. 94, 'Abbreviations and Corruption are always busiest with the words which are most frequently in use.' P. 100, ' French, Italian,

Anglo-saxon, Dutch, German, Danish and Swedish . . . (together with English) are little more than different dialects of one and the same language.' P. 147, '. . . the perpetual accession of new words . . . forbid the deduction of the whole language from any one single source.'

14−1 Alison 1811b:10 [in Edinb. Rev.], 'The most beautiful object in nature, perhaps, is the countenance of a young and beautiful woman . . . what we admire is not a combination of forms and colours . . . but a collection of signs and tokens of those feelings and affections, which are universally recognized as the proper objects of love and sympathy.'

P. 17, 'The forms and colours that are peculiar to [children], are not necessarily or absolutely beautiful in themselves; for in a grown person, the same forms and colours would be either ludicrous or disgusting.'

P. 18, 'Take, again, for example, the instance of female beauty,— and think what different and inconsistent standards would be fixed for it in the different regions of the world;— in Africa, in Asia, and in Europe;— in Tartary and in Greece;— in Lapland, Patagonia and Circassia. If there was anything absolutely or intrinsically beautiful, in any of the forms thus distinguished, it is inconceivable that men should differ so outrageously in their conceptions of it: If beauty were a real and independent quality, it seems impossible that it should be

603

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 15−18

S. Jenyn's Inquiry into the Origin of Evil. Reviewed by Johnson in the Literary Magazine. 1756— Ceased in 1758— Read the Review or the article.1

A Planaria must be looked at as animal, with consciousness,, it choosing food— crawling from light.— Yet we can split Planaria into three animals, & this consciousness becomes multiplied with the organisms structure, it looks as if consciousness an effects of sufficient perfection of organization & if consciousness, individuality.—

Quotes D. Stewarts System of Emotions.— T. Mayo— Pathology of the Human Mind.1 Poor.— on insanity.— Prevailing idea, owing to loss of will.— chiefly excited by passive emotions.— Cannot quite perceive drift of Book.— Sympathy & affections chiefly fail.— Notices. struggle ‹between› when insanity is coming on «Thinks clearest analogy between dreams & insanity.»2

D. Stewart on the Sublime1

The literal meaning of Sublimity is height. & with the idea of ascension we associate something extraordinary & of great power— —

From these & other reasons we apply to God the notion of living in lofty regions.

Infinity eternity. darkness, power. being associated with God. these phenomena we (feel & ?) call sublime.—

From the association of power &c &c with height, we often apply the term sublime, where there is no real sublimity

Scored left margin, with two large question marks.

«Thinks . . . insanity»] left margin, connected by line to 'System of Emotions.—'

3 . . .?] added pencil.

3 . . . ')'] pencil over ')'.

6 . . . moral excellences] crossed letter, probably 't,' between second 'c' and second 'e'.

distinctly and clearly felt by one set of persons, where another set, altogether as sensitive, could see nothing but its opposite . . .'

Pp. 18−19, 'The style of dress and architecture in every nation, if not adopted from mere want of skill, or penury of materials, always appears beautiful to the natives, and somewhat monstrous and absurd to foreigners . . . The fact is still more striking, perhaps, in the case of Music . . .' 15−1 S. Jenyns 1757a & 1757b.

17−1 T. Mayo 1839:4, '. . . much of my reasoning . . . flows similarly to that by which the operations of sleep and dreaming are explained by Mr. Dugald Stewart. These states have, in truth, always appeared to me to possess a striking affinity to that of the insane,— with this important difference, that there is a constant readiness in the mind to be roused out of sleeping or dreaming state, but no such readiness to emerge out of insanity, when once incurred. And again, that in sleep every voluntary action is suspended; whereas in madness, the will acts

604

with considerable force, though in a more limited extent, than in the sane state.'

17−2 See Abercrombie 1838 (Darwin's copy):258, '. . . in dreaming and insanity, [the voluntary effort] is suspended, and the mind is left entirely under the influence of the chain of thoughts which happens to be present, without being able either to vary or dismiss it.' Darwin's marginal notation, 'they ought not to be classed together, one like reality of the thoughts or absence of doubt in one case being owing to the ‹weakness› absence of contending impressions, & in insanity opposed to many present impressions.' And at the top of the page Darwin wrote, 'No, a vivid thought «neither pleasant, nor painful, but merely vivid» cannot be dismissed even by the strongest will,— is insanity an unhealthy vividness of thought.' 18−1 Stewart 1829, 4:265−317. 'Essay Second. On the Sublime.' Darwin here outlines the main principles discussed by Stewart in this essay.

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 18v−20v

18v 5 The emotions of terror & wonder so often concomitant with sublime. adds not a little to the effect: as when we look at the vast ocean from any height.— 6 That the superiority & "inward glorrying, which height. by its accompanying & associated sensations so often gives, when excited by other means, as moral excellences, brings to our recollection the original cause of these feelings & thus we apply to them the metaphorical term sublime

7 So that in this Essay. D. Stewart does not attempt «by one common principle» to explain the various causes of those sensations, which we call metaphorically sublime, but that it is through a complicated series of associations that we apply to such emotions. this same term.—

19v Hence it appears, that when certain causes, as great height, eternity, &c &c. produces an inward pride & glorying. (often however accompanied with terror & wonderment) ‹which› «this» emotion, from the associations before mentioned. we call sublime.—

It appears to me, that we may often trace the source of this "inward glorying" to the greatness of an object itself or to the ideas excited & associated with it. as the idea of Deity. with vastness of Eternity. which superiority we transfer to ourselves in the same manner as we are acted on by sympathy.

D. Stewart on taste

The object of this essay is to show how taste is gained how it originates, & by what means it becomes an almost instantaneous perception.—1 Taste has been supposed by some to consist of "an exquisite susceptibility from Blair receiving pleasures from beauties of nature & art."2 But as we often see people who are susceptible of pleasure from these causes who are not men of taste & the reverse of this. taste

20V evidently does not consist of this. but rather in the power of discriminating & respecting good from bad.

And it is manifestly from this fact & the instantaneousness of the result, that

7 So that . . . metaphorically] '2' above 'call'; '1' above 'metaphorically', this same term] 'this' over 'thes'.

susceptibility from] 'from' over 'G' and 2−3 letters illeg.

beauties of nature] 'ies' over 'y'.

"an exquisite . . . pleasures] 'Blair' or possibly 'Blain' in margin.

reverse of this. taste] 'this' over 'tis'.

20−1 Stewart 1829, 4:318, 'Essay Third. On Taste.' Includes taste as one of the 'intellectual processes, which, by often passing through the mind, come at length to be carried on with a rapidity that eludes all our efforts to remark it; giving to many of our judgments, which are really the result of thought and reflection, the appearance

of instantaneous and intuitive perceptions. The most remarkable instance [of these] . . . are commonly called the acquired perceptions of sight . . .'

20−2 Stewart 1829, 4:327, '[Taste] is said to consist in "a power of receiving pleasure from the beauties of nature and of art."'

605

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 20v−25

the term taste is metaphorically applied to this mental power1 Although taste must necessarily be acquired by a long series of experiments & observations. & yet, like in vision, it becomes

so instantaneous, that we cannot ever perceive the various operations which the mind undergoes in gaining the result.—1

Lessings Laocoon. 2d Lect— The object of art., sculpture & painting, is beauty.—1 which he thinks is a better definition than Winkleman's. who says it is simplicity with grandeur of character.—2 Hence Lessings shows expression of pain cannot be represented. But what is beauty?— it is an ideal standard, by which real objects are judged; & how obtained.— implanted in our bosoms.— how comes it there?

Laocoon p. 75 "The beauties developed in a work of art are not approved by the eye itself, but by the imagination through the medium of the eye"; he will allow the secondary pleasures of harmonious colours &c &c surely to be added.1

Lessings Laocoon p. 125— says new subjects are not fit for painter or sculpture, but rather subjects which we know,1 it is therefore the embodying of a floating idea.— as statue of beauty, is of the "beau ideal", my instinctive impression

1) September 6th. 1838

Every action whatever is the effect of a motive.— [— must be so, analyse (a) ones feelings when wagging one's finger— one feels it in passion, love— jealousy— «as» effect of bodily organisms— one knows it, when one wishes to do some action (as jump off a bridge to save another) & yet dare not — one could do it, but other motives prevent the action see Abercrombie conclusive

22 Laocoon,.] over 'Laoocon'.

must be so, analyse(a)] '(a)one well . . . chance)' added as a footnote, verso page 25.

N.B. Items numbered 25 through 28 were written on right-hand pages, and the left-hand pages were reserved for marginal notations, viz., footnotes.

20v−1 Stewart 1829:332, '"The feeling," [Voltaire] observes, "by which we distinguish beauties and defects in the arts, is prompt in its discernment, and anticipates reflection, like the sensations of the tongue and palate. Both kinds of Taste, too, enjoy, with a voluptuous satisfaction, what is good; and reject what is bad, with an emotion of disgust. Accordingly," he adds, "this metaphorical application of the word taste, is common to all known languages."'

− 1 Stewart 1829. 4:325, 'The fact seems to be . . . "the mind, when once it has felt the pleasure, has little inclination to retrace the steps by which it arrived at it." It is owing to this, that Taste has been so generally ranked

606

among our original faculties; and that so little attention has hitherto been given to the process by which it is formed.'

22−1 Lessing 1836:19, '. . . among the ancients, Beauty was the supreme law of the arts of design.'

22−2 Lessing 1836:1, 'The general characteristics of the Grecian masterpieces in Painting and Sculpture, are held by Winkelmann to consist in a noble simplicity, and a majestic composure, both of attitude and expression.' 23−1 Lessing 1836:75−76.

24−1 Lessing 1836:122, 'The poet, indeed, enjoys a great advantage who treats a story, or a character already known . . . same advantage is possessed by the painter . . .'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 25

remarks p. 205 & 206.]CDl

Motives are units in the universe.2

[Effect of heredetary constitution,— education under the influence of others— varied capability of receiving impressions— accidental (so called like chance) circumstances.

As man hearing Bible for first time, & great effect being produced.— the wax was soft,— the condition of mind which leads to motion being inclined that way]CD one sees this law in man in somnambulism or insanity.3 free will (as generally used) is not there present, but he acts from motives, nearly as usual

(a) one well feels how many actions are not determined by what is called free will,

25−1 In his copy of Abercrombie 1838, Darwin wrote in the margins, p. 199, 'A man may wish to jump from a bridge to save another, but absolutely will not let him.— makes the muscles fail, & the heart sink—'

Pp. 202−3, 'Yes, but what determines his consideration— his own previous conduct— & what has determined that? & so on— Heredetary character & education— & chance (aspect of his will) circumstances.

'‹Change of character possible from change of organi zation.›

'What has given these desires& conduct

'‹Then why does not act of insanity give shame??› 'According to all this ones disgust at villain ‹ought to

be› is nothing more than disgust at some one under foul disease, & pity accompanies both. Pity ought to «banish» disgust. P → P For wickedness is no more a man's fault than bodily disease!! (Animals do persecute the sick as if were their fault). If this doctrine were believed— pretty world we should be in!— But it could not be believed excepting by intellectual people— if I believed it— it would make not one difference in my life, for I feel more virtue more happiness— Believers would ‹will› only marry good women & pay detail attention to education & so put their children in way of being happy.

'It is yet right to punish criminals for public good. All this delusion of free will would necessarily follow from man feeling power of action.

'View no more unreasonable than that there should be sick & therefore unhappy men. 'What humility this view teaches.

'A man ‹reading› hearing bible by chance becomes good. This «is» effect of accident with his state of desire (neither by themselves sufficient) effect of birth & other accidents: may be congratulated, but deserves no credit.

'When opposed desires are absolutely equal which is possibility, may free-will then decide.— but it must be decided by habit or wish & these all originate as before.' At the bottom of pages 206 and 207, '‹A man may put himself in the way of above accidents. but desire to do so arises as before; & knowledge that the effect will be good, arises as before. education & mental disposition—

'One feels how many actions, not determined by will, passion— when the motive power feeble & complicated & opposed we say free will (or chance) ›'

25−2 Abercrombie 1838:204−5, 'Of physical relations all that we know is the fact of their uniformity; and it would appear equally philosophical to apply the same term to mental phenomena. On this principle, therefore, we should say,— that the tendency of moral causes or motives is not necessary, but uniform; and that on this depends all our confidence in the uniformity of human character, and in the power of truths, motives, or arguments, to produce particular results on human conduct. "To suppose the mind possessed of a power of determining, apart from all this influence of moral causes or motives, would be to overthrow this confidence, and to reduce our whole calculations on human character to conjecture and uncertainty."' (Darwin in his copy of Abercrombie, pencilled in the added quotation marks above and drew a marginal line beside the passage. The same is true for the following.) ' "A power of determining without any reason, appears to be not only unphilosophical, but, in point of fact, inapplicable to any conceivable case." '

25−3 Abercrombie 1838:259, '[Somnambulism] differs from dreaming, in the senses being, to a certain degree, awake to external things; though that power is suspended, by which the mental impressions are corrected by the influence of the external world. . . . the remarkable difference between [the somnambulist] and the maniac is, that the somnambulist can be roused from his vision, and then the whole is dissipated.' Darwin made a marginal stroke beside this passage, and wrote, 'There is some sophistry here: insane man has perfect consciousness— somnambulism has not.'

607

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 25−28

but by strong invariable passions— when these passions, weak, opposed & complicated one calls them free will—the chance of mechanical phenomena.— (Mem: M. Le Comte case of Philosophy, & savage calling laws of nature chance)

2) difference is from imperfect condition of mind all motives do not. come into play.—

† it may be urged how often one try to persuade person to change line of conduct. as being better & making him happier.— he agrees & yet does not.— because motive power not in proper state.— When the admonition succeeds who does not recognize an accidental spark falling on prepared materials.

From contingencies a mans character may change— because motive power changes with organization

The general delusion about free will obvious.— because man has power of action, & he can seldom analyse his motives (originally mostly INSTINCTIVE, & therefore now great effort of reason to discover them: this is important explanation) he thinks they have none.—

Effects.— One must view a wrecked man, like a sickly one(P)— We cannot help loathing a diseased offensive object, so we view wickedness.— it would however be more proper to pity than to hate & be

† A man may put himself in the way of Contingencies.—but his desire to do arises from motives.—& his knowledge that it is good for him effect of Education & mental capabilities.—

'(P) Animals do attack the weak & sickly as we do the wicked.—we ought to pity & assist & educate by putting contingencies in the way to aid motive power.—if incorrigably bad nothing will cure him'

3) disgusted. with them. Yet it is right to punish criminals; but solely to deter others.— It is not more strange that there should be necessary. wickedness than disease.

This view should teach one profound humility, one deserves no credit for anything, (yet one takes it for beauty & good temper), nor ought one to blame others.— This view will not do harm, because no one can be really fully convinced of its truth. except man who has thought very much, & he will know his happiness lays in doing good & being perfect, & therefore will not be tempted, from knowing every thing he does is independent of himself to do harm.—

Believer in these views will pay great attention to Education.—

4) These views are directly opposed & inexplicable if we suppose that the sins of a man, are under his control, & that a future life is a reward or retribution.— it may be a consequence but nothing further.—

It may be urged . . . prepared materials.] '+A man may . . . capabilities.—' footnote opposite page.

Effects . . . sickly one (P)— ] '(P) Animals do attack . . . cure him' footnote opposite page.

608

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 29−30v

29 October ‹8› 2d. 1838

Those emotions which are strongest in man, are common to other animals & therefore to progenitor far back, (anger ‹to› at the very beginning, & therefore most deeply impressed). shame perhaps an exception, (does it originate in a doubting feel between conscience & impulse) but shame «we alas know» is far easier conquered than the deeper & worser feelings. These bad feelings no doubt orginally necessary revenge was justice.— No checks were necessary to the vice of intemperance, circumstances made

29v the check.— to licentiousness jealousy, & every one being married to keep up population. with the existences of so many positive checks.— (This is encroaching on views in second volume of Malthus)1. Adam Smith2 also talks of the necessity of these passions, but refers (I believe) to present day & not to ruder state of Society.— Civilization is now altering these instinctive passions—, which being unnecessary we call vicious.— (jealousy in a dog no one calls vice). on same principle that Malthus had shown incontinence to be a vice & especially in the female

30 October d. 1838 Perhaps insist??

Two classes of moralists: one says our rule of life is what will produce the greatest happiness.— The other says we have a moral sense.— But my view

‹says› unites both «& shows them to be almost identical» + What has produced the greatest good «or rather what was necessary for good at all» is the «instinctive» moral senses: (& this alone explains why our moral sense points ‹is› to revenge). In judging of ‹our ha› of the rule of happiness we

must look far forward «& to the general action» — certainly because it is the result of what has generally been best for our good far back.— (much further than we can look forward: hence our ‹ [. . .] › rule may sometimes be hard to tell) ++ Society could not go on except for the moral sense, any more than a hive of Bees without their instincts.— Gives art to when I say How social

instincts generated?

30V The origin of the social instinct «in man & animals» must be separately considered.— The difference between civilized man & savage,— is that former is endeavoring to change that part of the moral sense which experience (education is the experience of others) shows does not tend to

29v female] 'female' over '—'.

Perhapsinsist??] addedblue pencil.

But my view . . . moral senses:] '++' added left margin.

hence our ‹ [. . .] ›] '[. . .]' 3−4letterscrossed,illeg.

Gives art . . . generated?] added blue pencil, left margin.

30V The difference ... to greatest good.—] scored blue pencil left margin.

29v−1 Malthus 1826, 2 (bk 4, chap. 1):255 −69, 'Of moral restraint, and our obligation to practise this virtue'; chap. 2:270−82, 'Of the effects which would result to society from the prevalence of moral restraint.'

29v−2 Adam Smith 1808, 1 (Sec 2):42−75, 'Of the degrees of the different passions which are consistent with propriety.'

609

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 30v−34

greatest good.— Therefore rule of happiness is to certain degree ‹of› right.— The change ‹of› our moral sense, is strictly analogous to change of instinct amongst animals.—

31 Jan 13th. 1839

My father received a letter from Mr Roberts— «a person he had long known & directed many letters to»— could not ‹remember› «read» Christian name; fancied it looked like. W. but concluded it could not be so.—Looked at a direction book, but could not find out— Directed his letter, & I observed he had written Wilson & pointed it out; he was astonished, & said how very odd. — —could not think what had put Wilson into his head.— remembered, that he had. looked in direction book under head of Wilson, referred to Robert & found his Christian name was Wilson!!— How curious an inward, unconscious memory.—

32 Jan 14th. 1839 —

My father says he has heard of many cases of ideots knowing things, which are often repeated in a wonderful manner.— as the hour of the day &c— All habits must conduce to their health & comforts.— Both ideots, old People & those of weak intellects.—

33 Westminster Review. March 1840

p. 267— says the great division amongst metaphysicians— the school of Locke, Bentham, & Hartley, &. the school of Kant. to Coleridge,1 is regarding the sources of knowledge.— whether ‹we th there› "anything can be

‹any› «the» object of «our» knowledge except our experience".—2 is this not almost a question whether we have any instincts, or rather the amount of our instincts— surely in animals according to usual definition, there is much knowledge without experience. so there may be in men— which the reviewer seems to doubt.

34 [RHC] 1) Effects of Life in the abstract is matter united by certain laws different from those., that govern in the inorganic world; life itself being, the

Wilson & pointed] '&' over '—'.

All habits must] 'must' alternate reading 'much'.

Items 34 through 38 were written in two columns down the page, the left being narrower than the right, and used for explanatory notes, footnotes, etc. These are marked [RHC] = right hand column; [LHC] = left hand column.

Effects of Life in the] 'the' over 'an'.

During growth . . . tissue ‹ [. . .] ›] '‹. . . ›' 2−3 letters crossed, illeg.

33−1 [Mill] 1840:264, 'Every consistent scheme of philosophy requires, as its starting point, a theory respecting the sources of human knowledge . . . The prevailing theory in the eighteenth century . . . was that proclaimed by Locke, and attributed to Aristotle— that all our knowledge consists of generalizations from experience . . . From this doctrine Coleridge with . . . Kant . . . strongly dissents . . . He distinguishes in the human intellect two faculties . . . Understanding and Reason. The former faculty judges of phenomena, or the appearance of things,

610

and forms generalizations from these: to the latter it belongs, by direct intuition, to perceive things, and recognize truths, not cognizable by our senses.' The metaphysical school of Locke, Hartley, and Bentham is contrasted with that of Coleridge throughout the article. 33−2 [Mill] 1840:267, 'We see no ground for believing that anything can be the object of our knowledge except our experience, and what can be inferred from our experience by the analogies of experience itself. . .'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 34

capability of such matter obeying a certain & peculiar system of movements.1 different from inorganic movements.—

See Lamarck for this definition given in full.—2

[LHC] ؟Has any vegetable or animal matter been formed by the union of simple

non-organic matter, without action of vital laws—

According to the individual forms of living beings, matter is united in different modification, peculiarities of external form impressed, & different laws of movements.

[LHC] Hence there are two great ‹worlds, inor› systems of laws «in the

world» the organic & inorganic— The inorganic are probably one principle for connect of electricity chemical attraction, heat & gravity is probable.—3 And the Organic laws probably have some unknown relation to them— [RHC] In the simplest forms of living beings namely «one individual» vegetables, the vital laws act definitely (‹like› «as» chemical laws,) as long as certain contingencies are present, (contingencies as heat light &c).

[LHC] This is true as long as movement of sensitive plant can be shewn to be direct physical effect of touch & not irritability, which at least shows a local will, though perhaps not conscious sensation.

[RHC] During growth ‹extres› tissue ‹ [. . .] › unites matter into certain form;4 invariable, as long as not modified by external accidents, & in such cases modifications bear fixed relation to such accidents.

But such tissue ‹must› bears relation to whole, that is enough must be present to be able to exist as individual.—

34−1 Kirby 1835, 1:xli, '"We have seen," says [Lamarck], "that the life which we remark in certain bodies, in some sort resembled nature, insomuch that it is not a being, but an order of things animated by movements; which has also its power, its faculties, and which exercises them necessarily while it exists."* (*Anim. sans Vertèbr. i. 321.)'

34−2 Lamarck 1830, 1:403, '. . . on peut done embrasser ce qui la constitue essentiellement dans la définition suivante.

'La vie, dans les parties d'un corps qui la possède, est un ordre et un état de choses qui y permettent les mouvemens organiques; et ces mouvemens, qui constituent la vie active, résultent de l'action d'une cause stimulante qui les excite.' 34−3 Kirby 1835, 1:xxiii−xxiv, 'Body [Lamarck] observes, being essentially constituted of cellular tissue, this tissue

is in some sort the matrix, from the modification of which by the fluids put in motion by the stimulus of desire, membranes, fibres, vascular canals, and divers organs, gradually appear . . . and thus progressively new parts and organs are formed, and more and more perfect organizations produced; and thus, by consequence, in the lapse of ages, a monad becomes a man!!!'

34−4 Kirby 1835, 1:xli−xlii, 'Speaking of the imponderable incoercible fluids, and specifying heat, electricity, the magnetic fluid, etc., to which he [Lamarck] is inclined to add light, he says, it is certain that without them, or certain of them, the phenomenon of life could not be produced in any body . . . [but] neither caloric nor electricity, though essential concomitants of life, form its essence.'

611

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 35

35 [RHC] 2) In animals, growth of body precisely same as in plants, but as animals bear relation to less simple bodies, and to more extended space, such powers of relation required to be extended.

Hence a sensorium, which receives communication from without, & gives wondrous power of willing.1 These +willings are common to every animal instinctive and unavoidable.— +Can the word willing be used without consciousness, for it is not evident, what animals have consciousness.

These willings have relation to external contingencies, as much as growth of tissue and are subject to accident; the sexual willing comes on period of year as much as inflorescence.—

[LHC] I here omit the case (if such there are) of animals enjoying only

movements such as sensitive plants. (But I include irritability for that req.ui.re

will in part. ؟Why more so than movement of sap. or sunflower to sun? . I

should think there. was direct «physical» effects of more or less turgid vessels; effect of heat, light or shade.)

Joining two difficulties into one common one always satisfactory, though not adding to positive knowledge. lessening amount of ignorance

[RHC] The radicle of plants absorb by physical laws of endosmic & exosmic juices. arms of polypus, show either local or general will, & stomach likewise

«does».

[LHC] ؟ in Corallina are not two kinds of life vegetable and animal strictly united?

[RHC] It is easy to conceive such movements & choice, & obedience to certain stimulants without conscience in the lower animals, as in stomach, intestines & heart of man.

[LHC] ؟How near in structure is the ganglionic system of lower animals & sympathetic of man2

Hence a sensorium . . . power of willing. These +willings] '+Cantheword. . . consciousness'addedas interlinear notation, circled and connected by line to '+ willings'.

It is easy . . . heart] 'heart' over 3 unidentified letters.

Where pain and pleasure . . . consciousness???] brace left; '?' lower right corner of page.

؟ Can insects . . . have?] brace right.

35−1 Kirby 1835, 1:xxviii−xxix, ' "Every action of an intelligent individual, whether it be a movement or a thought ... is necessarily preceded by a want of that which has power to excite such action [according to Lamarck]. This want felt immediately moves the internal sentiment, and in that same instant, that sentiment directs the disposable portion of the nervous fluid . . ." ' 35−2 In this discussion, Darwin, with his own interpretation, parallels a similar treatment in Kirby 1835, 1:150−51, eg., p. 150. 'Lamarck indeed regards them [Infusoria] as having no volition, as taking their food by

612

absorption like plants; as being without any mouth, or internal organ; in a word as transparent gelatinous masses, whose motions are determined not by their will, but by the action of the medium in which they move.' P. 151, 'Admitting that the observations of Spallanzani just stated record facts, it appears clearly to follow from them that these animals have volition, and therefore cannot properly be denominated apathetic, or insensible. The fact that they almost all have a mouth and a digestive system; many of them eyes, and some rudiments of a nervous one, implies a degree; more or less, of sensation . . .'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 36

[RHC] ؟How does consciousness commence; where other senses come into play, when relation is kept up with distant object. where many such objects are present, & where will directs ‹to› other parts of body. to do such.—

All this can take place & man not conscious as in sleep; or in sleep is man momentarily conscious, but is memory gone?—

Where pain & pleasure is felt there must be consciousness??? ?

[LHC] ؟Can insects live with no more consciousness than our intestines have?

36 [RHC] 5) Kirby thinks that ‹all› there is one one instinct to all animals modified according to species.1 This I suppose he deduces from the ends in each case being the same, & the means very similar.— It does not appear more than saying that the thinking principle is the same in all animals. [LHC] «3)» Eyton told me that his retriever Sailor he has seen push a hare through the bar of a gate before him, & then jump over the gate & bring it. —— Agrees with ONE animal

[RHC] Kirby extends instinct to plants,2 but surely instincts imply willing, therefore word misplaced

The meaning of Words, must be made out Reason

Will Consciousness

Definite instincts being acquired, is a most important argument, to show that they result from organization of brain; «[LHC] not used by Kirby» (:analogy:— as races are formed or modification of external form. so modifications of brain) As in animals no prejudices about souls, we see particular trains of thoughts as fear of man,— crows fear gun,— pointers method of standing,— method of attacking peccari— —retriever— produced as soon as brain developed, and as I have said, no soul superadded,3 so

36−1 Kirby 1835, 2:247, 'That the same action should unfold such an infinite variety of forms in one case and instincts in the other is equally astounding and equally difficult to explain.— Compare the sunflower and the hive-bee, the compound flowers of the one, and the aggregate combs of the other . . .'

36−2 Kirby 1835, 2:246, '. . . as the most remarkable instincts of animals are those connected with the propagation of the species, so the analogue of these instincts in plants is the developement of these parts peculiarly connected with the production of the seed . . .' Pp. 247− 48, 'Again, as all plants have their appropriate fruitification, so they have other peculiarities connected with their situation, nutriment, and mode of life, corresponding in some measure with these instincts that belong to other parts of an animal's economy. Some with a climbing or voluble stem, constantly turn one way, and some as constantly turn another others close their leaves in the night, and seem to go to sleep; others shew a remarkable degree of irritability when touched '

36−3 Kirby 1835, 1:xxviii, '[Lamarck] admits [man] to be the most perfect of animals, but instead of a son of God, the root of his genealogical tree, according to him, is an animalcule, a creature without sense or voluntary motion, or internal or external organs ... no wonder therefore that he considers his intellectual powers, not as indicating a spiritual substance derived from heaven though resident in his body, but merely as a result of his organization* (*N. Dict. D'Hist. Nat. xvi. Artic. Intelligence, 344, comp. Ibid. Artic. Idéa, 78, 80.), and ascribes to him in the place of a soul, a certain interior sentiment '

See B232, 'The soul by consent of all is superadded '

613

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 37

37 [RHC] 6) thought, however unintelligible it may be, seems as much function of organ, as bile of liver.— ؟ is the attraction of carbon.1 hydrogen ‹&c› in certain definite proportions, (different from what takes place out of bodies)

really less wonderful than thoughts—2 One organic body likes one ‹m› kind more than another— What is matter? the whole a mystery.—

[LHC] This Materialism does not tend to Atheism.3 inutility of so high a mind without further end just same argument. without indeed we are step towards some final end.— production of higher animals— perhaps, say attribute of such higher animals may be looking back,  therefore consciousness, therefore reward in good life

[RHC] Instinct appear like heredetary memory; but first memory in many cases cannot be acquired by experience for child sucking.— And is it more wonderful that memory should be transmitted from generation.; than from hour to hour in ‹man:› individual—

[LHC] Perhaps even the most complicated instinct. might be analysed into steps, as species change.— Must be so if Lamarck's theory true

[RHC] Acquired instincts analogous «(& replace)» to experience gained by man in lifetime

Heredetary memory not so wonderful as at first appears, & no too great advantage.; for superiority of memory does not depend on its length.: Many animals (as horses) very long & good memories— but on its multiplicity & the comparison of ideas.—

As man has so very few (in adult life) instincts.— this loss is compensated by vast power of memory, reason &. & many general instincts, as love of virtue, of association, parental affection— The very existence of mankind requires these instincts,: though very weak so as to be overcome easily by reason.— Conscience is one of these instinctive feelings.

[LHC] AS sexual instinct comes on late in life, man almost alone in this case can perceive instinct, boy takes delight in mammæ before any reason had told

37−1 Kirby 1835, 1:xxiv−xxv, 'When, indeed, one reads the above account [progression of molecules to monad to man] of the mode by which, according to [Lamarck's] hypothesis, the first vegetable and animal forms were produced, we can scarcely help thinking that we have before us a receipt for making the organized beings at the foot of the scale in either class— a mass of irritable matter formed by attraction, and a repulsive principle to introduce into it and form a cellular tissue, are the only ingredients necessary. Mix them, and you have an animal which begins to absorb fluid, and move about as a monad or a

614

vibrio, multiplies itself by scissions or germes . . .'

37−2 Kirby 1835, 1:xxix, '. . . Lamarck sees nothing in the universe but bodies, whence he confounds sensations with intellect.'

37−3 Kirby 1835, 1:xxvii, 'Lamark's great error, and that of many others of his compatriots, is materialism; he seems to have no faith in any thing but body, attributing every thing to a physical, and scarcely any thing to a metaphysical cause.' P. xxxiv, 'From [Lamarck's] statements ... he appears to admit the existence of a Deity . . .'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 36v−38

him this distinctive mark, it is downright instinct, leading to touch a particular organ.—

36V I think Pincher shows surprise, walking home one day met him, with Mark riding instantly followed, me and for five minutes every now and then howled.— Now I don't think this only pleasure; for it was different way of showing it, nor was there any cause, & if surprise was felt.— analyse feelings. Mr Wynne says, that beyond doubt courage is heredetary in fowls & not effect of feeling of individual force in any individual.— His Malay breed «of fowl» totally different habits from Europæan. begin to prowl about in the evening

«seldom leave their perch till evening» crow different.— Heredetary effect of former tropical climate

analogous to inflorescence of Tropical plants when imported & plants sleeping good show acquirement or obliteration of instincts

But habits acquired even by ‹children› «plants»!

38 [RHC] 7) As definite instincts modified by heredetary;— so succession so perhaps general ones.— Parental feelings weakened in Otahiati; fear of death in Hindoo population.— Slightly modified in many countries, hence national character, love of country, of association &c stronger in some than others— Hence superiority of Christian over Heathen race.— But as no great modification in brain would probably take place without corresponding change in «external» man; and as all men nearly same species, so general instincts nearly same; which same argument probably applies to particular instincts of animals. even in wild state; certainly to the domesticated.—

[LHC] NB. Two dogs having very different instinct always obtain peculiarities of external configuration.

[RHC] General— Instincts, certainly appear a sort of acquired memory. a permanent secretion of thought, (or under contingencies of stimulants of certain kinds such secretion)

or an association of pleasures with certain actions performed by your parents, conscience

This «» memory especially «the» general kind taking pleasure in virtue because acquired in past ages; seems to indicate that when we ‹return› turn

36V analogous . . . «plants»!] added grey ink?; also brace added to right of 'Mr Wynne . . . climate'.

'NB. Two dogs . . . configuration.] double scored, pencil.

oranassociation... conscience] addedgreyink?;association,underlined.

contingencies of stimulants] 'of' over 'or'.

This «X» memory ... in others] leftand right-hand column format dropped

615

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 38−39v

into angels. this imperfect memory may become perfect & we may look back to definite action or to our conscious selves.— Such memory may go back to animals which were changed into man  they meet their reward!

 Perhaps should hardly be called memory; you cannot call the frame of mind which makes music pleasant, a memory; yet that frame is enhanced by memory of what has been heard; so love of virtue enhanced by this heredetary kind of memory.—

616

[page]

The difference between heredetary memory & individual secretion of thought, may be no more «difference» than sexual intercourse in plants is involuntary, in man voluntary: ؟ False,— secretion in both involuntary,

‹application in› «ejection only has» will: there must be cases of secretion being some time governed by will in some animals, involuntary in others.

39 [1)] Why may it not be said that thought perceptions will, consciousness memory &c. have the same relation to a living body (especially the cerebral portions of it) that attraction has to ordinary matter.

The relation of attraction to ordinary matter is that which action bears to the agent. Matter is by a metaphor said to attract; & hence if thought &c bore the same relation to the brain that attraction does to matter, it might with equal propriety be said that the living brain perceived, thought, remembered &C. Well the heart is said to feel

Now this would certainly be a startling expression, & so foreign to the use of ordinary language that the onus probandi might fairly be laid with those who would support the propriety of the expression. They would do well to ask themselves the converse of the ‹expr› question above stated, because there are living bodies without these faculties & indeed until we know what answer they would give in support of their view it is impossible to shew satisfactorily it's erroneousness. it is a point of indifference

39V 2) In the absence of such a guide we can only ‹shew› point out the mode «of perceptive action» by which we come to conceive of matter as attracting & shew that the groundwork ‹of this› is entirely wanting by which thought or memory. might be in like manner attributed to the brain. There are two modes of perceptive action by which bodily action is made known to us, revealing respectively what are called it's subjective & objective aspect. The

Such memory . . . meet their reward!)] circled.

 Perhaps should . . . kind of memory.—] '' connected by marginal line to «''» before 'memory' The difference between . . . False,] 'False' circled.

Entries39,40,and41areinHensleighWedgwood'shandwriting,exceptwhere otherwiseindicated.

'living' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'Welltheheartissaidtofeel'addedDarwin'shandwriting,leftmargin,pencil.

'because there are living bodies without these faculties' added Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'it is point of indifference' Darwin's handwriting, pencil, 'point' underlined.

39V 'How do the senses affect us, except by internal consciousness' Darwin's handwriting, pencil. 'external' underlined pencil; 'what' added Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'force' underlined pencil.

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 39v−40v

subjective aspect of bodily action is revealed to us by the effort it costs us to exert force or by internal consciousness; the objective, by our external what senses in the way in which we apprehend the force of inamimate bodies. How we identify the two aspects as different phases of the same object of thought is a question which ought to be clearly comprehended by anyone who wishes to fully understand this subject, but the answer to it would require a considerable degree of attention. How do the senses affect us, except by internal consciousness

3) We must endeavour to do without it as well as we can.

‹The objective aspect of› bodily action as recognised by our external senses consists in the manifestation of force i.e. movement? capable of being traced to the body of the individual to whom the action is attributed; force (be it remembered) being a phenomenon apprehended by the same faculty with matter & being necessarily exhibited in & by matter.

The phenomena of gravity considered in themselves consist in a force manifested in every particle of matter directed towards every other particle; but FORCE, ‹objectively› considered, by our external senses is a phenomenon the essence of whose existence consists in its communication to other matter in the course of its DIRECTION, & thus when we apprehend force in inanimate matter we feel dissatisfied until we can point out How can force be recognized by our external senses—only movement can.—

40v 4) the source from which it arises.

But coming round to the ‹subjective› aspect of action as known by the exertion of our own power & consciousness of it we are conscious that we ourselves can originate in any point an opposition of forces balancing each

other & moving in opposite directions. We are satisfied therefore, if we can trace any force in inanimate matter up to the action of some animated agent Now the phenomena of gravity are manifestly the same as if every particle of matter were an animated being pulling every other particle by invisible strings & as on this supposition the forces manifested would be ‹sat› fundamentally accounted for, we prefer this metaphorical mode of stating the fact to the mere statement of the

‹force exhibited in every› phenomena actually apprehensible by sense.

The objective aspect of] crossed, pencil. 'B' over 'b' of 'bodily' pencil; 'as recognized by our external senses' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'manifestation of force' underlined pencil; 'i.e. movement?' Darwin's handwriting, pencil. The phenomena of gravity . . . but FORCE] 'FORCE' double underlined pencil objectively] crossed pencil; 'by our external senses' Darwin's handwriting, pencil. 'DIRECTION' double underlined pencil.

'How can force be recognized by our external senses— only movement can.—' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

40V 'subjective' crossed pencil.

'as known by the exertion of our own power & consciousness of it' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

617

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 41−42

5) There is nothing analogous to this in the relation of thought, perceptions, memory &c. either to our bodily frame or the cerebral portion of it Thoughts, perception &c. are modes of subjective action— they are known only by internal consciousness, & have no objective aspect. If thought bore the same relation to the brain that force does to the bodily frame, they could be perceived by the faculty by which the brain is perceived but they are known by courses of action quite independent of each other. A person might be quite familiar with thought & yet be ignorant of the existence of the brain. We cannot perceive the thought attraction of sulphuric acid for metal of another person at all, we can only infer it from his its behaviour.

Thought is only known subjectively ? — ? the brain only objectively. We do not know attraction objectively

41v 6) The reason why thought &c. should imply «X» the existence of something in addition to matter is because our knowledge of matter is quite insufficient to account for the phenomena of thought. (The objects of thought have no reference to place. [We see a particle move one to another, & ‹the› (or conceive it) & that is all we know of attraction, but we cannot see an atom think: they are as incongruous as blue & weight; all that can be said that thought & organization run in a parallel series: if blueness & weight always went together. & as a thing grew blue it «uniquely» grew heavier yet it could not be said that the blueness caused the weight, anymore that weight, the blueness, still less between ‹action› «things» so different as action thought & organization: But if the weight never came untill the blueness had a certain intensity (& the experiment was varied) then might it now be said, that blueness caused weight, because both due to some common cause:— The argument reduces itself to what is cause & effect: it merely is «invariable» priority of one to other: no not only thus, for if day was first, we should not think night an effect.]CD Cause and effect has relation to forces & mentality

because effort is felt

 

[LHC] 1) May 5th. 1839.— Maer

Mackintosh Ethical Philosophy

618

they are known only . . . that force does to] ' ؟ ' added with scoring, pencil left margin.

'attraction of sulphuric acid for metal Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'its' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

'subjectively' underlined and followed by '?—?', pencil.

'We do not know attraction objectively' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

41v '«X»' and score added pencil, erased.

The objects of thought] '(' added before 'The', pencil.

[We see . . . night an effect.]CD Darwin's handwriting.

'Cause and effect has relation to forces & mentally because effort is felt' Darwin's handwriting, pencil.

Items 42 through 52 written in two columns, the left, narrower side being used for marginal notations and footnotes.

These are marked [RHC] right hand column; [LHC] left hand column.

«some force» . . . hurting them.—] double score blue pencil left margin.

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 42−43

[RHC] On the Moral Sense

Looking at Man, as a Naturalist would at any other mammiferous animal, it may be concluded that he has parental, conjugal and social instincts, and perhaps others.—

[LHC] —————

p. 113. Mackintosh Grotius has argued nearly so1

[RHC] The history of every race of man shows this, if we judge him by his habits, as ‹if› another animal. These instincts consist of a feeling of love

‹and sympathy› «or benevolence» to the object in question. Without regarding their origin, we see in other animals they consist in such active sympathy that the individual forgets itself, & aids & defends & acts for others at its own expense.— Moreover ‹the› any action in accordance to an instinct gives great pleasure, & ‹an› «such» actions being prevented by

‹necessity› «some force» give pain: for instance either protecting sheep or hurting them.— Therefore in man we should expect that acts of benevolence towards fellow ‹living› creatures, or of kindness to wife

[RHC] 2) and children would give him pleasure, without any regard to his own interest. likewise if such actions were prevented by force he would feel pain. [.By a very slight change in association if others injured these objects, without his being able to prevent it, he would likewise feel pain.— If he saw another man ‹say go› «acting in» accordance to his instincts, ‹he would know that many experienced pleasure,› & by association he would feel part of that pleasure, which the acter received.— If either man did not obey his instincts from interference of passion. he would feel pain, which would generally be anger, as he would be tempted to interfere, but with respect to himself it would be remorse as will be presently shown.— This then is moral approbation, as far as it goes.].CD But should he prevented by some passion or appetite, what would be the result? In a dog we see a struggle between its appetite, or love of exercise & its love of its puppies: the latter generally soon conquers, & the dog

[.By a very slight . . . as far as it goes.].CD] scored left.

which the acter received.—] 'r' in 'acter' over 'd'.

obey his instincts] first 'n' in 'instincts' over unidentified letter.

as far as it goes.] 'goes' over 3−4 unidentified letters.

42−1 Mackintosh 1837:113, 'To this [the opinion that man as well as other animals prefer their own interest to every other object] Grotius answered, that even inferior animals under the powerful though transient impulse of parental love, prefer their young to their own safety or life; that gleams of compassion, and, he might have addeed, of gratitude and indignation, appear in the human infant

long before the age of moral discipline; that man at the period of maturity is a social animal, who delights in the society of his fellow-creatures for its own sake, independently of the help and accomodation which it yields '

Darwin has a marginal line beside this passage in his personal copy.

619

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 44−46

[RHC] 3) probably thinks no more of it.— Not so man, from his memory &

‹pow› mental capacity of calling up past sensations, he will be forced to reflect on his choice: an appetite gratified gives only short pleasure. passion in its nature is only temporary, & we do not afterwards think of it.— Whatever the cause of this may be, everyone must know, how soon the pleasure from good dinner, or from a blow struck in passion fades away, so that when man afterwards thinks why was such an instinct not followed for a pleasure now though so trifling he feels remorse.— He reasons on it & determines to act more wisely other time, for he knows that the instinct. (or conscience) is always present (which is indeed, often felt at very time it is disobeyed) & is sure guide.— Hence conscience is improved by attending & reasoning on its action, & on the results following our conduct.— If the temptation to disobey the conscience is extremely great

[LHC] The cause perhaps lies in its frequency & in its consisting in desire gratified & therefore as soon as desire is fullfilled, pleasure forgotten.

[RHC] 4) as starvation, or fear of death, one makes allowance & either excuses the «non-» following of ones conscience. & palliates the offence; one always admire the habit formed by «obediance to instinct» ‹conscience›., or rather the strengthened instinct, even when our reason tells— + us the action was superfluous, as one man trying to save another in desperation.— This shows, that our feeling, that the instinct ought to be followed is a consequence of that being part of our nature, & its effects lasting, whilst passions although equally natural leave effects not lasting. By association one gains the rule, that the passions & appetites should «almost» always be sacrificed to the instincts. — — One does not feel it wrong in very young child to be in passion, any more than in an animal.— which shows that, it is owing to some

‹subsequent› power (reason) obtained by age, which should show the child, which of its instincts are best to be followed.— Yet even at this time, malevolence,, when not urged to it by passion, shows a bad child.— Hence there are certain instincts pointing out lines of conduct to other men,

[RHC] 5) which are natural (& which «when present» give pleasure.) & which man ought to follow— it is his duty to do so.— So we say a pointer ought to stand a ‹spaniels› «housedog's» duty is to watch the house.— it is part of

‹duty› their nature.— When a pointer spring his bird. one says for shame (& the «old» dog really feels ashamed?) not so puppy, we ‹do› try to teach him & strengthen his instincts.— so man ought to follow certain lines of conduct,

‹although› even when tempted not to do so, by other natural appetites.— he

probably thinks . . . afterwards think of it.—] scored blue pencil left.

conscience. & palliates . . . strengthened instinct, even when] scored blue pencil left.

being part of our nature,] 'of' over '='.

One does not feel it wrong . . . animal.— which shows] scored blue pencil left.

So we say . . . & strengthen his instincts.—] scored blue pencil left.

feels ashamed?)] '?)' over '.—'.

620

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 46−48

is monster, or unnatural if malevolent, or hates his children without some passion.— If his passions strong & his instincts weak. he will have many struggles, & experience only will teach him, that the instinctive feeling in its nature being always present. & his passion shortlived, it is to his interest to follow the former; & likewise ‹that the› then receive the moral approbation of his fellow men.—

[RHC] 6) Hence man must have a feeling, that he ought to follow certain lines of conduct, & he must soon necessarily learn that it is his interest to follow it. even when opposed by some natural passion.— (a)

[LHC] The conscience rebukes malevolent feelings, as much as actions, therefore Sir J. M. talks too much about the continguity to will.1

(a) The origin of passions too strong for our present interest receive simple explanations from origin of man.—

[RHC] By interest I do not mean any calculated pleasure, but the satisfaction of the mind, which is «much» formed by past recollections.— Hence he has the right & wrong in his mind.— Now we know it is easy by association to give «almost» any taste to a young person. or it is accidentally acquired from some trifling circumstance.— Thus a child may be taught to think almost anything nasty. (‹& accidentally› «by odd association» comes to this conclusion, not owing to peculiarity of organ of taste, for when grown up often conquers it). It will be only rarely that it thinks that nasty, which the natural tastes say is good. yet horseflesh show that even this is possible.— So that as there nice & nasty in taste, & right & wrong in action, so a child may be taught, or will acquire from seeing conduct of others, the feeling that almost (rarely if opposed to natural instincts) any action is either right or wrong.—

[RHC] 7) Hence, what parents think will be good for the child on the long run, & for themselves & others, (as the parents are instinctively benevolent) they will teach to be wrong or right; this teaching may be curiously modified

By interest I do not . . . satisfaction of the mind; which] scored blue pencil right margin.

it is easy by] 'by' over 'to'.

child may be taught to this conclusion,] scored blue pencil left margin.

47−1 Mackintosh 1837:199, 'But volitions and actions are not themselves the end, or last object in view, of any other desire or aversion. Nothing stands between the moral sentiments and their object. They are, as it were, in contact with the will . . . Conscience may forbid the will to contribute to the gratification of a desire. No desire ever forbids will to obey conscience.' [Darwin's italics.] P. 201, '. . . man becomes happier, more excellent, more estimable, more venerable, in proportion as conscience acquires a power of banishing malevolent passions . . .'

See also P. 198, 'The truth seems to be, that the moral sentiments in their mature state, are a class of feelings which have no other object but the mental dispositions leading to voluntary action, and the voluntary actions which flow from these dispositions.' Darwin drew a line beside this passage, and made the following marginal notation, 'How can cowardice, or avarice, or unfeelingness be said to be dispositions leading to action, yet conscience rebukes. a man, who allows another to drown, without «trying to» save his life.'

621

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 48−49

by circumstances of country, so will the conscience in these cases.— Those instructions, which the child sees uniformly performed by the teachers & all around him, will be paramount,— hence the law of honour. & the etiquettes of Society.—

[LHC] Sir J. M. gives different explanation of law of honour from Paley1 [RHC] Anyone, who will reflect must feel, how like to injured conscience, is the feeling of any custom of society broken..— & how far more ‹feelin› acute the feeling really is.— All these associated «habitual» feelings. become like the instinctive, ones, ‹which either lead to actions or not, as feeling of cowardice› «This is not connected with sense» instantaneous so declaring it is right or wrong.— «[just as in tastes of the mouth]CD»

[LHC] My theory of instincts, or heredetary habits fully explains the cementation of habits into instincts.

[RHC] Feelings of the mind, whether leading to action or not, are the parts of our nature, ‹sub› subject to their instincts & associations.— often feelings which do not lead to action are repressed thus avarice. &c &c.—

[RHC] 8) in the beginning I mentioned only three instincts.— I am far from saying there are not more, or that the three are as simple as I have said.— [LHC] instinctive fear of death: of hoarding . . Ld. Kames, which Sir. J. says is so ridiculous.1

[RHC] the social instinct may be combined with feeling towards one as a leader,— the conjugal feeling may be directed towards one or more.— It will be hard to discover this, for the different races of man may have different instincts, as we see in dogs & pidgeons.— But as man is animal at head of series in which «special» instincts decrease, I should think they were very few & general in their nature.— So that we have some, it is sufficient to give rise to the feeling of right & wrong.— on which «almost» any other might be grafted.—

Origin of the instincts

Hartley, (according to Sir J) explains our love of another, as pleasure arising from association from having received benefits from this person.—

[LHC] p. 254. &c &c

[RHC] But the love is instinctive, & how does it apply to mother loving child, from whom, she has never received any benefit.— Yet I think there is much truth in doctrine, for

Feelings of . . . avarice. &c &c.— ] brace left.

[LHC] instinctive fear . . . ridiculous.] brace right.

[page]

48−1 Darwin's source and meaning of the 'law of honour' is obscure. However, see Manier 1978:169.

49−1 Mackintosh 1837:255, note, 'A very ingenious man, Lord Kames, whose works had a great effect in rousing the mind of his contemporaries and countrymen,

622

has indeed fancied that there is a "hoarding instinct" in man and other animals. But such conclusions are not so much objects of confutation, as ludicrous proofs of the absurdity of the premises which lead to them.'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 50−51

[RHC] 9) We can thus explain love of place.— although here we have not received pleasure from the place, but merely in the place.1 & yet place calls up pleasure.—

[LHC] the instinct of sociability & sociability, doubtless grow together

[RHC] This feeling seems to vary in races of man. & certainly in «species of» animals, in which case it undoubtedly is instinctive. But does not Hartley explanation apply perfectly to origin of these instincts.— the having received pleasure from some one «person» in early infancy, during many generations giving love of mother; the having received some advantages from man. during many generations giving the social feelings.—

[LHC] According to my theory, all instincts demand some explanation [RHC] Although I cannot pretend to say how far & minutely our instincts extend, yet as they are acquired by social animals, living under certain conditions, in this world, they ‹will conform to the law, › «can only be such, as are consistent» with social animals, that in which have a beneficial tendency, (not to any one individual but to the whole past race).— ‹no one› doubts) « ‹I cannot› »

[LHC] On the Law of Utility Nothing but that which has beneficial tendency through ‹all› «many» ages. could be acquired, & we are certain from our reason, that all which ‹has› (as we must admit) has been acquired, does possess the beneficial tendency

[RHC] 10) that the instincts of bees & beavers «& deer» have ‹been formed› a beneficial tendency to them, as ‹social› animals of peculiar ‹kinds› «social feelings», & living under certain conditions; by my theory they have been formed by the circumstances, which have led to the peculiarities, & hence

‹must have› «only that which» had a beneficial tendency during past races could become instinctive.—

[LHC] xIt is probably That becomes instinctive, which is repeated under many generations. (& under unknown conditions) (for pig will not so readily attain instinct of pointing as a dog.— also age has much influence.)— & only that which is beneficial to race, will have reoccurred'.

50−1 Mackintosh 1837:257, 'It is easy to perceive how the complacency inspired by a benefit, may be transferred to a benefactor, thence to all beneficient beings and acts. The well-chosen instance of the nurse familiarly exemplifies the manner in which the child transfers his complacency from the gratification of his senses to the cause of it, and thus learns an affection for her who is the source of his enjoyment. With this simple process

concur, in the case of a tender nurse, and far more of a mother, a thousand acts of relief and endearment, of which the complacency is fixed on the person from whom they flow, and in some degree extended by association to all who resemble that person.' Darwin has a double line beside this passage, and he wrote in the margin, 'common to animals hence Love of Place.— X! X will not explain love of parent to child—except heredetary—'

623

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 51−50v

NB. Until, it can be shewn, what things easiest become instinctive, this part of argument fails, or rather is weak.—

[RHC] Better simply put it, beneficial tendency in every instinct to the species in which it occurs. [or, more correctly «in which it» has been so in some past time, hence passions]CD «although perhaps useful at present to some extent.» Hence this is the law of our instinctive feelings of right & wrong,— education, of parents strives* to same end.— & general actions of community must frequently teach same end.— Hence this becomes the law of right & wrong, though, that part, which is acquired by association from education & imitation, has often been perverted from want of reason.— Hence as Eugenius says, slow growth of rule of right.—1

[LHC] *for it strives to give conduct beneficial to all the children, « ‹then› each himself» & parents, & hence to nearly all the world.—

As conditions change, from civilization, education changes, & probably likewise instincts, for the same law effects both.—

‹such› changes «in accordance to beneficial tendency» will most readily affect, the instincts, for they are in accordance with it, thus a dog may be trained to hunt one pig sooner than other, rather than change hunting instinct.

50V * Our tastes in mouth by my theory are due to ‹habit› heredetary habit (& modified & associated during lifetime). so is our moral taste

p. 152. Reason never can lead to action.—1

p. 164. Ld. Shatsbury under term of Reflex Senses seems to have ‹compared›

«perceived» the comparison between our instinctive feelings & our short lived Passions'2

50V This page continues the left margin column of 51.

51−1 Eugenius 1838:13, 'Tardily and gradually, no doubt, do the principles of moral truth emerge into view, even among the sagest and most virtuous of the heathen.'

N.B. Eugenius is not mentioned in Mackintosh, 1837. 50V−1 Mackintosh 1837:152−53, 'Reason, as reason, can never be a motive to action. It is only when we superadd to such a being [viz., one capable of reason but incapable of receiving pleasure or pain] sensibility, or the capacity of emotion or sentiment (or what in corporeal cases is called sensation), of desire and aversion, that we introduce him into the world of action. We then clearly discern, that when the conclusions of a process of reasoning presents to his mind an object of desire, or the means of obtaining it, a motive of action begins to operate; and reason may then, but not till then, have a powerful though indirect influence on conduct. Let any argument to dissuade a man from immorality be employed, and the issue of it will always

624

appear to be an appeal to a feeling. You prove that drunkenness will probably ruin health. No position founded on experience is more certain. Most persons with whom you reason must be as much convinced of it as you are.' Scored by Darwin.

50v−2 Mackintosh 1837:164−65, '. . . goodness consists in the prevalence of love for the system of which we are a part, over the passions pointing to our individual welfare; a proposition which somewhat confounds the motives of right acts with their tendency, and seems to favour the melting of all particular affections into general benevolence, because the tendency of these affections is to general good. The next, and certainly the most original, as well as important, is, that there are certain affections of the mind which, being contemplated by the mind itself through what he [Earl of Shaftesbury] calls a reflex sense, become the objects of love, or the contrary, according to their

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 50v−52

State broadly in child or animal it is equally proper to obey anger as benevolence (but not cool malevolence). it is only after reason comes into play that anger can be said to be wrong.—. for then only is it perceived, that our passions are too strong for our instincts, to gain long-lived good, ie happiness— yet this system not selfish.— explained by principles if Mackintosh.—

p. 262. Some good remarks, on analogy of pleasure of imagination «the utility part being blended & lost» & moral sense.— My theory explains both, perhaps, by habit—3

[LHC] 11) Whewells preface.

[RHC] It appears that Sir. J. & others think there is distinct faculty, of conscience.—1 I believe that certain feelings & actions are implanted in us. & that doing them gives pleasure & being prevented uneasiness, & that this is the feeling of right & wrong.— so far it has independent existence. & is supreme. because it is «a» part of our nature, ‹not› which regulates our feelings steadily & not like our appetites & passion, which receive enjoyment from gratification & hence are forgotten— only so far do I admit its supremacy

p. 37. Whewells gives Mackintosh's theory: the remarks about "contact with nature. So approved and loved, they constitute virtue or merit, as distinguished from mere goodness, of which there are traces in animals who do not appear to reflect on the state of their own minds, and who seem, therefore, destitute of what he elsewhere calls a moral sense.' From 'reflex sense' to 'goodness' scored by Darwin.

50v−3 Mackintosh 1837:261, 'The sentiment of Moral Approbation, formed by association out of antecedent affections, may become so perfectly independent of them, that we are no longer conscious of the means by which it was formed, and never can in practice repeat, though we may in theory perceive, the process by which it was generated. It is in that mature and sound state of our nature that our emotions at the view of Right and Wrong are ascribed to Conscience.' Darwin drew a vertical marginal line beside this passage, and wrote, 'rather instinctive' in the margin. Pp. 262−64, 'The pleasures (so called) of Imagination appear, at least in most cases, to originate in association. [N.B., this passage is in the section on Hartley.] But it is not till the original cause of the gratification is obliterated from the mind, that they acquire their proper character. Order and proportion may be at first chosen for their convenience: it is not until they are admired for their own sake that they become objects of taste. Though all the proportions for which a horse is valued may be indications of speed, safety, strength, and health, it is not the less true that they only can be said to admire the animal for his beauty, who leave such considerations out of the account while they admire. The pleasure of contemplation in these particulars of nature and art becomes universal and immediate, being entirely detached from all regard to individual beings. It contemplates neither use nor interest. In this important particular the pleasures of imagination agree with the moral sentiments. Hence, the application of the same language to both in ancient and modern times But the essential distinction still remains. The purest moral taste contemplates these qualities only with quiescent delight or reverence. It has no further view;— it points towards no action. Conscience, on the contrary, containing in it a pleasure in the prospect of doing right, and an ardent desire to act well, having for its sole object the dispositions and acts of voluntary agents, is not, like moral taste, satisfied with passive contemplation, but constantly tends to act on the will and conduct of the man. Moral taste may aid it, may be absorbed into it, and usually contributes its part to the formation of the moral faculty; but it is distinct from that faculty '

52−1 Mackintosh 1837:41 (Whewell's preface includes 1−46.), '[Mackintosh replies] all the separate objects which conscience approves, the social affections, the decisions of justice, the maxims of enlightened prudence, tend to the happiness of some part of the species, and that thus the general rules of conscience must agree with the rules of the general happiness.' In the margin beside this statement Darwin wrote, 'but why the separate parts?'

625

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 52

will"2 is unintelligible to me.— conscience regulates feelings, as of cowardice.— the whole appears to me rather rigmarole.— He does not say anything about any principles born in us.— Great difference with my theory.— see p. 349.— remark on this point.—3

[LHC] p. 194. «&c &c» Butler's view given on conscience: I cannot admit it.— see notes to it by me. .' 4

'p. 333 «& p. 377» some remarks. showing that instinct cannot be said to guide will, as bird building nest, but supplies it— instinctive feelings will doubtless lead to similar actions which in prior ‹races› generations led to their formation.—

‹—————›

'N.B. If feeling or emotion rises from heredetary action on body.— This feeling, when instinctive will lead to action.— the passion rising from weariness leads to striking blows.—' 5

52−2 Mackintosh 1837:38, 'According to [Mackintosh], the moral faculty consists of a class of desires and affections which have dispositions and volitions for their sole object . . . the moral sentiments are in contact with the will . . . ' P. 36, 'Man's soul at first, says Professor Sedgwick, is one unvaried blank, till it has received the impressions of external experience.'

52−3 Mackintosh 1837:349−50, '. . . the formation of

. . . affections is acknowledged to belong to a time of which there is no remembrance [Darwin's italic; and, a score beside this passage]; —an objection fatal to every theory of any mental function,— subversive, for example, of Berkeley's discovery of acquired visual perception, and most strangely inconsistent in the mouth of a philosopher whose numerous simplifications of mental theory are and must be founded on occurrences which precede experience.' Darwin has a score by this phrase, and in the margin wrote, 'so in birds it is'.

52−4 Mackintosh 1837:194, 'This natural supremacy [of man in nature] belongs to the faculty which surveys, approves, or disapproves the several affections of our minds and actions of our lives. As self-love is superior to the private passions, so conscience is superior to the whole of man. Passion implies nothing but an inclination to follow it; and in that respect passions differ only in force. But no notion can be formed of the principle of reflection, or conscience, which does not comprehend judgment, direction, superintendency. "Authority over all other principles of action is a constituent part of the idea of conscience, and cannot be separated from it."' NB. The quotation marks were added by Darwin in pencil, and in the margin beside this statement he wrote, 'if so, my theory goes.— in child one sees pain & pleasure struggling' This passage is in the Section on Butler.

52−5 Mackintosh, 1837, p. 333, '[Mr. Dugald Stewart]

626

considers the appearance of moral sentiment at an early age, before the general tendency of actions could be ascertained, as a decisive objection to the origin of these sentiments in association,— an objection which assumes that if utility be the criterion of morality, associations with utility must be the mode by which the moral sentiments are formed, which no skilful advocate of the theory of association will ever allow. That the main, if not sole, object of conscience is to govern our voluntary exertions, is manifest. But how could it perform this great function if it did not impel the will? and how could it have the latter effect as a mere act of reason, or indeed in any respect otherwise than as it is made up of emotions, by which alone its grand aim could in any degree be attained? Judgment and reason are therefore preparatory to conscience, not properly a part of it.' Darwin has drawn a marginal line beside this passage, and has written in the margin, 'can the instinct of bird building nest be said to imply will.— ' And at the bottom of the page he wrote, 'yet emotions are results— are trains of thought ‹firmly› long associated with action' N.B., Darwin underlined 'impel the will' and 'emotions.' Pp. 376−77, 'But it may still be reasonably asked, why these useful qualities [pursuit of truth and knowledge for their own sake, without regard for power or fame] are morally improved, and how they become capable of being combined with those public and disinterested sentiments which principally constitute conscience? The answer is, because they are entirely conversant with volitions and voluntary actions, and in that respect resemble the other constituents of conscience, with which they are thereby fitted to mingle and coalesce.' Darwin drew a marginal line beside this passage, and wrote, 'nonsense— similar association may be made with actions, involuntary, as——— [CD's blanks] & etiquettes of society broken unconsciously.—' And beside the follow

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 52V−53

52V p. 224.— Hume's Inquiry— good abstract of Butler & arguments of beneficial tendency of affections.—1

If ever I write on these subjects consult ‹following› pages. ‹p. 231› marked in my Mackintosh2

1) Mackintosh's Ethnical Philosophy

p. 6— "The pleasure which results when the object is attained (the gratification of one's offspring) is not the aim of the agent, for it does not enter into his contemplation.—" 1 Now Eugenius would contend against this—2 but the pleasure a dog has in obeying its instinct,— as young pointer to point— clearly shows this is true.

p. 13. Affections cannot be analysed into "power" &c &c &c— & if termed "selfish", must be subclassed as "disinterested"3

p. 14. It is allowed, that we have conception of moral obligation «when grown up???» & the question is, whether this can be resolved into some operation of intellectual faculties—4 Will Eugenius allow this moral obligation?

ing passage, Darwin has a marginal line and a large question mark and two large exclamation marks: 'All those sentiments of which the final object is a state of the will, become thus intimately and inseparably blended; and of that perfect state of solution . . . the result is Conscience— the judge and arbiter of human conduct; which though it does not supercede ordinary motives of virtuous feelings and habits, which are the ordinary motives of good actions, yet exercises a lawful authority even over them, and ought to blend with them.'

52V−1 Mackintosh, 1837, p. 224, '. . . all the qualities and actions of the mind which are generally approved by mankind agree in the circumstance of being useful to society. In the proof (scarcely necessary) that benevolent affections and actions have that tendency, [Hume] asserts the real existence of these affections with unusual warmth; and he well abridges some of the most forcible arguments of Butler* (*Inquiry, sect, ii, part i., especially the concluding paragraphs; those which precede being more his own.) whom it is remarkable that he does not mention.' Darwin has a marginal line beside this passage.

52V−2 Mackintosh 1837:230−31, '[Hume's] general doctrine is, that an interest in the wellbeing of others, implanted by nature, which he calls Sympathy in his Treatise of Human Nature, and much less happily Benevolence in his subsequent Inquiry,* (*Essays and Treatises, vol. ii), prompts us to be pleased with all generally beneficial actions . . . though he truly represents our approbation, in others, of qualities useful to the individual, as a proof of benevolence, he makes no attempt to explain our moral approbation of such virtues as temperance and fortitude in ourselves. He entirely overlooks that consciousness of the rightful supremacy of the moral faculty over every other principle of human action, without an explanation of which, ethical theory is wanting in one of its vital organs.' 53−1 Mackintosh 1837:6, 'The pleasure which results when the object is attained is not the aim of the agent, for it does not enter into his contemplation; nor could we derive pleasure from the attainment of such objects except the desire had previously existed.' Note that the parenthetical phrase in CD's notes is Darwin's.

53−2 Eugenius 1838:17, 'The contenders for the progress of morality by means of the gradual progress of reason, will, I think, all be pleased with that statement which places the discovery of moral and physical truth on the same foundation.'

53−3 Mackintosh 1837:13, 'If the love of a parent be a compound of love of power and similar ingredients, will it not follow, that if we expect to gain power by sacrificing a parent rather than by serving him, it is consistent with the nature of our best affections that we should do so? And is not this a conclusion too monstrous to be accepted by any moralist? The benevolent and family affections, and the desire of power, appear, then, to differ in some other way than in being modifications of the same elements; and, even if we choose . . . to call the latter class of principles selfish, the former must be arranged in a different group, which we cannot designate better than by calling them disinterested.'

53−4 Mackintosh 1837:14, 'It is allowed on all sides that we have a conception of moral obligation; and the question is, Whether this conception can be resolved into some operation of the intellectual faculties, as the perception of general utility; or whether, on the contrary, it is incapable of being thus resolved, and must properly be ascribed to a separate faculty.' The insertion is Darwin's.

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 53V−54V

53v [2] [The improvement of the instinct of a shepherd dog, is strictly analogous to education of child,— causing many actions to be considered right & wrong,— to be associated with the approving or disapproving instinct— which were not originally, if the shepherd dog had no instinct to commence with scarcely possible to teach it— all dogs might be taught, but not cat, that is not act by gusto, though by fear it might be partly made.]CD

p. 21. "Why ought I to keep my word"1—gives the problem, of ethics— [my answer would be to all such cases— either, that from the necessities «& good» of society such conduct is instinctive in me (& as a consequence, but not cause gives me

[3] pleasure) or that I have been taught or habituated to associatical, the emotions of this instinct, with that line of conduct, & if taught rightly, it will be for the general good, that is, the same cause, which gives the instinct.—]CD

p. 22. says affections, desires, & moral sense all different.—

P. 22. Butler & Mackintosh characterize the moral sense, by its "supremacy",—1 I make its supremacy, solely due to greater duration of impression of social instincts, than other passions, or instincts.— is this good?—

I should think some parts of the emotive part of man, may be quite artificial, as avarice love of gold.— love of fame— Yes Hartley explains this & Mackintosh shows the change produced.—

54V 4) p 38 Conscience checks the wish to ‹other› outward gratification, whilst

‹the› no desire of gratification will check the consciences desire for virtue.—1 [I expect there is some fallacy here.— at least point of «false» honour will stop all wish to gratify ‹it›— anything contrary to it]CD NB. the very end of conscience is stop to wishes of passion &c. whilst the passions have no relation I think this ‹boshes›«nonsense»— My theory of durableness will explain it.—

53V such conduct is instinctive] 'instinctive' alternate reading 'instructive'. 54V the passions have no relation] long rule under 'no'.

53V−1 Mackintosh 1837:21, '[Paley] reduces moral obligation to two elements— external restraint, and the command of a superior. This attempt at an analysis of morality is singularly futile . . . external constraint annihilates the morality of the act, and the reference to a superior presupposes moral obligation . . . If Paley had stated his question . . . "Why ought I to keep my word?" he would have had before him a problem more to the purpose of moral philosophy, and one to which his answer would have been palpably inapplicable.'

54−1 Mackintosh 1837:22, 'Thus, as we separate the affections from the desires, we distinguish the moral sense, or conscience, from both. Butler, and Mackintosh

628

with him, express the relation of conscience to the other principles of action, by ascribing to it a supremacy, or a right of command.'

54V−1 Mackintosh 1837:38, 'The conscience requires virtuous acts and dispositions to action; and by such requisition it can check and control any desires of external objects; but no desire of any outward gratification can prevent the conscience from demanding a virtuous direction of the will; and this mental relation explains and justifies, Mackintosh conceives, that attribution of supremacy and command to the conscience on which moral writers have often insisted.'

[page] OLD & USELESS NOTES 54v−55

Would not the maternal affections (in a dog. & therefore not ‹instinct›

«conscience») equally ‹prefe› destroy all wish of outward gratification,— see what cases Mackintosh gives & try it.—

55V P. 241

(1) Any action by habit may be thought wrong.— & conscience will imperiously say so, & produce shame & remorse—1 [Thus pungency of one's feelings for indecency— preposterously so, for Marquesans think only of prepuce, crepitando,]CD & if passions makes one break these artifical rules, get remorse— ((hence desires do not intervene between this kind of conscience & the will, though «this» conscience does between the desires & will?)) (2) It is other question what it is desirable to be taught,— all are agreed general utility (3) It is other question whether any thing is taught instinctively; I say yes, & my explanation agrees. with last head.— (4) It is other question, how the feeling of ought, shame. right & wrong comes into mind in first case— seeing how shame is accompanied by blushing, bears some relation to others

5) if so, it is perhaps deviation from the instinctive. right & wrong.— (animals excepting domesticated ones have no right & wrong except instinctive ones) Perhaps my theory of greater permanence of social instincts explains the feeling of right & wrong.— arrived at first ‹rationally› by feeling— reasoned on, steps forgotten, habit formed,— & such habits carried on to other feelings, such as temperance, acquired by education.— CD[In similar manner our desires become fixed to ambition. money, books &c &c.:— ‹]› the "secondary passion" of Hutcheson unfolded by D. Hartley.—1

55V preceeds 55 because the sheet was incorrectly mounted.

prepuce, crepitando . . . intervene between this] triple scored left margin, pencil.

if passion makes . . . get remorse—] underlined pencil.

55V−1 Mackintosh 1837:240, 'For it is certain that in many, nay in most cases of moral approbation, the adult man approves the action or disposition merely as right, and with a distinct consciousness that no process of sympathy intervenes between the approval and its object.' Darwin made a marginal line beside this passage, and at the bottom of the page wrote, 'My whole question with the breaking mere rule of etiquette.'

55−1 Mackintosh 1837:251−52, in Section on David Hartley, '[Mr. Gay] blames, perhaps justly, that most ingenious man [Hutcheson], for assuming that these sentiments and affections are implanted, and partake of

the nature of instincts . . . he [Gay] well exemplifies the power of association in forming the love of money, of fame, of power, etc; but he still treats these effects of association as aberrations and infirmities, the fruits of our forgetfulness and short-sightedness, and not at all as the great process employed to sow and rear the most important principles of a social and moral nature.

'This precious mine may therefore be truly said to have been opened by Hartley; for he who did such superabundant justice to the hints of Gay, would assuredly not have witheld the like tribute from Hutcheson, had he observed the happy expression of "secondary passions" . . .'

629

[page] 630

[page] 631

Darwin's Abstract of John Macculloch 1837

Proofs and Illustrations of the Attributes of God

Transcribed and edited by Paul H. Barrett

After the Beagle voyage it was Darwin's practice to make marginal annotations in books which he owned. For books not his own, if important, he wrote abstracts on separate sheets of paper. The following manuscripts are abstracts of one volume of a 3-volume work by John Macculloch (1773−1835), Proofs and Illustrations of the Attributes of God from the Facts and Laws of the Physical Universe, being the Foundation of Natural and Revealed Religion (1837). Macculloch was already known to Darwin for his books on geology and especially for his article on the 'Parallel Roads of Glen Roy', that Darwin in the summer of 1838 had set out personally to investigate.

Darwin's abstracts of Attributes survive in three locations in the Darwin archive. The main body of the abstract, which cites eighteen pages of volume 1, is found in DAR 71:53−59. Another section, which abstracts six pages of volume 1, is in DAR 205.5:28−29, 167. In addition a fragment abstracting three pages of volume 1 is item 11b from Old & Useless Notes in DAR 91. DAR 71 contains many of Darwin's book abstracts and DAR 205.5 contains classification folios.

DAR 71:53−58 consists of three folded sheets of paper; all but 53 and 57 embossed with the Athenaeum seal and bearing a [. . .] Smith & Son 1838 watermark. DAR 71:59 is also on Athenaeum paper but bears a [. . .]tman 1838 watermark. Of the two classification sheets one, DAR 205.5:28—29, is identical to the Athenaeum paper except no embossed seal is evident. The second classification sheet, DAR 205.5, 167 is on plain paper, but its contents carry on the theme of these abstracts and it has pin holes which match DAR 205.5:28. The OUN sheet is very similar to the Athenaeum sheets, but is one-half their size and its watermark is not the same (see p. 000), nor does it have the Athenaeum seal.

All the Macculloch notes are in brown ink or pencil. While the order of writing is uncertain, the several bold and assertive references to Malthus with a number of detailed examples of natural selection in operation, along with a critical stance towards natural theology, suggest the notes were written after Darwin's 28 September 1838 reading of Malthus, and, the bulk of them, probably late in 1838.

The marginal numbers in the following transcriptions are to Cambridge archive folios.

Darwin's page numbers, where they exist, are also given.

[page] 632

Darwin's Abstract of John Macculloch 1837

Proofs and Illustrations of the Attributes of God

DAR 71:

53 r Macculloch. Attribs of Deity. Vol: I1

it will be better always to refer to the author if I use these facts

p. 280. adduces provision of seeds for transportation through the air.— cocoa nut by water «fucus for adhesion2».— as examples of design.— perhaps they are so.— but the coral rock might have been uninhabited as the Alpine pinnacles.—3 One thing must be admitted there would not be these plants, if there was not some provision for transportation:— But I do not want to deny laws.— The whole universe is full of adaptations.— but these are, I believe, only direct consequences of still higher laws.— I do not «then» believe the pappus of ‹th› any one seed. (all have not it) was DIRECTLY created. for transportation. it follows from some more general law.— [that the laws of propagation, were created with reference to successive developement I admit, but the admission is probably from ignorance]CD

Who would ever have thought that the intestines of a thrush were means sufficient to ensure propagation of Misseltoe?—4

53r top of page: '(12)' added brown crayon to indicate Abstract No. 12 in Darwin's collection of book abstracts (DAR 71).

it will . . . these facts] added in circle.

all have] over 'or one'.

53r−1 Macculloch 1837,1.

53r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:280, '. . . how were the seeds of the fuci to root themselves amid the waves? . . . They are surrounded by a mucilage which water cannot dissolve, and which enables them to adhere to whatever solid body they touch; . . . Let chemistry name another mucilage, a substance which water cannot dissolve, though apparently already in solution in water, and then ask if this extraordinary secretion was not designed for the special end attained, and whether also it does not afford an example of that Power which has only to will, that it may produce what it desires, even by means the most improbable.'

53r−3 Macculloch 1837, 1:279−80, 'If the floating of seeds through water is a contrivance which, like the action of the winds, appears too much akin to what we carelessly term accident, to deserve notice, yet thus chiefly are the naked coral rocks of the great Pacific Ocean clothed with vegetation, and rendered fit for the habitation of man. Are we entitled to give the name of accident to that cause, or combination of causes, by which so great an end is produced—even though metaphysics, and religion equally, did not show that there can be no accident to the Creator and Governor of all things? The buoyancy of cocoa nut, the resisting investments, and the vitality of seeds, were not necessities: but there can be no accident when the end in question is thus attained, and when, without it, all those previous and wonderful contrivances by which these islands are created in the ocean would have been fruitless: while we can even believe that the important cocoa palm was created a maritime plant for this very purpose.'

53r−4 Macculloch 1837, 1:281−82, 'If there is, at first sight, a similar appearance of accident in dispersing the seeds of plants through the digestive organs of animals, the intention is here also rendered evident, by a still more complicated system of contrivance; . . . The fruit is the food of the animal; but the seed is protected from the action of the digestive powers by its investments; as it is also empowered to defy the animal chemistry by its vitality, even appearing to be thus quickened for its peculiar destination.

'Thus alone, it is thought, is the mistletoe propagated . . .'

[page] 633

MACCULLOCH 53v−54v

53v do p. 284. it is hard on my theory of gain of small advantages thus to explain the curling of the valves of the broom.— or the springing of other seeds.—1 But are we certain that these are necessary adaptations.— May they not be accidental? We have good reason to know that they would not be detrimental accidents, & domesticated variations show us accidents may become heredetary [produce some peculiarity in seed vessel]CD if man takes care they are not detrimental.—

NB. One limit to the transmission of abortive organs will be as long as they are not detrimental.—

p. 285 the seed-pod of a desert plant (Anastatica) is rolled along, & splits when it comes to a damp. place.—2

Kolreuter mentions some hybrid, whose flower great tendency to break off

54r p. 292. Mac. has long rigmarole about plants being created to arrest mud &c at deltas.—1 Now my theory makes all organic beings perfectly adapted to all situations, where in accordance to certain laws they can live.— Hence the mistake they are created for them. If we once venture to say plants created to

‹arrest› «prevent» the valuable soil in its seaward course,— we sink into

such contemptible queries, as why should the earth have drifted; why should plants require earth, why not created to live on alpine pinnacle? if we once to presume that God «created plants to» arrests earth, (like a Dutchman plants them to stop the moving sand) we ‹do› lower the creator to the standard of one his weak creations.—2

All such facts are merely relations of one general law. the plants were no more created to arrest the earth, than the earth revolves to form rain to wash down earth, from the mountains upheaved by volcanic force, for these Marsh plants. All flow from some grand & simple laws.—

54v 4 «Study Cuviers Anatomie Comparé1»

p 308. Traces the gradation of skeleton in Vertebrates & constantly alludes

53V Kolreuter . . . break off] added pencil.

53V−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:284, 'The last division of contrivances for dispersing the seeds of plants, is founded on that most inexplicable property of matter, elasticity, so largely used throughout all Creation: . . . Under this principle, the seed-vessel, or some part connected with it, is provided with a latent spring, to be brought into action as soon as the seeds are fit for dispersion, and not before. . . . This alone is an ample proof of design; because it is a train long laid, and implying foresight.' 53V−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:285, 'Thus also it is with the rose of Jericho (anastatica), where the seed-vessel is rolled along the sands by the winds, until, meeting with a moist spot, it opens and parts with its seeds in that only place amid the parched plain where provision has been made for their vegetation. Can anything have been neglected, where calculations so minute as this exist?'

54r−1 See Macculloch 1837, 1:291−93.

54r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:295, 'Here alone we see the proofs of design: but no doubt can remain when we examine the long roots of these plants, tenacious as they are numerous, and intersecting the sand in every direction, as if the root, rather than the plant, was the contrivance and the object, and thus rendering it a firm mass. Man even takes advantage of them for the same end; and, when he would have invented them had it been in his power, he cannot doubt that for this purpose they were invented and ordained.'

54v−1 G. Cuvier 1829−30.

[page] 634

MACCULLOCH 54v−55r

«(& at p. 312)» to the abortive bones.2

He explains it ‹"By› saying "It is the determination to adhere to a plan once adopted; & it is from these very circumstances, that we become satisfied respecting an original thought, or design, pursued to its utmost exhaustion, & till it must be abandoned for another".—3

What bosch!! Put it to case of man.

‹&› The ‹design› determination of a God-head.— the designs of an omnipotent creator, exhausted & abandoned. Such is Man's philosophy. when he argues about his Creator!

p. 309. says the ribs in Draco support the flying membrane?!!—4 that the phalanges have separate movements in the Holocentrus ruber (a fish)5

Man has abortive muscles to his ears.— p. 3136

Many other good cases — p. do]CD ‹Mac. remarks all Mammifers originally land—animals. as›

55r 5

p. 314. Mac. remarks all ‹land› Mammiferous animals originally terrestrial.— for we find even in Cetaceæ traces of hind extremities.—1 How are we to explain this.— Did reptiles first inhabit seas.— Were they then killed out «by the increase cold», & did mammifers then take their place? Would they not first occupy the Poles? Is this origin of Polar attributes of the Cetaceæ.— How came Bats also.? before birds? They are ancient.— Are Cetaceæ found in Paris Basin?.—

NB) The explanation of types of structure in classes— as resulting from the

will of the deity, to create animals on certain plans.— is no explanation— it

54 v What bosch . . . of man] added opposite quoted passage.

54v−2 For example, Macculloch 1837, 1:308, 'And in the same animal [the horse], the coffin bone, representing the last phalanges of the fingers, bears even the lateral marks of those, though, for all its offices, this bone is a single one: marking that determination to adhere to a plan, which will appear throughout the whole of this slender examination.'

54V−3 Macculloch 1837, 1:306− 7.

54V−4 Macculloch 1837, 1:309, '. . . in the flying lizards some of [the ribs] are extended straight, so as to be the base of wings.'

54v−5 Macculloch 1837, 1:309, '. . . in the Holocentrus ruber, the rows of phalanges become as independent as fingers.'

54V−6 Macculloch 1837, 1:313, 'There is no purpose in the external muscles of the human ear, though they were practised and exerted to the utmost: but they conform to that general plan under which they are useful in quadrupeds.'

55r−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:314−15, 'The unexpected nature of the Cetaceous fishes seems also best explained on the same principles: it is the terminal point of a plan commencing in the quadrupeds as land animals, and gradually traced to a perpetual residence in the water, through intermediate stages of construction or variation. The seal forms the first great remove from the pure terrestrial quadrupeds, though I need not now pursue the anatomical differences: while the Manati and the Dugong carry down this exhaustive plan, till it terminates in the Whale; a fish in the more obvious sense, yet breathing air, warm-blooded, giving suck, and retaining hands, such as they are, for uses similar to those in many of the quadrupeds.'

[page] 635

MACCULLOCH 55r−56v

has not the character of a physical law, «& is therefore utterly useless— it foretells nothing» because we know nothing of the will of the Deity, how it acts & whether constant or inconstant like that of Man.— the cause given we know not the effect

55v [blank] 56 r 6

p. 412. Macculloch explains the shortness of life (peculiar to each species)

owing to the growing size of the world? & the physical changes it was to undergo

«animals feeding on each other &c &c».— «(Causing death to some, &c &c)»1 These are reasons, just as liability to accidents & any other cause.— (& my theory [ALL PARTS OF ONE GREAT SYSTEM. C.D]CD [All this does not explain death, but reproduction]CD though such a scheme. would require

constant miracles.—

p. 420 thinks the great fecundity of germs is to afford support to other beings.—2 true, (& the doctrine of checks & my theory)

56v Macculloch. Attrib. Vol I.

p. 330. Mentions the many cases, as in Papilionaceous flower, where such care seems to be taken that the anthers should not be exposed to weather.—1 this is against my theory of frequent intermarriage.—

56v P. 330 . . . intermarriage.—] scored ink and 'X' in margin; 'a' added and crossed beside 'X'. living on the] 'on' over 'in'.

Do races . . . seedlings] scored ink, 'X' in left margin.

Macculloch says . . . world.—] pencil.

56r−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:412−13, 'I may now ask in what manner the Creator could have peopled such an earth with an original and undying creation of animals; to omit, at present, the similar and almost superfluous question which relates to plants. The hypothesis of immortal organization excludes the system of increase: and thus, if we consider merely the simple enlargement of the earth, it must have gradually become deficient in replenishment. The total system becomes defective: the earth is a provision for life, since we can conceive no purpose in a vacant globe; but, in such a case, there is a provision without an object.

'. . . Species beyond numbering were originally created to occupy every climate and every soil, every conceivable point of the world: and that all might be filled, their sizes, forms, constitutions, and inclinations, have been varied accordingly But, as I have just shown, the new lands

differ from the original ones, the climates are changed,. . . the character of the vegetation is entirely altered, and the food that maintained myriads has vanished. The constitutions and the inclinations of the animals must be altered to meet those changes: or rather, the Creator should never have produced that variety; in reforming one part of His

plan we must condemn the whole. But even this would not suffice.'

56r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:420, 'The germs of plants are produced in myriads, without any design that they should grow into representatives of the original: this excessive fecundity is designed for the support of animals, and the mortality of the former is the life of the latter.'

56v−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:329−30, 'Botanists have often noticed certain contrivances for protecting the stamina of flowers; and adding to these some others, intended to insure the desired consequences in the fertility of the seed, the whole may be viewed as constituting one of the plans in question. The anthera was, in the first place, to be protected from rain and wind, lest its pollen should be lost; and the means adopted are varied in such a manner, that the peculiar forms of the flowers seem directed to this sole end.

'. . . In the papilionaceous flowers, the securities are multiplied beyond all apparent need or use; since there are three distinct contrivances bearing on the same object. The stamina surround the pistil in contact, with an equivalent effect to that which they have in the Syngenesia; and again, the whole are generally so inclosed by the keel

[page] 636

MACCULLOCH 56v−57 r

A plant is in the same predicament as a group of bisexual animals living on the borders of a country favourable to change.—

It might be concluded that Plants would be subject to extreme variation as long as crossing with other varieties was prevented

Do races of peas become intermixed & gardner have hybrid seedlings}

p. 333. Macculloch. brings forward. the impregnation of Diœcious Plants by foreign agency— as insects, as wonderful case of adaptation.!2 There would not have been any Diœcious plants, had there been no insects. The right

inference is, there were insects « ؟when were Palms formed?» as soon as Diœcious Plants were formed.

Macculloch says, life, forms a broken, recurrent series, whilst the habitation

«or world» simple series.—3

My theory shows life equally simple series, & therefore trace of beginning in organic world.—

57r Macculloch. Attrib. of Deity. Vol I

p. 232. gives Woodpecker as instance of beautiful adaptation.—1 & then Chamelion, which feeding on same food, differs in every respect, except «in» quick movements. (sliminess instead of barbs)—2 In all these cases it should be remembered, that animals could not exist without these adaptations.

—fossil forms show such losses.—

Consider ground Woodpecker stiff tailed cormorant: pain & disease in world & yet talk of perfection

57r top of page: '12' added brown crayon in circle, see textual note on 53r above.

and wings, that no injury can reach them. But, beyond all this, the erect breadth and partial bending in the middle of the vexillum render it a perfect wind vane, so that not even the wind can reach what seemed already sufficiently protected.'

56V−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:333.

56V−3 Macculloch 1837, 1 (chap. 5): 128−46, 'On the creation and the progressive changes of the earth.' For example, see 1:133, 'But I do not rest this argument on the retrograding simplicity of the Earth alone, as an uninhabited globe. The analogy which occurs in the gradual improvement and multiplication, or, reversely, in the as gradual simplification and diminution, retrogressively, of the forms and numbers of Life, presents not only all that support which analogy ought to do in the works of the Deity, but that further assistance which arises from finding that the two creations, Life, and the Habitation of Life, run a parallel and dependent course; singularly entangled, or acting on each other, alternately, in the nature of cause and effect.'

57r−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:232 'The tongue of the woodpecker . . . departs from the general principle by which this organ in birds has been constructed, because this family has been destined to feed on insects which it must extract out of deep holes: and it is therefore a sort of spear, provided with barbs.'

57r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:232−33, 'Similar food, under different circumstances, was destined for the chameleon: and he who should compare the sluggishness and awkward construction of the animal with the activity of its food, would determine that it could never succeed in securing a prey. But the Creator of all things is never at a loss. . . . the activity of the tongue is a match for that of the food . . . '

[page] 637

MACCULLOCH 57v−58r

57v Get instances of adaptations in varieties.— greyhound to hare.— waterdog hair to water— bulldog to bulls.— primrose to ‹open fields› banks— cowslip to ‹banks› fields— these are adaptations just as much as Woodpecker.

—only we here see means— but not in the other. All Bridgewater Treatises. are reduced simply statement of productiveness, & laws of adaptation

p. 234. The non-absorbing Camel's stomach is puzzler—1

p. do says inconvenience would have arisen had «‹not› some» some insects

‹not› not been provided. «with proboscis»2

«as bee & butterfly» inconvenience.! extinction, utter extinction!, let him study Malthus & Decandoelle.—3

58r The Final cause of innumerable eggs is explained by Malthus.— [is it anomaly in me to talk of Final causes: consider this!—]CD consider these barren Virgins1

p. 235. talks of the long spinous processes in Giraffe &c, as adaptations to long necks— why they may as well say, «long» neck is adapted to long necks.—

p. 236. Marsupial bones especial adaptation, to «young».—2 good God & yet Mails have them. What trash

p. 237. Gives as Summary of adaptations Horny point to chickens beak, to break egg. shells—3 why chicken could not have lived had it not been so.— let egg shells grow harder. so must those with weak beaks be sifted away.—

57V hare] pencil 're' over 'ir'.

‹banks›] crossed pencil; fields pencil.

57v−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:234, 'The stomach of the camel offers another of those special contrivances, where the purpose, and the means of attaining that, are so perfectly adapted, that the design has been universally admitted. It was created to live in a land of little water; and thence is it not only patient of thirst to a degree which appears almost miraculous when compared with other animals, but is furnished with the means of carrying water for further exigencies. This contrivance consists in certain appendages to one of the stomachs: and the mere mechanism, or superfluity of structure, is sufficiently remarkable under the present argument; though it is nothing when compared to that breach of a universal law, without which this would have been unavailing. Every similar cavity has an actively absorbent surface; and water, in particular, would disappear in a short time in every analogous one that we know. But it is ordered that the water receptacles of the camel shall not be absorbent, or shall not at least absorb water rapidly; and thus is the perfection of this design evinced.'

57v−3 See D134.

57V−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:234.

58r−1 Bacon 1665, bk iii, V used in Whewell 1833:355−56. 58r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:236, 'the marsupial bones in the opposum race offer another instance of the same nature But it being granted that the young required

the protection which the pouch affords, the invention is perfect, as it is also one of those pure inventions for an unusual end, which excludes all chance, and even all hypotheses which unite a sort of limited casualty to a general intended plan; since it is an exception, and not a deviation or modification departing from such a fundamental design.'

58r−3 Macculloch 1837, 1:237.

[page] 638

MACCULLOCH 58v−28r

58v 4

& the species, like 10,000 others, perish. & who will dare to say that this is an infringement on the wisdom or Providence. when whole rocks nay very mountains are formed of such dead & extinct forms.— the exuviæ of the dead & extinct

 

The analogy between the works of art «or intellect» such as hinge, & hinge of shell, works of laws of organization is remarkable— what is intellect, but organization, with mysterious consciousness superadded

This is similar idea, to cells of bee, corresponding to ‹every› «one or any»— brain making structure, instead of parts of body.— Now we know what instinct is— consider this

I look at every adaptation, as the surviving one of ten, thousand trials.— each step being perfect «or nearly so (except no in isd) although having heredetary superfluities Man could exist without Mammæ.» to the then existing conditions.— An adaptation made by intellect this process is shortened, but yet analogous, no savage ever made a perfect hinge.— reason, & not death rejects the imperfect attempts.

59 In the «Bee» Mollusca the nervous system is endowed with the knowledge of trying a hundred schemes of structure, in the course of ages «step by step».— in Man, the nervous system, gains that knowledge, before hand. & can in idea (with consciousness.) ‹th› form these schemes.—

I see no reason, why structure of brain should not be born. with tendency to make animal perform some action.— as well as gain it. by habit.— New theory of instinct, returning to Kirby's view.—

DAR 205.5:

28r Macculloch. Attributes of Deity Vol I.

p. 251— stomach hump, kinds of foot, power of closing nostril, foot, sack. power of endurance &c &c1 Camels? all good cases of corelations.— [There

58V whole] added pencil.

the exuvæ. . . extinct] added pencil.

superfluities] alternate reading 'organization'.

59 small sheet of unwatermarked letter-writing paper, embossed with Athenaeum seal; formerly pinned to the main batch of paper.

New theory . . . view.—] double scored left margin.

28r Camels?] added pencil.

hand in . . . cricket] underlined brown crayon.

Pincers . . . woodcuts] circled ink.

stones . . . Aphysia] boxed ink.

analogy . . . respects] added in a mixture of pencil and ink; Ornithorhynchus underlined.

Harvest mouse] pencil.

28r−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:250−51, 'The foot of the camel, reversely, is a broad, elastic, and soft cushion perfectly adapted to those sands which every other peculiarity in its construction shows to have been its

[page] 639

MACCULLOCH 28r−28v

must have been deserts in the old world !]CD

p. 252 analogy of hand in mole, & mole cricket2 & rodents (?)

p. 251. all animals run by hind legs— Kangaroo. only a caricature;3 Penguin.— Pincers in Scorpion & Crust in Squilla. & Mantis. CD woodcuts stones swallowed by birds & by Aphysia. CD

p. 258. «grinding» teeth in ‹stomach of› sun-fish, in mouth of swine & in stomach of lobsters— analogy in Flamingo & Duck, Ornithorhyncus «externally». Petrel & Whale in some respects

Chamælion like power in Octopus & Chamælion.— CD. Sucking feet in Frog. Walrus. Fly. Gecko &c. Prehensile tail. in Monkeys & Marsupials. Harvest mouse & (Chamælion?) CD. Spines in Hedge Hog & Echidna.. & Aphrodites CD. Endless cases.—

28v Macculloch p. 260 intimates canines no special use to Man.1 Applicable to Bell's sneering-theory.—2

p. 263. This kind of doctrine runs through Macculloch, the bills of the Grallæ

‹are› «have been made» long «(as adapted to)» because their food lies deep.—3 I say it is «as» simple consequence they become long. not at once, but by steps. of which we have manifold traces in the several genera of Grallæ

Suppose six puppies are born «& it so chances, that one out of every hundred litters is born with long legs» & in the Malthusian rush for life, only two of them live to breed, if circumstances determine that, the long legged one shall rather oftener than any other one. survive. in ten thousand years the long legged race will get the upper hand. though continually dragged back to old

28V any other one.] alternate reading 'every other one'. fertility of Man] alternate reading 'fertility of Mother'. women are same:] alternate reading 'women age same'.

intended dwelling-place: while the union of all those circumstances forms so perfect a design in itself, under the intended destination of this animal, that I must notice the whole, before proceeding with the organs now under examination. The stomach I described in the last chapter; but with this provision, there is a singular endurance of thirst, and also of hunger: while, for this also, there is an analogous provision in the hump, which is an internal store of food, and is gradually absorbed to supply the wants of the system. While it is willing, moreover, or inclined to feed on the thorny plants of the desert which scarcely any other animal will touch, it is provided against injury from them, by a tough cartilaginous mouth: as a power of closing the nostrils against sand, with an analogous provision in the eyes for evading its annoyance, complete a design, so perfect in all its parts, that no perversion of understanding can overlook it, or doubt the intention.'

28r−2 Macculloch 1837, 1:252, 'It is an unexpected extension of the mechanism of the mole's hand, to find it

adopted in so very different a department of creation as it is in its application to the mole cricket; . . .'

28r−3 Macculloch 1837, 1:251.

28v−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:260, 'Man, it has been remarked, possesses all the three varieties of teeth . . . but the pointed ones seem to belong to that analogy of structure which pervades whole races of different animals very widely, though the parts are of no use.'

28v−2 C. Bell 1824:62−64. Here Bell discusses the muscles of the lips of carnivorous animals which he says (p. 62) 'are so directed as to raise the lip from the canine teeth.' And (p. 63) 'The snarling muscles take their origin from the margin of the orbit of the eye, and from the upper jaw . . . This action of snarling is quite peculiar to the ferocious and carnivorous animals.'

28v−3 Macculloch 1837, 1:263, 'The food ... [of the] Gralæ consists of worms or larvæ which reside deep in the earth, and would have been unattainable by the bills of the preceding birds.'

[page] 640

MACCULLOCH 167 r−167v

type by intermarrying with ordinary race.— «There is no way of eliminating the evils of old age, after breeding season, or gaining adaptations, but for youth most necessary: the fertility of Man in old age keeps woman alive: for Man & woman are same: fertility of either sex determines life:.»

167r «With respect to whether Galapagos beings are species. it should be remembered that Naturalists are prone, fortunately, to take their ideas, which are arbitrary & empirical, from their own Faunas, which in this case is only true criterion.—1 Hence it is highly unphilosophical to assert, that they are not species, until their breeding together has been tried.—2

With respect to the six puppies, if a hare was introduced, or ‹a spe› became more numerous. (from death of its destroyer), or other cause, the long legged race would prevail, even if have afforded only 10th part before & now formed eighth part.— or if other prey diminished, total number of dogs. would diminish, whilst the long legged variety would prevail.— Not separately: NB. These views quite exclude the idea of domesticated animals changing.—

167v From these views we can deduce why small islands. should possess many peculiar species. for as long as physical change is in progress or is, present with respect to new arrivers, the small body of species would far more easily be changed.— Hence the Galapagos Islds are explained.1 On distinct Creation, how anomalous, that the smallest newest, & most wretched isld should possess species to themselves.— Probably no case in world like Galapagos, no hurricanes.— islds never joined, nature & climate very different, from adjoining coast. Admirable explanation is thus offered.— From these views, one would infer that Mollusca would offer few species, or rather be very slowly changed & vertebrata much so.— so far true, but do not fish offer a most striking anomaly to this. Have they wide ranges?

Agassiz has shewn that they most widely differ2»

167r «With . . . differ»] This passage is on a separate sheet of cream paper, with faint horizontal rules on 167r. Matching pin holes with folio 28 show that the sheet was at one time attached to the Macculloch Abstract. Note that the passage can also be read in the order 167v, 167r.

167r−1 See C137, 'The simple expression of such a naturalist "splitting up his species & genera very finely" show how arbitrary & optional operation it is.—' 167r−2 See C161, 'My definition ‹in wild› of species, has nothing to do with hybridity . . .'

167v−1 See B7, 'according to this view animals, on separate islands, ought to become different if kept long enough.— «apart, with slightly differen circumstances.—» Now Galapagos Tortoises, Mocking birds; . . .' Between B7 and Mac167 Darwin's 'views' of how the formation of Galapagos species is 'explained' had changed. They now comprehended the effect of 'slightly differen circum

stances' and the 'Malthusian rush for life'. In Mac167V we have a clear crystalization of natural selection, the origin of species, and the singularity of the Galapagos case.

167v−2 Agassiz 1833−43, 1:xxv, 'Placés par leur organisation au dessus des Rayonnés, des Mollusques et des Articulés, ils [fish] présentent des particularités de structure plus variées et sujettes à des différenciations plus nombreuses; aussi remarque-t-on chez eux, dans des limites geologiques plus étroites, des différences plus considérables que chez les animaux inférieurs.'

[page] 641

MACCULLOCH 29r−29v

29r 3

A very wide range must be destructive to species, when physical changes are in progress; (on the same principles that islands are favourable,) because it must take so long to change species— yet this is contradicted by continents

‹bri› abounding with species— there will be a balance, continents have been split up.— who can decide their limits.—

To show how little we understand of the Physiological relations of animals. equatorial countries are supposed favourable to terrestrial Mammifers— Marine ones «of large size» ‹to› are best nourished by arctic regions— Whales. «Narwhal» Polar bear. Walrus, great Seals of Antarctic seas. (on other hand Spermaceti Whale & Manatee.— Naturalists must be cautious.—

‹some others›: study these facts read Lacépède on Cetacea & Geographical Distrib of larger Seals— Are Porpoises numerous in cold Oceans I think not.— Does this bear on, the absence of their remains in the Wealden?

29v In the strongly separated Arctic genera, there is evidence of antiquity & extinction of such forms— these views will bear on geology—

There is an analogy between fang of snake, (jaw of spider?) sting of bee, sting of nettle.— Are there any other analogies— prickly plants or animals— Exudation of fetid «& acrid» secretion in Mollusca. insects «Carabids & Staphylini» & Mammalia.

The eye being formed in Mollusca, Articulata, & Vertebrata, & Planaria, & light affecting plants. in insects the end is gained by some very different method. in pedunculated eye of Chamelion. crabs Crabs & Mollusca we have analogues

The stillness p. 276) of flight of Owl remarkable, [gained by very different process from Bats. CD]CD. «Macculloch says no other bird could catch mouse by night1»

Sailing lizards, squirrels & Opossums «& fish»: flying lizards.—Mammalia. CD. —

29r Seals] 'S' over 's'.

29v The eye . . . plants] brace in margin. Chamelion.crabs] 'crabs' pencil. stillness] 't' emmended pencil.

p. 276)] vertical stroke following.

29v−1 Macculloch 1837, 1:275−76, 'The most remarkable variation, however, occurs in the owl; as, united to the other peculiarities of this animal, it forms another of those completed designs which I have already noticed in the chameleon, the camel, and the mole. There is a peculiar laxity in the feathers, which, with the mode of managing its wings, confers on it that power of inaudible flight ... it is by no means easy to discover what is the variation through which this silence of flight is attained.

. . . nor is there any other bird in creation which could have surprised the quick-hearing and active shrew-mouse during the stillness of the night.'

627

[page 642]

[page] 643

Table of Location of Excised Pages

References to location of pages in the Darwin Archive, Cambridge University Library include the number of the volume in which the pages appear and, where applicable, the folio number of the volume. DAR 42:35 thus refers to fOliO 35 of volume 42 of the collection. If the section of the archive in which the page is found is devoted to a particular subject, that fact is noted under 'Subject' with subject headings written in Darwin's hand being given in quotation marks.

For Notebooks B-E, the bulk of the excised pages are currently in a single volume DAR 2o8. These pages were formerly distributed in the subject portfolios Darwin maintained for Natural Selection and the Origin now catalogued as DAR 205. The excised pages were removed to DAR 2o8 by the De Beer editorial team. We have been able to reconstruct the original locations of these pages because most bear brown crayon classification numbers that correlate with the contents of the extant portfolios.

† Indicates which of the two MS pages of an excised sheet is marked with a brown crayon classification number.

* Indicates the presence of pin holes, that mark Darwin's use of straight pins to attach the excised sheet to another MS.

‡ Indicates pencil classification numbers for divisions of DAR 205.7 (Hybridism portfolio): ic

= Hybridism in animals, 1b = Prepotency in animal hybrids.

} Indicates that the pages were pinned together.

Red Notebook

 

Page	DAR LOCATION	Subject
5-6	42:35	'Scraps Cleavage'
7-8	40:4	geology
13-14*frag	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
15-16	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
19-20	42:24	'Scraps Cleavage'
33-34*	40:6	geology
35-36*	40:2	geology
37-38*	42:84	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
39-40*	42:84	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
43-44	40:2	geology
45-46	42:8o	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
53-54 frag	42:57	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
55-56 frag	42:56	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
65-66	42:24	'Scraps Cleavage'
67-68	42:84	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
87-88 frag	40:5	geology
93-94*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
95-96*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
97-98*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
99-100	40:3	geology
105-106	40:3	geology
113-114	42:58	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
134-135	42:56	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
136-137	40:4	geology
140-141	5:86	Original notes for glacier paper
142-143	40:1	geology
144-145	42:57	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
157-158	42:67	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'

163-164	42:28	'Scraps Cleavage'

 

	165-166*42:28			'Scraps Cleavage'
167-168*		42:28	'Scraps Cleavage'
169-170*		42:29	'Scraps Cleavage'
171-170* [172]		42:29	'Scraps Cleavage'
174-175*		42:29	'Scraps Cleavage'
176-177*		42:30	'Scraps Cleavage'

 

Notebook A

 

1-2	42:8 1	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
13-14	2o8
15-16	42:75	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
25-26	42:75	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
27-28	2o8
33-34	42:6o	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
37-38	42:75	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
39-40	42:6 1	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
41-42 top frag	42:25	'Scraps Cleavage'
bottom frag	40:1	geology
43-44 *	42:66	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
45-46*	42:25	'Scraps Cleavage'
47-48*	42:25	'Scraps Cleavage'
49-50 *	42:26	'Scraps Cleavage'
51-52*	42:26	'Scraps Cleavage'
53-54*	42:26	'Scraps Cleavage'
93-94*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
95-96*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
97-98*	42:90	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
Page	DAR LOCATION	Subject
67-68	42:36	'Scraps Cleavage'
69-7o	42:91	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
71-72*	42:87	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
73-74 *	42:87	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
75-76*	42:87	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
81	40:1	geology
83-84	42:27	'Scraps Cleavage'
87-88 frag	42:75	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
97-98	42:91	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
99-100*	39:2	geology
101-102 frag	42:59	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
103104 frag	40:1	geology
109-110	42:87	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
111-112	42:27	'Scraps Cleavage'
115116 top frag	42:86	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
bottom frag	40:2	geology
117-118	42:69v	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
119-120	42:76	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
127-128	42:76	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
133-134	42:91	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
135-136 frag	42:76	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
141-142	42:77	'Gravel, Valleys Denudation &c &c'
143144*	42:64	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'
147-148	42:27	'Scraps Cleavage'
153-154	42:62	'Scraps to end of Pampas Chapter'

Glen Roy Notebook

64-65	Replaced in MS	—
	formerly in
	DAR 205

 

Notebook B

 

Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon		Subject
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number
29-30†	208	205.7	17			Hybridism
			1c‡
51-52†	208	205.7	17			Hybridism
			[i]c‡
55-56†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†69-70†	208	205.5	7[?]	[B69]		NS Chap. 7: Divergence?
			11	[B70]		Divergence
75-76†	208	205-4	20			Island endemism: plants
†107-108	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
123-I24†	208	205.2	18			Migration
125-126†	208	205-5	11			Divergence
151-152	208	—	—			—
153-154†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number		Subject
159-160†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
165-166	208	—	—			—
† 173-174	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
†177-178	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
187-188	5(ser. 2):67	—	—			Early geological notes:
						notes for glacier paper
†189-190†	208	205.7	17			Hybridism
			1c‡
197-198	208	—	—			—
†199-200	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†201-202	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†209-2I0	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
233-234†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†249-250	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†255-256	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals

 

 

Notebook C

 

† 13-14	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
17-18†	208	205-3	19		Island endemism: animals
†23-24	208	205.3	18		Migration
†25-26	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
†27-28	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
39-40†	208	205.2	18		Migration
41-42	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
†47-48	208	-	3[?}		1842 Sketch
					Chap. 3: Marked varieties in
					nature?
49-50†	208	205-3	19		Island endemism: animals
		205-IT	23		Instinct: change in habits
†71-72	208	-	5		Origin
					Chap. 5: Laws of variation

		205-5	11			Divergence
91-92†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†93-94	208	205.4	20	[C93]		Island endemism: plants
		205.2	Ch. 2	[C94]
			Dogs
†95-96	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
101-102†	208	205-4	20			Island endemism: plants
105-106	208	—	—
†107-108	208	205-5	1 1			Divergence
Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number		Subject
†I09-110†	208	205.3	19	[C 109]		Island endemism: animals
		205.7	11	[Clio]		Divergence
			Book
†III-112*	208	205-5	11			Divergence
113-114	208	205-5	pinned to
			C111-112
115-116	208	205-5	pinned to
			C111-112
141-I42†	208	205.5	11			Divergence
147-I48†	208	205-4	20			Island endemism: plants
159-160†	45:45	—	7?			Notes for NS Chap. 4:
						Variation under nature
		205.11	23			Instinct: change in habits
†161-162	208	205.5	11			Divergence
†183-184†	208	205-3	19	[C1831		Island endemism: animals
		205.4	20	[C1841		Island endemism: plants
†185-186	208	205-5	11			Divergence
†205-206†	208	205.3	19	[C205]		Island endemism: animals
		205-5	11	[C206]		Divergence
209-210†	208	205.7	‹5› 17			Hybridism: prepotency
			1b‡
†213-214	208	205.2	1
			18			Migration
†215-216†	208	205.1	10	[C215]		Rudimentary & abortive organs
		205-3	19	[C216]		Island endemism: animals
221-222†	208	205-5	11			Divergence
†225-226	208	205-3	I9			Island endemism: animals
†227-228	208	205-3	19			Island endemism: animals
		205.2	18			Migration
237-238†	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
†239-240	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
†241-242	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
†249-250†	208	205-3	19	[C249]		Island endemism: animals
		205.4	20	[C250]		Island endemism: plants
†251-252	208	205-3	19			Island endemism: animals
†253-254†	11.1:14V	—	9[?]	[C253]		NSChap. 7. Laws of variation:
						acclimatisation
		205-11	23	[C254]		Instinct: change in habits
†257-258	208	205-9	21			Palaeontology: extinction

 

Notebook D

 

†5-6	208	205.7	Ch IX 1[b?] ‡				Hybridism: prepotency
Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number		Subject

†7-8*	208	205.7	16		Hybridism: prepotency
			1b**
II-12†	208	—	31?1		1842 Sketch
					Chap, 3: marked varieties in
					nature?
†29-30	208	205-5	11		Divergence
†31-32*	208	205-3	19		Island endemism: animals
		205.7	17		Hybridism
33-34	208	—	pinned to
			D31-32
47-48*†	46. 1: 25	—	Ch3		Notes for NS
					Chap. 5 = Origin
					Chap. 3: Struggle for existence
53-54†	208	205-1	10		Rudimentary & abortive organs
†55-56	208	205-5	11		Divergence
†61-62	208	205.3	19		Island enclemism: animals
63-64†	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
†73-74	208	205.7	17		Hybridism
			1c‡
†85-86	69:5	—	17		Descent 1871 scraps Hybridism
†87-88*	208	205.7	17		Hybridism: prepotency
			1b‡
†89-90*	208	205.7	17	[D89 top]	Hybridism
			1c‡
		205.7	16	[D89 bot]	Hybridism: prepotency
†95-96*	84.2:34	—	N	[blue crayon]	Descent 1871 notes:
			12		'Scraps Birds. Sex Selection'
101-102	208	205-5	7[?]		Divergence: NS Chap. 7?
103-104*	84.2:35	—	12		Descent 1871 notes:
					'Scraps Birds. Sex Selection'
105106	208	205.7	17		Hybridism
			1c‡
†1 13-114*	83:70	—	‹5›	[D1131	Descent 1871 notes:
					'Scraps Used Sex Selection
					Mammalia'
			12
			11	[D1141	Divergence
			'Chapt I
			also Latent
			Character'
133-134	208	205-3	19		Island endemism: animals
135-136†	208	205.7	16		Hybridism: prepotency
			1b‡
†147-148†	84.2:36	—	12	[D147]	Descent 1871 notes:
					'Scraps Birds. Sex Selection'

 

 

Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number	Subject
			'Ch 6
			Sexual
			Selection'
		205-11	23	[D148]	Instinct: change in habits
†151-152	208	205-3	19		Island endemism: animals
†159-160	208	205.7	17		Hybridism
			1c‡

†173-174	208	205.7	17		Hybridism
			1c‡

Notebook E

 

5-6†	208	205-9	22			Palaeontology: extinction
9-10†	208	205-3	19			Island endemism: animals
11-12*†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
† 13-14*	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
			pinned to D12
† 19-20	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†2 1-22	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
†25-26	208	205.5	11			Divergence
†35-36	208	205.7	17	[E35 top]		Hybridism
			1c‡
		205.3	19	[E35 bot]		Island endemism: animals
41-42†	208	205.3	19			Island endemism: animals
55-56†	208	205-11	5 over 3			Origin Chap. 5:
						Laws of variation
			23			Instinct: change in habits
85-86	50(ser. 5):45	—	—			Notes on alpine, polar &
						glacier distribution
†87-88†	208	205-9	22	(E871		Palaeontology: extinction
			21	[E881
†q 1-92	208	205.5	11			Divergence
103-104†	208	205.4	20			Island endemism: plants
†l 15-116	50(ser. 5):46	—	—			Notes on alpine, polar &
						glacier distribution
119-120*†	208	205.9	21			Palaeontology: extinction
121-122*	208	205.9	pinned to
			E 121-122
†123-124	208	205.7	17			Hybridism
			1c‡
125-†26†	208	205.9	22			Palaeontology: extinction
129-130†	208	205.1	10			Rudimentary & abortive organs
† 139-140	208	205.2	18			Migration
165-166*†	208	205.3	18	[E166 top]		Migration Island endemism:
			19			animals
		205.9	22	[E166 bot]		Palaeontology: extinction

 

 

 

Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number	Subject
167-168*	208	205.9	pinned to
			E166 bot
†16g-170	208	205-7	17		Hybridism
			1c‡
†'73-174	208	205.3	19 bis		Island endemism: animals
175-176	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
179-i8o†	208	205.3	19		Island endemism: animals
18i-i82†	208	205.3	19	[E182 bot]	Island endemism: animals

 

Torn Apart

 

1-2	208	—	—
Frag 1	205-3:6 1	—	—

Frag 2	208	—	—
9	208	—	—
†13	208	205.7	1b‡	[T13 top]		Hybridism: prepotency
		205.7	1c‡	[T13 bot]		Hybridism
†15	208	205.7	1c‡	[T15 top]		Hybridism
			pinned to
			T13 & 205-7:209
†19	208	205.9	22			Palaeontology: extinction
†25-26	208	205.6?	Embryology
37	47:64	—	Ch. 6			NS Chap. 7, Origin Chap. 5:
						Laws of variation. Many notes
						marked 'Ch. 6' and then 'Ch. 5'
39	208	—	—
41	208	205.9	21			Palaeontology: extinction
			5			Origin Chap. 5: Laws of
						variation
Frag 3	208	205.7	—
Frag 4	208	—
Frag 5	208		—
51	208	—	‹5›	[T51 top]		Origin Chap. 5: Laws of
						variation
		205.2	18			Migration
	205-4:5	—	—	[T51 bot]		Island endemism: plants
55	208	205-5	11			Divergence
57	208	—	—
59	208	—	—
63	208	—	—
65	208	—	—
Frag 6	208	205.9	—			Palaeontology: extinction
79-80	208	—	—
81	208	205.9	22			Palaeontology: extinction

 

Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio		Number	Subject
89	208	—	—
91	208	—	—
93-94	49:22	—	—			Dichogamy: 'Scraps about
		—	—			Plants. All Finally used'
95-96	208	—	—
99-100	iog: 16	—	—
103-104	77:62C	—	—			Notes for Effects Crossing: 'Used
		—	—			Scraps. Chiefly Calculations'
105-106	49:144	—	—			Dichogamy: 'Scraps about
		—	—			Plants. All Finally used'
111-112	46.2 (ser.	—	—			'Habits of Bees'
	3):46	—	—
119	208	—	—
135	46.2 (ser. 3):5	—	—			'Habits of Bees'
151	208	pinned to 1 July 1842 letter from R. W. Darwin
153	46.2(ser. 3):6	—	—			'Habits of Bees'
175	49:131	—	—			Dichogamy: `Scraps about
		—	—			Plants. All Finally used'
177-178	46.2 (ser.	—	—			'Habits of Bees'
	3):29	—	—

Frag 7	208	205.7 -	—		Hybridism
Frag 8	208	—	—
Frag 9	208	—	—
Frag io	208	—	—
Frag 11	208	205-5	—		Divergence

 

Summer 1842

 

1	76:2	—	—		'Old observations on
					Diptera sucking Flowers'
2	46.2
	(ser. 3):23	—	—		'Habits of Bees'
3	208	—	—		—
4	208	205.9	—		Palaeontology: extinction
5	208	—	—		—
6	208	—	—		—
7	208	—	—		—

Edinburgh Notebook

 

Page	DAR LOCATION		Brown Crayon
	Present	Former	Portfolio	Number	Subject
1 frag	205.2:30	—	18		Migration
8 frag	replaced in	—	—
	MS
9 frag	replaced in	205.2	18		Migration
	MS
12 frag	replaced in	205.2	18		Migration
	MS
13 frag	replaced in -	—	—
	MS

 

Notebook M

 

61-62*	British Museum (Natural History) Manuscripts Collection, MSS DAR:5						—
63-64*	British Museum (Natural History) Manuscripts Collection, MSS DAR:5a			pinned to M61-62			—
83-84	53.1 (ser. 2):18				—		Notes for Expression
101-102	53. 1 (ser. 2):20				—		Notes for Expression
131-r32*	88:23				—		Notes for Descent 1874
					—		'Moral Sense'
139-140	87:83				—		Notes for Descent 1874
					—		'Mental Powers
					—		New Ch. 2'
145-146	53.1 (ser. 1): 1				—		Notes for Expression
153-154	53. 1 (ser. 2):29				—		Notes for Expression

 

 

Notebook N

 

19-20

87:84

—

Notes for Descent r874

						'Mental Powers
						New Ch. 2'
21-22	53-1 (ser. 2):37			—		Notes for Expression
43-44	53.1 (ser. 2):28			—		Notes for Expression
75-76	53.1 (ser. 2): 20a			—		Notes for Expression
87-88	87:85			—		Notes for Descent 1874
						'Mental Powers
115-1 16	88:85			—		New Ch. 2'
						Notes for Descent 1874
						'Mammals'

[page] 653

Bibliography

Priority of reference has been given to editions of works in Darwin's Library and to works he abstracted. Works with Darwin's marginalia are principally located in the Darwin Archive at Cambridge University Library. Darwin's collection of abstracts are principally in volumes DAR 71 to DAR 74 of the Darwin Archive. For the period of these Notebooks Darwin prepared abstracts almost exclusively of works he did not own. In this bibliography, '*' means the copy or the abstract is in the Darwin Library at CUL; in the case of an abstract, the DAR Catalogue number is given. Works are indexed to the notebook pages where they are mentioned; works mentioned in editors' introductions are not indexed. 'IBC' means inside back cover; 'IFC' means inside front cover. Lengthy book titles are shortened; periodical abbreviation style follows that of the List of Serial Publications in the British Museum (Natural History) Library, 1968.

Short Titles of Darwin Works and Editions

Calendar A Calendar of the correspondence of Charles Darwin, 1821−1882. Eds. Frederick Burkhardt, Sydney Smith, David Kohn, William Montgomery and Stephen V. Pocock. New York, London. 1985 C107, 176 QEIFC, 9

Correspondence The Correspondence of Charles Darwin. Vol. 1. Eds. Frederick Burkhardt, Sydney Smith; David Kohn, William Montgomery and Stephen V. Pocock. Cambridge 1985; Vol. 2, Eds. Frederick Burkhardt, Sydney Smith; Janet Browne, David Kohn, William Montgomery, Stephen V. Pocock, Charlotte Bowman, Anne Secord. Cambridge 1986. Vol. 3, idem 1987. RNIFC, 129, 178 A9, 146 B8, 136, 139, 141, 176 C100, 107, 223 DIFC, 9, 21, 25, 151, 180 E15, 58, 103, 110, 113, 141, 143, 151, 183 T151, 177 S1, 5 QE3, 5, [6v], 7, 8, 10−19 Zed8 M142 N4, 61

CP The collected papers of Charles Darwin. 2 vols. Ed. Paul H. Barrett. Chicago 1977. E16 N71,74

CR The structure and distribution of coral reefs. Being the first part of the geology of the voyage of the 'Beagle', under the command of Capt. FitzRoy, R.N. during the years 1832−1836. London 1842.

Crossing The effects of cross and self fertilisation in the vegetable kingdom. 1876 D159 E48

Descent The descent of man, and selection in relation to sex. 2 vols. London 1871. C244 E49 M132, 139 N115 [2nd ed. 1874]

Diary Charles Darwin's diary of the voyage of H.M.S. 'Beagle'. Ed. Nora Barlow. Cambridge, New York 1933. RNIFC, 32 M131 QE21..

Expression The expression of the emotions in man and animals. London 1872. N41, 103

GSA Geological observations on South America. Being the third part of the geology of the voyage of the 'Beagle', under the command of Capt. FitzRoy, R.N. during the years 1832 to 1836. London 1846. RN38, 49, 100, 134, 137, 143,178 A3, 6, 39, 44, 68, 94, 100, 111, 117, 131, 144 GR57

JR Journal of researches into the geology and natural history of the various countries visited by H.M.S. 'Beagle', under the command of Captain FitzRoy, R.N. from 1832 to 1836. London 1839. RN17, 51, 56, 65, 77, 86, 99, 102, 125, 126, 127, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 141, 142, 144, 155, 177, 178 A9, 10, 36,57,88,133,141 GR13,85,109 B2, 23, 33, 38, 53, 60, 61, 62, 91, 143, 223, 231 C23, 73 D39, 96 E32, 37, 47, 66 Zed17, 131 M69, 131

JR1845 Journal of researches . . . 2d ed. London 1845. E12, 100 ZEd13

LLThe life and letters of Charles Darwin, including an autobiographical chapter. 3 vols. Ed. Francis Darwin. London 1887.

Living Cirripedia A monograph of the sub-class Cirripedia, with figures of all the species. (Vol. 1) The Lepadidae; or pedunculated Cirripedes. London 1851. (Vol. 2) The Balanidae (or Sessile Cirripedes); the Verrucidae, &c. London 1854. D157

ML More letters of Charles Darwin. A record of his work in a series of hitherto unpublished letters. 2 vols. Eds. Francis Darwin and A. C. Seward. Cambridge 1903. M29, 69 N47

[page] 654

BIBLIOGRAPHY

NaturalSelectionCharlesDarwin'snaturalselection,being thesecondpartofhisbigspeciesbookwritten from 1856 to 1858. Ed. Robert C. Stauffer. Cambridge 1975. BIFC C25, 47, 160, 163, 210, 253 DIFC, 48, 73, 87, 89, 99, 100, 105, 113, 159, 173 E16, 48, 53, 56, 123, 127, 181 T2, 15

Origin On the origin of species by natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life. London 1859. C25, 177 D60, 100, 148, 159 E6, 17,

55, 59, 63, 114 M142

PowerofMovementThepowerofmovementinplants.London

1880.

Variation The variation of animals and plants

underdomestication.2 vols. London 1868.

BIFC, 167,176 C120, 121,210 DIFC,

87, 99, 100 E15 M142 QEIFC, 18

VI Geological observations on volcanic islands, visited during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Beagle', together with some brief notices on the geology of Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. Being the second part of the voyage of the 'Beagle', under the command of Capt. FitzRoy, R.N., during the years 1832 to 1836. London 1844. RN71, 120, 150, 159 A40, 94 N26

Zoology The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.

'Beagle' under the command of Captain FitzRoy, R.N., during the years 1832 to 1836. Published with the approval of the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury. Edited and super-intended by Charles Darwin . . . naturalist to the expedition. 5 pts. London 1839−43. C23

Fossil Mammalia R. Owen, with a geological introduction by C. Darwin, 1838−40 (Pt 1). RN113, 129 B223, 231 C72 E105 T63

MammaliaG. R. Waterhouse, with a notice of their habits and ranges by C. Darwin, 1839 (Pt 2). B250 C23, 29, 35, 36, 116 D99 E24

BirdsJ. Gould, with a notice of their habits and ranges by C. Darwin, and with an anatomical appendix by T. C. Eyton, 1841 (Pt 3). RN127, 130 C68,69,71,

88,105,163 D96 E56 ZEd14,16,17

FishL. Jenyns, 1842 (Pt 4). C20

ReptilesT. Bell, 1843 (Pt 5). C18, 36, 54, 71 E56

1842Sketch Charles Darwin's sketch of 1842. Cambridge 1909. Ed. Francis Darwin. In

C. Darwin and A. R. Wallace, Evolution by natural selection, with a foreword by Sir Gavin de Beer, pp. 39−88. Cambridge 1958. D37 E22, 50, 63, 118

1844Essay Charles Darwin's essay of 1844. Cambridge 1909. Ed. Francis Darwin. In

C. Darwin and A. R. Wallace, Evolution by natural selection, with a foreword by Sir Gavin de Beer, pp. 89−254. Cambridge 1958. C176 D21, 37 E2

Bibliography

Abel, Clarke

1818 Narrative of a journey in the interior of China . . . in the years 1816 and 1817. London. N94

Abercrombie, John

*1838 Inquiries concerning the intellectual powers and the investigation of truth. 8th ed. London. C61,270 D21,56 M8,11,15,63,78,114,115,141 N74 OUN 17,25

Acosta, José de

1600 Histoire naturelle et moralle des Indes, tant Orientalles qu'Occidentalles. 2d Fr. ed. Paris. RN116

Agassiz, Louis Jean Rodolphe

1833−43 Ŕecherchessurlespoissonsfossiles. 5 vols & atlas of 5 vols. Neuchâtel. D133 E60 Mac167v

1838 Prodromus of a monograph of the Radiata and Echinodermata. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:30−43, 297−307, 440−49. C103,104

1840 Discovery of the former existence of glaciers in Scotland, especially in the highlands. Scotsman 7 Oct. 1840:3

1842 The glacial theory and its recent progress. Edinb.

New Phil. J. 33:217−83.

Aimé-Martin, Louis

1837 De l'éducation des mères de famille ou, de la civilisation du genre humain par les femmes. 2 vols. Brussels. OUN8,8v,8a

Akerly, Samuel

1824 Observations on the language of signs. Am.J. Sci.

8:348−58. N102

Alexander, James Edward

1830 Notice regarding the Salt Lake Inder, in Asiatic Russia. Edinb. New Phil. J. 8:18−20. RN127

[page] 655

BIBLIOGRAPHY

*1832 Notes of two expeditions up the Essequibo and Mazaroony Rivers in 1830 and 1831. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 2:65−72. A30

Alexander, John H.

1835 See Ducatel, J.T. and J.H. Alexander

Alison, Archibald

1811a Essays on the nature and principles of taste. 2 vols.

Edinburgh.

1811b 'Review of 1811a.' Edinb. Rev. 18:1−46 OUN8, 1

Allan, Thomas

1831 On a mass of native iron from the Desert of Atacama in Peru. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 11:223−28. RN156

Allardyce, James

1836 On the granitic formation, and direction of the primary mountain chains, of Southern India. Madras J. Lit. Sci. 4:327−35. RN57

Anderson, James

1799−1803 Recreations in agriculture, natural-history, arts, and miscellaneous literature. 6 vols. London. QE22

Angelis, Pedro de

*1836−37 Colecciondeobrasydocumentosrelativosalahistoria antigua y moderna de las provincias del Rio de la Plata. 6 vols. Buenos Aires. See review Cooley 1837. RN143 A88

1837a Review of 1836−37. Athenaeum (496) 29 April:

300-03. RN143

1837b Review of 1836−37. J.R. Geogr. Soc. 7, 1837:351

−68. A88

Anonymous

1810−29 Siberia. Encyclopaedia Londinensis. 24 vols.

1838 Account of the great annual show of the Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland at Dumfries.

Q.J. Agric. Edinb. 8:365−77. GR1 D43,44

1839a French scientific expedition in Northern Europe.

Athenaeum (603) 18 May:377−78. E161

1839b 'Memorandum on breeds of cattle and sheep.'

Athenaeum (607) 15 June:451. E173

1839c On the geographical distribution of insects. Edinb.

New Phil. J. 27:94−111,333−51. ZEd18

1854 Commission of lunacy on Capt. Childe. A lover of the queen. Shrewsbury Chron. 28 July :6. M10

n.d. The British aviary, and bird breeder's companion; containing copious directions for propagating the breed of canaries: also, goldfinch and linnet mules. London. B217 C248,275

Aoust, Pierre-Théodore Virlet d'

1833 See Le Puillon de Boblaye, E. and P.-T. Virlet d'Aoust

Aubuisson de Voisins, Jean François d'

*1819 Traité de géognosie. 2 vols. Strasbourg. RNIFC

Audubon, John James

*1831−49 Ornithologicalbiography,oranaccountofthehabits of the birds of the United States of America. 5 vols. Edinburgh. C253,266 N45

Azara, Félix de

*1801 Essaissurl'histoirenaturelle des quadrupèdes de la Province du Paraguay. 2 vols. Paris. C41, 2 76 E113

*1809 Voyagesdansl'Amériqueméridionale,pardonFélix de Azara, commissaire et commandant des limites espagnoles dans le Paraguay depuis 1781 jusqu'en 1801. 4 vols & atlas. Paris. RN126 C105,276

London. Vol. 23,1828:177−79. A7

1824 A list of the donations to the library, to the collections of maps, plans, sections and models; and to the cabinet of minerals. Trans. Geol. Soc. 1838

ZEd1,2,3,12

The natural history of the quadrupeds of Paraguay and the river La Plata. Only vol. 1 published. Edinburgh. C276

Lond. 2d ser. 1:425−39. A97

1827 Irish furze, broom, and yew. Edinb. New Phil. J.

2:207. B107

1833−38 Report of the committee appointed to examine and report on the state of the museums and library. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (17 February 1837):

460-65. A63

1835a On the pleasures and advantages of the study of natural history. Edinb. J. Nat. Hist. 1(2):5−6. B190

1835b Notice of the Transactions of the Geological Society of Pennsylvania, Pt I. Am. J. Sci. 27:347−

55. RN142

1835c Earthquake at sea. The Times. 28 March. RN33 1835d Earthquake at sea. Carmarthen J. 3 April. RN33 1836 Corals. Chambers' Edinb. J. 5:151. A26

*1837a Chronique. Institut 5 (222) December:404. B165 1837b Notice respecting Rhèa Darwinii Gould. Mag. Nat.

Babbage, Charles

1838 The ninth Bridgewater treatise. A fragment. 2d ed.

London. RN32 E59

Babington, Charles Cardale

*1838 A notice, with the results, of a botanical expedition to Guernsey and Jersey, in July and August 1837. Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:397−99. C192

Bachman, John

1836 On the migration of the birds of North America. Am.

J. Sci. 30:81−100. C254, IBC

1837a Observations on the different species of hares (genus Lepus) inhabiting the United States and Canada. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 7:282−361. C251

1837b Some remarks on the genus Sorex, with a monograph of the North American species. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 7:362−402. C251

[page] 656

1838 Monograph of the species of squirrel inhabiting North America. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 6:85−103. D29

Bacon, Francis

1665 Francisci Baconi . . . opera omnia. Frankfort. Mac58v

Baer, Karl Ernst von

*1837a Aurochs du Caucase. Institut 5 (218) August:260−61. B136

1837b Bericht ueber die neuesten Entdeckungen an der Küste von Nowaja-Semlja. Bull. scient. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. II: col. 137−72. D24

1837c Ueber das Klima von Nowaja-Semlja und die mittlere Temperatur insbesondere. Bull. scient. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. II: col. 2225−38. D24

1837d Ueber den jährlichen Gang der Temperatur in Nowaja-Semlja. Bull. scient. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. II:col. 242−54. D24

1837e Ueber den täglichen Gang der Temperatur in Nowaja-Semlja. Bull. scient. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. II: col. 289−300. D24

*1838a On the ground ice or frozen soil of Siberia. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 8:210−13. A117 C101

*1838b Recent intelligence upon the frozen ground in Siberia. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 8:401−6. A135

Baird, William

*1837 The natural history of the British Entomostraca.

Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:35−41,309−33,514−26. C235

*1838 The natural history of the British Entomostraca.

Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:132−44,400−12. C162,235 ZEd 17

Ball, John

1835 Remarks upon the geology, and physical features of the country west of the Rocky Mountains, with miscellaneous facts. Am.J. Sci. 28:1−16. RN142

Banks, Joseph, Sr.

1812 Some hints respecting the proper mode of inuring tender plants to our climate. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 1:21−25. E111

Barclay, John

*1822 An inquiry into the opinions, ancient and modern, concerning life and organization. Edinburgh. C166

Barker-Webb, Philip and Sabin Berthelot

*1836−50 Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. 8 vols in 3.

Paris. [* Vol. 3, pt 1 only]. C184 D74

*1837 [Review of 1836−50, livraisons i, vi. [1836]]. Mag.

Zool. Bot. 1:470−82. C184

Barlow, Emma Nora

1945 Charles Darwin and the voyage of the 'Beagle'. London. M1

1958 The autobiography of Charles Darwin 1809−1882. London, New York. GR4

1963 Darwin's ornithological notes. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. Ser. 2:201 −78. RN130 C82,105

1967 Darwin and Henslow: the growth of an idea. London. RN178

Barrett, Paul H.

1960 A transcription of Darwin's first notebook on 'Transmutation of Species'. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 122:247−96.

1975 Darwin's 'gigantic blunder'. J. Geol. Educ. 21: 19−28.

1979 The Sedgwick-Darwin geologic tour of North Wales. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 118:146−64. RN93

1980 Metaphysics, materialism, & the evolution of mind. Early writings of Charles Darwin. Chicago B139, 141

Barrett, Paul H., Donald J. Weinshank and T. Gottleber 1981 A concordance to Darwin's Origin of Species, first

edition. Ithaca.

Barrett, Paul H., Donald J. Weinshank, Paul Ruhlen, Stephan J. Ozminski and Barbara Newell-Berghage

1986 A concordance to Darwin's The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals. Ithaca.

Barrett, Paul H., Donald J. Weinshank, Paul Ruhlen and Stephan J. Ozminski

1987 (in press) A concordance to Darwin's The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex. Ithaca.

Barrington, Daines

1774 Experiments and observations on the singing of birds. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 63:249−91. C178

Barrow, John Jr.

1835 A visit to Iceland, by way of Tronyem, in the 'Flower of Yarrow' Yacht, in the summer of 1834. London. RN159

Barton, John

1827 A lecture on the geography of plants. London. C40 E15

Bartram, William

1791 Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East and West Florida. Philadelphia. A120

C269 E160

Bauer, Franz Andreas

1830−38 Illustrations of orchidaceous plants with notes and prefatory remarks by John Lindley. London. QE21..

Beatson, Alexander

1816 Tracts relative to the Island of St. Helena . . . Illustrated with views engraved by Mr. William Daniell, from the drawings of Samuel Davis, Esq. London. B151, 156,173 E119

[page] 657

Beaufort, Francis

1817 Karamania; or, a brief description of the south coast of Asia-Minor...in the years 1811 & 1812. London. RN181

Beechey, Frederick William

1831 Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Beering's Strait... in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. 2 vols. London. A132−33

*1832 Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Beering's Strait . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. Philadelphia. RN15,45,97

1839 The zoology of Captain Beechey's voyage ... in His Majesty's Ship 'Blossom'. . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. London. See also Sowerby (Elder) 1839b. E98,99 T2

1843 A voyage of discovery towards the north pole . . .

1818. London. A133

Beer, Gillian

1985 Darwin's reading and the fictions of development.

In Kohn 1985.

Beer, William and Johann Heinrich Madler

*1838 Survey of the surface of the moon. Edinb. New Phil.J. 25:38−69. A104−05

Bell, Charles

1806 Essays on the anatomy of expression in painting.

London. C243

1824 Essays on the anatomy and philosophy of expression. 2d ed. London. N41,103 Mac28v

1833 The hand. Its mechanism and vital endowments as evincing design. The Bridgewater treatises on the power wisdom and goodness of god as manifested in the creation. Treatise 4. 2d ed. London. C269 E157,158 N89,90

Bell, Thomas

*1834 Characters of a new genus of freshwater tortoise (Cyclemys). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2:17. B279

*1836 Cheiroptera. In Todd, 1836−59, Vol. 1:594−600.

D113

*1837 A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London. [*abst DAR 71:116−24.] B7,31,183, 219 C177 D179 E91,103

1843 See Zoology: Reptiles

Bellinsgauzen, Faddei Faddeevich

1831 Dvukratnyia izyskaniia v Iuahnom Ledovitom Okeane i plavanie vokrug svieta, v prodolzhenii 1819,20 i 21 godov, sovershennyia na shliupakh Vostok i Mirnom, pod nachal'stvom Kapitana Bellinsgauzena, Komandira Shliupa Vostoka. Shliupom Mirnym nachal'stvoval Leitenant Lazarev.2 vols & atlas. St Petersburg. RN181

Bennett, E.T.

1835 On the Chinchillidae, a family of herbivorous Rodentia, and on a new genus referrible to it. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:35−64. ZEd4

Bennett, Frederick Debell

*1837 Extracts from the journal of a voyage round the globe in the years 1833−36. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 7:211−29. A88 C93−94

Bennett, George

1834 Wanderings in New South Wales, Batavia, Pedir Coast, Singapore, and China . . . during 1832,1833, and 1834. 2 vols. London. E167 N94

Bentham, George

1832−36 Labiatarum genera et species: or a description of the genera and species of plants of the order Labiatae; with their general history, characters, affinities, and geographical distribution. London. E100,104

Benza, PJ.

1835 Geological sketch of the Neilgherries. J. Asiat. Soc.

Beng. 4:413−38. A145

Berendt, G.C.

*1839 Dr Berendt's investigations on amber. Edinb. New Phil. J. 27:211,12. ZEd18

Berghaus, Heinrich Karl Wilhelm 1832−43 Atlas von Asia. Gotha. A142

Berkeley, Miles Joseph

*1838 On the fructification of the pileate and clavate tribes of hymenomycetous fungi. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:81−100. C95

Berthelot, Sabin. See Barker-Webb, P. and S. Berthelot. Bevan, Edward

*1827 The honey-bee; its natural history, physiology and

management. London. C266,268

Bewick, Thomas

1797−1804 HistoryofBritishbirds.2 vols. Newcastle. D101

Bibron, Gabriel

1834−54 See Duméril, A.M.C. and G. Bibron

Bicheno, James Ebenezer

*1827 [1826] On systems and methods in natural history. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 15:479−96. Also Phil. Mag. 3, 1828:213−19, 265−71. [For responses, see Fleming 1829 and MacLeay 1829b.] C42, 155,156,276

Bird, Golding

1837 Notice of his paper 'On the crystallization of metals by galvanic influence' presented to a meeting of the. British Association. Athenaeum

(516) 16 September:670. A29

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bird, James

*1834 Observations on the manners of the inhabitants who occupy the southern coast of Arabia and shores of the Red Sea; with remarks on the ancient and modern geography of that quarter, and the route, through the desert, from Kosir to Keneh. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 4:192−206. RN148

Bischoff, Carl Gustav Christoph

*1836−38 On the cause of the temperature of hot and thermal springs; and on the bearings of this subject as connected with the general question regarding the internal temperature of the earth. Edinb. New Phil.J. 20:329−76; 23:330−98;24:132−64,

252−300. Vol. 23, 1837. [*Vol. 24 only.] A132,133,151

Blackwall, John

1829 Facts relating to the natural history of the cuckoo.

Zool. J. Lond. 4:294−300. C67

Blainville, Henri-Marie Ducrotay de

1834 See Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, I. and H.-M. D. de Blainville.

*1837 Ossemens de quadrumanes. Institut 5 (216) 28

June: 205 B94

*1838a Chauve-Souris. Institut 6 (223) January:6−8. B200

*1838b Mammifères insectivores. Institut 6 (231) 31

May: 174. C227

*1838c Dépôt d'ossemements fossiles de Sansan.

Institut 6 (238) 19 July:230. C257

*1838d Doutes sur le prétendu Didelphe fossile de Stonefield. Institut 6 (243) 23 August:275. D62

Blakeway, John Brickdale

1831 The Sheriffs of Shropshire. Shrewsbury.

M42,44

Blomefield, Leonard. See Jenyns [Blomefield], L. Blume, Carel Lodewijk

1824a Ueber die Vegetation des Berges Gedee auf der Insel Java. Flora, Jena 7:289−304. QE17

1824b See Reinwardt C.G.C., C.L. Blume, and C.G.D. Nees von Esenbeck.

1827−28 Enumeratio plantarum Javae et insularum adjacentium minus cognitarium vel novarum ex herbarii Reinwardtii, Kuhlii, Hasseltii et Blumii. Lugduni Batavorum. C17,268

Blumenbach, Johann Friedrich

[1792] An essay on generation. Transl. by Alexander Crichton. C204,269

Blyth, Edward

*1835 An attempt to classify the 'varieties' of animals with observations on the marked seasonal and other changes which naturally take place in various British species, and which do not constitute varieties. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8:40−53. C70

*1836a Observations on the various seasonal and other

external changes which regularly take place in birds, more particularly in those which occur in Britain; with remarks on their great importance in indicating the true affinities of species; and upon the natural system of arrangement. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9:393−409. C222 E124,125

*1836b Further remarks on the affinities of the feathered race; and upon the nature of specific distinctions. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9:505−14. [Continuation of 1836a.] C149,222

*1837a On the psychological distinctions between man and all other animals; and the consequent diversity of human influence over the inferior ranks of creation, from any mutual and reciprocal influence exercised among the latter. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:1−9, 77−85, 131−41 C198,199

*1837b On the counterfeiting of death, as a means to escape from danger, in the fox and other animals. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:566−74. C197

1838a On the geographical distribution of birds. Athenaeum (537) 10 February: 107. B199 C36

*1838b Remarks on the plumage and progressive changes of the crossbill and linnet. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 6:115. D95

1841 An amended list of the species of the genus Ovis.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 7:248−61 TFRAG6

Boblaye, Emile Le Puillon de. See Le Puillon de Boblaye, E.

Boece, ———

1526 Scotorum historiae. Paris. D48

Boerhaave, Hermann

1725 Preface. In Marsilli, L.F. Histoire physique de la mer. Amsterdam. QE21..

Bolingbroke, Henry

1807 A voyage to the Demerary, containing a statistical account of the settlements there, and of those on the Essequebo, the Berbice, and other contiguous rivers of Guyana. London. RN124

Bollaert, William

1833−38 Description of the insulated masses of silver found in the mines of Huantaxaya, in the province of Tarapaca, Peru. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (31 January 1838):598−99. A44

Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent, Prince de Canino

*1838a A geographical and comparative list of the birds of Europe and North America. London. C67

1838b Review of 1838a. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:318−19.

C225

Bongard, Heinrich Gustav

1838 Végétation des îles de Bonin-Sima. Institut 6

(232) 7 June:184. C241

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bonpland, Aimé. See Humboldt, F.H.A. von and A. Bonpland.

Boott, Francis

1845−47 Descriptions of six new North American Carices. Boston J. Nat. Hist. 5:112−16. QE21..

Bory de Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste

1804 Voyage dans les quatre principales îles des mers d'Afrique . . . (1801 et 1802) . . . sur la corvette 'Le Naturaliste'. 3 vols & atlas. Paris. RN71 B152 C 18,268

1822−31 Dictionnaire classique d'histoire naturelle.

17 vols incl. atlas. Paris. Vol. 7, 1825; vol. 12,

1827. RN130 ZEd5

Boswell, James

1799 The life of Samuel Johnson. 3d ed. 4 vols.

Oxford. C269

Boteler, Thomas

1835 Narrative of a voyage of discovery to Africa and Arabia, performed in HMS 'Leven' and 'Barracouta', from 1821 to 1826, under the command of Capt. F. W. Owen, R.N. 2 vols. London. TFRAG1

Bougainville, Louis Antoine de

1772 Voyage autour du monde, par le frégate du roi 'la Boudeuse' et la flûte 'l'Étoile' en 1766, 1767, 1768 & 1769. 2d ed. 2 vols. Paris. RN177 ZEd5

Boussingault, Jean Baptiste Joseph

1834−35 Sur les tremblemens de terre des Andes. Bull Soc. Géol. Fr. 6:52−57. RN158.

Bowers, Fredson

1976 Transcription of manuscripts: the record of variants. Studies in Bibliography 29:212−64.

Bowman, John Eddowes

*1837 On the longevity of the yew, as ascertained from actual sections of its trunk; and on the origin of its frequent occurrence in churchyards. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:28−35,85−90. QE9

Brewster, David

1837 A treatise on magnetism. Forming the article under that head in the seventh edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Edinburgh. A21

1838 Cours de philosophie positive. Par M. Auguste Comte. 2 tom. 8vo. Paris: 1830−5. Edinb. Rev. 67:271−308. D152 M70,72,81,135 N12

1842 Magnetism. In Encyclopaedia Britannica. 7th ed. 21 vols. 13:685−774. Edinburgh. A21

Broderip, William John

1827 Observations on the jaw of a fossil mammiferous animal, found in the Stonesfield slate. Zool. J.

Brush, Stephen G.

1979 Nineteenth-century debates about the inside of

Lond. 3:408−12. B87 E60.

1834 Table of the situations and depths at which recent genera of marine and estuary shells have been

observed. In De la Beche 1834, Appendix: 399−408.

ZEd8

Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore

*1837 Végétaux fossiles. Institut 5 (220) October:318−21. B150

Bronn, Heinrich Georg

1837−38 [1838] Sur 1'âge géologique des terrains tertiaires du bassin de Mayence. Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 9:23. C16

Brougham, Henry Peter

*1839 Dissertations on subjects of science connected with natural theology: being the concluding volumes of the new edition of Paley's work. 2 vols. London. C266 N62

Brown, Robert

1814 General remarks, geographical and systematical, on the botany of Terra Australis. In Flinders vol. 2, 1814, Appendix 3:533−613. B76,77 C102,

237−240,268 QE21..

1818 Observations, systematical and geographical, on Professor Christian Smith's collection of plants from the vicinity of the River Congo. In Tuckey, 1818, Appendix V:420. C224,248,251,268,275

*1832 General view of the botany of the vicinity of Swan River. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 1:17−21. B93 C102

1833 On the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideae and Asclepiadeae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 16:685−745. C237 E133,165 QE[5]a, 15,21 . .

Brown, Thomas

1798 Observations on the Zoonomia of Erasmus Darwin,

M.D. Edinburgh. N184

1820a Sketch of a system of the philosophy of the human mind. Part First. Comprehending the physiology of the mind. Edinburgh. N184

1820b Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. 4 vols. Edinburgh. N184

Browne, Janet

1985 Darwin and the expression of the emotions. In Kohn 1985.

Browne, Thomas

1835−36 Sir Thomas Browne's works, including his life and correspondence. Simon Wilkins, ed. 4 vols. London. C270 D54 M126

Browne, William George

1799 Travels in Africa, Egypt and Syria. London. C269 Brun, Conrad Make. See Malte-Brun, C.

Brun, Charles Le. See Le Brun, C.

the earth: solid, liquid or gas? Ann. Sci. 36:225− 54.

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Buch, Leopold von

*1813 Travels through Norway and Lapland, during the years 1806, 1807, and 1808. Transl. by John Black. Notes and illustrations by Robert Jameson. London. A97 C178,275 E153

*1836 Description physique des îles Canaries, suivie d'une indication des principaux volcans du globe. With atlas. Paris. RN137,150 A39,40,42 B156−159,164

D69

1838 Coquilles fossiles de l'Amérique du Sud. Institut

6 (242) 16 August:270−71. A115 D68

Buckland, William

1823 Reliquiae diluvianae; or, observations on the organic remains contained in caves, fissures, and diluvial gravel, and on other geological phenomena, attesting the action of an universal deluge. London. A36 E44,45,60

*1836 Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural theology. 2 vols. London. [*abst DAR 71:125−27.] B149

Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de

1762 The natural history of the horse. To which is added, that of the ass, bull. . . and swine. With . . . full directions for breeding . . . and improving, those useful creatures. London. C268 D112

1785 Natural history, general and particular. 2d ed. 9 vols. London. D40,112 OUN9

Bulkeley, John and John Cummins

1743 A voyage to the South-Seas, in the years 1740−1. Containing a faithful narrative of the loss of his Majesty's ship the 'Wager'. London. RN17

Burchell, William J.

*1822−24 Travels in the interior of southern Africa. 2 vols. London. RN86,134

Burckhardt, John Lewis

1829 Travels in Arabia, comprehending an account of those territories in Hedjaz which the Mohammedans regard as sacred. London. C221

Burgess, T.H.

*1839 On the physiology or mechanism of blushing; illustrative of the influence of mental emotion on the capillary circulation; with a general view of the sympathies and the organic relations of those structures with which they seem to be connected. London. C265 M144

Burke, Edmund

1823 Philosophical inquiry into the origin of our ideas of the sublime and beautiful, with an introductory discourse concerning taste, and several other additions. London.

M51,88,89,108 N10,57

Burke, John Bernard

1925 A genealogical and heraldic history of the landed gentry. 14th ed. London. M1

Burnes, Alexander

1832 Some account of the salt mines of the Punjab. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1:145−48. A143

Burnet, James, Lord Monboddo

1773−92 On the origin and progress of language. 6 vols. Edinburgh. OUN5

Burney, James

1803−17 A chronological history of the discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean. 5 vols. Vol. 4, 1816. London. A144

Bury, Charles William, Lord Tullamore

1802 Analysis of turf ashes. Trans. R. Ir. Acad.

8:135−39. A126

C., A. E.

1915−18 The family of Corbet. 2 vols. M1

Caldcleugh, Alexander

1833−38 Some observations on the elevation of the strata on the coast of Chili. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (4 January 1837):444−46. A88

Campbell, James

*1834 Geographical memoir of Melville Island and Port Essington, on the Cobourg Peninsula, Northern Australia; with some observations on the settlements which have been established on the north coast of New Holland. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 4:129−81. A30 B132

Camper, Peter

1779 Account of the organs of speech of the orang outang. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 69:139−59. T119

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de

[1810] Note sur les Georgina (Dahlia Cav. et Hort. Par.) Annls Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 15:307−16. E13

*1820 Géographie botanique. In Cuvier, F.G. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, 18:359−422. B13,156, 280,IBC C268

1821 Elements of the philosophy of plants. Edinburgh.

C268

1824 Memoir on the different species, races, and varieties of the genus Brassica, (Cabbage) and of the genera allied to it, which are cultivated in Europe. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 5:1−43. QE3

1832 Physiologie végétale. 3 vols. Paris. E184

Cannon, Walter F. (Susan Faye)

1961 The impact of uniformitarianism: Two letters from John Herschel to Charles Lyell, 1836−1837. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 105:301−14. RN32,115 A46,104,114,118

Cantor, T.

1837 Notice of a skull fragment of a gigantic fossil Batrachian. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 6:538−41 T1

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Carlile, H.

1838 Teratologie: difformites du cerveau. Institut 6

(251) 18 October:340. N33

Carlyle, Thomas

1837 The French revolution: a history. 3 vols. London.

C269

Carmichael, Dugald

1818 Some account of the Island of Tristan da Cunha and of its natural productions. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12:483−513. B192,193,195 ZEd8

Carne, Joseph

1822 On the relative age of the veins of Cornwall. Trans.

R. Geol. Soc. Cornwall 2:49−128. RN20

Carus, C.G.

1837 The kingdoms of nature, their life and affinity.

Scient. Mem. 1:223−54. C102−104,210,275

Cary, Byron

1834 Note on a large specimen of the Gallapagos tortoise. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2:113. ZEd 6

Cautley, Proby T.

1833−38 An extract of a letter, dated Saharumpore, 18th November, 1836. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (3 May 1837):544−45. B 126,250

1838 Note on a fossil ruminant genus allied to a Giraffidae in the Sewalik hills. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 7:658−60. T1

Cautley, Proby T. and Hugh Falconer

1833−38 Notice on the remains of a fossil monkey from the tertiary strata of the Sewalik Hills in the north of Hindostan. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (14 June 1837):568−69. B126

1838 See Falconer, H. and P.T. Cautley

Chambers, Robert

1848 Ancient sea-margins, as memorials of changes in the relative level of sea and land. Edinburgh, London.

Chamisso, Adelbert von

1821 Remarks and opinions of the naturalist of the expedition. In Kotzebue 1821, 2:351−433; 3:1−318. A15 B91,124,234 C28,38 ZEd6

Chapin, A.B.

1835 Junction of trap and sandstone, Wallingford, Conn. Am. J. Sci. 27:104−12. RN142.

Charlton, ——

1838 [Communication by Dr. Charlton on a hybrid Tetrao. Notice of the eighth Br. Ass. Advmt. Sci. meeting, Durham.] Athenaeum (567) 8 September:654. D73

Charpentier, Johann von

1836 Account of one of the most important results of

the investigations of M. Venetz, regarding the present and earlier condition of the glaciers of the canton Vallais. With later additions by the author. Edinb. New Phil. J. 21:210−20. A131

Chasseboeuf, Volney de. See Volney, C.F.C. de Chevalier, Yves Eugène

1837a Observations relatives à la géologie et minéralogie faites dans le voyage de circum-navigation de la Bonite. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 5:720−22. A39

1837b Géologie: Observations faites par les officiers de la Bonite. Institut 5 (222) 20 November:405. A39

1844 Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette 'a Bonite' Géologie et minéralogie. Paris. A39

Children, J.G. and N.A. Vigors

1826 Zoology. In Denham, Clapperton and Oudney 1826 [Northern and Central Africa],

Appendix XXI. C41

Chladni, Ernst Florenz Friedrich

1809 Supplément au catalogue des météores, à la suite desquels des pierres ou des masses de fer sont tombées. J. Mines Paris. 26:79−80. RN172

Christie, Alexander Turnbull

1827 Geognostical structure of the country around Darwar. Edinb. New Phil. J. 2:194−95. A25

1828−29 Sketches of the meteorology, geology, agriculture, botany, and zoology of the southern Mahratta country. Edinb. New Phil.J. 5:292−303; 6:98−120; 7:49−65. A27

Christol, Jules de

1829 Cavernes à ossements renfermant de debris humains. Bull. Sci. Nat. Géol. 18:101−02. E35

1835 Recherches sur les caractères des grandes espèces de rhinocéros fossiles. Annls Sci. Nat. 4:44−111. QE16

Christ's College, Cambridge

1909 Darwin centenary. The portraits, prints, and writings of Charles Robert Darwin. Exhibited at Christ's College, Cambridge, 1909. Cambridge.

Clapperton, Hugh. See Denham, D.N., H. Clapperton and W. Oudney

Clarke, Edward Daniel

1816−24 Travels in various countries of Europe Asia and Africa. 4th ed. 11 vols. London. CIBC

Clarke, W.B.

*1834 A few words on cats. Mag. Nat. Hist. 7:139−41.

B178

*1838 Observations on the Caprimulgus europaeus

(nightjar). Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:158−63. C186

661

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Cleghorn, James

1787 The history of an ovarium, wherein were found teeth, hair, arid bones. Trans. R. Ir. Acad. 1:73−89. D164

Clemençon, ———

*1837 Sur le district des Diamans du Brésil. Institut 5

(221) November:366−67. A42

Clift, William

1831 Report by Mr Clift, of the College of Surgeons, London, in regard to the fossil bones found in the caves and bone-breccias of New Holland. Edinb. New Phil. J. 10:394−95. C131

Cline, Henry

1805 On the form of animals. London. B145

*1829 Observations on the breeding and form of domestic animals. London. [* Pamphlet 166] B145 C269,IBC E123,124

Coleridge, Samuel Taylor

1829 The poetical works of Coleridge, Shelley, and Keats. Paris. M88

1840 Review of the works of Samuel Taylor Coleridge [by John Stuart Mill]. Lond. Westm. Rev. 33, 1840:257−302. OUN33

Comte, Isidore Auguste Marie François Xavier

1830−35 Cours de philosophie positive. 2 vols. Paris. See review, Brewster 1838. D152 E88 M70,72, 81,135 N12 OUN25

Conrad, Timothy Abbott

1835 Observations on the Tertiary strata of the Atlantic Coast. Am.J. Sci. 28:104−11,280−82. RN142

Conybeare, William Daniel

1833 Report on the progress, actual state, and ulterior prospects of geological science. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meetings at York, 1831, and Oxford, 1832) 1 (a):364−414. RN142

Conybeare, William Daniel and William Phillips

*1822 Outlines of the geology of England and Wales.

[Only pt 1 published.] London. RN22, 23, 46,

47

Cook, James

1777 A voyage towards the South Pole, and round the world . . . in. . . the 'Resolution' and 'Adventure' in the years 1772, 1773, 1774, and

1775. 2 vols. London. RN140

*1784 A voyage to the Pacific Ocean . . . in . . . the 'Resolution' and 'Discovery' in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780. 3 vols & atlas. Vol. 3 by James King. London. RN 140,141

1815 An account of a voyage towards the South pole and round the world, performed in His Majesty' ships the 'Resolution.' and 'Adventure' in the years 1772, 3, 4, and 5. In Kerr 1811−24, Vol.

14, 1815. A81

[Cooley, W.D.]

1837 Review of Angelis 1836−37. Edinb. Rev.

65:87−109. RN143 A88

Cooper, ———

1828 See Mitchill, J.A., ——— Smith and——— Cooper

Cordier, Pierre-Louis-Antoine

1834 Rapport sur la partie géologique du voyage de M. D'Orbigny dans l'Amérique méridionale. In Rapport sur les résultats scientifiques du voyage de M. Alcide d'Orbigny dans l'Amérique du Sud, pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830,

1831, 1832 et 1833. Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat.

Paris 3:84−115. A99

1838 Géologie. Institut6 (228) 16 May:150−51. A102

Cortès, ———and A.M. de Jonnès

1810 Mémoire sur la géologie des Antilles. J. Phys.

Chim. Hist. Nat. 70:129−34. RN90,91

Coulter, Thomas

*1835 Notes on Upper California. J. R. Geogr. Soc.

5:59−70. B235

Courcier, Alexandre

1838 See Montbrun, ——— de and A. Courcier.

Courrejolles, F.

1802 Observations qui prouvent la nécessité d'observer et de méditer longtemps, avant de rien prononcer en physique en général, et en particulier sur la cause des tremblements de terre. J. Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat. 54: 103−15. A18,19

Courtet de l'Isle, Victor

1838La science politique fondée sur la science de l'homme, ou étude des races humaines sous le rapport philosophique, historique et social. Paris. TFRAG5

1839 Review of 1838. 'Morgan' Athenaeum (624)

12 October:771−73. TFRAG5

Cousin, Victor

1828 Cours de philosophie. Introduction à l'histoire de la philosophie. Paris. N49

Cowper,William

1784 Unnoticed properties of that animal the hare.

Gentleman'sMag.54:412−14. E117

1836−37 The works of William Cowper. With a life of the author, by Robert Southey. 15 vols. London. N94

Coxe, William

1817 A view of the cultivation of fruit trees. Philadelphia.

C265

Crabbe, George

1834 The poetical works. With his letters and journals, and his life, by his son. 8 vols. London. C269

662

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Crawford,——

1827 Account of Mr Crawford's mission to Ava.

Edinb. New Phil. J. 3:359−70.B119

Crawfurd, John

1820 History of the Indian Archipelago. Containing an account of the manners, arts, languages, religions, institutions, and commerce of its inhabitants. 3 vols. Edinburgh. CIBC

Cummins, John

1743 See Bulkeley, J. Cummins

Cuvier, Frédéric Georges

1816−30 Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles . . . par plusiers professeurs du jardin du roi et des principales écoles de Paris. 60 vols. Strasbourg, Paris. [*1820, vol. 18 & plates] BIBC

1822 Instinct. In Cuvier, F.G. 1816−30 Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles 23:528−44. C268

1827−28 Essay on the domestication of mammiferous animals, with some introductory considerations on the various states in which we may study their actions. Edinb. New Phil. J. 3:303−18; 4:45−60, 292−97. B118 C165

Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert

1803 Sur le Pennatula cynomorium (Alcyonium epipetrum, Gmelin) et sur les coraux en général. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris. 3:133. ZEd4

1804 Sur l'Ibis des anciens Egyptiens. Annls Mus. Hist.

Nat. Paris 4:116−35. E142

1821−24 Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles. 2d ed. 5 vols. Vol. 1, 1821; Vol. 5, pt 1, 1823. Paris. A6,10 B52 D67 E23,55 T63

1825 Nature. In Cuvier, F.G. 1816−30 Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. B112

1827 Essay on the theory of the earth. With geological illustrations, by Professor Jameson. 5th ed. Edinburgh B53

1827−35 See Griffith, E.

*1829−30 Le régne animal distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. 5 vols. Paris. B79 E9,63 Mac54v

1834−36 Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles 4th ed.

Paris. B53

Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert and Achille Valenciennes

1828−49 Histoire naturelle des poissons. 22 vols.

Paris. B112

d'Alton, Eduard

1833 Uber die von dem verstorbenen Herrn Sellow aus der Banda oriental mitgebrachten fossilen Panzertragmente und die dazu gehörigen Knochen-Uberreste. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. 369−424. A151

Dampier, William

1698−1703 A new voyage round the world. 3rd ed. 3 vols. London. Vol. 2, 1699; vol. 3, 1703. RN8−10,15 C266 E182

Darby, William

1816 A geographical description of the State of Louisiana. Philadelphia. RN84

Darwin, Bernard

1955 The world that Fred made. London.

Darwin, Charles Robert

1833−38a On certain areas of elevation and subsidence in the Pacific and Indian oceans, as deduced from the study of coral formations. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (31 May 1837):552−54. CP

1:46−49. RN15 E22

1833−38b On the connection of certain volcanic phaenomena, and on the formation of mountain-chains and volcanos, as the effects of continental elevations. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (7 March 1838):654−60. CP 1:53−86. A79

*1839 Observations on the parallel roads of Glen Roy, and of other parts of Lochaber in Scotland, with an attempt to prove that they are of marine origin. Phil. Trans. R. Soc., 129:39−81. CP 1:89− 137 A133 M90

1842 On the distribution of the erratic boulders and on the contemporaneous unstratified deposits of South America. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 6:425−31. CP 1:145−63. A88

1843 Double-flowers—their origin. Gard. Chron. (36),

9 Sept.:628 CP 1:175−77. E184

*1844a Observations on the structure and propagation of the genus Sagitta. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8:1−6. CP 1:177−82. RN174 ZEd5

1844b Brief descriptions of several terrestrial Planariae, and of some remarkable marine species, with an account of their habits. Ann. Nat. Hist. 14:241−51. CP 1:182−93. C214

1846 On the geology of the Falkland Islands. Q. J. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (pt 1):267−74. CP 1:203−12. A97.

*1870 Note on the habits of the Pampas Woodpecker (Colaptes campestris). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1807):705−6. CP 2:161−62. N71

1877 A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind. 2:285−

94. CP 2:191−200. MIBC

1879 [Preliminary notice] In Krause, E. L.

ErasmusDarwin. London. M25

1958 The autobiography of Charles Darwin 1809−1882. Ed. Nora Barlow. London, New York.

1962 Coral islands. Atoll Research Bull. No. 88.

Washington. E22

1980a The Red Notebook of Charles Darwin. Ed. Sandra Herbert. London.

663

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1980b Metaphysics, materialism, & the evolution of

Ser. 2 (2,3,4,5):23−183.

mind. Ed. Paul H. Barrett. Chicago.

Darwin, Erasmus

*1791−90 The botanic garden, a poem, in two parts. Pt

1. The economy of vegetation. Pt 2. The loves of the plants. London. Pt 1 is 1791 1st ed.; Pt 2 is 1790 2d ed. [Darwin's Library also contains a 1789 1st ed. of Pt 2 published in Lichfield.] RN172

*1794−96 Zoonomia: or, the laws of organic life. 2 vols. London. B1,2,4,21 C67,243 D19,57,70,178 M7,9,11,18,39,41,45,57,58,63,71,103,146,147,149,

153 N39,47,50,107,184

*1803 The temple of nature; or the origin of society: A poem with philosophical notes. London B2 D37

Darwin, George Howard

1907−16 Scientific papers. 5 vols. [Vol. 5, Supplementary volume, containing biographical memoirs by Sir Francis Darwin and Professor E.

W. Brown.] Cambridge.

Darwin, Francis

1902 Charles Darwin: his life told in an autobiographical chapter, and in a selected series of his published letters. London. QE22

Darwin, Robert Waring

*1810 Principia botanica; or a concise and easy introduction to the sexual botany of Linnaeus. 3d ed. Newark, England C269

Daubeny, Charles G.

*1826 A description of active and extinct volcanos.

London. RN38,43,44,46,47,51,58,89−91

1832 Remarks on thermal springs, and their connexion with volcanos. Edinb. New Phil.J. 12:49−78. A124

1836 Report on the present state of our knowledge with respect to mineral and thermal waters. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. 5:1−95. A124

1838 On the geology and thermal springs of North America. Athenaeum (567) 8 September:652. A118,

124 M131

Davy, Humphry

*1824 On the corrosion of copper sheeting by sea water, and on methods of preventing this effect; and on their application to ships of war and other ships. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 114:151−58. RN95

1830 Consolations in travel or the last days of a philosopher. Philadelphia. C269 N36,62

de Beer, Gavin Rylands

1959 Darwin's Journal. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist.

Ser. 2:1−21.

1960 Darwin's notebooks on transmutation of species. Pt I. First Notebook (July 1837−February 1838); Pt II. Second Notebook (February to July 1838); Pt III. Third Notebook (July 15th 1838−October 2nd 1838): Pt IV. Fourth Notebook (October 1838−10 July 1839) Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist.

de Beer, Gavin Rylands and M.J. Rowlands

1961 Darwin's Notebooks on Transmutation of Species. Addenda and Corrigenda. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. Ser. 2 (6):185−200.

de Beer, Gavin Rylands, MJ. Rowlands, and B.M. Skramovsky

1967 Darwin's Notebooks on Transmutation of Species. Pt VI Pages excised by Darwin. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Hist. Ser. 3 (5):129−176. E120

Debenham, Frank

1945 The voyage of Captain Bellingshausen to the Antarctic seas 1819−1821. 2 vols. London. RN181

Dekay, J.E.

1828 On a fossil ox from the Mississippi. Edinb.

New Phil. J. 5:326−27. B125

De la Beche, Henry Thomas

1831 A geological manual. London. RN19,20,67 A147

*1834 Researches in theoretical geology. London.

A64,72−75,83 B201 ZEd8

Delalande, Jean Marie

1822 Précis d'un voyage au Cap de Bonne-Espérance.

Paris. C18

Delta

1835 Thoughts on the geographical distribution of insects. Ent. Mag. 2:44−54;280−86. B91

Deluc,Jean-André

1810−11 Geological travels in some parts of France, Switzerland, and Germany. 3 vols. London. RN181

Deluc, Jean-André (nephew of the above)

1826 Mémoire sur le phénomène des grandes pierres primitives alpines, distribuées par groupes dans le bassin du Lac de Genève et dans la vallée de l'Arve; et en particulier des groupes qui sont entièrement composés de granites, suivi de conjectures sur la cause qui les a ainsi distribués. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genève 3 (2):139−200. A20

Denham, Dixon N., Hugh Clapperton and Walter Oudney

1826 Narrative of travels and discoveries in northern and central Africa in the years 1822, 1823, and 1824. London. Appendix XXI. Zoology: Children and Vigors 1826. Paris. C41 1828 Review of 1826. Zool. J. Lond. 3:452−54. C41

Desgraviers, Augustin-Claude Lecohte

1810 Le parfait chasseur, traité général de toutes les chasses. Paris. OUN8b

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Deshayes, Gérard Paul

1833−34a [Response to M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire.] Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 4:99. B178

1833−34b [Fossils from Java.] Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr.

4:212−24. B179.

1836−37 [Tertiary fossil shells from the Crimea.]

Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 8:215−18. B54

Desjardins, Julien

*1832 Extract from 'Analyse des travaux de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de l'Ile Maurice, pendant la 2de année.' Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2:111. B160, 166

Demarest, Gaëtan Anselm

1825 Abstract of a 'Memoir on a new genus of the order Rodentia, named Capromys.' Zool.J. Lond. 1:81−89. C40

Desmond, Adrian J.

1985 The making of institutional zoology in London, 1822−1836. Hist. Sci. 23:153−85,

223−50.

Desnoyers, Jules Pierre François Stanislas

1831−32 Sur les ossements humains des cavernes.

Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 2:126−33. E35

Dick, Thomas Lauder

1823 On the parallel roads of Lochaber. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 9:1−64. A102−3, GR35,41,45,78

Dillwyn, Lewis Weston

*1823 On fossil shells. Phil. Trans. R. Soc.

113:393−99. C40

1824 Analytical notice of 1823. Zool. J. Lond.

1:120−21. C40

Disraeli, Isaac

1835 Curiosities of literature. London. D35

Dobrizhoffer, Martin

1822 An account of the Abipones, an equestrian people of Paraguay. 3 vols. London. C13,276 ZEd10

Don, David

1817−20 Descriptions of several new or rare native plants, found in Scotland, chiefly by the late George Don, of Forfar. Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc. 3:294−305. QE10

1830 Description of the new genera and species of the class Compositae belonging to the floras of Peru, Mexico and Chile. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 16:169−303. B193

1833 On the Coniferae at present growing in Australia. Edinb. New Phil. J. 14:158−59. B187

1841 Descriptions of two new genera (Cryptomeria and Athrotaxis) of the natural family of plants

called Coniferae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.

18:163−80. TFRAG8.

Dubreuil, Joseph-Marie (?)

1837 Études anatomiques de têtes ayant appartenu à des individus de races humaines diverses. Annls Sci. Nat. 7:254. QE16

Ducatel, Julius T.

1837 Outlines, of the physical geography of Maryland, embracing its prominent geological features. Trans. Maryland Acad. Sci. Lit. 1:24−54. A130

Ducatel, Julius T. and John H. Alexander

1835 Report on a projected geological and topographical survey of the State of Maryland. Am. J. Sci. 27:1−38. RN142

Dufrénoy, Ours Pierre Armand Petit and Jean Baptiste Elie de Beaumont

*1830−38 Mémoires pour servir à une description géologique de la France. 4 vols. Paris. Vol. 3, 1836 [Vols 3 & 4 only.] A127 C270

Dujardin, Felix

*1838 [Sur les oeufs du Taenia.] Institut 6 (240) 2 August:249−50. D49

Dumas, J.A.

1821, 1832 See Prévost, J.L. and J.A. Dumas

Duméril, Andre Marie Constant and Gabriel Bibron 1834−54 Erpétologie générale ou histoire naturelle

complète des reptiles. 9 vols & atlas. [Suites à Buffon.] Paris. B234,251 C18,IBC D40,179 ZEd12,19

Durnont d'Urville, Jules-Sébastian-César

1825 De la distribution des fougères sur la surface du globe terrestre. Annls Sci. Nat. 6:51−73. C16

1826 Flore des Malouines. Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris

4:573−621. C24

1830−35 Voyage de la corvette 'l'Astrolabe' . . . pendant les années 1826−1827−1828−1829. 14 vols & atlas. Paris. B31 C13,16,276 ZEd10. See also Quoy and Gaimard 1830−35.

Duperrey, Louis Isidore

1825−30 Voyage autour du monde . . . sur la corvette de sa 'Majesté', 'La Coquille' pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, 6 vols. and Atlas. Paris. RN62, 101,102 B31,54,249 C16−28,276 E42 ZEd5,7,11,13

D'Urville, Jules-Sebastian-César Dumont. See Dumont d'Urville, J.-S.-C.

Dutrochet, Henri

1832 Mémoire sur les organes aérifères des végétaux, et sur l'usage de l'air que contiennent ces organes. Annls Sci. Nat. 25:242−59. C268

Duvernoy, George Louis

1835 Fragments d'histoire naturelle sysématique et physiologique sur les Musaraignes. Mém. Soc.

Mus. Hist. Nat. Strasbourg, vol. 2. B31 C183

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1838 Notice of Duvernoy 1835. Institut 6 (226) April:

111−12. C183

Dwight, Timothy

1821−22 Travels in New England and New York. 4 vols. New Haven. C221

Earl, George Windsor

1837 The Eastern Seas, or voyages and adventures in the Indian Archipelago, in 1832−33−34. London. C270 E18,19,182

Edwards, Henri-Milne. See Milne-Edwards, H. Edwards, William Frédéric

1832 On the influence of physical agents on life.

London. C269 E133,134,184

Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried

1834 Recherches sur le développement et la durée de la vie des animaux infusoires, suivies d'une description comparative de leurs différens organes. Annls Sci. Nat. 1:199−232,266−81. C143,146

*1837a Remarks on the real occurrence of fossil infusoria, and their extensive diffusion. Scient. Mem. 1:400−07. A93 C146,275

*1837b Further notices of fossil infusoria. Scient. Mem.

1:407−13. A84 C146,275

*1837c On the origin of organic matter from simple perceptible matter, and on organic molecules and atoms; together with some remarks on the power of vision of the human eye. Scient. Mem. 1:555−83. RNIFC B19,22

*1837d Infusoires fossiles du tripoli d'Oran. Institut 5

(220) October:330−31. B150 C146

1838a Infusoires. Institut 6 (224) February:62. C15,95 1838b [Microscopical inquiries relative to the organization of the lower animals.] Athenaeum

(567) 8 September:653. D130,172

*1839 Communication respecting fossil and recent infusoria made to the British Association at Newcastle. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:121−24. D167

Eichwald, Carl Eduard von

1834−38 Reise auf dem. Caspischen Meere und in den Caucasus. Unternommen in 1825−1826. 2 vols. Stuttgart, Tubingen. E85

1838a Einige Bemerkungen über das kaspische Meer.

Arch. Naturgesch. 4:97−112. D151

1838b Sur des ossements fossiles de mammifères trouvés en Pologne. Institut 6 (256) 22 November:384. E58

1838c [Sur la faune de la mer Caspienne.] Institut 6

(259) 13 December:412. E85

*1839 Remarks on the Caspian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist.

2:135−36. D151

Elie de Beaumont, Jean Baptiste Armand Léonce

*1838 Recherches sur la structure et sur l'origine du

Mont Etna. In Dufrénoy, O.P.A.P., and J.P. Elie de Beau-mont 1830−38, 4 (1838):1−226. C270

Elliotson, John

1840 Human physiology. 5th ed. London. OUN10v

Ellis, William

1831 Polynesian researches, during a residence of nearly eight years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. 2d ed. 4 vols. London. B196,220

Endlicher, Stephano Friedrich Ladislaus

*1833 Prodromus Florae Norfolkicae. Vienna. C238 1836 Bemerkungen über die Flora der Südseeinseln.

Annln Wien. Mus. Naturg. 1:129−90. C266

Erman, Adolf Georg

*1838a Letter on the frozen soil of Siberia. J. R. Geogr.

Soc. 8:212−13. A117 C101

1838bLetter on frozen soil in Siberia. Athenaeum (546) 14 April:274. A90 C101

Escholtz, Franz

1830 Zoological appendix. In Kotzebue 1830, vol. 2.

Esenbeck. See Reinwardt, C.G.C., C.L. Blume, and

C.G.D. Nees von Esenbeck

Eugenius. See Herries, I.M. (?) Evelyn, John

1664 Sylva, or a discourse of forest-trees, and the propagation of timber in His Majesty's Dominions. London. C269

1827 See Mitchell, J.

Everest, Robert

1832 Note on Indian saline deposits. J. Asiat. Soc.

Beng. 1:149−50. A143

Eyton, Thomas Campbell

1835 Some account of a hybrid bird, between the cock pheasant (Phasianus Colchicus, Linn.) and the grey hen (Tetrao tetrix, Ej.). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 3:62− 63. B189

*1837a Some remarks upon the theory of hybridity. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:357−59. B30,138,139,212 DIFC,25, 26, E169

*1837b Notice of some osteological peculiarities in different skeletons of the genus Sus. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:23−24. B162,212 C124,125

1838a A monograph on the Anatidae. London.

D25,26

1838b Irish Hare (Lepus Hibemicus, Yarrell). Mag.

Zool. Bot. 2:283−84. B7 D61

F.K.P.

1855 Five-toed Spanish. Poultry Chronicle 2:355 DIFC

Falconer, Hugh and Proby T. Cautley 1837 See Cautley, P.T. and H. Falconer

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1838 Sur de nouvelles espèces fossiles de l'ordre des Quadrumanes. Institut 6 (223) January:37−39. B250

Falconer, William

1781 Remarks on the influence of climate, situation, nature of country, population, nature of food, and way of life on the disposition and temper, manners and behaviour, intellects, laws and customs, form of government, and religion of mankind. London. B272 C268

1791 A dissertation on the influence of the passions upon disorders of the body. 2d ed. London. N93

Falkner, Thomas

1774 A description of Patagonia, and the adjoining parts of South America. London. RN67 C13,276

Ferguson, William

1823 On the nature and history of the marsh poison.

Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 9:273−98. D24

Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdes, Gonzalo

1547 LahystoriageneraldelasIndias.Salamanca. C42

[Ferrier, James]

1838a An introduction to the philosophy of consciousness. Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. 43:187−201,437−52, 784−91. C267 M18,78,155

1838b Expedition to Novaїa Zemlia and Lapland. By M. Baer.—Bulletin Scientifique, &c. St Petersburg. Athenaeum (560) 21. July:505−08. D24

Férussac,André-Etienne-Just-Paschal-Joseph-François D'Audebard de and G.P. Deshayes

1819−51 Histoire naturelle, générale et particulière des mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. 2 vols & atlas of 2 vols. Paris. C245

Fitton, William Henry

1827 An account of some geological specimens. In King, P.P. 1827, vol. 2:566−629. RN6,38,101

FitzRoy, Robert

1836 Sketch of the surveying voyages of H.M.S. 'Adventure' and 'Beagle', 1825−36. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 6:311− 42. A79

1837 Extracts from the diary of an attempt to ascend the River Santa Cruz, in Patagonia, with the boats of his Majesty's sloop 'Beagle's' J. R. Geogr. Soc. 7:114−26. A88

*1839 Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty's Ships 'Adventure' and 'Beagle' between the years 1826 and 1836, describing their examination of the southern shores, of South America, and the 'Beagle's' circumnavigation of the globe . 3 vols. & Appendix. London. Vol. 1: Proceedings of the f irst expedition, 1826 − 1830 , under t he C om m and of

Captain P. Parker King, R.N., F.R.S. C269

Vol. 2: Proceedings of the second expedition, 1831−36, under the Command of Captain Robert Fitz-Roy, R.N.

[& Appendix]. RN12,17,35,99 A141 C269 E166

Vol. 3: Journal and remarks. 1832−36. By Charles Darwin, Esq., M.A., Sec. Geol. Soc. See JR.

Fleming, John

*1822 The philosophy of zoology. 2 vols. Edinburgh.

B272 C149,166,268 QE1V,11,15

*1828 A history of British animals. Edinburgh, London. E102

1829 On systems and methods in natural history. By

J.E. Bicheno, Esq. 1829. [unsigned response to Bicheno 1827.] Q. Rev. 41:302−27.

C42,155− 57,276

Flinders, Matthew

1814 A voyage to Terra Australis . . . in the years 1801,1802, and 1803, in . . . The 'Investigator', and subsequently in the armed vessel 'Porpoise' and 'Cumberland' schooner. With an account of the shipwreck of the 'Porpoise' arrival of the 'Cumberland' at Mauritius, and imprisonment of the Commander during six years and a half in that island. 2 vols & atlas. London. B76,77 C102,237, 238,240,268 QE21

Flourens, Marie-Jean-Piere

1835−37 Review of Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. 1834−36. J. Savants 1837:237−50. B52,53

*1854 De la longévité humaine et de la quantité de la vie sur la globe. Paris.

Flourens, Marie-Jean-Pierre and Marcel de Serres

1838 Métis du moufflon et du mouton. Institut 6 (251) 18 October:338. E35

Forbes, Edward

*1839 On the land and freshwater mollusca of Algiers and Bougia. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 (10):250−55. E90, 91

Forchhammer, G.

1828 On the chalk formation of Denmark. Edinb. J. Sci. 9:56−68. GR109

Forrest, Thomas

1780 A voyage to New Guinea, and the Moluccas, from Balambangan . . .in the 'Tartar Galley' during the years 1774, 1775, and 1776. 2d ed.

London. C17,23,268 E173, 175, 181, 182

Forster, Johann Reinhold

*1778 Observations made during a voyage round the world. London. C54

Fournet, Joseph-Jean-Baptiste-Xavier

*1837 Filons de l'Arbresle. Institut 5 (218) August:246−49. A15,31

Fox, Robert Were

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1836 Entwurf zu einer neuen Beantwortung der

*1830 On the electro-magnetic properties of metalliferous veins in the mines of Cornwall. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 120:399−414. RN20

1837 Substance of a communication on the temperature of some mines in Cornwall and Devonshire, made by Robert Were Fox, to the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall at their last annual meeting. Phil. Mag. 11:520−23 A76

1838 Sur la température des mines du Cornwall et du Devonshire. Institut 6 (223) January:39−40. A76

Franklin, John

1823 Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. London. M103

Freeman, Richard B.

1977 The works of Charles Darwin. An annotated bibliographical handlist. 2d ed. Folkestone, Hamden. QE3

1978 Charles Darwin. A companion. Folkestone, Hamden.

Freeman, Richard B. and P.J. Gautrey

1969 Darwin's Questions about the breeding of animals, with a note on Queries about expression. Soc. Biblphy Nat. Hist. J. 5:220−25. QE3,5,15,19

French, John Oliver

1825 An inquiry respecting the true nature of instinct, and of the mental distinction between brute animals and man; introductory to a series of essays, explanatory of the various faculties and actions of the former, which have been considered to result from a degree of moral feeling, and of intellect. Zool. J. Lond. 1:1−32,153−73,346−67. C240

Frere, John

1800 Account of flint weapons discovered at Hoxne in Suffolk. Archaeologia 13:204−5. ZEd20

Freycinet, Louis Claude de Saulses de 1807−16 See Péron, F.

1824−44 Voyage autour du monde, entrepris . . . sur les corvettes de S. M. 'l'Uranie' et 'la Physicienne' ... 1817,1818,1819 et 1820. 7 vols & 4 vols of plates. Zoologie. [See Quoy and Gaimard 1824.] Paris. B31,54,234 D74 ZEd3

Fries, Bengt Frederik

*1839a On the genus Syngnathus. Ann. Nat. Hist.

2:96−105. D169 E57 T25,26

*1839b Metamorphosis observed in Syngnathus lumbriciformis. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:225. E90

*1839c Metamorphosis observed in the small pipe-fish (Syngnathus lumbriciformis). Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:451−55. T25

Fries, Elias Magnus

1825 Systema orbis vegetabilis. Lund. B46 CIBC

Frage: Welche Gewächse sind die vollkommensten? Flora, Jena 19:1−16. B200

Froude, Richard Hurrell

1838a Remains of the late Rev. Richard Hurrell Froude, M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. London. 2 vols. M60

1838b Review of 1838a. Edinb. Rev. 67:525−35. M60

Fuller, Edward

*1836 Notice of the rearing of two hybrids from a barn-door hen, having a cross from a pheasant and a pheasant-cock. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 4:84,85. C164

Gaertner, Joseph

1801−7 De fructibus et seminibus plantarum. 3 vols.

Leipzig. QE7,11[15v]

Gaertner, Karl Friederich von

1805 Supplementum carpologiae; seu, continuati operis Josephi Gaertner. Vol. 3. In Gaertner, J. 1801−07. QE7,11[15v]

1836 Einige Bemerkungen über die Befruchtung der Gewächse; und die BastardErzeugung im Pflanzenreich. Flora, Jena 19:177−92. QE7

Gaimard, Paul Joseph

1838−51 Voyage en Islande et au Groënland exécté pendant les années 1835 et 1836 sur la corvette, 'la Recherche'. 7 vols & atlas in 4 vols. Paris. B256

See Quoy, J.R.C. and P.J. Gaimard

Gallesio, Giorgio

*1816 Teoria della riproduzione vegetale. Pisa. [*abst DAR 71:95−111.] E183 QE16

Gardiner, William

1832 The music of nature; or, an attempt to prove that what is passionate and pleasing in the art of singing, speaking, and performing upon musical instruments, is derived from the sounds of the animated world. London. C269 N64−66,94

Garnot, Prosper

1826 Remarques sur la zoologie des Iles Malouines, faites pendant le voyage autour du monde de la corvette 'la Coquille' exécuté en 1822, 1823, 1824, et 1825. Annls Sci. Nat. 7:39−59. B31,54

1826−30 See Lesson, R.P. and P. Garnot

Gaudichaud-Beaupré, Charles.

1826−30 Botanique. In Freycinet, L.C. Voyage autour du monde, fait par ordre du roi, sur les corvettes de S.

M.'l'Uranie'et'laPhysicenne'pendantlesannées 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. 1 vol. & atlas. Paris. D74

Gautrey, P.J. See R.B. Freeman and P.J. Gautrey 1969. Gawler, J. Bellenden

1812 Allium Cepa ( β ). Common onion. The bulb-bearing variety, or tree onion. Curtis's Bot. Mag. 36, Pl. 1469. E165

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Gay, Claude

1833 Aperçu sur les recherches d'histoire naturelle faites dans l'Amérique du sud, et principalement dans le Chili, pendant les années 1830 et 1831. Annls Sci. Nat. 28:369−93. RN65

1838 Terrains du Chili. Institut 6 (236) 5 July:216−17 A103

Gebhard, John

1835 On the geology and mineralogy of Schoharie,

N.Y. Am. J. Sci. 28:172−77. RN142

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne

1818−22 Philosophie anatomique. 2 vols. Paris.

B114 E89

1830 Principes de philosophie zoologique. Paris.

B110−14,IBC D69 QE17

1833−34 [Fossiles mammifères en Auvergne.] Bull.

Géol. Soc. Fr. 4:89−90. B178

1837a Des changements à la surface de la terre, qui paraissent dépendre originairement et nécessairement de la variation pré-existente incessante, lente et successive des milieux ambiants divers et consecutifs du globe terrestre. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 5:183−94. B135

1837b Singe fossile de Sansan. Institut 5 (218) August: 242−44 B94,133,135 E70

1837c Sur la singularité et la haute portée en philosophie naturelle de l'existence d'une espèce de singe trouvée à l'état fossile dans le midi de la France. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 5:35−44. B133

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore

*1832−36 Histoire générale et particulière des anomalies de l'organisation chez l'homme et les animaux, ouvrage comprenant des recherches sur les caractères, la classification, l'influence physiologique et pathologique, les rapports généraux, les lois et les causes des monstruosités, des variétés et des vices de conformation, ou traité de tératologie. 3 vols & atlas. Paris. C267 D57 QE17

1838a Nouveaux genres d'oiseaux Madagascar.

Institut 6 (226) April:127−28. C205

1838b Rapport sur un mémoire de M. Alcide d'Orbigny, intitulé: Sur la distribution géographique des oiseaux passeeaux dans l'Amérique méridionale. C.

R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 6:190−94. C183

*1841 Essais de zoologie générale, ou mémoires et notices sur la zoologie générale, l'anthropologie, et l'histoire de la science. Paris. QE3,17

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore and Henri-Marie Ducrotay de Blainville

1834 Partie zoologique. In Rapport sur les résultats scientifiques du voyage de M. Alcide d'Orbigny dans l'Amérique du Sud, pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832 et

1833. Nouv. Ann. Mus Hist. Nat. Paris 3:84−115. C183.

Geological Society of London

1846 Catalogue of the books and maps in the library of the Geological Society of London. London. RN157

Gervais, P.

*1837 [Une note sur les animaux mammifères des Antilles.] Institut 5 (218) August:253−54. E42

Gibbon, Edward

1830 Memoirs of the life and writings of Edward Gibbon. 2 vols. London. C270

Goebel, K.

1909 The biology of flowers. In Darwin and modern science. A.C. Seward, ed. Cambridge. D175

Goldsmith, Oliver

1806 The miscellaneous works of Oliver Goldsmith.

vols. London. N127

Gore, Catherine Grace Frances

1838 The rose fancier's manual. London. C267

Gould, John

1832−37 The birds of Europe. 5 vols. London. B241 C82, 111,125 ZEd15

*1837a Observations on the raptorial birds in Mr. Darwin's collection, with characters of the new species. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:9− 11. RN130 D96 . QE10a

*1837b On a new Rhea (Rhea Darwinii) from Mr. Darwin's collection. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:35−36. RN127

*1837c Characters of a large number of new species of Australian birds. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:138−57. QE10a

*1837d Observations on some species of the genus Motacilla of Linnaeus. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1:459−61. B138

1837e Observations on the raptorial birds of Australia and the adjacent islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond 5:96−100. D96

1837f Three species of the genus Orpheus, from the Galapagos, in the collection of Mr. Darwin. Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:27. RN130

[1837−38] A synopsis of the birds of Australia, and the adjacent islands. London. B50 C239 QE10a

1838a A monograph of the Trogonidae, or family of trogons. London C40

1838b Proceedings of learned societies: Zoological Society, October 10, 1837. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:401−6. D61

*1838−41 See Zoology: Birds.

*1839 Letter from Van Diemen's Land, accompanied with descriptions of some new Australian birds. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 7:139−45. QE10a

*1840a On some new species of Australian birds. Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond. 8:113−15. QE10

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

*1840b Descriptions of new birds from Australia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 8:147−51, 159−65, 169−78. QE10a

*1845 Descriptions of a new Trogon and seven new birds from Australia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 13:18−20. QE10a, [11v]

Graah, Wilhelm August

1837 Narrative of an expedition to the East Coast of Green-land. London. E109

Grant, C.W.

1840 Memoir to illustrate a geological map of Cutch.

Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 5:289−329. D68

Gray, John Edward

1834 Some observations on the economy of molluscous animals, and on the structure of their shells. Phil Trans. R. Soc. 123:771−819. B9

*1835 Remarks on the difficulty of distinguishing certain genera of testaceous mollusca by their shells alone, and on the anomalies in regard to habitation observd in certain species. Phil. Trans.

R. Soc. 125:301−10. B9

*1838a On the two species of Echidna. Ann. Nat. Hist.

1:335 C225

1838b See Gunn, R. and J.E. Gray

*1839 Note on the wild cattle of Chillingham Park.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:284. QE17

*1846a On a species of hippopotamus from Sierra Leone. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 18:136. QE17

*1846b On the arrangement of the hollow-horned ruminants (Bovidae). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 18:227−33. QE17

Griffith, Edward

1827−35 The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization, by the Baron Cuvier ... with additional descriptions of all the species. 16 vols. London. C228

Gruber, Howard E.

1981 Darwin on man: a psychological study of scientific creativity. 2d ed. Chicago.

Gruber, Howard E. and Paul H. Barrett

1974 Darwin on man. New York, London. B139,141

Gubbins, Charles

1838 Mode of manufacture of the Salumba salt of Upper India. J. Asiat.Soc. Beng. 7:363−64. A143

Guillemin, Jean-Baptiste-Antoine

*1836−37 Zephyritis Taitensis—énumération des plantes découvertes par les voyageurs dans les Iles de la Société, principalement dans celle de Taїti. Anls Sci. Nat. (Bot) 2d ser. 6:297−30; 7:177−92,241− 55,349−70. [*abst of vol.

6:297−320 DAR 72.93− 94] B198

Gunn, Ronald and John Edward Gray

*1838 Notices accompanying a collection of quadrupeds

and fish from Van Diemen's Land. With notes

and descriptions of the new species. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:101−11. C95

Guyon, ———

1838 [Un cas tératologique analogue à celui de l'enfant bi-corps de Prunay-sous-Ablis.] Institut 6 (260) 20 December:414. E88

Hall, James

1812 Account of a series of experiments, shewing the effects of compression in modifying the action of heat. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 6:71−186. A77,111

1815 On the revolutions of the earth's surface. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 7:139−67 (pt 1), 169−211 (pt 2). A36

1826 On the consolidation of the strata of the earth.

Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 10:314−29. A155

Hamilton, William John

1842 Researches in Asia Minor, Pontus, and Armenia with some account of their antiquities and geology. 2 vols. London. C214

Hamilton, William John, and Hugh Edwin Strickland 1833−38 An account of a tertiary deposit near Lixouri,

in the island of Cephalonia. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (3 May 1837):545−46. C55

Hammond, Graham

1837 Bank of seventy fathoms off Staten Island. Naut.

Mag. 6:822. A102

Hancock, John

1838 On the Falco Islandicus of authors. [Notice of 8th meeting of the Br. Ass. Advmt Sci.] Athenaeum (565) 25 August:613 B256

Harbottle, Thomas Benfield

1897 Dictionary of quotations (classical). London.

M18

Hardwicke, Thomas

1828 On the Bos gour of India. Zool. J. Lond. 3:231−33.

C41

Harlan, Richard

1835 Medical and physical researches: or original memoirs in medicine, surgery, physiology, geology, zoology, and comparative anatomy. Philadelphia. C266 S3r

Harmer, Frederic

1909 See W. G. Ridewood.

Hartley, David

1834 Observations on man, his frame, his duty, and his expectations. 6th ed. 2 parts. London. N184

Harvey, J.B.

1836 Letter referring to a collection of marine productions, including a specimen of Capros aper, Lacep., and a new species of Tubularia (T. gracilis, Harv.), collected on the south coast of Devonshire, and presented by the writer to the

Society. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 4:54−55. ZEd6

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hasselt, Jan Conrad von

1827−28 See Blume, C.L.

Hausmann, Johann Friedrich Ludwig

*1838 On metallurgical phenomena as illustrative of geology. Edinb. New Phil. J. 24:65−85. A149

Haydn, Joseph

1817 The life of Haydn: Followed by the life of Mozart. London. C269 N66

Heber, Reginald

1828 Narrative of a journey through the, upper provinces of India, from Calcutta to Bombay, 1824−1825. 2 vols. London. C235 E178

Heberden, William (The Younger)

1801 Observations on the increase and decrease of different diseases, and particularly of the plague. London. C266

Hedges, William

1980 The Red Notebook of Charles Darwin. London.

RN130

1985 Darwin the young geologist. In Kohn 1985.

Herbert, William

1820 Instructions for the treatment of the Amaryllis longifolia, as a hardy aquatic, with some observations on the production of hybrid plants, and the treatment of the bulbs to the genera Crinum and Amaryllis. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 3:187−96. B180,191

1822 On the production of hybrid vegetables; with the result of many experiments made in the investigation of the subject. In a letter to the Secretary. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 4:15−50. B180,191 E143 QE2,[6v],7

*1837 Amaryllidaceae; preceded by an attempt to arrange the monocotyledonous orders, and followed by a treatise on cross-bred vegetables, and supplement. London. B180, 191

*1820 Account of experiments on the production of

C125,219,265,269 D66,91

E103,107,

v

blue instead of red flowers on the Hydrangea Hortensis; with some notes on the propagation and management of the plant. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 3:173−77 [*abst DAR 74:61.] E150

Heineken, C.

1835 [1830] Observations on the Fringilla canaria, Sylvia atricapilla, and other birds of Madeira. Zool. J. Lond. 5:70−79. C160

Helms, Anthony Zachariah.

1807 Travels from Buenos Ayres by Potosi, to Lima.

2d ed. London. RN155 A16

Henslow, John Stevens

*1821−22 Geological description of Anglesea. Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc. 1:359−452. RN5,7 A25,52

*1830a On the specific identity of the primrose, oxlip, cowslip, and polyanthus. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3:406−09. C194 E16

*1830b On the specific identity of Anagallis arvénsis and coerulea. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3:537−38. C192,194

*1832 On variations in the cotyledons and primordial leaves of the sycamore (Acer pseudoplatanus, L.). Mag. Nat. Hist. 5:346−47. C192

*1837 The principles of descriptive & physiological botany. London. B12,13 D162 QE10

*1838 Florula Keelingensis. An account of the native plants of the Keeling Islands. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:337−47. B234 C16,100 QE7 [15v]

Herbert, Sandra

1968 The logic of Darwin's discovery. Ph.D. diss.

Brandeis University.

1971 Darwin, Malthus and selection. J. Hist. Biol.

4:209−17.

1974−77 The place of man in the development of Darwin's theory of transmutation. Pt I. J. Hist. Biol. 7:217−58. Pt II. J. Hist. Biol. 10:155−227.

111−113,133,141,143,144 E3,11,[13 ],14

Herries, Isabelle M.(?) Eugenius [pseudonym]

1838 Observations on the foundation of morals; suggested by Professor Whewell's sermons on the same subject. C269 OUN51,53

Herschel, John Frederick William

*1831 A preliminary discourse on the study of natural philosophy. London. C269 D71 N49,60

1833 A treatise on astronomy. London.

A105,113,114,118

1833−38. Extracts from a letter from Sir John F.W. Herschel to C. Lyell, Esq., postmarked Fredhausen, Cape of Good Hope, 20th February, 1836. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (17 May 1837):548−50. RN32 A46 E59

1838 Extracts from letters of Sir John Herschel. In Babbage 1838:225−47. RN32 E59

Hilhouse, William

*1834a Journal of a voyage up the Massaroony in 1831.

J. R. Geogr. Soc. 4:25−40. A89 B131

*1834b Memoir on the Warow land of British Guiana.

J. R. Geogr. Soc. 4:321−33. A87 B151

Hill, M.

*1838 Habits of the blue titmouse (Pants coerulus).

Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:158−59. C96

Hindmarsh, L.

1838 See Tankeryille, C.A.B. and L. Hindmarsh

*1839a On the wild cattle of Chillingham Park. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2:274−84 D48 E91 M142

1839b On the wild cattle of Chillingham Park. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meeting at Newcastle, 1838) 7:100−4. D48 E91

Hitchcock, Edward

1835 Report on the geology, mineralogy, botany, and zoology of Massachusetts. 2d ed. Amherst, Massachusetts. A131

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Hodge, M.J.S.

1982 Darwin and the laws of the animate part of the terrestrial system (1835−1837): on the Lyellian origins of his zoonomical explanatory program. Stud. Hist. Biol. 7:1−106.

Hodge, M.J.S. and David Kohn

1985 The immediate origins of natural selection. In Kohn 1985.

Hodgson, Bryan Houghton

1831 Contributions in natural history. Gleanings in Sci.

3:320−24. T9

1832 On the Mammalia of Nepal. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

1:335−49. E178,179

1838 Notice of a classified catalogue of Nepalese Mammalia, read at the Linnean Society 20 February 1838. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:152−54. C96

Hoff, Karl E.A. von

*1837 Remarques sur l'origine des pierres météoriques plus spécialement sur les opinions de

M. Berzélius à ce sujet. Institut 5 (219) September: 297−300. A32

Hoffman, Friedrich

1838 Geschichte der Geognosie, und Schilderung der vulkanischen Erscheinungen. Berlin. RN165

Holland, Henry

1811 Preliminary dissertation on the history and literature of Iceland. In Mackenzie, 1811, pp. 1−70. RN159

*1839a Medical notes and reflections. London. E183 M127 N111 QE1,16

1839b Medical notes and reflections. Philadelphia, New Orleans. N111

Holman, James

1834 A voyage round the world. [1827−1832] 4 vols.

London. B124

Home, Everard

*1802 Description of the anatomy of the Ornithorhynchus hystrix. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 92:348−64. C225

Home, Henry, Lord Kames

1774 Sketches of the history of man. 2 vols. London.

C257,275 OUN49

Hooker, Joseph Dalton

*1847−60 The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships 'Erebus' and 'Terror' in the years 1839−1843, under the Command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. 6 vols in 3 parts, vol. of plates. London. I. 1847 Flora Antarctica, 2 pts; II 1853 Flora Novae-Zelandiae, 2 pts; III 1860 Flora Tasmania, 2 pts, 4 plates. QE21..

1847a An enumeration of the plants of the Galipagos Archipelago; with descriptions of those which are new. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Bot.) 20:163−233 E100

1847b On the vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago as compared with that of some other tropical islands and of the continent of America. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Bot.) 20:235−62. E100

Hooker, William Jackson

1811 List of Icelandic plants. Appendix 2 in Mackenzie 1811. B159 C184

Hope, Frederick William

1836 Observations on insects producing silk, and on the possibility of rearing silk crops in England. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:123−27. QE12

*1837−40 On insects and their larvae occasionally found in the human body. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 2:256−71. C233

1839 Remarks on the modern classification of insects.

Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. 8 (2) 1838:113. E11

Hopkins, William

1835 [1836] Researches in physical geology. Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc. 6 (1): 1−84. [Darwin's offprint

dated 1835; journal dated 1836.] A103,107,145 1836 An abstract of a memoir on physical geology.

Cambridge. A65,107,145

Horner, Leonard

1836 On the occurrence of the Megalichthys in a bed of cannel coal in the West of Fifeshire, with observations on the supposed lacustrine limestone at Burdiehouse. Edinb. New Phil. J. 20:309−20 QE17

Horsburgh, James

1836 India Directory, 4th ed. 2. vols in 1. London.

E177

Horsfield, Thomas

1822 Systematic arrangement and description of birds from the island of Java. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 13:133−200. D40

1824 Zoological researches in Java, and the neighbouring islands. London. B164 C17,268

1826 Description of the Helarctos euryspilus; exhibiting in the bear from the Island of Borneo, the type of a subgenus of Ursus. Zool. J. Lond. 2:221− 34. C41

1827 See also Vigors, N.A. and T. Horsfield

1828 Notice of a new genus of Mammalia, found in Sumatra by Sir T. Stamford Raffles. Zool. J. Lond. 3:246−49. C41

Houlton, Joseph

1831 Protraction of vegetable life in a dry state. Arc.

Sci. Art 4:160. C92

Humboldt, Friedrich Wilhelm Heinrich Alexander von

*1811 Political essay on the Kingdom of New Spain. Transl. by John Black. 4 vols. London. [* vols 1. & 2 New

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

York] RN160, 161, 163−171, 175−77 B32 C268 M38

1814−34 Atlas géographique et physique des régions équinoxiales du nouveau continent. Paris. RN157

1817 De distributione geographica plantarum secundum coeli temperiem et altitudinem montium, prolegomena. Lutetiae Parisiorum. B157,159 D69

*1831 Fragmens de géologie et de climatologie asiatiques. 2 vols. Paris. RN72−73 A15

*1837 Volcans des montagnes de Quito. Institut 5

(209) 10 May: 155−56. A26

1838a Description géognostique et physique des volcans du plateau de Quito. Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 9:24−25. A81

1838b Humboldt on El Dorado. Athenaeum (539) 24 February: 137−38. A76

1838c Mémoire sur le plateau de Bogota. Institut 6

(242) 16 August:268−70. A115

and Aimé Bonpland

1805 Essai sur la géographie des plantes; accompagné Humbodld'ut,nFtraibelderaiuchphWysiilqhueelmdeHseriéngriiocnhsAéqlueixnaonxdiaelresv.oInnVoyage aux régions équinoxiales du nouveau

continent. Part V. Paris. B92

1811−33 Recueil d'observations de zoologie et d'anatomie comparée. 2 vols. Paris. Vol. 1, 1811; vol. 2, 1833. Deuxième partie in Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland, 1805−1834, 23 vols. Paris. ZEd6

*1819−29 Personal narrative of travels to the equinoctial regions of the New Continent, during the years 1799−1804. Transl. by Helen Maria Williams. Vols. 1−2 1822, 3d ed. London. vol. 3

1822, 2d ed.; vol. 4, 1819; vol. 5, 1821; vol. 7,

1829, 1st ed. 7 vols. RN24,43,70,91,100 B142 D69 E182 QE[15v] M38

1750 Philosophical essays concerning human understanding. 2d ed. London. C267 M155

H1u8m0e0, DEsasvaidys and treatises on several subjects. 2 vols. Edinburgh. N184

1807 See Ritchie, T.E.

1817 Essays and treatises on several subjects. 2 vols. Edinburgh M104

1826 The philosophical works of David Hume. 4 vols.

Edinburgh. M104 N101

*1845 A description of the island of St. Michael (Azores). J.

R.Geogr.Soc.15:268−96. QE18

Hunt, Thomas Carew

Jackson and Norfolk Island ... since the Hunter, JpouhbnlicationofPhillip'svoyage.London. RN126 1793 An historical journal of the transactions at Port

Hunter, John

1780 Account of an extraordinary pheasant. Phil.

Trans. R. Soc. 70 (2):527−35. C215

1786 Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. London. B51 C215,267

1792 Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. 2d ed. London. B51 C267

1835−37 The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. with notes. Ed. James F. Palmer. 4 vols & atlas. London. C270 QE21..

1837 Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy ... with notes by Richard Owen. [Vol. 4 of 1835−37 but published as a separate work.]. London. B51, 161 C215, 267, 270 D57,

67,112−16, 127;152, 154, 156−59,

161,163,173−75 E26,60 M44, 147 N43

Hutton, James

1795 Theory of the earth, with proofs, and illustrations. In Four Pts. 2 vols. Edinburgh. RN112 D21

Hutton, T.

1832 Notes in natural history. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

1:554−58. D21 E177

1833 On the nest of the tailor bird. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

2:502−05. E181 T2

Imrie, Lieutenant-Colonel

1818 A geological account of the southern district of Stirlingshire, commonly called the Campsie Hills, with a few remarks relative to the two prevailing theories as to geology, and some examples given illustrative of these remarks. Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24−50. A36

Isabelle, Arsene

1835 Voyage à Buenos-Ayres et à Porto-Alègre, par la BandaOriental, les missions d'Uruguay et la province de Rio-Grande-do-Sul (de 1830 à 1834). Havre. RN158

Jamieson, Thomas F.

1863 On the parallel roads of Glen Roy, and their place in the history of the glacial period. Q. J. Geol. Soc. Lond. 19:235−59.

Jeffrey, Francis

1811a Essays on the nature and principles of taste. By Archibald Alison. 2 vols. Edinburgh. OUN8

1811b Review of 1811a. Edinb. Rev. 18:1−46. OUN8 1835 Letters to the editor. In Mackintosh vol. 2, 1835

chap. 8:490−507. C218

Jenner, Edward

*1824 Some observations on the migration of birds; with an introductory letter to Sir Humphry Davy. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 114:11−44. C40 ZEd12

1825 Some observations on the migration of birds.

Zool. J. Lond. 1:125−29. ZEd12

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jenyns [Blomefield], Leonard

1835 A manual of British vertebrate animals.

Cambridge. B7,31 E102

1837 Some remarks on the study of zoology, and on the present state of the science. Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:1− 31. ZEd1

*1838a On the dentition and other characters of the British shrews, with reference to M. Duvernoy's recent researches into the structure of this genus of animals. Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:24−42. B31

*1838b Further remarks on the British shrews including the distinguishing characters of two species previously confounded. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:417−27. B31 C268

1839a On certain species of Sorex. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meeting at Newcastle, 1838) 7:104. B31

1839b Additional note on the British shrews. Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. 2:43. B31

1842 See Zoology: Fish

Jenyns, Soame

1757a A free inquiry into the nature and origin of evil.

In six letters to—. OUN15

1757b Review of 1757a. Lit. Mag., Univl Rev. 2,171− 75,251−53,301−6 OUN15

Johnson, James Rawlins

1822 Observations on the genus Planaria. Phil. Trans.

R. Soc. 111:437−47. ZEd1

1825 Further observations on Planariae. Phil. Trans.

R. Soc. 115:247−56. ZEd1

Johnson, Samuel

1799 See Boswell, J.

Johnston, George

*1838a The British Ariciadae. Mag. Zool. Bot.

2:63−73. B126 C185

*1838b The natural history of British zoophytes. Mag.

Zool. Bot. 2:319−40. C162 ZEd17,18

Johnston, James Finlay Weir

1840 [On some varieties of peat.] Athenaeum (677) 17 October:823. QE[23v]

Jones, Thomas Rymer

1836−39 Gastropoda. In Todd vol. 2 1836−59:377−404.

D166

Jonnès, A.M. de

1810 See Cortès, ——— and A.M. de Jonnès

Jourdan, Antoine Jacques Louis

*1837 Mammifères nouveaux. Institut 5 (221)

November: 351. D64

Juan, George and Antonio de Ulloa

*1806 A voyage to South America. 4th ed. 2 vols. London. [* Vol. 1 only] RN75,105,106,125,177 ZEd5

Kames, Lord. See Home, Henry, Lord Kames. Keilhau, Baltazar Mathias

*1838 Theory of granite, and the other massive rocks; together with that of crystalline slate. Edinb. New Phil. J. 24:387−403; 25:80−101,263−272 A99

Keir, Thomas

*1837 Remarks upon the Apteryx. Proc. Zool. Soc. 5:24. B162

Kendal, Edward

*1832 Account of the Island of Deception, one of the New Shetland Isles. Extracted from the private Journal of Lieutenant Kendal, R.N., embarked on board his Majesty's sloop 'Chanticleer', Captain Forster, on a scientific voyage. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 1:62−66. RN138,139

Kennedy, Alexander

1823 Account of a non-descript worm (the Ascaris pellucidus) found in the eyes of horses in India. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 9:107−11. C227

Kenyon, John

1838 Poems: for the most part occasional. London. M141

Keratry, Auguste Hilarion de

1841 Inductions morales et physiologiques. 3d ed.

Paris. OUN8 b

Kerr, Robert

1811−24 A general history and collection of voyages and travels, arranged in systematic order. 18 vols. Edinburgh, London. Vols 14−15, 1815: An account of a voyage towards the South pole and round the world, performed in His Majesty's ships the 'Resolution' and 'Adventure', in the years 1772, 3, 4, and 5, by James Cook. A81 E12,13

King, James

1784 See Cook, J.

King, Philip Parker

1827 Narrative of a survey of the intertropical and western coasts of Australia performed between the years 1818 and 1822. 2 vols. London. RN6,38,101 C213

1828−29 Extracts from a letter addressed by Capt. Philip Parker King, R.N., F.R.S. and L.S., to

N.A. Vigors, Esq., 'On the animals of the Straits of Magellan'. Zool. J. Lond. 3:422−32; 4:91−105. C61,99 ZEd12

1831 Characters of new species of birds from the Straits of Magellan. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:14−16,29−30. ZEd12

1839 Proceedings of the first expedition, 1826−30. See FitzRoy 1839, vol. 1. A141 C269

Kirby, William

*1802 MonographiaapumAngliae;or,anattempttodivide intotheirnaturalgeneraandfamilies,suchspeciesofthe

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Linnean genus Apis as have been discovered in England, with descriptions and observations. 2 vols. Ipswich. B2

1835 On the history habits and instincts of animals. On the power wisdom and goodness of god as manifested in the creation. The Bridgewater treatises. Treatise VII. 2 vols. London. B141−43 M98 OUN34− 37 QE[5a]

Kirby, William and William Spence

*1818−26 An introduction to entomology, or, elements of the natural history of insects. 3d ed. London. D40,41

Kneeland, S.S.

1860 [Barking of the wild dogs in Southern Africa.]

Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 4:426−28. N44

Knight, Thomas Andrew

*1799 An account of some experiments on the fecunda-tion of vegetables. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 89:195−204. E152,162

*1809 On the comparative influence of male and female parents on their offspring. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 99: 392−99. QE11

1815 Introductory remarks relative to the objects which the Horticulture Society have in view. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 1 (2d ed.) 1:1−7. E77

1818a On the want of permanence of character in varieties of fruit, when propagated by grafts and buds. Trans.

R. Hort. Soc. 2 (2d ed.):160−161. E77,148,153,162

*1818b Upon the advantages of propagating from the roots of old ungrafted fruit trees. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 2 (2d ed.):252−54. [*abst DAR 74:60.] E153,154,184

1822 Observations on hybrids. Trans. R. Hort. Soc.

4:367−73. QE1V,7,11

1824 An account of some mule plants. Trans. R. Hort.

Soc. 5:292−96. QE1v

*1837 On the hereditary instinctive propensities of animals.

Phil.Trans.R.Soc.127:365−69. QE11

Kohn, David

1980 Theories to work by: rejected theories, reproduction, and Darwin's path to natural selection. Stud. Hist. Biol. 4:67−170.

1985 The Darwinian heritage. Princeton.

Kohn, David, Sydney Smith and Robert C. Stauffer

1982 New light on The Foundation of the Origin of Species: A reconstruction of the archival record.

J. Hist. Biol. 15:419−42.

Kolff, Dirk Hendrick

1840 Voyages of the Dutch brig of war 'Dourga', through . . . the Moluccan archipelago . . . during 1825 & 1826. London. E180,181

Kölreuter, Joseph Gottlieb

*1761−66 Vorlaufige Nachricht von einigen das Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen und Beobachtungen. 4 pts in 1 vol. Leipzig. QE[5]a

Kotzebue, Otto von

1821 A voyage of discovery, into the South Sea and Beering's Straits ... 1815−1818 ... in the Ship 'Rurick'. Remarks. . . . [See Chamisso 1821.] 3 vols. London. RN181 A15 B91,124,234 C28,269 E20-22 ZEd6

1830 A new voyage round the world, in the years 1823, 24, 25, and 26. 2 vols. London. C269 E 19,21

Krause, Ernst Ludwig

*1879 Erasmus Darwin. With a preliminary notice by Charles Darwin. Leipzig. (* 1880 edition) M25

Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friederich

1837 Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Corallinen und Zoophyten der Südsee. Stuttgart. ZEd8

1843 Die sud-afrikanischen Crustaceen. Eine Zusammenstellung aller bekannten Malacostraca, Bemerkungen über deren Lebensweise und geographische Verbreitung. Stuttgart. ZEd8

Kuhl, Heinrich

1827−28 See Blume, C.L.

Labillardière, Jacques Julien Houton de

*[1800] Relation du voyage à la recherche de 'La Pèrouse'. . . pendant les années 1791, 1792, et pendant la 1ère et la 2ème année de la République française. 2 vols & atlas. Paris. RN5, 12

La Condamine, Charles Marie de

1747 A succinct abridgment of a voyage made within the inland parts of South America. London. RN56

Laizer, Louis, Comte de and Parieu, ——— de

1838a Description et determination d'une mâchoire appartenant a un Mammifère jusqu'a present inconnu. Institut 6 (260) 20 December:419−20. E88

1838b Notice of 1838a. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci.

Paris. 7:442. E88

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de

[1802] Hydrogéologie. Paris. B178 C119

*1815−22 Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. 7 vols. Paris. B178

[1822−24] Generaofshells.Transl. by J.G. Children. London.

E46

*1830 Philosophiezoologique.New ed. 2 vols. Paris. [* Vol. 1 only, text identical to 1809 ed.] B6,9,16,21, 129,178,214,216 C63,168,269 D69 E145,

148,150,159,160 N19,51,90,91 OUN34,37

Landor, Walter Savage

1824−29 Imaginary conversations of literary men and states-men. 5 vols. London. C270

Lang, John Dunmore

[page]BIBLIOGRAPHY

1833-34 Explications qu'il donne sur l'action érosive

1834a View of the origin and migrations of the Polynesian nation. London. C221

1834b An historical and statistical account of New South Wales. London. C275

La Pérouse, Jean François de Galaup

1798−99 A voyage round the world performed in the years 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, by the 'Boussole'. and 'Astrolabe'. 2 vols & atlas. London. Vol. 2 (1799). RN15

Lardner, Dionysius (see also Phillips, John)

1837-39 Cabinet of Cyclopaedia. Natural History. 2 vols. London. A54−57,147 B167−168,170,173 C269 TFRAG4

Lartet, Edward

1839 Fossils. Athenaeum (620) 14 Sept.:708. B133 TFRAG9

La Salle, Jean-Anne-Amédée de

1851 Voyage autour du monde exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette 'la Bonite'. Relation du voyage. Vol. 2. Paris A39

Lasch, W.

1829 Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Varietäten und Bastardformen einheimischer Gewächse. Linnaea 4:405−34. C265

Latham, John

1821−28 A general history of birds. 10 vols.

Winchester. C68

Latreille, Pierre André

1819 Mémoires sur divers sujets de l'histoire naturelle, des insectes, de géographie ancienne et de chronologie. Paris. C21,268

Lauder, Thomas Dick. See Dick, T.L. Lavater, Johann Caspar

1804 Essays on physiognomy. 2d ed. 3 vols (Vol. 3 in 2 pts). London. C270 D164,165 M145

N6,9, 10

1820 L'art de connaître les hommes par la physionomie. Nouvelle édition. 10 vols. Paris.

C270 N10, 103

[Lawrence, John]

1820 The sportsman's repository; comprising a series of highly-finished engravings representing the horse and the dog. By John Scott [pseudonym]. London. C266

Lawrence, William

*1822 Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural history of man. London C204,268

Le Brun, Charles

*1701 The conference of Monsieur Le Brun . . . upon expression. London. N103

Lecoq, Henri

des eaux. Réponse à la question qui lui est adressée sur les abaissemens et les élévations successives des eaux du lac Leman d'Auvergne. Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 4:33−37 A44

Le Couteur, John

*1836 On the varieties, properties and classification of wheat. Jersey and London. [*n.d. Jersey] QE11,15 M155

Le Puillon de Boblaye, Emile and Pierre-Théodore Virlet d'Aoust

1833 Géologie et minéralogie. In Expédition scientifique de Morée. Vol. 2 (2). 1831−38. Paris. C55

LeRoy, Charles Georges

1802 Lettres philosophiques sur l'intelligence et la perfectibilité des animaux, avec quelques lettres sur l'homme. Nouvelle édition. Paris. OUN8b

Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim

1836 Laocoon; or the limits of poetry and painting.

London. C266,269 OUN22−24

Lesson, René Primevère

1827 Manuel de mammalogie, ou histoire naturelle des mammifères. Paris. B31 C23

1830 In Lesson, R.P. and P. Garnot 1826−30.

Lesson, René Primevère and Prosper Garnot

1826−30 Zoologie. In Duperrey, 1825−1836 [Coquille], vol. 5.2 vols. in 4 pts: 1826, Lesson, and Garnot, vol. 1 (pt 1);1828, Lesson and Garnot, vol. 1 (pt 2); 1830, Lesson, vol. 2 (pt 1); 1830, Lesson, vol.

2 (pt 2). RN62,101,102 B31,54,220,234, 249 C16−29,276 E42 ZEd5,7,11,13

Levaillant. See Vaillant, François Le. Lewis, R.H.

1836 Case of maternal attendance on the larva by an insect of the tribe of Terebrantia, belonging to the genus Perga, observed at Hobarton, Tasmania. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:232−34. M64

Liebig, Justus von

1840 Abstract. New chemical views relative to agriculture and physiology. In Report on the applications of organic chemistry in agriculture and physiology. Athenaeum (675) 3 October:773−74. QE[23v]

Limoges, Camille

1970 La sélection naturelle. Paris.

Lindley, John

1826 Some account of the spherical and numerical system of nature of M. Elias Fries. Phil.Mag.68:81−91. B46

676

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

*1830 An introduction to the natural system of botany. London. [*1836 A natural system of botany, 2d ed. London.] BIBC C268

*1839 School botany. London. [*1856 School botany and vegetable physiology. London.] QE10

Lindsay, H.H.

1832 See Franklin, J., J. Gould and H.H. Lindsay.

Linnaeus, Carl

1749−90 Amoenitates academicae. 10 vols. Holmiae, Lipsiae B155

1775 The elements of botany. London. QE8

1781 Select dissertations from the amoenitates academicae. London. B155

1786 A dissertation on the sexes of plants. London.

QE12

*1789−96 Systema naturae per regna tria naturae. Ed.

13a (bound in 10 vols). Lugduni. C157

Lisiansky, Urey

1814 A voyage round the world, in the years 1803, 4, 5, & 6 ... in the ship, 'Neva'. London. C270

Lisle, Edward

1757 Observations in husbandry. London. C275

Lister, Joseph Jackson

*1834 Some observations on the structure and functions of tubular and cellular Polypi, and of Ascidiae. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 124:365−88. RN24

Litchfield, Henrietta Emma

1915 Emma Darwin. A century of family letters. 1792−1896. 2 vols. London, New York. M41 N61

Litke, Fedor Petrovich

1835−36 Voyage autour du monde . . . sur la corvette 'le Séniavine', dans les années 1826, 1827, 1828, et 1829. 3 vols & atlas. Paris. C241,269 ZEd19 N22

Lockhart, John Gibson

1833 The history of Napoleon Buonaparte. 2 vols. New York. C269

1837−38 Memoirs of the life of Sir Walter Scott. 7 vols.

Edinburgh. C269,270 M126,129 N19

Loddiges, Conrad

*1823 Catalogue of plants, in the collection of Conrad Loddiges & sons. 13th ed. London. [*abst DAR 71:89− 94.] D118,128

Lord, P.B.

1838 Some account of a visit to the plain of Koh-i-Daman, the mining district of Ghorband, and the pass of Hindu Kush, with a few general observations respecting the structure and conformation of the country from the Indus to Kabul. J. Asiat Soc. Beng. 7:521−37. A145

Lowe, Richard Thomas

*1833a Letter from Rev. R. T. Lowe read at meeting, of

Aug. 27, 1833. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:102. QE18

*1833b Primitiae faunae et florae Maderae et Portus-Sancti; sive species quaedam novae vel hactenus minus rite cognitae animalium et plantarum in his insulis degentium breviter descriptae. Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc. 4:1−70. [* 1831 article date] A72 B204

Lund, Peter Wilhelm

1838 Blik på Brasiliens dyreverden för sidste jordom-vaeltning. Overs. K. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. pp. 7−8. T63,79

*1840 View of the fauna of Brazil, previous to the last geological revolution. [transl.] Mag. Nat. Hist. (n.s.) 4:1−8, 49−57, 105−12, 153−61,

207−13,251−59, 307−17, 373−89. T63,79

Lyell Charles

1827 [Review of] Memoir on the geology of central France; including the volcanic formations of Auvergne, the Velay, and the Vivarais, with a volume of maps and plates, by G.P. Scrope, F.R.S.,

F.G.S. Murray, London, 1827. Q. Rev. 36:437−83. N19

*1830−33 Principles of geology, being an attempt to explain the former changes of the earth's surface, by reference to causes now in operation. 3 vols. London. Vol. 1, 1830; vol. 2, 1832; vol. 3, 1833.

RNIFC,44,52, 57, 60, 61, 63, 65, 67, 68, 70, 79,

82−84, 88, 100 A11, 95 B10, 115, 116, 153,

155−157, 172 C53,106,168 D60 E4,167

1835a On the proofs of a gradual rising of the land in certain parts of Sweden. Phil. Trans R. Soc. 125:1− 38. A111,113

1835b Principles of geology: being an inquiry how far the former changes of the earth's surface are referable to causes now in operation. 4 vols. London. RN158

*1837 Principles of geology: being an inquiry how far the former changes of the earth's surface are referable to causes now in operation. 5th ed. 4 vols. London: RN115 A7,11,79,85,116,121 GR109 B6,10−13,23, 59, 63, 69, 81−82, 87; 91, 96,

115, 153, 155, 157, 170,172, 200, 201, 202, 249

C39, 53, 137, 168, 270 D21, 39,60, 104,134 E4,26,35,38,65,105,109 M128

*1838a Elements of geology. London: RNIFC A86,87,89, 94,115,120,121 C270 D60,133,134 E66,105

1838b On certain phaenomena connected with the junction of granitic and transition rocks, near Christiania in Norway. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. 7

(2):67−69. A68

1840a On the cretaceous and tertiary strata of the Danish islands of Seeland and Moen. Trans. Geol Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 5:243−58. GR109 T89

1840b On the boulder formation, or drift and associated freshwater deposits composing the mud-cliffs of eastern Norfolk. Phil. Mag. 16 (104) May:345−80. T89

677

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

McClelland, John

1833−38 On the geology of Upper Assam. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (14 June 1837):566−68. A28 B153

Macculloch, John

1817 On the parallel roads of Glen Roy. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 4:314−92. GR35,63,65,69,70,78.

1824 Hints on the possibility of changing the residence of certain fishes from salt water to fresh. Q.J. Lit. Sci. Arts Lond. 17:209−31. B54

1837 Proofs and illustrations of the attributes of god, from the facts and laws of the physical universe; being the foundation of natural and revealed religion. 3 vols. London. [*abst DAR 71:53−59 205.5:28−29,167.] N35 OUN11b

Macdonald, William

*1839 [Verbal communication on the osseous structure of fishes.] Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:69−70. D62

Macgillivray, William

*1839a A history of the British birds. Vol. 2. Cantatores, songsters. London. [1837−52.5 vols.] TFRAG3

1839b Review of 1839a. Athenaeum. (616) 10 Aug.:604−6. TFRAG3

Mackenzie, George Steuart

1811 Travels in the Island of Iceland, during the summer of the year MDCCCX. Edinburgh. RN90,159 A39 B159,255,256 C276 ZEd9

Mackintosh, James

1835 Memoirs of the life of the Right Honourable Sir James Mackintosh. 2 vols. London. C218

*1837 Dissertation on the progress of ethical philosophy. Preface, pp. 1−46, by William Whewell. 2d ed. Edinburgh. C267,269 M75,151 N89,92, 184 OUN8v,42−55

MacLeay, William Sharp

*1819−21 Horae Entomologicae. 1 vol. in 2pts. London. [*book: CUL Rare Books, abst DAR 71:128−38.] B2, 8, 46, 129, IBC C49, 103, 108,

119,139,157,202, 211,213,216,218,275 D59 ZEd18

1825 Remarks on the identity of certain general laws which have been lately observed to regulate the natural distribution of insects and fungi. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 14:46−68. C157,158

1829a Notes on the genus Capromys of Desmarest.

Zool. J. Lond. 4:269−78. C42 E42

1829b A letter to J.E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S.; in examination of his 'Paper on Systems and Methods', in the Linnean Transactions. Zool. J. Lond. 4:401− 15. C42

1830a On the dying struggle of the dichotomous system. Proof copy, 35 pages. C149,157,158,276 D59

1830b On the dying struggle of the dichotomous system. In a letter to N.A. Vigors. Phil. Mag.

7:431−45; 8:53−57,134−40,200−7. C149,155,157,158,276

1838 Invertebratae. In Smith, Andrew 1838−49, vol. [5]. Also Illustrations of the Annulosa of South Africa. London. D50−52,107

Madler, Johann Heinrich

1838 See Beer, W. and J.H. Madler

Malaspina, Alessandro

1885 Viaje politico-cientifico alrededor del mundo por las corbetas Descubierta y Atrevida al mando de los capitanes de navio D. Alejandro Malaspina y Don José de Bustamante y Guerra desde 1789 a 1794. Madrid. RN181

Malcolmson, John Grant

1833 Note on saline deposits in Hyderabad. J. Asiat.

Soc.Beng.2:77−79. A143

1833−38 On the fossils of the eastern portion of the great basaltic district of India. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (16 December 1837):579−84. A41

1836 Notes explanatory of a collection of geological specimens from the country between Hyderabad and Nagpur. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 5:96−122. A144

Mallet, Robert

1838 Roches de trapp. Institut 6 (253) 1 November:

359−60. A135

Malte-Brun, Conrad

1822−33 Universal geography. 10 vols [including Index, vol. 10]. Edinburgh. Vol. 2 1822; vol. 5, 1825. A6,16 E19

Malthus, Thomas Robert

*1826 An essay on the principle of population. 6th ed.

2 vols. London. C266, 270 D 134, 135 E3 N1 0 OUN29v Mac57v

Mancuniensis

1832 Cats without tails in the Isle of Man. Mag. Nat.

Hist. 5:717. B178

Manier, Edward

1978 The young Darwin and his cultural circle.

Dordrecht, Boston. OUN48

Mantell, Gideon Algernon

*1837 On the bones of birds discovered in the strata of Tilgate Forest, in Sussex. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 5:175−77. C163

Marsden, William

1783 The history of Sumatra. London. E21

1811 The history of Sumatra. 3d ed. London. RN90 ZEd6

Marsilli, Louis Ferdinand

1725 Histoire physique de la mer. Preface by H. Boerhaave. Amsterdam. QE21..

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Martens, Martin

1838 On hybridity in ferns. Athenaeum (539) 24 February:154. B235 D162

1839a On hybridity occurring in ferns. [Transl. by

W.H. White.] Proc. R. Bot. Soc. Lond. 1:55−57. QE12

*1839b Hybridity in ferns. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:236.

E90

Martin, Louis, Aimé-

1837 See Aimé-Martin, Louis

Martin, William Charles Linnaeus

*1837 Description of a new bat (Rhinolophus landeri) from Fernando Po, and a new hedgehog (Erinaceus concolor) from Trebizond. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:101−03. B209

Martineau, Harriet

1838 How to observe. Morals and manners. London.

C270 M75,76,142,151

Martius, Carl Friedrich Philipp von

1824 See Spix, J.B. von and C.F.P. von Martius

Mathison, Gilbert Farquhar

1825 Narrative of a visit to Brazil, Chile, Peru, and the Sandwich Islands, during the years 1821 and 1822. London. RN181

Mawe, John

*1825 Travels in the gold and diamond districts of Brazil. A new ed. London. RN181

Mayo, Herbert

1837 The philosophy of living. London. C270 M126

1838 The philosophy of living. 2d ed. London. D49 M102,103,110,111,114,115,116 N31 OUN6

Mayo, Thomas

1839 Elements of the pathology of the human mind.

Philadelphia. C266,269 OUN17

Meckel, Johann Friedrich

1808−12 Beyträge zur vergleichenden Anatomie. 2 vols in 3. Leipzig. E89

1831 On varieties in the animal kingdom, depending on procreation between individuals of different species. Gleanings in Science 3:81−84. TFRAG2

Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand

1833 Beiträge zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Reise

um die Erde. Zweite Abhandlung. Säugethiere.

Nova Acta Physico Med. 16:549−610. ZEd6

*1834 BeiträgezurZoologie,gesammeltaufeinerReiseum die Erde, und W. Erichson's und H.Burmeister's Beschreibungen und Abbildungen . . . Insekten. Breslau, Bonn. ZEd9,10

1834−35 Reise um die Erde . . . in den jahren 1830, 1831 und 1832. 2 vols. Breslau, Bonn. A87

*183 Analysis of 1834−35. J. R. Geogr. Soc

6:365−77. A87

1838a Rapport sur les progrès de la physiologie végétale pendant l'année 1836. Institut 6 (223)

January:23− 24. B200

1838b Animaux spermatiques des végétaux. Institut 6

(245) 6 September:291 E100,123

Michell, John

*1760 Conjectures concerning the cause, and observations on the phaenomena of earthquakes; particularly of that great earthquake of the first of November 1755, which proved so fatal to the city of Lisbon, and whose effects were felt as far as Africa, and more or less throughout almost all Europe. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. 51:566−634. RN80

Miers, John

*1826 Travels in Chile and La Plata. 2 vols.

London. RN56,100

1841 On some new Brazilian plants allied to the natural order Burmanniaceae, as well as some Indian species Gonyanthes candida, G. Nepalensis, G. Wallichii, G. pusilla, etc.). Trans.

Linn. Soc. Lond. 18:535−56. S6

[Mill, John Stuart]

1840 Review of the works of Samuel Taylor Coleridge. Lond. Westm. Rev. 33:257−302. OUN33

Milne-Home, David

1849 On the parallel roads of Lochaber, with remarks on the change of relative levels of sea and land in Scotland, and on the detrital deposits in that country. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 16:395−418.

Milne-Edwards, Henri

1833 Mémoire sur l'organisation de la bouche chez les crustacés suceurs. Annls Sci. Nat. 28:78−86. B112

*1834−40 Histoire naturelle des crustacés. 3 vols & atlas. (Suites à Buffon.) Paris. CIBC D52

*1837 Classification naturelle des polypes. Institut

5 (212) 31 May:178−79. ZEd7

1838a Sur les Polipes du genre des Tubulipores.

Institut 6 (225) Marche:75. Zed14

1838b Sur les Crisies, Hornères et plusieurs autres polypes vivants ou fossiles dont l'organisation est analogue à celle des Tubulipores. Institut 6 (227) 3 May:138−39. ZEd18

1838c Géographie zoologique: Crustacés.

Institut 6 (245) 6 September:290−91. E100

1838d [Un mémoire sur le mécanisme de la respiration chez les Crustacés.] Institut. 6 (250) 11 October: 329−30. E25

Mitchell, James

1827 Dendrologia; or, a treatise of forest trees with

Evelyn's Sylva revised. London. C269

Mitchell, Thomas Livingstone

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

3:1−58. B131

1838 Three expeditions into the interior of eastern Australia. 2 vols. London. A92 C130,131,159,270 D71, 75,99,112 M132

Mitchill, J.A., ———Smith and ——— Cooper

1828 Discovery of a fossil walrus or sea-horse in Virginia. Edinb. New Phil. J. 5:325−26. B125

Mitchill, Samuel Latham

1826 Facts and considerations showing that the two-headed snakes of North America and other parts of the world, are not individuals of a distinct race, but universally monsters. Am. J. Sci. 10:48−53. C27

Mitscherlich, Eilhert

1830 On artificial crystals of oxide of iron. Edinb. J. Nat. Geogr. Sci. 2:302. RN165

Mittre, H.

1839 New Crustacea. Athenaeum(585) 12 January:36. E90

Mohl, Hugo von

1836 Erläuterung und Vertheidigung meiner Ansicht von der Structur der Pflanzen-Substanz. Tubingen. B200

Molina, Juan Ignacio

*1788−95Compendio de la historia geografica, natural y civil del reyno de Chile. 2 vols. Madrid. RNIFC,63 C42,276 ZEd9

Monboddo, James Burnet

1773−92 See Burnet, J. Lord Monboddo

Mons, Jean Baptiste van

*1820 Substance of a memoir on the cultivation and variation of Brussels sprouts. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 3:197−200. [*abst DAR 74:61−62.] E141

1835−36 Arbres fruitiers. 2 vols. Louvain. QE13

Montagu, George

1804 Observations on some species of British quadrupeds, birds, and fishes. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 7:274−290. C46,267

1831 Ornithological dictionary of British birds. 2d ed. London. C46,267

Montaigne, Michel Eyquem de

1588 [1873−75] Les essais de Montaigne réimprimes sur l'édition originale de 1588. 4 vols. Paris. M89,104

Montbrun, ——— de and Alexandre Courcier

1838 Présence de l'ichthyosaure dans la craie. Institut

(226) April:136. C205

Monteith, William

*1833 [1834] Journal of a tour through Azerdbijan and the shores of the Caspian. J. R. Geogr. Soc.

Montgomery, William

1985 Charles Darwin's thought on expressive mechanisms in evolution. In Zivins 1985.

Moor, J.H.

1837 Notices of the Indian Archipelago, and adjacent countries. Singapore, London. E174−176

Moore, ———

1833−38 Extracts from two letters 'On the earthquake in Syria in January last;' addressed by Mr. Moore, his Majesty's Consul-General at Beyrout, to Viscount Palmerston. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (5 April 1837):540−41. A28

[Moore, John]

1765 A treatise on domestic pigeons. London. C269 D100

Moreton, Lord

1821 See Morton, G.

[Morgan]

1839 Review of Courtet de l'Isle, W. 1838.

Athenaeum 624, 12 October: 771−73. TFRAG5

Morris, John and Daniel Sharpe

*1846 Description of eight species of brachiopodous shells from the Palaeozoic rocks of the Falkland Islands. Q. J. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2:274−78. RN144

Morton, George

*1821 A communication of a singular fact in natural history. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 110:20−22. B181, 197,219 D9,41,113,152,165,168,171−73,176 E79

Morton, Samuel George

1835 Notice of the fossil teeth of fishes of the United States, the discovery of the Gault in Alabama, and a proposed division of the American Cretaceous group. Am. J. Sci. 28:276−78. RN142

Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus 1817 See Haydn, J.

Mulhall, Michael G.

1878 The English in South America. London. RN155

Müller, Johannes

*1838−42 Elements of physiology. 2 vols. 2d ed.

London. Vol. 1, 1838. E57,83,85,127

Murchison, Roderick Impey

1829 Supplementary remarks on the strata of the Oolitic series, and the rocks associated with them, in the counties of Sutherland and Ross, and in the Hebrides. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 2:353−68. A36

1833−38 The gravel and alluvia of S. Wales and Siluria as distinguished from a northern drift covering Lancashire, Cheshire, N. Salop, and

parts of Worcester and Gloucester. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (3 February 1836):230−336. A131

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1835 On a fossil fox found at Oeningen near Constance; with an account of the deposit in which it was imbedded. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 3:277−

90. B279

*1839a The Silurian System. London. [* 2 parts in 3 vols] RN142 A36,131

*1839b See Sedgwick, A. and R.I. Murchison

Murray, John

1828 Uber das Licht und die leuchtende Materie der Lampyris noctiluca. Z. Organ. Physik. 2:94−103. ZEd4

1845 Strictures on morphology: its unwarrantable assumptions, and atheistical tendency. London. QE17

Necker, Albertine Adrienne

1839−43 See Saussure, A.-A. de

Nees von Esenbeck, C.G.D.

1824 See Reinwardt, C.G.C., C.L. Blume and C.G.D. Nees von Esenbeck

Neill, Patrick

1830 Horticulture. In Brewster, D. [ed.] The Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, 4th ed. 11:177−315. C265

Newbold, Thomas John

1836 Sketch of the State of Muar, Malay Peninsula. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 5:561−67. [Reprinted in Moor,

J.H. 1837:73−76.] E176

Newman, Edward

1832 Sphinx vespiformis: an essay. London. B46

Newport, George

1836 On the predaceous habits of the common wasp, Vespa vulgaris Linn. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:228−29. M63

Nichol, John Pringle

1838 Remarques sur les explications que l'examen de la surface de la lune peut présenter pour certains phénomènes géologiques. Institut 6 ( 258) 6 December:400. A135

Nilsson, Sven

1817−21Ornithologia Svecica. 2 vols. Copenhagen.

D105

1835 Skandinavisk fauna. 2 vols in 1. Copenhagen.

D105

Nind, Scott

1832 Description of the natives of King George's Sound (Swan River Colony) and adjoining country. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 1:21−51. C131

Ogilby, John

1671 America. London. E167

Ogilby, William

1838a Rongeurs australasiens. Institut 6 (224)

February: 67. C15,46,95

*1838b [A new species of Muntjac deer.] Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. 6:105. D29

*1839 On a new species of monkey (Papio melnotus).

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 7:31. N115

1841 Notice of certain Australian quadrupeds belonging to the order Rodentia. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 18:121−32. C46

Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d'

1835−47 Voyage dans l'Amérique méridionale . . . pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830,

1831, 1832 et 1833. 7 vols & atlas in 2 vols.

Paris. Vol. 2, 1839−43; vol. 3, 1842; vol. 5, pt

3, 1835−43. RN127,174 A99 C50,56,57,67,99,129,183 ZEd5,6,14

1837a Sur la distribution géographique des Passereaux, dans l'Amérique méridionale. Institut 5 (221) November:347−48. ZEd6

*1837b Observations on the raptores of South America. Translated from 'Voyages dans l'Amérique méridionale'. Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:347−59. ZEd7

1838 L'homme américain (de l'Amérique méridionale), considéré sous ses rapports physiologiques et moraux. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 7:568− 70. D136 E79

Orbigny, Charles d'

1836a Existence d'un étage de calcaire marin particulier au-dessous du terrain tertiaire du bassin de Paris et d'une assise, également nouvelle dépendante de l'argile plastique; découverte d'ossements fossiles dans ce dernier étage. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 3:228−34. C178

1836b Observations sur des ossemens fossiles découverts dans une assise nouvelle dépendante de l'argile plastique du bassin de Paris. Annls Sci. Nat. (Seconde Série-Zoologie) 6:126−28. C178

Osler, Edward

1826 On the burrowing and boring marine animals.

Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 116:342−71. ZEd1

Ospovat, Dov

1981 The development of Darwin's theory.

Cambridge.

Oudney, Walter

1826 See Denham, D.N., H. Clapperton and W. Oudney

Ovington, John

*1696 A voyage to Suratt in the year 1689. London.

C227, 275

Owen, Richard

1833−38 Description of the cranium of the Toxodon Platensis, a gigantic extinct mammiferous species, referrible by its dentition to the Rodentia, but with affinities to the Pachydermata and the herbivorous Cetacea. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2( 19 April 1837):541−42. A5

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1835a Syllabus of an elementary course of lectures on comparative anatomy. London. C33

1835b On the anatomy of Distoma clavatum, Rud.

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond 1:381−84. ZEd13

1835cDescription of a new species of tape-worm, Taenia lamelligera, Owen. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:385−

86. ZEd13

1835d Remarks on the Entozoa, and on the structural differences existing among them: including suggestions for their distribution into other classes. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:387−94. C47−49,213 ZEd13

*1836 Notes on the anatomy of the wombat, Phascolomys wombat, Per. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 4:49−53. C239

*1836−39 Entozoa. In Todd, 1836−59:111−12. C266

1837 Notes. In Hunter, John 1837. B161 C267

1838 On the anatomy of the Apteryx (Apteryx Australis Shaw). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 6:48−51,71−72, 105−10. D29,30

*1838−40 See Zoology: Fossil mammalia.

1838−42 Description of a tooth and part of the skeleton of the Glyptodon, a large quadruped of the Edentate order, to which belongs the tessellated bony armour figured by Mr. Clift in his memoir on the remains of the Megatherium, brought to England by Sir Woodbine Parish,

F.G.S. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 3 (27 March 1839):108−113. A9

*1839a [Notes on the Dugong.] Ann. Nat. Hist.

2:300−7. E87,91,92

1839b On the bone of an unknown Struthious bird of New Zealand. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 7:169−71. T65

1839c Megatheriidae. The penny cyclopaedia of the society for the diffusion of useful knowledge (1833−43, 27 vols) 15:65−73. S3r

1840a A description of a specimen of the Plesiosaurus macrocephalus, Conybeare, in the collection of Viscount Cole. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 5:515−35. C72

1841a On the anatomy of the southern Apteryx (Apteryx australis, Shaw). Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2:257−301 [Communicated 10 April

1838]. C3 D35

1841b Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 18:327−61. [Read 1839.] E168

Owen, William Fitzwilliam

*1832 Some remarks relative to the geography of the Maldiva Islands. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 2:81−92. A128

1833 Narrative of voyages to explore the shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar; performed in H.M. Ships 'Leven' and 'Barracouta'. 2 vols. London. RN64,65 B190

Paley, William

1839 The principles of moral and political philosophy.

2 vols in 1. New York. M132 Pallas, Peter Simon

1802−3 Travels through the southern Provinces of the Russian Empire, in the years 1793 and 1794. 2 vols. London. RN127 A6

Palmer, Henry R.

1834 Observations on the motions of shingle beaches.

Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 124:567−76. A83

Parent-Duchâtelet, Alexandre-Jean-Baptiste

1836 De la prostitution dans la ville de Paris, considérée sous le rapport de l'hygiène publique, de la morale et de L'administration. 2 vols. Paris. C266

Parieu, ——— de

1838 See Laizer, L. and ——— de Parieu

Parish, Woodbine

*1834 Notice as to the supposed identity of the large mass of meteoric iron now in the British Museum, with the celebrated Otumpa Iron described by Rubin de Celis in the Philosophical Transactions for 1786. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 124:53−

54. RN172

1838 Buenos Ayres, and the Provinces of the Rio de la Plata. London. [re-issued 1839] RN142, 143,

155−157 A8

Park, Mungo

1800 Travels in the interior districts of Africa . . . in the years 1795, 1796, and 1797. 4th ed. London. C269

Park, Thomas

1828 Mr. Thomas Park's journey into the interior of Africa. Edin. New Phil. J. 4:410. A27 B121

Parker, Samuel

1838 Review of his journal of an exploring tour beyond the Rocky Mountains. Athenaeum (575) 3 November:790−93. A132

Parrot, Georg Friedrich

1831 Considérations sur la température du globe terrestre. Mém. Acad. Sci. St.-Pétersb. (6th ser.) 1:501−62. A134,137−40

Parsons, James

1746 [−1748] Human physiognomy explain'd: in the Crounian lectures on muscular motion. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 44 (Supplement): 1−82. N103

Paxton, Joseph

1838 A practical treatise on the cultivation of the Dahlia. London. C267

Pennant, Thomas

1773 Genera of birds. Edinburgh. D101

Pentland, Joseph Barclay

1835 On the ancient inhabitants of the Andes. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meeting at Edinburgh, 1834) 3:623−24. B208,209

Pernéty, Antoine Joseph

682

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

théoriques qu'il émet à ce sujet. Bull. Soc. Géol.

*1769 Journal historique d'un voyage fait aux îles Malouines en 1763 & 1764. 2 vols. Berlin. RN102 C276

Péron, François

1804 Sur quelques faits zoologiques applicables à la théorie du globe, lu à la classe des sciences physiques et mathematiques, de l'lnstitut national. J. Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat. 59:463−79. A58 B177

1807−16 Voyage de découvertes aux terres australes . . . sur les corvettes 'le Géographe' ' le Naturaliste' et la goëlette 'le Casuarina' pendant les années 1800, 1801, 1802, 1803 et 1804; continué par M. Louis Freycinet ... 2 vols & atlas. Paris. Vol. 1, 1807; Vol. 2, 1806; atlas 1811 RN118−20 B152,234 C268

1824 Voyage de découvertes aux terres australes. 2d ed. 4 vols. Paris. C21

Phillip, Arthur

1789 The voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay.

London. RN126

Phillips, John

*1837−39 Treatise on geology. In Lardner, D., ed. The cabinet cyclopaedia. Natural history. 2 vols. London. A54−57,147 B167−68,170,173 C269 TFRAG9

Phillips, William

1822 See Conybeare, W.D. and W. Philips.

*1823 An elementary introduction to the knowledge of mineralogy. 3d ed. London. RN89

Pictet, M.F.G.

*1839 On the writings of Goethe relative to natural history. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:313−22. E89,92,96

Plato

1977 Phaedo. Transl. G.M.A. Grube. Indianapolis.

M128

Playfair, John

*1802 Illustrations of the Huttonian theory of the earth. Edinburgh. RN110,112,161

Plinius, Secundus Caius.

1601 The historie of the world. Commonly called the naturall historie of C. Plinius Secundus. 2 vols. London. C269

Poeppig, Eduard Friedrich von

*1836 Analysis of Poeppig's Travels in Chile, Peru, and on the Amazon River, in the years 1827−32.

J. R. Geogr. Soc. 6:381−85. A37

Prévost, Constant

1835 Notes sur l'île Julia, pour servir à l'histoire de la formation des montagnes volcaniques. Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr. 2:91−124. C270

1836−37 Exemple remarquable de cristallisation en pyramide dans une marne jaune: idées

Fr. 8:320−22. A70

1838 Développement de la théorie du synchronisme des formations. Réponses aux objections. Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. 9:90−95. A101

Prévost, J.L. and J.A. Dumas

1821 Essai sur les animalcules spermatiques de divers animaux. Mém. Soc. Phys. Nat. Genève. 1:180−207. E184

1832 On electricity. Appendix. In W.F. Edwards 1832:285−306. E184

Prichard, James Cowles

1826 Researches into the physical history of mankind.

2d ed. London. B91

*1836−47 Researches into the physical history of mankind. 3d ed. 2 vols. London. [*book at CUL, abst DAR 71:143−145.] B91,136 C204,268

1840 On the extinction of human races. Edinb. New Phil. J. 28:166−70. T81

Prinsep, James

1833a Occurrence of the bones of man in the fossil state. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 2:632−35. E182

1833b Fall of fish from the sky. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

2:650− 52. E182

Prudhoe, Lord

1835 Extracts from private memoranda kept by Lord Prudhoe on a journey from Cairo to Sennar, in 1829, describing the Peninsula at Sennar. J. R.

Geogr. Soc. 5:38−58. C91

['Proteus']

1834 The Bahama Islands. United Service J. Naval Military Mag. 3:215−26. RN27

Quetelet, Lambert Adolphe Jacques

*1835a Sur l'homme et le développement de ses facultés. 2 vols. Paris C268 D152

1835b Review of 1835a. Athenaeum (406) 8 August:593− 95; (407) 15 August:611−13; (409)

29 August: 658−61. D152

Quoy, Jean-René Constant and Paul Joseph Gaimard

1824 Zoologie. In Freycinet 1824−44 B31,54,234 D74 ZEd3

1827 Observations zoologiques faites à bord de 'l'Astrolabe', en Mai 1826, dans le Détroit de Gibraltar. Annls Sci. Nat. 10:5−21,172−93,225−39. RN174

1830−35 Zoologie. In Dumont d'Urville 1830−35

['Astrolabe'], vols. 8−11. B54 C13−15,28,276 E42 ZEd10

Rachootin, Stan P.

1985 Owen and Darwin reading a fossil:

Macrauchenia in a bony light. In Kohn 1985.

Rackett, Thomas

1815 Observations on Cancer salinus. Trans. Linn.

Soc. Lond. 11:205−6. RN127

683

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Raffles, Thomas Stamford Bingley

1830 The history of Java. 2d ed. 2 vols. London.

C17,268,IBC

Ramond de Carbonnières, Louis-Elizabeth

1815 On the vegetation of high mountains. Trans. R. Hort.

Soc., (2d ed.) 1 (Appendix):15−23. E114−116

Rang, Paul-Charles-Alexandre-Léonard

*1829 Manuel de l'histoire naturelle des mollusques et de leurs coquilles, ayant pour base de classification celle de M. le baron Cuvier. Paris. C23

Raverat, Gwen

1960 Period piece. London. M41

Ray, John

*1692 The wisdom of god manifested in the works of the creation. 2d ed. 2 pts in 1 vol. London. C248,270, 275

Rees, Abraham

1819 Siberia. In Rees, A. Cyclopaedia. 39 vols.

London. Vol. 32. A7

Reinwardt, Caspar Georg Carl, C.L. Blume and C.G.D. Nees von Esenbeck

1824 Hepaticae javanicae, editae conjunctis studiis et opera. Nova Acta Physico-Med. 12:181−238; 409−18. C17,268

Rengger, Johann Rudolph

*1830Naturgeschichte der Saeugethiere von Paraguay.

Basel. C267,270 T81 ZEd11

Reynolds, Joshua

1798 The works of Sir Joshua Reynolds. 2d ed. 3 vols. London. M32 N26,32 OUN10,11,11v,11b, 11bv

1831 Discourses delivered to the students of the Royal Academy. London. C269

Richards, Robert J.

1979 Influence of sensationalist tradition on early theories of the evolution of behavior. J. Hist Ideas 40:85−105.

Richardson, John

*1829−37 Fauna Boreali-Americana; or the zoology of the northern parts of British America. 3 vols (in 4 pts). London. [*Pts 1−3] B91 C69,268 E52

1831 See Swainson, W. and J. Richardson

*1837 Report on North American zoology. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meeting at Bristol, 1836) 5:121−224. [* 1836 Philos. Tracts, 1:18] B154

1839 Notice of a few simple observations which it is desirable to make on the frozen soil of British North America. [Article by John Washington] Athenaeum (586) 19 January:52−53. A136

Ridewood, William George

1909 British Museum (Natural History) Special Guide No. 4. Memorials of Charles Darwin: a

collection of manuscripts, portraits, medals, books and natural history specimens to commemorate the centenary of his birth and the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of 'The Origin of Species'. Preface by Sidney Frederic Harmer. London.

Riley, John

1839 Reply to M. Marten's paper on the hybridity of ferns. Proc. R. Bot. Soc. Lond. 1:60−62. QE12

Ritchie, Catherine

1932 [The Gorringer catalogue of Charles Darwin's manuscripts.] University Library, Cambridge.

Ritchie, Thomas Edward

1807 An account of the life and writings of David Hume, Esq. London. C270

Robert, Eugene

*1837 Observations faites dans la deuxième expedition de la corvette 'la Recherche'. Institut 5 (214) 14

June: 192−93. A20

Rogers, Henry D.

1835a On the Falls of Niagara and the reasonings of some authors respecting them. Am.J. Sci. 27:326−35. RN142

1835b Report on the geology of North America. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (Meeting at Edinburgh, 1834) 3:1−66. A56,57 B174

1861 On the origin of the parallel roads of Lochaber (Glen Roy), Scotland. In The Royal Institution Library of Science. Earth Sciences, 1971, ed. S.K. Runcorn, 3 vols. Vol. 1:200−4. London.

Rose, Gustav

1835 Mémoire sur les roches qu'on nomme grunstein et grunstein porphyrique. Annls Mines 8:3−32. A84

Ross, James Clark

1847−60 See Hooker, J.D.

Ross, John

1819 A voyage of discovery, made under the orders of the Admiralty, in His Majesty's Ships 'Isabella' and 'Alexander', for the purpose of exploring Baffin's Bay, and inquiring into the probability of a North-West Passage. London. RN114,181

Roussin, Albin-Reine

1826 Le Pilote du Brésil, ou description des côtes de l'Amérique méridionale . . . exécutée en 1819 et 1820 sur la corvette 'la Bayadère' et le brig 'le Favori'. Paris. RN22,91

Roxburgh, William

1816 An alphabetical list of plants, seen by Dr. Roxburgh growing on the Island of St. Helena, in

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1813−14. Appendix [1], pp. 295−326, in

Beatson, 1816. B173

Royle, John Forbes

*1835 Illustrations of the botany and other branches of the natural history of the Himalayan Mountains, and of the flora of Cashmere. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 5:361−65. B151,236,272 C268

*1839 Illustrations of the botany and other branches of the natural history of the Himalayan Mountains, and of the flora of Cashmere. 2 vols. London. [*abst DAR 71:20−25.] QE12

*1840 Essay on the productive resources of India.

London. [*abst. DAR 71:26−28] QE12

Rudwick, Martin, J.S.

1974−75 Darwin and Glen Roy: a 'great failure' in scientific method? Studies Hist. Phil. Sci. 5:97−185.

1982 Charles Darwin in London: The integration of public and private science. Isis 73:186:206.

Rüppell, Wilhelm Peter Eduard Simon

1826−28 Atlas zu der Reise im nördlichen Afrika. 5 vols. Frankfurt. C42

1829 Review of 1826− 28. Zool. J. Lond. 4:385−94.

C42 ZEd12

Rutherford, Henry William

1908 Catalogue of the library of Charles Darwin.

Cambridge. E145

Sabine, Edward

1840 Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea in the years 1820−23. London. QE17

Sabine, Joseph

*1820 Observations on, and account of, the species and varieties of the genus Dahlia; with instructions for their cultivation and treatment. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. Lond. 3:217−43. [*abst DAR 74:62.] E13,142

Saint-Hilaire, Auguste de [Augustin François-César-Prouvensal de]

*1841 Leçonsdebotaniquecomprenantprincipalementla morphologie végétale. Paris. QE17

Saint-Pierre, Jacques-Henri Bernardin de

1773 Voyage à l'Isle de France, à l'Isle de Bourbon, au cap de BonneEspérance, &c. Avec des observations nouvelles sur la nature & sur les hommes, par un officier du roi. 2 vols in 1. Neuchâtel. B190,234,255 C276 ZEd4

Salisbury, Richard Anthony

1807 An account of a storm of salt, which fell in January, 1803. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 8:286−90. A1

*1812 Observations on the different species of Dahlia.

Trans.R.Hort.Soc.1:84−98 [*abst DAR 74:56] E113

Saussure, Albertine Adrienne de

1839−43 Progressive education; or, considerations on the course of life. London. 3 vols. C265 N74

Savigny, Marie-Jules-César Lelorgne de

1816 Mémoires sur les animaux sans vertèbres. 2 pts in 1 vol. Paris. C216

Schiede, Christian Julius Wilhelm

1825 De plantis hybridis spontenatis. Kassel.

C265

Schlegel, Hermann

1834 Monographie van het geslacht Zonurus. Hoeven en Vriese, Tijdschrift 1:203−21. QE17

1836 Beschreibung von Zonurus microlepidotus, Cuv., und Zonurus Novae Guineae, Archiv. Naturgesch. 2:101−3. QE17

Schmidtmeyer, Peter

1824 Travels into Chile . . . in the years 1820 and 1821.

London. A100

Schomburgk, Robert Hermann

*1836 Report of an expedition into the interior of British Guayana, in 1835−6. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 6:224−84. A87

*1837 Diary of an ascent of the River Berbice in British Guayana in 1836−7. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 7:302−50. A87 C94

Schouw, Joakim Frederick

1823 Grundzüge einer allgemeinen Pflanzengeographie . . . Aus dem Danischen übersetzt. Berlin. B156 E17

Schweber, Silvan S.

1977 The origin of the Origin revisited. J. Hist. Biol.

10:229−316.

Scoresby, Jr., William

1820 An account of the Arctic regions, with a history and description of the northern whale-fishery. 2 vols. Edinburgh. RN181

Scott, John [pseudonym]

1820 See [Lawrence, John]

Scott, Walter

1815 Guy Mannering; or, the astrologer. 3 vols.

Edinburgh. M8,59

1829 Waverley novels. 48 vols. London. N46 1837−38 See Lockhart, J.G.

Scrope, George Julius Poulett

*1825 Considerationsonvolcanos.London. RN77 A34

1827 MemoironthegeologyofcentralFrance;includingthe

volcanicformationsofAuvergne,theVelay,andthe

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Vivarais, with a volume of maps and plates.

London.

See review, Lyell 1827. N19

Review of 1827. Q. Rev. 36:437−83. N19

1829 Notice on the geology of the Ponza Isles. Trans.

Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 2:195−236. A43,51

Seale, Robert F.

1834 The geognosy of the island St. Helena. London.

Sebright, John Saunders

*1809 The art of improving the breeds of domestic animals. London. C133,275 D179

*1836 Observations upon the instinct of animals.

London. B250 C134,165,275 N63

Sedgwick, Adam

1835 On the geological relations and internal structure of magnesian limestone, and the lower portions of the new red sandstone series in their range through Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire, Yorkshire, and Durham, to the southern extremity of Northumberland. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2d ser. 3:37−124. A45,49

Sedgwick, Adam and Roderick Impey Murchison

*1839 Classification of the older stratified rocks of Devonshire and Cornwall. Phil. Mag. 14:241−60, 317,354−58. [* Pamphlet 66] E126

Selby, Prideaux John

*1837−38 Observations on the importance of a local fauna;—exemplified in the fauna of Twizel. Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:421−24; 2:389−97. C160

Serres, Antoine-Etienne-Renaud-Augustin

*1837 Anatomie des mollusques. Institut 5 (221) November:370−71. B163

Serres, Marcel, [Pierre Marcel Toussaint de]

1823 Observations sur les ossements humains découverts dans les crevasses des terrains secondaires, et en particulier sur ceux que l'on observe dans le caverne de Durfort. Bibltque Univ. Genève 23:277−95. E35

*1837 De la présence du fer sulfuré sublimé dans les calcaires tertiaires des environs de Montpellier. Institut 5 (220) October:331. A32 B151

1838a Essai sur les cavemes à ossements et sur les causes qui les y ont accumulés. 3d ed. Paris. C267

1838b See Flourens, M.J.P. and M. Serres

Seward, A.C.

1909 Darwin and modem science. Cambridge. D175

Sharpe, D.

1846 See Morris, J. and D. Sharpe

Shaw, John

1836 An account of some experiments and observations on the parr, and on the ova of the

salmon, proving the parr to be the young of the salmon. Edinb. New Phil. J. 21:99−110. QE18

*1838 Experiments on the development and growth of the fry of the salmon from the exclusion of the ovum to the age of seven months. Edinb. New Phil. J. 24:165−76. QE18

1840 Account of experimental observations on the development and growth of salmon-fry, from the exclusion of the ova to the age of two years. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. 14:547−66. QE18

Shepard, Charles U.

1835 On the strontianite of Schoharie, (N.Y.) with a notice of the limestone cavern in the same place. Am. J. Sci. 27:363−70. RN142

Sherborn, Charles Davies and B.B. Woodward

1901 Notes on the dates of publication of the natural history portions of some French voyages. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 7th ser. 7:388−92. RN127

Shuttleworth, Nina Louisa Kay

1910 A life of Sir Woodbine Parish, K.C.H., F.R.S., 1796−1882. London. RN155

Siebold, Phillip Franz von

1833−50 Fauna Japonica; sive, descriptio animalium, quae in itinere per Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis superiorum, qui summum in India Batava imperium tenent, suscepto, annis 1823−1830 collegit, notis, observationibus et adum-brationibus illustravit Ph. Fr. de Siebold, conjunctis studiis C.J. Temminck et H. Schlegel pro vertebratis, atque W. de Haan pro invertebratis elaborata. 6 vols in 4. Luduni Batavorum. C225 E170

Simpson, George Gayland

1980 Splendid isolation. New Haven, London. RN129

Sloan, Phillip R.

1985 Darwin's invertebrate program, 1826−1836: pre-conditions for transformism. In Kohn 1985.

1986 Darwin, vital matter, and the transformation of species. J. Hist. Biol. 19:369−445.

Smart, Benjamin Humphrey

1839 Beginnings of a new school of metaphysics: three essays in one volume: Outline of sematology.—MDCCCXXXI. Sequel to sematology.—MDCCCXXXVII. London. OUN5

Smee, Walter

1835 Some account of the maneless lion of Guzerat.

Trans.Zool.Soc.Lond.1:165−74. C47

Smellie, William

*1790−99 The philosophy of natural history. 2 vols.

Edinburgh. B272 C268 D56

Smith,

1828 See Mitchill, J.A., ——— Smith and ——— Cooper.

Smith, Adam

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Somerville, Mary

1795 Essaysonphilosophicalsubjects.BythelateAdam Smith . . . To which is prefixed, an account of the life and writings of the author, by Dugald Stewart F.R.S.E. London. M108,155

1808 The theory of moral sentiments. 11th ed. 2 vols.

Edinburgh. N184 OUN29v 1829 See Stewart, D. 1829

Smith, Andrew

1831 Observations relative to the origins and history of the Bushmen. Phil. Mag. 9:119−27,197−200,339−42,419−23. B32 QE16

1836a Report of the expedition for exploring Central Africa, from the Cape of Good Hope, June 23, 1834. Cape Town. [Location: British Museum (Natural History) Zoology Dept. Library]. B33,69

1836b Report of the expedition for exploring Central Africa. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 6:394−413. A94

1837 A catalogue of the South African Museum now exhibiting in the Egyptian Hall Piccadilly. London. [Location: British Museum (Natural History) Zoology Dept. Library] B67

* 1838−49 Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa . . . collected . . . in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836. 5 pts. London. [*4 vols] B33, 67 C41 D50 − 52, 107 QE16

Smith, Christen

1818 Professor Smith's Journal. In Tuckey 1818.

C250,275

Smith, James [of Jordanhill]

1838 On the last changes in the relative levels of the land and sea in the British Islands. Edinb. New Phil. J. 25:378−94. A111 E161

1838−42 On the geology of the island of Madeira. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 3 (6 January 1841):351−55. QE1

Smith, James Edward

1826 A grammar of botany, illustrative of artificial, as well as natural, classification, with an explanation of Jussieu's system. London. QE[15v]

Smith, Samuel Stanhope

1810 Anessayonthecausesofthevarietyofcomplexion andfigureinthehumanspecies...Also,strictures onLordKaim's[Kames] discourseontheoriginal diversityofmankind.2d ed. New Brunswick. C275

Smith, Sydney

1960 The origin of the Origin, as discerned from Charles Darwin's notebooks and his annotations in the books he read between 1837 and 1842. Advancement Sci. 16:391 −401.

1968 The Darwin collection at Cambridge, with one example of its use: Charles Darwin and Cirripedes. Actes du Xe Cong. Int. d'Hist. Sci. (1965) pt. 5:96−100.

*1834 On the connexion of the physical sciences.

London. C219

Southey, Robert

1836−37 See Cowper, W.

Sowerby, George Brettingham (Elder)

1812 An account of a new Scarabaeus, discovered by Mr. Neale, and observations on two other rare insects. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1:246−247. QE1

*1833 Characters of new species of Mollusca and Conchifera, collected by Mr. Cuming. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:16−22,34−38, 52−56,

70−74, 82−85, 134−39 QEIFC,1

1839a On certain monstrosities of the genus Encrinus. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt Sci. (1838) 7:115−16. QE1

1839b The zoology of Captain Beechey's voyage.

London. E98,99

Sowerby, George Brettingham (Junior)

*1840 On some new species of the genus Cardium, chiefly from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 8:105−11. QE1

Sowerby, James de Carle

1806−38 The British miscellany. 2 vols. London. QE1 1812−46 The mineral conchology of Great Britain.

vols. London. E121

1820−25[−34] The genera of recent and fossil shells, for the use of students in conchology and geology. Commenced by James Sowerby, and continued by George Brettingham Sowerby. 2 vols. London. C244−246

Spallanzani, Lazzaro

1769 Anessayonanimalreproduction.London. C269 E90,148 QE1v,10

Spence, William

1836 Observations on a mode practised in Italy of excluding the common house-fly from apartments. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:1−7. D22

Spencer, Herbert

1863−65 The principles of biology. 2 vols.

London.

Spenser, Edmund

1589 The faerie queene disposed into twelve bookes fashioning XII. moral virtues. London. [1923 reprint] M84

Spicer, John W. G.

1854 Note on hybrid gallinaceous birds.

Zoologist 12:4294−96. B189

Spix, Johann Baptiste von

1815 Cephalogenesis.Monachii E89

Spix, Johann Baptist von and Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius

*1824 Travels in Brazil, in the years 1817−20. 2 vols in 1. London. C67 ZEd20

687

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Sprengel, Christian Konrad

of Thomas Reid. Cambridge, Mass. C267

1793 Das entdeckte geheimniss der natur in bau und in der befruchtung der blumen. Berlin E165

Spry, Henry Harpur

1832 Note on Indian saline deposits. J. Asiat. Soc.

Beng. 1:503. A143

Stanley, Edward

1835 A familiar history of birds: their nature, habits and instincts. 2 vols in 1. London. C269 D103 E136,138−140 QE19

Stark, John

*1838 On the food of the vendace, herring, and salmon. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:74−75. C95

Stauffer, Robert C.

1975 Charles Darwin's natural selection. Being the second part of his big species book written from 1856 to 1858. Cambridge.

Staunton, George Leonard

1797 An authentic account of an embassy from the King of Great Britain to the Emperor of China. 2 vols & atlas. London. C269 OUN12

Staunton, George Thomas 1821 See Tu-Li-Shin

Stephen, James

1838 Remains of the Rev. Richard Hurrell Froude, M.A., Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford, 2 vols. 8vo. London. Edinb. Rev. 67:525−35. M60

Stephenson, J.

1833 On the manufacture of saltpetre, as practised by the natives of Tirhut. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 2:23−

27. A143

1834a On the efflorescence of khari nun, or sulphate of soda, as found native in the soil of Tirhut and Sarun, in the province of Behar. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 3:188−89. A143

1834b On the saline nature of the soil of Ghazipoor, and manufacture of common salt, as practised by the natives of the villages of Tuttulapoor, Ratouly, Sahory, Chilar and Becompoor. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 3:36−39. A143

1836 Specimens of the soil and salt from the Samar, or Sambhur lake salt-works. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 5:798−806. A143

Sternberg, Caspar von (Count)

1827 On the distribution of living and fossil plants.

Edinb. New Phil. J. 3:190−92. B117

Stewart, Dugald

1795 See Smith, A.

1829 The works. 7 vols. Vol. 7: Account of the life and writings of Adam Smith, Account of the life and writings

M155 OUN17−21

Strachan, Charles

*1820 Account and description of the different varieties of the onion. Trans. R. Hort Soc. 3:369−79. [*abst. DAR 74.63] E165

Straus-Durckheim, Hercule Eugène

1819−20 Mémoire sur les Daphnia, de la classe des Crustacés. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. 5:380− 425, 6:149−62. C162,235

Strickland, Hugh Edwin

1837 [1838] See Hamilton, W.J. and H.E. Strickland

Sturt, Charles

1833 Two expeditions into the interior of southern Australia during the years 1828, 1829, 1830,

and 1831. 2 vols. London. RN126

Sulloway, Frank J.

1982 Darwin's conversion: The 'Beagle' voyage and its aftermath. J. Hist. Biol. 15:325−96.

Swainson, William

*1835 A treatise on the geography and classification of animals. London. B8,33,46,67, 92, 276 C73,74,170,185 D26

*1836−37 Onthenaturalhistoryandclassificationofbirds. Lardner's Cabinet Cyclopaedia. 2 vols. London. C112,113

*1837 DrLardner'sCabinetCyclopaedia,NaturalHistory.

1. On the geography and classification of animals.

By W. Swainson, Esq [Review of 1835.] Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:545−66. B67,92,276 C170,185

Swainson, William and John Richardson

1831 The birds. ln Richardson 1829−37 [Fauna-Boreali], vol 2. C69,73

Sweet, Robert

1830 Sweet's Hortus Britannicus: or, a catalogue of plants indigenous, or cultivated in the gardens of Great Britain. 2d ed. London. C265

Swisher, Charles N.

1967 Charles Darwin on the origins of behavior. Bull.

Hist. Med. 41:24−43.

Sykes, William Henry

1835 Description of the wild dog of the Western Ghats. Trans. R. Asiat. Soc. 3:405−09. QE12

1836a Descriptions of new species of Indian ants.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:99−107. MIFC,62

1836b Observations upon the habits of Copris midas.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1:130−32. ZEd19

*1838a Observations on the Canis jubatus and some skins of the Felis pardina. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 6:111−13. QE12

688

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

*1838b On the identity of the wild ass of Cutch and the Indus, with the Dziggetai (Equus hemionas of Pallas). Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:322−27. C225

1838c On the Calandra Lark. Proc Zool. Soc. Lond.

6:113−14. D95

Tankerville, Charles August Bennet and L. Hindmarsh. 1838 On the wild cattle of Chillingham Park.

Athenaeum (565) 25 August:611−12. D48

Tanselle, G. Thomas

1978 The editing of historical documents. Studies in Bibliography 31:1−56.

Taylor, Richard

1837−53 Scientific memoirs. London. C275

Telfair, Charles

1826−33 [Letter from Mr. Telfair] Proc. Geol. Soc.

Lond. 1 (1 May 1833):479. C216

1833 Letter on the history of a living specimen of the Indian tortoise (Testudo Indica, Linn.), presented by General Sir Charles Colville. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:81. ZEd6

Temminck, Coenraad Jacob

*1813−15 Histoire naturelle générale des pigeons et des Gallinacés. 3 vols. Amsterdam, Paris. [*abst DAR

71:6−19.] C36,IBC D101

1817 Observations sur la classification méthodique des oiseaux. Amsterdam, Paris. D25

1826 Sur le genre chat, ou Felis. [Review of 1827−41,

(1827), 4th monograph]. Zool. J. Lond.

2:526−34. C41

1827−41 Monographies de mammalogie, ou description de quelques genres de mammifères, dont les espèces ont été observées dans les différens musées de l'Europe. 2 vols. Paris, Amsterdam. B249 C41

1833 Discours préliminaire. Coup-d'oeil sur la faune des îles de la Sonde et de l'empire du Japon. In Siebold, 1833−50. CIBC E170

*1838 Zoology of Java. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:335. C225

Temple, Edmond

1830 Travels in various parts of Peru, including a year's residence in Potosi. 2 vols. London. RN125, 157,158

Templeton, John

1802 On the naturalization of plants. Trans. R. Ir.

Acad. 8:111−29. A126

Thompson, John Vaughan

1835a Discovery of the metamorphosis in the second type of Cirripedes, viz., the Lepades, completing the natural history of these singular animals, and confirming their affinity with the Crustacea. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 126:355−58. ZEd1

1835b On the double metamorphosis in the Decapodous Crustacea, exemplified in Cancer maenas, Linn. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 126:359−62. ZEd1

Thompson, William

*1837a Notes relating to the natural history of Ireland, with a description of a new genus of fishes (Echiodon). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:52−63. B166

*1837b On hybrids produced in a wild state between the black-grouse (Tetrao tetrix), and common pheasant (Phasianus colchicus). Mag. Zool. Bot. 1:450−53. B189 C184,228

*1838a Contributions to the natural history of Ireland. No. 2. On the birds of the order Raptores. Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:42−57. C185

*1838b Contributions to the natural history of Ireland. No 4. On the birds of the order Insessores. Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:427−40. C189

*1838c Contributions to the natural history of Ireland. No. 6. On the birds of the order Insessores. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:181−95. C189

1838d On the Irish hare (Lepus Hibernicus). Trans. R.

I. Acad. 18:260−71. B7 D61

*1839a On the Irish hare. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:70−71.

D61

*1839b On fishes; containing a notice of one species new to the British, and of others to the Irish fauna. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2:266−73. E91

Thomson, James Jr.

1848 On the parallel roads of Lochaber. Edinb. New Phil. J. 45:49−61.

Tickell, Samuel Richards

1833 List of birds, collected in the jungles of Borabhum and Dholbhum. J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 2:569−83. E181

Todd, Robert Bentley

*1836−59 The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology.

5 vols in 6. London. C266 D113,166

Tooke, John Home

1798−1805 EПEA ПTEPOENTA, Or the diversions of Purley, 2d ed. 2 pts. London. N65 OUN13

Totten, Joseph G.

1835 Descriptions of some shells, belonging to the coast of New England. Am. J. Sci. 28:347−53. RN142

Tournal, Paul (?)

1833 Considérations générales sur le phénomène des cavernes à ossemens. Annls Chim. 52:161−81. E35,182

Treviranus, Gottfried Reinhold

1802−22 Biologie, oder philosophie der lebenden Natur für Naturforscher und Aerzte. 6 vols. Göttingen. C104

Tuckey, James Kingston

1818 Narrative of an expedition to explore the river Zaire, usually called the Congo, in South Afrca, in 1816. London. B154 C224,248−251,268,275

689

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Tu-Li-Shin

1821 Narrative of the Chinese Embassy to the Kahn of the Tourgouth Tartars, in the years 1712, 13, 14, and 15. [Transl. by George Thomas Staunton.] London. C269

Tullamore, Lord. See Bury, Charles William, Lord Tullamore

Turnbull, Alexander See Christie, A.T. Turner, Edward

1837 Elements of chemistry. London. A84

Turner, Samuel

1800 An account of an embassy to the court of the Teshoo Lama, in Tibet. London. C266

Turpin, Pierre-Jean-Francois

[1827] Organographie végétale. Observations sur quelques végétaux microscopiques, et sur le rôle important que leurs analogues jouent dans la formation et l'accroissement du tissu cellulaire. Paris. E165

1838 [Milk globules turn into a vegetable.]

Athenaeum (553) 2 June:396. C224

Ulloa, Antonio de

1792 Noticias Americanas: entretenimientos fisico-históricos sobre la América meridional. 2d ed. Madrid. RN125

1806 See Juan G. and A. de Ulloa

Unanue, Jose Hipolito

1815 Observaciones sobre el clima de Lima. 2d ed.

Madrid. A153 Ure, Andrew

*1823 A dictionary of chemistry. 2d ed. London.

A22−24

Urville, Jules-Sébastian César Dumont d'. See Dumont d'Urville, J-S-C.

Vaillant, François Le

1790 Travels from the Cape of Good-Hope, into the interior parts of Africa. London. 2 vols. C129

Valenciennes, Achille

1828−49 See Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. and A. Valenciennes.

1838a Ossements fossiles de Stonesfield. Institut

6(246) 13 September:297−98. D62

1838b Poissons des îles Canaries. Institut 6 (251) 18 October.338. E35

1838c Rhinocéros fossile. Institut 6 (258) 6 December:

394. E72

1838d Considérations générales sur l'ichthyologie de l'Atlantique. C.R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris 7:717−22. E35

Van-Hasselt

1827−28 See Blume, C.L.

Vigors, Nicholas Aylward

1826a Sketches in ornithology: or observations on the

leading affinities of some of the more extensive groups of birds. 2. On a group of Psittacidae

known to the ancients. 3. On a new genus of Falconidae (Gampsonyx). Zool. J. Lond. 2:37−70. C40

1826b See Children, J.G. and N.A. Vigors.

1828 Sketches in ornithology, &c. &c. On some species of birds from Cuba. Zool. J. Lond. 3:432−48. C61

Vigors, Nicholas Aylward and Thomas Horsfield

1827 A description of the Australian birds in the collection of the Linnean Society; with an attempt at arranging them according to their natural affinities. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 15:170−331. D40,61

Virey, Julien-Joseph

1816−19 Métamorphose. In Nouveau dictionnaire d'histoire naturelle. 20(1818):347−76. 36 vols. Paris. D41

1835 Philosophie de l'histoire naturelle, ou phénomènes de l'organisation des animaux et des vegetaux. Paris. C267

Virlet d'Aoust, Pierre-Théodore

1833 See Le Puillon de Boblaye, E. and P.-T Virlet d'Aoust

Volney, Constantin François Chasseboeuf de

1787a Travels through Syria and Egypt, in the years 1783, 1784, and 1785. London. 2 vols. CIBC

1787b Voyage en Syrie et Egypte pendant les années 1783,1784 et 1785. 2d ed. 2 vols. Paris. RN8,52

Vrolik, Gerardus

1837 Notice sur les dents incisives et le nombre des côtes du Rhinocéros africain. Annls Sci. Nat. 7:20− 26. QE16

Wagner, Franz Auguste

*1838 Observations on rabies or madness in dogs, oxen, horses, pigs, and sheep. Edinb. New Phil. J. 24:353−60. E36−37

Wahlenberg, Georg (Goran)

1812 Einiges zur physikalischen Erdbeschreibung von Lappland, und über die Gesetze, nach welchen die Pflanzen verbreitet sind. Transl. from Swedish. Annln Phys. 41:233−325. C178

Waitz, Theodor

*1859−72 Anthropologie der naturvölker. 6 vols.

Leipzig. N22

Walker, Alexander

*1838 Intermarriage;or,themodeinwhich,andthecauses why, beauty, health and intellect, result from certain unions, and deformity, disease and insanity, from others; demonstrated by delineations of the structure and forms, and descriptions of the functions and capacities which each parent, in every pair, bestows on children, in

con-formitywithcertainnaturallaws,andbyanaccount ofcorrespondingeffectsinthebreedingofanimals.

690

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

London. C265 E113,169 QE4

1839 Review of 1838. Brit. For. Med. Rev.

7:370−85. C265

Walker, Francis

1838 Descriptions of some Chalcidites discovered by C. Darwin, Esq. Entom. Mag. 5:469−77. C107

Wallich, Nathaniel

1830−32 Plantae Asiaticae Rariores. 3 vols.

London. S6

Warlow,

1832 Catalogue of Indian birds. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

1:261−64, 313−23. E177

Wartmann, Elie

1846 Memoir on Daltonism [or colour blindness].

Scient. Mem. 4:156−87. QE16

[Washington, John] See Richardson, J. Waterhouse, George Robert

*1837 Characters of new species of the genus Mus,

from the collection of Mr. Darwin. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 5:15−21,27−32. B250 C29 E24

1837−40 Descriptions of some new species of exotic insects. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 2 (3) [read 5 December 1836]: 188−96.

B46,56,57,79 C107, 108

1838 [Marsupial skins from Van Diemen's Land]

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 6:105 D29

*1839a See Zoology: Mammalia. B250 C23,29,35,36,116 D99 E24

*1839b Observations on the Rodentia, with a view to point out the groups, as indicated by the structure of the crania, in this order of mammals. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3:90−96,184−88,274−79,593−600. C29 E169

*1839c On the geographical distribution of the Rodentia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 7:172−74. C36,116

*1845 Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected by Charles Darwin, Esq., in the Galapagos Islands. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 16:19−40. E170

Waterton, Charles

*1833 The habits of the carrion crow. Mag. Nat.

Hist. 6:208−14. N1

*1838 Essays on natural history, chiefly ornithology.

London. [*1838 2d ed.] C270 D147,148 N1

Watson, Hewett Cottrell

1835 Remarks on the geographical distribution of British plants. 2d ed. London. [*1843 ed. at Down, abst of pt 1 of 1843 ed. DAR 71:153,160−61] GR108 C267 M155

Waugh, Francis Gledstanes

[1888] Members of the Athenaeum Club from its

foundation. [London?] D151

Webb, Philip Barker-. See Barker-Webb, P. and S. Berthelot.

Webster, John W.

1821 A description of the Island of St. Michael, comprising an account of its geological structure; with remarks on the other Azores or Western Islands. Boston. RN126

Webster, Thomas

1836 On the changes of temperature consequent on any change in the density of elastic fluids, considered especially with reference to steam. Trans. Inst. Civil Eng. 1:219−26. A55

Webster, William Henry Bayley

1834 Narrative of a voyage to the southern Atlantic Ocean, in the years 1828, 29, 30, performed in H.M. Sloop 'Chanticleer'. 2 vols. London. RN33,125,128

Wedgwood, Hensleigh

1866 On the origin of language. London. N31,39

Wedgwood, John

1812 Observations on the culture of the Dahlia in the northern parts of Great Britain, &c. In a letter to Richard Anthony Salisbury. Trans. R. Hort. Soc. 1:113−15. E13

Weismann, August

1893 'Telegony' In Oxford English Dictionary. B181

Weiss, Christian Samuel

1827 Uber das südliche Ende des Gebirgszuges von Brasilien in der Provinz S. Pedro do Sul und der Banda oriental oder dem Staate von Monte Video; nach den Sammlungen des Herrn Fr. Sellow. [1827−28] Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. 217−93. A151

Weissenborn, W.

*1838a On spontaneous generation. Mag. Nat.

Hist. 2:369−81,621−24. QE[5]a,17

*1838b On the transformation of oats into rye. Mag.

Nat. Hist. 2:670−72. QE[15v]

*1838c Transmission of experience in birds, in the form of instinctive knowledge. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2:50−53 B199

Wells, Algernon

1834 On animal instinct. Colchester. C269 N68−72

Wellsted, James Raymond

*1835Memoir on the Island of Socotra. J. R. Geogr.

Soc. 5:129−229. C92

*1836 Observations on the coast of Arabia between Ras Mohammed and Jiddah. J. R. Geogr. Soc. 6:51− 96. B48 C93

Westwood, John Obadiah

1835 On the supposed existence of metamorphoses in the Crustacea. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 126:311−28. ZEd1

691

1836 On the earwig. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1:157−63. M63

[page] BIBLIOGRAPHY

1837 On Diopsis, a genus of dipterous insects, with descriptions of twenty-one species. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 17:283−313. B139

*1838 Notes upon subaquatic insects, with the description of a new genus of British Staphylinidae. Mag. Zool. Bot. 2:124−32. C186 ZEd17

1841 On the family Fulgoridae, with a monograph of the genus Fulgora, Linn. Trans. Linn. Soc. 18:133−54. TFRAG7

Whewell, William

1833 Astronomy and general physics considered with reference to natural theology. The Bridgewater treatises on the power, wisdom, and goodness of god as manifested in the creation. Treatise III. 2d ed. London. C72,91 D49 Mac58r

*1837 History of the inductive sciences, from the earliest to the present times. 3 vols. London. C269 D26,71 E57,60,69,70,83,89,97 N14

1833−38 Address to the Geological Society, delivered at the anniversary, on the 16th of February, 1838. Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 2 (16 February 1838):624−

49. C55,62

1838−42 Address delivered at the anniversary meeting of the Geological Society of London, on the 15th February 1839; and the announcement of the award of the Wollaston Medal and Donation Fund for the same year. London. [* Pamplet 42.] Also in Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. 3 (15 February 1839):7−44. E128

Whitby, Mary Anne Theresa

1848 A manual for rearing silkworms in England.

London QEIFC

White, Charles

1799a On the Dhanésa; or, Indian Buceros, communicated by Lieut. Fraser. Asiat. Reschs 4:119−28. QE10

1799b An account of the regular gradation in man, and in different animals and vegetables; and from the former to the latter. London. B272 C268

White, Gilbert

*1825 The natural history and antiquities of Selborne.

vols. London. C248,254,275

Whitehead, G. Kenneth

1953 The ancient white cattle of Britain and their descendants. London. M142

Wiegmann, Arend Friedrich

*1828 Ueber die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzenreiche. Arch. Ges. Naturlehre 15:204−09. [* Braunschweig] C265 QE[13v]

*1838 On the genus Procyon, with a description of two new species. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1:132−35. C96

Wilbraham, Roger

*1818 Report of the fruit committee. Trans. R. Hort.

Soc.2:58−63. [*abst DAR 74:58.] E141

Wilkinson, John Gardner

*1820 Remarks addressed to Sir J. Sebright. London.

C133,275

1837 Manners and customs of the ancient Egyptians. 3 vols. London. C269 E142,145

Williams, John

1837 AnarrativeofmissionaryenterprisesintheSouthSea Islands. London. RN12 B220 E10 TFRAG10

Wilson, Alexander

1832 American ornithology. 3 vols. London, Edinburgh.

C67−69,112,267 ZEd14

Wilson, James

1842 Notice of the occurrence in Scotland of the Tetrao medius, shewing that supposed species to be a hybrid. Proc. R. Soc. Edinb. 1(1842−44):395. D73

Wilson, Leonard G.

1972 Charles Lyell: The years to 1841. The revolution in geology. New Haven and London. RN129 A9

Woodward, Samuel Peckworth

*1851−56 A manual of the mollusca; or, rudimentary treatise of recent and fossil shells. 3 pts. London. E120

Wordsworth, William

1802 Lyrical ballads. 2 vols. London M40 N57

Yarrell, William

*1827 On the change in the plumage of some hen-pheasants. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 117:268−75. C215, 267 D114,154

*1830−31 On the specific identity of the Gardenian and night herons (Ardea gardeni and Nycticorax). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:27. D95

1833 Characters of the Irish Hare, a new species of the genus Lepus, Linn. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:88. B7

1836 A history of British fishes. 2 vols. London. T26

*1843 A history of British birds. 3 vols. London. [*1839, vol. 1; 1845, abst of 2d ed. DAR 71:166−79] C121 D96

Youatt, William

1831 The horse; with a treatise on draught. Library of useful knowledge. London. C267,IBC D179

*1834 Cattle: their breeds. Library of useful knowledge. London. C267,IBC D179

*1837 Sheep: their breeds, management, and diseases. Library of useful knowledge. London. C267,IBC D104

Young, R.M.

1985 Malthus and the evolutionists: the common context of biological and social theory. In R.M. Young, Darwin's metaphor: nature's place in Victorian

culture,pp. 23−55. Cambridge.

Zivins, Gail (Ed.)

692

1985 The development of expressive behavior: biology-environment interactions. Orlando.

[page] Biographical Index

Abberly, c. 1841; Robert Waring Darwin's gardener at Shrewsbury. Eibc T151 QE8, 11, 14, ‹15› M49

Allen, John Bartlett, 1733−1803; of Cresselly, Pembrokeshire, father of Elizabeth Allen who married Josiah Wedgwood

II. N113

D'Arblay, Alexander Charles Louis, c. 1795−1837; student at Christ's College, Cambridge; mathematician, clergyman. M99

Aristotle, 384−322 B.C.; philosopher. C267

Arrowsmith, John, 1790−1873; geographer and mapmaker; a founding member of the Royal Geographical Society, 1830. A2

Ash, John, 1723−1798; physician, practised in Birmingham where he suffered temporary mental illness; FRS (1787).

M14, 19, 80, 117

Babbage, Charles, 1792−1871; mathematician, designed early mechanical computers, member of Cambridge University network; FRS (1816). A55

Babington, Charles Cardale, 1808−1895; botanist, entomologist, archaeologist; Professor of Botany, Cambridge University, 1861− 95; FRS (1851). C 192, 195 M79 QEifc, 10a

Bachman, John, 1790−1874; American clergyman and naturalist; collaborator of J.J. Audubon. C251−53, 255 D31−34, 103

Baldwin, Jack; possibly son of Andrew Baldwin of Coreby, Shropshire. M11

Basket, Fuegia, 1821−1883?; native Fuegian, returned from England to Tierra del Fuego on board H.M.S. Beagle, 1833. N15

Bauer, Franz Andreas, 1758−1840; botanical artist at Kew Gardens; FRS (1821). C237 QE21..

Beaufort, Francis, 1774−1857; naval officer, retired as Rear-Admiral in 1846; hydrographer to the Admiralty (1829−55); one of the founders of the Royal Astronomical Society and of the Royal Geographical Society; FRS (1814). A55

Beck, Henrick Henricksen, 1799−1863; Danish zoologist and conchologist. A85 B 153, 202 C 84, 137 D133 E59,

86, 101

Beechey, Frederick William, 1796−1856; naval officer and geographer; FRS (1824). A132, 133 Bell, J.; of Oxford Street; bred bloodhounds. B183, 184

Bell, Thomas, 1792−1880; dental surgeon at Guy's Hospital, London, 1817−61; Professor of Zoology,

King's College, London, 1836; described the reptiles from the Beagle voyage. FRS (1828). C18 QE16 Bennett, John Joseph, 1801−1876; botanist, assistant to Robert Brown at the British Museum; FRS (1841).

QE[15v]

Bentham, George, 1800−1884; botanist; Honorary Secretary of the Horticultural Society, 1829−40; FRS (1862). E104 QE17, 21..

Berwick [William Noel Hill, 3d Baron Berwick] d. 1842; diplomat. D14 M25 Bewick, Thomas, 1753−1828; wood engraver and naturalist. E91

Bibron, Gabriel, 1806−1848; French herpetologist who described the reptiles collected by Alcide d'Orbigny in South America. C18, 54

Blyth, Edward, 1810−1873; naturalist; curator of the Museum of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1841−62. D29, 30, 33, 95, 96 QEifc, 19

Boerhaave, Hermann, 1668−1738; chemist, botanist; held professorships in botany, chemistry, and medicine at the University of Leiden; FRS (1730). QE21..

Bollaert, William, 1807−1873; chemist, South American traveller and mine assistant. A39, 44 Boott, Francis, 1792−1863; physician and botanist; secretary, Linnean Society 1832−39. QEifc, 21..

Bowerbank, James Scott, 1797−1877; geologist with special interest in London clay fossils; FRS (1842). A93

Brayley, Edward William, 1802−1870; writer on science, chemist, geologist; FRS (1854). A41 Brehm, Christian Ludwig, 1787−1864; German clergyman and ornithologist. QE18 Broderip, William John, 1789−1859; magistrate and naturalist; FRS (1828). D55−57

Brown, Robert, 1773−1858; botanist; supervised the botanical collection at the British Museum (1827−58) where he advised Darwin on the latter's specimens from the Beagle voyage; FRS (1811). RN161 C148, 237, 239, 266

QEifc, 1v, [5]a, 15, 21..

Brown, William, 1777−1857; Admiral in the navy of Buenos Aires. RN155

Bunbury, Charles James Fox, 1809−1886; botanist and palaeobotanist; collected plants in South America, 1833−34, and in South Africa, 1838−39; FRS (1851). S5, 6 QE21..

693

[page] BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Burchell, William J., 1782−1863; naturalist who collected in southern Africa (1811−15) and South America (1825−29). RN134

Butler, Joseph, 1692−1752; Bishop of Durham. OUN52, 54

Button, Jemmy; native Fuegian who returned to Tierra del Fuego from England on board H.M.S. Beagle in 1833. N15

Bynoe, Benjamin, 1804−1865; naval surgeon, 1825−63; assistant and later acting surgeon aboard H. M. S. Beagle, 1831−36. RN141 M79, 142

Campbell, Thomas, 1777−1844; poet, prominent in literary and educational circles in London. A26

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de, 1778−1841; Swiss botanist; foreign member, Royal Society (1822). Mac57v Carlyle, Thomas, 1795−1881; essayist and historian. B255

Charlesworth, Edward, 1813−1893; naturalist and palaeontologist; editor, Magazine of Natural History. QE[5]a,

[15v]

Clive, Edward, 1st Earl of Powis, 1754−1839; Lord Lieutenant of Shropshire, 1804−1839; his seat, Powis Castle, is in the vicinity of Shrewsbury. B140

Clive, Miss; presumably a member of one of the branches of the Clive family, which also included Edward Clive. N61

Comte, Isidore Auguste Marie François Xavier, 1798− 1857; mathematician and philosopher of science; founder of positivism. OUN25

Conybeare, William Daniel, 1787−1857; geologist; FRS (1819). E182

Corbet, Dryden Robert, 1805−1859; of Sundorne Castle, Shropshire. M1, 9, 10, 29, 42, 44, 156

Covington, Syms, 1816?−1861; Darwin's servant and assistant 1833−39; emigrated to Australia in 1839. M112 Cuming, Hugh, 1791−1865; naturalist; collected shells and living orchids in the Pacific, on the coast of Chile, and

in the Philippine Islands; returned to England in 1839. QEifc ZEd13 Darwin, Caroline Sarah. See Wedgwood, Caroline Sarah.

Darwin, Emily Catherine, 1810−1866; Darwin's sister, became Charles Langton's second wife in 1863. M28, 33, 83

Darwin, Emma, 1808−1896; daughter of Elizabeth and Josiah Wedgwood II; Darwin's wife and cousin, married 29 January 1839. D21, 176, 177 E125

N61, 73, 112

Darwin, Erasmus, 1731−1802; physician, botanist, poet; Darwin's grandfather; FRS (1761). Eibc M13, 15, 131, ibc

Darwin, Erasmus Alvey, 1804−1881; Charles Darwin's elder brother; medical degree Edinburgh 1828; qualified but never practised as a physician; well connected in London literary circles and knowledgeable in the natural sciences, particularly chemistry. RN115 A118 , 119 C 183 , 266 D10 , 63 E125 M 28 , 83 , 111 , 128 N33

Darwin, Francis, 1848−1925; Darwin's son, botanist; edited Darwin's letters; FRS (1882).

Darwin, Francis Sacheveral, 1786−1859; Darwin's half-uncle, son of Erasmus Darwin by his second marriage. B136 Darwin, Marianne. See Parker, Marianne.

Darwin, R obert Waring, 1766 − 1848 ; Darwin's father; physician with a l arge practice i n Shrewsbury, resided at The Mount; married Susannah, daughter of Josiah Wedgwood I, in 1796; FRS (1788). D1−3, 151, 180 E67, ibc T151, 176 QEifc, 4, 6, 7 M1, 2, 7, 9, 10, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24−26,

29, 35, 42−44, 50, 55, 78, 83, 90, 156, ibc N1, 39, 53, 60, 63 OUN31, 32

Darwin, Susan Elizabeth ('Granny'), 1803−1866; Darwin's sister, lived at The Mount, Shrewsbury, until her death. M33

Darwin, Violetta, 1783−1874; Darwin's aunt; married Samuel Tertius Galton. B175 Deshayes, Gérard Paul, 1797−1875; French, palaeontologist. A85 E182

Dewar, possibly A. Dewar of Fife; Scottish botanist. M78

Diard, Pierre Medard, 1794−1863; French naturalist, travelled in Indochina. C17 Dick, Thomas Lauder, 1784−1848; geologist and writer. GR78

Don, David, 1800−1841; Professor of Botany, King's College, London, 1836−1841; Linnean Society librarian, 1822−41. B79, 187, 188, 191, 192, 193 E100 ZEd8, QE10

Don George, 1798−1856; botanist; collected plants for the Horticultural Society of London, 1821−23, in Brazil, West Indies, Sierra Leone and Sao Tomé. B79

Donn, probably James, 1758−1813; botanist; curator of the Cambridge Botanic Garden, 1790−1813. ZEd8 Douglas, Gavin, c. 1474−1522; poet, Latin scholar. N39

694

[page] BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Drinkwater, Richard, 1806−1853; woolstapler of Shrewsbury, Mayor of Shrewsbury. D42 M129

Duchesne, Henri-Gabriel, 1739−1822; ecclesiastical administrator and archivist; author of Manuel du naturaliste

(1770). Or Antoine-Nicholas Duchesne, 1747−1827, author of Manuel de botanique (1764). E183 QE1 Duvaucel, Alfred, 1793−1824; French naturalist, travelled to East Indies and India. C17

Eyton, Thomas Campbell, 1809−1880; Shropshire naturalist, close friend of Darwin since childhood. B248 Difc, 4, 26 E168, 169 QEifc, 9, 18, 22 N117 OUN36

Falconer, Hugh, 1808−1865; palaeontologist and botanist; specialist in Indian materials; FRS (1845). QE17

FitzRoy, Robert, 1805−1865; naval officer, hydrographer, meteorologist; Commander and from July 1835 Captain of

H.M.S. Beagle; FRS (1851). RN16, 35, 67, 135, 137 E42 M43, 60

Fleming, John, 1785−1857; zoologist, geologist, clergyman. QE11

Ford, Richard Sutton, 1785−1850?; farmer of Newstead, near Trentham, Staffordshire; agent to the Fitzherbert estate at Swynnerton, Staffordshire. QE3

Foster, Henry, 1796−1831; naval officer, astronomer; FRS (1824). RN138

Fox, William Darwin, 1805−1880; clergyman, Darwin's second cousin and close friend at Cambridge and after, shared an enthusiasm for entomology and natural history generally. B83, 141, 159, 176, 177, 182−84 D5−15, 70

M49, 97, 128

Fraser, Louis,fl. 1866; naturalist, Curator of the Zoological Society until 1841; naturalist to the Niger expedition, 1841−42. C107

Galton, John Howard, 1794−1862; of Hadzor House, Worcestershire; High Sheriff of Worcestershire, 1834; married Isabella Strutt in 1819; brother of Samuel Tertius Galton. B175, 183

Galton, Samuel Tertius, 1783−1844; married Violetta Darwin. B175

Gillies, John, 1792−1834; physician and naturalist, resided in Mendoza in 1820s. A38 Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert, 1803−1859; zoologist and ornithologist. QE18

Gould, John, 1804−1881; ornithologist; described the birds Darwin collected on the Beagle expedition; FRS (1843). RN127, 130 B 50, 171, 249 C 15, 71, 80− 82, 88, 109, 110, 113, 114, 143, 144, 165, 189, 239 D61, 102

QEifc, 10a, 17

Gowen, James Robert, ?−1862; hybridized rhododendrons, amaryllis. QEifc, 12 Granny. See Darwin, Susan Elizabeth.

Gray, John Edward, 1800−1875; naturalist; Assistant Zoological Keeper at the British Museum, 1824; Keeper, 1840−75. FRS (1832). B9 QEifc, 12, 17

Greenough, George Bellas, 1778−1855; geologist; a founder of the Geological Society of London; FRS (1807).

E173

Haller, Victor Albrecht von, 1708−1777; Swiss anatomist, physiologist and botanist. N93

Hamilton, William John, 1805−1867; geologist; succeeded Darwin as Secretary of the Geological Society; FRS (1855). C214

Harrison, Mrs; Darwin family acquaintance. M1.

Hartley, David, 1705−1757; physician, philosopher; FRS (1736). OUN33, 49, 50 Henry, Samuel P., 1800−1852; ship's captain whom Darwin met at Tahiti. RN12

Henslow, John Stevens, 1796−1861; clergyman, botanist, and mineralogist; Professor of Mineralogy at Cambridge University, 1822−27; Professor of Botany, 1825−61; instructed Darwin in natural history at Cambridge University

and arranged for him to be offered the position of naturalist aboard H.M.S. Beagle. RN127 A49, 97 B68 198, 230, 234 C16, 92, 100, 192, 265 E100, 129, 143, 162, 165 QEifc, 2, 7, 11, 12, 15, [15v] N74, 76

Herbert, William, 1778−1847; naturalist, horticulturist, classical scholar, linguist, clergyman; studied plant hydridization; rector of Spofforth, Yorkshire, 1814−40; Dean of Manchester, 1840− 47. B 91 D25 E103, 106,

110, 141, 143, 151, 183

Heron, Robert, 1765−1854; politician, naturalist; collected a menagerie; MP for Peterborough, 1820−47. Difc QE18

Herschel, John Frederick William, 1792−1871; astronomer, chemist, philosopher of science; carried out astronomical observations at the Cape of Good Hope, 1834−38; FRS (1813). RN32, 115 A46, 104 D151 E59

Herschell, William, 1738−1822; astronomer. FRS (1781). A121 D151

Holland, Henry, 1788−1873; fashionable London physician, essayist, distant relative of Charles Darwin through the Wedgwoods; FRS (1815). RN159 E183 QEifc, 16

Home, Henry, Lord Kames, 1696−1782; Scottish judge, author of Sketches of the History of Man. OUN49

695

BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Hooker, Joseph Dalton, 1817−1911; botanist; Darwin's close friend and frequent correspondent; FRS (1847). QEifc, 1, [9v], 10a, 17

Hope, Frederick William, 1797−1862; entomologist and clergyman; FRS (1834). B248 C233 E11 Hopkins, William, 1793−1866; Cambridge University mathematician and geologist. FRS (1837). A137 Horner, Leonard, 1785−1864; geologist; father-in-law of Charles Lyell; FRS (1813). QE17

Horsfield, Thomas, 1773−1859; naturalist; born Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; served Dutch and British in East Indies, 1799−1819; FRS (1828). B164 QEifc, 12

Hubberly. See Abberley

Humboldt, Friedrich Wilhelm Heinrich Alexander von, 1769−1859; German naturalist, traveller, natural philosopher and geographer whose scientific travels in South America, 1799−1804, inspired Darwin to emulation; foreign member Royal Society (1815). RN157 E44, 45

Hunt, —— ; Keeper at the Zoological Gardens of the Zoological Society of London in Regent's Park. M138. Hunter, John (1728−1793); surgeon and anatomist; his collection of zoological specimens formed the basis of the

Hunterian Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons; FRS (1767). B51, 161 C215, 267, 270 D57, 67, 112−6, 152, 156−59, 161, 163, 173−75 E26 QE21.. M44, 147 N43

Hutton, James, 1726−1797; Scottish natural philosopher and geologist. RN112, 161 A77 C119

Jenyns [Blomefield], Leonard, 1800−1893; naturalist and clergyman; described Darwin's collection of fish from the

Beagle voyage; adopted the name Blomefield in 1871; a friend of Darwin's at Cambridge. B217 C20 Jones, R.; Shropshire or Staffordshire clergyman. D41− 43, 104 M155

Jones, Thomas, 1775−1852; a founder of the Astronomical Society and member of the Athenaeum Club; FRS (1835).

D151

Kames, Lord. See Henry Home.

Kant, Immanuel, 1724−1804; philosopher. E57 OUN33

Keilhau, Baltazar Mathias, 1797−1858; Norwegian stratigrapher, petrologist, and geologist. A68

King, Philip Parker, 1793−1856; naval officer and hydrographer; Commander of the Adventure and Beagle on the first surveying expedition to South America, 1826−30; FRS (1824). C 61, 99 ZEd12− 13

Kirby, William, 1759−1850; clergyman and entomologist; FRS (1818). Mac59

Knight, Thomas Andrew, 1759−1838; horticulturist; President of the Horticultural Society, 1811−38; FRS (1805).

E130, 148, QE11, 21..

Kuhl, Heinrich, 1797−1821; naturalist; collected in Dutch East Indies. C17

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de, 1744−1829; naturalist; held botanical posts at the Jardin du Roi, 1788−93; Professor of Zoology, Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 1793; major exponent of transformism. B9, 214 C119, 123, 157, 158 OUN37

Le Brun, Charles, 1618−1690; French artist. N103

Leighton, Francis Knyvett, 1772−1834; army officer; a close friend of Robert Waring Darwin; Mayor of Shrewsbury, 1834. M1

Leighton, William Allport, 1805−1889; Shropshire botanist, clergyman, and antiquary. Eibc

Leschenault de la Tour, Jean Baptiste, 1773−1826; botanist, travelled extensively in Australia, East Indies, India, Africa and South America. C17

Lindley, John, 1799−1865; botanist and horticulturist; Editor of Gardeners' Chronicle from 1841; FRS (1828). QE21.. Locke, John, 1632−1704; philosopher; FRS (1668). M84 OUN33

Lonsdale, William, 1794−1871; geologist; served the Geological Society of London in various capacities including librarian. C 175− 177 E6, 119− 121, 126 M97

Lowe, Richard Thomas, 1802−1874; clergyman and naturalist; specialist on Madeira. QE18

Lyell, Charles, 1797−1875; uniformitarian geologist; Charles Darwin's friend and chief scientific mentor in the late 1830s; FRS (1826). RNifc, 115, 129, 137, 145 A7, 14, 46, 68, 85, 86, 153 B153, 170, 272 C39, 74, 84,

119, 135, 153, 176, 178, 266 E6, 59, 65, 86, 100, 101, 134 S3r ZEd10 N115

MacLeay, William Sharpe, 1792−1865; zoologist and diplomat; known for quinary system of taxonomy. B154, 179, 180 C 55, 56, 153, 213, 249 D153 E22, 23

Macphee, Donald; presumably a resident of Scotland in the vicinity of Glen Roy. GR102 Malaspina, Alessandra, 1754−1809; Spanish navigator of Italian birth. RN181

Malcolmson, John Grant, 1802−1844; geologist, surgeon; served as Secretary to the Medical Board, Madras; FRS (1840). A142, 146

696

[page] BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Malthus, Thomas Robert, 1766−1834; clergyman and political economist; argued the relation between population growth and food supply; FRS (1818). Mac28v, 57v

Mark; Dr Robert Darwin's coachman at Shrewsbury. D3 QE‹15› OUN36v

Marsh, Arthur Cuthbert, 1786−1849; banker; husband of Anne Marsh-Caldwell the novelist. E108

Martin, William Charles Linnaeus, 1798−1864; Superintendent of the Museum of the Zoological Society, 1830−38. B165

Mayo, Herbert, 1796−1852; physiologist, anatomist; FRS (1828). M110

Miller, Alexander; Superintendent, Zoological Society Gardens, London (1829− 52). D87 T2 QE4, 20 M137 Miquel, Friedrich Anton Wilhelm, 1811−71; prolific author of botanical works. QE17

Mitchell, Thomas Livingston, 1792−1855; Australian explorer and Surveyor-General, New South Wales, 1828−55. A92 C130, 131, 159, 213

Monro, Alexander III, 1773−1859; anatomist; physician; Darwin attended Monro's lectures at Edinburgh University. M144

Murchison, Roderick Impey, 1792−1871; geologist, founder of the Silurian system; FRS (1826). RN142 A36

Nancy; Darwin's childhood nurse who was kept on as a servant of the Darwin family at The Mount, Shrewsbury. M53

Ogilby, William, 1808−1873; Irish barrister and zoologist; studied fossil mammals from the Stonesfield Slate of England. B163 D29, 30, 34

Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d', 1802−1857; French palaeontologist who explored and collected in South America, 1826−34. C18, 129, 165

Owen, Richard, 1804−1892; comparative anatomist and palaeontologist; Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of Surgeons, 1836−56; described the Beagle fossil mammal specimens; FRS (1834). RN113, 127, 129 B19, 113,

161, 163, 231 C3 , 72 , 131 , 266 D29, 35, 113 E136 QEifc, 17

Parish, Woodbine, 1796−1882; diplomat, geographer; represented the British Government in Buenos Ayres 1823−32; FRS (1824). RN126, 142, 143, 155, 157 A38

Parker, Marianne, 1798−1858; Darwin's eldest sister, married Henry Parker in 1824. N37

Peacock, George, 1791−1858; mathematician; Lowndean Professor of Geometry and Astronomy at Cambridge University, 1837; Dean of Ely, 1839−58; FRS (1818). M100

Phillips, John, 1800−1874; geologist and palaeontologist; Professor of Geology, King's College London, 1834−40; palaeontologist to the Geological Survey, 1840−44; FRS (1834). E121, 122

Plato, 427−348 BC; philosopher. E76 M128

Power, Mrs; presumably a resident of Port Louis, Mauritius. RN17 Powis, Earl of. See Clive, Edward.

Priestley, Joseph, 1733−1804; chemist and Unitarian theologian FRS (1766). M42

Richardson, John, 1787−1865; Arctic explorer and naturalist; FRS (1825). C129 E52 Roberts, Wilson; a correspondent of Darwin's father. OUN 31

Rosales, Francisco Javier, d. 1875; Chilean Chargé d'Affaires to Paris from 1836−53. RN155

Rosales, Vincente Perez, 1807−1886; author, colonization agent for the Chilean Government in Europe. RN155 Roussin, Albin-Reine, 1781−1854; French naval commander and later admiral; hydrographer. RN22

Roy, Nead; presumably a resident of Scotland in the vicinity of Glen Roy. GR102

Royle, John Forbes, 1799−1858; surgeon and naturalist; surgeon in East India Company's service; superintendent of garden at Saharunpore, 1823−31; FRS (1837). B242, 273 QEifc, 12

Rozales. See Rosales, Francisco Javier, and Rosales, Vincente Perez. RN155 Sagaret, Augustin, 1763−1862, agronomist. QE3

Schomburgk, Robert Hermann, 1804−1865; traveller; explored British Guiana; FRS (1859). Or Richard Schomburgk, 1811−1890; botanist. QEifc

Schouw, Joakim Frederik, 1789−1852; botanist. C266

Sebright, John Saunders, 1767−1846; Whig politician and agriculturist; published on animal breeding. C120 D108 Sedgwick, Adam, 1785−1873; geologist, clergyman; Woodwardian Professor of Geology, Cambridge University; gave

Darwin early field training in geology; FRS (1821). RN93

Selby, Prideaux John, 1788−1867; ornithologist; co-founder, Magazine of Zoology and Botany, 1837. D102

697

[page] BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

Sellow, Friedrich, 1789−1831; Prussian naturalist, and particulary botanist, who collected in Brazil and Uruguay, 1814−31. A151

Silliman, Benjamin, 1779−1864; American chemist, geologist, and mineralogist. C267

Smith, Andrew, 1797−1872; zoologist; army surgeon stationed in South Africa, 1821−37; FRS (1857). RN32 A34, 94 B32−34, 68, 83, 167, 180, 182, 233, 256 C35, 129, 150, 227, 228 D136, 137, 139, 168 Tfrag11

QEifc, 16 N101

Smith, James ('Smith of Jordanhill'), 1782−1867; geologist and man of letters; FRS (1830). QEifc Smith, Sydney, 1771−1845; essayist. E108

Socrates, 470−399 BC; philosopher. E76

Sorrell, Thomas, c. 1797−?; boatswain on voyage of H.M.S. Beagle. RN99 Sowerby, George Brettingham, 1788−1854; conchologist and artist. E45, 76

Sowerby, James de Carle, 1787−1871; fossil conchologist who examined some of Darwin's specimens from the Beagle

voyage. RN144 C245, 246 E120

Spenser, Edmund, 1552?−1599; poet, author of 'Faerie Queene' quoted in Hensleigh Wedgwood, On the Origin of Language (1866). N39

Stephens, James Francis, 1792−1852; entomologist and zoologist. B256

Stokes, John Lort, 1812−1885; naval officer; served in the Beagle as midshipman, 1826−31; mate and assistant surveyor, 1831−37; later admiral. N26

Strutt, Mr; cousin of John Howard Galton. D9

Sulivan, Bartholomew James, 1810−1890; naval officer and hydrographer; Lieutenant on voyage of H.M.S. Beagle,

1831−36; surveyed the Falkland Islands, 1838−46. D48 QE11v

Sykes, William Henry, 1790−1872; naturalist and soldier; served in the India military service of the East India Company; FRS (1834). D99 QEifc, 12

Taylor, Richard, 1781−1858; printer, naturalist, and editor, Scientific Memoirs, 1837−52; established Annals of Natural History in 1838. C104, 275 QE16

Thompson, Henry Stephen (later Meysey Thompson), 1809−1874; agriculturist and a founder of the Royal Agricultural Society, 1838. C231

Tollet, George, 1767−1855; of Betley Hall, Staffordshire; Justice of the Peace of Staffordshire; agricultural reformer, friend of the Wedgwoods and Darwins. E15 QE19

Turner, Edward, 1798−1837; chemist; FRS (1830). RN156

Van Voorst, John; publisher of natural history works, London. QE18

Voltaire, Francois-Marie Arouet de, 1694−1778; French author and philosopher; FRS (1743). M145

Waterhouse, George Robert, 1810−1888; naturalist; curator, Zoological Society of London, 1836−43; described mammals and entomological specimens from the Beagle voyage. A14 B71, 162, 166, 249, 250, 256, ibc C22, 36,

95, 107, 116, 162, ibc D29, 61 E170 T55, 57, 59 ZEd9 M98

Webster, Thomas, 1810−1875; barrister; author of works on the physical sciences; Darwin's contemporary at Cambridge University; FRS (1847). A55

Wedgwood, Caroline Sarah, 1800−1888; Charles's elder sister, married her cousin Josiah Wedgwood III on 1 August 1837. RN125 M56

Wedgwood, Elizabeth (Bessy), 1764−1846; eldest daughter of John Bartlett Allen, wife of Josiah Wedgwood II whom she married in 1792, and mother of Emma, Darwin's wife. M8, 12, 26, 79

Wedgwood, Emma. See Darwin, Emma.

Wedgwood, Ernest Hensleigh, 1838−1898; son of Hensleigh and Francis Wedgwood. N37, 121

Wedgwood, Frances (Fanny), 1800−1889; daughter of James and Catherine Mackintosh; married Hensleigh Wedgwood in 1832. M53

Wedgwood, Frances Julia (Snow), 1833−1915; writer; daughter of Hensleigh and Frances Wedgwood. N121

Wedgwood, Hensleigh, 1803−1891; philologist and barrister; B. A., Christ's College, Cambridge and Fellow 1829−30; son of Elizabeth (Bessy) and Josiah Wedgwood II; married Frances Mackintosh in 1832. C 165, 244

E144 T51 ZEd20 M58, 61, 96 N37, 39, 81

Wedgwood, John, 1766−1844; banker and horticulturist; a founder of the Horticultural Society of London, 1804; son of Sarah and Josiah Wedgwood I. E13−17, 98

Wedgwood, John Allen (Allen), 1796−1882; son of John and Louisa Jane Wedgwood; Vicar of Maer, Staffordshire, 1825−63. S1r M79

Wedgwood, Katherine Euphemia (Effie), 1839−?; daughter of Hensleigh and Frances Wedgwood. N121

Wedgwood, Sarah Elizabeth (Sarah), 1778−1856; youngest daughter of Sarah and Josiah Wedgwood I; Darwin's aunt. M83

698

[page] BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX

v

Wedgwood, Sarah Elizabeth (Elizabeth), 1793−1880; eldest daughter of Elizabeth (Bessy) and Josiah Wedgwood II. E144 S1

Wellsted, James Raymond, 1805−1842; Lieutenant in the Indian navy; traveller and surveyor; FRS (1837). A133 Whitby, Mary Anne Theresa, 1784−1850; landowner, artist, silk producer. QEifc

Willis, M.; hairdresser in Great Marlborough Street when Darwin lived at no. 36. C232 D24, 163, 173 Wilson. See Roberts, Wilson.

Wombwell, George, 1778−1850; owner of travelling menageries. QE20

Woodward, Samuel Peckworth, 1821−1865; naturalist and geologist; Subcurator, Geological Society, 1839−45. E120 Wordsworth, William, 1770−1850; poet. M40 N57

Worsley, Thomas, 1797−1885; Master, Downing College, Cambridge. N4, 74

Wynne, Mr; not positively identified, but often mentioned by Darwin especially in connection with breeding of animals;

resident of North Wales or Shropshire; several families of Wynne lived in and near Shrewsbury in the 1830− 40 period. B139, 141 C106, 120, 133, 134 M25 OUN36v QE18

York Minster; native Fuegian who returned from England to Tierra del Fuego in 1833 aboard the H.M.S. Beagle. C244 M135

Yarrell, William, 1784−1856; zoologist, bookseller, newspaper agent; author of standard works on British birds and fishes. B138, 140, 171 Cifc, 4, 68, 71, 120, 121, 202 Difc, 8, 29, 34, 72, 95, 99, 100, 102−4, 108, 152, 153,

155, 168 E35, 110, 112, 141, 168, 169, 174 QEifc, 4, 18 M138

699

[page] Subject Index

Aberrant species

See Species, aberrant

AbhandlungenderKöniglichenAkademiederWissenschaftenzuBerlin A151 Aborigines

See Australia

Abortive organs C215−16 bones QE17

v

 callosities QE20

function B84, D59, 172, E57, MAC58

in birds B70, 162, 251, C25, 57, 114v, 161,215−16, D29−30, 59, 60, 140

v

 inheritance of D132, T37, MAC53

in insects B84, C186, 215, 216, D116, 172, MAC58 v v

in mankind B84, 99, C215, D132, 158, 169, 172, E57, 66−7, 89, 147, MAC54

in plants C267, D162, E129−30, T99, QE13, 14, 21

in reproductive system D157, 158−9, 162, E129−30, T99, QE13 , 14 larvae of animals with D57

likelihood of their disappearance D132

, 58

origin B99, D162, 166, E57 Abrolhos, Brazil RN10, C100 Acalepha D156, E164 Acanthosoma M64

Acclimatisation C253, 265, E111−12

See also Adaptation; Domestication; Selection, artificial Acrita C48 −9

v

 Aconcagua, Chile

deposition of rivers GR30 Acting N24 , 121 , OUN11

v r v

Adaptation B46, 55, Cr57, 7v2, 84r, 140−1, 208, 236, E91−2, 157, T37 , MAC58

−59 , S7 −7

and design MAC53 −53 and extinction B38, 90 and generation B3, 4, 78

, 54

and monstrosities C65, 83−7, D107

and the origin of species RN133, B64, C64, D135 as a trifling character B69−70, 194

burrowing marine animals ZEd1 fine balance of C73, E9

law of B21, 45

r v

 leads to simplified organisms as well as more complex ones E95 −7 mechanism B227, D135

necessary MAC57 , 57

not perfect B45, 115, C174, D167 of Annelidae B143

v

 of eggs of Taenia D49

of fish B113, 143, E134, T57, MAC29

of fossil animals B99, 205−6

of seeds E137 r v

of seeds for transportation D74, MAC53 , QE[5]a, 6, 10, [15 ]

of tradesmen M44 −5 r v

of varieties B236, C4, D107, MAC57 −57

r

 overdevelopment of C109 perfect E57, MAC54

prevented by crossing B210−11, C60 to desert conditions A5, C88

to external conditions of existence B24, 45, 55, 113, 205−6, 235−6, C72, 84, 160, T37 to nocturnal way of life C186

to snow C252

webbed feet of shrews C252

See also Cause, final; Colour; Conditions of existence; Domestication; Economy of nature; Monsters; Selection, artificial; Selection, natural; Selection, sexual; Variation; Varieties

Affinity

a real relationship B162, 243

caused by adaptation to similar conditions B24, 43 Darwin's theory explains B228, C62−3

distinguished from analogy C115, 139−40, 151, D26

gives appearance of circular relationships between organisms B139−40 indicated by the generative organs E91−2

shown by structure not habits B162, C81−2, 86−7

See also Analogy; Classification; Quinarian system Africa C269, D50 animals B133, 157, C21, 40, 46, 233, 249, D72, E60, QE17

climate C38, E39−41

fossil mammals B72, C132, D25, T79 monstrous forms common in E88

native species found in other countries B192, 218, 242, C183−4, D25 plants B194

relationship of animals with those of the East Indies B242, C38, E39 relationship of animals with those of Europe C37, 233, E72

relationship of animals with those of India B242, C46 shells A20, B157, C246, E41, 90

See also Africa, West; Africa, South; Egypt; Fernando Po;

Madagascar; Negro Africa, South

animals RN113, B62, 67, 94, 249, C18, 116, ZEd14

geology RN32, B83

organisms have not arrived from the north B77 relationship of animals with those of South America C18, 116 zebra B62, 72

See also Africa; Cape of Good Hope

Africa, West B190, 223, C224, 246, 249, E90−1, 167

See also Africa; Cape Verde Islands Agate A53 Agouti B80

Aisa caespitosa E165 Albatross D47

Albinoes B119, C85, E176 Albite A66

Alcedo C26 Algae

See Seaweeds Alleghanies, USA wren C255 Alpine plants

Darwin's theory of origin of B195, C85, 168, 191, E104−5, 115−16, 165, Tfrag6, QE21..

701

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Alpine plants (cont.)

structure reflects conditions at different altitudes E72 See also Antarctica; Arctic Alps

erratic blocks A20 , 110 fossils C178

geology RN100 ibex Tfrag6

rivers A116

Amaryllidaceae B191 , E111 Amazon, river basin geology RN100 Amber

insects in ZEd 18

Amboina (Amboyna), Moluccas C13, 14, 18, 24 Ambylrhynchus E168, ZEd19 America

animals A3, B66, C46, 221, D103, E42, Tfrag6, M85−7, ZEd 14

birds B47, 98, C36, 69, 254, 256, 267

climate C38, E37−41

fossils A117, B72, 223, C37, 247, E11, 105

geology RN15, A5, C38, E38 plants B194, 218, C224, E166

relationship between fauna of North and South B66, 98, C37, 67, 105, 132, 183, D39, E37, 42 See also America, North; America, South America, North B174, C269, D31

alluvial plains of Mississippi river A10

animals A57, B134, C40, 69, 175, 251, 266, D31

animals compared to those of Asia B65, 242 r v

animals compared to those of Europe B47, C36, 225, 246, 247, 256, D96, 102, E100, 109, S3 −3

birds B98, 199, C36, 67, 105, 225, 255, 256

climate C37, E42

fossils B125, 172, 174, C37, 247, E32, 100 r v

fossils compared to those of Europe C246, 247, E100, S3 −3 geology C247, M131

lakes B251

plants C265, E116, QE21..

sandbars A130

shells A37, B172, 174, C246, D39, E100, 109 America, South

animals B94, 250, C18, 42, 245, 252, 257, D38, 61, 99, E13, 32, T81, ZEd9, 12, 13

animals compared with those of Australia B137, C15, 37, 116, D72, E41

animals compared with those of South Africa C18, 116, 257 birds B13, C50, 96, 157, 253, 256, Tfrag10, ZEd6, 7, 16

climate C168, E37, 38

different mineralogical character of rocks to those of Europe RN125 fish C183, E35

fossil mammals RN85, B13, 53−4, 60, 62, 63, 133, 135, 137, C37, 39, 167, 247, D72, E40, T79

geographic limits of birds and animals RN128

horses RN85, 113, A3, B62, 63, 72, 106, 133, 222, N67

insects C197 , D111 marsupials D73, E41 monkeys M143, N183

relationship of animals and plants to those of Galapagos Islands C54, 209, E100 representative species in B8, 13

shells RN36, 106, A33, 39, 72, 102, 112, 144, B95, C244, 245, 246, D39, ZEd8, 13, 15

See also America; America, North; Cordillera; Fossils; Geographical distribution; Geology; Patagonia; Species; Tierra del Fuego

American Journal of Science RN142, C27, 254, ibc, N102 Ammocoetus E97 Ammonites E121

Amphidesmas C245 Anagallis C194 Analogy (biological)

a divalent power C60, 61

a guide to species classification C127−30

arguments against a theory of B110

r v v

between adaptations in different species B79, 87, C107−8, 111−15, 143, 208, D132, MAC28 , 29 characteristics are recently acquired C202

distinguished from affinity B57−8, 139, C115, 139−40, 151, D26 exhibited between aberrant species C61

similar to degradation B129

v

 See also Adaptation; Affinity; Species, aberrant Analogy (philosophical) Darwin's theory rests on C176−7, E128 Anapsis T106

Anastatica MAC53 Anatidae D25, 26 Anatifera ZEd5

Anatomy

See Morphology

, 58

v

 Ancestor B112, D179, E117, T1

classification reveals B206, 207, C52, 186, MAC29

Darwin's theory does not require going back to first stock D21 of aquatic mammals E92

of birds C52, 206−8 of fish B88

of mammals B87, 88

of mankind B119, C178, 243, D137, M123, N10, 27, 41

of reptiles B88

of vertebrates E89

of zebra B72

Ancestor, common B14, 35, 43, 204, 232

of armadillo and megatherium B54

of birds and mammals B26, 42, 112, 263

of fish and mammals B97 of insects B58

of mankind C154

v

 of pig and tapir B86 −7

See also Mankind; Progression; Transmutation; Tree of Life An ch u s a T1 1 1 , QE[ 1 1 ]

Andes

See Cordillera Andite RN138 Anemone QE[15 akin to insanity M13−14

associated with tiredness M51, 131 Darwin's feelings of M51

v] Anger M69, 70, 84, 94

existence in ancestor of man and animals OUN29, 51

facial expression C212, M84, 147, 149, 152−3, N6, 46, 113

in dogs C212, E36, M147

702

SUBJECT INDEX

in monkeys M94, 107, N94

movement of blood during N14

nature of M12, 14, 51, 122, 124, 148, N8, OUN43, 51

sensation of N66 Anglesea

geology RN5−7, A97 Animal magnetism See Hypnosis Animals

can live only on matter already organized C104 cannot blush N15, 52, 60

dependence on plants B108−9

feel emotion just like mankind B231 feel pleasure in music N64

gradation between human beings and C55, 222−3, 244, D22 gradation between plants and A180, B43, 73, 110, OUN35 have no notion of beauty C71

mode of generation different to that of plants D167 vary in same manner as plants B210

AnnalesdesSciencesnaturellesRN65, 174, B31, 54, 112, C16, 143,

146, 178, 268, QE16

AnnalesdesSciencesnaturelles. BotaniqueB198

Annales du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris E13, 142

Annals and Magazine of Natural History RN174, D101, ZEd5, QE17. See also Annals of Natural History; Magazine of Natural History

Annals of Natural Historvy B31, 234, C16, 95, 96, 100, 188, 214, 225, 268, D48, 61, 62, 151, 167, 169, E87, 89, 90, 91, 92, 96,

T4, 25, M142, QE7, [15 ], 17

Annelidae B126, 143, D117, 156 Annulosa D55

Anoplotherium B250 Antarctica

r

 currents QE17 fish C28

large marine mammals MAC29

living organisms at great depth RN114 origin of plants B195

vegetation RN125 Anteaters B135, C257

Antelopes B14, C14, 93 Anticlines RN59, 175, A66, 107 Antiquity Aristotle C267

Greek philosophy M135 ideas of beauty N27

intellect of Greeks N47 Plato and Socrates E76 Temple of Serapis A95 See also Egypt

Antilles, West Indies E42 Ants

v

 Mifc, 62 −3

r

 Aphids B181, D40, 41, 175, QE1

r

 Aphrodite MAC28 Aphysia MAC28

Apion radiolum M63

Apples D178, E14−15, 17, 110, QE13, 21

v

 death of golden pippen trees B63, 72, D165 fertilization E15 , 110 , QE1

golden pippen B83, 230, D70 grafting E17

reversion to crab B229, 230

Ribston pippen B83, 229−30, D70 Apricots QE23 Apteryx

abortive bones B162, QE17 feathers C3

structure B70, 162, 251, C3, 51, 215, D29−30, 59, E135

taxonomic relationships B162, C74, 207, 208, T65 Aquilegia QE1 Arabia C92 −3

Araucaria B187 Archaeology

arrow heads N26 Archipelagos

v

 See Islands Architecture

imitates nature OUN11 b

r v

 ugliness of new buildings N30− 1 amplifies ideas in nature OUN6 See also Scenery

Arctic A8, B153, 157, 2 2 1 , C36, 84, 116, D133, E166, MAC29 , 29

plants A7, B247, C224, D24, E109, 115, 151−2, QE21..

See also Alpine plants; Antarctica; Greenland; Iceland; Lapland; Norway; Siberia; Spitzbergen; Sweden Argentina

, ZEd6,QE17

See Bahia Blanca; Buenos Aires; Córdoba; La Plata;

Mendoza; Pampas; Port Desire; Tucumán; Ventana Arica, Chile geology A99

Arion ZEd 13 Aristolochia QE14 Aristotle C267

Armadilloes A9, B20, 54, 69−70, 99, Tfrag4 Aroe (Aru) Island, Indonesia C13 Art

enjoyment of OUN10, 20, 23

n o t b as ed o n n at u re OUN1 1

object of OUN11 b, 22

v, 1 1 b , 1 1 b v

See also Acting; Architecture; Beauty; Music; Painting;

Poetry; Photography; Singing; Sublimity Articulata B27, 43, 208, 225, 252, D49 Artificial Selection

See Selection, artificial Arum QE14

Ascension Island RN79, 129, B31 animals D65, E35, ZEd13

calcareous encrustations on rocks RN93

geology RN17, 42, 45, 60, 72, 90, 107, A40, 60

plants RN79 Ascidia C49

Asclepias E133, 165, QE14, 21.. Ash tree E17 Ash, volcanic RN67, 72

See also Dust

Asia B65, 136, 142, C116, 214, E11, 20, 41, M152 Asia Minor

domestic animals C214 Asparagus T177, QE14 Ass D66, N75 cross breeding with horse B219, D113, QE20

cross breeding with zebra T2, QE20

703

SUBJECT INDEX

Ass (cont.)

propensity for hybridization E75, 103 tame D112

wild C225, D112, M153

Association of ideas GR12, C50, 172, 235, D111, M10, 29, 46, 62, 78, 87, 111, 127, 139, N16, 20, 41, 50, 54, 89, 107, 184,

OUN18 −19 , 48 −9

and origin of instincts N107−9, OUN38, 42−7, 49−51 cultural values taught by OUN47−8, 51

Asteriae RN22 −3

Astronomy A24, B101, C123, 157, D36, E49, N5, 36

See also Earth; Gravity; Moon; Science; Sun Atacama desert, Chile RN156 Atavism B58, 59, C166, D180, E183, QE1

effect on offspring C66, D112

in domestic animals C30, D3, 5−8, 13, 15, 148 in garden vegetables E15−16

in human families D8, 42, 151 in plants E141

reduces changes in species B75, C65

reversion of hybrid offspring B229, C30, 33, D3, 5−8, 13, 15, 148 reversion to youthful characteristics D30

similar to the production of monsters C59

See also Crossing & Hybridization; Hybrids; Inheritance; Recapitulation Atheism M74, OUN37

See also Creation; God; Materialism; Religion

v

 Athenaeum RN143, A29, 76, 88, 90, 118, 124, 132, 136, B133, 199, 235, 256, C36, 101, 224, 268, D24, 48, 73, 130, 152, 162, 172,

E90, l 6 l , 173, Tfrag3, frag4, frag5, M131, QE[23 ]

Athenaeum Club M81, N97 Atmosphere A7, B46, D128

See also Climate; Rainfall; Winds Auckland Island RN138 Auk B28, 144, D29, ZEd15

Auroch B136 Australia

aborigines C83, 244, D111, 112, E47, 64, M137

abundance of species B77

animals B15, C13, 15, 36, 38, 95, 102, 239, D72−3, E41, ZEd9

animals and plants that are also found elsewhere B187, C116, 224, 240, D73, E46 beetles E11

birds C15, 19, 27, 67, 80−1, 102, 239, D61, 75

dogs C17, 46, E26, ZEd4

droughts RN126

fossils B173, C130−1, 257

geographic distribution of animals in C27, 102

geographic distribution of plants in B76, 93, C102, 239, D25 geology RN6, 15, 101, 118−19, A92, B152, C130, 213

r

 origin of fauna B15, 137, E136

ornithorhynchus B89, 97, 162, C87, D51, 115, E66, MAC28

plants B187, C224, 240, QE21..

present-day fauna analogous to that of Oolitic period A55,

B173

relationship of organisms with those of America C15, 37, 116 relationship of organisms with those of the East Indies C13, 19, C213

relationship of organisms with those of New Guinea C14−15 relationship of organisms with those of New Zealand B50,

C19, 20, 239

relationship of organisms with those of Tasmania B50, 152, 264, C95, 130, 225, 239, D61 shells C244

See also Marsupials Auvergne, Francve

geology RN38, A40 Avarice OUN8, 8 , 48, 54 Avestruz See Rhea

Azalea T93 , 111 , 112 , QE[5 ]a Azores A40, QE18

geology RN107, 165

resemble Galapagos Islands E44 Axolotl E133

Baboons E18, 167

ancestor of mankind C243, D137, M123 behaviour C212, D136, M105−6, 137 expressions M105−6 Badgers E18

Bahamas RN27

Bahia Blanca, Argentina

geology RN67, 93−4, 113, A142, 146

shells A33, ZEd8, 15 Balancement See Morphology Balance of Nature

See Economy of Nature Balanidae RN24, B113 See also Cirripedia

Bananas QE2, 12, 21..

Banda Oriental, Uruguay A68 Bantams C120−1, 231, D101, QE18, 20

See also Breeders; Crossing & Hybridization; Fowl Barbaroussa C14 Barnacles

See Cirripedia

Basalt RN150, 153, A31, 32, 39 Batopilas, Mexico

mines RN168

Batrachians C18, E157

See also Frogs Bats v

r

 flight D113, N72, MAC29 fossil B200, T19, MAC55

geographic distribution B104, C25

origin of structure is a great difficulty for Darwin's Theory T55, 57

vampire E10

Beagle channel RN148, A115, GR73, 109, E115 Beagle specimens

comparison with Henslow's mineralogical specimens from Anglesea A97 fish C20

fossils E99, T63

fossil wood RN178

insects C107, ZEd17 Planariae B143

Sagitella ZEd 10

Sagitta RN174, ZEd5

variation in Darwin's mice E24

See also Fossils; Galapagos Islands; Rhea

704

SUBJECT INDEX

Beagle voyage

Darwin's assessment of his character during M79 dates of sailing from England RNifc

gales RNifc

v

 soundings taken during RN16, 19 Woolich docks Aifc, 112 Beans

Darwin's experiments on QE10 a, 11 , [11 fertilization T93, 103, 104

permanence of varieties T151

Bears B65, 164, 222, C41, 46, D60, E18

fossil T1

mating in captivity QE20

See also Zoological Society Gardens Beauty and ideas of ugliness N121

and taste OUN14 , 20 −4

idea of, in animals C71, N64, 109

], 14

instinctive perception of M32, 37, N109, OUN20−1 origin of ideas of M71, N19, 26−9, OUN22−4 origin of pleasure in M36−41, OUN6−7

the object of the arts OUN22 the object of flowers QE[5]a

See also Pleasure; Selection, sexual Beavers T89 Bees B208, C266, 268

r v v

v

 aid in pollination of plants E14, T93−4, 103−4, 105−6, 111−12, 135, 153, 177−8, S2 −2 cells in honeycomb N70, 77, 81, MAC58

Darwin's experiments with QE[5]a, 9, 22

instincts B74, 208, C221, N3, 69, 70, 72, 81, 115

races of QE15

v

 sexes C167, 215, 221 , 235, D158, 172

sting MAC29

Bees, neuter C215, 221, 235, D116, 172 Beetles C88, 108, 223, N36, ZEd18

feign death OUN9

wings B84, C86−7, 107, E147 Beetles, dung C197, ZEd19 Behaviour animals shamming death C197, OUN9

birds assist in feeding young of other parents C67, 96 birds return to same nest C40

continuity between mankind and animals C154 defence of nest by birds N1

different dispositions of individual animals E117

diverge between actions and feelings in mankind M60 hoarding C199

nest-building in birds C105, 189, N68

of animals at Zoological Society gardens M106, 137−9, 141, N97−8, 138 of baboons C212, D136−9

of birds B105, C68, 113, 114, 124, 143, 159, 161, 185, 245,

D33, 75, 101, 102, 105, E138, 140, 174, M141, 147, 152−3,

N1

of cats C186, D155, M49, 146, 147, 152, N64

of cattle D12, 48, M71, 97, N125

of cuckoo C67

of deer D99, M76, N105

of diving birds C160−1

of dogs C212, 243, Ev36, M23, 56, 84, 118, 144, 152, N1, 7, 64,

QE[5]a, [6

], 8, 9, 10

90 , 115 , OUN36 , 38 v

of domestic fowl B140, C61, 70, D163, N109, OUN36 of elephants C199, 235, D155, M144, N20

of foxes M147, N69 of hares N103

of horses C163, D10, M71, 85, 129, 144, 146−7, N7, 75, 90,

103, 117

of hyaena D139, M71, 153

of insects C197, M63, 64, 97, 99, OUN35−6

of jackal N44

of monkeys C212, D136−7, E18, M28, 106, 137, 138, 142, 145, 156, N2, 14, 115, 183

of orangutans C235, D138, M85, 107, 129, 137−40, N13, 94

of pigs B255

of rabbits C154, N103, 112

of tigers M152

of wild and tame horses together C41

of wolves M147

of zebra M146, N75

polygamous in geese E174

sexual B176−7, C51, 135, 235, D10-11, 90, 99, 137−9, 155, 177, M106, N41, 53, 59, QE19

suckling as an innate form of N79 temperament of hybrids D180

value for classification C82, 165, D102

See also Courage; Expressions; Fear; Habits; Instincts Benchuca ZEd 3 Ben Erin, Scotland GR55 −6

Berberis QE5

Berbice, British Guiana

geology of A87 Beroides ZEd7, 10 Bible New Testament M121

Old Testament C219 , D104 Biology definition of C104

See also Classification; Crossing & Hybridization; Economy of nature; Fertilization; Generation & Reproduction; Inheritance; Natural History; Nervous system; Organization; Science

Bird of Paradise C109, C144, E147, Er181v

Birds B26, 81, 199, D29−30, MAC28 , 28 , ZEd6, 16

ability to learn B4, C255, D32, M31, 32, 58, N11, 112

adapted to elements other than air B27 , 45 , 113 , C111 −15 aid in dispersal of seeds B193

ancestry B26, 42, 112, 263, C52, 206−8

as predators E138−40

behaviour B105, C67, 68, 113, 124, 143, 159, 161, 185, 254, D75, 102, E140, M141

classification B27, C71, 82, 88, 149, 205, D35

close species of C46, 206, 267, D29, 31

colour of plumage B98, 217, Cifc, 3, 68−9, 71, 80, 84, 88, 109, 144, 163−4, 209, D47, 92, 97, 100−1, 114, 147−8, 154,

160, E147, 160

communication C68, M97

eggs C4, D31, 148, 154, E158, 160, 168, T58frag1

v

 feathers an ancient feature C51−2 fossil C58, 163, 207, D133, S3

flightless B251, C25, 57, 114, 161, D29, 30, 60, 140

geographic distribution B67, 81, 98, 104−5,124, 199, C50, 55, 88, 94, 253, D26, 31, 180, E101−2, ZEd15, 17

great variety of adaptations in C82, 141, 160

705

SUBJECT INDEX

Birds (cont.)

instincts B4, 105, 151, 218, C51, 67, 68, 69, 96, T2, N4−5

naturalized E114

nest C40, M49, 126, N1, 68

nest-building behaviour C105, 189, T2, N1, 68 raptores C227, D114, ZEd7

rudimentary wings B70, D29−30, 59 soft plumage C186

tameness of wild B4, C50, 189, E174 taxonomic distinctness B42−3, D117 taxonomic type C52, 88

web feet C73, 115, 156, 173, 199

wingless B251

young C149, D95−6, 147, 148, ZEd7

See also Apteryx; Birdsong; Crossing & Hybridization; Ducks; Fowl; Geese; Hybrids; Migration; Penguins; Pheasants; Pigeons; Rhea

Birdsong

and sexual differences C178, D103, 113−14, E106, E138, 160 birds' enjoyment of M109, N18

comparison of, between different countries C209, 255−6, M31 , ZEd 19 , 20 duration D103, E138

learnt D102 −3 , E108 , M8 , 31 −2 , 58

man's pleasure in M39 variety of M97

Bison D65

Blackbirds C149, 255, D96, 103, M49

cross-breeding with thrush Tfrag3 Black cock C184, 228, D73, 105−6 Black Sea D151 Blacksmiths M45, N42

Blackwood's Magazine C267, M18, 78, 135, 155 Blattae C107 Blood

of allied species QE4

See also Blushing; Crossing & Hybridization; Inheritance Bloodhound B175−8, 182, 183−4, D179

Bluebell T106 Blushing M144

absence in animals N15, 52, 60 and morality N53, 54

Darwin's theory of N25, 60 in Negroes N15

in the dark N53

movement of blood during N51, 184 nature of N51 −5

See also Conscience; Morality

Bogotá (Santa Fé de Bogotá), Colombia A115 Bolivia RN106, 152, 166, A2, B209, C56, E64 Bombs (geology) RN74, A135

Bonin Islands, Pacific Ocean flora C241

Borneo C17, 27, 41, 46, E18, 20, 174, 177, 182 Bourou (Buru) Island, Moluccas animals C14, 24, 27 Brain B74, C33, 76

action of M18, 20, 53, 62, 81, N42, 45, 91

v

 relationship 89, OUN36

between structure and animal and human behaviour B226, C33, 166, 172−3, 226, D94, M57, N42−3,

−37, MAC59

the organ of mind GR126, C166, 211, M46, 80−1, 131, N38−

9, 43, 89, OUN37, 38, 39−39v, 41

water on D3

See also Consciousness; Insanity; Instincts; Intellect; Memory; Mind; Nervous system; Phrenology Branching

See Tree of life

Brassicas E14, 16, 141, 146 Brassica See also Cabbages

Brazil RN37, 134, A79, E90

animals Tfrag6, QE3, 4 Araucaria B187

birds ZEd 17 , 20

geology RN33, 63, 93−4, 100, 158, A42

soundings off coast RN15−16, 91, 98, A130 Breccia RN42, 110, 121, 170, A69, C131 Breeders Bantam Clubs C231

bird fanciers Difc, 34, 103

Darwin's trust in their knowledge D89 Darwin's questions for QE3

of wild English birds QE19 prizes QE18

See also Horticulturists Breeding

See Crossing & Hybridization; Cultivation; Domestication; Hybrids; Selection, artificial Breeding-in

See In-Breeding

Bridgewater Treatises B141−3, C91, 269, E59, 157, 158, N89, 90 Brine organisms in lakes of RN127, 128 Britain

See England; Isle of Man; Scotland; Shropshire; Wales British Association for the Advancement of Science

Reports RN142, A56, 57, 68, 124, B31, 154, 174, 208, 209, 256,

C266, D48, 73, E11, 91, M1v42, QE1 Broccoli E14, T105

Broom B107, T10v3, 178, MAC53

Butchers QE[9 ] Buccinum C145, D134 Budding See Generation

Buenos Aires, Argentina A37, 117, C22 Buffaloes B132, D180, E19, 21

v

 Bulletin de la Societé géologique de France RN158, A44, 70, 81, 101,

B54, 178, 179, C16 Bullfinches B217, C70, E150 Bullrushes E137, QE[15 ] Bulls

See Cattle

Buntings B193, D31 Bustards B198−9, 218

Butterflies D22, 62, 63, T57frag11, QE10

Cabbages T105, QE2, 10

experiments on breveding of QE13, 14

hybridization QE1 , 3, 5,v[5]a, 8

variation in E146 , QE11 Cacti B180

Cairn tan leer peek (Càrn Leac), Scotland GR90

706

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Calandria RN130 Calceolaria E103 Caledonian canal, Scotland

terraces at mouth of GR22−3 California, Gulf of RN148 Callao, Peru RN95, 105 Caltha palustris T91

Cambrian system

geographic extent E137 Cambridge E129, M82, 99, N4, 19 Camelidae

species do not breed together ZEd17

Camels RN113, A5, B244, C46, E103, 157, T1, MAC57

QE20 Camouflage

See Adaptation; Colourv

v, 28r,

Campanula T153 , QE[11 ] Campanularia ZEd 9

Campbell Island C19 Canaries QE18

Canary Islands B157, 220, C193, E90−1, QE10a

plants B156, C184, 193, 240, 250, 275

See also Tenerife

Cancer (disease) D2, N53 Capercailzie D73, 105 Cape of Good Hope

animals RN134, B14−15, 135, 233, C28, 42, 45, E12, 173, QE16

geology RN15, A94

Hottentots B32, 189, 233, QE16

plants C91, 250, E14, QE7, 10a Cape Possession RN138 Cape Tres Montes, Chile

dikes at RN7 geology RN88

Cape Verde Islands RN99, A20, B154, C224, 249

See also St Jago Capromys C40, 42 Carabidae B47, 56 Caracara RN130, B55, D75, 96, ZEd7, 14 Carbon A116 Carbonate of lime

in Plas Newydd dike RN7 Carbonate of soda formation of A84

See also Soda

Carbonic acid (carbon dioxide) A80, 176, QE25 Carboniferous period B167, C216, 247, E164 fossils C216, 247, D133, E164

plants B150, C58v, D133 Cardium Cibc, QE1 Cardoon C35

Carex QE[15 ], 21 Caribbean Islands

See West Indies Caricaridae ZEd 14 Carimon Island, Indonesia animals E177

Caroline Islands, Pacific Ocean animals C22, 25, 27, E21

inhabitants E22 , N22 −v3 v

Carrots C195 , E149 , QE1 , [11 ]

Caspian Sea B131, D151, E85 Cassowary D29, 154 Castration

effects of B2, D76, 85−7, 99, 156, 162 Caterpillars C173, D40, 41, 62, 63, 170, QE5 Catorce, Mexico mines RN175 Cats

behaviour C186, D155, M49, 146, 147, 152, N64

deformities of D108, 112, E19, 182 eye colour and deafness D11

hair B190, C214, D15

heterogenous offspring B250, D5−6, 15 intellect M49, N72

length of intestine QE3

mummified Egyptian species B6, 16 shorttailed B163, C249, E113

tailless B178, C175, M25, QE22 tortoise-shell B250, QE3

varieties B148, 181, 250

Cattle B154, C157, 159, QE[11

African B167

v], 17

behaviour D12, 48, M71, 97, N125 Caledonian C185, D48

Caspian B131

Chillingham D48, E91, 117, M142, QE10

colour C29, 92, D42, 104

cross-breeding of B140, 233, C121, 231, D3, 48, 100, 152, 155, 177, Dibc, E75, QE10

cross-breeding with buffalo B132

cross-breeding with yak QE12 diseases E36

East Indies E175 fossil E92

r

 hornless B255, E23, 113 horns S7 , QE19, 21

humped B131, 155, 190, 217, 255, 273, C56, D65, E12

Indian B136, 139, 155, 217, 234, 273−4, C121, D65

short-horn D42−3 size B255, C92

wild C267, D48, 101, N105

v

 See also Oxen Cauliflowers E98 Cause C204, D36, N49 idea of M135, 151

nature of connection with effects B148, N12−13, OUN39−41 , 53

origin of idea of N60 r

Cause, finel B5, 49, C236, D114, 135, 167, E48−9, M154, MAC58

absence of D114, E146−7

See also Creation; God Caves A65, C130, E66 Proteus anguiformis E134 Cavia ZEd 6

Cayenne Island, French Guiana A20 Celebes

animals B249, C13, 14, E175 Cephalopoda B149, C40, D133 classificatory position C186, D151, E96

fewness of species B168, E135 sex D156−7

707

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Ceram, Indonesia cassowary C27

Ceratophytes A15, ZEd6 Cercopithecus C249, D137, E19, N183 Cervus See Deer

r

 Cetacea E92, 134

fossil B206, 172, T19, MAC55

origin E92

r

 size D151, E59

traces of hind limbs MAC55

Ceylon A39, B220

elephant C46, E179 Chaffinch E138 Chalk

purity RN120−1

solubility RN30−1 Chalk deposits r

ovrganrisms in RN27, 42, 61, C205 Chambers Edinburgh Journal A26 Chamelion N101, MAC28 ,

29 , 57 Chance B147, 221, C73, E68, 163

of having successors B41, 134, 146−7, 148, C61, D112, E137 law of B55, OUN25

origin of man E68−9

substituted for free will M27, 31, 74, 126, OUN25 See also Selection, Natural; Will, free Change

in species by adaptation to external conditions B16, 20, 21, 22−3, 61, 63, 102, 214, 217, 235, 245, 246, 252, D69, 173,

E4−6, 50, T41

law of B228, C164

sudden differences not part of nature's plan B239, D69, E113 See also Adaptation; Gradation; Progression; Selection, natural;

Species; Transmutation; Uniformitarianism; Variation Channel Islands C192, 193, M155 Chemistry

See Carbon; Carbonate of lime, Carbonate of soda; Carbonic acid; Chlorite; Mercury; Salt; Soda; Solubility; Specific gravity; Sublimation; Sulphur

Chesil bank

movement of shingle on RN67 Chetah QE12 Chickens

See Fowl

Chile C276, E91 animals ZEd2 Araucaria B187

birds B51, C56, 126

earthquakes RN75, 142, 144, 154−5, 157−8, A137, M16

fish C28

geographic distribution of coal RN34, 36 geology A103, GR24

geology of the valleys A87, 109 human inhabitants M16 , 69

introduced species of birds B51 rain and springs in RN31

shells RN36, 106, A39, 72, 102, 144, T80, ZEd13

See also Aconcagua; Arica; Atacama desert; Cape Tres Montes; Cobija; Chiloé Island; Chonos archipelago; Concepción; Copiapó; Coquimbo; Cordillera; Guantajaya; Iquique; Maipo; Obstruction Sound; Portezuelo; Valparaiso

Chiloé Island, Chile

animals B7 , M131 , ZEd 19

birds RN130, C126

geology RN28, 42, 69, 87, 160, 165 Chimborazo, Ecuador A81 Chimpanzee facial expression N76, 88, 183

China C17, 102, 223, 228, 269, E18, 123, OUN12

dogs C228, E18

geese B139, D9, 13, 180, E169

language N31

pigs D33, E123 Chinchillidae ZEd4 Chionis B55, C113

Chlorite RN7

Chonos archipelago, Chile

geology RN7, 36, 63 Chrysomela B56

Chubut river, Patagonia RN67 Cirripedia D55, 156, E60, 71 Balanidae RN24, B113

remarkable sexual system E60 Ci s t u s T1 1 1 Civet cats C92, 178

v

 Civilization

development of B4, C72, 217, 226, M87v, N65, OUN30

effect on mankind E47, M136, OUN29 , 51

original nature of D54, N65 Clarkia QE21 ..

Classification

absence of gaps in tree of life B79, C96, 145, D52, E68, Tfrag8 an activity based on experience C70, 205

and the fossil record C110 , 156

artificiality of Linnaeus' system E109 Darwin's respect for good describers E52

Darwin's theory explains C126−30, 138, 139, 202

describers of species must have theoretical ends in view E51−2

difficulty of discriminating between groups of organisms B9, 229, C54−5, 70, 96, 137, 145, 205, E51−3, 68, Tfrag8,

QE10 a

doubtful value of bones as a guide to B95, E23

impact of increased number of specimens B9, 79, C200, E11 natural C155, 156, 205

v

 origin of gaps in tree of life B35−44, 71, 79, 113, C157 purpose of C158, MAC54

v

 relative 'highness' or 'lowness' of organisms B29, 73, 200, 204−5, 252, D116−17 reveals ancestral form of organisms B206, 207, C3, 52, 186, MAC29

value of colour as a guide to C71, E22

value of constant characters B213, C149, 158, E22

value of geographical distribution as a guide to C45, 54, 88 value of habits as a guide to C82, 165, 226, D102, 115

value of mode of generation as a guide to C33, 47, 149, 162, 195, 213, E91−2

See also Ancestor; Ancestor, common; Genera; Gradation; Perfection; Quinarian system; Transitional forms; Tree of life; Type; Species; Varieties

Clay A20 , 70 , 111 , B131 , C178

Clay slate A94, 95−6, B121

708

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Cleavage A60, 70, 86 Cleavage

and concretions RN5, A46−9, 53

and force of gravity A49, 51−2, 60, 62 and heat of the earth RN41, A108

and lamination of rocks RN5, A45−9, 53, 60 and magnetism A62

and metamorphism A94 −6

and veins RN21

an illustration of the symmetrical structure of earth RN38, 41 Darwin's account of RN101, 102, A62

of sand in Scotland GR15 Climate

and internal geology of the earth RN41, E109 dry season RN126

effect of changes in former RN41, B243, 245, C33, 37, 38, 99, D105−6, 115, E37−41, 109, 161 effect on geographic distribution of organisms RN128−9, B243, 245, C147, D115 effects of monsoon B11

effect on parasites D91

onset of freezing weather on Shetland RN139

origin of Arctic A8

possible cause of extinction of organisms C37, 99 sources of information on meteorology RN8

the origin of impurities in chalk RN121 uniformity B19, 246, C38, 99, E37−40

See also Conditions of existence; Currents; Erosion; Rainfall; Sea; Waves; Winds Close Species

See Species, close Clover T103 , 178 , QE11 Clubs

See Athenaeum Club; Breeders; Societies and institutions Coal RN34, 36, A107, 115 formation of RN28, 34−6

fossil animals in RN36, D133

fossil plants in D133, T19 Coal period See Carboniferous period Coastlines

shelving RN97−8 Coati C21 , ZEd 11 Cobalt RN172 Cobija, Chile elevation A39

shells A102 Cocos Islands

See Keeling Islands Coipu ZEd 2 Coleoptera

See Beetles Colobes B94

Colour C13, D43, 104, T9

r

 albinoes B119 , C85 , E176 black hair in mankind D24 chamelion N60, MAC28 effect of, on plants QE5

effect of surroundings on Cifc, 68−9, 70, 214, 252, D140, E43 inheritance Cifc, 29, 88, 120−1, D101, 127, E31

innate sense of N88 metallic D147, 160

of birds B98, 217, Cifc, 3, 68−9, 70−1, 80, 88, 109, 144, 163−4, 209, D47, 92, 97, 100−1, 114, 147−8, 154, 160, E147, 160

of horses C2, E9, 175

of plants T95 −6 , QE3

of rabbits C29, E9

r

 of young deer D103, E31

octopus N60, MAC28

origin M109

tortoise-shell in one sex only QE3 value for classification C71, E22

See also Man; Negro; Selection, sexual Colour blindness QE16 Columbia river, Oregon A132

Columbine T94

Comparative Anatomy

See Morphology Competition Darwin's interest in C73

dreadful war of organic beings D134−5, E114−15

See also Conditions of existence; Population; Selection, natural; Selection, sexual

Compositae B193, 200, E100

ComptesrendushebdomadairesdesSéancesdel'AcadémiedesSciences

A39, B133, 135, C178, 183, D136, E79, 88 Concepción, Chile

animals C21 , ZEd 11

earthquake RN75 , 154 −5

elevation RN106, 115−16, 149 geology RN7, 102

Concholepas C244

Concretions (geology) RN5, 23, 66, 72, 121, 160, 165, A46−9,

53, 54, 84

Conditions of existence GR24, B112, C33, 57, E52, 113

effect of changes in B2−3, 7, 17, 38, 103, C140, 200, D23−4, E43, 71, 72, E146−7, 163, T17

effects of enclosing common land C160 effect of unfavourable B126, C65, 151, D37 quantity of organisms related to B12, C147 unknown causes of change in B17

See also Adaptation; Climate; Economy of nature Condor ZEd 6 , 10 Confervae RN5, B200, N49

v

 Conglomerates RN19, 23, 100, 151, 152

Conifers B149, 150, 202, C58, D133, 174, Tfrag8 Conscience N34, OUN8−8 acquisition of N26−8

v

 an instinctive feeling OUN37, 38 in animals N2 −3 , 46 −7

v

 nature of M60−1, 75−6, 119−20, 124−5, N3−4, 46−7, 99−100, OUN44 −5 , 52 , 55

purpose OUN54

−55

See also Blushing; Morality; Shame; Will, free Consciousness N10 , 111 , OUN16 , 35 absence of recollection of unpleasant incidents M115, 125

and drunkenness M79

depends on memory M103, OUN9

existence of double M78, 83, 110, 115−17, 156, N43, 61, 111

in animals M155, OUN35−6

See also Memory; Sleep; Will, free

709

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Contempt

facial expression N7−8, 9 Continents

influence on fauna and flora of neighbouring islands B10, 11, 30, 31, 116, 138, 156, 160, 221, 227, 278, C6, 106, 129, 176, 184, D74

former extensions of A1, B133, 224, C6, 130, 247, D139

process of formation A104, B11−12, 72, 221−2, 224, 227, 241, C80, D34, 140

See also Geographic distribution; Islands Coots B193, N111 Copiapó, Chile RN50, 155

Copper RN161, 167 Coquimbo, Chile

geology RN42, 61, 102 shells A72 Coral

See Coral polyps Coral islets

arrival of plants on B81 Corallinas E56, 151, 155, OUN35 Corallines ZEd7, 8 Coral of life

See Tree of life Coral polyps anatomy ZEd 10

germination RN24, E164 rapid growth ZEd 4

survival in violent surfs RN93−4 See also Polyps

Coral reefs RN69, A26, 80, 83, B224 Darwin's theory of RN117, E22

volcanic eruptions form foundations for RN91 Coral rocks in North Wales RN93 Cordillera RN136, 157, A115

barrier to geographical distribution of plants RN52 bones at great height in E44 −5

craters of A38

different species of mice on either side of C252 dikes RN7, A42, 51, 103

elevation and subsidence RN22, 64, 137, 149, A79, 127 faults RN37

formation RN87, 131, 137, A107 fossils D68

geology of Portillo pass RN44, 150, 151

geology of Uspallata pass RN152, 154, A120 gold deposits RN176, A100

lakes RN155

lava RN87, 143

metamorphosis of rocks of A16

rocks RN99, 137, 143, A20, 38, 66, 115, E137

salt deposits A16

shells RN36, 106, A144, ZEd13

terraces GR30

volcanic activity RN10−11, 32, 144, A38 volcanic bombs RN73

water action in valleys A70−1, GR30

See also Chile; Chimborazo; Cotopaxi Córdoba, Argentina earthquake RN142, 144, 157−8

r

 mountains A10 0 Cormorant MAC57 Coronella QE[5]a

Corry (Coire), Scotland GR63, 84, 85 Corsica

moufflon E35

Costorphine Hills, Edinburgh

grooves in rocks RN69 Cotopaxi, Ecuador

geological structure RN43 Cotton plvan t QE10

Courage B140, C120, D85, N44, OUN36

Cows

See Cattle Cowslip

and primrose E16, 11v3, 141

Cowpox C174, E36

experiments on QE1 , 5

v

 wild C35, 194 Crab apples See Apples

Crabs D129−30, 151, 156, MAC29

Crag B202, 243, 245, E166−7 Cranes B242

Craters RN58, 59, 107, 110, A2, 38, 40, B192 Craters of elevation RN139, 144

Creation RN127−8, B84, 115, 116, 243, C146, 240, D25, M136, N36

an assumption B104

r

 an expression of ignorance C106 by miracles C55, 156, MAC56

Darwin's theory does not require B227, D22 difficulties incurred by belief in D115

difficulties of Darwin's theory may lead to belief in C64 double QE17

likelihood of having occurred D19

v

 of animals all at once D19

of island species RN127, B30, 98, 100, 103, 160, MAC167

See also Cause, final; God; Selection, natural; Species; Transmutation Creator

See God; Religion

Cretaceous period C216, E60 Criminality See Evil

Crocodiles B234, 250, C18, 28, E21 Crocodiles fossil C39

instincts N7v1, 125

Crocuses QE[6 ]

Crossing & Hybridization B59, 273, D25, 105, E70−1, 123, QE20 and perfect adaptation B210, Cifc, E124, N44

a poor test of species B240 as the origin of species C151

between asses and horses B219, D113, T2, QE20 between asses and zebras T2, QE20

between birds in a wild state D72, 73, Tfrag3 between breeds of canaries QE18

between breeds of cats B250, D5−6, 15

between breeds of cattle B140, 233, C121, 231, D3, 100, 152,

155, 177, ibc

between breeds of cucumbers QE8, 14

between breeds of dogs B140, 155, 181−4, C1, 120, 189, 228,

710

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

D7, 63, 180, ibc, N44, QE4

between breeds of domestic fowl C120−1, D101 between breeds of ducks D180

between breeds of geese D180

between breeds of horses B184, Cifc, 2

between breeds of pigeons Cifc, 2−4, QE18 between breeds of sheep GR25−6

between dog and fox C187, D7, N44

between dog and jackal D90, ibc, N44

between dog and hairless dog of Africa D89 between dog and wild dogs D7−8

between dog and wolf B51, 140, 163, D7, 173, N44

between domestic and wild animals B132, C41, 185, D7−8,

112

between horses and zebras QE20

between lion and tiger C228, Difc, 8 between races of hares E184

between races of mankind B32, 33−4, D136 between races of plants B75, E123, 143−4, QE1

21

between sheep and moufflon E35

v, 3, 5, [5]a, 8,

between species of birds B141, C4, 68, 164, 184, D25, 26,

31−4, 87−8, 92, 103, 164, T13, 15, QE22

between species of Camelidae B244, ZEd17

between species of crow where their geographic ranges meet E101−2

between tame and wild ducks D148

between trout and salmon QE1v8

Darwin's experiments on QE1 , 4

v

 Darwin's questions regarding QE3 Darwin's theory of frequent MAC56

Darwin's theory of generation and D177−9 depends on amount that parent varies E103 depends on instincts in animals E143−4

desirability of crossing the breed QE10 effect of back-crossing with parents C2

implications of large number of races for GR1−2 leguminosae difficult to cross QE7

no difference between that of species and of varieties E141−2 of a variety with its parent species B203, E106 of ferns B230, C52

of wild animals in captivity QE18, 20

of wild dogs C94

origin of garden plants E14−16

permanence of qualities after C231, E63

possibility of between two new varieties C135

repugnance to B24, 33, 34, 59, 93, 120, 158, 189, 209, 241,

C30, 34

See also Breeders; Fertility; Hybrids; In-breeding; Inheritance;

Selection, artificial Crows C80, 177, E106 behaviour B218, D75

geographical range C67, E101−2 Crozet Islands RN138 Crustacea RN127, D55, 133, E71, 90, 97, 100, Tfrag4, ZEd1, 3 ,8

mouth parts B 1 1 2 , 143 respiration E25 Crying See Expressions

Cryptogamia B46, 150, 159, 229, C95, 240, 244

reproduction D177, E100, 123, 164

See also Seaweeds Crysomelidae B56, 58, C108 Crystallization activity of atoms during A96, 97

and laminar structure of rocks A46−7, 53 arrangement of crystals A56

i n cl ay A1 1 1

law of A46, 49 Crystals

in igneous rocks RN88, 123

arranged in planes RN21 ,1 1 5 Ctenomys C35 Cuba RN24, C42, 61, E42

Cuckoos C113, 142

behaviour C67 Cuculionidae C108 Cucumbers QE8, 14 Cultivated plants

v

 See Cultivation

Cultivation E13−17, QE[15 ]

affects transmission of variations T95−6 origin of double flowers QE[5]a, 6

See also Dahlias; Domestication; Fruit trees; Horticulturists; Plants; Roses

Cuscus B249, C23, 24

Cuttlefish RN10, E134

Currents A82−3, 124, 138−9 Cyanocephalus C13

behaviour D136, N2, 14, 183

facial expressions M105, N183 Cyanoglossum T177, QE14 Cyclops ZEd3

Cyclostoma C245 Cyrena C127

Dahlias C267, E13, 113, 142, M63

Daisy QE6

Daltonism

See Colour blindness Dandelion QE[15 anger M51, 70

v] Darwin, Charles

appreciation of Kensington Gardens M41

assessment of his character during Beagle voyage M79 belief in materialism C166, M57

believes he takes after R. W. Darwin M83 capacity for inventive thought M34−5, 90−1 childhood memories M29, 41

considers new buildings ugly N30−1

Caroline Darwin provides a reference for RN125

E. A. Darwin provides information on dogs D63

E. A. Darwin provides information on horses C183, D10

E. A. Darwin recommends books to C266 distracted by association of ideas D111 dreams M111 , 143 −4 , N33 −4

first memory C242

handwriting like Erasmus Darwin's Eibc, M83 intends to keep tumbling pigeons QE4a

memory of Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge M82 recollections of Robert FitzRoy's behaviour M43, 60 respect for good describers of species E52

sand-walk at Down House QE22

711

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Darwin, Charles (cont.)

taste for music M28, 51, N45

tea chest leads to change in habits C217 visits Windsor Park E31−2

Hensleigh and Fanny Wedgwood provide information on infant behaviour M58

See also Beagle specimens; Beagle voyage; Cambridge; Maer; Shrewsbury

Darwin — Difficulties of species theory B4, 16, 235, 248 adults instincts evident in young offspring T95−6 age of the world E155−6

constancy of plants in absence of crossing E163−4 crossing of hermaphrodites E70−1

crossing of mosses E123

Darwin's attitude to C145, D71, OUN35

Darwin's theory must account for both reason and instinct C199

Darwin to summarize argument against E55 dreadful war of organic beings C114

existence of fertile hybrids in plants B240

existence of sudden changes not part of nature's plan E113 extinction of South American fossil quadrupeds D72 few changes in species during historical times E4−6, 17

how the first eye is formed C175, D21

lack of diversity in fossils of oldest formations E137 likelihood of civilizing savages E47 likelihood of observable change in species in thick geological

strata E6 , 17

long lifespan of some species B170 may lead to belief in creation C64 migration of turtles E138 necessity that every animal should cross E150−1

not possible to show details of hybridity C151

no traces of passage between birds with and without webbed feet C156

of believing in doctrine of slow movements C74−5

of explaining preservation of colour C71

of fixed organization being modified B4

of thinking of Plato and Socrates as descendants of animals E76

of tracing change of species to species C64

origin of instincts OUN51

origin of intermediate structures T55, 57

presented by cases where there cannot be gradation C124 rarity of gradation in anatomical structures C222 separation of the sexes D159

See also Classification; Crossing & Hybridization; Transitional forms

Darwin—Experiments

r

 comparison of bones of wild and tame ducks QE3, ‹I5› microscopic examination of plant anatomy T100

observations at Maer T91, 93, 99, 105−6, 135, S2

on association of ideas M9v1

on beans QE10 a, 11 , [11 on bees QE[5]a, 9, 22

], 14

v

on crossing and hybridization QE1 , 4

on crossing Indian fowl with common D180

v

 on cowslips QE5

on fertilization QE1

on habits C217

on land shells in salt water B248

on lizards B248

on peas QE10 a, 11 , [13

on perception N75

on plant reversion B230

on soaking seeds B125

on strawberries E15

on zoophytes A180

v]14 , 22

to be performed at Maer QEifc

to be performed at Shrewsbury Eibc, QEifc Darwin—Health

feelings of fear in the night M54 headaches M81 , 89 −90

weak stomach M34, N113

Darwin—Personal communications

with Abberly (Hubberly?) E184 , T151 , M49 , QE8 ,11 , 14 ,

‹15›

with Fanny Allen N54

with Pedro de Angelis A117 with John Arrowsmith A2

with C. C. Babington C192, 195, M79, QEifc, 10a with John Bachman C251, 253, D31, 103 with Francis Beaufort A55

with Thomas Bell T13, 15, QE16 with George Bentham QE21

with Gabriel Bibron C54

with Edward Blyth D29, 33, 95, QEifc, 20 with William Bollaert A44

with Francis Boott QEifc, 21.. with Edward Brayley A41

with Mark Briggs D3, QE‹15›

with Robert Brown RN155, C237, 238, 239, QEifc, 21.. with C. J. F. Bunbury S5 −6 , QE21 .. with Benjamin Bynoe RN141, M79, 142

with Thomas Carlyle B255 with D. R. Corbet QE‹15›

with Hugh Cuming ZEd 13 , QEifc

with Caroline Darwin (Wedgwood) M56 with Catherine Darwin M28, 33

with E. A. Darwin RN115, A118, 119, C183, 266, D10, 63,

M128

with Emma Darwin E125, N61, 73, 112 with Sir F. S. Darwin B136

with R. W. Darwin D1 −4 , T175 , M1 −2 , 9 −11 , 13 −18 , 20 −2 ,

24−6, 35, 42, 43, 44, 50, 55, 78, 156, ibc, N1, 39, 53, 60−1,

63, OUN31, 32, QEifc, 4, 6, 7, 16

with Susan Darwin M33

with David Don B79, 187, 191−3, QE10

v

 with Edwards QE12, 13

with Thomas Eyton B248, Difc, 4, E168−9, OUN36 ,

QEifc, 9, 18, 22

with Hugh Falconer QE17

with Robert FitzRoy RN67, A141, E42, M43, 60 with R. S. Ford QE3

with W. D. Fox B83, 141, 176−7, 183−4, D5−15, 70, M49, 128 with Louis Frazer C107

with J. H. Galton B175

with John Gould B171, C71, 80−2v, 109,110, 113−14, 143,

144, 189, D102, QEifc, 10a, [11 ]

with Mr Gowen QEifc, 12

with J. E. Gray QEifc, 12 , 17 with W. J. Hamilton C214

v

 with J. S. Henslow B68, 198, 230, C16, 265, E129−30, T99,

N74 , 76 , QEifc, 2 , 3 , 7 −12 ,15 −15

712

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

with William Herbert QE[6v], 12 with Sir R. Heron QE18

with Henry Holland RN159 , Ev1 83 , N111 , QEifc, 1 , 16

with J. D. Hooker QEifc, 1, [9 ], 10a, 17

with F. W. Hope B248 , E11 , QE12

with Thomas Horsfield C268, QEifc, 12 with Mr Hunt M138

with Leonard Jenyns B217, C19 with Rev. R.Jones M99 , 155

with W. A. Leighton E184 with John Lindley QE21.. with Conrad Loddiges D118

with William Lonsdale C175−6, 177, E119−21, M97

with Charles Lyell RN145, A14, 68, E59, 86, 100−1, N115,

ZEd 10

with J. G. Malcolmson A142, 146 with W. C. L. Martin B165

with Herbert Mayo M110

with Alexander Miller T2, M137 with Major Mitchell C159, 213 with W. S. MacLeay B179−80

with R. I. Murchison RN142, A36 with Nancy M53

with William Ogilby B163, N115

with Richard Owen B161, C3, 72, 131, D29−30, 113, QEifc,

17

with Woodbine Parish RN142, 143, 155, 157, A38 with Marianne Parker N37 with John Phillips E121

with Mrs Power at Port Louis RN17 with John Riley QE12

with J. F. Royle B242, 273, QEifc, 12 with Signor Rozales RN155

with R. H. Schomburgk QEifc

with shepherds in Wales GR11, 25, 125, D43, 47, E123 with Andrew Smith A34, B83, 233−4, D136−9, QEifc,

[15v], 16

with James Smith of Jordan Hill QEifc, 1 with Thomas Sorrell RN99 with G. B. Sowerby C246, E76, 98−9, 120, QEifc, 1

with G. B. Sowerby jr. RN1v44

wi t h B.J . Su l i v an QE[1 1 ]

with Col. Sykes D99, QEifc, 12 with Henry Thompson C231 with George Tollett QEifc, 19

with G. R. Waterhouse A14, B71, 162, 166, 249, 250, 256,

r

 C107, 162, T55, 57, 59, M98

with Allen Wedgwood M79, S 1

with Elizabeth (Bessy) Wedgwood M12, 26, 79 with Ernest Hensleigh Wedgwood N37

with Fanny Wedgwood M53

with Henry Allen (Harry) Wedgwood N113

with Hensleigh Wedgwood C165, 244, E144, T51, M58, 61,

96, N37, 39, 74, 81, 121, ZEd20

v

 with John Wedgwood E13−17, 98

with Sarah Elizabeth Wedgwood E144, S1 with M. A. T. Whitby QEifc

with Mr Willis C232, D24, 163, 173 with S. P. Woodward E120

with Thomas Worsley N4, 74

with Mr Wynne B139, 141, OUN36

v, QE18

with William Yarrell B138, 140, C1−4, D72, 99, 102, 108, 152,

153, E112, 174, M138, QEifc, 18

with keepers at the Zoological Society Gardens D89, N97−8, 184, QE20 Darwin—Species theory

and geographic distribution RN127, B164, C29, 69, 77, D23

r

 and origin of language N39, OUN5

and natural selection Difc, 134−5, 175, MAC54 and spontaneous generation D132, E160

antiquity of Darwin's views C267 arguments in favour of B44, 261 based on three principles E58

boldness of D26

contains no absolute tendency to progression N47 Darwin fears opposition on subject of classification C202 Darwin's belief in advancement of science C123

Darwin's belief in truth of E118 Darwin's description of C62−3

Darwin's list of books examined with reference to C276ibc, D179

Darwin's methodology D117

Darwin's summary of facts relating to his theory of generation D176−8, 174−5 sic

does not go back to first stock of all animals D21 does not require idea of creation B104, 227, D22

effect on classification B228, C126−30, 138, 139, 145, 202,

206, D52−3, E23, 42, 51

established on the idea that all animals basically hermaphrodite D161, 162

explained metaphorically as a human history book E6 explains gradation between forms B226 explains instincts D26

explains mules C135

explains organization C70 explains origin of man M84

explains the fossil record C57

explains the separation of the sexes D159, 162 first speculations on RN127−30

gives one great final cause to nature B49, 226−7, E48−9, gives new meaning and scope to natural history B47, 224−9,

C164, E53−4 grandeur of D36 −8

implications for crossing between varieties C30, E106 most hypothetical part of C30 not about origins of life C58

not original D69

of inherited habits N63

of morality OUN30

v

 of sensitive plants N50

of the origin of sublime ideas OUN11 possibility of proof of C177, E51, 69

reason is not sufficient to make Darwin give up OUN7 relationship with Lamarck's theory B214, N91 requires crossing between individuals E164

v

 requires existence of progression in fossil record E60 rests on analogy C176−7 shows life as a simple series MAC56

the beauty of it E71

Elizabeth and Hensleigh Wedgwood's opinion of E144 Hensleigh Wedgwood objects to T51 whole fabric totters if granted C76−7

Dasypus A117, ZEd6 Dasyurus C130

713

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Deception Island, Antarctic RN138, 139

Deer C14, 22, 24, 46, E18, 44, 173, 175, 177, 181, M41

behaviour M76, N105 colour D30, 103, E31, 42

crossing of breed by keepers QE10 males C61, D99

young D30, T9 Deity

See Creation; God; Religion Deluge

no fossil evidence for sudden extinctions D39 Demerara, British Guiana earthquake RN124

subsidence A118, B131 Denmark A115 Denudation

See Erosion

Deserts RN156, B235−6, C68

adaptations to conditions of A5, B55, C88 characteristic species of RN52 Design

See Adaptation; Cause, final; Creation; God; Development D57, 112, 132, 176, 178, E123, 158 variations appear in foetus before gender emerges T95

See also Growth; Metamorphosis; Monsters; Progression;

v

 Recapitulation; Transmutation Devonian period absence of plant fossils S3

Didelphis B87, 133, 219, C13, D62, 73, E60, 128, ZEd9

See also Stonesfield Slate Digesrtive system

grinding mechanisms MAC28

non-absorbing stomachs in camels MAC57

v, 28r

pigeons secrete milk from stomach D132, E57 stomach B213, D94, M13

Dikes RN7, 71, A42, 51, 65, 83, 89, 103, 147

and faults RN37

and formation of veins A116 and mountain axis A58−9, 65

and movements of the earth's crust RN49, A63, 65, 108, 127 frequent in granitic countries RN56

in superficial strata RN58

laminated structure A42, 51

not always points of volcanic eruption RN59

position in relation to other rocks RN59, A65, 67, 86, 87 rocks in RN7, 63, 78−9, A35, 42, 61 Dingo D127, N97

Dinornis

relationship with Apteryx T65 Diorite A20, 84

Dip RN71, 87, A50, 52, GR6

Diseases RN178, D166, E67, 178, N43, 53

apoplexy D1 asthma QE16

cancer D1 , 2 , N53

caused by in-breeding B145, C175, E45 changes in frequency C266, D2

common to man and animals C174, Eibc, 36 convulsions Nibc

distemper in dogs D163 epidemics C64, E3

epilepsy M7, 20, 21, 26 erysipelus D1

gout QE16

haemorrhage QE16 heart M54

hydrocele QE16

hydrophobia RN126, 177

infectious B119, C174, E36, M142 inflammatory M43

inherited B148, C65, D18, 172, M157 pleurisy D3

St. Vitus' dance N38

transmission through females QE16 worm fever D3 −4

See also Darwin—Health; Malaria Divergence amount of difference between forms Cifc

crossing prevents B210 e−211 , 212

r

 See also Selection, natural; Tree of life Dodo B251, C25 Dogs B163, 219, D9, 44, S7 , QE1

and man C165, E36, 37, M23−4, 97, N46

anger C212, E36, M147

barking C42, 159, M84, 92, 94, g6, N94

v

 beagle D42

behaviour C243, E36, M23, 56, 84, 118, 144, 152, N1, 7, 64, 90 , 115 , OUN36 38

bloodhounds B175−8, 182, 183−4, D179 bulldog B217, QE‹15›

Chinese C228, E18, QE22 conscience N3, M24, 148 contempt N7

courage D85

cross-breeding with fox C189, D7, N44

cross-breeding with jackal C210, D90, ibc, N44 cross-breeding with wild dogs D7−8

cross-breeding with wolf B51, 140, 163, D7, 173, N44

crossing between breeds of B140, 155, 181, 183, 184, C1, 120, 189, 228, D7, 63, 180, ibc, N44, QE4

descent B51, 278, E47, 88

diseases RN126, D163, E36

dreams M102 , N117 , OUN8 a

ears C210 , M146 , N97

Egyptian B6, E142

Eskimo B140, 155, C1, D7, QE4

fear M152 , 153

geographic distribution B177, C25, 46, 131, E18

greyhounds B159, 171, 184, 217, C120, 214, D20−1, E75, 118, 145, N43, QE‹15›

v

 hairless C21, 228

hare-coursing C120, E26, 75, N44, MAC57

harrier D41 −2

hunting C94 , 213 , M132 in-breeding B176

instincts B165, C134, N1, 17, 43−4, 47, 105, 185

intellect C210, E46, 47, M15, 97, 98, 128, N43

intermediate forms between breeds B155, 198, 217, 219, D9, E69, 88, M102

kinds of B198, 262, C1

memory N72, 90

monsters D108, E113 natural selection in MAC28 Newfoundland N45

v, 167r

714

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

physiological differences between breeds of QE4

reproduction B183−4, C228, 232, D115, 138, 155, 163, ibc, M71

sense of smell M71, 109, N87 spaniel B184, C228, D9, N43 staghound D42

tailless QE20, 22 terrier C94, 210

teleogony in B32, 184, D9, 172, M25 toothless dogs in Brazil QE3, 4

training of C134, D21, M132 variation in QE19, 22

yawning M85, 95

Dogs, Australian B122, C1, D66 behaviour B250, M128

burrowing B165 colour E26

domestication E103, 149

half-breeds C189, D180 introduction C46

hunting C213 voice N94

Dogs, Shepherd D47 colour GR2, D44

cross-breeding with other breeds B183 instinct GR12, M101, N17

young GR26

Dogs, Wild C94, D7−8, 127, ZEd4 Domestication absence of breeding during C135, D172, E174

breeds of animals resemble races of mankind B51 changes in animals during B145, 190, C176

characteristics compared with wild animals C134, D20−1, E71, N112 characteristics of animals running wild RN133, B31, 240

effects of, on silkworm QE12

great number of breeds D23−4, E113

instincts of animals during B197, E174, OUN38

interaction with wild animals B132, C41, 185, D7−8

loss of fertility during B120, 123, C219, Difc, 103, 108, QE12 of animals on Pacific Islands C54

provincial breeds D44

tendency to revert to oldest race C30 value of introducing new breeds C159

variation in animals during B100, 262, C219

See also Cats; Cattle; Crossing & Hybridization; Cultivation; Dogs; Ducks; Fowl; Geese; Goats; Horses; In-breeding; Selection, artificial; Species, introduced; Tameness

v

 Domingo (Santo Domingo) Island, West Indies A18 Doves D72, E169, M88, N101

Draco MAC54

v

 Dreams

compared with insanity M21, OUN17 images during M102−3, 111−12, 130 of dogs M102, N1 1 7 , OUN8a

n at u re o f M1 1 1 −1 5

recollected in waking thoughts M102 restful for the mind M90

See also Sleep

Drift deposits RN114, A36, 57 r

Ducks C82, D89, 96, 101, 180, MAC28 , QE20

crossing between kinds of B141, C228, D25, 26, 33, 148 Darwin to examine bones of QE3, 15 loggerhead B251

Muscovy C228, D9, 32−3, 101

wild C134, D33, 103, E174

Ducks, penguin D32, 87−8, 91

cross-breeding with ducks T13 eggs QE4

skeleton QE20

Ducks, pintail Difc, 25, 26, 89 Dugong C131, E91−2

Dust

blown far out to sea A25 See also Ash, volcanic

Eagles B55, D61, E138, 139, 140

Eagles, hawk C143

Eap Island (Carolines) E21, 22 Ear

wax C174 Earth age of B225

central heat of RN41, A76, 77, 78, 79, 90−1, 108, 121

cooling of central heat of A77−9, 121−6, B137, 247

fluid nature of core RN57−8, 111−12, A106−8, 113, 126, 140 history B224

metallic core A21

movements of fluid core RN41 , 48 −9 , 111 −12 , A85 origin A104

perturbation of axis of A24

shape of A113 −14 , 118 , 121 symmetry RN123

variation of compass measurements A85 Earth, crust of RN41, 123, A64, 123, 128 conduction of heat A139

cracking A107

crustal movements A92, B80

Darwin's hypothesis of coral reefs and movements of RN117 equilibrium of land and sea A129

temperature A121−5, 134, 137−40, 151

thickness RN154, A77−9, 114, 133, 136, 147

thinness RN131, 154

See also Elevation; Elevation & Subsidence; Subsidence Earthquakes RN75 , 112 , 116 absence at Mendoza RN158

accompanied by rain RN76−7 action of sea waves during RN80−3 and collection of sediment GR53 at Acapulco RN177

at Calabria RN75

at Concepción RN75 , 154 −5

at Córdoba RN142, 144, 157−8

at Demerara RN124 at Pasto RN144

at Quito RN158

come from several directions RN177

connections with volcanoes RN90, A76 effect of passage of the moon A137, 153 first movements of RN80−1, 82, A18

geographic extent of RN70, 116, A28 in Antarctica RN17

in Sumatra RN90

715

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Earthquakes (cont.)

mankind's fear of M16 metamorphic rocks A106

movement of earth's crust during RN154, A80, D140 on Melville Island A30

on Radack and Ralix Islands RN101

on St. Helena RN125

on shores of Pacific Ocean RN157 submarine RN33 Earwig M64

East Indies

r

 See Indonesia Echidna C225

spines B79, 87, C208, D132, T17, MAC28

Echinoderms C103, D156

Economy of nature B104, D115 absence of gaps in E43

effect of introduced species on E114−15 gaps in D135

Echinites RN22−3

number of living beings in existence C146−r7, D134−5, E85, 95−7, 108

r

 physiological relations of animals MAC29

relative numbers of organisms B12, C147, E136, 140, MAC56

See also Competition; Conditions of existence; Divergence Edentata A57, B99, C36 fossil A6, B94, 173, 223, C37, E40

geographic distribution A5, 6, B94−5, 106, 133, 223, C36, 38,

D68, 73

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal RN127, A25, 27, 99, 104, 105, 111, 124, 131, 132−3, 149, 151, B107, 117, 118, 119,

121, 125, 187, C131, 165, E36−7, T81, QE17, 18

Edinburgh Review RN143, A88, D152, M60, 70, 72, 81, 135, N12,

OUN8, 14, 25 Education

ability of animals to learn C134, D21, M132, N70

v

 ability of birds to learn B4, C255, D32, M31, 32, 58, N11, 112 analogous to improvement of instincts OUN53

instinct to learn in children N74−5

leads to improvement of mankind C220, OUN27 See also Civilization Egypt

ancient animals domesticated C153, ZEd12 germination of ancient bulb from C92

present-day anvimals have not changed from ancient times B6, 16, D106−7, E142

wheat QE[11 ]

Electricity RN6, 115, A29, B17 Elephants RN134, B233, D172

behaviour C199, 235, D155, M144, N20

descent C167, D22, E65

extinction in South America B62−3 fossil C132, D25, E65

geographic distribution B80, 233, C17, 46, D139, E20, 31, 60,

173 , 176 , 179

intellect C196, 210, M98, 128, 131

Elevation A13, 34, 82−3, 101, 104−5

absence of signs of RN115−16

accompanied by mountain formation A62 accompanied by volcanoes RN117, 137, A34, 62 and earthquakes RN75, 124

and formation of salt pans A5

and origin of dikes A63, 127 and terraces RN60

at Stockholm A113

caused by movements of fluid rock RN61, 83 cracks in the earth's crust after RN83, A65, 112

Darwin's effort of thought to trace evidence of M90−1 effect on geographic distribution of species B82, C191 effect on subterranean temperatures A77−9

erosion of cliffs after RN39−40

evidence from shells at heights above sea level RN37, 106, A4, 20, 39, E86 lines of RN137

of Chile A39, 109

of freshwater lakes RN69

of land near Red Sea RN148

of sea bottom RN106

of Siberia A7, 8, 11

of Sumatra and Java B241

rate of RN69, 83, 113, 117, 135, 149, A13, 109, 118

recent RN60−1, 140, A4

regularity of slope of valleys after RN69 sea waves obliterate signs of RN115−16

See also Elevation & Subsidence; Glen Roy; Mountain building; Subsidence; Terraces

Elevation & Subsidence RN77, A8, 85, 113, 118 areas not equal in extent C220

Cordillera marks line between areas of A79

Darwin's wish to be cautious when describing A134 Darwin's theory of A101

former A11

law of equilibrium applied to the Earth's crust A114

See also Earthv; Elevation; Subsidence Elk, Irish B80, C257

Elms QE7 , [11 ]

Emberiza brasiliensis B193, ZEd8 Emberiza melanodera ZEd 11 Embryology See Development; Monsters; Recapitulation Emotion

v

 explained by origin of man OUN47 hereditary OUN8, 8

materialistic view of origin M57

nature of N57, 66, 68, 89, 92, 93, 97

origin in muscular exertion M51−5, 57, 70 origin in pain and pleasure M101

passions analogous to pleasures of association GR12

v

 passions are the origin of evil M122−3

strongest passions are common to man and other animals OUN29 −29

See also Anger; Avarice; Contempt; Courage; Expressions; Fear; Instinct; Love; Modesty; Pain; Pleasure; Pride; Shame; Surprise; Suspicion; Sympathy

Emu C27, D29, M132

See also Cassowary Encrinites RN22 −3

England B220, C223, ZEd16

animals B65, 138, 191, 280, C29, 83, 159, 177, 189, 256, D105, E45, 102, 138, 162, M31

geology RN45, 46, 47, 51, A1, 115, B80, D139, E121

great changes in fauna from previous geological period C132 plants D180, E184

relationship of species to those of Europe B80, 138, 220, C123

716

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

relationship of species to those of Ireland B7, 166, 191, 221, 262, D16

relationship of species to those of North America C246, D96 Entomological Magazine B91, C107 Entomostraca C162, 235, D40, 41

Entozoa C266, D156

Eocene period B30, 88, 200, 245, C36, E40, 105, 117, 167 Epidote RN6

Epilepsy M7, 20, 21, 26 Erosion

action on rocks RN28−30, 33, 105−6, 153, A69, 103, 145

by rivers RN108−9, A70, 72−5

by wave action RN38−41, 94, 95, 139, 144, A39, 98

great power of water action RN 108−9, 151, A69, 70, GR30

of alluvial deposits by rivers GR20, 27−8, 29

of cliffs RN 38−41, 67, 100, A59

of river valleys A12, 70−1, 72−5 of Salisbury Crags GR10−11

subaqueous A82−3, 92

Erratic blocks RN155, A36, 87, E37, 38

dispersal RN114, A56, 70, 71, 131

geographic distribution RN32, 155, A56−7 height of final position of A110

in Alps A20, 110

indicate former climate of whole world E37−8 in drift deposits RN114

in Glen Collarig, Scotland GR40

in Glen Roy, Scotland GR76, 82, 84, 85 in Meall Doire, Scotland GR32

on Ben Erin, Scotland GR55−6

on Càrn Leac, Scotland GR90 −1 shape RN20

size A131 Eskimo dog

See Dogs, Eskimo Essequibo, British Guiana rocks of A30 Ethics

See Morality

Etna, Mount RN57, 137 Eucalyptus C239, M64 Euphorbia C250 Europe

absence of endemic genera C39 ancient climate E37−40, 42

animals B47, 220, 247, C37, 225, 233, E72

cryptogamia same as those in Australia C240 fossil mammals D25, Tfrag9, 79

geology RN18, 22, 73, A3, B167 Evil See Sin Evolution

See Darwin—Species theory; Species; Transformism; Transmutation; Tree of life Evolutionism

See Gradation; Progression Experiments See Darwin—Experiments Expressions

bird behaviour considered as instances of N1 chimpanzee N76, 88, 183, 184

common to all races of mankind N22−3, 35

common to man and animals C154, 243, D22, M93−4, 97

crying C243, M89, 94, 107, N20, 56−7, 59, 125, 182, Nibc

Darwin's attempts to classify in monkeys M142 difficult to conceal M93

frowning E125 , M58 , 95 −6 , ibc, N58

imitation produces corresponding emotion N10 innate recognition of M145

inheritance of D18, M107

intimately connected with mind M151 nodding N37

of passion M146

of respect N32

origin N104

reveal affinities between animals M137, 146−7, N13−14

sighing N73, 92, 93

v

 shrugging N22−4, 73 sneering E125, MAC28

understood by young children N37

use of nose and nostrils in M71, 153, N9, 45, 103 yawning M84, 93, 95−6

See also Anger; Avarice; Blushing; Contempt; Emotion; Fear;

v

 Laughter; Pain; Pleasure; Shame; Sneering Extinction B19, 53, 245, C168, D25, E43 and number of species B21, T19, MAC58

and origin of species B211, C234, D58, E48, E122 r v

caused by non-adaptation to conditions B38−9, 61−2, 64, C153, MAC57 −57 causes of RN85, 129, 133, 134, A9, B135, 148, C37, 39, 64, 99, 110 , D49 , T81

explains existence of taxonomic categories B27, 29, 37, C167− 8, 169, 200, 203, 217 marsupials almost destroyed by D73

of great reptiles B53

of man B169

of species like that of individuals RN133, B22, 153 species never reappear after E105

taxonomic groups that are few in number are remnants of B39, C186

v

 the foundation of geology E87 Eye

v

 analogues of, in different groups of organisms MAC29 b l i n k i n g D1 1 1 , M1 5 7

v

 chamelion MAC29 colour C204, D11 crab MAC29

Darwin avoids having to explain first formation of D21 formation of C175, D21

in expression of emotions M70, 79, 105, 156, N9, 103 in Negroes C204

parasites of C227 primitive D56

variation in C158

See also Colour blindness; Darwin—Difficulties of species theory; Eyesight Eyebrows

in expression of emotions M95, 106, 143, N6, 183

frowning E125, M58, 95−6, ibc, N58 Eyesight and locomotion D56

perception M9, 61, 130, N82

Faculties B74, C198, M30, 108, N36, 46, OUN8, 40−1, 52−3

717

[page]SUBJECT INDEX

Faculties (cont.)

nature of N69−72, 76−82, 92, 94

See also Instincts; Intellect; Mind; Perception; Soul Falcon C185 Falkland Islands

animals B219, C21, 23, ZEd3, 5

animals not subject to change B240−1

animals would change if conditions dvid C168, 169

birds C160 , E56 , ZEd 5 , 9 , 11 , QE[11 ]

bones on A58, 141

cleavage RN102, A52

fauna similar to that of South America E91

geology RN98, 102, 140, 142, 144, A66, 97, E137

plants B173, C24

rabbits B31, 54, C29, ZEd5

v

 Silurian fossils RN142, 144 Faults (geology) RN37, 87, 97 Fear an involuntary wish to avoid danger M52−5, 57

associated with ideas of the sublime OUN18−19 behaviour during M153

bodily responses to M54, 57, 148, 150, N7, 56, 59, 93, 97, 103

expression of M131, 149, N7, 103

in animals B231, C120, 197, D22, M24, 52, 140, 152−3, N6, 7,

25 ,98

in birds B4 , 198 , N1 l 2 , OUN36 in children N89, 113, 121

of earthquakes M16

of death B231, C197, M89, 101, 104, OUN38, 45, 49, 89

v

 See also Courage; Instincts; Tameness Fecundation See Fertilization Fecundity C143, E56

See also Competition; Selection, natural Feldspar RN150, 176, A35, 46, 48, 61, 66 Fennel QE[11 ] Fernando Noronha Island B56, T59

Fernando Po, Gulf of Guinea B209, 220, C183 Ferns at The Mount, Shrewsbury M156

geographic distribution B156, 193, C16

v

 hybrid B230, 235, C52, D157, 162, E90, M156, QE12

the first seeds to arrive on islands B193 Fertility C125, 152, Difc, E75, MAC28 absence in young animals D40

affected by cross-breeding B120, Difc, 134, 164, T13, QE4 between slightly altered species B209

gradation of C122

increase of B211 , QE16

infertility as a test of species B122, E24 loss of C52, 178, D103, QE15

r

 loss of in domestic animals B120, 123, C219, Difc, 103, 108, QE12 loss of in hybrid offspring C52, D31, 112, S1

of crosses between hybrid offspring and parent C33

of hybrid offspring B2, C33, D9−10, 14, 15−19, 26, 70, E143, T2, QE18, 20, 22

of offspring of crosses between recent varieties C34

of plants E183, 184, QE15

of second generation of cross-bred animals D10 vigour of propagating powers D88

See also In-breeding; Fecundity Fertilization D173, QE4a

aided by insects in plants E14, 90, T93−4, 103−5, 111−12, 135, 153, 177−8, MAC56

artificial fecundation of moths vD180

v, S2r−2v

v

 Darwin's experiments on QE1

difficulties prevent cross-impregnation QE[15 ] drifting of pollen in wind E44, 123, QE[5]a

in invertebrates D156−7

of plants E13−15, 133, 143, MAC56

v, QE2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12−14, 21 .., 21

of plants by pollen from different species E133

v

 of plants by pollen from same species E110, 143, 144

of varieties of apple trees E15, 110, QE1 pollen B96

semen D132, 171, 173, E70−1

small amount of spermatic fluid can effect E90

spermatic animalcuvles in mosses E100 Festuca E165

Figs QE6, 10, 14, [15 ]

Final Cause

See Cause, final

Finches B47, C70, ZEd16 bull C70

gold C249, D25, 95, E138

green D25, 95 Firola ZEd5

v

 Fish B25, 162, 255, C20−1, 58, M98

adaptations of B113, 143, E134, T57, MAC29

agents of geographic dispersal of seeds A14, C245

Beagle specimens C20

descent B26, 88, 97, 170, C58, D49, 117, 133, E96

extinct species of B149

fresh-water D34, 151, E85, 91 hybrids E32, 79, QE18

instincts D173 migratory ZEd9 rain of E182

reproduction D114, l69, 180

v

 viviparous T25

wide geographic range C20, 21, MAC167 FitzWillriam Museum, Cambridge

Darwin's memories of M82 Flamingo D47, MAC28 Flax B68, 275, E183, QE15 Fleas D91 , N1 , ZEd 3

Flint

origin of A48 Fluorspar RN167 Flustra C49 Flycatchers adaptations of B137, C61

pipra C253, 255 Folkestone, Kent fossils E119−20 Florida

keys of A19 Forres, Scotland shells at GR47

Fort Augustus, Scotland GR85, 106−7

marine shells at GR106−7 Fort William, Scotland GR23 Fossilization RN23, 165

718

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

absence of decomposition of buried body in Shetland RN139 casts of shells in calcareous rocks RN42, 61

of bones RN22, 68, B172

of wood RN28

See also Petrification

Fossil plants B117, 149, 202, C58, D133, T19

See also Coal; Fossil wood

Fossil record B15, 202, 205, C40, 137, E99, T1

Darwin's intention to study C77

each epoch characterized by great group of fossils D151 evidence for transmutation in E120−1, 126−7

extinction in B19−20, 72, 106, C205, E48, 128

fills up gaps between existing species C110, 156 first appearance of insects in B207−8

first appearance of Man in B207, 208

imperfect nature of B86−8, 239, 244, E66, T63

increase in complexity not related to passage of time T19 numerical relations between different deposits E166−7 transitional forms in C110, 257, E88, 119−20, 126−7

r

 See also Extinction; Fossils; Gradation; Progression; Transmutation Fossils RN113, 165, B88, 95, 99, C246−7, 257, E58, 166

absence of MAC29 Darwin's specimens E99

distribution of bones by sharks RN8−9, 12 footprints in New Red Sandstone A109

in Australia B173, C130−1, 257 in Europe C184, D25, 39, Tfrag9, 79 in India B126, 250, C39, T79

in Java B179, Cibc

in North America B125, 172, 174, C37, 246−7, E32, 100,

S3r−3v

insects in amber ZEd 18

in South America RN85, B13, 53−4, 60, 62, 63, 133, 135, 137, C37, 39, 132, 167, 247, D68, 72, E40, T79

organic origin of A4

preservation is accidental GR13

relationship with modern species A28, B14, 99, 167−8, 174, 200, 202, 228, C77, 146, 246−7, E41, 92 scarcity of RN73

See also Apteryx; Didelphis; Dinornis; Extinction; Fossil plants; Fossil wood; Macrauchenia; Macrotherium; Mammoth; Mastodon; Megalonyx; Megatherium; Mylodon; Palaeotherium; Plesiosaurus; Shells; Sivatherium; Toxodon; Trilobite

Fossil wood RN45−6, 64, 161, 178 See also Coal; Fossil plants Fowl

v

 aboriginal species D66

behaviour B140, C61, 70, D163, N109, OUN36

bones QE17

chickens C120, 236, N74

cross-breeding with pheasants B52, C164, D85, 87, 164 crossing between different breeds of QE4a, 20

Dorking QE20

effect of castration D156 hybrids D33, 153

instincts of chicks C51, E158, N4−5, 11 Malay C240, D180

v

 old varieties of B181, C120, D66

plumage C138, 215, D101, 138, 154, 172, S7

Polish C120, D163

purpose of horny point on beak MAC58r

secondary sexual characteristics C215, D113, 114, 147, 153−

4 , QE18

See also Bantams Foxes B279 behaviour M147, N69

black B255

breeding in captivity QE18, 20

cross-breeding with dogs C189, D7, N44 cubs E140

facial expression M147

geographical distribution of B65, 104, 255−6, C223 in North America B65, 222, C45

intellect E46

in South America B222 Magellanic GR2, D44 on Chiloé B7

on Falkland Islands B7, 219 Foxglove QE6 France B133, C123, E121

geology RN38, 68, A40, C270

lakes RN69, A44 plants B157

See also Paris basin Fraxinella T111−12, 135

Friendly (Tonga) Islands, Pacific Ocean animals C27

r

 Frigate bird C143 Fringilla D22

Frogs B255, D173, 180, E90, T1, N18, MAC28

tadpoles E133

See also Batrachians Frowning See Expressions Fruit trees

cultivation of C265, E162, QE21 degeneration D161

grafting E17, E153

propagation B1, D70, 178, E148, 153 run wild B83

varieties B83

See also Apples Fuegians C79, M142, 153 absence of religious feelings C244

respect for human artefacts RN177 Fulgoridae Tfrag7 Fulica chloropus B193, ZEd8

Fungus B229

See also Mushrooms Furnarius RN130 , ZEd 16 Furze See Gorse

Galápagos Islands B70, 103, 157, 173, 193, 227, C54, D53, E32,

44, 104, 170, ZEd19 amphibia RN55 r

animal remains in strata being formed today RN55 arbitrary nature of species on MAC167 , QE10a birds B7, 55, 70, 98, 100, 103, C145, 209

geographic dispersal on A41, B98, 100, 220, D65 geology RN69, 72, 165, 177, A32, B227 insects E170

719

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Galápagos Islands (cont.) land shells ZEd8

lizards RN55

mouse B220, C29, D65

v

 ocean currents RN55

plants B157, 173, 193, C184, 194, E100, 104, QE[15 ]

shrews B221

South American character of species B11, 98, 103, 160, C54, 209, E100, 170 species a result of geological elevation E44

species peculiar to separate islets B7, D53, E32, 100, ZEd8 tortoise RN55, B7, E12, ZEd12

volcanic structure of RN31, 38, 43, 110 Galeum saxatile T178 Galiopithecus C17, E19

r

 Gastrobranchus C28

Gecko C28, D129, MAC28

Geese B55, C40

behaviour E174, M153 Brent E168

Canada D9 , 87

Chinese B139, D9, 13, 180, E169

hybrids Difc, 9, 12−13, 25, 32, 87, E169, QE22

instincts D180 upland B55

Generation RN132, B1−5, 14, 26, 99, 111, 114−17, D19

a modification of law of growth E148

analogy between production by gemmation and by seed E162

and variation B3−5, 78, 219, C59, 84, 162, D1v77, 179, E48−51

asexual budding B1, D19, E164, 184, QE1 , 2

asexual individuals followed by sexual C235

comparison between sexual and asexual D68, 128−31, E77−8 Darwin's summary of facts relating to D176−8, 174−5 Darwin's views on B63−4, 204, 227, 228, C66, 162, ibc

development of two sexes C236, D41, 156−7, E60, 89, MAC56 differences between that of animals and plants D167

gemmation considered as artificial division D130−1, 172 importance of B2, 5, 230

interruption of gemmation by sexual reproduction E150−2, 153−5

length of gestation D155

likened to teleogony D168−9

mother's growth checked during D153 of plants by cuttings QE15

of zoophytes D180

overwintering eggs C162

v

 possibility of degeneration during D161

production of seeds in plants E162, 163, 164−5, QE1 separate roles of male and female in D178, E17

value as a guide to classification C33, 47, 149, 162, 195, 213, E91−2 See also Crossing & Hybridization; Fertility; Inheritance;

Parthenogenesis; Regeneration; Spontaneous generation Generation, spontaneous See Spontaneous generation Genera

and geographic distribution B13, 261, 273, C109 and origin of aberrant species B28

closely allied B229

Darwin's theory gives new meaning to C129 die together B29

origins of B21, 36, C138, 203

relative numbers of in Australia B77

relative numbers of species in B28, 39, 149 resemblance of species within B57, 79, 85 Geographic dispersal B102,r105, 115, 158, C240

adaptation ovf seeds for transportation D74, MAC53 , QE[5]a,

6, 10, [15 ]

animals on drifting ice E166

bones carried by shark RN8 −9

carcasses drifting at sea RN10, A88, C94 effect of winds A25, B11

experiments to determine effect of salt-water on seeds B125,

C148, QE[5]a

means by which animals arrive on islands C29, D65, E21 means by which plants arrive on islands C100 of coconuts C148

of live animals by birds A14, QE19 of ova of shells C245

plants floating in the sea C249

stomach contents of animals C95, D180, ZEd3

transport of seeds A25, B124−5, 192−4, 234, C184 transport of seeds by birds T39, QE[5]a, 6

transport of seeds by fish A14, C245

transport of seeds by winds B11, 209, QE[5]a See also Species, introduced

Geographic distribution B14, 138, 156, C80, D31 absence of endemic genera in Europe B200, C39 climate not a primary cause of D115

correlations between that of man, animals and plants D25 Darwin's theory of B164, C29, 69, 77, D23 deserts B235−6

division of the earth into regions B135, D38 each species has its own limits RN128, 130, C253

effect of climate RN128−9, B243, 245, C147, D115

effect of continents on species of neighbouring islands B10−

11, 30, 116, 221−2, 278, C106

effect of geographic barriers RN52, 128, B103, 142, 209, C119,

251 , D31 , 61 , E115

effect of isolation on species B15, 33, 75, 155, MAC167 C247, D68, E100−1

v, 29r

effect of previous configuration of the earth A11, B12, 95, 224,

endemic species at southern points of continents in Southern hemisphere C37

endemic species on continents B12−13

existence of two sexes limits extent of range C54−5 extent of range of mundane genera QE10a, 17

extent of range of species in endemic genera QE10a great extent of range of fossil pachyderms C46

idea of creation does not help explain B243, C106

idea of 'propagation' of species helps explain B12−13, 212,

227

in Arctic regions B221, C36, 116

latitude more important than longitude for wide-ranging species C245

number of shells decrease with depth of ocean E122

of birds B67, 81, 98, 104−5, 124, 199, C50, 55, 88, 94, 253,

D26, 31, 180, E101−2, ZEd15, 17 range of dioecious plants C245

of Edentata A5, 6, B94−5, 106, 133, 223, C36, 38, D68, 73

of fossils B200, C36

of insects according to heat of the earth ZEd18

of mammals B31, 67, 81, 91, 115, 249, C41, ZEd11 of man D25

720

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

of plants B76, 81, 93, 280, C102, 239, D25, QE17

of shells B204, C20, 21, 244

of species in topographic space parallels changes in species over time B17, 200, T41

on islands B7, 160, C18−19

on mountains B210, 235−6, C191, E105 range of species compared to genera C35

ranges of birds RN129, B137, C50, 99, ZEd12, 17 relationship of species in north and south hemispheres B66,

C22, 28, C7

scarcity of animals outside their own area QE16 subrstantiates a belief in extreme antiquity of animals D59 tropics

supposedly favourable to terrestrial mammals MAC29 value to systematists C45, 54, 88

wide range not favourable for preservation of adaptations C60 wide ranges of fish C20, 21, MAC167 wide-ranging species A11 , B100 , 104 −5 , 134 , 187 −8 , 223 ,245 ,C25, 116, E11

See also Alpine plants; Geographic dispersal; Islands; Species, introduced; Species, representative

Geological Society of London collections in A63, 97

v, ZEd9

See also Proceedings of the Geological Society of London; Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society

Geological time See Time Geology

chronology is a sublime discovery E4 conducive to understanding species E5

considered as a book with missing pages D60 Darwin's aesthetic appreciation of M40

Darwin's conclusions applicable to whole world RN18 Darwin's difficulty of pursuing close trains of thought in M34,

90

effect of Darwin's theory on E87

Europe the birth place of the science RN73

See also Cleavage; Coral reefs; Dikes; Earth; Earthquakes; Elevation; Elevation & Subsidence; Erratic blocks; Faults; Fossils; Glen Roy; Laminated rocks; Metamorphism; Mountain building; Strata; Stratigraphy; Subsidence; Terraces; Time; Uniformitarianism; Veins; Volcanoes

Geranium T94 , QE14

r

 Germ

first B228, E83 Germs B26, MAC56 volcanoes RN68

Gibbons N115

Gilolo Island, Indonesia animals E181

Giraffes B233, 234, N75

Germany

r

 fossil T1

neck vertebrae MAC58 See Ice Age

Glaciation

Glaciers RN63, 135, B188, 195

grooved rocks A36

Glen Bought, Scotland GR87−9 Glen Bright, Scotland GR92

Glencoe, Scotland GR21−2, 23

Glen Collarig (Caol Lairig), Scotland GR50, 52, 57, 67 lake-theory improbable GR45

terraces GR37 −46

Glen Fintec (Fintaig), Scotland GR54 Glengarry, Scotland GR101

Glen Guoy, Scotland GR58, 79

Glen Roy, Scotland GR35, 49, 50, 63

and absence of cracks after elevation A112

as evidence for equilibrium of land and sea A129 equal movements in roads of A107

Darwin's belief terraces are marine in origin GR64−5, 71−2, 80−1

Darwin's belief terraces are marine or lacustrine in origin GR50−1, 88 errors of previous observers in the area GR78

geology GR62−85

river-theory not applicable GR47−8, 50

terraces correspond on either side of valley GR29−30 terraces on east side of valley GR49−53

transported material deposited on terraces GR67, 68−70, 74−6 Glen Tarf, Scotland GR88−9

river GR103−4, 124

Glen Turrit, Scotland GR85, 125

terraces GR62 −3 , 86 Glowworms C221, N27, ZEd4 reproduction D40−1

rudimentary wings C215 Gnats swarming ZEd 18

Gneiss RN150, A54, 97, 105 Gnu B67

Goats Tfrag6

hair B48, C93, 214

resemble sheep B48, D66, E35 Goatsucker C112−13 God B216, C196

as the creator B101, 114, C184, D37, 54, 72, M1, 69

design B45, E23

r v

 mankind likes to think origin is godlike C155−6 man's estimate of C244, MAC54 , 54

operates through laws of nature B101, 193−4, E3, M69−70, 135 −6 , 154 , N12

origin of idea of M135−7, 151, N4, 11, 35

personification of OUN12

See also Bible; Cause, final; Creation; Religion Godwit C209 Gold deposits RN163−4, 176, A100 Gold mines

in Cordillera RN176

in Mexico RN 163−4 Golden pippen death B63

longevity D165

production of crab apples B230

reproduction B72, 83, D70 Goldfinch D25 Gorse B107, E152−3, QE2

Gory (Gorée) Island, Africa A20 Gradation B44, 112, C222, D69 absence of a perfect chain of animals B209, C167−8, 216−7, E25, T81

a perfect chain of animals C161, 205

between animals and man C55, 222−3, 244, D22

721

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Gradation (cont.)

between Apteryx and birds C207, 208

between taxonomic units B85, 224, 225 Darwin's interest in B226, C76

demonstrates accommodation to different external conditions B235−6, E72 exhibited in birds C80−1, 96, 157, Tfrag10, frag11, ZEd 16

in fertility of hybrids T2

v

 in the separation of the sexes D156−9

vertebrae exhibit passage from form to form T55, 57, MAC54

See also Perfection; Progression; Transitional forms Gradualism RN108 −9 , C74 −5 , E99 Grafting A180, E17, 77−8, 153, 162, QE11

Graham Island, Mediterranean Sea B192 Granite RN100, 120, A17, 81, 99, 147

decomposition RN33, 153, A145

gradation into other rocks RN88−9, A35, 149 previous extent of RN110

structure of RN79, 88, 100, A25, 61 Grasses

viviparous QE2 Grauwacke RN99, 164 Gravity

and cleavage of rocks A49, 51−2v, 60, v62

law of B196, C166, M41, OUN40

Greece C55

See also Antiquity Greenland alpine plants E115

, 41

Grebes C160, 222

geology RN159, A39, E100−1, 109 Greenstone RN88−9, 163, 170, A84, 110 Greyhounds See Dogs Greywacke

See Grauwacke Groundsel QE6 Grouse GR126 black D72

cross-breeding with pheasant B189, D33, 106, E106 red D105

three species of D25

See also Capercailzie Growth

modification of matter OUN34−5 reproduction acts as check to D153

See also Development; Regeneration Guanaca ZEd 6 Guanaco A9, 34, D38

Guanaxuato, Mexico

geology of RN170−1, 175 Guantajaya, Chile

salt deposits A44 Guava A88, C73, 93−4 Guayana (Guiana) geology A87, 89

wild dogs C94

Guayaquil, Ecuador RN177, A102, C99 Guillemot ZEd 15 Guinea fowl D114, 154

cross-breeding with pea hen D31

Gulls C164, D47, E168 Guzerat (Gujarat), India maneless lion C47 Gypsum RN44, A38

Habits C125, 235, 240, D48, M75, N17, 29, OUN36v

become hereditary C105, N40, 42, 63, 67 become instinctive C171, N91, OUN48 become unconscious M104−5, N51

connected with mind C210, M83, 104−5, N51

Darwin's view of C199, 217

dissimilar in close species C125

v

 easily acquired by animals M82

easily acquired by children C212, OUN36

effects of change in on animal structure C63, 81−2, 85−7, 124, 160−1, 163, D147 men and animals exist by C232, M2

persist in different surroundings C105 repetition leads to C190, 217

retention of childhood N62

the origin of facial expressions C243, M52, 54, 107, 150 the origin of mankind's ideas of taste N26−30

value for classification C82, 165, 226, D102, 115 See also Behaviour; Education Halimeda E155

Hamster E169 Handwriting

inheritance of E89, 184, ibc, M83 Hares D61, E139, N103 chased by dogs E75, N1, 44

colour C84, 252, E9

geographic distribution C22, 251, E13

kinds of B7, 80, 221, 262, C23, 251, D61, E184

tame E117

Hares, Irish B7, 80, 221, 262, D61, E184 Harpalus B256

Hawks A14, C111−12, 143, QE19

classification C111, 157, 222, D61

numbers of C111, D135, N112 pellets QE[5]a, 19

predator of other birds D135, N112 Health

See Darwin—Health; Diseases; Insanity; Parasites Herart v

action during emotion M52, 54−5, 57 Heartsease S2 −2 Heat (geological)

conduction through rocks RN6, A139 See also Earth Heaths QE7 , 10 a Hebrides animals C27

Heckla, Mount A39 Hedgehrog

, QE2, 13, 21

spines B87, T17, MAC28 Helix QE10 a Hemiptera C107−8, 186

Hens

See Fowl Heredity See Inheritance

722

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Hermaphrodites C245, E78 classification of D156 freemartins in cattle D152 in flowers C167

mutual coupling of B96, 232, E70, 155, 159

the basic form of animals D154−5, 162, 172, 174, E57, 80

structure D114, 158−9, 161−2, 174

See also Castration; Secondary sexual characteristics Hermaphroditism animals not subject to variation C169

a step in the scale of nature C167

correlated with liquid semen E70−1, 124, 155

Darwin's theory of C167, D154, 156−9, 161, E70, 80

different kinds of E80 Hermoso, M. RN69, 113 Herons A14, D95

Hervey (Cook) Islands, Pacific Ocean E10 Heteromera B56−7, 58, C108, E170 Himalayas B151, 242, C203 animals at great heights in E44−5

fossils T1 geology A2 shells D68

r

 species from other regions in C36, 223−4 Hippopotamus RN8−9, B233, 242, D25, 52 fossil C216, D25, S3

v

 geographical distribution B234, 242, D25, E60 Hollyhocks E144, 183, M63, QE2, 14 Holocentrus ruber MAC54

Homology

of flipper E25

See also Analogy (biological) Hops QE9

r

 Hornblende RN176, A15

Horns B233, D42, 101, S7 , QE19, 21

absence B145, 255, E23, 113, 123

as secondary sexual characteristics D99, 172, E113 inheritance B145, D42, E123

time of emergence QE19

Horses B35, 72, 273, Cifc, D10, 66

behaviour C163, D10, M71, 85, 129, 144, 146−7, N7, 75, 90, 103, 117

breeds of B184, E112

cross-breeding between different breeds of B184, Cifc, 2 cross-breeding with ass B219, D113, T2, QE20

cross-breeding with zebra QE20 diseases E36

extinction in South America RN85, 113, B63, 222 fossil B62, 72, 106, E44

gaits C163, E127, N67

geographic distribution B35, 62, 133, 222, E175 insanity M15

in South America A3, B62, 72, 106, 133, N67 instincts D4, M101

intellect M71, 108, 131, 141 jumping M129 , QE22

memory D7 , M129 , N72 , OUN37

parasites B142, C227

persistence of good qualities in offspring of the racehorse Eclipse E112−3 size B106, E175, T2

species of C177, 186

structure D159, QE17, 20, 22 variation in D66, E103

wild C41, E175 Horticulturists QEifc, 18, 21 Darwin's questions for seedsmen QE9

seedsmen supply country landowners E98

selection of seeds QE8 Hottentots B32, 189, 233, QE16 Hudson's Bay terebratula from A37

Humming birds B278 , C111 −13 , D118 Hungary geology RN171 Hyacinth QE[5 ]a Hyaena M71, 153

cross-breeding with jackal N43 fossil T1

geographical distribution C42, 92, D22, 25, 139, E60, N6 related to dogs E88

Hybrids B140, C219, 228, Difc, 8, 19, 113, 159, 160, 180, E103

abortive genital organs C219

analogous to new species Cifc, D14, 73, E106

between different species of birds B189, C249, D9, 31, 32, 34, 86, 160, 163−4, ibc, T13 between varieties C34, 122

breeding among C164, 184 can live in the wild D103

compared with mutilated animals D13, 15−19 cross-bred sheep not so hardy as parents GR26 Darwin's theory explains mules C135

ducks B141, D180

evidence for in fossil record E120

ferns B230, 235, C52, D157, 162, E90, M156, QE12

fertility of B2, C33, D9−10, 14, 15−19, 26, 70, E143, T2, QE18, 20, 22

first offspring most like parents C228 fish E32, 79, QE18

geese Difc, 9, 12−13, 25, 32, 87, E169, QE22

gradation of fertility in C122, E107, QE11 health D163, QE21

heterogeneity of siblings B250, D5−6, 15, 33, 104, 106, 180

infertile B10, D14−16, 17, 19, 31−2, 85−6, 112, QE4

infertility of sibling crosses D134 instincts GR126

intermediate between parents in character B34, 120, 219, D7, 31 −2 , N43 −4 likelihood of being hermaphrodites D159

mongrel loses all traces of parentage Tfrag5

nature of instincts in D33, M101, N43−4, ibc

nature of offspring of two half-bred animals QE3, 4 not exactly intermediate in character B5, D8

number of generations that can be reprovduced QE12

v

 occur naturally in the wild QE5, [5]a, [6 ] peas MAC56

pheasants QE19

r v v v

plants D70, E103, 143, T175, S1 −1

, QE1

, 3, 8, [15 ]

reproductive behaviour D90, 177, QE19 reptiles E79

resemble either parent C133, D154

resemble one parent only B203, C164, 189, D3, 5−6, 7−8, 13,

723

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Hybrids

resemble one parent only (cont.) 15, 88, 90, 92−4, QE3

tendency to revert to parents' characteristics B33, 203, 229, Difc

uniformity of siblings D89, QE2 Hydra D177 , N13 , ZEd 17 Hydrangea QE9 Hydromys D115

Hymenoptera M98 −9

Hypnosis C211 Ibex Tfrag6

Ibis B6, D47 Ice RN141, 153

and subterranean isothermal lines A125, 135 freezing of the sea bottom RN115 Ice Age

See Drift deposits; Erratic blocks; Glaciers; Glen Roy; Terraces Icebergs RN99, 114, QE17 Iceland B159, 220

absence of endemic species B188, 255−6 birds ZEd9, 19

flora B247

geology RN90, 159, A39, 120, B188

hornless cattle B255 Ichneumon C173 Ichthyosaurus C205, E157 Icterus E160 Igneous rocks

amygdaloid A60

rate of cooling RN123

See also Basalt; Granite; Lava; Mountain formation Iguana ZEd 3 Imago D40, N107

In-Breeding B176, D48

and loss of passion D163

effects of B6, 7, 13, C133, D85−7, E10

in pigeons D88, 104

leads to degeneration in dogs D180, QE18 leads to diseased offspring C175, E45, 67 leads to infertility C232−3, D103

repugnance to D177 India B220, C227

animals B94, C26, 39, 40, 46, 47, 227, D60, E175, 181, M152

cattle B131, 136, 139, 155, 217, 234, 273−4, C121, D65

comparison of organisms with those of Africa B242, C46, 224 fall of fish in E182

fertility of animals QE12 fertility of man QE12

forms intermediate between Africa and America B223 fossils A28, B126, 250, C39, T79

geological formation of Coromandel Coast A146 geology A27, 28, 145

Hindu fear of death OUN38 parrots QE1

races of mankind C91 salt deposits A143 See also Himalayas

Indians, location of habitations RN125 Indian rubber RN178 Indonesia

absence of quadrupeds in B219 American species in C17

ancient climate E39

animals B80−1, 242, C17, 24, 46, 50, E20−1, 170, 173−6, 177,

180

Australian species in C19 elevation and subsidence of E45 floating marine confervae RN5 relationship of animals with those of Africa B242, C38, E39 volcanoes RN44, 90

See also Borneo; Celebes; Ceram; Gilolo Island; Java; Lao Choo; Malaya; Moluccas Islands; New Guinea; Philippines; Sumatra; Timor

Induction (philosophy) E51, N14, 16 Indus, river geology RN68 Infusoria C15

classification B229, C104 fossil B150, C146, E128 numbers of C143

persistence of simplest forms RNifc Inheritance B47, 118, 145, C1−4, D19 analogous in grafting and sexual generation E77−8

changes not acquired by parent can be handed down to offspring D127

characteristics that appear only in adult plants T95−6 Darwin's theory leads to study of B228 Darwin's view that characters are inherited at a corresponding

age and sex T95−6

effect of father on character of offspring GR1, D9 effect of mother's imagination on foetus D104, 171

extent to which young resemble parents indicates age of species D148

influence of parent on offspring D92−4, 172, 176, E17, 26, 110 , 127

in twins D131, 152, 175

likened to teleogony D168−9, E79

of accidental variations B239 , C83 −7 , 221 , D19 , E148 −9 ,

QE16, 17 r v

v

 of adult characteristics by young offspring S7 −7

of behavioural traits D164−5, M156, OUN8, 8

of colour B70, Cifc

of deformities C65, 66, 83−4, D14−18, 108 of diseases D18, QE16

of facial resemblances E108

of family resemblances C219, D35, 151, M1−2, 42, 44 offspring intermediate between parents in character GR25,

B33−4, 183−4, 219, C3, T15

offspring of black and white parents B32, C228

offspring resemble either parent D180

offspring resemble father B32, 203, C3, 121, D44, 47, 165,

171−2, 176, 178, 180, E123, QE21..

offspring resemble mother GR25, 125, B32, 203, C3, 228, D5,

43, 88, 165, 171, 176, 180, E35, 78, M1

of grandparent's characteristics D42

of long-established traits D16−17, 18, E106

v

 of mutilations C83, 232

of non-deleterious variations T37, MAC53

old breeds have greatest effect on characteristics of offspring Cifc, 1 −3

perpetuation of cultivated varieties of plants by budding D128−131

724

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

persistence of peculiarities C133, D172, E91 reversion B33, 203, 229, Difc

the same laws are consistent throughout nature E36

through the female line B32, D147, 165, 168, E108, QE16 See also Atavism; Colour; Mutilations; Teleogony; Yarrell's

Law Injury accidental B4

muscular response to D166, M52, N56 recollection of C172

See also Mutilation; Rvegeneration Insanity C226, M13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 26

a loss of will OUN17 and memory OUN32 characteristics of M21

, 25

compared with dreaming M21, OUN17 compared with sleeping M25, 35, 127

consciousness of M14−15, 17, 19, 80, 116, 127

cures for M18, 42 delirium N111

feelings during M14

forgetfulness of M15, 35, 78, 116

gradation between sanity and M13

ideas return to those of childhood M21 in animals M15

in civilized countries C226

intellect impaired by paralytic stroke M9−11 likened to double consciousness M116−17

limited to particular ideas M18 mania M13, 26, 94, 114, 127

moral causes M16 Insects B207−8, 218

v

 abortive organs B84, C186, 215, 216, D172

acrid secretions MAC29 v v

act in pollination of flowers E60, 90, 165, T93−4, 103−6, 111−12, 135, 153, 177−8, MAC56

1 4

as food for other species B108, C105, 112 as parasites B108, C174, M63, ZEd3

, QE[5]a, 6 , 9, [9]a, 11,

behaviour C197, M64, 97, 99, OUN35−6 butterflies D22, 62, 63, T57frag11, QE10 caterpillars C173, D40, 41, 62,

63, 170 classification B116−17, 208, C33, 107−8, 162, M98 classification by Quinarian system B27, 56−7 Darwin to examine collection of B47

eye MAC29

food B218, D25

geographic distribution C21, E19 in amber ZEd 18

instincts B74, 207, 218, C210, 221, M98−9, N3, 69, 70, 77, 81,

1 0 7 −9 ,1 1 5

v

 locomotion C107, D55 metamorphosis B200, C162 origin of B108, 171, 206

reproduction D40−1, 76, 116, E71, 80, 114, 177, M64, N69 structure B206, C114, 218, 236, D159, MAC57

submarine ZEd 17 swarming ZEd 18

variation B280 , QE1

See also Bees; Beetles; Carabidae; Hemiptera; Heteromera;

v

 Instincts, social; Longicornes Instinct B3, 197 abhorrence of perverse N99−100

acquired C76 , N11 , OUN36 acquisition of C134, M101

acts in concert with conscience OUN43−7

a material property of the brain N42 −4

animal migration not explained by Darwin's theory of N72, 77−80

awakening of dormant C235 blending of QE4a, 22

can be stopped by intervention of another instinct N1−2 changes of under domestication B197, E174, OUN38 continuity between those of mankind and animals C196 Darwin to study B227, 228, C76

distinction between reason and B34, C198

v

 effect of crossing on GR126, C30, D180, N44, QE22 existence of some that are unintelligible N105 hereditary B198−9, C134, MAC59, OUN36

impulse to perform N67

innate C70, 235, E158, M126, N11

l ikened to an unconscious memory C171 , M7 , 110 , OUN11 , 37, 38

loss of C173

maternal D154, M64, OUN8

v, 38 v

modifications of C159, T2, N69, OUN36 , 37

v

 nature of C236, N33, 48, 68−73, 77−82, 112

nature of in animals B34, C212, M59, N29, 68−9, OUN36

number of OUN42, 49

of birds B4, 105, 151, 218, C51, 67, 68, 69, 70, 96, 134, 199,

T2, N4−5, 71, 112

of dogs B165, C134, N1, 17, 43−4, 47, 105, 185

of insects B74, 207, 218, C210, 221, M98−9, N3,69, 70, 77, 81,

107−9, 115

v

 of horses D4, M101

of plants N48, OUN36 ,

of mankind B6, 18, 93, 161, M31, 58−9, 96, 108−9, 122, 124,

126, N72, 90, 99, 125, OUN26, 37, 49, 116

of savages C150, 172, D4

v

 originate in habits C232, OUN48 pleasure felt in fulfilling GR12

relationship with physical structure C51, N71, OUN38 sexual B161, D138−9, 173, OUN37, 50 value for classification B9, M98

See also Association of ideas; Emotions; Habits Instincts, social

as the origin of moral feeling M132, 150−1, N2−3, OUN53−4 common to man and animals OUN42 conjugal OUN49

feelings towards a leader OUN49

increase with increase in sociability OUN50 in insects N107 −9

in mankind M76

origin N107−9, OUN30

v, 50−1

pleasure felt in fulfilling OUN42−4

the most beautiful of moral sentiments E49 See also Civilization; Education; Love

Institut A15, 20, 26, 31, 32, 39, 42, 76, 102, 103, 115, 135, B94,

133, 135, 136, 150, 151,163, 165, 200, 250, C15, 95, 146,

183, 205, 227, 241, 257, D49, 62, 64, 68, E25, 35, 42, 58, 70,

72, 88, 100, 123, N33, ZEd6, 7, 14, 18 Intellect B215, 244, 252

absence of improvement in N47

advantage of considering as gradually developed N101

725

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Intellect (cont.)

and natural selection in human beings E63−5 civilizations inherit powers of reasoning C72

difference between that of mankind and animals B214, E46, N62 nature of B74, C198, E46, N48, 62, 92, OUN5

nature of weak N40, 60−1, ibc

v

 of animals B34, C196, E46, M49, 62−3, 64, 128, 131, 141, N62, 70, 90, 117, OUN8

origin in laws of organization MAC58 −59 powers exhibited by chess playing M99−101 powers of mental arithmetic M92, 99−100 progressive improvement in D49, N62

reason originates in acquisition of memory N18, 21 See also Insanity; Mind Intermarriage

v, 8a, 36v

See Crossing & Hybridization Inverness, Scotland GR124 Inverorum, Scotland GR19, 21 birch wood GR24 Iquique, Chile

elevation of A39 fresh water at RN31 shells A39

Ireland A126, C192

number of doubtful species on QE10a

species B107, E91, QE10 Iri s T1 1 1 , QE[5 ]a, 7 Iron RN156, 160, A32

oxidation RN165, 172

Iron ore RN160, 161, 165

Iron oxide RN165, 167, 168, 172 Ironstone A93, 94 Irritability

of plants OUN34, 35

See also Nervous system Ischia, Italy RN90

v

 Islands B30, 188

and creation of species B30, 160, MAC167

gales of wind between would blend species E44 geological origin of B80, 221−2

large mammals not found on B115

number of species on B158, 160, 221 numerous doubtful species on QE10a

v

 origin of new species on RN127, B7, C25, E170 peculiar species on B12, 67, 156, MAC167

plants B81, 192, C100, E104−5

relationship of organisms to those of neighbouring continent B10, 11, 30, 31, 116, 138, 156, 160, 221, 227, 278, C6, 106, 129, 176, 184, D74, E91

See also Galápagos Islands; Geographic distribution; Isolation; Volcanic islands

Islas de Sonda, Indonesia

animals E170 Isle of France See Mauritius

Isle of Man B163, C193 Isolation B20, 155, C53

compared with time as an agent of change in species E135 constancy of species during B6, 7

effect in the origin of species B7, 15, 17, 24, 209, D23 effect on domesticated races D23−4, 44

local varieties formed slowly C59

species formation favoured by MAC167 See also Islands; Species

Italy

earthquake in Calabria RN75

Jackal C92 , N44

v, 29r

cross-breeding with dog C210, D90, ibc, N44 cross-breeding with hyaena N43

in Zoological Society of London Gardens D7, ibc Jaguar C63, D140, E97 geographical distribution B196, 222−3 Jamaica C42

Japan C36, 203, 225, 241

Java B241, C213, T51

alpine flora QE17

animals C14, 26, 28, E175

birds B164, C83, D40

fossils B179, Cibc rhinoceros B67, 82

volcanoes RN137 Jay C68 , E138 Jersey wheat M155

Journalde physique, de chimie et d'histoire naturelle RN91, A18−19 Journal des mines. RN172

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal A143, 144, 145, D21, E176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 182, T1, 2

Journalof the Royal Geographical Society RN138, 139, 143,148 A30, 37, 79, 87, 88, 89, 94, 117, 128, 135, B48, 93, 131, 132,

151, 235,

236, 272, C92, 93, 94, 101, 102, 131, 268, QE18

Joy

See Pleasure

Juan Fernandez B156, 157, 173, 193, 278, D74

birds C106

elevation RN80

fauna similar to that of Chile B11 , E91 plants C100, 106

Jura

erratic boulders in A110

Kangaroo C13−14, M132, MAC28 Keeling Islands RN129

v

 animals E177

plants B157, 234, C100, 184, QE15

Kerguelen Land RN140−1, B173

Kelp RN52 , 93 −4 , 140 −1

Darwin's interest in RN138 Kilfinnan, Scotland GR124 Kingfishers adaptations of B55, C114

behaviour C114, E138

geographical distribution C26 great ZEd 10

plumage B70, D147, 148 Kordofan, Sudan C42

Labiatæ E104 Laburnum QE13

Lake Constance, Germany fossils E11

726

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Lakes

formed by geographical barriers A71 fossils in lacustrine formations T89 let out in steps A44

shores of A98−9, 102−3 subterranean RN128

terraced alluvial deposits A71 unequal elevation of RN69 See also Glen Roy

Laminated rocks A45, 49, 115

and cleavage RN5, A45−9, 53, 60

origin of laminae RN23, 45 Language B244, N31, 48, 65, 88 and signs N102, OUN5

as a distinction between man and animals C154, M58, 96−7, 153

children can understand before they can talk N13, 64−5

v

 diversity of C53

grows and alters over time N65, OUN5−5 origin N60, OUN5, 13

origin in animal sounds N20, 31, 39

origin in singing N18 Lao Choo, Indonesia horse E175, T2 Lapland

alpine plants E115 flora QE21..

insects swarming ZEd18 La Plata, Argentina absence of fossil shells T80

animals ZEd2 fossils A5

Larks C113, 256, D95, 102, Tfrag11 Larkspur T94 , 111 , 153 , QE[5 ]a

Las Tres Marias Islands, Pacific Ocean animals E13

Lathyrus B187

Lathyrus pratensis T104 Laughter caused by tickling N103

follows smiling in infant development N58 in monkeys M145

involuntary N6

origin in animal expressions M84, 92, 96 Lava RN17, 87, 99, 143 bubbles in RN90, 159

flowing uphill RN159

fresh appearance of old RN17 Law

r

 all living matter governed by B22, 43, N97, OUN34 as the will of a superior being M55 , 69−70

of adaptation B21, 45

of balancing of organs B114, E157, QE17

r

 of change B228 , C164

of generation B101−2, E148, MAC53 of hybridity B236, C30

of organization T17

of population E3

of progression E70

of repugnance to crossing in the wild B5, 33

of the inorganic world OUN34

of unused organs being absorbed D166 of variation E70

science based on D36−7, 67, N36

See also Gravity; Science Lead RN161, 167, 169, 178 Leeches ZEd6

Leeks T106

Leeward Islands C42 Lemna E162 −4

Lemurs B249, E159, N74 Leopards E144, 174, M152 hunting Tfrag6

Lepidosiren E168

Leptosiphon densifolium QE[5]a

Letter Finlay (Leiter Finlay), Scotland GR100 Lice D91, M156 Life

and fecundity C143

Darwin believes useless to speculate on origin of C58 defined as matter united by certain laws OUN34

exists at great depths of ocean RN19, 114, 140−1 final cause of B5

intimate relation with laws of chemical combination C102 number of living beings in existence C146−7, D134−5, E85,

95−7, 108

original germ of B228, E83

origin of B35, E83 principle of C210−11

r

 See also Monads Lifespan

v

 causes for relative differences in MAC56 determined by fertility MAC28

duration RNifc, B23, 63, 64, 72, 81, 223

duration connected to gaps in fossil record B35 duration connected to perfection of species B29 duration in mammals B223, C234

effect if endless B5

individuals of one species die together B73 prolonged by budding D165

shortness of B2, 23, 27 Lily B180, T93, 94 Lima, Peru

animals ZEd 13 earthquake RN75 subsidence A153

Lime RN121, A41

Limestone RN7, 22−3, 93, 171, 176, A119, D133, E99

absence in intertropical regions RN41 animal origin of RN22−3

formed in shallow water RN19 fossils in RN36−7, 61, D133

silver veins in RN164

solubility RN29−30 Limestone, artificial A77 Linaria T177 Linnet D95, ZEd11

Linum QE15

Linum flavum QE14

Lions D140, N20, QE16

breeding in captivity QE20

cross-breeding with tiger C228, Difc, 8 fear N98

maneless C47

727

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

v

 Lithospermum QE[1 1 v] Lizards B56, 149, 248 flying MAC29

fossil B205, 206, 208, C57−8

v

 geographical distribution E21, Tfrag10 sailing MAC29

tail regeneration D129 Llamas B35

extinction of fossil species RN129 Lobelia QE21..

Lobster MAC28

Loch Dochart, Scotland GR27

buttresses of alluvium GR13−18

Darwin's search for marine remains in GR17 marine origin of alluvium GR17−18

Loch Lochy, Scotland GR98−100, 105, 122, 124, A115 Loch Ness, Scotland GR102, 105

Loch Oich, Scotland GR92, 98, 105, 122, 123 Loch Spey, Scotland GR78, 79−80

r

 Loch Tulla, Scotland GR19−20

marine origin of alluvium GR20 Locomotion D56, E113, N48, 92, MAC28 Lotus corniculatus T104

Louse C233−4

Love M101, N9, 59

Longicornes B56

affection between animals N115 Luminescence ZEd 10

Lupins T103 , 104 , 111 , QE11 Lychnis B275, E129, QE1

Macquarie Island, Antarctic Ocean C19 parrots C61, 99

v, [9

v] Lycopodium D133

Macrauchenia RN113, 129, A9, B231, C132 Macrotherium C257 Madagascar B220, E90−1

animals B190, C26, 205, 216 plants B187

soundings off coastvRN98 Madeira B220

birds C160 , QE[11 ], 18

rabbit on Porto Santo QE18 shell deposits A72, QE1

v

 Madrepores ZEd 10

Maer, Staffordshire C249, 257, QE6, 8, 13−[13 ]

Darwin's observations of waterfowl at N111−12 Darwin's observations on dogs at M24

Darwin's observations on plants at T91, 93, 99, 105−6, 135, S2r

Magazine of Natural Histovry B30, 138, 139, 178, 199, 212, C29, 70, 149, 192, 194, 197, 198, 199, 222, Difc, 25, 26, E124, 169, N1,

QE[5]a, 9, [15 ], 17

See also Annals and Magazine of Natural History

Magazine of Zoology and Botany B7 , 31 , 67 , 92 ,126 ,189 ,276 , C160, 162, 170, 184, 185, 186, 189, 192, 228, 235, ZEd1,7,, 17,

18

Magellan, Straits of birds ZEd 12

submarine channels RN86−7 Magnesia A119 Magnetism

and flight of bees QE[5]a

connection with cleavage A62 Magnolia QE[5 ]a Magpie D147

Mahé island, Seychelles

Cocos do Mar C148 Maipo, Rio, Chile RN20 Maize C40 Malaria E178

resistance of Negro to D24 Malaya animals C17, D60, E176

family of albinoes in E176 Maldonado, Uruguay birds C163 , ZEd 16 Maldonado

limestone RN7 Mammals brain B226

carnivorous B223

classification B27, 42, C130 extinction B40, D72

fossil B88, 206, 223, 278, C57, D25, E58

geographic distribution A11, B15, 81, 95, 115, 169, 223, 234, D31, 115, E20, 40

hair D132

lifespan B23, C234 mammae D62, 132, 155

mammae in males B99, C215, D61, 132, 169, 172, E57, 147

origin B15, 40, 88, 89, 112, 196, 202, 204−6, 220, 263, D39, 132, 174, MAC54

web feet in C57, 252, E63 Mammoth A3 Mangaia Island, Pacific Ocean

bats E10 Manila, Philippines animals E19

v−55r

Mankind B49, 119, 248, C77, 171, 196, 223, D49, E64, M102, 138, 151, N49, 69, 81, QE4

acquisition of reason B244 albinism B119, E176

castes E166

common ancestor of races of C154, 217

crossing between races B32, 33, 34, 68, 179−80, 181, 189, D136 , QE16 Darwin's theory explains origin C77−9

differences between races C204, 217, M75−6, N3−4

diseases C174, D1−4, E178 extinction of B169, E63−5, T81

future blending of races of D38−9 future of B49, 226−7, 228

geographical distribution D25, 65, E31, 35, 65, 66 geological history of B207, E65, 182

habits C163, 198−9, M82, N47, 100

hair B119 , C178 , D24 , E124

imagination D155, M30

inheritance in B119 , Cifc, QE16

instinct B6, 18, 93, 161, M31, 58−9, 96, 108−9, 122, 124, 126, N72, 90, 99, 125, OUN26, 37, 49, 116

national characters of M85−7 nipples B84, 99

non-miraculous origin C55, E49

728

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

v

 origin B78, 207, 231, 244, C53, 55, 156, 204, 234, D162, 170, 174, E66−8, 89, M84, N49

originates from animals C74, 154−5, 196−7, 223, D61, E47, 65, 68−9, 134, OUN8

v

 prehistoric arrow heads in Suffolk ZEd20

produces civilization B4, D54, E47, OUN7−7

reproduction B6, 93, D57, 68, 99, 162, 175, M104, N59

races not all equally related C138−9, 140−2 races of B68−9, 152, C91, Tfrag5

rudimentary organs B84, 99, C215, D132, 158, 169, 172, E57, 66−7, 89, 147, MAC54

sense of smell M109, N109

sexual instincts M71, N41, OUN37

similarities between races D71, OUN38, 42 single origin of all races C174, 234

species of B34, 169, 209, OUN38 struggle between races of E63−5

transmission of mental characteristics C163 tribes of B33, 34

varieties of B215, 262, D25

v, 58

r

 See also Civilization; Disease; Hottentots; Insanity; Instincts,

social; Intellect; Language; Memory; Mind; Negro; Soul Mantis MAC28 Maoris

See New Zealand Marble A19

Marianas Islands, Pacific Ocean animals C14, E42

r

 cultivation of foreign plants on E21 Marsupials ancestor of mammals C36, D132

bones MAC58 brain C47

classification B141, 242, C47, D72 diversification in Australia D72−3 fossil B87, T19

r

 geographic distribution B15, 106, C36, 38, D68, 73, E41 prehensile tail MAC28

rudimentary organs D132, E57

r

 without pouch T25

young D41 Massachusetts Aibc Mastodon B53, E65, S3 extinction B62

geographic distribution A3, 5, B80, 135, C46, E32, 173

nature of country when alive RN85−6 Materialism C166, M19, 57 does not tend to atheism OUN37

See also Atheism; Metaphysics; Mind Matter vOUN3 4 , 37

operates through laws of attraction OUN39−41 Mauritius B219, 234

animals B160, 190, 234, C20, 22, 25, 28, 183, ZEd1, 12

geology RN71−2, B222

introduced species B255, C22 plants C265

relationship with Madagascar B166, 220 Meall Doire, Scotland geology GR32 Mediterranean Sea

r

 coral reefs A26 Megalonyx B53 Megatherium A117, B12, E32, S3

ancestry B20, 54

extinction RN85, B20

relationship wv ith armadillo B20, 54, 69−70 Melegethes T105, 106

Melons QE[11 ], 14 v

experiment in hybridization QE1

Melville Island, Arctic Ocean A30, C224

Mémoires de la Société de physique et d'histoire naturelle de Genève A20, E184

Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society A36, C166, QE10 Memory C173, N18, OUN37, 44 analogous to instinct N46, 63

and insanity OUN32

as a repetition of sensations in brain M61−2 dormant M7

for poetry and music M8 hereditary OUN37 −8

impaired by age M12, 21, 22, 26, 55, 78, 79, N60−1 impaired by illness M43−4, N43

impaired by paralytic stroke M9−11 in animals D4, 12, N72−3, 90

in birds C50, 255

nature of M28, 29, 46, 50, 110−11

recollection after long interval C172 the origin of plant sensitivity N50

unconscious workings of C241, OUN31 vividness of first thoughts C242

weak M2

Mendoza, Argentina

former extension of sea to A71 level plains RN155

tranquility during earthquake at Quito RN158 Menyanthes QE13

Mephites ZEd 17 v

Mercurialis QE[9 ]

Mercury RN178, A32 Mesites bird C205 Metals RN145

at core of Earth A21

chemical activity of A29, 119, 149 in volcanoes A116

magnetic properties RN162 origin of veins of RN163−9

powers of conduction of heat A121−2, 124

See also Copper; Gold deposits; Iron; Iron ore; Lead; Mercury;

Nickel; Silver deposits Metamorphism (geology) A16, 105−8 metamorphic rocks RN6, A29, 48, 94−6, B201, C101

nature of RN21, A16−17, 91

near surface of earth RN156, C101 of clay slates A94, 95−6

of shales RN63

of slate A15 Metamorphosis E154

difference between parent forms and young D55, 57 not akin to transformations of species E158

not wonderful D62−3 of crustacea ZEd1

of fish E90

of insects B200, C162, D62, 63, M63

of plants B200

729

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Metamorphosis (cont.) of tadpoles E133−4

of vertebrae E89 Metamorphosis, theory of See Morphology Metaphysics D54

Darwin's theory contributes to M84

Darwin's theory leads to study of B228 experience rests on instincts OUN33

foundations of N5

legitimacy of arguing from man to animals N49

no natural starting place for reasoning about human nature C218

Meteorolite A21 Meteorology See Climate

Meteors RN172, A22−4

magnetic properties RN161−2 Methodology See Science Mexico

difficulty of extraction of nickel RN160 earthquakes at Acapulco RN177

elevation of land A114

Gulf fouled by sand bars A130 gold RN163−4, 176

limestone RN171, 176

metalliferous ores RN160, 161, 163−4, 166−9

meteors RN172

offspring of interracial crosses in B32 opinions of miners at Potosi RN106 porphyry RN163−4, 170−1 176

rocks RN164, 170, 176, A26

silver RN162, 163−4, 166, 168−9, 176

slate RN170, 171, 176 Mica

hardness of Chilean formations GR24 Mice B100, 104, C22, D22 and mankind D65 , ZEd 12

as prey C185, N37, 44

classification B250, C29, D115

geographic distribution B65, 82, 250, C24, 35, 45, 252

r

 numbers E140

on Galapagos Islands B220, C29, D65 Mice, Harvest MAC28 Midwifery

accidents during QE16 Migration

birds follow narrow bands of C253−4

birds return to same place for many years M32 different kinds of C253−5

v

 geographic extent of QE19

of birds B100, 104, 217, 242, C36, 68, 159, 160, 253−5, ibc, D4 , N72 , 76 −81 , ibc, ZEd 12 , QE[11

of birds with full stomachs C40

of fish ZEd 9

of turtles E138 role of sun N76

Millepora ZEd3, 5, 10

Milvulus B137, C111, 1 1 2 ,124 Mimosa B151, E184, Eibc Darwin's experiments on QE5

Mind B207−8, 228, C198, 218

a gap between man and animals B2, 208, C244 a thinking principle C210−11

connected with organization M26−7, N5

continuity of between man and animals C222−3, OUN8a differences in between the races of mankind C196, E46− 7 effect on reproduction B3, 197, 219

effect on the body N52−3 enlarged powers of D118

sequence of trains of thought M34−5, 80, 90−1

the product of the action of the brain C166v, 211, M46, 61−2,

], 19

101, 131, N38−9, 43, OUN37, 38, 39−39 , 41

thoughts become habitual M46, OUN11

See also Association of ideas; Consciousness; Faculties; Insanity; Intellect; Memory; Perception; Phrenology; Will, free

Mindanao, Philippines animals E175

Mineralogy RN125, A32, 111, B201

See Basalt; Chalk; Chlorite; Clay; Clay slate; Crystalization; Crystals; Diorite; Epidote; Gneiss; Granite; Grauwacke; Greenstone; Igneous rocks; Ironstone; Lava; Lime; Limestone; Mercury; Meteorolite; Meteors; Obsidian; Olivine; Pearlstones; Pitchstone; Porphyry; Pumice; Sandstone; Selenite; Serpentine; Shales; Slate; Syenite; Tosca; Trachyte; Trap rock; Tufa; Volcanic rocks

Minerals

See Cobalt; Copper; Feldspar; Fluorspar; Gold deposits; Gypsum; Hornblende; Iron; Iron ore; Lead; Magnesia; Mica;

Nickel; Pyrites; Quartz; Silica; Silver deposits; Soda Mining

for gold RN163−4, 176

for iron RN160, 161, 165

for silver RN162, 163−4, 166, 167−9, 176 opinions of miners RN106

Miocene period B30, 59, 202, 243, 245, 278 Mites B208, 229 Moa Island, Indonesia

absence of wild animals E180 Mocking birds B7 Modesty

absence in animals N25 facial expression N25 shyness N17

See also Shame

Mojo Islands, Indonesia

v

 

v

 behaviour of birds at missions of C50 Molluscs B113, 223, D157, N51, MAC29

eye C158, MAC29

Darwin's intention to experiment on B248

fossil B167, 168, C40, E32, 85, 164 hermaphroditism B96, D158, 162, E155, 164 hibernation RN65 lifespan of species B252, C234

organization B97, E60

ova C245, D180

reproduction B96, 232, D156, E90 See also Shells

Moluccas Islands, Indonesia animals C13, 17, 27, 28

kingfisher resembles European form C26 monkeys E180−1

730

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

See also Amboina; Bourou

Monads B18−19, 22, 29, 35, 78, C206 Monkeys B133, 135, 214

anger M94, 107, N94

behaviour C212, D136−7, E18, M28, 106, 138, 156, N115

expressions D22, M106−7, 142−3, N183 extent of geographic range B135, 242

fossil B94, 126, 133, 250, T79

geographic distribution B154, 164, 250, C22, 46, 92, 183, 249, E18, 19, 177, 180−1, M138

r

 parasites of M156

prehensile tail MAC28

recognize sexes in other animals Difc, 137−8, M138, 156 sexual characteristics C204, D138, Nifc

the ancestor of man B169, 214−15, C74, 204, E68−9, M128

voice C79, M94, 97, 107, 109, 137, N18

See also Cercopithecus

Monkeys, spider M107, 143, N115 Monoceros E98 Monocotyledons

flowers D177

in coal formations B150 Monotremata B168

Monsters B111, 114, 161, 190, E45, 88

and artificial selection C52, D107 and disease B119

classification of D161

correlation of deafness with eye colour D11 Darwin thinks worth studying C226

deformities of foetus D57, 67, 164, M25 effect of inorganic substances A180 effect on pregnancy B181, D14, M25

hereditary C4, 59, D14−18, M25 hermaphrodite D174

in domestic animals B175−7, 190, D108, 112, E19, 182

in mankind B119, 181−2, M25

in plants A180, C267, QE2, 6, 7, 10, 14

law of B161, D66−7, 112

likened to adaptations B230, C4, 65, 66, 85, D107 organs of lower animals appear in B112

origin B161, D57, 107, 175, E9, T17

prevented by infertility of hybrid crosses C52 reproduction B119, D108, 112

resemble other species QE1 some varieties resemble C4

supernumerary fingers C83, 84, D14, 15, M25

See also Abortive organs; Mutilation Montevideo, Uruguay geology RN56, 87, 144 Moon

mountains A104−5v, 135

Morality OUN27, 30 , 44, 53−4

absence of universal sense of M75−7, N3

associated with ideas of the sublime OUN18−19 ethics C267, 269, N89

instinct and conscience act together OUN43−7, 51 origin M132, 150−1, OUN30, 43, 47

origin of chastity N10

See also Conscience; Sin Mormodes QE21.. Morocco E90 Morphology

change in number of vertebrae C124−5

changes in organs as related to their functions C56

development of multiplicity of parts in animals C103 effect of external circumstances on C33, E146−7

law of balancement of organs B114, E157, QE17

persistence of features through whole classificatory family C109 repetition of organs in invertebrates C48−9, E45

skull composed of metamorphosed vertebrae E89

some organs more fixed in form than others C33, 139 spiral structure of echinoderms C103

See also Affinity; Analogy; Metamorphosis; Type Moruffetes

different kinds of ZEd2 Mosquitoes C174 , D111 , ZEd 18 Mosses hybrid Eifc, M156

sexual reproduction E100, 123 Moths B2, C215, D170, 180, E79

Moufflon E35

The Mount, Shrewsbury (home of R. W. Darwin) See Shrewsbury

Mountain building RN118−19, A64, 68, 104−5, D140, M69 action of lateral pressure in A66

and central heat of the Earth A107 and elevation of landmasses A62

caused by movements in fluid nucleus of Earth RN48−9, A65 effects of subsidence on A127, 128

injection of rock during A31, 62

origin of parallel lines of elevation RN101 thickness of strata A66 Mountain chains axis of A58

direction of A42, B249, M131

effect on geographic distribution RN52, B142, 209, C251, D31, 61 geographic extent RN155

cold summits of equatorial A7

escarpments and line of sea coast A55 of coral limestone A18

See also Alpine plants; Chimborazo; Etna; Volcanoes Mules

v

 See Hybrids

Mullein, white QE[8 ]

Mummies, Egyptian C92, D39, E142 Muscicapa C109, 254 Mushrooms C240, E184

Music N64, 66

and origin of language N107, OUN5

appreciation of distinguishes between man and animals N109 a primitive feeling N19

birds' pleasure in M109

Darwin's taste for M28, 51, N45 effect of memory on playing N61 feelings excited by M33, 39, N107

orangutan's pleasure in M156 , N64

origin of pleasure in M33, 36, 39, 88, N18, 19, 45, 107, OUN38 pianoforte M51, N91

relationship with poetry M33, N88

sexual basis of pleasure in N41, 107 Mutilations C232, D15, 174

731

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Mutilations (cont.)

r

 not inherited C65, 83, 232, D18, 112, 172 See also Injury; Regeneration Mylodon S3

Myothera B13

Natural History

Darwin's work will create a new system of B47 Natural selection See Selection, natural Natural theology

See Creation; God; Science Nature never extravagant C86 −7

architecture mimics scenes of OUN6

See also Conditions of existence; Economy of nature Nautilus C58, D134 Navigators (Samoan) Islands, Pacific Ocean

animals E10, Tfrag10 Nectarines QE21 Negro B71 , M86 −7

appearance B34, C204, D24

a separate species of mankind B231, D39 blushing N15

compared with Brazilians and Indians M85−7

cross-breeding with other races B32, 34, 179, D38−9, diminishing numbers of D38

first appearance in fossil record B208, C204 ideas of beauty M32, N27, OUN8

in ancient drawings and writings C219 parasites B142

prejudices against C154−5 reasoning powers N33

resistance to malaria D24

secondary sexual characteristics QE18 See also Slavery Nepal

animals C96, E178 Nervous system action during emotion M53, 54−5 and development D118

and origin of facial expressions M150 as the basis for behaviour D118

endowed with knowledge MAC59

relationship between that of animals and man OUN35 sympathetic nerves C236, 242, D166−7, M150 Nettles MAC29

New Britain, Pacific Ocean animals C17

volcanoes A40

New Caledonia, Pacific Ocean animals C17, 20

races of mankind D25 Newfoundland geese C40

New Guinea B220, C27

animals C13−14, 15, 18, 27, 28

fauna allied to that of Australia C14−15

fauna allied to that of the East Indies C15 New Holland See Australia

New Ireland, Pacific Ocean

animals C13, 15, 23, 28, D73 New South Wales See Australia

Newspapers and periodicals

v, QE[11

v], 14, [15v]

See Annales des sciences naturelles; Annals and Magazine of Natural History; Annals of Natural History; Athenaeum; Blackwood's Magazine; Chambers' Edinburgh Journal; Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal; Edinburgh Review; Entomological Magazine; Institut; Journal des Mines; Journal de physique; Magazine of Natural History; Philosophical Magazine; Quarterly Journal of Agriculture; Quarterly Review; Scientific Memoirs; The Times; Zoological Journal

New York C175

New Zealand B219

animals RN129, C25, 29, ibc

v

 Apterix in C74

birds C15 , 19 , QE10 a, [11 ]

character of flora RN62, 102, C239, QE10a

Dinornis in T65

doubtful species in B50, QE10a races of mankind D25

species similar to those in Australia B50, C20, 239 volcanic rocks RN102

Nickel RN160, 172 Nightingales C160, 254, D102 Nipples C257, Difc See also Abortive organs; Mammals; Mankind Nodules RN5

Nomenclature

See Classification Norfolk Crag fossil mammals T89

Norfolk Island, Pacific Ocean C20 plants B187 , C238 −9 , M38

guava C93

impact of geology on fauna QE21.. North America See America, North Norway

alpine plants E115 geology A68, 86, 97

gorse E152, 153, QE2

minerals RN168

Nova Zemlia Island, Arctic Ocean plants D24

v

 Oats

transmutation into rye QE15 force of tides RN141 Oceans See Sea Octopusr N60

colour MAC2v8

Obsidian RN43, 45, 121 Obstruction sound, Chile

Oenothera QE[6 ], 9

Olivine RN156, A32 Onions E165, QE2

Oolitic period A55, B173, 227, E121 Opetiorhyncus C126 Ophrys QE21 ..

732

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Opossum B8o, 95, MAC29v Oranges, horned QE7, 10, 14

Orangutan C79, D61, T119, M153, N94

a close relative of man C79

behaviour C235, D138, M85, 107, 129

behaviour of 'Jenny' at the Zoological Gardens M137−40,

N13, 94

behaviour of 'Tommy' at the Zoological Gardens M138 −9 , N13 facial expressions M129, N88, 183

pleasure in music M156 sense of smell M85, 156

sense of touch N64 Orchids QE[5 ]a, 7 fecundation QE15, 21..

plants intermediate between S6

Organization B26, 60, 69−70, 73, C47−9, 76 absence of progression in E60

and transitional forms B87

animals tend to multiply parts and improve in B19, 78, D49 as a criterion of species B198

complexity of structure related to sexual reproduction E154−5 constant in shells B97

Darwin's views on B227, 227−8, C70, E150

determines the kind of variation which takes place T17 of insects and molluscs B113

limits of form B47

loss of organs leads to extinction D58

See also Development; Digestive system; Growth; Life;

Locomotion; Monsters; Nervous system; Perfection Orinoco, river basin geology RN100

Orioles E160

Ornithogalum QE12

Ornithorhynchus B89, 97, 162, D115, MAC28 classification C87, D51, E66

fossil E66

structure B97, 162

the ancestor of mammals B89 Orpheus B37 −8 , 51 , ZEd 16 on Galapagos Islands B103, C145 Osorno, Chile

lakes RN155

volcano in lake A35 Osteopora platycephalus identity of A57 Ostrich, African

allied to Rhea D29 Ostrich, South American See Rhea Otaheite

See Tahiti

Otters B216−17, C57, 178

Oualan (Ualan) Island, Carolines animals C25, 27 Ouzel C189

ring C160

rock C254

water C51

Owls B82, C222, MAC29

barn D102

short-eared E140 Oxalis QE2

Oxen B142, 190, E75, 80

v, ZEd12

deterioration of domestic breeds C159 fossil B125

geographic distribution B190, C14, E174 wild C14

with hump B190

See also Cattle Oxyurus ZEd 16 Oysters RN134, N14 cross-fertilization between E159

living above reach of tide RN134 organization M72 −3

reproductive organs D156 variation in QE10 a

Pachydermata aquatic E92

classification B59, C186, E92

extinction of fossil species B59, 149, C37, 178 geographic distribution B223, D68

intellect C196, M131 Pacific Islands absence of metals RN145

animals B220, C18, 24, 27, E10, 13

birds C15

destruction of children by inhabitants M76 domesticated animals C54, T81

epidemics C64

flora C16, 241, E22

See also Caroline Islands; Marianas Islands; Navigators; New Britain; New Caledonia; New Ireland; Norfolk Island; Pelew Islands; Radack Islands; Society Islands; Tahiti

Pacific Ocean

former continent of B11 −12 great extent of RN73

shores profoundly deep RN97 Pain facial expression N45, OUN22 Painting Darwin's appreciation of M82

facial expressions in N7

FitzWilliam Museum M82 limits of C266

v

 Palaeotherium B53, C39

Palms RN128, C239, E164, MAC56

geology A147

Pampas, Argentina

predominance of thistle C73 Panama E167 Paradoxurus B80, D61, 64 Parakeet C14 Parameles C14

Paraguay

fleas ZEd3

introduction of animals ZEd2 mammals ZEd 11 Parasites

absence on tigers in zoological gardens D91

different forms on races of man B142

different forms on related animals B142, 252, C233

733

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Parasites (cont.)

different species have different hosts C233, 234 do not live outside their own country D4 effect of climate on B142, 248, C233, D4

leave a diseased person D3−4

r

 relationship with host C233 Paris Museum E173 Paris basin

fossils A28, B222, 223, C39,178, E40,72,105,166−7, MAC55

Parrots

classification C205 claws C113

desert C99

geographical distribution B67, C40, 61, 99, QE1

Parnassia QE13

green E173

ground B55, C99 Parsley QE[11

v] Parthenovgenesis

experiment to test incidence in plants QE1 Passion flower QE14

Passions

See Emotion Patagonia A79 absence of fossil bones RN45 absence of fossil shells T80 animals C13 , ZEd 9

birds C56 , ZEd 16

desert animals and plants RN52 elevation RN46−7, 83

erratic boulders in A36, 110

former seaward extension of A1

geology RN36, 62, 86, 100, 114, A112

shells A112, C99

transport of pebbles by sea RN67

Partridges B51, M109, N5

See also Port St Julian; Santa Cruz river Patella QE10 a Payta, Peru

geology RN102, A102

hairless dogs C21 Peaches QE21 Peacocks QE20 behaviour D114, M147, N1

cross-breeding with guinea fowl D31 tail C109, D32, 114, N64 Peas E17

Pearlstones RN89

Peas T104, 151

v

 Darwin's experiments on QE10a, 11, [13 hybrid seedlings MAC56

impregnation QE21..

'late' varieties of QE2 Peat

v]−14, 22

v

preservation of animal and plant substances in QE[23 motion in beds of RN84 Peccari B134

Pecten D56

Pelew Islands, Pacific Ocean animals C17, 28, E21

Pelican D47

Penguins B25, 251, C161, D29

cross-breeding with duck D32, 87−8, 91

] Pebbles RN50, 56, 67

replace auk in Southern hemisphere ZEd15

wings C161, D59 Pennatula ZEd 4 Pentstemon QE[6

v]vPerception

analogous to action of force on matter OUN39 −41 distinguished from emotion N89

See also Emotion; Eyesight; Intellect; Mind; Nervous System;

Smell; Taste; Touch Perfection connected to duration of life B29

correlated with multiplicity of parts C103 defined as being able to reproduce D55

See also Progression Periwinkle E165 Pernambuco RN93, 94, 100 Peru geographic range of shells C99

geology RN89

Indians' use of arrows RN156 silver mines RN166, 167, 168

See also Callao; Lima; Payta Petise

See Rhea r

Petrels B28, 144, MAC28 , ZEd8,v15 Perification

effect of carbonic acid in QE[23 ] Peuquenes, Cordillera

geology RN151 Phalangista B249, C13, 225 Phalerope D96 Pheasants C113, QE19

behaviour D33, 105, N1

cross-breeding among breeds of D85, 104, 159, 160

v

 cross-breeding with black game C184, 228, D105−6

cross-breeding with common hen C164, D85, 87, 164, QE[11 ] cross-breeding with grouse B189, D33, E106

plumage C267, D104, 160 sexual characteristics D87 silver B52, D104, 160

white C164 Philippines A142, D64 animals C26, 27, 245, E19, 175, 182

Philosophical Magazine A76, B46, C149, 155, 157, 158, 276, E126, T89

PhilosophicalTransactionsof the Royal Society of London RN20, 24, 80, 95, 172, A111, 113, B9, 181, 197,219, C40, 178,

215, 225, 267, D9, 114, 152, 154, 165, 168, 171−3, 176, E79, 152, 162, T119, M90, N3, 103, ZEd1, QE11

Phlox T177, 178

Phocea B206

v

 Phonolite RN21, 170 Photography OUN11 Phrenology

mental exercise alters form of head M30−1, 57 Phryganea A44 Physiognomy

See Expressions Pichincha, Ecuador A81

734

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Pigeons

behaviour D101 , N1

breeding Cifc, 2−4, QE18 classification C205

r

 Darwin's intention to study B180 effects of in-breeding D88, 104

inheritance of adult characteristics in young offspring S7 instinct M62, N72, 76, 78−9

kinds of B181, E136, QE10a

male sexual characteristics D132, E57 plumage Cifc, 3, 51, D100−1, 148, E146

v

 structure C121, 205, D101, E146 teleogony in QE1

voice D101

Pigeons, Cape ZEd3

Pigeons, carrier M62, N72, 76, 79, 185 Pigeons, owl D103

v

 Pigeons, pouter C121, D101, 112, E118 Pigeons, rock C3, 71, D100, 101 Pigeons, tumbler E127, QE4a, 20 Pigeons, wood N1 , QE1

Pigeon-fancy

prize birds D100 Pigs B162, 219, C23 bones B162, C124, 202, 228, E157

breeds of B162, 198

breeds with undivided foot Difc, QE18 Chinese D33, 180, E123

crossing of different breeds QE20 diseases E36

feet B217, Cifc

geographic distribution B256, C21, E18, M131 hybrids D42, 180

instinct N66

intellect B255, M131 relationship with tapirs B86−7

young B190, 219, C3, T9 Pineapple QE21 ..

Pineaster B151 Pinks QE21..

Pintail duck See Duck, pintail Pipe-fish D169, E57, 90, T25 Pippen, golden See Apples Pitchstone RN43, 63, 121 Planariae ZEd 1 , 5 , 10

Beagle specimens B143 consciousness OUN9, 16

v

 Darwin to wri te paper on ZEd 13 eye MAC29

parasitic ZEd 13

regeneration B1, D129 reproduction E70

terrestrial C214

Plants B46, 76, OUN35, QE27

abortive organs B59, C267, D162, E129−30, T99−100, QE13, 14, 21

adaptations to ensure fertilization C237−8, QE[5]a and carbonic acid gas B109

annual B2, D153, 165, 176, Eifc, 184 characters of dioecious QE15

colours T95 −6 , QE3 , 5

Compositae the most perfect B193, 200, E100 conversion of annual into biennial D153

crossing among B75, E123, 143−4, QE1v, 3, 5, [5]a 8, 21

Darwin's questions and experiments on D180, M156, QE1v− 2, 5−[15v], 19, 22, 23, [24v], [23v]

dependence of animals on B108−9

difference from animals B43, 210, 214, D167 effect of hot-house on QE5, 11

fecundity E56

flowering period C91, QE13

germination of ancient bulb C92

v

 inheritance of double flowers T95−6 instincts N48, OUN36

intermediate between animal and inorganic realms C104 irritability C241−2

habitual actions C236, M156 memory N50

mode of generation B1, 2, 96, 197, D167

mode of generation in monoecious C167,D157, 175, E80, 184 nature of variation in B210, 239, E13−17

originally hermaphrodite Ev109 v

origin of monoecious QE1 , 2, [9

], 15

origin of separation betweven monoecious and dioecious forms D175

races of B68, 275, QE[11 ]

v

 repugnance to crossing B189, E143−4 sensitive D21, N50, OUN9, 34, 35

sensitivity to light D21, E43, MAC29

sexuality D156−7, 162, E12v9−30

sleep Eifc, 184, N81, OUN36 , QE5, [5]a

tendency of hybrids to reversion B33 viviparous E163, 165

See also Alpine plants; Conifers; Confervae; Cryptogamia; Cultivation; Ferns; Fertilization; Fossil plants; Fruit trees; Geographic dispersal; Geographic distribution; Horticulturists; Kelp; Monocotyledons; Mosses; Palms; Seeds; Trees

Pleasure

and conscience M119−20, 124−5, N46−7 facial expressions M146− 7, N45

felt by animals C163, M156, N64 muscular movements of smile N6, 8−9 weeping during M89

See also Laughter; Music; Poetry Pleasure-pain principle and nature of emotions N68

and nature of happiness M118−27 Plesiosaurus C72 Poetry C266

v

 Darwin's theory explains B11 description of emotion in N57 imitates song OUN11 b

memory of M8, 39, 50

onomatopia N31, 39, 127

origin of pleasure in M33, 39, 88 Poland E58 Pollination

See Fertilization Polymorphism

on volcanic islands B152 Polynesia

See Pacific Islands

Polyps B1, C49, D68, 156, M72, ZEd13, 17−18

See also Coral polyps; Hydra; Zoophytes

735

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

r

 Poplars QE9

Poppies T111, S1

−1v

Population

v

 decrease of B235

Malthusian checks to size of OUN29

Malthus' law of E3

r

 Porphyry RN68, 86, 87, 88, 140, 163−4,166, 170−1, 176, A141 Porpoises E47, M142, N105

absence of fossil remains MAC29 Port Desire, Argentina

erosion at RN139 geology RN86, 114

Portezuelo, Chile A100 Portillo Pass, Cordillera

geology RN44, 150, 151

Port Phillip, Australia A92

Port St. Julian, Patagonia erosion at RN139 fossil guanaco A34

slowness of elevation RN113 Potatoes D170, T104

Potosi, Bolivia RN106, 166 Preparis Isles, Bay of Bengal animals E177

Pride M20, 24, 77, 93

facial expression N7, 8 Primroses C35, 194

chanvge into cowslips E16, 113, 141 crossing between sports of QE21 Darwin's experiments on

QE1 , 5

Prince Edward Islands RN138 Probability See Chance

ProceedingsoftheGeologicalSocietyofLondonA5, 28, 41, 44, 46, 63,

79, 131, B126, 153, 250, C55, 62, 216, E22, QE1

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London RvN127, 130, B7, 160, 162, 166, 189, 209, 212, 250, 279, C29, 36, 116, 124, 125, 164, D29, 95,

E24, 128, N71, 115, ZEd6, QEifc, 1, 10a, [11 ], 12, 18

Progression B18, 88, 108, 113, 205, C157, E70

absence of B44, C210, E60

animal development shows a B49, 113, D49

v

 comparis o n between that of l iving world and of the earth MAC56

inward developing power of E159

no necessary tendency towards greater complexity E95−7 Proof See Darwin—Species theory; Science Propagation

See Generation Prostitution C266 Proteaceae B77 Proteus E133 −4 Ptarmigan C84, D101

cross-breeding with black game D72, 105−6 Puffins C86 −7 , ZEd 15 Pumas D140 , M152

Pumice RN38, 42, 43, 67, A38, 63

Pyrenees, Spain E114−6, Tfrag6 Pyrites RN169

Pyrocephalus ZEd 15

Quagga B181, C145, D113, 172

QuarterlyJournalof Agriculture D43, 44, GR1

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London RN144, A97

Quarterly Review C42, 155−7, 276, N19

Quartz RN99, 150, 164, 176, A3, 61, 94, 106, E137

Quillota, Chile

geology RN150

Quinarian system B27−8, 46, 57, 112, 126, 129−30, C150, 222, D50 −3 , 58 −9

analogies between groups C111−15, 143, 202, 158

based on adaptations to the three elements B23−4, 57, 112, 263 ,C218 Darwin's opinion of C74, 170, 185, D62

Darwin's rejection of C73−4 Darwin's theory explains B46 explains affinities C139

evaluation of taxonomic characters in C149, 158, D50−2 inosculation of species RN130, B8

osculant groups B126, C202−3

plants do not conform to B46

possibility of a quaternary arrangement C95, D62 used to classify birds C111 −15 , 143 , 227

used to classify insects B56−7 Quito, Ecuador RN177 earthquake RN158

Rabbits

appear to resemble hares E9 as prey E139

at Porto Santo QE18

behaviour C154, N103, 112 colour C29, E9

ears D101, N103 instinct C134

on Falkland Islands B31, 54, 122, C29, ZEd5 varieties of B181

Rabies E36

v

 Radack Islands, Pacific Ocean animals B157, C28

earthquakes RN101 Rainfall RN108, MAC54 Rafflesia QE[9 ]

Ralix Islands, Pacific Ocean RN101 Ranunculus T178 , QE1 , 6 Rats B55, 166, C24, E139

arrive first on island RN129 Reason See Intellect

Recapitulation B163, C48−9

affinities shown by larvae C162

foetus resembles lower forms of life B163, C149, 162, D170, E89 individuals pass through whole series of forms D179

man passes through a caterpillar state D170 young birds resemble each other C149

young birds resemble earlier stage of existence E125 Red Sea hills which make noises RN50−1

Redpole D102

Regeneration B210

comparable to absorption of useless organs D166−7 Darwin to experiment on D165

736

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

gemmation considered as a kind of D130−1, 172

v

 healing of wounds D129−31 Religion

v

 an inherited memory from animal state OUN36 as the origin of idea of sublime OUN18−19 history of M69

−37, 38

origin of ideas of M135−7, 151, N11−12, 20, 101 origin of sacrifices OUN12

spirituality has a materialistic origin M19 superiority of Christianity OUN38

views of Australian aborigines M137

See also Atheism; Bible; Creation; God; Soul; Will, free Representative species See Species, representative Reproduction

See Generation Reproductive organs

an uncertain guide to classification C47 development of D158−9, 162

ovaries D158, 164, 172

testes D158, 172

Reptiles B86, 113, 226, 251, C213

classification B86, C54, E168 fossil B88, 170, C39, D133, E96

geographic distribution B113, 251, C25, D40, ZEd13 hybrid E79

in the fossil record B53, 202, 205, D151 structural relationship with birds D35

structural relationship with fishes D133, E168 Reversion See Inheritance

Rhea RN127, 130, B105

allied to ostrich D29

bones D35 feet E157

geographic distribution B242, 251, C207−9 poorly adapted B37

species of RN153, B13, 16, C126

wings B251, D60 Rhinoceros C45, QE16, 17 African E60

East Indian B82, 234, D37, E176 fossil C132, E72

geographic distribution B67, 82, 233−4, D37, E60, 174, 176 Indian B241

nature of country inhabited RN85−6, 134

species of B67, 82, 233, 241, C45 Rhododendrons E114−6, QE13 fertilization by insects T93,111, 112 Rhubarb T105, 106, N87

Ribston pippin See Apples

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil animals E90

argument for elevation of RN37 Rio Negro, Patagonia A99 Rivers A55, 96, 116

and elevation of land A109 and subsidence of land A76

annual rise in water levels RN108

as origin of Scottish terraces GR47−8, 59−61, 63−5, 71−2, 81 changing course in Australia A92−3

deposition of sand GR16 erosion of valleys A12, 70−1, 72−5

fossils in estuary formations T89 inosculation of tributaries of A76

origin of Serpentine course of A73 transport of sediment RN108−9 See also Springs

Rocky Mountains, USA

separate close species of birds and mammals D31 wren C255

Rodentia A5, B141, C46, 131, 196 Rongeur C15

Rooks B4, 199 Rosa QE10 a

Roses D118, QE2

culture C267, D128 degeneration D161

Rotifers D156

Royal Geographical Society

See Journal of the Royal Geographical Society Ruscus E129

v

 Rye

transmutation from oats QE[15 ]

Sagitella ZEd 10

Sagitta RN174 , ZEd 5

St Helena B157, 173, 193, D74

absence of quadrupeds RN62 craters RN110

earthquakes RN125

erosion of cliffs RN38−41 fish E35

gecko C28

geology RN43, 63, 84, 107 native mouse RN79

plants RN62, B151, 156, C100, 184, E119

St Jago, Cape Verde Islands birds C68, 163

geology RN99, 107

monkey B154, C249 plants C250

shells C224 St Marc, Haiti

mountains of A18−19 St Pauls Rocks C108 St Peter and St Pauls

insects E19

Salamanders C183 , T1 Salamandria aquatica ZEd 19 Salisbury Crags, Edinburgh GR2

geology A110, 116, GR3−7, 9−11

veins GR3−4 Saliva N38, 41

Salmon C183, 212 , N67 Salpa ZEd 5 Salt

taste for M117

solubility of A109 Salta RN155, 157 Salt deposits efflorescence in A10

formation of A1, 5, 32, 55, 68, 109

737

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Salt deposits (cont.) in India A143

in South America A16, 44, 115 Salt lakes A6, 93 Salt-water

adaptation of fresh-water fish to D151, E85 Crustacea in RN127

effect of soaking seeds in B125, C148, QE[5]a fish D34

lizards in B248

putrefaction of ZEd 17 shells in B54, 201, 248

Saman (Samar) Island, Philippines animals E19 Samoyed

women C257 Sand beaches A83

graduates into gravel RN91

movement of makes noise RN50, 51 Sand bars A130 See also Silt

Sandpipers B100

Sandstone RN42, 107, 150, A96 hypothetical origin of RN30

shells in RN27 r v

Silurian character in Falkland Islands RN142 Sandstone, New Red T80, S3 −3 Sandstone, Old Red C58, E137

Sandstone, Red RN125, A16, 17 Sandwich Islands C28

Australian species on B187

plant species peculiar to separate islets E104 shells QE1

Santa Cruz river, Patagonia

degradation of basalt RN107 fresh-water springs RN140

geology A12, 13, 88

terraces in valley of A12 Santa Maria A79 Santos, Brazil

oysters RN134 Sapajou B94 Saurians See Lizards

Savages B4, C150, N40, 66, QE1

facial expressions N22−3

primitive culture of C79 Saxifrage C224 Scabies T177

Scandinavia

See Lapland; Norway; Sweden Scarabadae B56 Scenery

and buildings N30−1

origin of pleasure in M36−41 Science definition of N14, 15

Darwin's belief in advancement of C123 difficulty of framing methodology E5 methodology B194

natural theology N12

opposition of clerics to N18 prediction is the aim of D67 use of analogy in E128

See also Cause; Cause, final; Chance; Induction; Law;

Materialism; Metaphysics Scientific Memoirs C102−4, 210, 275 Scincus C18, 28

r

 Scolopax ZEd11 Scorpion MAC28 Scotland

absence of fossil shells T80

ancient volcanic activity RN159 erratic boulders in A110

fossil shells similar to those of North America and Greenland E100−1 metamorphic rocks A115

See also Glen Roy Sea

action on coastlines RN38−41, 93−5, A82 freezing of ocean floor RN115

modelling power of GR30

movement accompanying earthquakes RN80−1 temperature of ocean floor A138−9, 151

transport of coastal matter RN97−8

separates sand from finer matter RN28

See also Erosion; Geographic dispersal; Waves Seals B172, 206, C61, 131, E92, N46 Seashells

See Shells Sea-water See Salt-water

Seaweeds RN140−1, C245, M38

See also Confervae; Kelp

Secondary Sexual Characteristics D154−5, 161 absence in fish D114

effect of in-breeding on D153 of crustacea D55

of females D76, 114

of hybrid birds D85 −6

transmission of male QE18 See also Castration

Secretary birds C114, ZEd14 Seeds capsules QE21

v

 comparison between buds and seeds of plants D128−31 experiment to determine function of QE1

number of Difc

rarity of production in Lemna E162, 163 vary in rich soil B3

viviparous grasses E164−5

See also Geographic dispersal Seedsmen See Horticulturists Selection, artificial

different forms of domestic animals created by different races of man C141 effect on silkworms QE12

r

 extent of differences made by QE18 for horns in sheep and cattle S7

formation of new species by B244

formation of new varieties by B34, Cifc, 133, D20−1 for milking cows QE19

738

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

improvement of breed by picking C231

inheritance of characters acquired by QE19 in primitive societies QE16

last litters considered most valuable D163

man's interest in perpetuating domestic breeds B155 of domestic animals D20−1

of horses Cifc

of secondary sexual characteristics in fowl QE18 picking offspring Cifc, 17

practised judgement in E63

races of domestic animals made by isolation D23−4, 44

See also Cultivation; Domestication; vIn-Brereding Selection, natural

accounts for long legged dogs MAC28 , 167 acts in formation of instincts N42−3

r

 a force like a hundred thousand wedges D135

analogy with artificial selection D20−1, E63, 71, 118, MAC167

a result of law of population E3, 9 Darwin first thought of Difc

Darwin's experiments on Aquilegia for QE1

explains acclimatization of plants E111−2r v

explains adaptations in chickens MAC58 − 58 late marriage is a form of N67

natural checks on population size D134−5

only a small part of the grand mystery of nature E145

See also Chance; Darwin—Species theory; Divergence;

Population Selection, sexual C61

animals have no notion of beauty C71 choice based on beauty OUN8

contest between the sexes of deer QE10 females' love for the victor D99

male characteristics considered as a departure from specific type D113−14, 147 rivalry of male birds C178, D103, 113, 114, E106

See also Beauty; Birdsong; Secondary Sexual Characteristics Selenite RN169 Senegal A20, M138

Septaria A47, 60 Seraphis

Temple of A95 Serpentine RN170 Sertularia ZEd 10 Sexes, origin of separate

See Hermaphroditism Sexual selection See Selection, sexual Shales RN36, 63

Shame M144

a feeling different to fear M148, 156 a recent acquisition OUN29

facial expressions of M149, 150, N58

felt by animals Mv 23−4, N25

origin of OUN55 −55

See also Conscience; Modesty Sharks RN8−9, bc, B205 Sheep Cifc, 267, N44

big-tail B233, C214, E12

black faced GR11, 25, 125 colour C93, D104

cross-breeding with moufflon E35

differences in lambs of different breeds QE19 diseases E36

r

 geographic distribution B48, 233, C93, 175, E173 horns S7 , QE19

kinds of B48, C221, 227, D44, 65, E123, QE19

of Arabia resemble goats B48

Shells A16, 115, B137, 157, 204, C99, 169, N51

arctic D133

as evidence for elevation of land RN37, 106, A4, 20, 39, E86 as evidence for subsidence of land A153

classification B9, 110, 207, C127

v

 fresh-water B54, 201, C245 hinge MAC58

in Africa A20, B157, 204, C246, E41, 90

in Britain Aifc

in calcareous rocks RN27, 42, 61

in Chile RN36, 106, A39, 72, 102, 144, T80, ZEd13

indicate passage of geological time T79−80

in eastern South America A33, 112, ZEd8, 15 in Europe D39 , E100

in fossil record A85, B167, 172, 207, C110, 220, D133, E32, 92

in India B153, D68

in North America B172, 174, D39, E100 in Scandinavia A111 , E86

in South America B95, C244, 245, 246, D39

land A72, B9, 204, 284, C184, E76

life span of species of B252, C234 long preservation of T1

marine RN84, 143, A72, B54, 201

north and south limits of distribution ZEd13 number of species of E122

on Barrier Island, New Zealand Cibc

on Cape Verde Islands C224 on Juan Fernandez E166

on Madeira A72 , QE1

organization remains constant over long periods B97

origin of closely allied species of B229

preservation of original social groups in fossiliferous rocks RN65 proportions of B167−8

relationship between coal distribution and RN36

replacement of one species by another in geographic distribution ZEd 15 tropical C21, E59

variation in C82 , QE1

See also Molluscs Shepherds E140

talk to Darwin D43, 47, E123 Shepherd dogs

See Dogs, Shepherd Shetlands, south RN138, A63

ancient body recovered on RN139 Shiant Island, Scotland birds E140

Shoals RN15−16, 91

Shrews B31, 61, Tfrag4

Shrewsbury, 'The Mount' GR109 Shrewsbury,

books at C267

Darwin's experiments on plants at QE14−‹15› Darwin's observations of wild birds at N112 dogs N2, 41, 105

739

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Shrewsbury (cont.)

hothouse M49, 156 Nina M26 , 56

Pincher M70

tailless cats at M25

vegetable garden experiments T151, 176 Shropshire, UK geology A1, 115, GR109

See also Shrewsbury Siam animals C14, E175 Siberia

animals RN85, B60, 62, E169, ZEd19

frozen soil A90−1, 117−18, 124, 136, C101

plants A7, D24, E116

recent elevation of A7, 8, 11 Sicily change of species in C168

migration of fauna to E105

number of species on B160 Sierra Leone QE17 Silene T177

Silex A25 Silica A176

Silkworms QEifc, 5, 12 Silliman's Journal

See American Journal of Science Silt in coastal channels A59

Silurian system B95, 170, D37, 133, 134

Silver deposits RN162, 163−4, 166, 167−9, 176

v

 Sin OUN12 , 15

a necessary passion OUN28−29

criminality deserves pity OUN26−8 the origin of evil passions N10−11 See also Avarice Singing

in animals N18

in mankind M55, 78, N18

origin of pleasure in M33, 39 See also Birdsong

Sivatherium T1 Skunk ZEd9

Slate RN5, 6, 150, A42, B87, 121, E11

in Mexico RN170, 171, 176 primitive RN166 Slate, clay See Clay slate Slavery M87

debases mankind B231, C154−5 slave holders B231

v

 trade in slaves D38

Sleep B11, C268, M45, 46, 56, OUN10

and sensation OUN9 consciousness during M112−14 duration D49

in plants Eifc, 184 , N81 , OUN36 [5]a

forgetfulness after C172

function Eifc, M114

like insanity M114, 127

v, QE5 ,

lower animals are 'sleeping' forms of higher animals OUN9 nature of OUN35

See also Dreams; Somnambulism Sleeptalking M43, 102 Sleepwalking C171, 211

Sloths B20 Smell

and power of association M82, N107

of man C174

of plants D21 , M109 Smell, sense of

and sexuality M71 , 85 , N19 , 41 in animals M71 , N74

in apes M85 , 139 , 156

in dogs M71 , 109 , N87 in horses D10 , N7

in hyaenas M71 in insects N107

in mankind M109 , N109 in monkeys D137, M109

relationship to sense of taste M71

the same in man and animals N64 Smile See Pleasure

Snails D166, M63, 97

See also Molluscs

Snakes B233 , C27 , Ev1 0 , T55 v

fangs T57, MAC29 Snap-dragon QE6 Sneering M95, 96 Snipe QE[11 ] Snow

adaptations to C252, E109 Snow-line B195, E48, 109 Societies and Institutions

See Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin; Annales du Muséum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle; Athenaeum Club; Breeders; British Association for the Advancement of Science; Bulletin de la Societé géologique de France; Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académe des Sciences; Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal; Journal of the Royal Geographical Society; Mémoires de la Société de physique et d'histoire naturelle de Genève; Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society; Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London; Proceedings of the Geological Society of London; Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London; Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London; Statistical Society; Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society; Transactions of the Entomological Society of London; Transactions of the Geological Society of London; Transactions of the Linnean Society of London; Transactions of the (Royal) Horticultural Society; Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy; Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh; Transactions of the Zoological Society of London; Zoological Society gardens.

Society Islands, Pacific Ocean C24 , E10 See also Tahiti

Socotra Island, Arabian Sea animals C92 Soda A41, 126 See also Carbonate of soda

Solanum QE21..

Solfateras RN162, 165

Solomon Islands, Pacific Ocean A40

740

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Solor Island, Indonesia C13 Solubility RN74, 172, A61, 68 Somerset, UK monstrous cockles E45 Somnambulism M156

and consciousness M110 , 114 −15

free will not present OUN25 Sooloo (Sulu) Islands, Indonesia

animals Ev173, 176 Sorex C183

Sorrel QE[9 ]

Soul v

faculties of OUN8−8 immortality of E76

v

 pre-existence of M128

separates man from animals B232, OUN36

See also Will, free South America

See America, South South Sea Islands See Pacific Islands Spain

deterioration of human intellect in N47 ibex Tfrag4

limits to geographic range of rhododendron E114−16 Sparrows D95, N112 Spean, Scotland

alluvial deposits near GR26−9, 32−5

Darwin's belief that deposits are marine in origin GR28−9, 31−2

Species B9, 158, 280, C42

absence of gradation between B209

age of determined by extent to which young resemble parents D147−8 analogous to an individual B22, 39, 63−4, E83−4

balanced number of B21, 37

capacity for making new species B37 constant B5

Darwin's definition of C161

Darwin's theory abolishes specific names C126−30

Darwin's theory explains persistance of form C60 r v

definition B122, 212, 213, C152, 161, E24, MAC167 , 167

disposition to deviate from nature D161 distinct B171, 212, 213, 225

distinctions between B9, 57−8, C26

duration of existence B22−3, 29, 35, 38, 170 effect of changing environment on B8, 210

effect of geographic isolation on B209, C21, 43, 53−4, E135 effect of geological changes on B82, C25, 80

formation of new B24, 51, 78, 101−2, 161, 189 gradation between B228

increase in total number of B29, 202, C146 inequality in numbers of B225

inhabit different localities B261, 275 inosculating B8

like buds of plants B73

made up of innumerable variations E57 must generate or die B72

new appearance of is the mystery of mysteries E59 origin similar to first cross between hybrids D14 permanent in plants C192−5

progress in B18

not a fixed entity C152

rate of change in B8, 18, C16, 234, E48−51 relationship with genus B28, 51, 57, 245 retrograde development in D57

small number that change B39

See also Darwin—Species theory Species, aberrant B43, 126, D11 classification of C73, 207−8, E168

nature of C87, 144

origin B28, C144, 185

Species, close B8, 50, 51, 65, 69, 100, 280, C46, E11, ZEd12

and hybridity C151

come from different localities C80 Darwin's theory will explain C176

Darwin to investigate geographic distribution of QE10a geographic range B153

habits dissimilar C125 in same country RN153

of birds C46, 206, 267, D29, 31

origin B229

value for Darwin's theory E51−2 variation B241 Species, introduced

attacked by different predators M63 birds in Chile B51

cattle on Madagascar B255 dog in Australia C46

domestic animals in Sierra Leone QE17 elephants on island of Sooloo E173, 176 guava on Tahiti A88, C73, 93−4

in gardens E114−5

in Iceland B188, 255−6 in Paraguay ZEd 2

on Mauritius B255, C22

on South Sea Islands C54, E21

on Tasmania B263

plants on Marianne Islands E21

rabbit on Falkland Islands C29, ZEd5 rats in New Zealand RN129

relationship between plants and insects B218 snails in Mauritius ZEd 1

without agency of man QE7 Species, representative among birds B47, 199, C27, 50, 56, D29, 31, 96, ZEd11

among butterflies D22 among insects B56−7 change in B8

effect of crossing on E51

formed after long separation B15

geographical barriers lead to formation of B103, D31 in Australia C27, D29

in East Indies C19, 41

in North America C251−2, D31 inosculating B8

in South America B8, C50, 56 of clenomys C35

replace each other in natural economy B15, 67, 144, C35, 144, 150, 225, ZEd14, 15 Specific gravity

of artificial limestones A77 Speedwell T111 Sperm E90, 155, 184

741

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Sperm (cont.)

v

 in mosses E100, 123 Spiders C197, D156, M99 poisonous MAC29

Spitzbergen RN159, ZEd18 Spondylus D56

Sponges C49, D55, 156

Spontaneous generation C49, 224, E160, OUN34 Darwin's views on C102, D132

not improbable C102

See also Generation; Life Sports

See Inheritance; Monsters; Variation Springs RN31, 127 Darwin's observations on RN140

in frozen soil A124, 125, 136

under the ocean floor A123, 128, 132, 133 Springs, hot A108, 124, 132−3, C62 Sprouts

r

 See Brassica

Squilla MAC28 v

Squirrels C199, D22, E177, MAC29

colour C252, D12 Stalactites A47, 53

Staphylinidae C108, T105, 106 Starlings D147 Statistical Society C268

Sterility

See Fertility Stoats E139 Stocks QE11, 15 Stomach

See Digestive system Stonehenge N77 Stonesfield Slate marsupial fossils in B87, 219, D62, E11, 60

See also Didelphis

Strata A13, 58, 59, 65, 155 Stravtigraphy A101

Strawberries B230, E15, QE11 Stromboli RN137

Struthionidae D29−30, E135 Sturnus magellanicus ZEd11 Sublimation (geology) A32 Sublimity

v

 N59

origin of ideas of OUN18− 19

Subsidence RN87, 100, A8, 39, 89, 92, 118, 132, 153, B131

and volcanic activity RN60, A76, 80 effect on climate E109

effect on forests A131, 141 effect on fossil record S4

effect on topography RN51, 140, A76 evidence for RN140, A76, 95, B222

fluid matter moves away from underneath land RN77 indicated by silicified trees RN152, 154

leads to formation of new species B82, 222 of Arctic A8

of Greenland A39

of mountain chains A127,128

See also Elevation & Subsidence Subularia QE12 Sugar C217, N87

Sugar-cane QE12 Suicide N99

Sulphur RN78, A32, 116 Sulphuric acid C84 Sumatra B187, 241, T51

animals C17, 26, 41, 46, E21, 175, ZEd6

bears B164, C41 earthquakes RN90

Priaman volcano RN90

rhinoceros in B67, 82 Sun E125, N36, 78 and migratory instincts of birds N76

r

 protection from light of M64 Sunda Islands, Indonesia

species different to those of Southern Asia E20−1 Sunfish MAC28 Superfoetation

Darwin's belief in D176

one impregnation suffices D41

See also Teleogony Superstition C244, M137, N20

See also Religion Svurprise

in animalrs OUN36 Sus americana

fossil S3 Suspicion M20

facial expression N7 Swallows feed on insects C112

migrations C253 numbers of E136

other birds have same role as B137, C111−12 Swans behaviour M147 , 152 −3

black E174, M141, 153 Sweden A76, 113, D105 Sweet peas

Darwin's experivment on QE22 Swifts C40

Sycamores QE[15 ]

Syenite RN138, 170, A20

Sympathy M88 −9 , 108

absence in animals M142 Synallaxis C15, 69, 71, 207, ZEd16 Syria RN52 Systematics

See Classification

Taenia C49, D49 Tahiti D74 animals C28

bananas QE2 , 21 .. fish C20

guava on A88, C73, 93−4

parental feelings of islanders OUN38 plants B198

shells ZEd 13 Tailor birds T2 Tameness absence in wild birds B4, C50, 189, E174 and breeding behaviour QE1 , 16

742

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

effect of crossing with wild animals on D7 inheritance of B136, C165, D71

lost in cross-bred ducks D148 of Australian dogs E103

of ducks E174 of hares E117

of wolf E103 Tapirs fossil E105

geographic distribution B242, C17, E18, 176, 182

structural relationship with pig B86−7 Tartary C102 Tasmania B219, 220, C27

absence of dog B177, C131 animals B187, 263, 264, E11

animals different to those of Australia B50, C95, 225 animals identical to those of Australia C239, D30, 61 doubtful species in QE10a

fish C28

former connection with Australia B152, C130 fossils C30−1, 257

v

 geological resemblance of Hobart to Tierra del Fuego RN21 rocks RN120, E137

Taste, sense of OUN50

an acquired habit N29

the same in man and animals N64 Tatous ZEd 2 , 11 , 12 Taxonomy

See Classification Tea plant D117 Teal D96 Teazle

v

 See Thistles Teeth QE16, 17

canines of no use to mankind MAC28 absence of explanation for D173

applied to temperament D164 −5

Teleogony D6, 9, 113, 152, T13, QE1v

applies to crosses between species as well as individuals of same species E79 contrasted with superfoetation D172

Darwin's belief in D176

effect of male on character of offspring D9

v

 effect on fixing characteristics in the blood D168−9 experiment to test incidence in plants QE1

facts against D9

in dogs B32, 184, D9, 163, 172, M25

Lord Morton's mare B197

not applicable to animals which have eggs impregnated externally E79

obscures study of transmission of parents' qualities E35 Tenerife, Canary Islands B158, 193 absence of polymorphous plants E182

fish E35

geological structure of peak RN43 Tenioptera C88 Tenrecs C22

Teratology See Monsters

Terebrantia M64

Terebratula A37, B19−20, D134 Terraces A12 absence in Loch Tulla valley GR20

absence of GR41

absence of fossil shells on T80 as proof of slow erosion A12

at Glen Roy, Scotland GR62−85

at mouth of Caledonian canal GR22−3

compared with stepped streams of lava RN99 different from platforms formed by sea erosion RN40−1 indicate successive elevations RN60

lake required to deposit GR29−30, 35 lips level with shelves GR46, 78, 98 marine origin GR27−9, 31−2

preservation by peat and heather GR101 preservation of RN63, GR66

seen most easily on steep earthy slope GR38−9 supernumerary shelves GR63

vestiges in Loch Dochart GR13−14 Theodicy See Sin

The Times RN33

Thistles C73, T177, QE[15 See Mind

Thrips T105

v] Thought

r

 Thrushes B193, C105, D31, ZEd11

and mistletoe MAC53

cross-breeding with blackbirds Tfrag3 missel C189

mocking C209, 255−6

song C255 −6 Thyme QE10, 11

abortive stamens T99, QE13, 14 Ticks E177

Tierra del Fuego

absence of birdsong M31

absence of earthquakes RN17 absence of hot springs RN17

animals B187, C99, ZEd10, 17, 18, 19, QE7

distinctness of tribes in B33 plants B221, QE7

religious views of inhabitants M135, 137 rocks RN21, 88−9, 99, A141

savages E47

soundings off coast of RN140

topography a result of subsidence RN140

See also Beagle Channel; Magellan, straits of Tigers B196, E97, E144, M41 behaviour M152

cross-breeding with lion Difc Tilgate beds C163 Time

an element in change of species E99, 142

an element in defining species C3, D33, 106−7, 139−40 children have loose idea of N61

compared with isolation as an agent of change in species E135 complexity of organic world not related to T19

fossil record indicates enormous periods of T79−80 geological C224−5

geological indicators of passage of RN107, E87 great antiquity of world E125

length that pigeon varieties have existed for D100 slowness of changes in species C17

743

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Time (cont.)

slow rate of great changes C17, D167 Timor, Indonesia animals E170, 173, 180

Australian forms of birds C83

connected to Australia by shallow seas C213 plants C239

Tongatabou (Tonga or Amsterdam) Island birds C15

Tortoises B250, C157, ZEd6

absence of fossils on Isle of France ZEd12 fossil T1

fresh-water B279

geographic distribution B234, 279, C18, E12

on Galapagos Islands RN55, B7, E12, ZEd12 Tosca RN84, A142 Touch, sense of N64, 75

Touraine beds E166−7

Toxodon A5, C132, 167, E23, 168

Trachyte RN38, 43, 150, A43 action of steam on RN165 a primitive rock RN44

first production of RN78 origin of A21, 35

Transactions of theCambridgePhilosophical SocietyRN5, 7, A25, 52, 72, 103, 107, 145, B204

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London B46, 56, 57, 79,

C107, 108, 233, D22, Mifc, 62, 63, 64, ZEd19, QE1, 12 Transactions of the Geological Society of London A36, 45, 49, 88, 97,

B279, C72, 163, D68, GR35, 63, 65, 69, 70, 78, 109

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London RN127, A1, B139, 192, 193, 195, 218, C42, 46, 155, 156, 157, 158, 237, 276, D40,61,

E100, 133, 165, 168, Tfrag7, ZEd8, S6, QE[5]a, 15, 21.. Transactions of the (Royal) Horticultural Society B180, 191, E13, 77,

111,v114−16, 1v41, 142, 143, 148, 150, 153, 154, 162, 165, 184,

QE1 , 2, 3, [6 ], 7, 11

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy A126, B7, D61, 164 Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh RN156, A36, 77, 102−3, 111, 155, C227, D24, GR35, 41, 45, 78

TransactionsoftheZoologicalSocietyofLondonC47−9, 213, D29, 30, 35, T65, ZEd4, 13 Transformism B110− 12

changes brought about by the 'willing' of organisms B21, 219,

227, N12−13

Darwin's belief that the theory is absurd B216 Lamarck's theory of 'willing' OUN34−5 theory of not applicable to plants C63

theory of precedes that of Darwin B178 See also Transmutation

Transitional forms B86

absence of B9, 53, 217, C201

atavism reduces number of B59

between orchids and other plants S6 between primrose and cowslip QE5 Darwin's theory explains B226

difficulty of tracing B25, 26, C64 extinction of C203, D52, T57

in cattle B154

in dogs B155, 198, 217, 219, D9, E69, 88, M102

in reptiles B86

in some genera of South American birds C96 intermediate species have perfect organs C206 in the fossil record C257, E88, 119−20, 126−7

nature full of B87, C73 not expected B154

often exist between two similar groups of birds C107, 110

origin of intermediate structures is a great difficulty for Darwin's theory T55, 57 reasons for absence of gradation B209

See also Darwin—Difficulties of Species theory; Gradation Transitional rocks A27 Transmutation

Darwin's theory different to that of Lamarck B214 Darwin's theory of B227

evidence for C73, E120−1

facts induce towards a theory of E51

fossil record presents little evidence for E126− 7

isolation plays a part ivn E122

v

 of oats into rye QE[15 ]

o f wh eat QE1 1 −[1 1 ]

passage of genus into genus B79

passage of organ into organ B112, 143, 225−6, 228

passage of species into species B178, 224, C76, 156, 222, E92 the foundation of geology E87

See also Change; Darwin—Species theory: Extinction; Gradation; Progression; Selection, natural; Species; Tree of life Trap rocks A106, GR10

Tree of life C139, 151−2, 155, D59

agreement of Quinarian system with B57, D59

a representation of organized beings B21, 25, 26 branching B19, 21, 23−5, 28, 113−14, 263

branching is irregular B21

classification is linear in lower classes B27

dying of branches explains gaps in nature B20, 27, 29, 35−44, 71, 79, 113, C157

number of primary divisions in D52

similarity of animals from one branch B35 species like buds on B72

stems adapted for three elements B23−4 Trees considered as compound animals M41

injured by salt A1

sporting in nursery gardens QE3

See also Conifers; Fossil wood; Fruit trees; Palms Trematodes D156 Trigonia C244, E120

Trilobite D55, 134

Tristan da Cunha B218, 220, D74 birds ZEd 8

Darwin's interest in RN138 glaciation on B195

plants B192 , C100 Troglodytis furnarius ZEd11 Trogon C40, 109−10 Trout S5

Tubilipores ZEd14 Tubularia ZEd 6

Tucumán, Argentina RN155, 157 Tucuman Mountains, Argentina condor ZEd10

Tufa RN74 , 86

Tulips E151, 162 Turbo Cifc, D134

744

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Turdus B193, C105

Turdus falklandii ZEd 11

Turdus Guayanensis B193, ZEd8 Turdus Magellanicus ZEd 17 Turkey-cock M18, 93, 147, N14 Turnips E14 , 98

Turritella D134

Turtles C70, E138, N71 Tyndrum, Scotland GR19

flat topped hill at GR14−15 Type B14, 30, 44, 112, 142 adaptations as changes in typical structure C72

changes from original C208

Darwin's theory explains B225, D21 Darwin to study unity of C76

degrees of closeness between C206 exceptions to law of B133

formation of distinct B15

in birds C52 , 88 , 111 −15 , 143

law of B133, 154 mammalian B59

r

 of great quadrupeds B60

originates from will of the deity MAC55

relationships of between different countries B75

typical forms are most like ancient B37, 207, E108

See also Ancestor; Ancestor, common; Atavism; Inheritance; Morphology Ty ran n i d ae C1 1 1 , 1 2 4 Tyrannulae ZEd 15

Uniformitarianism

and climate B246, 247 doctrine of B201

slow changes in operation B209, D167 slow changes in rock constituents B201 slow insensible changes in species E4−6

unequal rate of physical changevs C153

See also Gradualism Urtica QE[9 ]

Uruguay

birds C163 , ZEd 16

geology RN7, 56, 87, 144, A68 Uspallata Pass, Cordillera

no trace of subsidence except for silicified trees RN152, 154, A120

Vaginulus ZEd 13 Valerian QE[9v] Valleys A87, 131 effect of tides on submersed RN141

erosion of RN109, A12, 70

formation of transverse RN141 Valparaiso, Chile RN5, 88, GR30 Valvata B229 Van Diemen's Land

See Tasmania

Variation B6, 7, 148, 241, 236 absence of limits to B43

v

 absent in simplest organisms E163 accidental MAC53

classification schemes are based on absence of D51

r

 complex animals more subject to C169

correlations of C192, E51, 53−5, T95, MAC28 cumulative E57, 70

determined by laws of organization E50, T17

differences between those of seedling plants and cuttings QE5 during asexual reproduction C237

endless changes prevented by crossing of two sexes E49−51 extremes of, in thorax of insects Tfrag5

fixity of character prevents E141−2

great in birds owing to variety of stations inhabited C82

impossibility of discovering orivgin of peculiarities D100

in abortive parts of plants QE[6 ]

in animals which have recently acquired their peculiarities GR31

in cultivated plants D118, 128−30, E13−17, QE1v, 3, 5, 6, 7, [15v]

v

 in domestic animals B100, E142, 168 in personal character of animals N98

likelihood of after crossing is prevented MAC56 likelihood of a law of D112

limits to D104, E136

of individuals in one country more than in another QE1, 10a

of individuals like that of species E12

oldest organ least likely to undergo C149, E23

possibility of degeneration after several generations D161 similarity to mutilations C232

some forms of may be analogous to specific character of other species in the genus D65−7 some species vary more than others C53

under new conditions of existence B3, T81

v

 See also Inheritance

Varieties B83, 96, 158, 171, C1−4, MAC57

cannot be counteracted by man C106 change in B64, 85, QE17

comparison between wild and domestic D20−1 Darwin's theory of origin of E118

v

 difference between races and E72, 75

grow together under same conditions QE[15 ] in plants B83, 107, C192−5, QE2

length of time that pigeon varieties have been known D100 length of time to become fixed D42−3

man's interest in perpetuating B155 old varieties prone to extinction D49 permanence B68, 123, 130, C136

permanent in plants C192 −5

possibility of being raised by seed E183 produced per saltum B8, 278

production of B38, 125, 191, Cifc, 59, 73, 195

production of plant varieties compared with that of animals B210, QE20 resemble species B159, D107

result of cross-breeding between B203, C30, 34, D15−16, QE8 reversion to parent stock B180−1, 203

run wild B83

two classes of C3−4, 106

See also Yarrell's Law Veins A147 and dikes A42, 61, 116

a proof of elevation of land A13 chemical activity in RN78, 165

cleavage coincides with line of RN21 direction RN106

formation A47, 60, 149

745

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

Veins (cont.)

in Chiloé RN165 in granite A25

in Mexico RN171, 175−6

metallic RN20, 74, 165, 168 origin RN66

quartz RN7 , 87

v

 structure RN66, 88, 165 Vellellae ZEd 13

Ventana, Mount, Argentina A3, GR13 Verbena M139 , QE[11 ] Veronica T178

Vertebrates B43, 108, 110, E89 Vesuvius RN63, 137

v v

 Viburnum

sterile form of QE[6 ] Vinca QE[9 Vinchuca ZEd 3

Violets QE21 .. Viscacha ZEd2

], 10

Volcanic bombs RN74 Volcanic gases RN74

emission of sulphuric vapours RN44, 78, 137, A116 Volcanic islands RN127, QE10a plants on A2 , B193 −4

formation of new species on B17, 103, 152, 192−4 Volcanic rocks

absence of lime B201

distinguished from metamorphic rocks A29 olivine RN156

origins of RN79

variety of ejected matter RN41 See also Lava; Pumice; Tufa

Volcanoes RN75, A15, 34, 40, 67, 89, 113, 134, 138−40

absence in subsiding areas A80

activity prevented by accumulation of sedimentary rocks RN32 aerial RN68

and surface heat of the earth A123 and thickness of earth's crust A78 and warmth of ocean A138

as evidence for a central core of molten rock RN57−9, A108 built up by series of lava coatings RN57−8

chemical activity within RN78, 111−12, A116 effect of water on RN79

eruption accompanied by elevation of land RN117, 137, A34, 62 geographic distribution RN70, 73, 90, 137, 144, 158, A39, 40

in lakes A35, 142

origin of volcanoes of Cordillera RN10−11 origins in dislocation of strata RN10−11, 146−7 nature of eruptions RN44, 57, 70, 79, 146−7

submarine RN68, 74, 76, 146, A127, 138

See also Cordillera; Craters; Craters of elevation; Etna; Metamorphic rocks; Stromboli; Vesuvius Voluta ZEd 8

Vultures C67

Wagtails C160, D102 Wales

geology of Anglesea RN5−7, A97 limestone RN93

v

 trout S5

r

 Wallflowers QE1 Walnut QE10 a

Walrus E92, MAC28 Water A61, 68, 123

Water action

Warbler, grasshopper C160 Wasps D116, M63

See Currents; Erosion; Lakes; Rivers; Springs; Waves Waves action of A59

erosion of coastal cliffs RN38−41, 67, 100, A59 caused by earthquakes RN80 −3

 See also Sea

Wealden beds RN152, A55, B172, D133, E55, MAC29

See Erosion Weeping See Expressions

West Indies A85, B32, C42, E42 geology RN27, 124, A85

Weathering

See also Cuba r

Whales B162, 229, C157, E92, MAvC28 , QE17 Wheat D135 , M155

t ransformations in QE11 −[11 Widgeons B141, D25

Widow birds C109, 144 Will

] Whitethorn E17

arises from fixed laws of organization M69−70

governs secretion of body fluids OUN39 Will, free M118, 126 actions are effects of motives OUN25−8

belief in material origin of tends to aetheism M72−3 distinguished from power of imagination N94

existence of M26−7, N49 in animals M72−3

origin in instincts OUN26, 52

synonymous with chance M27, 30−1 Willing of animals See Transformism

Willows B151, C156, E130, QE8, 9 Winds A41, 131, E44, 123

Windsor Park animals E31−2

Wolves E47, 102, ZEd5 behaviour M147

cross-breeding with dogs B51, 140, 163, D7, 173, N44 intellect E46

same species as dogs B51

tame E103, N97 Wombat C239 Women and transmission of characteristics C163 education C220

exhibit ancestral type C178 genitals C204 Wood

conversion into coaly matter RN28

See also Coal; Conifers; Fossil Wood; Trees

r

 Woodlouse Tfrag4

Woodpeckers C61, 113, MAC57 adaptations B55, N71

746

[page] SUBJECT INDEX

t ai l C1 4 , C1 1 1 r v

Woodpeckers, ground C57, 64, 114, MAC57 −57 habitat B55

tail C82 Woolich Aifc geology of A112

Worms, parasitic B108, D3−4, M42, ZEd13 Wrens B213, C160, 255

Wrens, willow B241, C125, 177, D102

Yaguarundi ZEd 11 Yak QE12 Yarrell's Law D7 and colours of different breeds of birds C2−4, 68, 71

and hybridity C30 , 33 −4 and reversion D8 anomaly in D88, 89, 91−4

evidence about old varieties illusory C121 evidence against E35, 169

experimental test of QE4 partial truth of E112

statement of C1−3 Yawning M84 , 93 , 95 −6

Yews RN178, B107, QE9, 13, 14

Zebra C145, D66

behaviour M146 , N75

cross-breeding with ass T2, QE20

cross-breeding with horse D113, T2, QE20 geographic distribution B62, 72, 234

origin B72 Zizania E111

Zoological Journal B87, C40, 41, 42, 61, 67, 99, 160, 240, E42, 60,

ZEd 12

Zoological Society Gardens

animals' affection for keepers N2, 14, 115

animals' behaviour towards keepers M137−9, 141 baboon behaviour C212

baboons M105 −6 bantams QE18 , 20 bears QE20

birds C164, 210, D163, QE20

camels QE20

Darwin's childhood memories of M29

Darwin's observations of animal expressions at M105−8, 129 Darwin's questions for keepers at QEifc, 20

dogs D90, 127

fertile hybrid between ass, zebra and pony T2 foxes QE20

hybrid birds D32, 159−60, 180, ibc jackal D7, Dibc

Jenny the orangutan M137−40, N13, 94

keepers' views on animal behaviour M106, 137−8, N97−8, 138 keepers' views on cross-breeds D91

lions N98, QE20

monkey behaviour M137, 142, 145

monkeys M106 −7

orangutan M107 , 129

orangutan behaviour M85, 129 panther N6

pigs QE20

propagation rare in QE4 a rhinoceros QE20

the Hensleigh Wedgwoods' visit N121 Tommy the orangutan M138−9, N13 wolf E103, N97

zebra T2 , QE20

Zoological Society of London meetings at C107, D26, 95

See also Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London; Transactions

of the Zoological Society of London Zoophytes RNv132, A180, Difc, N49

See also Polyps Zorilla RN128, ZEd2 Zostera QE[15 ], 21..